assssssa 


/  *J>*u*4. 


k*- 


£)f  f 


<** 


,  If 


n^*  & 


Sdnller 


Sfrtebrtd)    ©fitter 


EDITED  WITH  INTRODUCTION,  NOTES,  GERMAN  QUESTIONS 
EXERCISES  AND  VOCABULARY 


(Earl  Scfrlenfer 

PROFESSOR  or  GERMAN  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF 
MINNESOTA 


ALLYN   AND   BACON 

Boston  Neto  gork 


COPYRIGHT.  1913. 
BY  CARL  SCHLENKER. 


Norton  ol> 

J.  8.  Gushing  Co.  —  Berwick  &  Smith  Co. 
Norwood,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 


PREFACE. 

To  teach  German  for  practical  purposes  is  both  advanta- 
geous and  necessary.  But  students  should  not  be  denied 
the  opportunity  to  know  directly  some  of  the  best  and 
noblest  German  literature.  Every  pupil,  even  in  a  two- 
year  course,  ought  to  read  at  least  one  German  masterpiece. 
Of  all  German  classics,  Schiller's  Wilhelm  Tell  is  the  best 
adapted  for  early  reading;  it  is  not  only  interesting  and 
stimulating  as  literature,  but  it  can  also  be  conveniently 
used  as  a  basis  for  German  conversation  and  composition. 
None  of  the  editions  that  I  have  used  in  my  teaching  expe- 
rience seemed  to  me  suited  to  elementary  classes,  and  this 
has  led  me  to  prepare  a  set  of  notes  that  make  it  both  prac- 
ticable and  profitable  to  read  this  text  early  in  the  German 
course. 

The  main  body  of  the  notes  treats  Wilhelm  Tell  as  poetry 
and  drama.  The  grammatical  notes  have  been  put  into  a 
separate  chapter  and  the  various  subjects  are  treated  top- 
ically. Such  an  arrangement  has  this  advantage :  it  gives 
the  student  a  ready  reference  to  each  grammar  topic  as  a 
whole,  and  thus  prevents  the  misconceptions  and  fragmen- 
tary knowledge  obtained  from  scattered  notes.  The  exer- 
cises and  conversational  questions  have  been  added  for  those 
who  desire  to  use  them  ;  they  are  not  intended  to  be  exhaust- 
ive, but  to  serve  merely  as  a  guide. 

The  sketch  of  Schiller's  life  is  purposely  short,  for  the 
student  can  obtain  no  adequate  knowledge  of  Schiller's  life, 
works,  and  place  in  literature  except  through  extended  read- 


iv  PEEFACE. 

ing.  For  this  purpose  a  few  excellent  reference  books  are 
indicated  in  the  bibliography.  I  have  likewise  avoided  all 
technicalities  and  intricate  questions  involved  in  the  dis- 
cussion of  what  is  legend  and  what  is  fact  in  the  Tell  story. 
My  particular  thanks  are  due  to  my  colleague,  Prof.  Oscar 
Burkhard,  for  many  helpful  and  valuable  corrections  and 

suggestions. 

C.  S. 

MUNICH,  June,  1913. 


CONTENTS. 


ILLUSTRATIONS         

PAGE 

vi 

INTRODUCTION          

vii 

SBttijetm  Sell 
FIRST  ACT         

1 

SECOND  ACT      

.      41 

THIRD  ACT       

.      76 

FOURTH  ACT     

.     113 

FIFTH  ACT        

.     152 

HISTORICAL  NOTE  

XOTES 

.     179 
185 

APPENDICES 

A.  QUOTABLE  LINES 319 

B.  POETIC  DICTION 320 

C.  GRAMMATICAL  NOTES  AND  EXERCISES    .        .        .  322 

D.  gragen 333 

VOCABULARY 351 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Schiller Frontispiece 


Brunnen,  Schwyz,  and  the  Mythen 2 

The  Axenstrasse  and  Fluelen  .......  20 

The  Mythenstein 39 

Seelisberg  and  the  Riitli  ........  50 

The  Chalet  at  the  Riitli 62 

The  Riitli  Oath 74 

The  Shooting  of  the  Apple 90 

The  Tell  Ledge  and  Chapel 113 

Tell's  Flight 121 

The  Ruins  of  Castle  Attinghausen 128 

The  Hollow  Way  near  Kiissnacht 136 

Tell's  Statue  at  Altorf 152 

Map to  follow  185 


INTRODUCTION. 

SKETCH   OF   SCHILLER'S  LIFE. 

JOHANX  CHRISTOPH  FRIEDRICH  SCHILLER  was  born  No- 
vember 10th,  1759,  at  Marbach  in  Wiirtemberg.  His  father 
served  as  surgeon  in  the  army  and  had  reached  the  rank  of 
captain  before  he  retired.  He  was  a  plain,  honest  man,  rest- 
less and  energetic,  and  Schiller  revered  him ;  bnt  no  teuder 
relations  ever  existed  between  them.  Schiller's  mother, 
whom  he  loved  devotedly,  was  a  woman  who  excelled  rather 
in  goodness  of  heart  than  in  intellectual  power.  The  patri- 
archal austerity  of  the  father  and  the  mother's  devotion  to 
her  household  duties  deprived  Schiller  of  a  happy  childhood 
such  as  his  great  friend  Goethe  enjoyed.  All  the  more 
credit  is,  therefore,  due  to  Schiller,  who,  in  spite  of  his 
less  favorable  environment  and  his  lifelong  and  unceasing 
struggle  against  want  and  sickness,  reached  a  plane  of 
greatness  in  no  wise  inferior  to  that  of  his  great  co-worker 
and  friend. 

Schiller's  early  desire  was  to  enter  the  ministry,  but  in 
this  he  was  thwarted  by  the  command  of  the  Grand  Duke 
Karl  Eugen,  who  bade  the  father  send  his  son,  then  thir- 
teen years  old,  to  the  military  school  at  Ludwigsburg,  after- 
wards at  Stuttgart,  the  capital.  In  this  school  Schiller  first 
took  up  the  study  of  law,  but  three  years  later  changed  to 
medicine.  The  discipline  of  the  school  was  very  strict: 
the  boys  were  cut  off  from  the  outside  world ;  they  were  not 
even  allowed  to  go  home ;  and  their  very  play  was  regulated 
by  rules.  Most  unendurable  to  Schiller's  sensitive  and 
impulsive  nature  were  the  themes  the  students  were  com- 

vii 


viii  J.\  Til  OD  UC  T10N. 

pelled  to  write,  on  such  absurd  subjects  as,  "  Which  among 
you  is  the  meanest?"  "A  description  of  yourself  and  of 
your  attitude  toward  your  Prince.'*' 

On  the  other  hand,  the  instruction  was  excellent  and 
Schiller  was  given  the  opportunity  to  become  acquainted 
with  current  books.  He  read  the  writings  of  Kousseau  and 
of  Ossian,  Goethe's  Gotz  and  Werther,  Klopstock's  Messias, 
Wieland's  translation  of  Shakespeare,  Leisewitz'  Julius  von 
Tarent,  Gerstenberg*s  Ugolino,  and  other  books  of  the  day. 
Together  with  a  few  of  his  companions  he  began  to  write 
and  to  send  his  productions  secretly  to  the  publishers.  A 
story  by  Schubart  suggested  to  him  the  plot  of  his  first  play. 
He  was  18  years  old  when  he  began  J)ie  9?aitber,  1777,  which 
he  completed  in  1781  and  published  at  his  own  expense. 

In  The  Robbers  Schiller  gives  expression,  as  Goethe  had 
in  his  Gotz  von  Berlichingen  (1771),  to  the  strong  revolu- 
tionary spirit  of  the  times.  The  Americans  had  just  de- 
clared for  political  freedom  and  in  their  Declaration  of 
Independence  had  defined  and  proclaimed  the  eternal  rights 
of  man.  In  France  the  revolt  against  political  oppression, 
which  ended  with  the  execution  of  the  king,  was  well  under 
way.  The  same  wave  of  protest  against  absolute  rule  by 
the  princes  was  sweeping  over  Germany.  Thus  the  strong 
revolutionary  spirit  of  Schiller's  play  and  its  wild  and  un- 
reasoning attack  upon  existing  social  views  and  institutions 
inspired  the  young  men  of  Germany  with  the  wildest  en- 
thusiasm. The  French  Assembly  conferred  upon  the  author 
the  diploma,  of  citizenship  in  the  French  Republic.  Older 
and  more  conservative  people  were  scandalized.  One  German 
prince  declared :  "  If  I  were  God,  and  could  have  foreseen 
that  Schiller  would  write  TJie  Robbers,  I  should  never  have 
created  the  world." 

On  January  13,  1782,  The  Robbers  was  successfully  per- 
formed at  Mannheim  under  the  direction  of  Dahlberg,  one 


INTR  OD  UC  TION.  ix 

of  the  foremost  theatrical  managers  of  the  day.  Schiller, 
who  on  his  graduation  (1780)  had  entered  the  services  of 
the  duke  as  military  surgeon  and  was  therefore  subject  to 
military  regulations,  went  secretly  to  see  the  performance. 
A  second  journey  to  Mannheim  resulted  in  Schiller's  arrest 
and  a  ducal  command  to  cease  from  all  literary  work.  Al- 
ready discontented  with  the  monotony  of  his  life  at  Stutt- 
gart, disliking  his  medical  work  more  and  more,  and  charing 
under  the  intolerable  restraint  put  upon  his  literary  aspi- 
rations, Schiller  fled  to  Mannheim,  September  22, 1782.  He 
remained  there  but  a  short  time,  for  he  did  not  feel  safe 
there  from  the  pursuit  of  the  duke.  After  wandering  about 
for  several  months,  he  finally  found  refuge  with  the  mother 
of  one  of  his  school  friends. 

Schiller  had  taken  with  him  to  Mannheim  a  new  play, 
{5te3fo,  which  Dahlberg  pronounced  unfit  for  the  stage.  But 
after  its  successful  performance  in  Hamburg,  Berlin,  and 
Vienna,  Schiller  was  made  theater-poet  at  Mannheim,  though 
at  so  low  a  salary  that  he  was  not  able  to  make  a  living. 
At  Dahlberg's  request  he  revised  his~Fiesko,  giving  it  a 
different  ending.  But  when  it  was  performed  at  Mannheim, 
January  11,  1784,  it  was  not  a  great  success ;  possibly  be- 
cause the  public  had  expected  another  play  like  TJie  Robbers. 
The  play  is  an  attack  upon  existing  forms  of  government 
and,  in  its  revised  form,  a  plea  for  republicanism. 

A  third  play,  $abdle  imb  £tebe,  a  tale  of  intrigue  at  a 
German  court,  was  successfully  performed  the  same  year. 
This  play  is  a  protest  against  the  privileged  position  of  the 
upper  classes  and  the  resulting  social  abuses. 

Heavily  in  debt  and  broken  in  health,  Schiller  gave  up 
his  position  and  went  to  Leipzig  and  thence  to  Dresden, 
April,  1785.  At  Mannheim  he  had  begun  the  publication 
of  the  periodical,  9?f)emtfd)e  Jfyalio,  devoted  to  drama  and 
literature.  It  is  chiefly  notable  because  in  it  he  published 


x  JJTTEODVCTIOJT. 

the  first  act  of  £)ott  fiarfo*,  a  play  he  completed  after  he 
reached  Dresden.  The  plot  is  confused  and  the  purpose  of 
the  play  is  not  clear;  for  while  Schiller  was  writing  it  ho 
changed  his  plan.  When  he  began  the  play  he  proposed  to 
make  of  it  a  protest  against  clericalism  and  the  Inquisition, 
against  religious  intolerance  and  political  despotism ;  later 
he  planned  to  make  it  an  historical  play,  a  "  family  picture 
of  the  house  of  Philip  II "  ;  he  ended  by  making  it  a  vehicle 
to  express  his  own  political  views. 

The  Don  Karlos  is  important  to  the  student  of  Schiller's 
life,  for  it  marks  the  transition  of  Schiller  from  the  turbu- 
lence and  unrestrained  passions  of  his  youth  to  the  calm, 
philosophical  conservatism  of  his  manhood.  His  philosophic 
readings  had  turned  his  attention  away  from  the  conflicts 
and  problems  of  the  political  and  social  state  of  the  masses 
of  his  countrymen  to  a  study  of  the  character  of  the  indi- 
vidual self  in  its  striving  towards  that  intellectual  and  moral 
perfection  which  alone  can  give  true  freedom  to  the  mind 
and  soul.  For  Schiller  came  to  believe,  along  with  Goethe, 
that  the  mass  could  be  lifted  up  only  through  the  develop- 
ment of  the  individuals  that  composed  it.  This  idea  is  the 
one  that  mainly  distinguishes  Schiller's  later  and  greater 
plays  from  those  of  his  youth. 

For  the  present  he  concerned  himself  with  poetry  and 
history.  He  published  at  this  time  a  number  of  his  poems, 
most  important  of  which  is  his  great  Ode  to  Joy.  His  work 
on  Don  Karlos  led  Schiller  to  the  study  of  history,  and  from 
this  resulted  his  great  historical  work,  Stbfall  ber  ^ieber- 
lanbe,  1788,  which  helped  him  to  get  a  professorship  in 
history  at  the  University  of  Jena. 

In  1790  Schiller  married  Charlotta  von  Lengefeld,  a 
lovable  woman  of  sunny  disposition  and  wholly  in  sympathy 
with  Schiller's  ideals  and  plans. 

Though  distressed  by  illness  and  harassed  by  financial 


IX  TRODUC  Tl  ON.  xi 

difficulties,  Schiller  continued  his  historical  studies  and 
wrote  his  other  great  history,  (^efd)trf)te  be$  bretftigjahrtgeti 
trtegeev  1791-1793.  From  1787  to  1799  appeared  his 
philosophical  and  aesthetic  essays. 

Schiller  had  long  desired  to  make  the  acquaintance  of 
Goethe,  but  had  not  succeeded.  When  he  "spent  several 
months  in  Weimar  in  1787,  Goethe  was  absent  in  Italy,  and 
it  was  not  until  1794  that  their  friendship  began.  Schiller 
was  planning  a  literary  periodical,  £>ie  £)oren,  Tfie  Hours, 
and  wrote  to  Goethe  asking  him  to  contribute  some  articles. 
Goethe  wrote  a  kindly  acceptance ;  correspondence  and  an 
exchange  of  visits  soon  established  a  firm  and  intimate 
friendship  which  was  to  mean  much  to  both. 

Together  they  brought  out  the  £enien,  a  series  of  epi- 
grams satirizing  their  critics.  These  they  published  in  the 
SDhlfenalmcmad),  an  annual  volume  of  poems  which  Schiller 
issued  for  several  years.  It  was  Goethe  who  encouraged 
Schiller  to  write  3Baflenfteht,  the  idea  for  which  had  come 
to  Schiller  while  he  was  at  work  on  his  Thirty  Years  War. 
This  play  is  considered  by  most  critics  as  Schiller's  best 
drama.  It  is  divided  into  three  parts :  $Ba(Iettftetn8  £ager, 
a  one-act  play  that  serves  as  an  introduction  to  the  other 
two  parts ;  £)te  pccolomtnt,  in  five  acts ;  and  28attettftetn3 
Job,  in  five  acts.  The  whole  is  a  vivid,  faithful  picture  of 
the  stirring  events  in  the  great  general's  life.  At  the  same 
time  Schiller  was  producing  some  of  his  finest  ballads : 
anbfdntl),  £)er  £ait<i)er,  £)te  23itrgfd)aft,  8ieb  Don  ber 
and  others. 

In  1799  Schiller  took  up  his  residence  in  Weimar  and 
there  spent  the  few  remaining  years  of  his  life.  Within 
the  next  four  years  he  wrote  his  great  plays,  20?arta  ©tltart, 
1800,  ^uttgfrau  don  Orleans,  1801,  £)ie  33raut  Don  3)feffina, 
1803,  and  SBUtjehn  Xeft,  1804.  Maria  Stuart  contains  the 
history  of  that  ill-fated  queen;  the  Maid  of  Orleans  is  the 


xii  INTRODUCTION. 

story  of  Joan  of  Arc.  In  neither  play  does  Schiller  pretend 
to  paint  with  historical  accuracy.  Mary  Stuart  loses  her 
life  less  for  political  reasons  than  because  of  Elizabeth's 
jealousy  over  Mary's  superior  personal  charms.  Joan  is 
not  burned  at  the  stake,  but  dies  in  battle;  she  earns  her 
death  because  she  has  disobeyed  the  commands  of  the  Virgin 
and  learned  to  love  an  enemy  of  her  country.  The  Bride 
of  Messina  is  an  unsuccessful  attempt  to  introduce  the  Greek 
chorus  into  a  modern  play. 

With  his  Tell  Schiller  turns  again  to  the  political  prob- 
lems that  interested  him  in  his  youth.  But  with  what  a 
different  spirit!  And  yet,  though  this  play  is  tempered 
with  a  saner  and  maturer  conception  of  political  freedom, 
the  spirit  of  the  whole  action  expresses  so  passionate  a  love 
of  liberty,  insists  so  unyieldingly  upon  the  inviolability  of 
human  rights  and  upon  the  duty  that  man  owes  to  his 
country,  that  in  effective  power  Tell  surpasses  all  the  plays 
of  Schiller's  youth.  In  Tell  he  blends  the  ideals  of  his 
youth  with  those  of  his  manhood  and  thus  makes  a  con- 
vincing plea  for  the  political  liberty  of  the  masses  and  for 
freedom  in  moral  conduct  in  the  life  of  the  individual  man. 

Death  overtook  him  May  9,  1805,  at  the  age  of  46,  just 
as  he  was  beginning  his  £)emetriu$,  a  play  that  he  believed 
would  be  his  best  work. 

During  his  lifetime  Schiller  had  already  become  the 
favorite  poet  of  his  countrymen.  He  ranks  high  as  a  dram- 
atist while,  as  a  lyric  poet,  Goethe  acknowledged  his 
superiority.  Considering  the  short  life  of  this  man,  his 
great  struggle  with  want  and  disease,  it  is  truly  remarkable 
how  much  he  accomplished.  Add  to  this  his  high  nobility, 
his  idealism  and  warmhearted  sympathy  with  the  best  and 
noblest  thought  of  his  age,  and  it  is  small  wonder  that  this 
"Poet  of  Liberty"  has  won  for  himself  an  imperishable 
memory  and  the  undying  love  of  his  countrymen. 


INTE  OD  UC  TION.  xiii 

This  brief  account  of  Schiller's  life  may  be  supplemented 
by  readings  from  the  following  books : 

In  English. 

Calvin  Thomas  :  The  Life  and  Works  of  Fri edrich  Schiller.  Henry 
Holt  and  Co.,  New  York,  1904.  $3.50.  Student  edition,  §1.50. 
This  is  the  best  English  biography.  x 

Hjalmar  H.  Boyeson  :  Goethe  and  Schiller.  Scribner,  New  York, 
1907.  $2.00.  An  excellent  book. 

J.  Sime  :  Schiller.  (In  "  Foreign  Classics  for  English  Readers.") 
Lippincott,  Philadelphia,  1882.  §1.00. 

H.  Diintzer  :  Life  of  Schiller;  translated  by  P.  E.  Pinkerton.  Mac- 
millan,  London,  1883. 

In  German. 

J.  Wychgram :  ©chiller.  Velhagen  und  Klasing,  Bielefeld  und 
Leipzig,  5th  edition,  1906.  Profusely  illustrated.  Mark  12. 

Kuhnemann  :  ©chttter.     C.  H.  Beck,  Munchen,  1905.    Mark  6.50. 

Konnecke :  ©filler.  Sine  23iograpf)ie  in  Silbent.  N.  G.  El- 
wertsche  Verlagsbuchhandlung,  Marburg,  1905.  Mark  5. 

An  excellent  account  of  the  relation  of  Schiller  to  his 
time  is  to  be  found  in  Francke's  History  of  German  Litera- 
ture, Henry  Holt  and  Co.,  New  York.  $2.50. 


WILHELM   TELL. 

Goethe  on  his  third  and  last  visit  to  Switzerland  (1797) 
had  become  so  greatly  interested  in  the  story  of  Tell  that  he 
had  determined  to  treat  the  subject  in  an  epic  poem.  But 
other  work  turned  him  from  his  purpose.  Schiller  had  been 
fully  informed  of  Goethe's  purpose  and  plans  and  had  ex- 
pressed his  enthusiastic  approval  of  the  project.  But  that 
he  should  himself  treat  the  subject  dramatically  did  not 
occur  to  Schiller  until  ea.rly  in  1801.  At  that  time  there 
was  a  rumor  that  Schiller  was  writing  a  play  on  the  Tell 


XIV 


INTRODUCTION. 


theme,  and  it  is  to  this  false  report  of  Schiller's  literary 
plans  that  we  owe  the  play.  For  it  excited  his  interest 
anew  in  the  story  and  started  him  to  work  upon  it 

That  Schiller  owes  to  Goethe  little  more  than  the  sugges- 
tion of  the  story  as  a  good  subject  for  a  drama  is  clear  from 
Goethe's  own  account  in  the  Annals  under  the  year  1804, 
where  he  says :  "  It  will,  moreover,  clearly  appear  .  .  .  that 
the  latter  (i.e.  Schiller's  Tell)  is  wholly  the  author's  produc- 
tion, and  that  he  owes  me  nothing  except  the  incitement  to 
the  task  and  a  more  vivid  view  of  the  situation  than  the 
simple  legend  could  have  afforded  him." 

Schiller  began  work  on  Tell  on  August  25, 1803.  The  diffi- 
culties of  the  subject,  especially  because  he  had  never  been 
in  Switzerland,  led  him  to  exhaustive  reading  on  Swiss  his- 
tory and  customs  and  to  inquiries  among  his  friends.  In  a 
few  months,  February  18,  1804,  the  play  was  finished  and  it 
was  acted  for  the  first  time  in  the  Court  Theater  in  Wei- 
mar, March  17,  1804.  Its  success  both  as  an  acting  play 
and  as  a  piece  of  literature  was  instantaneous,  and  it  re- 
mains to  this  day  one  of  the  most  popular  plays  on  the 
German  stage.1 

1  Following  is  a  list  of  the  most  popular  plays  produced  on  the 
German  stage  before  1880.  Recent  plays  are  not  included.  The 
numerals  indicate  the  average  number  of  performances  of  each  play 
in  all  the  427  best  theaters  during  each  of  the  six  seasons  from  1899 
to  1905.  .Except  in  the  case  of  Schiller's  plays  only  the  one  most 
popular  play  of  a  dramatist  is  given.  Schiller :  Xell,  232 ;  2Jiarta 
ituart,  166  ;  3ungfrau  Don  Ddean«,  116.  Goethe  :  gauft,  20.  Kleist : 
Mdtdjen  Don  £etlbronn,  58.  Grillparzer :  (Sappho,  48.  Laube  :  $arle-- 
idniler,  30.  Freytag:  3)ie  3ournaUften,  116.  Hersch  :  <ttnna'$Hefe,  42. 
Rfider:  Robert  itnb  Bertram,  113.  Moser :  ®er  33eifcf)enfreffer,  83. 
Benedix:  2ie  jartlicheu  2>eru>anbten,  54.  L'Arronge  :  Sector  £lau3, 
11!».  Hebbel :  Dttarta  'Jttagbalena,  35.  It  is  remarkable  that  plays  of 
the  greatest  literary  reputation  like  Schiller's  SSallenftetn,  Goethe's 
plays  other  than  ftaufr,  and  all  of  Lessing's  plays  should  not  have 
been  performed  as  many  as  10  times  in  any  one  of  these  years. 


IXTB  OD  UC  TION.  xv 

This  popularity  of  Tell  is  due  less  to  its  lofty  defense  of 
political  liberty  and  of  the  right  to  resist  oppression  than  to 
the  appeal  for  union  of  all  members  of  one  and  the  same 
people.  The  play  has,  therefore,  been  always  especially 
popular  during  periods  of  unrest  or  of  national  crisis,  as 
during  the  revolutionary  days  of  1848,  or  when  in  1870  it 
served  as  an  appeal  to  the  disunited  German  states  and 
peoples  to  unite  in  a  common  defense  of  the  Fatherland. 

But  the  Tell  has  not  escaped  criticism.  Chief  among 
these  criticisms  is  the  claim  that  it  lacks  dramatic  unity. 
That  the  dramatic  structure  of  the  play  is  not  developed 
according  to  the  conventional  rules  of  play-writing  is  in 
itself  no  serious  matter.1  It  is  true  that  the  Tell  is  loosely 
constructed  and  that  its  parts  are  not  closely  connected. 
This  is  due  in  part  to  the  sources  from  which  Schiller  drew 
his  plot ;  partly,  also,  because  of  Schiller's  perfectly  justified 
desire  to  make  Tell  an  individual  acting  in  his  own  defense 
rather  than  a  political  leader.  (Compare  note  on  line  1097.) 

There  are  in  reality  three  parallel  actions  in  the  play. 

(1)  The  Historical  Action  or  People's  Plot,  which  narrates 
the  story  of  the  wrongs  of  the  people  of  the  Forest  Cantons 
and  their  final  triumph  over  the  Austrian  tyrants. 

(2)  The   Tell   Action,  which   gives   the   story  of   TelPs 
wrongs  and  his  vengeance  upon  his  enemy.     Already  in 
Schiller's  sources  this  story  stands  apart  and  entirely  sepa- 
rated from  the  people's  cause,  and   is   treated   as   a  mere 

1  For,  as  Lessing  had  already  pointed  out,  the  old  unities  of  time 
and  place  are  not  essential  factors  in  the  making  of  a  good  play  ;  and 
the  fact  that  Lessing  still  held  to  the  unity  of  action  is  no  reason  that 
Schiller  should  do  so.  In  fact,  "tragic  guilt"  and  "the  inevitable 
and  unavoidable  result "  of  the  action,  factors  that  the  unity  of  action 
requires  or  causes,  need  not  be  expected  in  a  play  with  a  happy 
ending  ;  unity  of  action  is  here  not  of  first  importance,  as  it  would  be 
in  a  tragedy. 


x  vi  INTR  OD  UCTIOy. 

episode  without  bearing  upon  the  final  result.  In  the  play, 
however,  it  is  through  this  one  individual's  trials  that  our 
sympathy  and  our  interest  in  the  cause  of  the  people  is  most 
actively  awakened.  Nor  is  the  Tell  Action  altogether  with- 
out connection  with  the  Historical  Action.  Thus  the  rescue 
of  Baumgarten  foreshadows  Tell's  rescue  of  his  country; 
and  it  is  Tell  who  solves  the  greatest  problem  confronting 
the  Rutli  confederates  by  removing  Gessler  from  the  path 
to  liberty. 

(3)  The  Rudenz-Berta-Attinghausen  Action,  or  Nobles' 
Plot,  is  connected  only  with  the  Historical  Action  and  plays 
no  part  in  the  Tell  Action.  Just  as  the  Historical  Action 
portrays  the  struggle  of  the  common  people,  so  the  Nobles' 
Plot  shows  us  the  part  which  the  nobility  play  in  the  com- 
mon cause.  The  love  scenes  are  least  justifiable.  They 
were  introduced  largely  to  comply  with  the  conventional 
demands  of  the  day.  To  omit  Berta  would  be  to  rob  the 
play  of  its  lyrical  element.  To  cut  out  Rudenz  would 
weaken  the  role  of  Attinghausen,  one  of  the  noblest  and 
most  necessary  characters  in  the  play. 

Schiller  secures  a  unity  of  these  three  plots  by  giving  to 
each  set  of  characters  the  same  object  —  resistance  to 
tyranny  and  the  establishment  of  the  freedom  of  the  can- 
tons ;  and  to  each  a  common  motive  —  self-defense.  An- 
other criticism  has  been  made  of  the  name  of  the  play, 
since  not  Tell  but  the  Swiss  people  is  the  hero  of  the  ac- 
tion. But  Tell  is  the  one  commanding  figure  in  the  play ; 
he  is  the  one  who  suffers  and  endures  most,  and  he  is  the 
one  who  performs  the  deed  that  alone  can  bring  success  to 
the  people's  caiise. 

Sometimes  the  highly  rhetorical  and  declamatory  diction 
is  criticised.  This  is  largely  a  matter  of  personal  taste. 
It  is  certain,  however,  that  a  poetic  and  fervent  diction  is 
necessary  for  a  play  so  filled  with  feeling ;  it  may  well  be 


INTR  OD  UC  TION.  x  vii 

doubted  if  a  more  restrained  and  colder  diction  would  not 
seriously  affect  the  popular  appreciation  of  the  play. 

Other  points  of  criticism  will  be  considered  in  the  Notes. 

But  all  critics  agree  in  praise  of  Schiller's  success  in  de- 
picting local  color,  of  his  admirable  use  of  dramatic  contrast, 
of  his  striking  and  vivid  descriptions.  And  most  of  all  is 
he  to  be  commended  for  the  strength  of  individual  scenes 
and  of  his  characterization. 

Following  is  a  serviceable  list  of  commentaries  and  critical 
works  dealing  with  the  play : 

German  Editions. 

L.  Bellermann :  @d)tller§  2)ramen,  3  vols.  Weidmansche  Buch- 
handlung,  Berlin,  4th  edition,  1908  Mark  18. 

H.  Dtintzer:  (gcfjtEerS  28ilf)e{m  £ell.  Ed.  Wartig,  Leipzig,  6th 
edition,  1897.  Mark  2. 

H.  Gaudig :  28itt)elm  Xell.  (SBegtueifer  burd)  bte  ftaffifcftett  @d)uf= 
bvamen.)  Th.  Hofmann,  Leipzig  and  Berlin,  3d  edition,  1904.  Mark  7. 

H.  Bulthaupt:  ^Dramaturgic  beS  @d)aufpiel«,  3  vols.  Schulzesche 
Hof  Buchhandlung,  6th  edition,  1898.  Mark  12. 

'*>.  T^AM/i  -^Jt-ew-w 

American  Editions. 

C.  A.  Buchheim  ;  revised  by  H.  Schoenfeld.  Oxford  University 
Press.  New  York  and  London,  1902. 

W.  H.  Carruth.     Macmillan.     New  York,  1902. 
R.  W.  Deering.     Heath.     Boston,  1902. 

A.  H.  Palmer.     Holt.    New  York,  1898. 

E.  C.  Roedder.     American  Book  Co.     New  York,  1905. 

B.  J.  Vos.     Ginn.     Boston,  1911. 

Schiller's  Sources. 

Aegidius  Tschudi :  Chronicon  Helveticum,  Basel,  1734-36. 
J.  von  Miiller :  Geschichte  der  Schweiserischen  Eidgenossenschaft, 
Leipzig,  1786-95. 


xviii  IXTRODUCTION. 

J.  J.  Scheuchzer:  Naturyeschichte  des  Schweizerlandes,  Zurich, 
1746. 

J.  K.  Fasi :  Genaue  und  vollstandige  Stoats-  und  Erdbeschreibung 
der  ganzen  helvetischen  Eidgenossenschaft,  Zurich,  1766. 

J.  G.  Ebel:  Schilderung  der  Gebirgsvolker  der  Schweiz,  Tubingen, 
1798. 

P.  Etterlin  :  Kronika  von  der  loblichen  Eydtgenossenschqft,  edited 
by  Spreng,  Basel,  1752. 

J.  Stumpf :  Allgemeine  Eidyenossenschaftschronik,  Ziirich,  1548. 

Extracts  in  modern  German  of  such  portions  of  Tschudi's 
Chronicles,  to  which  Schiller  owes  more  than  to  all  his  other 
sources,  can  be  found  in  Diintzer's  Wilhelm  Tell.  Ed. 
Wartig,  Leipzig,  6th  edition.  1897.  Mark  2. 


U?ilf)dm  Cell 


ty  erf  on  en 


Hermann  ©cpler,  9tcidj8»ogt  in  2d?tt>tt$  unb  Uri 
SSerner,  ftreifyerr  von  2Utingb,au|'en,  Samtertyerr 
Ulridj  son  SRubenj,  fein  5Heffe 
SBerner  @tauffad>er 


Sanbleute 


an*  Uri 


auS  Unterwalben 


3tel  ftebing 

aitf  ber  9Kauer 

int  "f>of e 

Ulridj  ber  ®d?mieb 
3  oft  son  28  e  tier 
SBalter  ftiirft 
28ilf>elm  Sell 
5R  o  f  f  e  I  nt  a  n  n,  ber  ^Pf arrer 
^etermann,  ber  Sigrtft 
.ft  u  o  it  i,  ber  furte 
28  e  r  n  i,  ber  3<igcr 
9?  u  o  b  i,  ber  5tfd>er 
Slrnotb  »om  SDtelc^tal 
$onrab  33aumgorten 
5Dicier  oon  2  arnen 

»on  SSinfelrieb 
»on  ber 
Sitrft»arb  am 
Slrnolb  »on 

©crtrub,  2tauffa$erS  ©atttn 
^  e  b  us  i  g,  JeU«  ©atttn,  JiirftS  Jotter 
Serta  »on  Sruncef,  eine  reicbe  erbin 

r  f»arra^,  ©efjlcrS  2taUmciftcr 
^Jarriciba,  ^erjog  Son  2ct)tt>aben 
5DJctfter  2tfiitme§,  ©efellenttnb  ^anbtanger 
©cjjlcrifctK  unb  Sanbenbergifc^e  Better 
SBiele  Sanbleute  ait«  ben  SSalbftatten 
Jrte^arbi  28alter     } 

£eut«.(b     }eoU>ner  »il|eH«j 

armgarb  -|  ^Pfeifer  son 

SBauerinnen  fj""5  °°n  &e^*u 

yen  n  t,  Jtfcfeerfnabe 

Z  e  p  v  t,  ,|>trtenfitabe 
2 titi ft,  ber  (ylurjchit^ 

Cffentlid)e  auSrufer  Xcr  2tter  son  Uri 

93armb,er$tgc  SBrubec 


XeW  $naben 


^tlbcgarb 


€rfter 

Qrrfte  (Scene. 
§  S?ieritialbftdtterfee§,  ®cf)tt>t)$  gegeniiber. 


Xer  2ce  macftt  einc  33ucf)t  inS  ?anb,  eine  §iitte  ift  unfteit  bent  lifer, 
fimlic  fabrt  fidj  in  einem  .Sabn.  liter  ben  See  btntvcg  fiebt  man  bie  griinen 
fatten,  Xorfer  unb  §cfe  »cn  Sc^TO^j  im  beUen  2cnnenfcbetn  liegen.  3ur 
?tufcn  te£  3uWauer^  S^'fl^n  ficft  bie  ®pi£cn  be§  §afen,  mit  SScIfen  unge&en; 
jur  Steebten  im  fernen  §intergrunb  fiebt  man  bte  Steigebirge.  9?ocf)  ebe  ber 
SBorbang  aufgebt,  tywt  man  ben  .Subreiben  unb  ba3  barmontfcbe  ©elaute  ber 
^erbengtocfen,  toelcfjeS  ftc^  auc^  bei  eroffnctci  Scene  nocfy  eine  £eit  tang  fortfe^t. 


ngt  im  Kabn). 

2Mobie  be«  .8ubrciben«. 

fdc^eft  ber  See,  er  labet  jum  SBabe, 
Stnabe  [c^fief  ein  am  griinen  ©eftabe, 
5)a  ^brt  er  ein  £(tngen, 
fjteten  fo  flip, 
Stimmen  ber  Cmget 


Unb  ttne  er  ertr»ad)et  in  fetiger  Suft, 
jDa  fpiiten  bie  Gaffer  ifym  urn  bie 
Unb  e£  ruft  au^  ben 
£ieb  l?nabe,  bift  mein! 
-3-dj  lode  ben  Srfjlafer, 
^ti  ^erein. 


(auf  bem  Serge). 
SBartation  b 

fatten,  tebt 
[onnigen  SBeiben  ! 
1 


UMtyelm 

£>er  Senne  tnufe  frfjeiben,  is 

£)er  (gomtner  tft  f)in. 
SSir  fasten  $u  33erg,  nnr  fotmnen  nneber, 
Senn  ber  Sucfutf  ruft,  tt>enn  ermacfjen  bie  ?teber, 
SBenn  mtt  ^3(umen  bie  Grbe  fic^  fkibet  neu, 
2Benn  bie  33rimn(ein  fliepen  im  Itebticfjen  2)loi.         20 

fatten,  lebt  modi, 

fonnigen  2«eiben! 

Senne  mup  frfjeiben, 

Sommer  tft  ^in. 


SKpenjager 

(wfdieint  gegenuber  auf  bcr  66he  6cs 
citc  iBartatwn. 


bonnern  bie  .'pofjen,  e^  ^ittert  ber  Steg,  25 

grauet  bent  2d)it£en  auf  fc^trmb  (intent  Seg; 
(Jr  fdjrettet  Dertt)egen 
3tuf  getbern  Don  CrtS  ; 
®o  pranget  fein  griifyfing, 
!Do  griinet  fein  9?eie;  3o 

Unb  unter  ben  gupen  ein  neblirfjteS  aKeer, 
grfennt  er  bie  Stable  ber  s^enfc^en  ntt^t  meljr; 
ben  9ii§  nur  ber  2£olfen 

er  bie  £Mt, 

unter  ben  Soffern  35 

gritnenbe 


(Die    Cant»f*aft    wran^rf    fi*,    man    hort    pin    Oumpfes    Kracfcn    Don   ben   Scrgen, 
Sdjatien  oon  tt>olfen  laufcn  iiber  bie  (Segenb.) 


a 
•e- 

Ui 


<£rfter  2lufsug.    <£rfte  Scene. 

SRuobi,  ber  ftifcfycr,  fommt  au$  ber  §iitte.    SSeritt,  ber  ^agcr,  fteigt  »om  ftelfen. 
i,  ber  |>trte,  fommt  mit  bent  2Mfnapf  auf  ber  ©clutter  ;   «c}>pt,  fetn 
£anbbub,  fotgt  tt>m. 


fyitrtig, 

graue  £alt>ogt  fommt,  biimpf  briillt  ber  $irn, 

9Jil)tl)enftein  gie()t  [erne  §aube  an, 
Unb  fait  tjer  bla'ft  e^  aM  bent  Setter(orf);  40 

£)er  @turm,  i^  mein',  toirb  ba  (ein,  e^'  tt)tr'^  benfen. 

Jhtoni. 

'«  fommt  ^egen,  ga'fyrmann.    aKetne  Sdjafe  freffen 
tt  33egierbe  ®ra^,  unb  2Bac^ter  fdjarrt  bie  (Srbe. 


|c^e  fpringen,  unb  ba^  SBaffer^u^n 

nnter.    Sin  ©emitter  ift  tm  Slngug.  45 


(jum  Suben). 

8ug,  ®eppi,  ob  ba«  3SieI)  fief)  nirfjt  Dertaufen. 


ie  braune  Sifet  fenn'  tc^  am  ©ela'ut. 

^itont. 
fef)(t  un^  feine  mefyr,  bie  ge^t  am  roeitften. 

9h»M. 

^abt  etn  fdjb'n  @e(aute,  ^eifter  §irt. 


Unb  jrfjmncfeS  33ie^.    ^ft'«  (Slier  etgneg,  ^anb«fmann  ?  5° 

Jhuwi. 

in  nit  fo  retrf)  —  '6  ift  metne$  gnab'gen 
,  unb  mir  pgeja'fylt. 


IDilfyelm  Cell. 

{Ruobi. 
SBte  fdjon  ber  £uf)  baS  Sanb  311  galfe  fteljt  ! 

Sitottt. 

£)a3  foetj}  fie  aud),  bag  fie  ben  Sfteifyen  fiifyrt, 

llnb  nii^m'  id)  ifyr'3,  fie  ^orte  auf  31:  freffen.  ss 


fetb  nitfyt  Hug!    (Sin  unnernimffgeg  33tel)  — 


3ft  bafb  gefacjt.    QaZ  Xier  t)at  auc^  33ernunft; 

lutffen  roir,  bte  nrir  bie  ©emfen  fagen. 
ie  ftetfen  flug,  wo  fie  jur  SSeibe  ge^n, 
'ne  ^orfjut  au«,  bie  fpi£t  ba^  Cf)r  unb  roaraet          60 
2)Ht  Belter  ^feife,  roenn  ber  3s 


tjiim  Birten). 

Streibt 


ftuont. 

ll|j  ift  abgetoetbet. 


Tie 
33on  (Surer  ga^rt  fefjrt  fic^'g  nirf)t  immer  mieber. 

iHuobi. 

IDort  fommt  ein  9Jhnn  in  boiler  §aft  gelaitfen.         65 


fenn'  il)n,  'a  ift  ber  Scmmgart  oon 

Jtonrna  ^Bauingarten  (atemloS  ^ereutftiir$enb). 


€rfter  2luf$ug.    (£rfte  Scene. 

^aumflortcn. 
Urn  ©ottesnrillen,  g-citjrmann,  (Juren  £at)tt! 


91un,  nun,  nm3  gibt'3  fo  eilig? 

Sflaitmgarten. 

Sinbet  to*! 
Qfyr  rettet  mtc^  com  Jobe!     Se^t  mtc^  iiber! 

fiuoni. 

Sanbemann,  roa^  ^abt 


oerfofgt  (5ud)  benn?  7° 


dttt,  eUt,  fie  finb  mtr  bid)t  fd)on  an  ben  $erfen! 


X^e^  Sanbtiogt^  better  fommen  fytnter  mir  ; 

Qd)  bin  ein  9ftcmn  bee  Jobe,  menn  fie  mid)  gretfen. 


SBarum  tierfotgen  (Slid)  bie  9feifigen? 


($rft  rettet  mid),  nnb  bann  fte^'  id)  gild)  9?ebe.  75 

2Berm. 
feib  tnit  33hit  befledt,  tt)o«  ^at'^  gegeben? 


SaiferS  Surgoogt,  ber  auf  9?operg  fap  — 

finoitt. 

$Bo(fenfd)iei3en!    Vd^t  (Slid)  ber  derfofgen? 


HMlfyelm 


SSaumgorten. 
£)er  frfjabet  nidjt  tnefjr,  id)  fyab'  ifjn  erfd)togen. 

3tUC  (fabren  jurucf). 

®ott  fei  Gud)  gnabig!    SBaS  fyabt  ^fjr  getan?  so 

Saumgartcn. 

SSa«  jeber  freie  !3ftamt  on  meinem  ^tatj! 
9Jlein  gute^  ^auerec^t  I)ab'  id)  auSgeiibt 
Sim  2d)iinber  meiner  gfjr'  unb  metnes  Seibeg. 

.ftuoni. 

|)at  (Surf)  ber  53urgt>ogt  an  ber  (5I)r'  gefrfja'btgt  ? 

Saitmgarten. 

er  fetn  bb^  ©etiiften  nirf)t  dottbrarfjt,  85 

©ott  unb  meine  gute  5t^ 


^abt  i^m  mtt  ber  2ljt  ben  topf  jerfpalten? 


O  Ia§t  ung  ailed  f)bren,  ^^r  tjabt 

er  ben  £aljn  com  lifer  lodgebunben. 

33aumgarten. 
tjatte  §0(3  gefa'Ut  im  SBalb,  ba  fomtnt  90 

SBeib  gefaufen  in  ber  2lng|t  be*  Xobed, 
nX)er  Surgoogt  tieg'  in  meinem  |)aud,  er  fyab' 
3fl)r  anbefof)len,  ifjm  ein  $ab  ju  riiften. 
5)rauf  ^ab'  er  UngebufjrlidjeS  Don  iljr 
33erlangt,  fie  fei  entfprungen,  mirf)  ju  furfjen."  95 

Ta  lief  id)  frifd)  fttn^u,  fo  rote  id)  war, 
Unb  mit  ber  2lrt  Ijab'  id)  i^m'e  Sab  gefegnet. 


€rfter  2lufjug.    <£rfte  Scene. 

2Berni. 

totet  lt)o^(,  fein  Sftenfd)  fann  (5ud)  brum  fdjetten. 


£)er  SSiiterid)!    £>er  Ijat  nun  feinen  Sofyn! 
t'3  (ang  oerbient  um§  33otf  Don  Unteri»o(ben. 

SBountgortcn. 

rt)arb  rucfytbar;  mir  wirb  nacf)ge[e^t  — 
3nbem  mir  fpredjen  —  ©ott  —  oerrtnnt  bie  gtit  — 

(£s  fdngt  an  $u  Sonncrn.) 

Suont. 

grifdj,  ^a^rntann  —  frfjaff'  ben  33tebermann  f)tniiber! 


ntd)t.    (Sin  fdjtoereS  Ungeroitter  tft 
marten. 


^oumgartcn. 

£eirger  ©ott!          105 

fann  nicfyt  marten,    ^eber  Stuff  c^ub  tdtet  — 


Sluoni  (3" 

©reif  an  ntit  ©ott!    X)em  ^ad^ften  mu^  man  ^etfen; 
(5d  fann  un$  alien  ©(eic^e«(  ja  begegnen. 

(Braufen  unb  Donnern.) 


tft  Io«,  t^r  fe^t,  nrie  ^o<^  ber  eee  ge^t; 
fann  nitfjt  fteuern  gegen  @turm  unb  SSetlen. 

SoumgortCtt  (utnfafjt  feine  Kniee). 

©ott,  mie  3^r  (5ud)  tnein  erbarmet  — 


993crnt. 

gefyt  um^  Seben,  fei  barm^erjig',  ^afyrtnann. 


IDUfjelm 


'«  ift  ein  ^auSooter  unb  f)at  SBeib  unb  £inber! 

(Ifieberholte  Donncr)*ldge.) 

JRuobu 

SSaS?    ^cf)  fyab'  and)  ein  Seben  ju  tiertieren, 

§ab'  SBetb  unb  $tnb  bafjeim,  tt)te  er.    Sefyt  ^in,     «s 

SSie'^  branbet,  one  e£  wogt  unb  SSirbel  jiefjt 

Unb  alle  Soffer  aufriifjrt  in  ber  Xiefe. 

3cf)  wottte  gern  ben  33iebermann  erretten  ; 

£ocf)  eS  ift  rein  unmogtic^,  ifyr  fe^t  felbft. 


(no*  auf  Den  Knieen) 

(So  mn§  id)  fallen  in  be3  ^einbe^  |)anD,  120 

na^e  9fettiingeufer  im  @efid)te! 

tiegt'^!    3^)  fann'3  erreid^en  mit  ben  Slugen, 
§initberbringen  fann  ber  @timme  <Sd^a[(, 
£)a  ift  ber  ^a^n,  ber  mid)  fyinitbertritge, 
llnb  mu§  ^ier  liegen,  f)Uf(o3,  unb  oersagen!  125 

ftuoni. 

tt)er  ba  fommt! 


Ci<5  ift  ber  Xefl  cms 

SeO  mit  ber  2lrmbruft. 

XeU. 
SBer  ift  ber  SDtot,  ber  t)ier  urn  §Ufe  flet)t? 


'«  ift  ein  SUjeller  9)?ann;  er  ^at  fein'  e^r' 
3?erteibigt  unb  ben  SBolfenfdjieB  erfdjfogen, 
ted  S8nig*  Surgoogt,  ber  auf  SRoperg  fa§.  130 


<£rfter  2lufsug.    (Erfte  Scene. 


£anbt>ogt$  better  finb  ifynt  ouf  bett 
($r  flefyt  ben  ©Differ  urn  bte  ilberfafyrt  ; 
£)er  fiirdjft  fidj  tior  bent  ©turnt  unb  nnft  ntdjt  fafyren. 


T)o  ift  ber  £ett,  er  fiiljrt  bo«  9?itber  aud), 

fotl  mir^  jeugen,  ob  bie  ^ot)rt  511  wagen.  135 

Sell. 

'S  not  tut,  ^aljnnann,  ta^t  fid)  atle«  magen. 

(fjeftige  Donnerfdilage,  ber  See  raufdjt  auf.) 


fo((  ntic^  in  ben  £)6llenrad)en  ftitrjen? 
tdte  feiner,  ber  bei  ©innen  tft. 


brace  90?ann  benft  an  fid)  fetbft 
SBertrau'  auf  ©ott  unb  rette  ben  ^Bebrcingten.  140 

JKuoM. 

SSom  fid)ern  ^ort  ta^t  fid)'^  gemcic^Iid)  raten. 
!5)a  tft  ber  ^a^n  unb  bort  ber  ©ee! 


£>er  (gee  fann  fii^,  ber  £anboocjt  nii^t  erbarnten. 
23erfud)'  e«,  5a'^rntann! 

unb  ^fiflcr. 
tr  itjn!    9?ett'  t^n!    9?etf  Ujn! 


Unb  n)ar'«  ntein  53ruber  unb.mctn  teiblid)  tinb,          145 
(£«  fann  nid^t  fein;  '«  ift  t)eut'  ©intone  unb 
£)a  raft  ber  @ee  unb  nntf  fein  Opfer  Ijaben. 


10  IDiHjelm.  Cell. 

Sell. 

Wit  ettter  ftebe  nrirb  f)ter  ttidjts  gefcfafft  ; 
Tie  Stunbe  bringt,  bem  Warm  mu§  §Ufe  wcrben. 
Sprid),  gafjrmann,  ttrillft  bu  fafjren? 

ftttobi. 


c      150 
Sell. 


$n  @ottc«  %amcn  benn!    ©ib  t)er  ben 

3^cf)  roUfa  mit  meiner  fdjroa^en  Sraft  oerfurfjen. 

.fiuoni. 
$a,  tt)acfrer  Jell! 

28erni. 

Tac  gleic^t  bem  Seibgefellen  ! 

^oumgortctt. 
9J?ein  better  fetb  3l)r  unb  mein  (Sngel, 


©ewolt  errett'  tc^  (Surf),  155 

9?dten  mit§  ein  anbrer  fyelfett. 
rod)  beffcr  ift'«,  3^r  faHt  in  ©otteij  §anb 
in  ber  9Wcnfc^en. 

<^u  bem  Cirten.  ) 

Vanbtftnann,  trbftet  3^)r 
in  Seib,  menn  mir  wad  S0lenfd)lid)ed  begegnet. 
f)ab'  getan,  rooe  id)  nidjt  laffcn  fonnte.  160 

(€r  fpringt  in  6cn  Kabn.) 


tt  (sum  ,5tfcf?er). 

feib  ein  9tteifter  Steuermann.    3Sa«  fid) 
leU  getraut/ba*  fonntet  3^r  nid)t  magen? 


€rfter  2ttif}u<3.    (Srfte  Scene.  11 


SRuolu. 

be  fire  Scanner  tun's  bent  £efl  nid)t  nad), 
gibt  nidjt  jroei,  roie  ber  ift,  itn  ®ebirge. 


(ifl  auf  6cn  ,^els  gefttegen). 

(Sr  ftbBt  fcfjon  ab.    (Mott  ijelf  bir,  braoer  ec^wimmer  !  165 
Stel),  me  bad  Sc^ifftein  auf  ben  SeKen 


,U  It  Dili   (am  Ufer). 

te  glut  ge{)t  briiber  meg  —  3c^  fefj'd  nicf)t  me()r. 
od)  t)a(t,  ba  ift  e^  mieber!     Irafttg(tcf) 
Strbeitet  fid)  ber  SSacfre  biird)  bte  33ranbung. 


Canboogt^  Sffeiter  fommen  angefprengt!  17° 

.Quont. 

i§  ®ott,  fie  fmb'«!    ^Do8  tear  §i(f  in  ber 

($tn  SntDV  1'niiticitbcrniftlicr  iHcitcr. 

Grftcr  JHcitcr. 

SJJbrber  gebt  tjeraud,  ben  ifyr  derborgen! 

^wetter. 

fam  er,  umfonft  oer^e^It  ifjr  iljn. 


t  unb  Stuobi. 
meint  i^r,  better? 

fter  9fJctter  (entberft  ben  rtad?enx 

ef)'  id)!    Xeufel! 


t'«  ber  im  ^arfjen,  ben  i^r  fudjt?  —  ^Rett't  511!         175 
SSenn  i^r  frifdj  beilegt,  (jolt  if)r  i{)n  nod)  ein. 


12  IDttycIm  Cell. 


23erttriinfd)t!    Gr  ift  entnrifdjt. 

CfrftCt  (sum  fiirtfti  unb  ,Sifd?er). 

$f)r  fjabt  tt)tn  fortgefyolfen. 
fotlt  un§  bitten  —  %attt  in  ttjre  §erbe! 
ie  .'putte  reiBet  ein,  brennt  unb  fd)(agt  nieber! 

(£ilen  fort). 
©C^i  (fturjt  nact;). 

O  meine  i'timmer! 

(folgt). 

mir! 


2Bcrnt. 
ie  2But'rtd)e! 


(ringt  &ie  ijan&e). 

©eredjttgfett  be^ 
Sann  wirb  ber  better  fommen  biefem  fanbe? 

tt;nen). 


3»ette  Scene. 

3u  Steinen  in  ©cftraiiv    Gtne  ?inbe  »or  be«  ©tawffad)er«  §aufe  an  ber 
?anbftrafte,  nacfjft  ber  53riicfe. 


«tauffad)ec,  ^Sfeifcr  toon  8ujern  fommen  im 

^fcifcr. 

3a,  ja,  .fterr  2tauffad)er,  wie  id)  Chid)  fagte, 
2d)Uiort  nid)t  ju  Oftreid),  menn  Sty'%  fdnnt  dermeiben. 
.srwttet  feft  am  9^eid)  unb  macfer,  tnie  bi^^er.  185 

©ott  fdjirme  Gud)  bet  (Surer  attcn  ftreiljeit! 

(Brucft  iin  bcrjlid]  bic  l^anK  unb  a>ia  geljen.) 


(grfter  2tufsug.    ^roeite  Scene.  13 

Stouffodjer. 

33(eibt  bod),  big  meine  Sirtin  !ommt.    3fyr  feib 
Whin  ©aft  311  <2d)iul)j,  id)  in  Cujern  ber  (Sure. 

^fctfcr. 

23iel  £>anf!    SJhifc  Ijente  ©erfau  nod)  erretdjen. 
—  Sag  ifyr  audj  ©djtuereg  tnogt  ju  leiben  fyaben          190 
33on  eurer  SSdgte  ®eij  unb  llbermut, 
Xragt'g  in  ©ebutb!    gg  fann  fid)  a'nbern,  fc^nett, 
Sin  anbrer  $aifer  fann  ang  9Jeic^  getangen. 
@eib  i^r  erft  Ofterreid)^  feib  ifjr'3  anf  immer. 

@r  gefyt  ao.    @tauffad)cr  fe^t  fi(^  fummer»oU  auf  eine  SBanf  unter  ber  Stnbe. 
@o  finbet  if)it  ©crtrub,  fcine  ftwu,  btc  fief)  ncben  if»n  ftettt  unb  t^n  cine 

betvadjtet. 


OJettntb. 

©o  ernft,  ntein  ^reunb?    3d)  fenne  bid)  nid)t  mel)r.    195 

(£d)on  oiete  Jage  fet)'  id)'g  fd)tt>eigenb  an, 

2Bie  ftnftrer  Jriibfinn  beine  ©time  furd)t. 

Sluf  beinem  £>erjen  briidt  ein  ftiH  ©ebreften, 

SSertrau'  e§  mir  ;  id)  bin  bein  treueS  SBeib, 

Unb  meine  ^alfte  forbr'  id)  beineg  ®ram3.  200 

(Stauffad^er  reicljt  itjr  Me  £jan6  unb  fcfjtreigt.) 

2Ba§  fann  bein  Deq  beflemmen,  fag'  eg  mir. 
©efegnet  ift  bein  fttetfj,  bein  ®tit(fgftanb  bttt^t, 
2$ol(  finb  bie  <2d)eunen,  unb  ber  SHinber  ®d)aren, 
X)er  gtatten  ^ferbe  uiofytgentifyrte  3ud)t 
3ft  con  ben  ^Bergen  gtitcfUd)  t)eintgebrad)t  205 

3ur  Sinterung  in  ben  bequemen  ©tatlen. 
£)a  fte^t  bein  ^aug,  reid),  loie  ein  Gbelfi^  ; 
fdjtinem  ©tamm^ot^  ift  eg  neu  ge^immert 


14  rOtlrjelm  Cell. 

llnb  nad)  bem  9?id)tmaB  orbentlid)  gefitgt ; 

25on  ttielen  genftern  gfanjt  eg  roofjntid),  f)e(( ;  210 

9ftit  bunten  2£appenfd)ilbern  iff*  bemalt 

Unb  toeifen  Spriidjen,  bie  ber  2£anbergtnann 

23erroeUenb  tieft  unb  ifyren  einn  berounbert. 

2tauffod)cr. 

ftet)t  ba«  §au*  gqhnmert  unb  gefugt, 
ac^  —  eg  ttxmft  ber  ®runb,  cwf  bem  mir  bauten.  215 

©ertrub. 
3)?ein  SBerner,  fage,  inie  oerfteljft  bit  ba? .' 

Stauffodjcr. 

3Sor  biefer  lUnbe  fafe  icf)  jiingft,  n)ie  f)eut, 
Tax?  fd)bn  $ol(bracf)te  freubtg  itberbenfenb, 
Ta  fam  bafyer  oon  ^itpacf)t,  femer  53urg, 
£er  3?ogt  mtt  [emen  JReifigen  geritten.  220 

23or  btefem  §aufe  fytett  er  wunbernb  an ; 
£od)  id)  erb,ob  mid)  fdjnell,  unb  untenmtrfig, 
SSie  fidj'g  gebii{)rt,  trat  id)  bem  §errn  entgegen, 
£er  ung  beg  faiferg  rid)terlid)e  2ftad)t 
SSorfteUt  im  Sanbe.    ,,2Bcffen  ift  bieg  §augv"  225 

i^ragf  er  bogmeinenb,  benn  er  »upf  eg  wofjt. 
Tod)  fd)ne(I  befonnen  id)  entgegn'  ib,m  fo: 
,rX)ie*  §aug,  §err  SSogt,  ift  meineg  §errn  beg  ^aiferg, 
llnb  gureg,  unb  mein  Sefjen."    Xo  ocrfc^f  er: 
,,3d)  bin  Regent  im  Sanb  an  f  aiferg  Statt  230 

Unb  nrill  nid)t,  baR  ber  $3auer  §aufer  bane 
2(uf  feine  eigne  ^panb  unb  atfo  fret 
£in(eb',  atg  ob  er  §err  roar'  in  bem  £anbe; 


(£rfter  2tuf5ug.    ^trette  Scene.  15 


$d)  tterb'  mid)  nnterftefjn,  Grud)  bad  $u 

£)ied  fagenb  ritt  er  tru^iglid)  t>on  bannen.  235 

^d)  aber  btieb  mit  fummerooller  Seele, 

£)ad  SSort  bebenfenb,  ba3  ber  ^Bbfe 


OJcrtrui). 

lieber  §err  itnb  <5b,ewirt!    9Kagft  bu 
(Sin  rebltc^  SSort  don  beinem  SKeib  tierne[)men? 

ebetn  -3^er9s  Xodjter  rii^m'  id)  mid),  240 

oie(erfa{)rnen  3)?ann^.    SBir  (5d)iueftern  faf,en, 
9Bo((e  (pinnenb,  in  ben  tangen  ^acb.ten, 
SSenn  bei  bem  i^ater  fic^  bed  3?offe$  §ciitpter 
2?er(amme(ten,  bie  ^ergamente  (afen 
Der  atten  ^aifer  itnb  bed  ?anbe^  SSob,!  245 

53ebad)ten  in  nernimftigem  (^efprnd). 
2(ufmerfenb  fybrf  i^  ba  tnanc^  ffuged  2Bort, 
2Sa6  ber  3?erftanb'ge  benft,  ber  ©lire  tounfdjt, 
Itnb  ftitt  im  ^er^en  ^ab'  id)  -mir'd  benialjrt. 
So  ^ore  benn  iinb  adjf  auf  meine  9tebe,  250 

£enn  tna^  bi^  pref^te,  fie  I),  bad  nwjsf  id)  (a'ngft. 
groUt  ber  Sanboogt,  mbd)te  gern  Mr  fdjaben, 

bu  bift  tf)m  ein  §inbernid,  baf?  ft^ 
2d)tt)t)^er  nic^t  bem  neuen  gitrftenfyaud 
untertDerfen,  fonbern  treu  unb  feft  255 

9?eid)  befyarren,  mie  bie  miirbigen 
2Utiiorbern  e3  ge^aften  iinb  getan.  — 
^ft'd  nid)t  fo,  SSerner?    Sag'  ed,  rt)enn  id)  li'tge! 

Stouffadjcr. 

So  ift'3,  bad  ift  bed  ®ep(erd  ©roll  auf  mid). 


16  JDilfjelm  Cell. 

OJcrtrub. 

(Sr  ift  bir  neibtfrf),  toetl  bu  gfttcffid)  roofynft,  260 

(gin  freter  Sfftann  ouf  beinem  etgnen  Grb', 
£>enn  er  fat  feinS.    23om  $aifer  fclbft  itnb  9?eidj 
Xragft  bu  bie$  §au$  311  8e^n;  bu  barf  ft  e3  getgen, 
@o  gut  ber  9?ei(^^furft  feine  Dauber  getgt; 
J)enn  itber  bir  erfennft  bu  feiueu  §errn  265 

511^  nur  ben  §6^ften  in  ber  Gfjriftenfjeit. 
(Sr  ift  ein  jitngrer  8ofjn  nur  feine^  §aufe«, 
nennt  er  fein  als  feinen  9Jittermantet  ; 
fie^t  er  jebe§  SBiebermanneS  &IM 
Wit  frf>ee(en  5tugen  gift'ger  9J?i^gunft  on.  270 

jDir  Ijat  er  langft  ben  llntergang  gefdjmoren  — 

fte^ft  bu  unoerfefjrt  —  SSitlft  bu  erfoarten, 

er  bte  bbfe  §uft  an  bir  gebit^t? 

Huge  SKonn  bout  Dor. 

Stauffadjer. 

ift  ju  tun? 


(trttt  nahcr). 

(So  Ij8re  meinen  9?at!    ®u  tteifet,  wie  tjier  275 

,3u  8c^n)l)j  fid)  atte  $)?ebUd)en  beftagen 
Cb  biefeS  ?anbt)ogt«  ©ei^  unb  SSiiterei. 
So  jweifle  nid)t,  ba§  fie  bort  britben  auc^ 
3n  Untenoalben  unb  im  Urner  ^anb 

£)range«  mitb'  finb  unb  be«  fatten  3oc^6;       280 
»ie  ber  ©e^(er  t)ier,  fo  fdjofft  eS 

^anbenberger  briiben  iiberm  @ee  — 
(g«  fommt  fein  $tfd)erfaljn  ju  un§  fjeriiber, 


<£rftcr  2luf3ug.    ^rceite  Scene.  17 


Der  nid)t  ein  neueS  Unfyeif  unb 
33eginnen  Don  ben  33ogten  un§  tterfunbet.  285 

Drum  tat'  e§  gut,  baft  eurer  etlidje, 
Die's  reb(id)  meinen,  [tilt  511  9fate  gingen, 
SBte  man  be§  ^Drucf^  fid)  mod)t'  erlebigen; 
So  adjf  id)  inol)(r  ©ott  ttntrb'  euc^  ntd)t  t»er(a([en 
Unb  ber  geredjten  Sat^e  gncibig  [ein.  290 

bit  in  Uri  feinen  ©aftfreunb,  fprid), 
bit  bein  §erj  magft  reblid)  offenbaren? 


Stouffodjcr. 

inacfern  9)?a'nner  fenn'  id)  t»ie(e  bort 
Unb  angefeljen  grofje  Qenenientt, 
Die  mir  ge^eint  ftnb  nnb  gar  wot)!  oertraut.  295 

(<£r  flc^t  auf.) 

grau,  »etd)en  @turm  gefa^rlidjer  ©ebanfen 

SBecfft  bu  mir  in  ber  ftitten  33ruft!    Wltin  ^nnerfte^ 

teijrft  bit  an£  Sid&t  be^  Xage^  mir  entgegen, 

Unb  nw3  id)  mir  su  benfen  ftitt  toerbot, 

®n  fprid)ft'S  mit  Ieid)ter  3unfle  ^cfH^  ait§.  300 

bu  aud)  ttof)l  bebad)t,  m$  bu  mir  ra'tft? 

iDtlbe  ^lt)ietrad)t  unb  ben  $Iang  ber  SBaffen 
$Rufft  bu  in  biefeS  friebgemofjnte  ZaL 
Sir  inagten  eg,  ein  fd)Wa(^e§  9?olf  ber  Ipirttn, 
$n  ^ampf  311  ge^en  mit  bem  $mn  ber  Sett?       305 
$)er  gute  Sdjein  nur  tft'd,  luorauf  fie  marten, 
Urn  loSjutaffen  auf  bie§  arme  £anb 
Die  inilben  Dor^en  M)re 
Darin  ju  fdjalten  mit  beS 


18  IDilrjelm  Cell. 

Unb  unterm  @d)ein  geredjter  3iid)tigung  310 

Die  alten  gretfyeitsbriefe  gu  oertilgen. 

OJertrub. 

$f)r  feib  aud)  Banner,  nriffet  cure  2Irt 
3u  fufyren,  unb  bem  SDIutigen  fyilft  ©ott! 

©touffodjcr. 

O  SBeib!    gin  fur^tbar  wiitenb  Sd)rerfni3  tft 

T)er  ^rieg  ;  bie  §erbe  fc^Iagt  er  unb  ben  §irten.     315 

Wcrtrub. 

Grtrogen  miiR  man,  ina^  ber  §imme(  fenbet  ; 
UnbilfigcS  ertrcigt  fein  eb(e3 


erfreut  bid),  ba£  mir  neu  erbauten  ; 
^rieg,  ber  iinget)eure,  brennt  e^  nieber. 

©ertrub. 

t'  ic^  metn  §erj  an  jetttid)  ©ut  gefeffelt,  320 

Den  33ranb  luarf  id)  Ijtnein  mit  eigner  §anb. 

©taitffadjcr. 

Du  gtaubft  an  9)?enfd)tid)feit  !    @«  fc^ont  ber  $rieg 
2tn^  nic^t  ba^  garte  finblein  in  ber  SSiege. 

(Bertrub. 

Die  Unfd)utb  l)at  im  ^immet  einen  grennb. 

,  3Serner,  unb  nid)t  l)inter  bid)!      325 


Stauffndjer. 

3Bir  banner  !bnnen  tapfer  fed)tenb  fterben, 
djicffat  aber  nnrb  ba«  cure  fein? 


(Erftcr  tfufsug.    Dritte  Scene.  19 


(VJertruD. 

Die  Ie£te  SSaljl  fteljt  aud)  bem  Sdjaxidjften  offen, 
(Sin  ©prung  oon  biefer  33rit(fe  mad)t  mid)  frei. 

@tauff(td)Cr   Iftiir3t  in  tyre  2lrme). 

SSer  fold)  ein  §eq  an  feinen  ^ufen  brtirft,  <yB30/ 

Der  fann  fiir  §erb  unb  §of  mit  greuben  fed)ten, 

Unb  leineg  £cinig§  ^eermad)t  fiirc^tet  er. 

sj?acf)  Uri  faf)r;  id)  ftet)nben  ^u^e§  gleid) ; 

(ebt  ein  ©aftfreunb  mir,  §err  SSalter  J-itrft, 
itber  biefe  3eiten  benft  tt>ie  ic^.  335 

ftnb'  ic^  bort  ben  ebeln  53annert)errn 
2lttingt)au§ ;  obg(eid)  oon  l)o()em  5tamm, 

Siebt  er  ba^  ^Colf  unb  efjrt  bie  alien  Sitten. 
it)nen  beiben  pffcg'  id)  9?at§,  tm'e  man 
£anbe$feinbe  mutig  fid)  enre{)rt ;  34° 

inot)!!  unb  lr>eil  id)  fern  bin,  fiil)re  bu 
ftugem  @inn  ba^  Regiment  be^  ,*paufed ; 

Dem  ^itger,  ber  jitm  ©otteSljaufe  maltt, 

Dem  frommen  9ftbnd),  ber  fiir  fein  ^(ofter  fammett, 

©ib  reidjtic^  unb  ent(a§  ifyn  tnoijlgepftegt.  345 

@tauffai^er§  $>au§  tierbirgt  fic^  ntc^t. 

2lm  offnen  ^eertneg  ftel)t^,  ein 

al(e  SBanbrer,  bie  be§  SSege^  fal)ren. 


3nbem  fie  nac^  bem  §tntergrunbe  abget>en  tvttt  ItMllKlm  Sell  mit 
t>orn  auf  bie  Scene. 

"~7" 

Xell   (3U  Saumgarten). 

^^r  ^abt  je^t  meiner  toeiter  nidjt  Donnbten. 

3u  jenem  §aufe  ge^et  ein,  bort  luo^nt  350 


20  IPicIm  fEeli. 


£)er  ©tauffadjer,  ein  i^ater  ber  33ebrangten. 
-£)od)  fiefy,  ba  ift  er  fetber.    ftotgt  mir,  fommt! 

(<8eb,en  auf  tb,n  ju  ;   bie  Scene  ucrtvanbelt  fief;.) 


£)ritte  Scene. 

C'ffentHAer  tylai}  bet  Slltorf. 


3luf  finer  ^nfjo^e  im  §intergrunb  ftef)t  man  etne  ^efte  bauen,  tne(d)e 
?ct)on  fo  roeit  gebiel)en,  ba§  ftd)  tie  gorm  be«  ©anjen  barftellt.  2)ie 
l)intere  @eite  ift  fertig,  an  ber  Dorbern  niirb  eben  gebaut,  ba§  ©eriifte 
fteljt  nojci),  an  rcdcfyem  bie  SSerflente  auf  unb  nieber  fteigen  ;  auf  bem 
l)5cl)ften  3)ac^  I)iingt  ber  ©cfjieferbecfer.  9ttle§  ift  in  sBeinegung  unb 

Arbeit. 

-    A'li'ifti-r  2n'iitnii'K.    Wcicllcn  imr 


(mit  bent  Stabe,  tretbt  bie  Ilrbeitcr.) 

92ic^t  (ang  gefetert,  frif^!    ^)ie  SWauerfteine 

,s>erbet,  ben  faff,  ben  sD?i)rte(  ^ugefat)ven  ! 

Senn  ber  $err  Vanbuogt  fommt,  ba^  er  bae  SSerf      355 

(skiMctj|en  fie()t  —  ^a*  (d)Ienbert  lute  bie  @d)necfen. 

(gu  sroei  ^anblangern,  weldje  tragen.) 

§etBt  baS  getaben?    @(eid)  ba«  J)oppe{te! 
SSie  bie  Xagbtebe  itjrc  *pf(t4|t  beftet)(en! 


Befell. 

ift  borf)  t)art,  ba§  imr  bie  ©teine  fetbft 
u  nnferm  Xiuing  unb  ferter  foHen  fasten!  360 


mitrret  it)r?    $)a«  ift  ein  fd)(ed)te3 
3u  nid)t«  anfteUig,  al«  ba*  9?te()  ^n  melfen 
Unb  faul  tjerunt  jn  fd)(enbern  auf  ben  Bergen. 


r/ 


<£rfter  2lufsu$.    Drttte  Scene.  21 

Sitter  aJZdtttt  (rubt  aus). 

3d)  famt  nid)t  mefyr. 

JvrUltUOflt   <f*uttflt  ibni. 

ftrtfd),  Sitter,  an  bie  2lrbett! 

Grftcr  OJefeU. 

3f)r  benn  $ar  fein  Gingeineib',  bap  3  fa"  365 

©ret*,  ber  fautn  fid)  felbcr  fd)(eppcn  fann, 
,3um  Ijarten  g-ronbienft  tretbt? 

SKctftcr  Steinme^  unb  ©cfcllcn. 

'§  ift  J)imtne(fii)retenb  ! 


i^r  fiir  eucf)  ;  id)  tn',  tt)a3  meine^ 

3>tJeitcr  ©cfcll. 

^ronoogt,  lute  rairb  bie  gefte  benn  fid)  nennen, 
£ie  imr  ba  baun? 


3  w  t  n  g  U  r  t  foil  fie  f)ei^en  ;       370 
imter  biefed  3°^)  unrt)  man  eu(i)  beugen. 

OJcfelleit. 
ltd! 

^ronnoflt. 

^un,  tr»av<  gtbt>  babet  511  tadjen? 

3wcrter  (Befell. 
Wlit  biefem  ^auslein  woitt  ifjr  Uri  $nnngen? 

6rftcr  GJefeU. 

fet)n,  line  Diet  man  fofdjer  sJJ?au{iuurf^I)aufen 
iiber  'nanber  fefcen,  bi*  etn  ^Berg  375 

»trb,  rote  ber  gertngfte  nur  in  Uri! 

(5rcmDogt  ^cbt  nacb  beni  fjintetgrunft.  ) 


22  IDUljelm  Cell. 

9)Jciftcr  Steiitmcfi. 

Ten  .Shammer  roerf  id)  in  ben  ttefften  See, 
Ter  mir  gebient  bet  biefem  gtudjgebaube  ! 

SieU  unb  «tauf?arf)er  fommcn. 

Stauffadjcr. 

O,  tyStt'  ic^  nie  geiebt,  nm  ba3  511  fc^anen! 


ier  ift  ntc^t  gut  fetn.    ?a^t  un§  toetter  gefjn.  380 

Stauffadjer. 

tn  ic^  311  Urt,  in  ber  gret^eit  ?anb? 

Wctftcr  3teinmc6. 

O  §err,  toenn  3^r  bie  better  erft  gefeljn 
Unter  ben  Xiirmen!    Qa,  wer  bie  bemo()nt, 
£er  iwirb  ben  §al)n  ntcb/t  fiirber  frii^en  I)bren. 

@tc«tffttd)cr. 
O  ®ott! 

Steiitmcft. 

Se()t  biefe  ^(onfen,  btefe  2trebepfei(er,       385 
fte^n,  ttrie  fiir  bie  (iungfeit  gebaut. 

Sell. 

bauten,  fbnnen  £wnbe  ftitrjen. 

(Hadi  ^n  Sergcn  3eigenb.) 

ber  grct^eit  l)at  un^  ©ott  gegritnbet. 

fyc'rt  cine  Ircmmel,  e«  fcmmen  Seutc,  bie  einen  §ut  auf  eincr  Stange 
tragen  ;  ein  41u#rufcr  folgt  il;nen,  sBctbor  unb  .fttntcr  tringcn  tumuttuarifct) 

nacb. 

Cfrftcr  ©cfcU. 
ia  bie  Xrommcl?    ©ebet  ac^t! 


(£rfter  2lufsug.     Dritte  Scene.  23 

9)iciftcr  Stcinmefc. 


fitr 
(Sin  gaftnadjtdanfjug,  unb  mad  foil  ber  §ut?  390 


MuSrufcr. 

bed  £aiferd  Xiamen!    ,<pbret! 


©efcBcn. 

tifl  bod)!    §bret! 


3f)r  fet)et  biefett  §ut,  Scanner  Don  Uri! 
2lufrid)ten  ttrirb  man  i^n  auf  ^o^er  Sa'ufe, 
9)?itten  in  5l(torf,  an  bent  Ij0d)ften  Ort, 
Unb  biefed  ift  bed  ^anboogtd  SKiU'  nnb  Sfteinung  ;       395 
5)em  ^>ut  foU  gleic^e  (S^re  inie  i^nt  felbft  gefrfie^n. 
9J?an  foil  i^n  mit  gebognem  ilnie  nnb  mit 
Grntblo  j^tent  ^au^it  oereljren.    J)aran  toill 
£er  ^bnig  bie  ©etjorfamen  erfennen. 
33erfa((en  ift  mit  feinem  ?etb  nnb  ©ut  400 

^b'nige,  toer  bad  ©ebot  oerad^tet. 

(Das  Volt  Iad>t  laut  auf,  bie  (Crommrl  wirb  gerulirt,  fie  get;en  poriiber.) 


^eia)  neued  Unerfjbrtes  t)at  ber 

2id)  auegefonnen!    2Bir  'nen  £)ut  oerefyren! 

®agt!    §at  man  je  oernommen  Don  bergleidjen? 


SSir  unfre  ^niee  beitgen  einem  §ut  !  405 

Xreibt  er  fein  epiel  mit  ernftfjaft  witrb'gen  Seuten? 

grftcr  ®cfcM. 

SScir'd  nod)  bie  faiferlidje  tron'!     So  ift'd 


24  UMelm  Cell. 


£mt  oon  Tfterretd);  id)  fal)  ifyn  fyangen 
liber  bem  Xfyron,  luo  man  bie  Vefyen  gibt. 

SKctftcr  Stemmed. 

£er  .f)ut  Don  Cfterretd)!    (9ebt  ad)t,  e{<  tft 
(Sin  JaUftncf,  lino  an  X^ftveid)  3n  Derraten! 


in  (Sfjienmann  luirb  fid)  ber  ®d)mad)  bequemen. 

SJJcifter  Steinmclj. 

,  la^t  un^  mit  ben  anbern  5(breb'  ne{)men. 

(:rie  gehen  naclj  6cr  Cicfe.  ) 
XcII  (sum  Stauffacijer). 

toiffet  nun  23efd)eib.    8ebt  too^l,  §evr  SSerner! 

Stouffadjer. 
SSo  luoUt  3t)r  I)inr    O  ei(t  nid)t  fo  Don  batmen.         415 

Sell. 

entbe()rt  be^  Caters.    Vebet 


Staitjfttdjer. 
lyiir  ift  ba^  Jper.j  [o  DoU,  mit  (Sud)  ju  reben. 

XcII. 

fdjtwere  $eq  lotrb  nid)t  bnrd)  SBorte  leidjt. 

Stttitffodjcr. 

tbnnten  SSorte  uttS  su  Xaten  fitljren. 


Tic  etn^'ge  Xat  ift  jc^t  ©ebulb  nnb  ^ 

Stouffadjcr. 
2ol(  man  ertrogen,  wad  un(etbHd)  ift? 


(Erftcr  2Ittf$ug.    Dritte  Scene.  25 

Sell. 

fdmeHen  |>errfd)er  finb'3,  bie  furj  regieren. 
2Benn  fid)  ber  gblm  erfyebt  au3  feinen  ©djliinben, 
£bfd)t  man  bte  getter  au£,  bte  (Sd)iffe  fudjen 
gttenb^  ben  $afen,  itnb  ber  mod)t'ge  ©etft  425 

©el)t  o^ne  Sd)oben  fpttrloS  itber  bte  (grbe. 
(Sin  jeber  lebe  [till  bei  fid)  bafyetm; 

grtebttd)en  geioii^rt  man  gern  ben  $rteben. 

Stauffadjcr. 


Tie  Sd)tange  fttdjt  ntd)t  ungerei^t. 
Sie  nierben  enb(id)  bod)  non  fetbft  ermitben,  430 

SBenn  fie  bie  I'anbe  rul)tg  bletben  feb.n. 

Stouffodjer. 

ir  fb'nnten  diet,  toenn  it)ir  3ttfamntenftitnben. 


XcU. 

33eim  Sdjiffbrnd)  t)itft  ber  einjetne  fid)  (eid)ter. 

Stouffnd)er. 

So  fa(t  ttertaf}t  3b,r  bie  gemeine 


(gin  jeber  jab/It  nur  fid)er  attf  fid)  fe(bft.  435 

Stauffttdjer. 

5Berbunben  werben  aud)  bie  3d)inad)en  madjtig. 

Sell. 

tarfe  ift  am  madjtigften  a  tie  in. 


26  imif?clm  Cell. 

2tuuffad)er. 

@o  fann  bad  33atertonb  ouf  Chid)  nid)t  $af)(en, 
SSenn  e$  oerjiDetflungSDott  jur  jDiotroefyr  greift? 


Jell   (gibt  ihm  Me  §an»). 

£)er  Xeti  fyolt  em  oertorneS  £amm  com  2l6gmnb,       44° 

Unb  follte  fetnen  Jreunben  ftc^  ent,te^eny 

!Dorf),  n?a«  3^r  tut,  ta^t  micf)  au«  Chirem  9?at! 

3c^  fann  nic^t  fange  pritfen  ober  ira'^len  ; 

33eburft  t^r  meiner  511  befttmmter  Tat, 

:£ann  ruft  ben  Xetl,  eS  foU  an  mir  ntc^t  fefyfen.         445 

(Sehen  ab  ju  uerfdiicbcnen  Scitcn.    €in  plotjlic^er  2lufTauf  cntfteln  um  bas  ©erufte.) 

9Keifter  Stemmed  (eiit  tyn). 
gibt'«? 


(Befell   (fommt  tx>r,  rutcnft). 

£er  2d)teferbecfer  tft  oom  Tad)  geftitr$t. 

nut  Wcfolflc, 


*>erid   dturjt  herein  i. 

3ft  er  }erfd)tnettert?    Rennet,  rettet,  fjelft  — 
Senn  £Hfe  mogtid),  rettet,  I)ter  ift  ©olb- 

(IDirft  ih,r  ©efdjmeibe  unter  bas  Dolf.) 


eurem  ©o(be!    Me*  ift  eurf)  fet(  45o 

Urn  ®o(b.    3Senn  tl)r  ben  Skter  con  ben  ^tnbern 
©ertffen  unb  ben  93?ann  Oon  feinem  SBeibe, 
Unb  jammer  fjabt  gebrarf)t  itber  bie  SSett, 
^Denft  tt)r'*  mit  ©o(be  ju  bejjuten  —  @ef)t! 
SBir  maren  frolje  9Wenfc^cn,  ef)'  tyr  famt,  455 

ift  bie  9?crj»ctflung  einge^ogen. 


<£rfter  2tufsug.    Pierte  Scene.  27 

(ju  item  jronvoqt,  ber  surucffommt.) 


8ebt  cr? 

(5ron»ogt  gtbt  ein  geidjen  bes  ©egenteils.) 

O  ungdtdfePgeS  ©djlofc,  mit  gtii 
(Srbaut,  unb  ^titdje  inerben  bic^  bei»o^nen! 

(®et;t  ab.) 

_ 

S3terte   ©cette. 
SSalter  giirft«  2Bo^nmtg. 


Sfiirft  imb  Sfrnolb  bom  iVJcldttnl  treten  sugleic^  ein  t>on  werfd^iebenen 
@eitcn. 


§err  Walter  prft  — 

;J^.    U 

993a(tcr  ftiirft. 

SBenn  man  un^  Uberrafc^te! 
33(etbt,  wo  3^r  feib.    3Btr  finb  umringt  oon  @pa()ern.   460 


mir  nid)t^  Don  Unterinatben  ? 
meinem  $ater?    ^tcf)t  ertrag'  trf)'^  longer, 
ein  ©efangner  mitBig  ^ter  jn  liegen. 

'  id)  benn  fo  Strafltdje^  geton, 
Urn  mid)  gleid)  einem  9)lbrber  ju  toerbergen?  465 

freemen  ^3itben,  ber  bie  Cd)[en  mir, 
treff(id)fte  ©efpann,  nor  meinen  Stugen 
SSeg  inottte  treiben  auf  bed  $ogt£  ®e^ei§, 
^)ab'  icf)  ben  finger  mit  bent  ©tab  gebrod)en. 

SBafter  ^ttrft. 

3^r  feib  ju  rafd).    3)er  53nbe  war  beg  33ogt$  ;  470 

93on  (Surer  Cbrigfeit  luar  er  gefenbet. 


28  UMIIjelm  Cell. 

3<f)r  ttmrt  in  Strof  gefatten,  mujjtet  Chid), 

fdjmer  fie  war,  ber  S3uj?e  fdjweigenb  fitgen. 


SRddjtal. 

(grtragen  foUt'  id)  bie  leid)tfert'ge  Jttebe 

Unoerfdjamten  :  ,,2Benn  ber  33auer  33rot  475 

t'  effen,  mbg'  er  felbft  am  13f(uge  jieljn!" 
^tt  bie  Seete  fd)nitt  mtr'S,  aid  ber  33iib  bie  Cdjfen, 
£)ie  fdjbnen  Jiere,  Don  bem  ^fhige  fpannte  ; 

britUten  fie,  al$  fatten  fie  ®efitl)( 
Ungebit^r,  unb  ftie^en  mit  ben  f)drnern  ;  480 

!Da  itbernatjm  mid)  ber  gererfjte  ,3orn^ 
Unb  meiner  felbft  nid)t  ^err,  fd)hig  id)  ben  ^Boten. 

aBatter  ftitrft. 

O,  faum  be^tDingen  mir  ba$  eig'ne  §erj  ; 
foil  bie  rafdje  3u9e^b  fid)  bejatjmen! 


iammert  nur  ber  $ater.    gr  bebarf  485 

©o  fef)r  ber  ^flege,  unb  fein  @oJ)n  ift  fern. 
5)er  3?ogt  ift  il)m  ge()a'fftg,  wcit  er  ftetS 
giir  9?ed)t  unb  greit)eit  reblid)  ^at  geftritten. 
!Drum  merben  fie  ben  attcn  SWann  bebrangen, 
Unb  niemanb  ift,  ber  ifyn  nor  Ungtimuf  fdjit^e.  490 

SBerbe  mit  mir,  JDa«  \oitt,  id)  mup  Ijiniiber. 

9»aUer  ^iirft. 

grroartet  nur  unb  fafet  end)  in  ®ebu(b, 

s)?ad)rid)t  und  fjeriiber  fommt  Dom  SSalbe. 
f)b're  flopfen,  ge()t  —  sBiettct^t  ein  33ote 
VanbDogt  —  ©el)t  t)inein  —  3^r  feib  in  Uri  49s 


<£rfter  2lufsug.    Dierte  Scene.  29 


fidjer  nor  be3  £anbenberger§ 
£)enn  bie  £t)rannen  reidjen  fid)  bie  §anbe. 


te  lefyren  un$,  toaS  tuir  tun  follten. 

ftitrft. 


3'dj  ruf  (5uc^  tDieber,  luenn'^  l)ter  fidjer  ift. 

(Ulclcfyal  gcht  hindn.) 

£er  Unglitcffeltge,  id)  barf  i()m  nid)t  5°° 

©cftc^en,  ivaci  mir  $dfetf  fdjwant  —  2Ber  flopft? 
(So  oft  bie  Jitre  raufri)t,  enuart'  id)  Unf((it<l 
5?errat  unb  2lrgmol)n  laufdjt  in  alien  (Men  ; 

in  ba£  3nnerf^e  ^cv  ^nufer  bringen 

^Boten  ber  ©emalt  ;  batb  tat'  e^  9?ot,  s°s 

SBtr  fatten  Sd)toB  unb  JHiegel  an  ben  Jitren. 

Sc  offnct  unb  tritt  ciftaunt  juritcf,  fca  SSerncr  Stouffadfjct  tjcreintritt. 

3Ba6  fef)'  tc^?    ^t)r,  ^err  SBcrner!    9hm,  bet  (Sjott! 
(iin  merter,  teurer  ©aft  —  lein  befrer  Sftann 
3ft  itber  biefe  SdjiueHe  nod)  gegangen. 
2eib  I)od)  itiillfoinmen  unter  meinem  !^ac^!  51° 

fitl)rt  (Sucb,  t)er?    SBa«  fucf)t  ^fjr  Ijier  in  Uri? 

St(lHffod)Cr  (Him  6ie  lianb  rcidienb). 

ie  alien  3eton  utib  bie  alte 


^itrft. 

ie  bringt  3^r  ^^  Sud).     3iel),  mir  niirb  fo 
SSarm  get)t  ba3  §er,^  mir  auf  bei  Gurem 
—  @et^t  (5ud),  ^err  SSerner  —  3Sie  tierlie^et  31)r         515 
$rau  ©ertrub,  (Sure  angenet)me  SSirtin, 


30  Wiifylm  Cell. 


wcifcn  3berg$  fiodperftanb'ge  £ocf)ter? 
33on  alien  SBanbrern  au3  bent  bentfdjen  8anb, 
Tie  iiber  SfteinrabS  3ell  nad)  SBelfdjfanb  fafyren, 
SKUfmtt  jeber  (Sner  gafttid)  £au«.    £od)  (ogt, 
tommt  3^r  fo  eben  frifc^  con  gfiielen  ^er 
Unb  t)abt  (5uc^  nirgenb*  fonft  noc^  umgcfe^n, 
ben  g-up  ge[e^t  auf  biefe 


Stauffadjcr  (feet  ft*) 

2Bof)t  etn  erftaunltd)  neue«  SSerf  t)ab'  tc^ 
53eretten  fetjen,  ba3  mtc^  nidjt  erfreute.  525 

Softer  ftiirft. 
O  greunb,  ba  fyabt  3^  gleic^  mit  etn  em  SBItcfe! 


Stauffa^cr. 

(Sin  foldje^  tft  in  Uri  nie  gelt>e|'en  — 
(geit  3J?enfc^enbenfen  mar  fein  Jniing{)of  fyier, 
Unb  feft  tear  feme  SSofjnung,  al«  ba^  ©rab. 

SBaltcr  prft. 
(Sin  ©rab  ber  greif)eit  ift'S.    Sfyr  nennt'^  mit  v^amen.  530 

Stauffadjer. 

§err  SBatter  gurft,  id)  nritt  (Slid)  nidjt  oertjatten, 
9?id)t  eine  mii^ge  9?eugier  fii^rt  mid)  f)er  ; 

briicfen  fdjroere  Sorgen.    X)rang[a(  Ijab'  id) 
oerlaffen,  ^rangfat  finb'  id)  fyier. 

ganj  unleiblid)  ift*«,  loa«  wir  erbulben,  535 

Unb  biefe«  ^range«  tft  fein  3ie(  ^u  fe^n. 
grei  mar  ber  ed)rt)er,er  oon  nralter^  fjer, 
3Str  finb'd  geiuof)nt,  bafe  man  unS  gut  begegnet. 


(Erfter  Zlufstig.    Dterte  Scene.  31 


gin  foldjes  roar  im  Sanbe  nte  ertebt, 

(Solang  ein  £)irte  trieb  cutf  biefen  33ergen.  54° 

SBoIter  fturft. 

$a,  e$  ift  ofnte  SBeifpiet,  nn'e  fie'S  treiben! 
Slitd)  unfer  ebter  §err  Don  Sitting  fyaufen, 
®er  noc^  bie  alien  $eiten  ^at  gefe^n, 
9)?eint  felber,  e3  (et  nid)t  nte^r  jn  ertragen. 

Stauffot^er. 

Slurf)  briiben  nnterm  2Ba(b  g^f)t  @rf)tpere§  oor,  545 

llnb  blutig  mtrb'^  gebit^t.    5)er  2BoIfen(d)ie^en, 
jDeS  ^atferS  93ogt,  ber  auf  bent  9to^berg  I)au|te, 
©etitften  trug  er  nad)  tierbofner 

Beib,  ber  t)nu^l)a(t  jit 

er  ^n  fredjer  Ungebi'tl)r  miprauc^en,  550 

Unb  mit  ber  5l^t  ^at  i()n  ber  9ftann  erfd^Iagen. 


9Baftcr  ^iirft. 

C,  bie  (^eridjte  (Sotted  finb  gerec^t! 
^Baumgarten,  fagt  $fy?  ein  befdjeibner  SD^ann! 
(Sr  ift  gerettet  bod)  unb  njo^t  geborgen? 

<Stauffod)cr. 

(5uer  (Sibam  ^at  il)n  iibern  See  geflitdjtet  ;  sss 

t  mir  511  Steinen  l)a(t'  ti^  ifyn  Derborgen. 

Ijat  mir  berfetbe  9J?ann 
,  loa^  jn  Sarnen  ift  gefdje^n. 

jebem  ^Biebermanne  bluten. 


(rtufmerffam). 

an, 


32  IDttyelm  Cell. 

<2touff(»tf)cr. 


t,  ba,  n?o  man     560 
Crintrttt  bet  $ern$,  roofynt  ein  gerecfyter  Sftann, 
Sie  nennen  ib,n  ben  |)  e  i  n  r  i  rf)  Don  ber  $  a  I  b  e  n, 
Unb  jeine  Stimm'  gilt  toatf  in  ber  ©enteinbe. 

SSdltcr  ftiirft. 
SSer  fennt  i^n  nic^t!    2Ba3  ift'sJ  mit  tljm?    33ollenbet! 

Stouffodjcr. 

T^er  Vanbenberger  bitRte  feinen  Soljn  565 

Um  fleinen  gel)ler^  ttrillen,  (ie)5  bie  ^d)fen, 
befte  ^?aar,  tl)m  au6  bent  ^fhtge  fpannen  ; 
f(i)tug  ber  &nab'  ben  ^tnec^t  unb  nntrbe  flitc^tig. 

99?0ltcr  Jttrft  (in  txxfyler  Spannung). 

33ater  aber  —  fagt,  n)te  fte^t'd  urn  ben? 


Stauffadjer. 

3?ater  (iiBt  ber  Vanbenberger  forbern,  570 

2teUe  fdjaffen  foil  er  i()m  ben  Sofjn, 
Unb  ba  ber  alte  30?ann  ntit  SBa^rfjeit  f^rab'rt, 
(Sr  h,abe  oon  bent  ^titc^tling  feine  £unbe, 

ber  33ogt  bie  ftolterfnedjte  fommen- 


(fprtngt  auf  unb  roill  iljn  auf  bie  anbere  Seiti  fu^rcn). 

O  (till,  nic^ti*  meljr! 


Staitff(lrf)Cr  (mit  flcigcnbem  Con). 

,,3ft  mir  ber  2ot)n  entgangen,  575 
2o  b,abr  ic^  bid)!"  tdfet  ttjn  }ti  «oben  merfen, 
Ten  fpt^'gen  3tal)l  ib,m  in  bie  2(ugen  bofjren  — 


<£rfter  ilufsug.    Pierte  Scene.  33 

prft. 


(ftur3t  bcraus). 

$n  bie  Slugett,  fagt 

ftaunt  3«  Walter  ^urfl). 

SSer  ift  ber  ^i^Qttng? 

lUclriital 

(fagt  ihn  mil  Frampfhafter  BeftiijFcit). 

3=n  bie  3lugcn?    SRebet! 


prft. 

ber  ^3e|amTnern§H)itrbige  ! 


SBcr  ift'«?  580 

(Da  Ifalter  $&tfl  ibm  ein  §ctchen  gibt.) 

ift'«?    9Wgered)ter  ©ott! 


Unb  id) 
feme  fetn!  —  3n  feine  ^^iben  5lugen? 

99Soltcr  prft. 
!    Srtragt  e«,  wic  ein  9Jiann! 


llm  met  ner  (£d)ulb,  urn  meine§  greuel^  imllen! 

—  33tinb  al(o!    SBirfUi^  btinb  unb  gan^  geblenbet?  585 


Stouffodjcr. 

fogt'S.    X)er  Quett  be^  Selj'na  ift  au§gef(offen, 
ic^t  ber  ®onne  fd)aut  er  ttiemalvj  tuieoer. 


34  UKtyelm  Cell. 

JBoltcr 

(sdjont  feineS 


iDteber! 

r  brurft  Me  ^anl>  ix>r  Me  2Jugen  unb  fdjroeigt  einige  ntomente  ,  twnn  t»enbet  er  ftcfj  t>on 
bent  etnen  311  6em  anbern  unB  fprid;t  mit  fanfter,  pon  Cranen  erftirfter  Stimme.) 

O,  etne  ebte  £nmmel3ga&e  ift 

©a*  8ic^t  be«  2luge$  —  Slflc  SSefen  leben  590 

33om  ^icfjte,  jebe^  gUtcfHc^e  ©efrfjbpf- 

£)ie  ^flonjc  [elbft  fefjrt  freubig  fid)  gum  Sirfjte. 

llnb  er  mup  fi^en,  fii^Ienb,  in  ber  Wafyt, 

$m  ernig  ginftern  —  ifjn  erquicft  nic^t  me^r 

!l5er  fatten  warmer  ©riin,  ber  53Iumen  Scfymelj  ;      595 

!Die  roten  girnen  fann  er  nic^t  metjr  frfjaiien  — 

Sterben  ift  ni^t*  —  bodj  leben  unb  nirf)t  f  e  I)  e  n, 

£>a3  ift  ein  Ungliicf  .  —  SSarum  fe()t  i^r  mid) 

©o  jammernb  on?    3^  ^'  3lliei  frifd)e  3tugen 

Unb  fann  bent  btinben  iBater  feine^  geben,  600 

9?td)t  einen  Shimmer  don  bem  9tfeer  be 

gtanjoolt,  btenbenb  mir  in^  Stuge  bringt. 


§tauf?ad)er. 

c^,  ic^  mu^  (Suren  3<*ntntei:  noc^  Dergrbpern, 
tatt  t{)n  sn  ^eilen.    (Sr  bebarf  noc^  mefjr! 

ofleg  ^at  ber  Sanbtiogt  i^nt  geraubt  ;  605 

f)at  er  i^m  gelaffen  al£  ben  Stab, 
Um  nacft  unb  blinb  oon  Jitr  ^u  litr  ^u  manbern. 


at«  ben  @tab  bem  augenlofen  ®reis! 
geraubt  unb  aud)  ba«  ^ic^t  ber  Sonne, 


€rfter  2luf$ug.    Dierte  Scene.  35/ 

Slrmften  aftgemeineS  ©ut  —  $et3t  rebe  610 

feiner  mefyr  Don  23(eiben,  don  ^erbergen! 
fur  ein  feiger  (Henber  bin  id), 
:£afi  id)  aitf  tnetne  2id)erf)eit  gebadjt 
Unb  nirf)t  auf  beine!  —  bein  geliebtee  £wupt 
511^  ^Pfanb  gelaffen  in  be^  2Biitrirf)d  ©iinben!  615 

33orftrf)t,  fa^re  ^in.    Sluf  ntdjt^ 
bluttge  2?ergeftung  luill  tc^  benfen. 

mitt  id)  —  Reiner  foil  mic^  fatten  — 
23ater«  Sluge  Don  bem  2anbt>ogt  forbern  — 
alien  feinen  9?eifigen  t)eraM  620 

id)  tfyn  ftnben  —  y)?id)ts  (iegt  mtr  am  Seben, 
SSenn  id)  ben  fyetRen,  nngel)euren  Sdjmer', 
$n  [einem  S2ebeneb(ute  !it()(e. 

(£r  wi\i  getjen.) 


fb'nnt  3t)r  9e9etl  ^n<;>    Sr  fi^t  511  Sarnen 
3(uf  feiner  fjofyen  §errenburg  unb  fpottet  625 

Cfjntna'djt'gen  ,3orn^  ^n  feiner  fidjern 


Unb  rt)of)nt'  er  broben  auf  bem  (Si^palaft 

Sc^recfl)orn^  ober  l)b()er,  mo  bie  ^ungfrau 

(Sroigfeit  Derfd)(eiert  fi£t  —  ic^  mac^e 

49alm  ^u  tf)m  ;  mit  5iv>an$ig 
©efinnt  toie  id),  jerbred)'  id)  feine 
tlnb  menn  mir  niemanb  fo(gt,  unb  tuenn  i^r  alle, 

cure  ^pittten  bang  unb  eure  |)erben, 

bem  Xi)rannenjoc^e  beugt  —  bie 


36  ir>ityelm  Cell. 


SBitl  id)  }ufammenrufen  tm  ®ebirg,  635 

Dort,  unterm  f  re  ten  §tmmel*bad)e,  mo 

£er  Sinn  nod)  frifd)  ift  unb  bag  ^erj  gefunb, 

Da*  ungefjeuer  ©rapHdje  eqaf)(en. 

©tttltffadjer   (ju  Baiter  ^urfl). 

S^  ift  auf  fetnetn  ©tpfet  —  SoIIen  mtr 


3<ft  noc^  jU  fitrdjten,  wenn  ber  Stern  be^ 
3n  feiner  ^8f)(e  ntdjt  tnefjr  fic^er  ift? 
Stnb  mir  benn  luefjrlos?    SBo^n  ternten  h)ir 
Die  Slrmbruft  fpannen  unb  bte  fdjwere  35?uc^t 
Der  Streitayt  fc^unngen?    3e^em  35?cfen  tt)arb  645 

Sin  •ftotgeroeljr  in  ber  3?er^t»eif(ungeangft. 
6^  ftettt  fief)  ber  erfd)bpfte  v'ptrfi^  unb  jeigt 
Der  2Reute  fein  gefitrd)tete£  (Memeil), 
Tie  ®emfe  rei^t  ben  3oger  in  ben  SIbgrunb  — 
Ter  ^Jflugfttcr  felbft.  ber  fanfte  §au^geno§  650 

en,  ber  bie  unge()eure  ^roft 
butbfam  unter^  $ofy  gebogen, 
Springt  ouf,  gerei^t,  me^t  fein  gematttg  §orn 
Unb  fcfjleubert  feinen  fteinb  ben  3So(fen  gu. 

«Ba(tcr  ftiirft. 

SBenn  bie  brei  Sanbe  badjten  mie  luir  brei,  655 

So  modjten  luir  oie((eid)t  etroa^  Dermogen. 

Stauffadjcr. 

2Benn  llrt  ruft,  ftenn  Untermalben  t)i(ft, 
Der  Sd)n)t)3er  nrirb  bie  atten  ^Bitnbe  et)ren. 


.  1 


<£rfter  2tufsug.    Pierte  Scene. 


©rofi  ift  in  Unterwafben  meine  5reunbfd)aft, 

Unb  jeber  wagt  mit  ^reuben  £eib  unb  ^3(ut,  660 

Senn  er  ant  anbern  einen  9?itcfen  I)at 

Unb  2d)irtn.  —  O  frontme  filter  biefe^  Vanbe^. 

3d)  fte()e,  nut  em  3"^9^ng,  ^unfdjen  end), 
3?ie(erfa()rnen  —  meine  Stimme  miij} 

fdjineigen  in  ber  Vanbsgemeinbe.  665 

tueil  id)  jung  bin  unb  nid)t  Diet  erlebte, 

3?erad)tet  metnen  9^at  unb  meine  9?ebe  ; 
liiftern  jugenblid)e£  ^Btut,  mid)  treibt 
f)tid)ften  3ammeri5  fd)mer5tid)e  ©ewalt, 
aud)  ben  Stein  bed  5etfeti  ™-u$  erbarmen.  67o 

felbft  feib  3>ater,  ^)aupter  eined  ©aufed, 

Unb  tt>unfd)t  end)  einen  tugenb^aften  Sofyn, 

T)er  eured  §aupted  {jeil'ge  £orfen  eljre 

Unb  eud)  ben  Stern  bed  5(uged  fromm  bemadje. 

O,  meil  i^r  fetbft  an  eurem  ?eib  unb  ©ut  675 

"3?od)  nid)td  ertitten,  eure  5tugen  fid) 

0?od)  frifd)  unb  ^ell  in  ib,ren  .^reifen  regen, 

So  fei  eud)  bannn  unfre  0?ot  nidjt  fremb. 

2Iud)  itber  eud)  fya'ngt  bad  Xl)rannen[d)mert, 

Jjcifit  bad  £anb  non  Cftreid)  abgeiwenbet,  680 

anbered  war  meined  i>aters  Unred)t, 

3l)f  feib  in  g(eid)er  vD?ttfd)u(b  unb  ^erbammttid. 
8tuuffad)er  GU  rPaitcr  ^unt). 

53efd)HeBet  3^r-     3^  bin  bereit  ^u  folgen. 
Softer  prft. 

Sir  woden  tjoren,  wad  bie  ebetn  §errn 


38  IDiHjelm  Cell. 

3Son  StUtnen,  don  SUtingfyaufen  raten,  685 

3fyr  3?ame,  benf  id),  foirb  un3  greunbe  toerben. 


So  i(t  ein  9?ame  in  bem  Satbgebirg' 
(vfyrnriirbiger,  a(«  tSurer  unb  ber  (Sure? 
2tn  folder  Staen  edjte  2Bat)rung  glaubt 

33olf,  fie  fyaben  guten  ^lang  im  Sanbe.  690 

tjabt  ein  reirfjeg  grb'  Don  33(itertugenb 
Unb  tjabt  e$  felber  reid^  oerme^rt.  —  2Ba3  brauc^t'^ 
^T)e«  (Sbe(mann«?    Ca^f«  un3  aflein  ooHenben! 
SBaren  inir  bod)  aftein  im  Sanb!    Qd)  tneine, 

wotlten  un§  f^on  felbft  511  fd)irmen  iniffen.          695 


Stauffadjer. 

(Sbeln  brcingt  nic^t  g(eid)e  9?ot  mit 
£)er  8trom,  ber  in  ben  ^ieberungen  mittet, 
^t  ^ot  er  bie  §bf)n  nod)  nid)t  erreid)t. 


it)re  §ilfe  tt)irb  unS  nid)t  entftefin, 

i       '    *  Atx**''*1 

Senn  fie  bag  £anb  in  SBaffen  erft  erbticfen.  700 


prft. 

Sare  ein  Obmann  junfdjen  un^  unb 
<2o  modjte  9Jed)t  entfdjeiben  unb 
Qod),  ber  un^  unterbritctt,  ift  unfer  ^aifer 
Unb  t)od)fter  Wdjter  —  fo  mu§  ®ott  un^  fjetfen 
®urd)  unfern  Sinn.    (Srforfdjet  Qfyr  bie  3Kfinner    705 
Won  2d)tut)5,  id)  tDiff  in  Uri  ftreunbe  luerben. 
Sen  aber  fenben  rtrir  nad)  Untenuatben  ?  — 


fenbet  ^in  —  Sent  lag'  e*  na^er  an  — 


(£rfter  Slufaug.    Pterte  Scene.  39 

ftitrft. 


gitr  (Sure  ©idjerljett  genxifjren. 

3RcW)taI. 

£a£t  midj!  710 

£)te  ®(^(t(^e  fenn'  id)  unb  bie  ?"yetfettftetge  ; 
5Iii(^  ^reuttbe  fmb'  id)  gnug,  bie  mid)  bem  fttinb 
33er^et)(en  unb  em  £)bbad)  gem  geind()reu. 

©tttitffttdjcr. 

£a£t  i^n  mtt  ®ott  ^initber  gefyu.    X^ort  britben 
3ft  !ein  2$errater.    ©o  Derab[d)eut  ift  715 

1)ie  Xtjranuet,  bo|3  fie  !eiu  SBert'jeug  finbet. 
5(uc^  ber  StljcUcr  foil  un*  nib  bem  SBalb 
©enoffen  tuerben  unb  ba«i  Vanb  erregen. 


bringeu  h)ir  un£  fidjre  tunbe  ju, 

nrir  ben  Slrgtt>ol)n  ber  Xt)rannen  taufdjen?  720 

(Stouffadjcr. 

fonnten  un$  gu  ^3runnen  ober  Xreib 
33erfamme(n,  it)o  bie  ,Qaufmann^fd)iffe  lanben. 


Saltcr  ^tirft. 

offen  bitrfen  urir  ba§  Serf  nid)t  treiben. 
meine  9Reinunfl.    ^infs  am  ©ee,  menu  man 
^Brunnen  fSfyrt,  bem  iJ)Jl)tl)enftetn  grab'  itber,       725 
Siegt  eine  9J?atte  l)eim(id)  tm  Wel)ol^, 
T)a§  ^ittlt  l)etBt  fie  bei  bem  SSolf  ber  §irten, 
SBeil  bort  bie  SBalbung  au$gereutet  luarb. 
Dort  ift'd,  wo  unfre  tfanbmart  unb  bie  (Sure 


40  UMHjcIm  tEcII. 

(§u  mddjtal.) 

^ufammen  grenjen,  unb  in  htrjer  gab,rt  73° 

(gu  Stauffadjer.) 

£ragt  (Sud)  ber  letdjte  tatyn  Don  ©dj»l)$  Ijeriiber, 
2(uf  bben  ^faben  fb'nnen  ttrir  bafyin 
33et  ^a^tjcit  luanbern  unb  un«  ftifl  beraten. 
mag  jeber  je^n  Dertraute  Scanner 

,  bte  fjeqetntg  finb  mtt  un§,  735 

®o  fb'nnen  inir  gemetnfam  ba^  ©etneine 
^Befprecb.en  unb  mtt  ©ott  e£  frtfcf)  be(d)tteRen. 

©touffttdjcr. 

(So  fet'3.    3e^t  reic^t  mir  (Sure  biebre  JRecfjte, 
9ietd)t  it)r  bte  (Sure  b,er,  unb  fo,  nite  unr 
!^rei  9JJ  onner  je^o  unter  un3  bte  ^a'nbe  74° 

3ufammen  fled)ten,  rebltcf),  ob,ne 
<2o  wollen  tt)tr  b  r  e  t  V  a  n  b  e  r  aud) 
llnb  Xru^  jufammen  ftefjn  auf  Xob  unb  Seben. 

Walter  prft  unb  2JieId)tttr. 
3luf  £ob  unb  ?eben! 

(5ie  baltcn  bie  fianbe  nodi  cinigc  paufen  lang  5u|'ammengcfloditcn  un&  fdja'pigcn.) 


SBImber,  alter  l^ater! 

lannft  ben  Xag  ber  gret^ett  ntrfjt  mefyr  fdjauen,  745 

foflft  tfjn  b,6ren.    gSenn  »on  Slip  ju  Slip 

gc'-ief^etdjen  flammenb  fid)  erfjeben, 

feften  ®d)tbffer  ber  Xnrannen  fallen, 
3n  beine  £iitte  foU  ber  ©c^weijer  watten, 
3u  beinem  Ob,r  bie  ^reubcnfunbe  tragen,  750 

Unb  fyefl  in  beiner  -3kd)t  fott  ed  bir  tagen! 

(Ste  gehen  auscinnnber.) 


gmeiter  Slufeug. 

(Srfte  Scene. 


Sbettjof  be«  gretfjerrn  »on  Stttingljaufen. 

Sin  gotifdjer  <Saa(,  mit  28appcnfd)tlbent  unb  §elmen  scrjtevt.  $ 
ein  ©ret3  Don  fiinf  unb  adjtjig  3afyrcn,  son  fyofyer  ebler  <2tatur,  an  cinem  @tabc, 
nsorauf  ein  ©emfenfyorn,  unb  in  ein  ^etstoam^  geflcibet.  Jtuuni  nnb  nod)  jerf)^ 
Jtnedjtc  ftel^en  urn  il;n  ^er  mit  9ted)en  unb  ©enfen.  Ulrtri)  toon  Oiubeit}  tritt  ein 
in  jRtttcrfleibung. 

JHubenj. 
§ier  bin  irf),  Otyeim.    28a§  ift  (guer  Side? 


Srlanbt,  ba^  icf)  nat^  attem 

®en  gru^tmnf  erft  mit  meinen  ^nec^ten  teile.- 

(<£r  trinft  aus  einem  &edin,  &cr  bann  in  ber  Keibe  l]erumgel;t.  ) 

@onft  aior  id)  felber  mit  in  $elb  nnb  3Ba(b  755 


meinem  2(uge  i^ren  ^-(eip  regierenb, 

fie  mein  banner  fitfjrte  in  ber 
fann  ic^  nicf)t«^  met)r  atS  ben  @d)affner  mad)en, 
Unb  fomtnt  bie  niarme  Sonne  nid)t  311  mir, 
3c^  lann  fie  nid)t  me^r  fud)en  auf  ben  23ergen.  760 

Unb  fo,  in  enger  ftetS  unb  engerm  Hreig, 
33enieg'  i(^  mii^  bent  engeften  nnb  le^ten, 
So  atte«  Seben  ftitt  ftef)t,  tangfant  p. 
9JJein  @^otte  bin  id)  nur,  batb  nur  mein  97ame. 

u  KuBenj  mit  bem  Sedjcr). 
41 


42  UMtyelm  Cell. 

(Da  Huberts  3aubptt  ben  Se*cr  311  nebmen.) 

Xrinfet  frifd)!    g«  gefjt    765 
einem  $eder  unb  au3  etnem 


2(rting!jo«fen. 

,  £  htber,  unb  n>enn'3  geierabenb  ift, 
reben  »ir  aud)  »on  be3  ^anb^  ©efc^ciften. 

(Knedite  geben  ab.) 
a-it  unb  9htbett}. 


fetje  bid)  gcgurtct  itnb  fleruftet, 

wtUft  nad)  Slltorf  in  bie  ^errenburg?  77° 


Ctjeim,  unb  id)  barf  nidjt  longer  faumen  — 


©aft  bu'^  fo  eUtg?    Sie?    3ft  .beiner  3ugenb 
Tie  £eit  fo  farg  gemeffen,  bafc  bu  fie 
Sin  betnem  alten  Ofyetm  mufet  erfparen? 


fefye,  baB  3^r  tneiner  nidjt  bebitrft,  775 

bin  ein  ^ntbling  ttur  in  biefem  §aufe. 


(bat  ibn  lange  mit  ben  JIugen  gentuftert). 

3a,  leiber  bift  bu'8.    Seiber  tfit  bie  g>etmat 

3ur  grembe  bir  getnorben!  —  Uli!    Uli! 

3d)  fenne  bid)  nid)t  met)r.    3n  @eibe  prangft  bu, 

1^ie  ^fauenfeber  tragft  bu  ftof$  jur  2d)au, 

Unb  fd)Idgft  ben  ^urpurmantel  urn  bie  Sdntltern; 


<5tr>etter  2lufsug.    €rfte  Scene.  43 

£)en  £anbmann  blitfft  bit  tntt  3$erad)tung  an 
Unb  fdjamft  bid)  feiner  trauUd)en  SBegrujjung. 


£>ie  (§f)r',  bte  ifym  gebitfyrt,  geb'  id)  iljrn  gern  ; 

3?ecl)t,  ba«  er  fid)  nimmt,  oermeigr'  id)  i()m.         785 


gan^e  Sanb  tiegt  unterm  fdpneren  3orn 

Honig§.    ^ebe^  33iebermanne3  .^er1, 
3ft  fummernoU  ob  ber  tl)rannifd)en  ©eiuaft, 
Tie  mir  erbulben  —  bid)  aKein  riiljrt  nid)t 
!^er  adgemeine  Sd)ineq  —  bit^  fieijet  man,  790 

3(btritnntg  lion  ben  !Detnenr  auf  ber  Seite 
!De^  £anbe$feinbe£  fteljen,  unfrer  ^lot 
§ol)nf|3red)enb,  nad)  ber  (etd)ten  ^reube  jagen 
Unb  bu()ien  um  bie  ^ttrftengunft,  inbetf 
!Dein  5Bater(anb  Don  fd)iuerer  ©ei^el  btiitet.  795 


Sanb  ift  fd)ti)er  bebra'ngt  —  Samm,  ntein  Of)eim? 

3Ber  ift'a,  ber  e£  cjefturjt  in  biefe  ^ot? 

(5^  loftete  ein  ein^tg  leid)te£  25>ort, 

Um  augenbticf^  be§  £>range&  Io^  ^u  fein 

Unb  einen  gnab'gen  ^aifer  511  gennnnen.  800 

SSeb,  i^nen,  bte  bem  3?olf  bie  3tugen  fatten, 

5)a^  e^  bem  )t)af)ren  ®eften  nnberftrebt. 

Um  eignen  $ortett3  un'Ken  l)inbern  fie, 

bie  SSalbftatte  ni^t  ,511  Oftreid)  fd)inbren, 
rtngeum  a((e  l^anbe  bod)  getan.  805 

tut  e^  i()nen,  auf  ber  ,'perrenbanf 


44  IPiirjclm 

3u  fi^en  mtt  bem  (Sbehnann  —  ben  taifer 

man  pm  |)errn,  nm  I  e  t  n  e  n  £>errn  ju  fyaben. 


9(tttufll)aitfcn. 

id)  ba$  Ijbren  unb  an$  beinetn  9J?unbe! 


^abt  mid)  aufgeforbert,  lapt  nttcf)  enben.  BIO 

-SBetc^e  ^erfon  tft'«,  Ofjeim,  bie  ^^r  fetbft 
^>ter  fptctt?    §abt  $fy  nidjt  I)bt)ern  @to(j,  ol«  Ijicr 
Canbammann  ober  ^Banner^err  ju  fetn 
Unb  neben  biefen  §irten  git  regteren? 
SBte?    3ft'«  nid)t  etne  rtt^mli^crc  SBa^(,  8iS 

$u  ^utbigen  bem  fdntgtic^en  §errn, 
@td)  an  fetn  gtanjenb  Sager  an^ufrfjtie^en, 
5l(«  (Surer  etg'nen  5lned)te  ^air  ju  fein 
Unb  gu  ©ericfyt  jn  fi^en  mil  bem  Waiter? 


Uli!    Uti!    3d)  ertenne  fie,  820 

©timrne  ber  33erfitt)rung  !    @ie  ergriff 
£)ein  offne^  O^rr  fie  ^at  bein  |)eq  tiergiftet. 


,  id)  oerberg'  e«  nid)t  —  in  tiefer  <Seele 

mt^  ber  ©pott  ber  $remb(inge,  bie 
JBauernabel  fatten.    Widjt  ertrag'  ic^'«,         825 
bie  ebte  ^ugenb  rings  umljer 
^re  fammett  unter  §ab«burg«  gafjnen, 
Stuf  meinem  @rb'  t)ier  mit^ig  ftitt  gn  liegen 
Unb  bei  gemeinem  Xagetnerf  ben  £en§ 


<£rfte  Scene.  45 


jit  oertieren.    2Inber3nio 


j  i 


£aten,  eine  SBelt  beS  9fuf)tn3 
33ett>egt  fid)  gtan$enb  jenfeitS  biefer  33erge  — 
992  ir  roften  in  ber  §a((e  §elm  unb  Sc^Ub  ; 

®neg3bronunete  mutige^  ©etbn, 

,f>erotb§ruf,  ber  pm  Xurntere  tobet,  835 

(5r  bringt  in  biefe  filter  nidjt  herein  ; 
^tc^t^  at^  ben  $uf)reif)n  nnb  ber  ^)erbeg(oden 
(SinformigeS  ©eliiitt'  Dernet)m'  ic^ 


3tttingl)oufcit. 

33erb(enbeter,  Dom  eiteln  ©lanj 

23erad)te  bein  ©ebiirt^tanb  !    ©djante  bid)  84o 

3)er  uratt  frommen  Sitte  beiner  fitter  ! 

9)?tt  f)ei^en  Xrcinen  luirft  bn  bii^  bereinft 

£>eim  fe^nen  nad)  ben  diiterti^en  33ergen, 

Unb  biefe«  ^erbenret^ens  0)le(obier 

£)ie  bu  in  ftoljem  UberbruB  t>erfd)mal)ft,  845 

9J2it  ®d)mer3en§fe()nfud)t  nn'rb  fie  bidj  ergreifen, 

SSenn  fie  bir  anftingt  auf  ber  fremben  (Srbe. 

D,  mac^tig  ift  ber  Xrieb  be«  3SaterIanb^! 

frembe,  falfdje  SSelt  ift  nid)t  fttr  bic^  ; 
an  bem  ftotgen  Haiferljof  btetbft  bu  850 

etnig  fremb  mit  beinent  treuen  ^erjen! 

SSeft,  fie  forbert  anbre  Xugenben, 

bu  in  biefen  £a'Iern  bir  erniorben. 

'  I)in,  tierfaufe  beine  frete  Seele, 

?anb  gu  Se^en,  merb'  ein  gitrftenfnedjt,  855 

Do  bu  ein  <2e(bftf)err  fein  fannft  unb  ein 


46  HMHjelm  Cell. 


beinem  eignen  Grb'  unb  freien  33oben. 
2td)  UH!    Uli!   bleibe  bet  ben  Deinen! 
®et)  nid)t  nad)  2Utorf.    C,  ferlafe  fie  nid)t, 
Die  fyeiPge  eadje  beineS  ^aterlanbs!  860 

3d)  bin  ber  Se^te  meineS  @tamnt§.    2)Zein  91ame 
Gnbet  mtt  mtr.    !t)a  Ijangen  §etm  unb  3d)Ub, 
Die  merben  fie  mtr  in  ba£  (^rab  mitgeben. 
Unb  mitft  id)  benfen  bei  bent  le^ten  ^aud), 
raj;  bu  mein  bredjenb  2(uge  nur  ennarteft,  865 

Um  {jinpgeljn  oor  biefen  neuen  ^etjenfjof 
llnb  metne  ebetn  (fitter,  bte  id)  frei 
2?on  $ott  empfing,  oon  Oftretd)  ^u  empfangen? 


3?ergebene  irtberftreben  inir  bem 

Die  SBelt  geljort  ifym  ;  JuoUen  n)ir  atlein  87o 

Un«  eigenftnnig  ftctfen  unb  toerftoden, 

Die  ?anberfette  tl)m  ^u  nnterbredjen, 

Die  er  gemaftig  ring\5  urn  nn£  ge^ogen? 

@ein  finb  bie  SWarfte,  bie  ®erid)te,  fein 

Die  .Qaufmann^ftranen,  unb  ba^  gaumrof?  fetbft,         87S 

Da«  auf  bem  (stottfjarb  ^tefjet,  mu§  tfjm  jotten. 

23on  feinen  ^a'nbern  line  mit  einem  3?e^ 

@inb  loir  umgarnet  rings  unb  eingefdjfoffen. 

SSirb  un«  bad  9?eid)  bejd)ittjen?    tann  es  felbft 

Sid)  fd)ii^en  gegen  Oftretd)^  umriifcnbc  (^emalt?  sso 

§ilft  ®ott  un«  ntd)t,  fein  ftatfer  fann  un3  Ijclfen. 

SBa^  tft  su  geben  auf  ber  $aifer  SSort, 

SBenn  fie  in  ®e(b-  unb  £rtegednot  bie  Stcibte, 


<3rt>eiter  2lufsug.    €rfte  Scene.  47 


£)ie  unternt  (Sdjirm  be£  2IMer3  fid)  gefUtdjtet, 
SSerpfiinben  bitrfen  unb  bem  3?eid)  Deriiufiern  ?  885 

9?ein,  Oljcim!    9Bol)(tat  ift'3  unb  luetfe  35orfid)t, 
Qn  biefen  fdjtoeren  3eiten  ^er  ^Parteiung 
an^ufdilte^en  an  ein  miidjtig  §aupt. 
Satferfrone  ge()t  t>on  Stamm  ^u  Stamm, 
l)at  fitr  treite  !Dienfte  fein  ®ebad)tnB;  890 

),  urn  ben  madjt'gen  (Srb{)errn  tt)o^I  Derbienen, 
Saaten  in  bte  ^funft  ftreun. 


bu  fo  meife? 
SBtHft  Belter  fet)n  ol8  betne  ebetn  3Sater, 
urn  ber  ft-reil)ett  f'oftbarn  (Sbelftein 
®itt  unb  ®tut  unb  $e(benfroft  geftritten?  895 

<2d)tff  nacf)  ^ujern  fyinuntev,  frage  bort, 

Oftretd)^  Derrfdjaft  taftet  auf  ben  l^anbern! 
merben  fommen,  unfre  (gdjaf  unb  SRhtber 
,  unfre  Sltpen  ab^umeffen, 

unb  ba£  ^odjgeiitttbe  bannen  9°o 

^n  unfern  freien  SKatbern,  i^ren  Sd)(agbaum 
Sin  unfre  33ritden,  unfre  Xore  fet^en, 
unfrer  Slrmut  i^re  tfa'nberfaufe, 
unferm  ^3(ute  il)re  friege  ga^Ien. 
in,  ttenn  loir  unfer  ^3(ut  branfe^en  foWen,  905 

fei'g  fitr  un^!    3Sol)Ifei(er  faufen  nrir 
al«  bte  tnec^tfc^aft  ein! 


fonnen  totr, 
(Sin  33o(f  ber  grirten,  gegen  5l(bred)t§  §eere! 


7 


48  IDityelm  Cell. 


gent'  biefeS  33olf  ber  £irten  fennen,  $nabe! 

3d)  fenn'S,  id)  b,ab'  e3  angefiifyrt  in  Sdjtadjten,  910 

$d)  f)ab'  e£  fed)ten  fefyen  bet 

®ie  fot(en  fommen,  unS  ein 

^a«  nrir  cntfd|(offen  finb  ntc^t  511  ertragen! 

O  lerne  fii^en,  Welches  2tamm3  bit  btft  ! 

SBirf  tud)t  fiir  ettetn  ®(anj  iinb  glttterfdjeitt  915 

ec^te  ^erte  bemeS  SSerte^  b,in  — 

gwupt  311  Ijet^en  eine«  f  re  ten 

bir  au^  tUebe  nur  fid) 

treiiltd)  511  bir  fte^t  in  ^ampf  unb  Xob  — 
fei  bein  (Stolj,  be§  Slbel^  rit^me  bid)—  920 

£>ie  angebornen  ^3anbe  fnitpfe  feft, 

33ater(anb,  on§  teure,  fcf)(ie^'  bic^  an, 

fjatte  feft  mit  beinem  gan^en  ^per^en! 
§ier  finb  bie  ftarfen  SBur^efn  beiner  traft  ; 
5)ort  in  ber  fremben  3BeIt  ftet)ft  bit  attein,  925 

gin  fd)tDanfev<  9?ob,r,  ba^  jeber  Sturm  ^erfnidt. 
€>  fomm,  bu  b,aft  un«(  long  nid)t  me^r  gefe()n, 
95erfucf)^  mit  un$  nur  e  i  n  e  n  Tag  —  nur  fyeute 
)'  nic^t  nac^  SHtorf  —  f)5rft  bu?  fyeute  ntc^t! 

ein  en  Xag  nur  fdjenfe  bid)  ben  ^einen!  93? 

(€r  fa§t  feinc  Banb.) 


gab  mein  5Bort.    gajjt  mic^.    ^d)  bin  gebunben. 


flafet  feine  Banb  los,  mit  <£rnft). 

btft  gebunben  —  ^a,  UngtucfUc^er! 


<3tr>eitcr  Stufsug.    <Srfte  Scene.  49 

£u  bift'£,  bod)  nid)t  burd)  SSort  unb  2d)twir, 
©ebunben  bift  bu  burd)  ber  8iebe  (gcUc! 

(Hubcns  n>en&et  fid)  treg.) 

33erbirg  bid),  nrie  bu  iwflft.    £)a3  ^rattfein  ift'«,          935 
Don  23mnecf,  bte  jur  ^errenburg 

$ief)t,  bid)  fcffcft  an  be^  SaiferS  Dicnft. 

9?itterfrautetn  luiUft  bu  bir  ermerben  _,-cA>t^<- 

9Kit  beittem  Slbfatl  oon  bem  Sanb  —  33etriig'  bid)  nid)t! 

aitsutoden,  jeigt  man  bir  bie  33raut  ;  94° 

beiner  Unfdjulb  ift  fie  nid)t  befd)ieben. 


©enug  ^ab'  id)  getjbrt.    @et)abt  (5ud)  wo^L 


(£r  get)t  ab.) 

9ttttngl)aufcn. 

SBaijnfinn'ger  3ungltng,  bteib'!  —  (5r  ge!)t  ba^in! 

3d)  fann  itjn  nid)t  ert)a(ten,  nid)t  erretten. 

(£o  ift  ber  2Bo(fenfd)ief?en  abgefaUen  945 

3?on  feinem  £anb  —  f  o  twerben  anbre  f  ofgen  ; 

I^er  frembe  ,3au&er  re^t  bie  3ugenb  fort, 

©etoaltfom  ftrebenb  Uber  unfre  ^Berge. 

O  ungtiidfePge  Stunbe,  ba  ba^  gretnbe 

3n  biefe  ftitt  begtiidten  Xater  fam,  950 

J)er  Sttten  fromme  Unfdjulb  ju  ^erftbren! 

9?eue  bringt  fjerein  mit  931ad)t,  bae  2Ifte, 

SSurb'ge  fdjeibet,  anbre  3ei*en  fommen, 
lebt  ein  anberSbenfenbeS  ©efd)fed)t! 

tu'  id)  f)ier?    Sie  finb  begraben  afle,  955 

benen  id)  geroaltet  unb  gelebt. 


50  IDttycIm  Cell. 

Unter  ber  Crrbe  fdjon  fiegt  ntetne  $eit  • 

bem,  ber  mil  ber  n  e  u  e  n  nidjt  mel)r  braudjt  ju  teben ! 

(Seljt  ab.) 


3  toe  it  e   ©cene. 
(Sine  SSieje  »on  fyoljen  gelfen  unb  2Balb  iimgeben. 

x'luf  ben  ^elfen  ftnb  @teige  mit  Oelonbern,  aud)  ?eitern,  Don  benen  man 
nadjtjer  bte  i'anbleute  fjerabftcigen  ftefyt.  3m  §intergrunbe  jeigt  fid)  bev 
See,  iiber  rt)eld)em  anfangg  ein  Sfonbregenbogen  511  feb,en  ift.  2)en  ^ro^ 
ipect  fdjliefeen  h,oh,e  SBerge,  Ijinter  roetdjen  nod)  b,ob,er.e  GtSgebtrge  ragen. 
(S«  ift  oblltg  9Jad)t  auf  ber  ©cene,  nur  bet  ©ee  unb  bie  Weigen  @(et)d)er 
Ieud)ten  im 


,  33autnc|artcn,  ^infelrteb,  iVJcicr  toon  «amen,  33urfijart>  ant 
Don  Scum,  $tlatt?  toon  ber  ^(ite  nut  nod)  incr  anbcrc  VnnMcntr,  aUc 
betwrfftut 

vJ!)lCld)tfll   (nodi  hintcr  t>?r  ?ccne). 

T)er  Sergnieg  bffnet  fid),  nur  frifd)  mtr  nacf)! 

1)en  ^eB  erfenn'  id)  unb  ba$  Ireu^tein  brauf  ;  960 

Sir  finb  am  $k[,  Ijier  ift  bae  9?ittli. 

(Crctcn  auf  mit  IPinMidjtent.) 

933infclrtci» 

©ewe. 
leer. 


'*  ift  nod)  fein  9anbmann  ba.    2Bir  finb 
Tie  erften  auf  bent  ^tafe,  mir  Untermatbner. 


e  weit  iff*  in  ber  9tod)t? 


'er 
33om  ©eligberg  f)at  eben  3»ei  gerufen.  965 

(man  hort  in  ber  ,$mte  lauten.) 


1 


Ul 


2lufsug.    ^trcite  Scene.  51 

SKeier. 

Still!    £ord)! 

2tm  Siiljcl. 

£a£  3ftettengIbcHehi  in  ber  SBatbfapelle 
Ijeritber  au£  bem  2d)nn)$ertonb. 


ber  „. — 

Suft  ij"t  rein  unb  trdqt  ben  Sdiall  fo  toeit. 

ftf*-*"!  7>^^ 

,     A  ck*  r\^tZ. 

***•<•        ^^ 

n  etntqe  unb  ;itnben  9cet0qou  an, 

A^v^v**"*' 

brenne,  inenn  bte  V2)?a'nner  fommen.  97° 

(§a)ei  Canblcute  geben.) 

Sewn. 

'3  ift  eine  fdjbne  93?onbennariit.    X)er  See 
I'iegt  rut)ig  ba,  ale  line  ein  ebner  Spiegel. 


ie  fjaben  eine  leic^te 


(jeigt  na*  ^ni  fee). 

^a,  fef)t! 
bort()in!     2e{)t  i()r  nid)t«? 

Weicr. 

2Ba§  benn?  —  3a, 
(Sin  Otegenbogen  mitten  in  ber  9?ad)t!  975 


ift  bag  Sid)t  be^  SWonbc*,  bo«  ifjn  bitbet. 


ber 

ift  ein  feltfam  umnberbare^  3e 
(i*  leben  oiele,  bie  ba3  nid)t  gefeljn. 


52  IDHfalm  Cell. 

Sewo. 
gr  ift  boppelt;  fef)t,  ein  bffifferer  ftef)t  bruber. 

Suumgartcn. 

tftit  Otadjen  faljrt  foeben  brunter  meg.  980 

2Reld)tal. 

$)a3  ift  ber  2tauffad)er  mit  feinem  £af)tt, 
£)er  33iebermann  Iaf}t  fid)  nid)t  long  erwarten. 

((Scht  mit  Saumgartcn  nadi  6em  lifer.) 

SReier. 
ie  Urner  finb  e«,  bie  am  langften  fciumen. 


<2ie  mitffen  mett  umgetjen  burd)'^  ©ebtrg, 

Tap  fie  bei<  Vanbnogt^  .Hunbfd)aft  l)interget)en.  985 

lllntcrbcft'en  babcn  bie  ja>ci  tanftlcute  in  6er  lltittc  bcs  plages  ein  ,$cuer  ange3iin6ct.) 
5)icld)ttt(   (am  liter). 

SBer  ift  ba?    ©ebt  ba3  SBort! 


u>on  unten). 

greunbe  be 

ge^en  nacf)  ber  Xicfc,  ben  .ftommenben  cntgegcn.    3lu5  bem  .ftabu  ftei^en 


2iaimnrt)cr,  3*cl  iHelting,  .v>nnc  auf  ber  iVlaucr,  3«Jrfl  » 
It'.rirti  ber  Stlunis,  3oft  toon  tCkkilrr  unb  ncd)  tret  anbcve  i!ancleutc,  gletdjf 
bewaffnct 

5lUe  (rufen). 

SSiUfommen  ! 

(3n6em  6ie  ilbrigen  in  ber  (Eiefe  twrmeilcn  unb  fi*  begriifecn,  fommt  tTlel*tal  mit  5tauf= 
facber  corroarts.) 


O  C>err  2tauffad)er!    3d)  l)ab'  it)n 
fe^n,  ber  mid)  nidjt  mieber  fe^en  fonnte! 


Hufsug.    <3tr>eite  Scene.  53 

£wnb  fyab'  id)  getegt  cwf  feine  Slugen, 
llnb  gliiljenb  3?ad)gefiif)l  fyab'  id)  gefogen  990 

ber  erlofdjnen  eonne  feineS 


Stauffodjcr. 

<2pred)t  ntc^t  don  9?acf)e.    ^t^t  ©efc^e^ne^  rac^en, 
©ebrof)tem  tibel  motlen  wir  begegnen. 
^e^t  fagt,  »a^  3^r  ^m  Untermalbner  £anb 
©efi^afft  unb  fitr  gemetne  2adj'  gemorben,  995 

SSte  bte  £anbleute  benfen,  roie  ^tjr  (elbft 
Strttfen  be§  25errat^  entgangen  fetb. 


ber  Surennen  furdjtbareS  ©ebtrg, 
weit  oerbreitet  oben  (5i[e^fe(bern, 

SBo  nur  ber  fjetfre  Vammergeter  frci^jt, 

®e(angf  id)  ju  ber  2Upentrtft,  tto  fid) 

2lu3  Urt  unb  oom  (Jngetberg  bte  v'ptrten 

Stnrufenb  grii^en  unb  getneinfam  meiben, 
en  T>urft  mir  ftiUenb  mit  ber  ©Ietfd)er  9 

in  ben  9?unfen  fd)tiumenb  nieberquillt.  1005 

ben  einfamen  (£ennl)ittten  !e^rt'  id)  ein, 

Siftein  eigner  SBirt  unb  @aft,  bi£  ba^  id)  fam 

3u  2Bol)nungen  gefedig  lebenber  •iOJenj'djen. 

(Srfd)o(Ien  mar  in  biefen  Xiitern  fd)on 

$)er  9?uf  be^  neuen  @reuet^,  ber  gefd)ef)n,  1010 

Unb  fromme  (Sfjrfurdjt  (d)affte  mir  metn  Ungtitcf 

33or  feber  ^forte,  ino  id)  manbernb  ftopfte. 

(Sntritftet  fanb  id)  biefe  graben  ©eelen 

Ob  bem  gemaltfam  neuen  Regiment  ; 


54  IDiHjelm  Cell. 

£>enn  fo  Jute  tyre  2Upen  fort  itnb  fort  1015 

riefelben  Srciurer  nafyren,  tyre  $3runnen 
©leidjformig  fHejjen,  SBolfen  fetbft  unb  SBinbe 
£>en  gteidjen  Strict)  unmanbelbar  befolgen, 
(go  b,at  Me  alte  gttte  f)ier  Dom  2lb,n 
3um  Gnfet  unnerdnbert  fort  beftanben.  1020 

tragen  fie  t>enr>egne  ilJeuerung 

attgemofjnten  gleic^en  ®cmg  beg  ?eben§. 

tjarten  §cmbe  reicb,ten  fie  mir  bar, 
3?on  ben  SBanben  langten  fie  bie  roft'gen  Sc^roerter, 
Unb  and  ben  2Uigen  bU^te  freubige^  1025 

®efiif)l  be«  9Wiitg,  aU  id)  bie  9?amen  nannte, 
T)te  im  ©ebirg  bent  Vanbntann  ^eilig  finb, 
Den  (Surigen  unb  SBafter  5«rft^  —  2Ba3  ^5uc^ 
9?ecb,t  roiirbe  biinfen,  fdjnmren  fie  311  tun, 
(5ucf)  fdjrouren  fie  bid  in  ben  Xob  ^u  fotgen.  1030 

2o  eitt'  icb,  fid)er  unterm  b/eifgen  2d)irm 
Tee  Waftrecb,^  non  (s5et)bfte  ju  (^eb.bfte  — 
Unb  a(«  id)  fam  ing  b,eimatlid)e  Jat, 
2So  mir  bie  23ettern  Diet  Derbreitet  motjnen. 
Sllg  id)  ben  5?ater  fanb,  beraubt  unb  bUnb,  1035 

Sluf  frembem  Strob,,  oon  ber  33annf)er,igfeit 
SDWbtat'ger  ^enfc^en  lebenb- 


$err  im 


meint'  icb,  nicb,t  !    x3Jid)t  in  ol)nmad)t'gen  Jrd'nen 
icb,  bie  traft  beg  ^ei^en  Scb.mer^eng  aug  ; 
tiefer  53ruft,  mie  einen  teuren  2cb,a^,  1040 


2luf5ug.    ^rr>eite  Scene.  55 

33erfd)(oJ3  id)  tt)n  unb  bad)te  nur  ouf  £aten. 
$d)  Irod)  burd)  atte  Mmmen  be3  ©ebirgS, 
mar  fo  oerftecft,  id)  fpafjt'  c«  au^; 
an  ber  ©fetfcfyer  ei^bebecften  ^UB 
(Srroartef  id)  unb  fanb  beroo^nte  §ittten,  1045 

llnb  iiberall,  wo^in  metn  Ju^  mid)  trug, 
i^  ben  g(eid)en  f)aB  ber  Xtyrannet; 
bi^  an  btefe  lejjte  ©renje  [etbft 
^etebter  Sdjbpfung,  mo  ber  ftarre  ^3oben 
2lufi)drt  }ii  geben,  raubt  ber  358gte  ©et$.  1050 

Tie  ^er^en  atte  MefeS  btebern  3?otB 
(Srregt'  tc^  tntt  bem  Stadjet  meiner  Sorte, 
llnb  iinfer  finb  fie  alf  mit  §erj  unb 


©toufffldjcr. 

Ijabt  ^t)r  in  fnrjer  grift  geleiftet. 


tat  nodj  ntefjr.    X)te  beiben  ^eften  ftnb'3,  1055 

^berg  nnb  Sarnen,  bie  ber  £anbmann  fitr^tet; 

fytnter  i()ren  getfenmaden  fc^irmt 
geinb  fid)  Ieid)t  unb  fc^abiget  ba3  ?anb. 
2J?it  eignen  Stugen  motif  id)  e3  erfunben  ; 

mar  3U  Sarnen  unb  befal)  bie  4Burg.  1060 

Stouffat^er. 

magtet  (Sud)  bi^  in  be 


. 

mar  aerHeibet  bort  in  ^ttgergtrac^t, 

fal)  ben  SanbDogt  an  ber  Jafel  fdjmelgen  — 


56  IDityelm  Ceil. 

/Mr 

Urtettt,  ob  id)  tnein  §erj  be^roingen  fann: 

$d)  fal)  ben  geinb,  unb  id)  erfrf)lug  ifyn  nid)t.  1065 

©tauffadjer. 
giirroafyr,  bag  ©(itrf  roar  (Surer  tiifynljeit  fjolb. 

(Itnterbeffen  finb  bie  an&ern  Canbleute  portuarts  gefommen  unb  neihern  fidj  ben  beibcn.) 

3)ocf)  je^o  (agt  mtr,  toer  bte  greitnbe  finb 
Unb  bie  geredjten  banner,  bte  (Surf)  folgten? 
mic^  befannt  mtt  tfynen,  ba^  tt)tr  und 
lirf)  nafjen  unb  bte  §erjen  offnen.  1070 


2Ber  fennte  @uc^  ntefjt,  §err,  in  ben  bret  £anben? 
3d)  bin  ber  3)Jeier  Don  ©arnen  ;  bte^  I)ier  tft 
in  Sdjiuefterfo^n,  ber  ©trutt)  Don 


Stouffatfjcr. 

nennt  mir  feinen  unbefannten 
Sinfelrteb  toar'^,  ber  ben  ®rad)en  fdjlug  1075 

©untpf  bet  Setter  unb  fein  £eben  Uep 
bie[em  Strau^. 

933tttfe(rteb. 

mar  mein  Sl^n,  §err  SSerner. 


9)?Cld)taJ   (jetgt  auf  ja>ei  Canbleutc). 

35  ie  ttofjnen  ^tnterm  SBatb,  finb  ftofterteute 

33om  gngelberg.    ^tjr  tuerbe^  fie  brunt  nidjt 

^eracb.ten,  mett  fie  eigne  Seute  finb  1080 

Unb  nirf)t,  rote  roir,  frei  fi^en  auf  bem  (Srbe. 

@tc  Iteben'S  Sanb,  finb  fonft  aud)  root)(  berufeu. 


2tuf$ug.    ^tDcite  Scene.  57 

<3tO«ffad)Ct    (ju  ben  betben). 

(Mebt  tnir  bte  |)anb.    @S  preife  fid),  luer  teinem 

9J?tt  feinem  £eibe  pfltdjtig  ift  cmf  Grrben  ; 

£)ocf)  9JebUd)feit  gebeifyt  in  jebent  Stonbe.  1085 


ift  §err  9?ebing,  unfer  5tltlanbommann. 

9)lctcr. 

fenn'  it)n  ft)o^(.    (Sr  ift  mein  SStberpart, 

urn  ein  alteS  (Srbftucf  mit  mir  redjtet. 
£)err  9febtng,  lin'r  finb  geinbe  tor  ®erid)t; 
er  finb  nnr  einig. 

(5d;uttelt  tbnt  We  Pantv) 

©tnuffodjcr. 

ift  brao  gefprodjen.  1090 


©ort  ib,r?    @ie  fommen.    ^>ort  bag  §orn  Don  Uri! 

(Redjts  unb  Itnfs  fteb,t  man  bett>affnetc  ITldnncr  ntit  IDinOIidjtcrn  bte  ^elfcn  berabftetgcn.) 

Slttf  tier  9Jiowcr. 

©e()t!     ©teigt  ntd)t  fetbft  ber  fromme  Wiener  ©otte^, 
£>er  tt)itrb'ge  ^farrer,  mit  ^erab?    9?irf)t  fi^eut  er 
t)eg  Sege«  9ttitl)en  unb  ba«  ®roun  ber  9?ad)t, 
(5in  treuer  §irte  fur  ba£  33otf  511  forgen.  1095 

23aumgartctt. 

T)er  ©igrift  fotgt  ifym  ttnb  ^)err  Salter  ^itrft; 
ntd)t  ben  Xe((  erbticf'  icb,  in  ber  9ftenge. 

ffiirft,  '.liiificlmmm,  ber  ^farrcr,  ^ctcfiunntt,  ber  ©igrift,  Jtiunti,  ber 
•§trt,  9SJernt,  ber  3ager,  9tuoi>i,  ber  ?>tfc^cr,  unb  nod?  fi'tnf  anbere  Sanblcitte. 
21  Uc  5ii|aminen,  brct  unb  brct^tg  an  ber  £al)l,  treten  »ortt)art§  unb  fteUen  fid)  um 

bad  Better. 


58  HMUjelm  Cell. 


prft. 

(go  ntitffen  tmr  auf  unfernt  eignen 
Unb  oaterlidjen  $oben  un3  oerftof)Ien 
^ufammen  fd)Ieid)en,  rtrie  bie  9J?brber  tun, 
Unb  bei  ber  Wafyt,  bie  tfjren  fdjtuaqen 
9?ur  bent  33erbred)en  nnb  ber  fonnenfdjetten 
33erfcf)it)cirung  Ietl)et,  nnfer  guteS  9?ecf)t 
Un^  fjolen,  baS  bod)  tauter  tft  unb  tlar, 
©Iei(^tt)te  ber  glanjootl  offne  (sdjojs  beg  XageS.  1105 

9Ke^taI. 

£afct'$  gut  fetn.    Sa^  bie  bunfte  92ac^t  gefponnen, 
©otl  frei  unb  frb'fjlid)  an  ba^  Si^t  ber  <Sonnen. 

JRoffelmann. 

§brt,  wa§  tnir  ©ott  in«  §eq  gtbt,  (Sibgenoffen  ! 
Sir  ftefyen  I)ier  ftatt  einer  Sanb^gemeinbe 
Unb  fbnnen  gelten  fitr  ein  gan^es  93olf.  mo 

tagen  nacf)  ben  alten  23raud)en 
,  h)ie  nnr'3  in  ruf)igen  £aten  pffegen; 

ift  in  ber  SBerfammlung, 
(Sntfc^utbige  bie  9?ot  ber  3ett.    ®orf)  ®ott 
3ft  itberaH,  lr>o  man  ba§  9?ec^t  tierluattet,  ms 

llnb  unter  fetnem  §immet  ftefjen  tt)ir. 


,  lafjt  un§  tagen  nac^  ber  alten  ©itte  ; 
c«  gleid)  ^ac^t,  fo  leuc^tet  unfer  9ierf)t. 


3ft  g(eicf)  bie  3af)(  nid)t  bofl,  baS  £er$  tft  ^ter 

ganjen  93olf«,  bie  %  eft  en  finb  jugegen.  1120 


<5tt>eiter  ^Xufjug.    <3it>ette  Scene.  59 


jpumt. 

<Sinb  and)  bie  often  33itd)er  nidjt  jitr 
Sie  finb  in  unfre  §eqen  eingefrfjrteben. 

Sloffelmanu. 

2S}ot)(an,  fo  fei  ber  9Jing  fogteidj  gebi(bet. 

je  aitf  bie  Sc^iuerter  ber  ©einalt! 

3luf  ber  Planer. 

£anbe$ammcmn  nel)ine  feinen  "pfa^,  "25 

tlnb  [eine  SBeibet  ftetjen  il)tn  ju  (Seite! 

©tgrtft. 

Sg  finb  ber  33b(fer  breie.    25>e(c^em  nun 
©ebitf)rt'3,  bo§  §aupt  ju  geben  ber  ©emeinbe? 

SWctcr. 

Urn  biefe  (Sfyr'  mag  ©cfjmi)1,  mit  Uvi  ftreiten, 
ir  UnteriDalbner  fteljen  frei  pritcf.  1130 


ir  ftel)'n  ^uritcf  ;   ivir  finb  bie 

ie  §itfe  ^eifi^en  tion  ben  macfyt'gen  Jyreunben. 


nefyme  Urt  benn  ba^  ®(^niert  ;  fein  banner 
bei  ben  ^omer^itgen  un^  ooran. 

993oftcr  ftitrft. 

(^n)erte§  (5I)re  nierbe  5cf)im)$  .^u  teil  ;  1135 

£)enn  feine^  Stammer  ritfjmen  irttr  un$  al(e. 


ebetn  SBettftreit  (af?t  mid)  freunblirf)  fd)Urf)ten, 
foil  im  9?at,  Urt  im  g'e^be  fittjren. 


60  JEityelm  Cell 

933o(ter  prft 

(reirfjt  ftem  Stauffacb.er  Me  Sdjnjerter). 

©o  nefjmt! 

©tauffadjer. 
mir,  bem  Sitter  fei  bie  (gfjre. 


meiften  $af)re  jot)It  Ulrid)  ber  @d)tnib.  1140 

<Muf  ber  Matter. 

!Der  9JZann  ift  macfer,  borf)  ntdjt  freien  ( 
Hein  etgner  ^ann  fcmn  9?id)ter  fein  in  (2 


©touffarijcr. 

ntdjt  .'perr  9tebtng  l)ter,  ber  2ltttanbammann  ?  ; 
fudjen  wtr  no(^  einen  SKiirbigern? 


SBoltcr  prft. 

(Sr  fei  ber  Slmmann  nnb  be$  £age$  §aupt!  1145 

Ser  baju  ftintmt,  er^ebe  feme  §anbe. 

(yilc  b^eben  Me  rectjte  Ijanft  auf.) 
JRcbtJtfl    (tritt  in  Me  ZTlittc). 

3d)  fann  bie  §anb  nidjt  auf  bie  33udjer  legen, 
@o  f^lt)ijr'  ic^  broben  bei  ben  ett)'gen  Sternen, 
id)  mid)  nimmer  \mV  ftom  3?ed)t  entfernen. 


(tTlnn   rictjtct  Me  jtr>ci  5dia)crtcr  oor  ihm  auf,  6cr  Hing   biI6ct  ft*  um  ihn  bcr, 
b,alt  Me  OTitte,  redjts  fteUt  fldj  llri  un6   lints   llnterwal&en.     €r  ftebt  auf  fein 
fd)tr>ert  grfiiigt.) 


ft'«,  ba^  bie  bret  23b(!er  be 
§ier  an  be§  eee§  unioirtlic^cm  (Seftabe 
,3ufammenfitl)rte  in  ber  ©ctftcrftunbe  ? 
2Ba«  fotl  ber  3nt)alt  fein  bee;  neuen 
Ten  »ir  t)ier  unterm  ©ternent)hnme(  fttftcn? 


<5tt>etter  2iuf5ug.     ^mcite  Scene.  61 


(tritt  in  6cn  Sing). 

ftiften  feinen  neuen  33unb  ;  es  ift  "55 

(Sin  uralt  33itnbni3  nur  Don  33ater  3eit, 
£)a3  ttrir  erneuern!    3Biffet,  (Sibgenoffen  ! 
Cb  un$  ber  <2ee,  ob  nn$  bte  ®erge  frfjetben, 
Unb  jebeS  33o(f  fic^  fitr  fic^  fetbft  regiert, 
@o  finb  luir  etneS  (2tatnmeg  boc^  mtb 


Unb  etne  ^etmat  ift'e,  au^  ber  ttrir  jogen. 


tft  e§  tt)al)r,  inie'^  in  ben  £tebern  (autet, 
'tr  Don  fern  fyer  in  ba^  Sanb  getDattt? 
tettt'^  un«  ntit,  toa$  (Suc^  baoon  befannt, 
fief)  ber  neue  ®itnb  am  alten  ftarfe.  1165 


IMS  bie  alten  ^irten  fid)  ev$af)(en  : 
war  ein  gro§e«  93olfr  Ijinten  tm  ^anbe 

?ittcrnad^t,  ba§  Utt  t)on  fd)it)erer  Xeurung. 
btefer  9fZot  befrfjtof}  bie  Sanb^gemeinbe, 
je  ber  jefynte  Si'trger  nad)  bent  8o§  1170 

33ater  Sanb  toerlaffe.    ®a§  gefc^al)! 
Unb  sogen  an^,  it)el)f(agenb,  banner  unb  SBeiber, 
(Sin  grower  §eerjug,  nad)  ber  SftittagSfonne, 

bem  @d)H)ert  fid)  fd)tagenb  burd)  bag  beutfd;e  Canb, 
an  ba§  ^od)tanb  biefer  Salbgebirge.  1175 

Unb  e^er  nid)t  ermitbete  ber  3u9r 
baB  fie  famen  in  ba§  mitbe  £a(, 
je^t  bie  StRuotta  jmifdjen  SBiefen  rtnnt. 
9)?enfd)enfpiiren  maren  f)ier  jn  feljen, 


62  IDityelm  Cell. 


erne  gwtte  ftanb  am  Ufer  etnfam,  «8o 

Da  fafc  ein  2ftann  unb  roartete  ber  pfyre. 
£>od)  Ijeftig  mogete  ber  See  unb  mar 
faljrbar;   ba  befal)en  fie  ba$  tab 
nafjer  unb  geroaljrten  fcfyb'ne  ^itlle 
§o(3e3  unb  entbetften  gute  ^Brunnen,  "85 

Unb  metnten,  fid^  im  Hcbcn  33aterlanb 
3u  ftnben.    ®a  befd)(offen  fie  ju  bteiben, 
(Srbaueten  ben  otten  ^ferfen  ©d)tt)t)5, 
Unb  fyatten  ntandjen  fauven  Xag,  ben  SBalb 
SUJtt  wett  t)er[c^(ungnen  5Burje(n  au^uroben.  "90 

!Drauf,  a(^>  ber  33oben  nidjt  me()r  ©nitgen  tat 
ba  jogen  fie  t)initber 
ja,  bis  an^  ^Bei^lanb  I)in, 
2Bo  ^inter  ew'gem  Gife^tnad  toerborgen, 
(Sin  anbre«  iBoIf  in  anbern  3un9en  fp^i^t.  «9S 

®en  gterfen  ©tan  5  erbauten  fie  am  ®erntt)a(b, 
Den  ^tecfen  5tltorf  in  bent  £a(  ber  9?eufe. 
T)od)  btieben  fie  be§  Urfprungg  fiet«  gebenf  ; 
all  ben  fremben  'Stiimmen,  bie  fettbem 

fi^  angefiebelt,  1200 

bie  (gc^tu^jer  9)?anner  fid)  fyerauS, 
gibt  ba^  §erj,  ba§  53  (ut  fid)  ju  erfennen.  . 

(Reidjt  redits  un&  linfs  &ie  lianti  bin.) 

3titf  tier  ^Ratter. 

,  »ir  finb  etneS  ^erjenS,  eine§ 


31UC    (ftd?  bie  B3nbc  retcljenb). 

Sir  finb  ein  SSotf,  unb  einig  molten  mtr  ^anbeln. 


<5tr>eiter  2lufsug.    <3rr>eite  Scene. 


£)te  anbern  Golfer  tragen  frembeS  $od)f  1205 

Ste  fyaben  fid)  bem  Sieger  unterroorfen. 
(§8  leben  fefbft  in  itnfern  £anbe£marfen 
£)er  Saffen  fcief,  bie  frembe  ^flid)ten  tragen, 
Unb  i()re  Hned)tfrf)aft  erbt  auf  ifyre  ^inber. 
Doc^  loir,  ber  alien  e^roei^er  erf)ter  Stamm,  1210 

3Bir  ^aben  ftet^  bie  ^reifyeit  nn^  beitjafjrt. 
nnter  giirften  bogen  luir  ba«  ftnie, 
mab/tten  tt)tr  ben  Scfjirm  ber 


JKiJffelntttitit. 

gret  ii>a'f)(ten  h)tr  be§  9?eirf}e^  Sdju^  iinb  <2d)irm: 

So  ftet)t'^  bemerft  in  £atfer  grtebrtd)^  Srief.  1215 

Stoitffadjer. 

'J)enn  l)erren(o§  ift  and)  ber  J^reifte  nidjt. 

Gin  Cter()anpt  ntuj}  fein,  ein  b,od)[ter  3tid)ter, 

So  man  ba^  9?ed)t  mag  fdjopfen  in  bem  Streit. 

3)rum  fyaben  unfre  23ater  fiir  ben  33oben, 

fie  ber  atten  2£ttbnie$  abgetnonnen,  1220 

Gb,r'  gegbnnt  bem  £aifer,  ber  ben  ©errn 
nennt  ber  beutdjen  unb  ber  Juelfdjen  (vrbe, 

Unb,  nrie  bie  anbern  ^-reien  feines  9?eid)^, 

Sid)  t()m  ju  ebelm  SKaffenbienft  gelobt  ; 

biefeg  ift  ber  greien  etn$'ge  ^ffidjt,  1225 

9?eid)  311  fdjirmen,  ba«  fie  fcltft  befd)irmt. 


y 
/ 


briiber  ift,  ift  2Herfma( 


64  IDiHjelm  Cell. 


2ie  fofgten,  wenn  ber  ."peribann  erging, 
£)em  9?eid)*panier  unb  fd)(ugen  feine 

2Belfd)(anb  $ogen  fie  getoappnet  mit,  1230 

9?b'merfron'  U)tn  auf  baS  ifjaupt  ju  fe^en. 
T)at)eim  regierten  fie  fid)  frbfyticf)  felbft 
Oiad)  attem  33raud)  unb  eigenem 
!Der  l)bd)fte  33hitbatm  war  attein 
Unb  ba$n  warb  beftedt  ein  grower  ®raf,  1235 

1)er  ^atte  fetnen  Si^  nid)t  in  bem  £anbe. 
SBenn  ^3Iutfd)ulb  fam,  fo  rief  man  ifyn  fjerein, 
Unb  unter  offnem  §imme(,  fdjHdjt  unb  flar, 
2prad)  er  ba§  9?ed)t  unb  ofjne  gurd)t  ber  9J?enfd)en. 
So  finb  ^ier  Spuren,  ba§  nrir  ^ned)te  finb?  1240 

3ft  einer,  ber  e3  anber^  roei^,  ber  rebel 


in,  fo  »er()d(t  fid)  atle^,  luir  3fjr  fpred)t, 
©ema(t()errfd)aft  loarb  nie  bet  un3  gebulbet. 


Stauffod)cr. 

taifer  fetbft  Derfagten  mir  ©etjorfam, 
£)a  er  ba«  $Red)t  gu  ©unft  ber  ^Jfaffen  bog.  1245 

^Denn  aid  bie  geute  bon  bem  ®otte£f)au3 
ginfiebeln  un«  bie  2Up  in  Infprud)  na^men, 
®ie  nnr  beweibet  feit  ber  3?dter  3eit, 
3)er  Slbt  ^crftirjog  einen  atten  53rief, 

t^m  bie  fjerrenlofe  Suftc  fdienfte-  1250 

unfer  £afein  fjatte  man  nert)et)(t- 
fpradjen  tt)ir:  ,,Grfd)Iid)en  ift  ber  33rief! 


2luf$ug.    ^tx?ctte  Scene.  65 

®aifer  fann,  toad  unfer  tft,  oerfdjenfen ; 
Unb  nrirb  und  9?ed)t  tterfagt  fcom  9?eid),  nrir  fonnen 
$n  unfern  Bergen  aud)  bed  9?eid)d  entbefjren."  1255 

So  fpradjen  unfre  93ater!    @ol(en  ttitr 
5)eS  neuen  3°d)e^  Srf)dnb(id)fett  erbulbett, 
(Srteiben  Don  bem  fremben  ®ned)t,  mad  itnd 
3n  fetner  9ftad)t  !ein  ^aifer  biirfte  bteten? 
Sir  fyaben  bie[en  ^Boben  und  erfdjaffen  1260 

itnfrer  §anbe  ftletB,  ^ett  a^ten  SBalb, 
r  fonft  ber  ^Baren  luitbe  5So()nung  luar, 

etnem  Stt|  fur  9)?enfd)en  umgeiuonbett ; 

^Brut  bed  ^radjett  ()aben  mir  getbtet, 

au$  ben  ©iimpfen  gtftgefdjtDoHen  ftteg  ;  1265 

sJlebetbe(fe  I)aben  nrir  ^erriffen, 

emig  grau  um  biefe  SBttbntd  t)tng, 
!Den  fyartett  &{$  gefprengt,  itber  ben  Slbgrunb 
'Jjern  SSanberdmann  ben  fidjern  Steg  gelettet; 
Unfer  tft  burd)  taufenbjnl)rigen  ^3efi^  1270 

J)er  ®oben  — unb  ber  frembe  ^errenfnedjt 
•Soil  fomnten  bitrfen  itnb  und  Hetten  fd)ntieben 
Unb  ©djmad)  ontun  auf  nnfrer  etgnen  (Srbe? 
3ft  feme  ^tlfe  gegen  fofdjen  T^rang? 

(€tne  gro§c  Sewegutuji  untfr  ^f^  Canbleutcn.) 

,  etne  ©ren^e  t)at  Xl)rannenntad)t.  1275 

ber  ©ebritdte  ntrgenbd  9?ed)t  fann  ftnben, 
unertrag(td)  imrb  Me  ?aft  —  gretft  er 
v'oinauf  getroften  Sftuted  in  ben  ^imntet 
Unb  I)olt  (}erunter  feine  cm'flcn  ffiedjte, 
)ie  broben  ^angen  untiernu^edtd)  i28° 


66  IDiHjelm  Cell. 

llnb  un$erbred)lid),  tme  bie  Sterne  felbft. 

£)er  alte  tlrftonb  ber  ittatur  fefjrt  nrieber, 

So  attenfd)  bem  2ftenfd)en  gegenitber  ftef)t. 

3um  te^ten  3ftitte(,  ttenn  fein  anbreS  tnefjr 

33erfnngen  mil,  ift  tt)m  ba«  <Sc^n)ert  gegeben.  1285 

®er  (fitter  l)bd)fte^  bitrfen  wtr  uerteib'gen 

©egen  ©eroalt.  —  Sir  ftel)n  nor  unfer  ?anb, 

SBir  ftefytt  nor  unfre  Seiber,  unfre  $mber! 

3lHe    ('in  i^rc  5cfra>crtcr  fcWagenb). 

SSir  fte^n  oor  uttfre  SBetber,  unfre 


(tritt  in  ben  King). 

'  i^r  jum  Srf)iuerte  gretft,  bebenft  e^  wotjl!  1290 

)r  fbnnt  e«  frieMid)  mit  bem  ^aifer  fd)firf)ten. 
foftet  end)  etn  S5ort,  unb  bie  Xprannen, 
end)  je£t  fd))rer  bebrangen,  fd)meid)efn  end). 
Grgreift,  iua^  man  end)  oft  geboten  t)at, 
Xrennt  end)  oom  9?eid),  erfennet  Oftreid)^  §ot)eit  -  1295 

9luf  bcr  Waiter. 
fagt  ber  ^farrer?    Sir  ^n  Oftreid)  fd)mbren! 


§brt  tfjn  nid)t  an! 

2Binfclrteb. 
1)ae>  ra't  nn^  ein  33errater, 


ig,  Cnbgenoffen  ! 

Scwo. 

Sir  Oftreid)  I)u(btgen,  nad)  fotdjer  Sd)mad)! 


<5tt>etter  2luf$ug.    ^toette  Scene.  67 


8?on  ber 

un«  abtro^en  (off  en  bttrd)  ©etoatt,  1300 

ttrir  ber  ©lite  roeigerten! 

9Kcter. 

£)ann  roaren 

©flatten  imb  derbtenten,  ef  311  fetn! 

3tuf  ttcr  9)Jaucr. 

fei  gefto^en  aii^  bent  9te^t  ber  (gdjtoetjer, 
SSer  Don  (Srgebung  fpric^t  an  Dfterreid)! 
Sanbammann,  id)  befte^e  brauf,  bie^  fei  1305 

erfte  £anb3gefe£,  ba^  loir  t)ier  geben. 


fei'g.    $Ber  don  Srgebung  (pri^t  an 
re^tto^  fetn  unb  after  (5f)ren  bar, 
^anbmann  ne^m'  ifyn  auf  an  feinem 

31  Uc    (beben  Oie  recfjte  £janb  auf). 

motlen  c«,  ba£  fei  ©efe^l 

(nacfj  einer  paufc). 


JRoffefmonn. 

feib  if)r  fret,  tljr  fetb'g  burd)  bie^ 
burc^  ©eroalt  foil  Ofterreirf)  ertrofcen, 
e^  burd^  freunblic^  SSerben  nid)t  er{)ie(t  — 

^oft  toon  SBeiter. 

3ur  Xage^orbnung,  meiter! 

JRelitng. 

Gtbgenoffen  ! 
Sinb  allc  fanften  SKtttel  and)  oerfudjt?  1315 


68  UMHjcIm  Cell. 


2?ieUeid)t  nieifl  e3  ber  Sbnig  nid)t;  e§  tft 

SBofjl  gar  fein  Sitte  nid)t,  n>a§  mir  erbiilben. 

2(ud)  biefeS  £e£te  follten  nnr  uerfudjen, 

lirft  unfre  .sttoge  bringen  fcor  fein  Cfyr, 

til)'  tt)tr  sum  2d)tuerte  gretfen.    Srf)recf(icf)  immer,     1320 

2tud)  in  gered)ter  Sod)e,  ift  ©ettmlt. 

©ott  t)i(ft  nur  bann,  menn  SKcnf^cn  nid)t  metjr  fjelfen. 


(ju  Konrab  fiunn). 

ift'3  an  Gild),  53ertd)t  511  geben.    9?ebet. 

5ionrab  ^>uun. 

3d)  roar  ju  9?^etnfclb  an  be^  SatferS  ^falj, 
Siber  ber  ^bgte  ^arten  Xrud  511  ffagen,  1325 

£)en  S3rief  511  I)o(en  iinfrer  alten  Jyreitjeit, 
!Den  jeber  neue  $ontg  j'onft  beftatigt. 
X)ie  ^Boten  ttieler  Stabte  fanb  id)  bort, 
33om  fdjmab'i'djen  ?anbe  unb  »om  £aiif  bei?  ^Rl)ein«, 
Tie  ati'  erf)ie(ten  ifjre  ^ergamente,  133° 

Unb  fefyrten  freiibig  n?ieber  in  i^r  £anb. 
3Kid),  euren  ^Boten,  tuieg  man  an  bie  9frite, 
Unb  bie  entHe^en  mid)  mit  (eerem  Xroft: 
«1)er  ^aifer  ^abe  biennial  feme  $eit; 
(Sr  njitrbe  fonft  einmat  tt)o^I  an  uM  benfen."  1335 

Unb  ate  id)  traurig  burd)  bie  Safe  ging 
tonigsburg,  ba  fat)  id)  ^erjog  £>anfen 
einem  (5r!er  lueinenb  fteljn,  iim  it)n 
ebeln  g)errn  fton  Sart  unb  Jegerfelb. 
£)ie  riefen  mir  nnb  fagten  :  ,,$etft  eiid)  felbft!  1340 

®ered)tigfeit  enuartet  nid)t  oom  ^bnig. 


<3rt>eiter  2tufsug.    ^tr»eite  Scene.  69 

33eraubt  er  nidjt  be§  etgnen  SBruberS  ®tnb 

Vlnb  f)interf)a(t  ifym  fein  gered)te$  (Srbe? 
£>ersog  ffcfyt'  tf)n  um  feto  2ftiitterfidje$, 
be  feine  ^at)re  Oo^r  e$  h)ore  1345 

3e^/  aucfy  ^an^  un^  ^eute  s11  regteren. 
luarb  ifjm  jum  ^3efd)eib?    (Sin  franjlein  fe^t'  il)m 

£)er  f  aifer  ouf  :  ba^  fei  Me  3ter  ber 


Sfaf  bcr  9Ktt«cr. 

t'«  gef)ort.    9?ed)t  unb  ®ered)tigfett 
©riuartct  nirfjt  Dom  taifev!    §elft  eu^  felbft!  135° 


anbre^  bteibt  un«  itbrig.    ^un  gebt 
ie  tt)ir  eg  f(ug  sum  frozen  (Snbe  tetten. 


SSJoltcr  $itrft  (tritt  in  &en  »"»9)- 
9lbtretbett  tt»oHen  ttitr  tiertja^ten  3lt)an3  I 
Die  atten  9?ed)ter  iDte  ttrir  fie  everbt 

unfern  33citent,  iuoKen  mir  beiuatjren,  1355 

ungejitgett  nad)  bem  sJ?eiien  greifen. 
Dem  $atfer  bteibe,  ina^  be$  £otfer^  ift, 

etnen  £>errn  t)at,  bien'  i^m  ^ 


troge  ®ut  oon  Dfterretd)  511  Se^en. 

SBttlter  prft. 

fa^rct  fort,  Oftreic^  bie  ^Pfltd)t  ju  leiften.  1360 


ou  SSeiler. 

fteure  an  bie  £>er 


70  IDtHjelm  Cell. 

Walter  g'iirft. 
3fl)r  foljret  fort  3U  stnfen  unb  ju  ftcucrn. 


£)er  grofeen  grou  311  3iird)  bin  id)  oereibet. 

Sorter  prft. 
gebt  bent  tlofter,  nm$  beg  £lofter$  ift. 


©tauffadjcr. 

trage  feine  8ef)en  al^  be«  ^eti^g.  1365 


Walter 

fetn  mufc,  ba6  gefdje^e,  boc^  nid)t  britber. 

3?dgte  molTen  wir  nut  ifyren  l?ned)ten 
5Berjagen  unb  bie  feften  ®d)(o[fer  brec^en  ; 
£)od),  trenn  e^  fein  matj,  ofyne  ^Blut.  (S§  fe^e 

$atfer,  ba§  wir  notgebrungen  nur  1370 

Sb,rfurd)t  fromnie  '•pflidjten  abgeroorfen. 
Unb  fteb,t  er  un8  in  unfern  Scb.ranfen  bteiben, 
33teUeic^t  befiegt  er  ftaat^flug  fetnen  3ortt  > 
X)enn  bid'ge  gnrdjt  eriDetfet  fid)  ein  3?o(f, 

mtt  bent  (Sdjmerte  in  ber  gauft  fid)  majjigt.        1375 

JRebtng. 

(affet  f)6ren,  loie  Dotlenben  mir'§? 
(£8  fyat  ber  geinb  bie  Soffen  in  ber  ^>anb, 
Unb  nid)t  fitnoo^r  in  ^rieben  wirb  er  meidjen. 

Stouffodjcr. 

(5r  tt>irb'«,  menn  er  in  35?affen  un«  erbluft; 
Sir  itberrafd)en  tt)n,  et)'  er  fid)  ritftet.  1380 


2lufsug.    <5tr>ette  Scene.  71 


3ft  balb  gefprod)en,  aber  fdjroer  getan. 

Un3  rogen  in  bem  £anb  3  mei  fefte  Sdjloffer, 

3Me  geben  2d)irm  bem  getnb  itnb  roerben  furdjtbar, 

ber  ^bntg  in  bo^  £anb  foflt'  fallen. 
unb  earnen  muB  bejiuungen  fetn,  1385 

Qty  man  ein  SdjtDert  erfjebt  in  ben  brei  ^anben. 

Stauffadjcr. 

Saurnt  man  [o  (ang,  fo  nrirb  ber  Jyetnb  geirarnt  ; 
^u  Dtele  finb'^,  bte  ba«  ©efyeimnis  teiten. 

Weter. 

3n  ben  Satbftdtten  finb't  fid)  fein  3?errater. 

ffioffdmmnt. 

(Sifer  aurf),  ber  gute,  fann  oerraten.  1390 


ftitrft. 

man  e^  auf,  fo  nrirb  ber  Jraing  dodenbet 
Ittorf,  unb  ber  33ogt  befeftigt  fid). 


benft  an  end). 

Sigrtft. 
llnb  i^r  feib  nngeredjt. 


(auffabrenb). 

lingered)!!    £)a3  barf  un^  llri  bieten! 


i  eurem  Gibe, 


72  IDityelm  Cell. 


1395 
25erftet)t  mit  Uri,  miiffen  twir  tt>of)l  fd)tt)eigen. 


$dj  mufe  eud)  toeifen  oor  ber  £anb£gemeinbe, 
£>a§  ifyr  mit  Ijeft'gem  ®inn  ben  grteben  [tort! 
n  iwtr  ntdjt  alle  fiir  btefelbe  @ad)e? 


JBittfefirfeto, 

oerfdjieben  bt^  jum  ^eft  be«  ^)errn,        1400 
brmgt'«  bte  (Sitte  mit,  ba§  atte  @a((en 
3ogt  ®efd)enfe  bringeti  aiif  ba^  8d)Io^. 
Ib'nnen  je^en  banner  ober  jtttflf 
iinoerbiidjttg  in  ber  33iirg  uerfammeln, 
;Die  fit^ren  I)eim(id)  fpi^'ge  (5i[en  mit,  1405 

!Die  man  gefdjttrinb  fann  an  bie  ©ta'be  (tetfen, 
T)enn  niemanb  fommt  mit  SSaffen  in  bie 
^una'djft  im  SBalb  t)att  bann  ber  grofte  § 
Unb  lt>enn  bie  anbern  gtit(!(id)  fid)  be 
(5rmod)tiget,  fo  njirb  ein  |>orn  geblafen,  1410 

Unb  jene  bred)en  aM  bent  §inter^att. 
@o  nrirb  ba«  @d)to§  mit  teid)ter  5lrbeit  iin[er. 


9?operg  ttbenteljm'  id)  gu  erfteigen, 
T)enn  eine  ®irn'  be^  @^Ioffe«  ift  mir 
Unb  (eid)t  betor'  id)  fie,  pm  nad)tlid)en  1415 

33efud)  bie  fd)tt)an!e  8eiter  mir  jit  reidjen  ; 

id)  broben  erft,  jiet)'  id)  bie  greunbe  nad). 


<3tr>eiter  Zlufjug.    ^iDeitc  Scene.  73 

JRcttittg. 
3fft'«  alter  SBUIe,  baft  uerfdjoben  merbe? 

(Die  OTefyrbeit  erfyebt  Me  fjanb.  ) 
(StUttffadjer   (jablt  Me  Stimmcn). 

(53  ift  em  9fteb,r  tton  jtoan^ig  gegen  jwotf! 

93Borter  ftitrft. 

Senn  am  befttmmten  Xag  bie  Surgen  fallen,  142° 

®o  geben  unr  Don  etnem  ®erg  jtttn  anbern 
®a§  3e^)en  m^  i)em  ^«U(^  ;  ber  ^anbfturm  ttrirb 
5lufgeboten,  fc^nell,  im  ^auptort  jebeS  ?anbe«. 
Senn  bann  bie  33dgte  fetjn  ber  SSaffen  (Srnft, 
©taubt  mtr,  fie  merben  fid)  be3  StreitS  begeben         1425 
llnb  gern  ergreifen  frieblidjeS  ©eleit, 
unfern  ^anbe§mar!en  ju  entineii^en. 


mit  bent  ®e^(er  fitrc^f  id)  fdjtoeren  @tanb, 

ift  er  mit  SReifigen  umgeben; 
ofyne  ®Iut  raumt  er  ba«  gelb  ;  fa,  fetbft  143° 

3Sertrieben  bleibt  er  furi^tbar  noc^  bem  Sanb. 
@d)aier  ift'«  unb  faft  gefafjrlid),  il)n  ju  fc^onen. 

gtautnprtett. 

tjat^gefafiracb,  ift,  ba  ftettt  mid)  t)in! 
Xell  DerbanF  id)  mein  gerettet  8eben, 
©ern  fd)Iag'  icb,'6  in  bie  <2d)an3e  fitr  ba«  8anb  ;          1435 
^ab'  id)  befd)it|t,  mein  §erg  befriebigt. 


bringt  5Rot.    @rn)artet'«  in  ®ebutb. 
mu^  bem  Stugenbttcf  and)  lt»a«  oertrauen. 


74  UHlfyelm  CeU. 

-Dod)  fel)t,  inbe$  unr  ncidjtltd)  fyier  nod)  tagen, 
tettt  auf  ben  f)bd)ften  33ergen  frfjon  ber  9ftorgen        1440 
ie  glitb/nbe  £>od)ir>ad)t  aud.  —  &ommt,  Ia§t  un£  fdjeiben, 
Seucf)ten  uberrafc^t. 


ftttrft. 

2orgt  ntc^t,  bie  v)?ac^t  rcetcfyt  langfam  aiid  ben  Xcilern. 


(JIUf  babcn   unrotllfurlidj  Me  £)utc  abgcnommcn   unb   bctrad;tcn   mit  jliller  Sammlung 
6ic  illorgenrotr.) 

^Hoffcdnann. 

^3et  biefem  Vtc^t,  ba^  une  ^uerft  begritpt 
9?on  alien  93otfern,  bie  ttef  unter  un^  1445 

atmenb  roo!)nen  in  bent  Cunlm  ber  2tabte, 
un^  ben  (Sib  bee  neuen  43unbe^  fdjmbren. 
Sir  Woden  fein  etn  ein5ig  $o(f  oon  ^Britbern, 
3n  feiner  9?ot  un«  trennen  nnb  (Mefat)r. 

(2tUc  fprecfren  cs  nacti  mit  crbobcnen  6rct  5'"^crtt.) 

Sir  Gotten  frei  fein  nrie  bie  Better  roaren,  1450 

gljer  ben  Xob,  ate  in  ber  Snedjtfdjaft  teben. 

(Wit  obcn.) 

Sir  mollen  troucn  auf  ben  fjodjften  @ott 

Unb  nne  ntd)t  fiirdjten  dor  ber  9ftad)t  ber  a)?eni*d)en. 

(IPie  obcn.     Die  CanMcutc  umarmen  einanber.) 


getje  jeber  fctnc«  SBecjes  [till 
^n  feiner  greunbfrfjaft  unb  ©enofifame.  i4S5 

Ser  §trt  tft,  nrintre  rut)tg  feme  §erbe 
Unb  roerb'  im  ftillen  ^reunbe  fitr  ben  $unb. 

nocf)  bi^  babjn  muj^  erbutbet  merben, 

bie  9?ed)nung  ber  Xl)rannen 


<5tr>eiter  Ztufjug.    <^tr>ette  Scene.  75 

3lntt>arf)fen,  bis  ein  £ag  bie  aflgemeine  1460 

Unb  bie  befonbre  2d)ulb  auf  etnmat  jaljlt. 

33e}af)tne  jeber  bie  geredjte  3Sut, 

Unb  fpare  fitr  ba«  ®an]e  feine  9?ad)e  ; 

X)enn  ^Raiib  begetjt  am  oHgemeinen  ©ut, 

Ser  felbft  fid)  fyilft  in  fetner  eignen  Sadje.  1465 

i  3"&sni  fte  3i>  brci  petfcfrtebenen  5eitcn  in  grofjtcr  Kubc  nbgcben,  fallt  bas  ©rchefter  nttt 

pincm   pracbtoollcn   Scbtrung   em ;    bic   I«rc  Scene   bleibt  nod>  cine  §ettlang   offen  unt> 

3eigt  6as  Scbaufpiel  bcr  aufgebenben  Sonne  uber  ben  lEisgebirgcn.) 


Dritter 

Srfte   -Scene. 


oor  Sells  £>cmie. 


ift  mtt  ber  3'mmcrart  $ebh»i(J  mit  eincr  fjaitSlitften  Slrbctt  befdjaftigt. 
unb  4VMIliclm  in  bcr  Siefe  fpielen  mtt  etiter  fleinen  Slrmbruft. 

SBttftCt  (fmgt). 

9Ktt  bem  '•pfeil,  bem  53ogen, 
T)urd)  ©ebtrg  unb  £al 
fommt  ber  Sc^ii^  gejogen 
gru^  am  9J?orgenftral)l. 

Sie  itn  9?eicf)  ber  Viifte  i47o 

ift  ber  3Beit), 

©ebirg  unb  .QHtfte 
§errfcf)t  ber  Scfjit^e  fret. 


gef)i)rt  bo«  Sette, 

fetn  ^J3fet(  erreidjt;  i475 

ift  feine  ®euter 

ba  fleugt  unb  fmtdit. 

(Konintt  grfprungrn.) 

©trang  tft  mir  entjtoct.    9Kod)  nttr  t()n,  9?ater. 


Sell. 

tttdjt.    (Jin  redjter  £d)ii£e  ^Uft  fic^  felbft. 

(Knaben  cntfprnen  ftcfj.) 
76 


Dritter  2luf5u$.     £rfte  Scene.  77 


£)ie  £naben  fangen  ^eitig  an  $u  fd)ie£en.  1480 

XeU. 

griif)  iibt  fid),  wa$  em  Sfteifter  tuerben  nrifl. 

/ocbroig. 
2(d),  wollte  (9ott,  fie  lernten'S  nie! 

Sell. 

(£ie  follen  a((e«  lernen.    2Ber  burd)^  ?eben 
2id)  frifd)  will  fdjlagen,  mu^  ,u  2d)u^  unb 
©eriiftet  fein. 


9(d),  e^  rnirb  fetner  feine  9tu^  1485 

3u  ©aufe  finben. 

Sell. 

Gutter,  id)  fann'^  aud)  nid)t. 
3um  ©irten  I)at  -^atiir  mid)  nid)t  gebitbet  ; 
9taftfo$  tnuB  id)  ein  f(iid)tig  £iel  oerfotgen. 
Tann  erft  genie^'  id)  tneinea  Vleben^  red)t, 
Senn  id)  mir'd  jeben  Xag  auf^  neu'  erbcute.  1490 


llnb  an  bie  Stngft  ber  ©audfrau  benfft  bu  nid)t, 
"ie  fid)  inbeffen,  beinev  luartenb,  Ijcirmt. 

mid)  erfiiUt'd  mit  ^raufen,  ma$  bie  &ned)te 
euren  Sagefa()rten  fid)  eqiifjfen. 
t  jebem  2(bfd)ieb  ^ittert  mir  ba<^  §evv 

bu  mir  nimmer  luerbeft  roteberfefyren. 
3d)  fe()e  bid),  im  ittilben  <5i^gebirg' 
i>ertrrt,  non  einer  iUippe  ^u  ber  anbern 


78  UKtyelm  Cell. 

Den  ftefjtfprung  tun,  feb/,  nrie  bte  ©emfe  bid) 
SRucffpringenb  mit  fief)  in  ben  Slbgrunb  reijjt,  1500 

2Bie  eine  SBinblaroine  bid)  t>erfd)iittet, 
2Bie  unter  bir  ber  triigerifdje  $irn 
(§inbrid)t,  unb  bu  Ijinabfinfft,  ein  (ebenbig 
23egrabner,  in  bie  fcfyauerlidje  ©ruft. 
2lcf),  ben  oenuegnen  Sltpenjager  fjafdjt  1505 

!Der  Xob  in  Inmbert  medjfelnben  ©eftatten! 
ift  ein  unglittffetigeS  ©emerb', 

fiifyrt  am  Slbgrunb  f)in! 


XcU. 

2Ber  frifcf)  umb,erfpat)t  mit  gefunben  einnen, 
5luf  ©ott  oertraut  unb  bie  ge(enfe  ^raft,  1510 

ringt  fid)  Ieid)t  au^  jeber  ftafyr  nnb  51ot  ; 

fdjrecft  ber  -Serg  nic^t,  ber  barauf  geboren. 

(£r  bat  feine  Jlrbcit  poUcnbet,  Icgt  bas  (Serat  bintpeg.) 

t,  mein'  id),  t)d(t  ba3  Jor  anf  ^ab,r  unb  £ag. 
"Die  5lyt  im  §ou^  erfpart  ben 

(Hinimt  ben  6ut.) 


SSo  gefjft  bu  t)in? 

Jell. 

5lltorf,  ju  bent  $>ater.          1515 


©tnnft  bn  aud)  nid)t§  ®efa{)r(ict)e«?    ©eftet)'  mir'3. 

Xcii. 
ie  fommft  bu  barauf,  ftrau? 


Drittcr  2luf$ug.    <£rfte  Scene.  79 


(g«  fm'nnt  fid) 

©egen  bie  SSogte.    5{uf  bem  9futli  toarb 
©etagt,  id)  meift,  itnb  bu  btft  aud)  im  33unbe. 

Sen. 

3d)  inar  nid)t  mit  babei  —  bodj  tuerb'  id)  mid)  1520     i 

£>em  ^anbe  nid)t  entjie^en,  menn  e3  ruft. 


Jt 


@ie  toerbett  bid)  {)infte((en,  IDO  ©efa^r  ift  ; 

@d)Werfte  luirb  bein  Slnteil  feinr  tt)ie  immer. 


Sell. 
in  jetier  tt)irb  befteitert  nadj  33ermbgen. 


llntertt)a(bner  fyaft  bu  aud)  itn  ©turme  1525 

Itber  ben  @ee  ge[d)afft.    Sin  Sunber  tt)ar^, 
J)a^  ir)r  entfommen.    T)ad)teft  bu  benn  gar  nid)t 
5ln  finb  unb  Seib? 


^ieb  Seib,  id)  bad)t'  an  eud)  ; 
!Drum  rettet'  id)  ben  33ater  feinen  ^inbern. 


3u  fdjiffen  in  bem  nnit'gen  @ee!    ®a6  ^ei^t  1530 

sJ?idjt  ©ott  oertrauen!    35o«  l)ei^t  ®ott  oerfudjen! 


3Ber  gar  gu  Diet  bebenftr  lr>irb  luenig  leiften. 


^a,  bu  btft  gut  unb  fyUfreid),  bieneft  alien, 

Unb  menu  bu  felbft  in  s)?ot  fommft,  fjitft  bir  feiner. 

7 


80  IDilt)elm 


$erf)iit'  e«  ©ott,  ba§  id)  nidjt  |)Ufe  braudie!  1535 

(€r  nimtnt  bie  2lrmbruji  un6  pfeile.) 


wittft  bu  mtt  ber  Strmbruft?    gap  fie  ^ter. 

Xcll. 
ir  fel)(t  ber  2trm,  menn  mtr  bie  3Saffe  fe^It. 

(Pic  Knabe?i  fomntcn  3urucf.) 

SBaltcr. 

33ater,  mo  gefyft  bu  I)in? 

Xell. 

Wad)  SHtorf,  Snabc, 
3um  gb,ni.    ffitflft  bu  mit? 


,  frei(id)  raid  ic^. 

SanbDogt  ift  je^t  bort.    ®Ieib'  meg  Don  2Utorf.    154° 

XcU. 

geb,t,  noc^  b,eute. 


Trum  IQB  it)n  erft  fort  fein. 
©emab,n'  i^n  nic^t  an  bid)  ;  bu  roetijt,  er  grollt  und. 

XcJI. 

ir  foil  fein  bb'fer  Silte  nicfjt  oiel  fd)aben  ; 
tue  redjt  unb  frfjeue  feinen 


ie  red)t  tun,  eben  bie  I)apt  er  am  meiften.  1545 


Dritter  Slufsug.    £rfte  Scene.  81 


Sell. 

Sett  er  nid)t  an  fie  fotnmen  fann.    29Hd)  roirb 
Der  Oiitter  rootjl  in  Jrieben  faffen,  tnein'  id). 


bu  baeV 

Sell. 

6«  ift  nicfjt  tange  ^er, 
ging  id)  jagen  burd)  bie  roilben  ©ritnbe 

:ntal*  auf  menfdjenleerer  Spur,  155° 

Unb  ba  id)  einfam  einen  ftetfenfteia, 
3?erfolgte,  roo  nid)t  au£}uroeid)en  roar, 
Denn  itber  mir  t)ing  fdjroff  bie  ?ve(eroanb  b,er, 
Unb  unten  raufd)te  fitrcfyterlid)  ber  Sd)ad)en, 

(Die  Knaben  brdngcn  fid>  recbts  unb  linfs  an  ibn  unO  fetien  mit  gefpanntet  Heugiet  an 
ibm  binauf. ) 

Da  font  ber  Vanboogt  gegen  mid)  bab,er,  1555 

Gr  gan^  adein  mit  mir,  ber  aud)  allein  roar, 

^3(of>  9ftenfci)  ^u  ^)?enfd),  unb  neben  un3  ber  2lbgrunb. 

Unb  ale  ber  ."perre  mein  anficf)tig  roarb 

Unb  mid)  erfannte,  ben  er  fur}  juoar 

Um  fleiner  Urfacf)'  roillen  fcfjroer  gebii^t,  1560 

Unb  fab,  mid)  mit  bem  ftattlicb/en  ©eroefyr 
gefd)ritten  fommen,  ba  oerblaBt'  er, 
tie'  oerfagten  ib,m,  id)  fab,  ee  fommen, 
er  je^t  an  bie  $e(3roanb  roiirbe  finfen. 

—  Da  fammerte  mid)  fein,  id)  trat  ju  ib,m  1565 

^Befd)eibent(id)  unb  fprad) :  3d)  bin'^,  ^err  ^anbnogt. 

(5r  aber  fonnte  feinen  armen  Vaut 

feinem  "DZunbe  geben.    iDlit  ber  ,f)anb  nur 


82  tDttycIm  Cell. 


Sinft'  er  mtr  fcfyroeigenb,  meineS  SBegS  $u  gef)tt  ; 

£)a  ging  id)  *ort  unb  fonbt'  ifjm  fcin  ®efolge.  1570 

£ebtt»ig. 
G?r  Ijat  toor  bir  gejittert  —  5Be^e  btr! 

bu  iljtt  fcfjwarf)  gefetjn,  oergibt  er  nte. 


Xcll. 

Drum  meib'  id)  ifyn,  itnb  er  mtrb  tnidj  nicf)t  furfjen. 


'  fyeute  nur  bort  weg.    ®ef)'  lieber  jagen. 

XcB. 

ffittt  bir  etn? 

.^CbttJtfl. 

weg.      1575 


XeU. 

SBie  fcmnft  bu  bi^  fo  o^ue  llrfad)'  qudlen? 


2BciI'«  feine  Urfad)'  ^ot  —  Xett,  bletbe  ^icr. 

Ze«. 

u  lomtnen. 


t  bu,  fo  get)'—  nur  faffe  mtr  ben  ^naben! 

993o(tcr. 

aKiittcrt^cn.    $fy  gefye  mit  bem  33ater.  1580 


toerlaffen  ttiflft  bu  beine  Gutter? 


Dritter  2luf$ug.    <5tt>ette  Scene.  83 


$d)  bring'  bir  cmd)  tt)a3  ^wbfdjeS  mit  oom 

(<Sebt  mit  bent  tJater.) 

2BUI)ettit. 

Gutter,  id)  bkibe  bet  bir! 


(umarmt  Urn). 

3a,  bit  bift 
SDJein  Uebe^  Hinb,  bu  bleibft  mir  nod)  alleirt! 

^Sie  geljt  an  6as  t^oftor  un6  folgt  ben  JJbgehenbcn  lange  mit  ben  2lugen.) 


3ioctte   Scene. 

(Sine   eingefdjfoffene   tuitbe   2Ba(bgegenb,  <?taubb5d)e   ftiiqen   Don  ben 

gelfen. 

$Berta  im  ^aojbfkib.    ©tcie^  tiorauf  S»ui»enj. 

Serto. 

Grr  folgt  mir.    SnbUrf)  fann  id)  nticf)  erfliiren.  1585 


(ttitt  rafcl)  tin). 

graulein,  je^t  enb(td)  ftnb'  id)  (Suc^  attetn  ; 
SUbgriinbe  [c^He§en  ring^itmt)er  un^  ein  ; 
3n  biefer  SSitbni^  fitrdjf  ic^  feinen  3eu9en  } 
S3om  ^er^en  loalj'  id)  bie[e«  (ange  Sd)ireigen  — 

Scrto. 

bie  ^agb  nid)t  fo(gt?         1590 


ie  -$agb  ift  bort  ^inaue.    $>e§t  ober  nie! 
3d)  mu§  ben  teitren  Stitgenblicf  ergreifen  ; 
(5ntfd)ieben  feljen  mu§  id)  mein 


84  rDttfyelm  Cell. 


Uttb  foflt'  eg  mid)  auf  e»ig  don  (Slid)  fdjeiben. 
—  D,  waffnet  (Sure  giit'gen  33Iicfe  ntd)t  1595 

2Kit  biefer  finftern  Strenge!    2Ber  bin  id), 
id)  ben  fufynen  SBunfd)  ju  Gud)  erfjebe? 
f)at  ber  9Ju^m  nocf)  ntd)t  genannt  ;  id)  barf 
in  bie  9Jei()'  nit^t  fteKen  mit  ben  bittern, 
fiegberit^mt  unb  gfan^enb  (5ud)  nmtnerben.  1600 

l)ab'  id)  a(^  mein  ^>erj  doit  Xren  unb  ^iebe  — 


93crtO  (ernft  unb  ftrcng). 

don  8iebe  reben  unb  don  Xreue, 
irtrb  an  fetnen  nad)ften  ^f(id)ten? 

(KuSettj  trirt  3urucf.  ) 

ftade  Ofterreit^^,  ber  fid)  bent  trembling 
,  bent  Unterbritcfer  feine^  35o(B?  1605 


SHubenj. 

(Sud),  mein  grciulein,  fyb'r'  id)  biefen  3?ondurf? 
fud)'  icf)  benn,  al$  guc^,  auf  jener  Seite? 


SBcrta. 

benft  $f)r  auf  ber  Seite  be3  35crrat* 
u  finben?    (5{)er  toottt'  ic^  metne  .'panb 

©ejsler  felbft,  bent  Unterbritcfer,  fd)enfen,  1610 

bent  naturdergeff'nen  So^n  ber  Sdjmet^, 
fic^  p  fetnent  Scrfgcug  mac^en  fann! 


£)  ©ott,  m$  ntup  t^  fyb'ren! 

SBerto. 

Sie?    Sa^  tiegt 
guten  SKeufdjcn  na()er  at^  bie  Seinen? 


Dritter  2tufsug.    ^mette  Scene.  85 

GHbt'S  fdjonre  ^fHdjten  fiir  ein  eb(e§  |)er$, 

tf  ^i  ,/7 

em  23ertetbiger  ber  Unfdmfb  fern, 
9?ed)t  be$  llnterbritcften  $u  bef  Airmen? 


£)ie  (Seek  bhttet  mir  urn  (Suer         , 

3c^  teibe  mit  ifjtn,  benn  ic^  mujs  c«  (ieben, 

fo  befdjeiben  ift  unb  boc^  DoU  £raft;  1620 

^te^t  mem  gan^  .'per',  mid)  ^u  tf)m  f)tn, 
jebem  Jage  tern'  idj'e  me^r  oere^rcn. 
ober,  ben  sJtotur  unb  9?ttterpf(ic^t 
m  geborenen  53e|c^iteer  gaben, 
Unb  ber'3  o  e  r  I  a  p  t,  ber  treutod  itbertrttt  1625 

3um  ^einb  unb  £etten  fdjmtebet  fetnem  Canb, 
^^r  fetb'3,  ber  mid)  oerfe^t  unb  frcinft  ;    id) 
)er$  bejraingen,  ba^  icf)  (5u^  nid)t 


SBtfi  i^  benn  nid)t  ba§  Sefte 

^^m  unter  Cftreic^S  mac^t'gem  Scepter  ntdjt  1630 

!t)en  grieben  — 

Scrto. 

^ne^tfc^aft  wotft  ^>^r  ifmt  bereiten! 
^reif)eit  \voiit  3t)r  au^  bem  le^ten  ©C^IOB, 
ib,r  nod)  auf  ber  Crrbe  btteb,  derjagen. 
23olf  derftef)t  fid)  beffer  auf  fein  ($iud; 
.Qetn  2d)ein  berfit^rt  fein  fidjereS  ©efu()(.  1635 

fie  ba$  Nty  um§  ^)aupt  gemorfen  — 


oerac^tet  mic^! 


86  IDttyelm  Cell. 

Scrto. 

£af  id)'3,  mtr  mare  beffer.  Stber  ben 
33erad)tet  f  e  f)  e  n  imb  oeradjtnngStoert, 
£)en  man  gern  lieben  mddjte  — 


JRubettj. 

33erta  !    33erta  ! 


jetget  tntr  ba 
Unb  ftitr3t  mic^  tief  in  einem  3(iigenblt(f. 


9?etn,  nein,  ba«  (ible  tft  ntdjt  gan^  erfticft 

(53  fd)Iummert  nur;   t<^  mill  e3  meden. 
©ematt  anSitben  an  (Suc^  felbft,  1645 

£)ie  angeftammte  Xugenb  ju  ertoten; 
£)od),  mof)t  (Suc^,  fie  ift  mtidjttger  a(3  3f>r, 
Unb  tro^  (5ud)  felber  fetb  3^r  gut  nnb  ebel' 


SRubcnj. 

gfaubt  an  ntidj!    O  53erta,  afle^ 
(Snre  ?iebe  fein  nnb  toerben! 

Scrto. 

<Seib,  1650 

bie  ^errtic^e  X37atnr  Guc^  ntacfyte! 
ben  ^Ia^,  n>ot)tn  fie  (End)  gefteflt, 
3n  @nrem  33olfe  ftetjt  nnb  gnrem  Sanbe 
Unb  fampft  fitr  (Suer  ^ciltg  9?ed)t! 


mir! 
fann  id)  gurf)  erringen,  (iurf)  befifcen,  1655 


Drittcr  2luf3ug.    ^toeite  Scene.  87 

SSenn  id)  ber  3ftad)t  beg  SaiferS  nriberftrebe? 
3ft'g  ber  33ertt)anbten  madit'ger  Side  nic^t, 
X)er  iiber  (Sure  |)anb  tljrannifd)  waltet? 


Serta. 

$n  ben  25?a(bftatten  liegen  meine  (Muter, 

llnb  tft  ber  ec^tneijer  fret,  fo  bin  aud)  ic^'g.  1660 


53erta,  weld)  etnen  33Hcf  tut  3t)r  mir  auf! 

Bert*. 

$offt  ntc^t  burc^  Oftretd)^  (9unft  mid^  gu  errtngen. 
metnem  (irbe  ftreden  fie  bte  .fwnb, 
tt)t(I  man  mit  bem  gropen  (Srb'  oeretnen. 

£a'nbergter,  bie  gure  greib,eit  1665 

23erfcf)lingen  tt>ttt,  fie  brotjet  aui^  ber  meinen  ! 


2?tettetd)t,  um  etnen  ©imftltng  ju  betolmen. 

Qoit,  fto  bie  galfc^^ett  unb  bie  Wank  molmen, 

§in  an  ben  £atferf)of  'mHi  man  mid)  sielm;  1670 

!Dort  Barren  mein  oer^aBter  (S^e  ^etten  ; 

£)ie  Siebe  nur  —  bie  Cure  faun  mic^  retten! 

{Rubens. 

3l)r  fonntet  guc^  entfd)(ie§en,  t)ier  $u  (eben, 

3n  meinem  33ater(anbe  mein  $u  fein? 

D  53erta,  all  mein  Sefjnen  in  bag  Seite,  1675 

war  eg,  at£  ein  Streben  nur  nac^ 

fuc^t'  id^  ein^ig  auf  bem  SBeg  beg 
Unb  aU  mein  Sfjrgei^  luar  nur  meine  £iebe. 


88  IPiltjelm  Cell. 

tb'nnt  3b,r  mtt  mir  Gud)  in  bieS  ftitle  £al 

(Sinfdjtiefeen  unb  ber  (Srbe  ©tan}  entfagen-  1680 

O  bann  ift  meineS  StrebenS  3tet  gefunben ; 

£)ann  mag  ber  Strom  ber  roUbbetuegten  SSelt 

2ln3  fid)re  lifer  biefer  23erge  fdjtagen, 

$ein  flitd)tige^  3?erlangen  t)ab'  id)  mefyr 

^inau^^ufenben  in  be^  ^eben1?  SSeiten.  1685 

5)ann  mb'gen  biefe  gelfen  um  un«  t)er 

!Die  unburd)bringtid)  fefte  SDIauer  breiten, 

llnb  bie$  »erfd)(off'ne  fel'ge  Xat  aUein 

^um  §imme(  offen  unb  ge(id)tet  fein! 

Scrta. 

^e^t  bift  biLganj,  nrie  bid)  mein  a{)nenb  ^)erj  1690 

©etra'umt,  mid)  t)at  mein  ©taube  nid)t  betrogen! 

OJiibcnj. 

,r'  f)in,  bu  eitler  SSafin,  ber  mid)  betbrt! 
J^A  3^  f°W  ba$  ®Iud  in  meiner  §eimat  finben. 
§ier,  IDO  ber  fnabe  frbfylid)  aufgebliil)t, 
SBo  taufenb  greubefpuren  mid)  umgeben,  1695 

2Bo  ade  Cuetten  mir  unb  ^Baume  leben, 
3m  33aterlanb  midft  bu  bie  2fteine  werben! 
2Id),  mob,I  i)ab'  id)  e£  ftet^  getiebt!    3^  fiifyPS, 
(53  fe^Ite  mir  ju  jebent  ©tiirf  ber  (Srben. 

Serto. 

SBo  mar'  bie  fePge  3nfel  aufjufinben,  1700 

SBenn  fie  nid)t  b,ier  ift,  in  ber  llnfd)utb  8anb? 
§ter,  too  bie  a(te  Xreue  b,eimifd)  tt)ob,nt, 
SBo  fid)  bie  galfdjljeit  nod)  nid)t  t)ingefunben, 


Dritter  Zlufsug.    ^rueite  Scene.  89 

£)a  tritbt  fein  }?eib  bie  Cuefle  unferS  ©Utcfs, 

Unb  emig  f)d(  entfHefjen  un3  bte  Srunben.  1705 

£>a  fet)'  id)  bid)  tm  edjten  Sttannenuert, 

£>en  (Srften  Htm  ben  5"reien  unb  ben  ©leicfyen, 

reiner,  freter  ^utbigung  tterefyrt, 

,  ifte  ein  ^bntg  wirft  in  [etnen 


JRubenj. 

£a  fet)'  id)  bic^,  bie  £rone  ader  ^rauen,  171° 

3n  tneibUd)  rei^enber  ©ef^fiftigfett, 

^tt  meinem  §au$  ben  ^nimmet  mir  erbauen 

Unb,  mie  ber  grii^Iinc}  feine  33(wnen  ftreut, 

50?it  frf)oner  5lnmut  mir  ba£  i7eben  fd)mitcfen 

Unb  atteS  ring^  beleben  unb  beglitcfen!  1715 

Scrto. 

tenrer  5reunb,  uwum  id)  trauerte, 

^  bie$  ^bd)|te  Veben*g(uct  bid)  fclbft 
^erftbren  fal)  —  2Be^  mir!    SBie  ftiinb'd  um  mic^, 
SSenn  id)  bent  frozen  fitter  mitBte  folgen, 
X)em  ^anbbebritcfer,  attf  fein  finftretf  2d)lo^!  1720 

^)ier  ift  fein  Sd)(o^.    9)?id)  fd)eiben  feine  9J 
25on  einem  33olf,  ba^  id)  begtitcfen  fann. 


tuie  mid)  retten,  tt)ie  bie  Sd)linge  Ibfen, 
c^  mir  tbrid)t  felbft  um^  ^)aupt  gelegt? 


Serta. 

3errei^e  fie  mit  mannHc^em  Crnifdjlttf?  !  1725 

and)  brcm*  werbe  —  ftef)'  jn  beinem  93o(l! 


90  IDiHjelm  Cell. 


ift  bein  angeborner 

Qagbborner  in  bcr  S 


tommt  naf)er.    ftort,  nrir  mttffen  fd)eiben.    £ampfe 
pr8  33atertanb,  bit  fampfft  fur  beine  £iebe! 
(5^  ift  ein  geinb,  Dor  bem  tt)ir  a((e  Bittern,  173° 

Uttb  etne  ftreifyeit  mac^t  un^  atte  fret! 

(©then  ab.) 


cene. 
bet  ttttorf. 


3m  SSorbergrunb  Sciiime,  in  bet  Xiefe  ber  Jput  auf  einer  Stange. 

2)er  ^rofp«ct  roirb  begrenjt  burcf)  ben  S3annberg,  iiber  melfyem  eiu 

©c^neegebirg  emporragt. 

nut  Seut^olb  baltcn 


Sir  paffen  auf  umfonft.    S3  will  fid)  tttentanb 
§eranbegebett  uub  bem  £mt  fetn'  9?ederen5 
(gqeigett.    '^  mar  boc^  fonft  tote  ^afjrmarft  l)ter; 
^e^t  ift  ber  gatt^e  Stnger  it»ie  oerbbet,  1735 

Seitbetn  ber  ^opan^  auf  ber  Stange  ^angt. 


fdjterfjt  ©eftnbel  ta^t  ftc^  fe^u  unb  frfjmmgt 
',um  3?erbrteBe  bie  ^ertumpteu  2)?u^en. 
recite  £eute  ftnb,  bie  ma^eu  Iteber 

£ett  laugett  Umroeg  um  ben  fjafben  glecfen,  174° 

(5t)'  fie  ben  ftiicfen  beugten  »or  bem  §ut. 


Dritter  2luf5ug.    Dritte  Scene.  91 


@ie  miiffen  tiber  biefen  ^Ia£,  roenn  fie 
23om  9?atl)au3  fommen  urn  bie  Sjtftttag3ftunbe. 
£)a  meinf  id)  fdjon,  'nen  guten  gang  ju  tun, 
£)enn  feiner  badjte  bran,  ben  §ut  ju  grit^en.  1745 

®a  fie^t'd  ber  $faff,  ber  $Rb[feImann  —  font  juft 
einent  ^ranfen  l)er  —  unb  fteUt  fid)  I)  in 
bem  ^odjwitrbtgen,  grab'  Dor  bie  Grange. 
!Der  ©igrift  mu^te  mit  bem  ©locftein  fdjetten, 
®a  fictcn  att'  auf«  ^nie,  id)  fetber  mit,  1750 

Unb  grupten  bie  Sttonftranj,  bod)  nic^t  ben 


,  ®efe(I,  eg  fangt  mir  an  ^u  beud)ten, 
frefjen  I)ier  am  granger  Dor  bem  §ut; 

'«  tft  bod^  ein  ©i^impf  fitr  einen  9^eiter«mann, 

(Sd)i(bttmd)'  5U  fte^n  Dor  einem  leeren  §ut,  1755 

Unb  jeber  redjte  tert  mn^  un^  Deradjten. 

£>ie  ^eoerenj  jn  mad)en  einem 

@«  ift  boi^,  traun,  ein  na'rrifdjer 


2Barnm  nid)t  einem  leeren, 

33ucfft  bu  bic^  boc^  Dor  mandjem  ^ol)ten  ©c^abef.        1760 


),  2Jled)t(|iIb  unb  CfloUcth  treten  auf  mit  ft'infcern  unb  ftetlcn  fid)  utn 
bie  iStange. 


Seutljolb. 

Unb  bu  bift  aud)  fo  ein  bienftferfger  ©djurfe 
Unb  brad)teft  luacfre  Seute  gern  in^  Unglitcf. 


92  H)ilf?clm 

,  roer  ba  nutf,  am  £>ut  Doriibergeb,n, 
briicf  bie  2lugen  511  unb  feb/  nidjt  b,in. 


. 

Ta  h,angt  ber  ^anboogt  — nabt  itfefpect,  ib,r  ^3uben!    1765 


©ott,  er  ging'  unb  tiep'  un$  feinen 
foUte  bruin  nirfjt  fd)(ed)ter  fteh,n  um«  2anb! 


fyr  com  ^la^!     2?eriDtinfd)teS  2?o(f  ber  Skiber! 
fragt  nad)  eud)?    2d)irft  cure  Scanner  ^er, 
£?enn  fie  ber  iSlnt  fttdjt,  bent  $efeb,l  ^u  tro^en.         1770 

(IPcibcr  geben.) 


mtt  ber  Hrmbruft  tritt  auf,  ben  ^nabcn  an  fcer  §anb  fitbrenb  :  ft:  c>cl>cn 
an  tern  §ut  ocrbci  gcgcn  bic  ocrbcre  Scene,  cbne  barauf  $u  ad^tciu 


rig'  nad;  l*nt  Sannberg). 

2?ater,  tft'e  n)ab,r,  ba^  auf  bem  33erge  bort 
rie  ^Baume  bluten,  menu  man  einen  Streid) 
H)rauf  fiib,rte  mit  ber  3(rt. 

XcU. 

SBcr  fagt  bad,  Hnabe? 

Walter. 

1)er  DKeifter  §trt  er^ab,!!'^.     Tie  33tiume  feien 
©ebannt,  fagt  er,  unb  tt>er  fie  fdjabige,  1775 

Dem  toadjfe  feine  ^anb  Ijerau^  $um  ©robe. 

ten. 

Tie  Bourne  finb  gebannt,  ba*  ift  Me  &»af)rfiett. 
Sietjft  bu  bie  girnen  bort,  bie  meipen  Corner, 
Tic  nod)  bid  in  ben  £immel  fid]  oerlteren? 


Dritter  2lufsu^.     Dritte  Scene.  93 


finb  bie  ©fetfdjer,  bie  be3  'ftadjtS  fo  bonnern      1780 
tlnb  un3  bie  Sdjlaglaroinen  nieberfenben. 

lell. 

So  ift's,  unb  bie  I'aroinen  fatten  langft 

Ten  gfecfen  5Utorf  unter  ifyrer  ?aft 

3?erfcpttet,  loenn  ber  2Ba(b  bort  oben  nicfjt 

211^  eine  ^anbwe^r  fid)  bagegen  ftedte.  1785 

2S?flltCr   (nad?  cinigem  Bcftnnen). 

©ibt'^  Sanber,  23ater,  wo  nid)t  Serge  finb? 

Sell. 

SBenn  man  ^inunter  ftetgt  Don  unfern  §6t)en 

Unb  immer  tiefer  fteigt,  ben  Stromen  narf), 

©elangt  man  in  ein  gro^ee,  ebnes  i'anb, 

2Bo  bie  SBafbroaffer  nirf)t  mef)r  braufenb  fdjdumen,      179° 

gtiiffe  ruf)ig  unb  gemacfjlid)  $ief)n  ; 

fiefjt  man  frei  narf)  aUen  ©immelerdumen, 
£orn  inadjft  bort  in  langen  fdjb'nen  3(uen, 
Unb  mie  ein  ©arten  ift  bae  I'anb  ^u  fdjaiien. 


(Si,  33ater,  marum  fteigen  mir  benn  nid)t  1795 

©efdiroinb  t)inab  in  biefe^  frfjone  £anb, 

Statt  ba§  lt)ir  un«  fjier  d'ngftigen  nnb  plagen? 


IcU. 

Sanb  ift  fdjon  nnb  giitig,  mie  ber  ©immet  ; 
Tod),  bie'e  bebauen,  fie  gentef,en  nid)t 
Ten  Segen,  ben  fie  pf(an$en. 


94  IDityelm 

SBolter. 

SBolmen  fie  1800 

vJHd)t  frei,  lute  bu,  auf  if)rem  eignen  grbe? 

Sen. 

S)a«  gelb  gefjbrt  bem  $ifd)of  iinb  bem  &bnig. 

SBoItcr. 

@o  burfen  ftc  boc^  frei  in  Solbern  jagen? 

XcU. 

§errn  ge^ort  ba^  SSilb  unb  ba3  ©efieber. 


Walter. 

2ie  burfen  bod)  frei  fifdjen  in  bem  Strom?  1805 

Sell. 
!5)er  Strom,  ba3  a)^eer,  ba^  Sa(j  gefjb'rt  bem  £bntg. 

935oltcr. 

SBer  ift  ber  £b'nig  benn,  ben  alle  fiirdjten? 

tell. 
(g«  ift  ber  etne,  ber  fie  fd)U^t  unb  nafyrt. 


Sie  fbnnen  fid)  nicfjt  mutig  fetbft  befdjii^en? 

XcU. 

Tort  barf  ber  3Zad)bar  nid)t  bem  s^ad)bar  trauen.        1810 


,"  3?ater,  e$  mirb  mir  eng  im  lueiten  V'anb ; 


ra  roofjn'  id)  lieber  unter  ben  Vanrinen. 


Drittcr  2tufsug.     Drittc  Scene.  95 

Xcli. 

3d,  tuot)(  ift'S  beffer,  £inb,  tie  ®tetfcf)erberge 
3m  SRitcfen  fyaben,  ate  bte  bb'fen  9D?enfd)en. 

(:ric  t»oUcn  poriibergeben.) 

SBalter. 

Gi,  33arer,  fte^  ben  @ut  bort  cwf  ber  Stonge.  ( 


fiimmert  un6  ber  ^utV    ^omm,  (CIB  un§  gef)en. 

(3nbem  er  abgcbcn  trill,  ttttt  ibtn  ,\ricgbar&  mil  porgebaltcncr  pifc  entgegen.) 


be^  ^atfer^  Xiamen!    pallet  an  unb  fte^t! 

JcU   (g«ift  in  bie  pifc). 

wollt  3l)r?    SSariim  tjaltet  3^r  mtc^  ouf? 


Ijabt'e  'Dfrmbat  derle^t;  3^r  m"Bt  un^  fotgen. 


tjabt  bent  £mt  nic^t  Oteoeren',  beroiefen. 

Sell. 

ftreunb,  lafe  ntic^  gefjen. 


gort,  fort  tn«  ©efangni^! 

Scatter. 

Ten  3?ater  in^  (Sicfangnts  !    ©Ufc!    ^Ufc! 

(3"  bie  ^Cfne  rufenb._) 

.tSerbet,  il)r  banner,  gute  £eute,  l)elft! 
©ewalt!  ©eit)a(t!  fie  ftiljreti  ifjn  gefangen. 

Ofijffclmann,  Ccr  ^Sfarrcr,  unt  »4Jrtcrntttnn,  ber  Sigrift,  tommen  fterbei  mit  brct 
anbcru 


96  H)tlf?elm  Cell. 

gibt'S? 


legft  bu  §anb  an  biefen  2ftann?    1825 


G?r  ift  etn  getnb  beS  taiferS,  ein  33errater! 

XcU   (fafct  il,n  befrig). 

Sin  SSerrdter,  tc^! 

?HiJffe(mann. 

!Du  irrft  bid),  ftreimb.    Da^  ift 
!Der  Xetl,  ein  Gfyrenmann  unb  guter  ^Biirger. 

9BoItcr. 

(erblicft  Walter  ,5urftcn  unb  etlt  ibm  entgegcn). 

©rofeoater,  ^Uf!    ©emalt  gef^ie^t  bent  23ater 


®efangnte,  fort! 


(berbneilenb). 

$d)  leifte  53iirgfd)aft,  ^altet!  1830 
—  Um  ©ottes  tniden,  JeU,  iraS  ift  gefc^eljen? 

unt-  Stoiiffatfjcr  fommcn. 


oberf)errtic^e 
3Serad)tet  er  unb  rota  fie  nid)t  erfennen. 


att'  ber  JeU  getan? 

d)toI. 

lugft  bu,  «ube! 


Dritter  2lufsug.    Dritte  Scene.  97 


(Sr  fyat  betn  §ut  nidjt  ^eo^renj  benriefen.  1835 


ftiirft. 

Unb  barum  fofl  er  tn$  ©efangniS?    greunb, 
meine  33iirgfd)aft  an  unb  lap  t^n  lebig. 


bu  fiir  bid)  unb  beinen  eignen  &eib! 
Sir  tnn,  tt)aS  unferS  Slmte^.    gort  mit  i^m! 


(311  &cn  Canblcutcn). 

vJietn,  ba^  tft  fdjreienbe  ©ematt!    Grtragen  njir'^,       1840 
man  iljn  fortfitl)rt,  frec^,  Dor  unfern  Stugen? 


@igrift. 

ir  finb  bie  Starfern.     Jreunbe,  butbet'^  nirfjt! 
SSir  (jaben  einen  9?ucfen  an  ben  anbern. 


mtberfe^t  fic^  bem  IBefeb,!  be^  33ogt3? 


bfCt   SonblCUtC    (herbetetlenS). 

fyelfen  euc^.    2Ba§  gibt'«>?    Sdjlagt  fie  ^n  33oben.  1845 

(iMI&cijarb,  ITlecijthilb  un6  £Isbett)  fommen  3uriicf.) 


3<^  tjetfe  mir  frfjon  felbft.    ©e^t,  gute  Sente 
9)?eint  il)r,  luenn  id)  bie  $raft  gebraud)en 
^cb,  iniirbe  mid)  Dor  ifjren  ^m'e^en  fiirc^ten? 

3)?e(d)tfl(   (ju  .'jricfebart). 

'^,  it)n  aud  unfrer  9Diitte  raegjufufjren  ! 


IDUfyelm  Cell. 

SBolter  $urft  unb  ©touffodjer. 
©doff  en!    M)ig!  % 

^rieftljarb  (f*mt). 

2tufrufyr  unb  gmporung!  1850 

(IHan  bort  3a>j6h6rner.) 

2Betber. 

£)a  fomntt  ber  Sanbdogt! 

^riC^ljflrb    (erbebt  t>\e  Stimnie) 

9DZeuteret!    Smpbrung! 

2tauffod)er. 
@rf)rei,  big  bu  bcrftcft,  Scfjurfe! 

9io{fe(mann  unb  9JieId)tof. 

SBtllft  bu  fdjmeigen? 

^rteparb   (ruft  nod?  lautcr). 

3u  §Uf,  ju  ^ilf,  ben  £>tenern  be^  ©efe^e«! 

2BoIter  prft. 
!Da  tft  ber  iBogt!    SBet)'  und,  lua^  wirb  ba^  tterben! 


511  ^Jferb,  ben  fatten  auf  fcer  jjauft,  tTtuboIf  bee  $mrra£,  s»erta  itub 
ein  grofteS  ©efolge  t>on  bctcaffnctcn  ,fiuerf)ten,  roclcfee  etnen  .Srei^  1'oit 
um  tic  ganje  ©cene  fcfyltejjen. 


ber 

bem 


Xreibt  fie  aueeinanber!  1855 
tauft  ba^  33ot!  jufammen?    3Ber  ruft  §^fe? 

(^lUgcmdne  StiUe.) 

3d)  will  e«j  miffen. 


Drittcr  2tufsug.     Dritte  Scene.  99 

(gu  Srie 


Du  tritt  Dor! 
btft  bu,  unb  ttmS  fya'ltft  bu  biefen  SOfamnV 

(€r  gibt  ben  ^alff"  eincm  Diener.) 


ftfeftrenger  ,'oerr,  id)  bin  bein  3Saffenfned)t 

Unb  n>of)lbeftellter  28a'd)ter  bet  bem  .friit.  I86° 

Tiefen  3)?ann  ergrtff  id)  itber  frtfrfjer  £at, 

SSie  er  bem  .'out  ben  (fhrengrup  Derfagte. 

i^erb,aften  modt'  id)  ifnt,  inie  bu.  befab,(ft, 

Unb  mit  ©ewatt  \rnil  ib,n  ba$  33olf  entreipen. 


(na*  riner  paufc). 

33erad)teft  bu  fp  beinen  &aifer,  XeU,  1865 

Unb  mid),  ber  t)ier  an  feiner  Statt  gebtetet, 
Taj?  bu  bie  G?f)r'  derfagft  bem  ^ut,  ben  id) 
3ur  ^riifung  be^  (Meb,or|amd  aufgefjangen? 
Dein  bbfed  Xrad)ten  t)nft  bu  mir  Derraten. 


2>er,eib,t  mir,  tieber  ^)err!    2tu^  Unbebad)t,  -  1870 

Oiidit  nue  vi^erad)tung  (5urer  ift'd  gefd)eb,n. 

2S}ar'  id)  bej'onnen,  b,ie^'  id)  nid)t  ber  Xtil. 

3d)  bitt'  um  $nab',  ee  foil  ntd)t  meb,r  begegnen. 


(nach  cintgem  SriUfd>tociacn). 

:Tu  btft  ein  9)?eifter  auf  ber  Strmbruft,  Xell, 

fagt,  bu  neljm'ft  e<?  auf  mit  jebem  Sdjii^en?      1875 


XeU. 

Unb  ba3  mu§  imtjr  fein,  vS^err,  'nen  2(pfel 

3?ater  bir  ttom  4Baum  auf  l)unbert  Sdjritte. 


100  IDUIjclm 


Gkfjler. 

3ft  bo«  bein  £itobe,  XeU? 
Sell. 

3a,  Heber  £>err. 


£aft  bu  ber  Sinber  mefyr? 

XcU. 

3rc>ei  £naben,  £ 


Unb  wefcfyer  ift'^,  ben  bu  am  meiften  (iebft?  1880 

XeU. 
§err,  beibe  ftnb  fie  mir  gletd)  Hebe  £mber. 

©c^Icr. 

9htn,  Xell!    SSeil  bu  ben  Slpfet  trtffft  Dom  53aume 
Sluf  b,unbert  Sc^ritt,  fo  roirft  bu  betne  Sunft 
33or  mir  bett>ah,ren  mitffen.  —  ")}imm  bie  2(rmbruft  — 
!Du  ^aft  fie  g(etd)  jur  ©anb  —  unb  mac^'  bid)  fertig,   1885 
(vinen  Slpfet  oon  be^  ^naben  ^opf  ju  fdjiefjen. 
),  mill  id)  raten,  ^tete  gut,  bap  bu 
Stpfel  treffeft  auf  ben  erften  Sdjuj?  ; 
!Denn  feh,tft  bu  ifjn,  fo  ift  bein  ^opf  oerloren. 

(2lUe  gebcn  gri*en  lies  fd;r«fens.) 


Ungeljeure  finnet  $f)r  1890 

an?  —  3c^  fott  oom  ^)aupte  meined  ^tnbe^  — 
—  "Jiein,  nein  bod),  tieber  §err,  bad  fommt  guc^  ntc^t 
^u  Sinn  —  $erf)iit'S  ber  gnab'ge  @ott  —  Tad  fbnnt  3^r 
3m  (Srnft  Don  etnem  i^ater  nic^t  begeljren! 


Dritter  2luf$u$.    Drittc  Scene.  101 

Wcftfer. 

roirft  ben  Stpfel  fdn'efeen  Don  bent  ®opf  1895 

Qfy  begef)r'3  unb  miil'%. 

Set. 

3d)  foff 

it  meiner  Strmbruft  auf  ba£  Uebe  .ftaupt 
etgnen  ^ttnbe^  ^teten?    Gljer  fterb'  id)! 


fdjtefceft  ober  ftirbft  mit  beinem  . 

XcU. 

fo(I  ber  afttirber  nierben  meine^  .^tnb^!  1900 

£)err,  Sty  ^abt  feme  .^tinber,  uni'fet  ntcfjt, 
ic^  beroegt  in  eine$ 


(Si,  Xe((,  bu  bift  ja  pto^ic^  fo  befonnen!     ^ 
9)?an  fagte  ntir,  bap  bit  ein  Jrdumer  fetft 
Unb  bid)  entfernft  t»on  anbrer  SD^enfdjen  iSJeife.  1905 

Tu  (iebft  bae  Seltfnme  —  brunt  l)ab'  id)  je^t 
gin  eigen  Sagftiicf  fiir  bid)  anegefud)t. 
(Sin  anbrer  tt»o()(  bebad)te  fid)  —  bit  britrfft 
2tugen  ju  ttnb  gretfft  e^  ^er^aft  an. 

Scrta. 

nid)t,  o  ©err,  mit  biefen  armen  Lenten!          1910 
l'ef)t  fie  bleid)  unb  ^itternb  ftel)n  —  fo  toenig 
fie  .fturjtweilsj  gewofjnt  au$  (iurem  9J?unbe. 


©c^fer. 
S03er  fagt  Crud),  bap  id)  fdjer^e? 

((Sreift  nadi  cineni  SaunijiDctgc,  ber  ubcr  ihn  bcrbdngt.) 


102  IDUljclm  Cell. 


7 


tft  ber  Slpfel. 

madje  SRautn  —  er  neljme  feme  SSeite, 
33raud)  ift  —  ad)t}ig  2d)ritte  geb'  id)  ifjnt  —      1915 
weniger,  nod)  mefjr.    (Sr  ritfytnte  fid), 
2(uf  ifyrer  Ijunbert  fetnen  ^?ann  ^u  treffen. 
triff  unb  fef)(e  tttd)t  ba 


JRuboff  bcr 

,  ba^  mirb  ernftfjaft.    Jva((e  nteber,  ^ 
lie  gUt,  unb  f(e()'  ben  ^onboogt  um  betn  ^eben!          1920 

SaJtcr  Jurft 

(Bfifeite  311  ITIdcbtal,  bet  Fiium  fcinc  Ungc6ul&  hcjtringit). 

§a(tet  an  Chief),  id)  fle^'  (Snc^  brunt,  bteibt  rub.tg! 


genug  fein,  §err!    UnmenfdjHd)  ift'«, 

?ater$  3Ingft  a(fo  ^u  fptelen. 
Senn  biefer  arme  Wlann  and)  £etb  unb  ?eben 
3?erwtrft  burc^  feine  leirfjte  Sc^utb,  bet  ©ott!  1925 

Gr  tjatte  jeftt  ^etjnfacfjen  £ob  empfunben. 
GntfaBt  tl)n  ungefrcinft  in  feine  |wtte, 
(Sr  I)at  (Surf)  fennen  lernen;  biefer  Stunbe 
Strb  er  unb  [eine  Sinbcdfinber  benfen. 

©efjfer. 

Offnet  bte  ®affc  —  ftrtfdj,  road  ^auberft  bu?  1930 

Tetn  gcbcn  ift  oerwirft,  id)  fann  bid)  tfitcn; 
Unb  fief),  id)  lege  gnabtg  betn  ©efdjicf 
3fn  beine  eigne,  funftgeitbte  £anb. 
X>er  fann  nid)t  flagen  itber  ijarten  eprud), 
Ten  man  jum  OKeifter  feine^  Sd)tcffa(e  madjt.  i935 


'jQritter  ^lufsug.    Drttte  Scene.  103 


riifymft  bid)  beinee  fidjern  $8iid$.    2Bol)(cm! 
gilt  e£,  3  rf)  it  £  e,  beitte  $unft  311  geigen  ; 
$ie(  if*  witrbtg,  unb  ber  ^retS  ift  grofc. 
Sd)ttiar3e  treffen  in  ber  (Sc^etbe,  b  a  S 
and)  ein  anbrer  ;   ber  ift  mir  ber  9)leifter,         194° 
!Der  feiner  ^nnft  genrifc  ift  itberall, 

',  nirf)t  in  bie  §anb  tritt  nod)  tn$  2(uge. 


£$itfft   (wirft  ft*  cor  ibm  nieber). 

Sanboogt,  intr  erfennen  (Sure  £)of)eit  ; 

(affet  ©nab'  fitr  9Jed)t  ergeljen! 
§alfte  meiner  §aber  netjmt  fie  gem},  1945 

biefeg  ©rd^idje  erlaffet  einem  ^ater! 

SBalter  Sell. 

©ropater,  fnte'  nic^t  nor  bent  falfdjen  9)?ann! 

@agt,  IDO  id)  t)inftet)n  foil.    3^)  fntd)t'  mid)  nid)t. 

"Der  3?ater  trifft  ben  s#oge(  ja  im  ^(ug, 

(gr  mtrb  nic^t  fel)(en  auf  ba3  ^erj  be§  5iinbe^.  195° 


3touffod)er. 

§err  Sanboogt,  riiljrt  Gud)  nicfjt  be^  finbe^  Unfd)itlb? 

!)ibi"fctmauu. 

£5  benfet,  bofe  ein  ©ott  im  .'pimmet  ift, 
te^)n  fur 


(jetgt  auf  6cn  Knaben). 

binb1  i{)n  an  bie  £inbe  bort! 


binben! 
nidjt  gebunben  fein.    3di  lllil1 


104  UMHjelm  Cell. 


fatten  ttrie  ein  £amm  unb  aud)  nid)t  atmen. 
Senn  if)r  mid)  binbet,  nein,  fo  fann  idj's  nid)t, 
©o  toerb'  id)  toben  gegen  meine  23anbe. 

JRubolf  ber  |wrra3. 
£ie  Stugen  nur  lap  Mr  uerbinben,  fnabe! 

Walter  leU. 

Sarum  bte  3(ugen?    J)enfet  Sfyr,  id)  fitrdjte  1960 

®en  ^feil  con  3?ater3  §anb?    3d)  raid  il)n  feft 
Snunrten  unb  ntd)t  ^urfen  mit  ben  Stmpern. 
grifd),  3?ater,  jetg'«,  bap  bu  ein  Sdjit^e  bift! 
Gr  glaubt  bir'^  nid)t,  er  benft  un^  ^u  uevberben. 

unt  3?erbruffe  fd)iej?  unb  triff!  1965 

(€r  jjet;t  an  6ie  Cin&e,  Jiian  legt  ibm  ben  Jlpjel  auf.) 


(5"  &c«  Canbloulcn) 

ber  greoel  fid)  t>or  unfern  5tugen 
35oUenben?    $80311  {jaben  urir  gefdiworen? 

Stoufjttdje.r. 

(5«  ift  utnfonft.    Sir  {)aben  feine  SBoffen; 
ben  S5a(b  Don  ^anjen  um  un^  I)er. 


WclfytaL 

O,  fatten  iBir'g  mit  frifd)er  %at  DoIIenbet!  1970 

il)'«  ®ott  benen,  bie  sum  Stuff  t^ub  ricten! 


(jum  (Eell). 

Serf!    2ftan  fut)rt  bie  3Baffen  nid)t  DergebenS. 
ljrlid)  ift'«,  ein  3Rorbgett)e^r  }u  tragen, 
Unb  auf  ben  £d)it£en  fpringt  ber  ^feil  juritd. 

ftoljc  9?ed)t,  bad  fid)  ber  33auer  nimmt,  1975 


Drtttcr  2tuf3uo$.     Drittc  Scene.  105 


33eleibtget  ben  I)od)ften  £>errn  be 
©enwffnet  fet  niemanb,  al'3  tuev  gebietet. 
greut'3  eud),  ben  ^feU  ju  fitfyren  unb  ben  33ogen, 
f,  [o  nnft  id)  ba£  ^iet  eud)  baju  geben. 


(fpannt  bie  2(rmbru|)  un^  legt  ben  pfeil  auf). 

Offnct  bie  ®affc!     ^(afc!  1980 

©tauffodjcr. 

3Sa6,  XeU?    3f)r  iDotttct  —  ^tmmcrme^r  —  3^r  jittert, 
£)te  §onb  erbebt  Guc^,  (Sure  $mee  tuanfen  — 


iifet  bie  Jlrntbrufl  ftnfcn). 

ir  fc^iDimmt  ed  Dor  ben  Slugen! 
Pettier. 


im  §tmmet! 

Xcll   Gum  Canbpogt). 

Grtoffet  mir  ben  ®cf)U^.    ,f>ier  ift  mein  .'per^! 

(<£r  rciRt  bie  Sruft  nuf.) 

(Sure  SRetftgen  unb  ftopt  mid)  nteber!  1985 


bein  2eben  nicf)t,  id)  ittiU  ben 
fannft  ja  atteS,  Xetl,  an  ni^t^  oerjagft  bu; 
Steuerruber  fti^rft  bu  trie  ben  33ogen, 
fd)vedt  fein  3turm,  wenn  e^  ^u  retten  gift. 
,  better,  t)i(f  bir  fefbft  —  bu  rcttcft  a((e  !  199° 


(Cell  fieht  in  furdiferlidiem  Kcitnpf,  mit  ben  Pdubfti  ^ucfenb  unb  bie  rollenbcn  JIugen  1'iilb 

auf  ben  Canbuogt,  balb  jum  iitnimel  gcriditct.     plotjlidi  grcift  er  in  feinen  Kocher,  nininit 

etnen  jiwiten  Pfeil  beraus  unb  ftecft  ibn  in  feinen  ©oiler.     Der  €anbuogt  beittcrft  alle  bu-je 

J3ca>Cijungen.) 


cII   (unter  bet  Cinbc). 

33ater,  fd)ie^  ju!    $d)  fitrc^t'  mid)  nidjt. 


106  HHtyelm  Cell. 


Sell. 

(<£r  rafft  ficfj  jufammcn  unb  legt  an.) 


(bet  bie  ganje  gcit  iibrr  in  ber  hpftigflcn   Spannung   gejkmbcn   unb  mit  ©ctfalt  an 
gcbaltcn,  tritt  hcruor). 

$err  ^anbuogt,  Better  merbet  Qfy'Z  nirf)t  tretben, 
tr  foerbet  nirf)t  —  g^  war  nur  eine  s 


3Serfel)(t  bte  Strenge  Ujre^  metfen 

llnb  aUjiiftraff  gefpannt  jeriprtngt  ber  53ogen. 

OJc^Jcr. 

fd)tt>etgt,  bt§  man  Gild)  aufruft. 


^  toil  I  reben, 
3cf)  barfs!    £e3  tfinigS  GI)re  ift  mtr  fyetlig  ; 
-Tod)  fotc^e^  Regiment  mu^  ,f)aj?  enuerben. 

ift  be3  ^SntgS  SSBiUc  nid)t  —  id)  barfs  20 

So(d)e  ©raufamfeit  tierbtent 
nid)t;  baju  f)abt  ^^r  feine 


a,  3t)r  erfit()nt 

JRubenj. 

3d)  fjab'  [till  gefd)tt»tegen 
u  aflen  fdjmeren  laten,  bte  id)  fat)  ; 
tn  fetjenb  5tuge  l)ab'  id)  jugcfd)Ioffen,  2005 

in  itberfdjtoettenb  unb  emporte«  ^crj 
'  id)  fjinabgebritcft  in  nteinen  ^3ufen. 
S)od)  longer  fdjmeigen  mar'  3?errat  ,}iig(eirf) 
2ln  meinem  SSatcrtanb  unb  an  bem  ^aifer. 


Dritter  ^lufsug.    Dritte  Scene.  107 


SBcrta 

(tt'tvft  fief;  jroifdien  tbn  unb  ben  Canbuogt).     t 

D  ©ott,  3fyr  re^t  ben  i&Mitenben  nod)  mefyr.  2010 

SJubcnj. 

Sftein  33o(f  ttertiej}  id),  meinen  23Iut3t>en»anbten 

(Sntfagf  id),  a((e  33anbe  ber  ^atitr 

,3errifl  id),  ntn  an  (Slid)  mid)  an3itfd)IieJ3en. 

U)a«  ^3efte  after  glaubt'  id)  ju  beforbern, 

£)a  id)  bes  ^aifercs  9}?ad)t  befeftigte—  2015 

53inbe  fa'Ut  Don  meinen  5lugen.    <Sd)aubernb 
'  id)  an  einen  2lbgmnb  micf)  gefiifyrt  — 
freie^  Urteil  l)abt  $f)r  irr  gekitet, 
reblid)  £>eq  t)erfit{)rt  —  id)  ttiar  baran, 
35otf  in  befter  ^einung  311  derberben.  2020 


33ent)egner,  biefe  ©prad)e  betnem 


!t)er  ^aifer  ift  mein  ,f)err,  nid)t  3*t)r  —  grei  bin  id) 

2Bie  ^^r  geboren,  unb  id)  meffe  mid) 

9)?it  Gud)  in  jeber  rittertidjen  Jugenb. 

Unb  ftitnbet  3t)r  "i^t  ^er  ^n  ^fltferg  9Jamen,  2025 

id)  oerefyre,  felbft  luo  man  ifyn  fd)anbet, 
^>anbfd)ut)  tncirf  id)  Dor  (Snd)  Ijin,  3^)r  foKtet 
ritter(id)em  ^3rand)  mir  5lntmort  geben. 

^a,  iDinft  nur  Guren  ^Keifigen.    $dj  ftelje 

57id)t  ftel)rlo§  ba,  H)ie  bie  — 

(21uf  bas  Dolf  jeigcnb.) 

-3d)  t)ab'  ein  (2d)tt>ert,  2030 
Unb  tner  mir  na()t  — 

n 


108  IDUfyeim 


©touffodjcr  (rufo. 

£er  Slpfel  ift  gefatten! 

***'      Qnbem  ftd)  aUe  no*  biefer  Seite  getwenbet,  unb  Serta  jK>i>*en  Kubenj  un6  ben  €anb> 
pogt  ftctj  getrorfen,  hat  Cell  ben  pfeil  abgebrdcft.) 

fRbffelmann. 
ftitabe  lebt! 

Stele  Sttmmen. 

®er  Stpfel  ift  getroffcn! 

(IPalttr  5urfl  f*t»anft  unb  broht  ju  ftnfen,  Serta  bait  ib,n.) 


(erftaunt). 

(£r  ^at  gef^offen?    2Bie?    3^er  SRafenbe! 

Serta. 
5)er  tnabe  lebt!     tommt  gu  (Suc^,  guter  33ater! 

Rafter  Jell 

(fommt  mit  beni  Jlpfd  gefprungen). 

33ater,  ^ier  ift  ber  Slpfet.    3Bu§t'  t^'e  ja,  2035 

£}u  wiirbeft  beinen  ,Qnaben  nid)t  oerle^en. 


(l^anb  mit  porgebogenem  Cetbe,  als  wollt'  er  bem  pfeile  folgen  ;  bie  2lrmbruft  entftnft  feiner 

Banb.     IDie  er  ben  Knaben  fommen  ftebt,  eilt  er  ibm  mit  ausgebreiteten  Jlrmen  entgegen 

unb  bebt  ibn  mit  beftiger  3"brunft  ju  I'einem  fierjen  binauf  ;    tn  biefer  Srellung  ftnft  er 

fraftlos  jufammen.     2lUe  jieben  gerubrt). 

Serta. 
O  giit'ger  Dimmed 


333altcr  J^iirft   (3U  Dater  unb  Sobn). 

metne  Stinber! 


Stauffadjer. 

©ott  fei  gefobt! 

iieutljolb. 


tnar  ein 
Sirb  man  nod)  reben  in  ben  fpiitften 


Drittcr  ^tufsug.    Dritte  Scene.  109 


lf  ber 

Grqafylen  nn'rb  man  Don  bem  3d)it£en  £etf,  2040 

So  tang  bie  33erge  ftefm  auf  iijrem  ©runbe. 

(Heicfit  t>em  Canbuogt  6cn  Zlpfel.) 


i  ©ott,  ber  2Ipfe(  mitten  burd)  gej'rfjoffen  ! 
tuar  ein  SWetfterftfjul,  id)  mup  il)n  loben. 

SJoffcditttitn. 

C^UB  roar  gut  ;  bod)  roet)e  bem,  ber  tint 
$)a$u  getrteben,  bap  er  ©ott  oerfuc^te  !  2045 

Stouffadjer. 

£ommt  511  (5ud),  Xell,  fte{)t  auf,  3f)r  Ijabt  (5uc^  mannlid) 
©elbft,  unb  fret  fb'nnt 


^ommt,  fommt  unb  bringt  ber  90h:tter  tfjren 

(Sic  u)oUen  tbn  tncgfiibren.) 


Xttt,  i)bre! 

Xell   (fommt  3urutf) 

bcfcljlt  3t)r 


OJc^lcr. 

®u  ftcdtcft 

etnen  ^trteiten  ^feil  ju  btr  —  3^  la^ 
3d)  faf)  e«  roo^I  —  s-K?ae  meinteft  bu  bamit? 


£)err,  ba^  tft  atfo  braud)lid)  bet  ben  Sd)iit5en. 

©c^cr. 
DZetn,  £etf,  bie  3(nttDort  (ap  tc^  bir  ntdjt  gelten; 


110  IDilfyelm  Cell. 

(53  nrirb  rooS  anbreS  roof)!  bebeutet  fyaben. 

7  mir  bie  Safjrfjeit  frifd)  iinb  frbfylid),  Xetl  ;         2055 
e3  and)  fei,  bein  gebett  jidjr'  id)  bir. 
ber  jroeite  '•pfett? 

Sell. 

SBofylan,  o  §err, 

Sett  3^r  mic^  meineS  ^eben^  fjabt  gefirfjert, 
@o  will  id)  gucl)  bie  2Sat)r^ett  grihtblid)  fagen. 

(£r  sicljt  ben  pfeil  aus  ben  (Pollcr  un&  fiebt  ben  Canboogt  mit  cinem  furcbtbaren  SItcf  an.) 

Wlit  biefetn  $rcetten  s]?fei(  burc^[c^o§  id)  —  Gucf),         2060 
SSenn  icf)  metn  ItebeS  ^ittb  getroffen  ^iitte, 
Unb  Surer  —  ma  ^r  (icf),  fytitt'  ic^  nid)t  gefef)(t. 

©efjfer. 

f,  Xe((!  be«  Sebeng  fjab'  id)  bic^  gefic^ert, 
gab  mem  JHtttenuort,  ba^  it)i(l  id)  fyalten. 

ttieil  id)  betnen  bofen  <Sinn  erfannt,  2065 

2BUI  ic^  bid)  fiifjren  taffen  imb  t)erinaf)ren, 
So  roeber  9)?onb  nod)  Sonne  bid)  be[d)eint, 
!Damit  id)  fidjer  fei  Dor  betnen 
(Srgretft  t^n,  Itiec^te!    «inbet  if)n! 

(lell  ttiirb  gebunben.) 

Stouffot!)er. 


@o  fb'nntet  3h^r  an  einem  vll?anne  b^anbeln,  2070 

Sin  bem  fic^  ©otte^  §anb  ftdjtbar  oerfunbigt? 


Sa^  fefjn,  ob  fie  ih,n  ^ueimal  retten  ttrirb. 
9)?an  bring'  itjn  auf  mein  Sdjiff!    3d)  folge 

),  id)  fclbft  loill  il)n  nad)  ftupnac^t  futjrcn 


7 


Dritter  2tuf$ug.    Drttte  Scene.  Ill 

9?of?e(mattn. 

bitrft  Sfy  nid)t,  ba$  barf  ber  Satfer  nidjt,          2075 
nriberftreitet  unfern  ^reifjeitebriefen! 

©cfjfer. 

finb  fie?    §at  ber  £aifer  fie  beftatigt? 
fyat  fie  nic^t  beftiitigt,  biefe  dhmft 

erft  erworben  luerben  biirc^  ©efjorfam. 
9?ebetten  fetb  il)r  ode  gegen  £aifer$  2080 

©ertc^t  unb  na^rt  Derwegene  (Jmporung. 
$$  fetm'  eucf)  olle,  icf)  bitrd)fd)au'  eud) 
e{)m  icf)  je£t  ijerait^  au^  eurer 
a((e  feib  tfyr  teittjaft  feiner 
fhig  ift,  terne  fdjmetgen  unb  gefyordjen.  2085 


(<Er  entternt  fid*.    Scrta,  Hubens,  Barras   unb  Kncdite  folgen,  ^tte^barb  unb  Ceutbolb 
bletbcn  juriicf.) 


(in  beftiacm  f*m?r3). 

ift  tiorbei  ;  er  f)at'£  befd)Ioffen,  mid) 
tneinem  ganjen  fjoufe  511  oerberben! 


,  inarum  mu^tet  ^^r  ben  3Sittrtc^  reijen! 

Sell. 

e$tt>inge  fic^,  luer  meinen  8d)merj  gefiit)It! 

©taiiffodjcr. 

,  nun  ift  afleS,  otte^  ^tn!    9J?it  Gud)  2090 

inb  wir  gefeffelt  atle  unb  gebunben! 


(umringcn  ben  Cell). 

t  (Suc^  ge^t  unfer  letter  Xroft  ba^in! 


112  Wilfylm  Cell. 

2eutl)0lt»   (ndbert  fi*). 

£efl,  e3  erbarmt  mid)  —  bod)  id)  mutf  gefyordjen. 

£ca. 
Sebt  wot)(! 

Baiter  2cU 

(fiii?  mit  heftigem  5*mcrj  an  ibn  f*miegenb). 

O  23ater!    3?ater!    ^ieber  95atcrl 


(bebt  Me  2lrme  jum  fitmmel). 

T)ort  broben  ift  bein  33ater!    !Den  ruf  an!  2095 

Stauffodjcr. 

Xefl,  fag'  id)  Gurcm  3Setbe  nit^ts  Don  (Slid)? 

£cll 

(bebt  ben  Knaben  mit  3"brunj}  on  feine  Srufl). 

T)er  tnab'  ift  unnerte^t,  mir  mirb  ®ott  t)elfen. 

(Keifet  fidi  fdineU  los  unb  folgt  ben  ITaffenfnecf;ten.) 


Dierter 

(Srfte   ®cene. 

CfttidjeS  Ufer  be$  3Mertt>atbftattertee«. 

3)ie  jeltfam  geftatteten  fdjroffen  ^elfen  tin  SSeften  fcfyHefien  ben  'ifrofpect. 

S)er  ©ee  tft  bewogt,  fyeftigeS  9taufd)en  unb  £ofen,-ba3nnjd)en  S3(it3e  unb 

2)onnerfcf)Iage. 

5nm,\  Don  (3crfau.    ^-ifrticr  unb 


3cf)  fa^'^  mit  Stugen  an,  -3^r  fbnnt  tnir'^  glauben; 
'3  tft  afteS  fo  gef^eljn,  lt)te  tc^  (Surf)  fagte. 


<£)er  Xell  gefangen  abgefitl)rt  na^  ®itj3ttad)t,  2100 

befte  9J?ann  tm  Sanb,  ber  braofte  Slrm, 
einmat  gettett  foHte  fitr  bie  ft-retfyett! 


Sonbdogt  fiifyrt  iljn  felbft  ben  ^ee  fyerauf; 
©ie  iwaren  eben  bran,  firf)  einjuf^iffen, 
5l(^  ic^  »on  $lite(en  abfu()r  ;   boc^  ber  ©turm,  2105 

!Der  eben  je^t  im  Slnpg  tft,  unb  ber 
9lud)  mid)  gejniungen,  ei(enb^  t)ter  ju  (anben, 

tfjre  2(bfaf)rt  tool)!  derljtnbert  ^aben. 


£efl  in  geffetn,  in  be«  $ogt$  ©ctoalt! 
glaubt,  er  hrirb  il)n  ttef  genug  bergraben, 
er  be«  Xage^  £id)t  ntrf)t  mieber  fte()t! 

113 


114 


£)enn  fiirdjten  mufl  er  bie  geredjte 

freien  Scanned,  ben  er  fdjwer  gereijt. 


£)er  SUtfanbammann  aud),  ber  eble  §err 

23on  Slttingfyaufen,  fagt  man,  lieg'  am  Xobe.  2115 


So  brtcf)t  ber  tefcte  2(nfer  itnfrer  §offnung! 
T^er  iDar  e^  nod)  alletn,  ber  feine  Sttmme 
(5rf)eben  burfte  fiir  bed  23olfe$  9Jed)te. 


turm  nhnmt  itber^anb. 
3d)  netjme  ^erberg'  in  bem  Xorf  ;  benn 
3ft  bod)  an  feine  Slbfafyrt  mefyr  ju  benfen. 

(©ebt  ab.) 


Xeli  gefangen,  unb  ber  gret^err  tot  ! 
(Srfjeb'  bte  fredje  Stirne,  Xljrannei, 
Strf  ade  Sdjant  l)tntt)eg!    !t)er  9Jhmb  ber 
3ft  ftumm,  bad  felmbe  2(uge  ift  gebtenbet,  2125 

£)er  2trm,  ber  retten  foltte,  ift  gefeffett. 


fyagelt  fdjiuer.    ^ommt  in  bie  ^iitte,  33ater, 
ift  nidjt  fommUd),  ^ier  im  freien  ^aufen. 


fyerab,  i^ 

2Bo(fen,  berftet!    @iept  tjernnter,  Strome  2130 

§immetd,  unb  erfduft  bad  ?anb! 
3m  £eim  bte  ungeborenen  ®efd)ted)ter! 


Dierter  2lufsug.    <£rfte  Scene.  115 

$f)r  ttritben  Glemente,  tuerbet  £>err! 

3^r  33aren,  fommt,  ifjr  alien  iBblfe  uneber 

£)er  groften  SSiifte!  eud)  gefyort  ba3  £anb.  2135 

3Ser  wirb  ^ier  teben  iuotten  oljne  gretljeit! 

ilnobc. 

,  »ic  ber  Slbgrunb  toft,  ^  Sirbet  britttt  ; 
)Qt'v5  nocf)  me  geraft  in  biefem 


^u  ^ieten  auf  be^  etgnen  fttnbe^  ,*oaupt, 

eoldjed  icarb  feinent  33oter  nod)  geboten!  2140 

tlnb  bte  ^Jatitr  foil  ntd)t  in  un'lbem  ©rimm 

Sid)  brob  empbren?    £),  mid)  foll'^  nid)t  ttmnbern, 

S3enn  fid)  bte  Jctfen  bikfen  in  ben  See, 

SSenn  jene  3a(^en'  iene  (SifeStitrme, 

jDie  nie  ouftauten  feit  bem  ®d)bpfung«tag,  2145 

33on  i()ren  f)ot)en  ^ulmen  nieberfd)mel$en, 

SSenn  bte  ^Berge  bred)en,  menn  bie  atten  Sliifte 

(vtnftitr^en,  eine  jnieite  Sitnbfhit  alfe 

2Bot)nftatten  ber  £ebenbigen  oerfd)(ingt! 

(ITlan  liort  Iciittcii.) 


|Sbrt  3I)r,  fie  tauten  broben  auf  bem  53erg.  2150 

©eit>iJ5  t)at  man  etn  Sd)iff  in  9iot  gefe()n 
Unb  jie()t  bte  ©locfe,  baf;  gebetet  nierbe. 

(Stctgt  auf  eine  Jlnljobe.) 


SBelje  bem  ^aljr^eug,  ba<J,  je^t  untertt)eg§, 
3n  btefer  furd)tbarn  Siege  ttrirb  gemiegt! 


116  lDilr;elm 

£)ier  ift  bag  Steuer  unnii£  unb  ber  ©teurer,  2155 

£>er  Sturm  ift  2Reifter,  2Binb  unb  Sette  fpieten 

33aU  mit  bem  Sftenfdjen.    £)a  ift  nalj  itnb  fern 

tein  33ufen,  ber  if)tn  freunblirf)  Sdjufc  gemaljrre. 

§anblo6  unb  fc^roff  anfteigenb  ftarren  tf)m 

T)te  gelfen,  bie  unnnrtltcfjen,  entgegen  2160 

Unb  tuetfen  ifjtn  nur  ttjre  fteinern  ft^roffc  33ruft. 

.Vjltabc    (6cutel  Itnfs). 

33ater,  ein  <2djiff!  e^  fommt  Don  $liie(en  ^er. 

J^ifdjcr. 

(?ott  ^elf  ben  armen  Seuten!    SSenn  ber  Sturm 

_3?n  biefer  SBoff  erf  tuft  fi(^  erft  oerfongen, 

!Dann  raft  er  urn  fid)  mit  beg  9?aubtier^  Slngft,          2165 

an  be«  ®itter«  gifenftabe  frfjldgt  ; 

^Sforte  furf)t  er  I)eulenb  fid)  bergebenS; 
rtng^um  frfjranfen  i^n  bie  geffen  ein, 

fjimmet^orf)  ben  engen  ^ap  bermauern. 

(€r  fteigt  auf  &ie  Jlnlj6t;e.) 


ift  ba^  §errenfrf)iff  don  Urt,  35ater,  2170 

fenn'g  am  roten  Dad)  unb  an  ber  $af)ne. 


®erid)te  ©otteg!    $a,  er  ift  c«  felbft, 

Der  Canboogt,  ber  ba  fa^rt.    £>ort  fdjifft  er  I)in 

Unb  fitfyrt  im  Sd)iffe  fein  3Serbred)en  mtt! 

SdjneH  I)at  ber  2(rm  beg  9frid)er$  ib,n  gefunben;          2175 

$eijt  fennt  er  itber  fid)  ben  ftarfern  .fjerrn. 

Diefe  Sellen  geben  nid)t  auf  feine  Stimme, 


Pterter  2luf5iig.    <£rfte  Scene.  117 

£)iefe  $d)en  bitcfen  il)re  §aupter  nidjt 

33or  feinem  §ute.    ^nabe,  bete  nid)t, 

©reif  nid)t  bem  9?id)ter  in  ben  Slrm!  2180 

finabc. 

3^  bete  fitr  ben  Sanbfcogt  nid)t ;  id)  bete 

$ur  ben  Xell,  ber  auf  bem  ®d)iff  ficb,  mtt  befinbet 


Unoernunft  be§  btinben  (Siemens  ! 

bu,  um  etnen  ®d)iilbigen  ju  treffen, 

mitfamt  bem  ©teuermann  oerberben!        2185 

Snobc. 

),  [ie^,  fie  rcaren  glitcflic^  fcfyon  oorbet 
Sim  ^3uggi^grat;  bod)  bie  ©eroalt  be^  ( 
T)er  don  bem  XeufelSmiinfter  totberprallt, 
Sirft  fie  jum  grofeen  ^yenberg  juriicE. 
3d)  fet)'  fie  nid)t  me()r. 


T)ort  ift  ba^  ^acfmeffer,  2190 
SSo  fc^on  ber  @d)iffe  mefjrere  gebrodjen. 
Senn  fie  nidjt  mei^tid)  bort  ooritberlenfen, 
©o  iDtrb  ba3  ®d)iff  jerfdjmettert  on  ber  $(iif), 
X)ie  fic^  gab,fto^ig  abfenft  in  bie  £iefe. 
@te  ^aben  etnen  guten  ^teuermann  2195 

21m  33orb  ;  fb'nnt'  einer  retten,  totir'3  ber  Xell  ; 
bem  finb  Slrm'  unb  §iinbe  ja  gefeffeft. 


48iH)dm  SeU  mtt  ber  2lrm6vuft. 

(<Er  fommt  mit  tafdjen  Scbrittcn,  blirft  erftaunt  unilicr  unb  3ciijt  &ie  Ijeftigfte  Betoe^ung. 

IPenn  er  niittpn  aiif  ^r  :?rene  ift,  toirft  cr  fid)  nifbcr,  bie  iicinbe  3U  bet  <£rbe  unb  bann  3um 

^imniel  ausbreitenb.) 

D 


118 


(bcmctft  ihn). 

®ief),  SSater,  toer  ber  Sftann  tft,  ber  bort  fniet? 


Gr  fapt  bie  (Srbe  on  mit  fetnen  §anben 
Unb  fdjeint  tDte  aitper  fi^  311  fetn. 


(Fommt  oortfarts). 

'  ic^!    5?ater!    23aterr  fommt  iinb  fet)t! 


(nabert  ft*). 

Ser  ift  e«?  —  ®ott  im  §tmme(!    SBa«?  ber 
te  fommt     f»r  ^ievler?    9?ebet! 


ftnabc. 

S^art  O^r  ntd)t 

auf  bem  ©d)iff  gefangen  unb  gebunben? 


nurbet  ntdjt  nad)  ^U^nadjt  abgefii^rt?  2205 

ZtU   (jfeb,t  auf). 

3^  bin  befreit. 

^ifd)cr  nub  Snabc. 
befreit!    O  Sunber  ©otte^! 

Muabc. 

So  fommt  $f)r  fjer? 

IcU. 

u«  bem 


Snabe 
2Bo  ift  ber  Canboogt? 

Sell. 
5luf  ben  3Sel(en  treibt  er. 


Picrtcr  Stufjug.    <£rfte  Scene.  119 


3ft'«  mog(id)?    Slber  $f)r?  nrie  fetb  3f»r  fjier? 

ib  (guren  33anben  unb  bem  @turm  entfommen?      2210 


£>urd)  ©ottcg  gncib'ge  gitrfe^ung.    iQwt  an! 

^tfdjcr  unb  Sttabe. 
O  rebetr  rebet  ! 

Sell. 


in  S3tftorf  fid) 
33egeben,  tot 


21  tie*  tDetfe  id),  rebet! 

XcU. 

mid)  ber  ^anbnogt  fa^en  liefe  unb  binben,  • 

fetner  53urg  311  ^it^no^t  tootlte  fitfyren?  2215 


Unb  fid)  tnit  (Slid)  su  5t»efen  eingefd)ifft. 
ir  mtffen  atte*.    ^prec^t,  nite  $fy  entfommen? 


XeU. 

lag  im  <Sd)iff,  mit  Strirfen  feft  gebunben, 
r(o*,  ein  aufgegebner  3Wann.    9?id)t  f)offt'  id), 

frofje  Cid)t  ber  Sonne  me^r  311  fefyn, 
J)er  ©ottin  unb  ber  tinber  Hebe*  3(nt(i^, 
Unb  troftfoS  bticft'  id)  in  bie  Sa(fen»itfte- 


O  armer  9Jlann! 

£ell. 

@o  fub,ren  mir  bab,in, 
£)er  33ogt,  S^ubotf  ber  §arra«  unb  bie  ®ned)te. 


120  tDtlfyelm  Cell. 

9Kein  £bd)er  aber  mit  ber  Strmbruft  fog  2225 

2lm  fyintern  ©ranfen  bei  bent  Steuerruber. 
Unb  aid  roir  an  bie  Gcfe  je£t  gelangt 
33"eint  fletnen  2lren,  ba  berfyangf  ed  ©ott, 

fold)  ein  graufam  ntorbrtfcf)  Ungetottter 

^erfitrbracf)  au3  bed  ©ottf)arbg  <Sc^tiinben,    2230 
:Taf?  atten  9?uberern  bad  ^erj  entfanf, 
Unb  metnten  atle  etenb  511  ertrtnfen. 
T"a  ^ort'  i^'d,  rote  ber  Wiener  etner  fic^ 

1'anbDogt  roenbet'  unb  bie  Sorte  [prac^  : 

fe^et  (Sure  OJot  unb  unfre,  ,f)err,  2235 

Unb  ba§  roir  a(f  am  3fanb  bed  Xobed  [c^roeben. 
Tie  eteuerleute  aber  rotffcn  fic^ 

gurc^t  ntc^t  9?at  unb  finb  bed 
bericf)tet.     '?tun  aber  tft  ber 

(Sin  ftarfer  30?ann  unb  weiR  etn  2cf)tff  ,u  fteuern.      2240 
2Bie,  roenn  roir  fein  je^t  brauc^ten  in  ber  9?ot?" 
X)a  fprac^  ber  ^ogt  }u  tnir :    ,,XeU,  roenn  bu  btr'd 
©etrauteft,  und  ju  fyetfen  aud  bent  Sturm, 
2o  morfif  i^  bicf)  ber  33anbe  roo^t  entleb'gen." 
3^  aber  fprarf):  ,,3:0,  §err,  mit  ©otted  £>Ufe  2245 

©etrau'  ic^  mir'd  unb  fyeff  und  roo^f  ^tebannen." 
So  roarb  i^  meiner  ^Banbe  lod  unb  ftanb 
2(m  Steuerruber  unb  fufyr  rebtti^  ^in. 
Tod)  fdjiett'  ic^  feitroiirtd,  roo  metn  Sdjtefoeug  (ag, 
Unb  an  bent  Ufer  merft'  ic^  f^arf  unt^er,  2250 

5£o  fic^  ein  3?ortei(  auftcit'  ',um  (Snt)pringen. 
Unb  rote  id)  eined  ftelfenriff*  geroatjre, 

abgeplattet  oorfprang  in  ben  See  — 


Dterter  2luf$ug.    (£rfte  Scene.  121 


. 

3d)  fenn'g,  eg  ift  am  gup  beg  grojien  Stren, 
£od)  nid)t  flir  moglid)  adjt'  idj'g  —  fo  gar  fteil 
©eljt'g  an  —  com  2d)iff  ee  fpringenb  ab^ureic^en. 


2255 


XeU. 

id)  ben  ^nerf)ten  {janbltc^  $ 
aB  rotr  Dor  bte  5e^*e^P^tte  fiitnen; 
!Dort,  rtef  id),  fei  ba3  Slrgfte  uberftanben. 
Unb  a(^  mir  fie  frtfd)  rubernb  balb  erreid)t,  2260 

^le^'  id)  bie  ®nabe  ©otte^  an  mtb  britcfe, 
93Ht  alien  ^eibe^frciften  angeftemmt, 
Den  tjintern  ©ranfen  an  bie  getenjanb  fjin. 
3e^t,  f^ned  tnein  Sdjie^eug  faffenb,  fd)lring'  id)  felbft 
§oc^fpringenb  auf  bie  ^(attc  mid)  fyinauf,  2265 

Unb  mit  getnalt'gem  ^uBftoR  b,inter  mid) 
^d)(eubr'  id)  bag  Sd)ifflein  in  ben  £d)(unb  ber  Soffcr  — 
Dort  mag'g,  rote  ©ott  null,  auf  ben  Seflcn  treiben! 
<So  bin  id)  l)ier,  gerettet  aug  beg  Sturmg 
©enwlt  unb  aug  ber  fcf)(immeren  ber  9ftenfd)en.          2270 


ein  fid)tbar  3Bunber  b,at  ber  $ 
2(n  (Sucf)  getan  ;   fautn  gtaub'  ic^'g  meinen  2innen. 
faget,  mo  gebenfet  3b/r  ie^t  ^n? 

id)erl)eit  ift  nid)t  fitr  (5ud),  luofern 
£>er  1'anbDogt  lebenb  biefem  etitrm  entfommt.  2275 

XcU. 

'  ilm  fagen;  ba  icb,  noc^  im  £d)iff 


122  IDtlfyelm  Cell. 

©ebunben  lag,  er  tooft'  bet  33runnen  fanben 
llnb  iiber  <2d)tt«)j  nad)  feiner  33urg  mid)  fiifyren. 

ftifdjer. 

2BUI  er  ben  Seg  baljin  311  £anbe  nefymen? 

Sell. 

(gr  bcnft'*. 


O,  fo  oerbergt  (gitc^  ofyne  Saumen!        2280 
IjUft  (Su(^  ®ott  au«  feiner 


Jell. 

9?ennt  mir  ben  na^ften  2Seg  nad)  Slrt^  unb  $ttfjnad)t. 


ie  offne  Strafe  jtetjt  fid)  iiber  Steinen; 

einen  fiiqern  Seg  unb  l)etmlid)ern 
$ann  (Sitc^  mein  .Qnabe  iiber  Sotoerj  fitt)ren.  2285 

XclJ   (gibt  ibm  We  ^an&). 

©ott  lofin'  (Sud)  (Sure  ©uttat.    ^ebet  tt)ot)(. 

(<Scbt  un6  fcbrt  roiebcr  uni.) 

.s^abt  3f)r  nid)t  au^  im  9?iittt  imtgefdjaioren? 
3J?ir  beud)t,  man  nannt'  Gjud)  mir. 


3d)  war  babet 
Unb  i)ab'  ben  (Sib  be«  ^3unbe<5  mit  befdjiuoren. 


XeU. 

eilt  nad)  SBitrglen,  tut  bie  VUeb'  mir  an!  2290 

n  Seib  tier^agt  urn  mid);  oerfitnbet  i^r, 

id)  gerettet  fei  unb  tuot)l  geborgen. 


Dierter  2luf5ug.    <3tt>ette  Scene.  123 


£)od)  mol)in  fag'  id)  iljr,  baft  $fy  gefloljn? 

£ell. 

Qfy  raerbet  meinen  Sdjroaljer  bei  tljr  finben 

Unb  anbre,  bie  tin  9?itt(t  mtt  gefc^inoren  ;  2295 

2te  folten  luacfer  fetn  unb  gute^  SLRitt^, 

Xell  fei  frei  unb  femes  5lrme^  tnadjttg  ; 
merben  fie  ein  SeitreS  don  ntir  I)oren. 


I)abt  ^I)r  im  ©crnut?    (gntbedt  mir'g  fret. 


getan,  luivb'^  aud)  $ur  9?ebe  fommen. 

(©cbt  ab.) 


tg'  it)m  ben  2$eg,  3enni.    Wott  ftet)'  tf)nt  bei! 
(Sr  fit^rt'^  gum  3ieO  #>&$  cr  oud)  unternommen. 

(®ebt  ab.) 


3meite    Scene. 
©betl)of  5U  2lttingl)aufen. 

,    in    einem    Slrmfcffcl,    fterbenb.    9S8altcr   Sfiirft,    Stouffaefjec, 
rtl  unD  ^anntfiartcit  urn  ibn  bcfcbafttgt.    Walter  ^ell,  fnicenb  vor  bent 
Sterbcnbcn. 

9BnItcr  ^itrft. 
ift  dorbei  mit  ifym,  er  ift  t)iniiber. 

Stauffodjcr. 

liegt  nid)t  roie  ein  2:oter.    ®ef)t,  bie  $eber 


124  IDUfyelm 


2luf  feinen  £ippen  regt  fidj!    9tuf)ig  tft  2305 

®ein  @d)laf,  unb  friebtid)  tadjeht  feine  ^itge. 

(Saumgarten  geb.t  an  Me  Cure  unb  fpridjt  mil  jcmanb.) 
(ju  Baumgarten). 


(g«  tft 
te  mid  (5urf)  fpredjen,  will  ben  ^naben  fet)n. 

(tt>altcr  CeU  ridjtet  ftdj  auf.) 

SSalter  prft. 
tattn  irf)  fie  troften?    $ab'  id)  felber  Xroft? 

a(Ie6  Setben  fid)  auf  memem  §aiipt?  2310 


lijl   (hcretnbrtngenb). 

So  ift  mein  ^inb?    Sa^t  mid),  id)  tnu§  e6  fe^n  — 

Stauffodjer. 

im     oit«  be^  Xobee- 


iirjt  auf  ben  Knaben). 

m  Satti)!    D,  er  (ebt  mir! 


(hangt  an  ibr). 

2(rme  Gutter! 


t'«  aud)  geini^?    ®ift  bu  mir  unoerle^t? 

(Setradjtet  ib,n  mit  dngftlid^er  Sorgfalt.) 

Unb  tft  e3  mi3g(ic^V    fonnf  er  auf  btc^  jtelen?         2315 
Ste  fonnt'  er'^V    O,  er  f)ot  fein  §erj  —  er  fonnte 
£en  'pfeif  abbriicfen  auf  fein  eigneS  Hinb! 


2»olter  prft. 

@r  tat'S  mit  Slngft,  mit  fd)merr,erriBner  Seele  ; 
©ejwungen  tat  er'^,  benn  e3  gait  ba«  \?eben. 


EHerter  2tufsug.    ^toette  Scene.  125 

|»et»ttJtg. 

O,  fjiitt'  er  eined  23ater$  £>eq,  e^'  er>^  232° 

©etan,  er  toare  taufenbmal  geftorben! 

©tauffadjer. 

3fyr  fotttet  ®otteS  gncib'ge  ®d)irfung  preifett, 
!Die  e^  fo  gut  gelenft  — 


(^  fcergeffett, 

te'^  ^atte  fommen  fbnnen?    ®ott  be^ 
Unb  (ebf  id)  acfyt^ig  3a^r'  —  ic^  fef)'  ben  ^naben  emig  2325 
©ebitnben  ftefjn,  ben  33ater  auf  tfyn  jieten, 
Unb  ernig  fliegt  ber  ^fei(  mir  in  ba^ 


O  rolje^  §erj  ber  Scanner!    Senn  if)r  ^totj 
^3e(eibtgt  mirb,  bann  ac^ten  fie  nid)t^  mefyr  ;  2330 

©ie  fe^en  in  ber  blinben  SKut  be^  @piete 

bed  finbeS  unb  bad     erj  ber  9}?utter! 


Qured  banned  So^  nidjt  fjart  genng, 
^^)r  rott  fc^merem  Xabet  i^n  noc^  Iranft? 
feine  Seiben  t)abt  3fyr  fein  ©efitf)!?  2335 


(Fefyrt  fid)  nad)  il)m  um  un&  jtc^t  if)n  mit  dnem  grojjen  SItcfe  an). 

bit  nur  Xranen  fi'tr  bed  ^reunbed  UngtucE  V 
o  maret  ifjr,  ba  man  ben  Xrefftirfjen 


126  HMItjelm  Cell. 


3n  23anbe  fcfjfog?    2Bo  mar  ba  eure  §ilfe? 

$f)r  fafyet  511,  ifjr  liefit  ba£  @ra't3(id)e  gefdjefyn; 

©ebulbig  (itret  ifjr'3,  bap  man  ben  $reunb  234o 

eurer  3Mtttc  fitfyrte.    §at  ber  £elf 
fo  an  eud)  gel)anbe(t?    Stanb  er  auc^ 

^Bebauernb  ba,  ale  fytnter  btr  bte  better 
£anboogt3  brangen,  a(^  ber  njiit'ge  See 
btr  erbraufte?    OZtc^t  mit  mii^'gen  Xranen  2345 

f  er  bid),  in  ben  ittadjen  fprang  er,  Setb 

llnb  ^inb  oergaj}  er,  unb  befreite  bid)  — 

Walter  ^iirft. 

Sa6  fonnten  nrir  ju  feiner  jRettung  ittagen, 
Die  f(eine  £aty,  bie  unbewaffnet  roar! 


(t»irft  ftclj  an  f»ine  Bruft). 

33ater!    Unb  aud)  bu  Ijaft  i()n  oertoren!  235° 

a((e  t)aben  if)n  oertoren! 
Un«>  alien  feljft  er,  ad),  lt)ir  fefjfen  if)m! 
®ott  rette  feine  geete  Dor  2?er,n)etfhmg! 
3u  i^m  l)inab  in3  dbe  ^Burguertie^ 
Dringt  feinee  $reunbe«  Jroft.    SSenn  er  erfranfte!    2355 
2ld),  in  be^  Herferss  feud)ter  ginftcrni* 
er  erfranfen.     3Sie  bie  Sltpenrofe 

unb  Derfiimmert  in  ber  Sumpfeefuft, 
So  ift  fitr  tfjn  fein  ?eben  a(«  im  Std)t 
Der  Sonne,  in  bem  33a(famftrom  ber  ?ufte.  2360 

©efangen!    Qrl     Sein  2ltem  ift  bie  gretyeit  ; 
(Sr  fann  nidjt  leben  in  bem  §aud)  ber  ©riifte. 


Dterter  2tuf$ug.    <3tr>eite  Scene.  127 

Stouffodjcr. 

33erut)io,t  Crud).    Sir  atte  motten  fyanbeht, 
Urn  feinen  Herfer  aufjutun. 


fdnnt  tftr  fdjaffen  ofyne  tl)n?    ®o  lang  2365 

1)er  Jell  noc^  fret  mar,  ja,  ba  mar  nod)  §offnung, 
^a  l)atte  nod)  bte  Un[d)ii(b  etnen  J^reunb, 
T)a  ^atte  etnen  v*pe(fer  ber  2?erfo(gte  ; 
(Sud)  afle  rcttetc  ber  Jell  —  3?f)r  a  He 
^ufamnten  fb'nnt  nid)t  fetne  ^-effeln  lofen!  2370 

(Der  ^retherr  ertDactjt.) 

SPdunt 

gr  regt  fid),  ftifl! 


fcn   (fid:  aufri*ten6). 

So  ift  er? 

©taitffadjcr. 

®er? 


(Sr  fet)(t  mir, 
3?erla'Bt  mid)  in  bem  (e^ten  Slugenbticf. 

Stauffttd)cr. 
(5r  meint  ben  punter.    2d)icfte  man  nai^  i 

Rafter  prft. 

@«  ift  nad)  t^m  qefenbet.     Xrb'ftet 
(Sr  tjat  fern  ^>erj  gefunben,  er  ift  unfer.  2375 


er  gefprodjen  fur  fein  33ater(anb? 


128  IDtHjelm 

Stouffadjcr. 


t  §elbenfiif)nf)eit. 

9ltttitgl)aufeit. 

Sarum  fomtnt  er  ntdjt, 
Urn  meinen  tefcten  Segen  311  empfangen? 
$cf)  fityle,  baft  c*  fd)leunig  mit  mir  enbet. 

Stauffadjer. 

alfo,  ebter  |)err!    £)er  fitrje  Sc^taf  2380 

Chtdj  erqiticft,  itnb  fjell  ift  Guer 


,5  ift  ?eben,  er  Derltep  mirf)  aud). 
Seiben  ift,  fo  line  bte  ^offnitttg,  aii^. 

(<£t  bcmcrft  ben  Knaben.) 

Ser  ift  ber  ^nabe? 

2»o(ter  prft. 

©egnet  tl)tt,  o  §err! 
(Sr  ift  mem  (Snfel  itnb  ift  tiaterloS.  2385 

(fjebtwg  ftnft  mit  bcm  Knaben  cor  bent  Sterbenben  nieber.) 

3tttingl)aufett. 

Unb  oaterlo^  Ia^  id)  eud)  atle,  at(e 

3uritcf.    2Be{)'  tntr,  ba^  meine  le^ten  ^Blide 

'Den  lltttergang  be«  58aterlanb«  gcfeljn! 

SJhifct'  ic^  be«  ?eben§  {(bc^fteei  9Wa£  erretdjen, 

Urn  gatt^  mit  atten  ^offnungen  511  fterben?  2390 


2tOttffad)Cr   (ju  Walter  ,^ 

er  in  btefem  ftnftern  Hummer  fdjeiben? 

mir  i^m  nt^t  bie  (etjte  8tunbe 
it  fc^onem  Strait  ber  §offnungV  —  Gbler  gret^err! 


Dierter  ilufsug.    pipette  Scene.  129 

(Srfyebet  (Suren  ©eift!    Sir  finb  nidjt  ganj 

iBerlaffen,  finb  nidjt  rettungStoS  oerloren.  2395 


Ser  foil  eudj  retten? 

998aUcr  g-iirft. 

SBtr  ung  felbft. 
(5^  fyaben  bie  bret  ^anbe  fid)  ba3  SQSort 
©egeben,  bie  Xtjvannen  $u  oerjagen. 
©efrfjtoffen  tft  ber  53unb  ;  ein  i)eil'ger  ©rfjraur 
i^evbinbet  un^.    (S^  un'rb  ge()anbe(t  roerben,  2400 

(SI)'  noc^  ba«J  3afjr  ben  neuen  ^rei^  beginnt. 
(Slier  ©taiib  tt)irb  riil)n  in  einem  freien  ?anbe. 


faget  ntir!    ©efd)toffen  ift  ber  33unb? 


1m  g(eicf)en  Xage  inerben  alte  bret 

SSSatbftattc  fic^  erfyeben.    5l((e^  ift  2405 

^Bereit,  unb  ba«J  ©etjeimntd  tDO^(beiMt)rt 

53ie  je£t,  obg(eid)  tiiel  ^punberte  e^  tetten. 

|)o()t  ift  ber  Soben  iinter  ben  Xl)rannen; 

^ie  Xage  ifjrer  §errfd)aft  finb  geja^tt, 

Unb  batb  ift  i^re  ©pur  nid)t  mefyr  311  fittben.  2410 


ie  feften  ®iirgen  aber  in  ben  Sanben? 

9«cld)ttt(. 

ie  fallen  alle  an  bem  gteid)en  Xag. 


130  Wilfyim  Cell. 

9lttingljaufett. 
Unb  finb  bie  Gbefn  biefeS  23unb3  teffljaftig? 

8tauffad)er. 
Sir  Barren  U)re3  33eiftanb3,  ttjenn  e3  gift; 

aber  I)at  ber  I'anbmann  nur  gefdjiuoren.  2415 


(ricfrtct  fid;  langfam  in  6ie  fiobc  mil  grogcm  Crftauncn). 

fic^  ber  Vanbmann  folder  Xat  oermogen, 
eignem  SWittcI,  oljne  §ilf  ber  (Sbeln, 
er  ber  etgnen  £raft  fo  Diet  oertraut  — 
3a,  bann  bebarf  e^  unferer  ntdjt  me^r; 
©etroftet  fbnnen  loir  311  ©rabe  fteigen,  2420 

(*$  (ebt  nac^  un$  —  burd)  anbre  ^rafte  mil 
Tae  ^errtidje  ber  9fteni"d)l)ett  fid)  erl)a(ten. 

(€r  Icgt  fcine  Ban6  auf  &as  Baupt  bcs  KinScs,  bas  oor  ibni  auf  ben  JCniren  licgt.) 

2lu3  biefem  ^aiipte,  mo  ber  Slpfef  (ag, 

Sirb  eud)  bie  neue,  be^re  greifjeit  griinen; 

rai>  ^llte  ftiir^t,  e^  dnbert  fid)  bie  fyit,  2425 

Unb  neued  Veben  blit()t  auo  ben  Oiuinen. 

StaitffadjCr   Qu  Walter  ^urft). 

,  nie(d)er  ©tan',  fid)  urn  fein  }(ug'  ergie§t! 

ift  nid)t  bad  thlofdjen  ber  ^fotur, 

ift  ber  Straljl  fd)on  eine^  neuen  VebenS. 

2tttin(il)aufen. 

2)er  SIbel  fteigt  Don  feinen  alten  ^Burgen  2430 

Unb  fdjrobrt  ben  Stabten  feinen  33Urgeretb  ; 
3m  lld)tlanb  fdjon,  im  Jtjurgau  I)at>  begonnen, 
£ie  ebte  ^Bern  erfjebt  i^r  Ijerrfdjenb  e*naupt, 
greiburg  ift  eine  fidjre  4Burg  ber  greien, 


Dtertcr  2tuf3ug.    (5tt)citc  Scene.  131 


£>ie  rege  3urid)  itmffnet  ifyre  ^itnfte 
gum  Iriegerifdjen  §eer;   e£  brttf)t  Me  9 
'Der  $bnige  fid)  an  iljren  em'gen  fallen  — 

(£r  fpricbt  bas  ^olgcnbe  mil  bcm  Con  fines  Schers  ;   feine  Kebc  fteigt  bis  3ur  Segctjlerung.) 

®te  gitrften  fel)'  irf)  unb  bte  ebetn  §erra 

Qn  .•parniftfjen  tjeramjepgen  fommen, 

(Sin  fyarmloS  2>otf  tion  ^)irten  jit  befrtegen.  2440 

Sluf  Job  imb  Ceben  iDtrb  gefampft,  vinb  fyerrltd) 

Sirb  manrf)er  ^o^  burd)  Muttge  Gntfc^etbung. 

!Der  ^anbmann  ftitr^t  fid)  mit  ber  ttarften  ^Bruft, 

(Sin  freiev*  Cpfer,  in  bte  2d)ar  ber  ^an^en. 

(Sr  bric^t  fie,  nnb  bed  2(bete  «Iitte  fattt,  2445 

(56  ^ebt  bte  ftreifjeit  ftegenb  iljre  ^ab,ne. 

(Ifaltpr  ."jiirfts  unb  Stauffrtrfirrs  tidnbc  faffcnb.) 

£ntm  tjaltct  feft  jufammen  —  fcft  unb  enn'g  — 

fi'ein  Ort  ber  ftretfyett  fei  bem  anbern  fremb  — 

$oc^niacf)ten  ftedet  au*  auf  euren  $ergen, 

"DaB  fid)  ber  ^Bitnb  junt  53unbe  rafcb,  Derfammfe—      2450 

2eib  eintg  —  etnig  —  einig  — 

(£r  fdtlt  in  bas  Kiffcn  juriicf  —  fcinc  iinnbc  baltrn  cntfcclt  nodi  bic  anbern  gefafot. 
,^iirjl  unb  Stauffa*cr  betracHcn  ibn  nocfj  cine  gcit  lang  fdirocigcnb  ;  bann  trctcn  fte 
binroeg,  jeber  fcincm  Scbmerj  ubcrlaffcn.  llntcrbrffcn  \\nb  bic  Knedite  ftill  bercinge= 
brungen,  fie  ntibern  fidj  mit  §ei*cn  eincs  ftillern  obcr  befttgern  Sdnnerjens,  einige 
fnieen  bet  ib.m  nieber  unb  weinen  auf  feinc  fjanb  ;  nxibrcnb  btefer  ftuntntcn  Scene 
trirb  bie  Burgglorfc  gclautet.) 

Stubcnj  511  ben  ^oriuen. 

S^llbCn^   (MI*  eintrctenb). 

£ebt  er?    C  faget,  fann  er  mid)  nod)  fyoren? 
Walter  ftitrft 

(beutct  bin  mit  aicggett'anbtcm  ©eficH). 

^^r  feib  jel?t  unfer  £e()en3()err  unb  Sd)trmer, 
Unb  btefe^  Sd)loJ5  t)at  etnen  anbern 


132 


(erbltrft  ben  Ccicbncmi  un£>  ftebt  Don  beftigem  Scijmcrj  ergriffen). 

D  giit'ger  ®ott!    tommt  tneitte  9?eu'  511  fpcit?  2455 

tonnt'  er  nidjt  rcen'ge  ^u(fe  longer  leben, 

Urn  meitt  geanbert  §erj  511  (el)n? 

2?erad)tet  Ijab'  id)  feme  treue  Sttmme, 

5)a  er  nod)  tnanbelte  tm  ?id)t!    iSr  tft 

T)a()in,  tft  fort  ouf  immerbar  unb  (apt  mir  2460 

l^te  fc^roere,  unbe$af)lte  ec^ulb!    O  faget! 

*2d)ieb  er  bafyin  tm  Untnut  gegen  mid)? 

©tnuffddjcr. 

(5r  I)orte  fterbenb  nod),  tta$  3b,r  getan, 
Unb  fegnete  ben  2)hit,  mtt  bent  3b,r  fpradjt. 


(fnift  an  &em  dotcn  nirtcr). 

3a,  tjett'ge  9?efte  einev5  teuren  Wanned!  2465 

(Sntfeetter  Veidjnam!   t)ter  gefob'  id)  bir'3 

^n  beine  fatte  Jotenljanb  ;  ^erriffen 

$ob'  tc^  auf  enng  aUe  fremben  ^3nnbe  ; 

^uritcfgegeben  bin  id)  metnem  3?olf; 

(Sin  Srf)tDei$er  bin  id),  unb  id)  nnH  c*  fein  2470 

S3on  ganger  Seele. 


Xrauert  urn  ben 

33ater  after,  bod)  oer^aget  nid)t! 

bloft  fetn  Srbe  tft  mir  ^ugefaUen, 
@«  fteigt  fein  ^»erj,  fein  ®eift  auf  mid)  b,erab, 
Unb  leiften  foil  euc^  meine  frifdje  ^ugenb,  2475 

35?a^  end)  fein  greife*  9l(ter  fd)it(big  blieb. 
-  <5b,rnritrb'ger  2?ater,  gebt  mir  (Jure  £wnb! 


Pierter  2luf3ug.     ^tpeite  Scene.  133 

©ebt  mir  bie  (Surige!    9J2e(d)taI,  aud)  3f)r! 
33ebenft  Cmd)  ntd)t!    C  tuenbet  @ud)  nidjt  meg! 
(Smpfanget  meinen  (Sdjnmr  unb  mein  ©elitbbe.  2480 


Matter 

©ebt  if)tn  bie  §anb.    Sein  luieberfeljrenb  §erj 
33erbient  SSertraun. 


3^r  fyabt  ben  Sanbmann  ni^t^  geac^tet. 
@pred)t,  njeffen  fotl  man  fid)  311  Gmdj  oerfet)n? 


O,  benfet  nid)t  be 

©tttuffadjer  (ju  tnei*tai). 

eeib  einig,  toar  ba^  le^te  SBort  be3  33ater§.  2485 

©ebenfet  beffen! 


ier  tft  meine 

,  ebler  §err,  ift 
(Sin  9J?anneent)ort.    2Ba3  tft  ber  fitter  ot)ne 
llnb  nnfer  @tanb  tft  alter  al#  ber  eure. 


3d)  ef)r'  t^n,  nnb  metn  Sdjtuert  foil  it)n  befd)U^en.     2490 


,  ber  bie  I)arte 
id)  unternrirft  unb  it)ren  Sd)oB  befrud)tet, 
and)  be^  yjJanne^  ^Bruft  befd)ii£en. 

JRubcnj. 


eollt  meine  ASruft,  id)  mill  bie  enre  fdjii^en, 


134  IDtHjelm  Ceil. 

(go  finb  tt)ir  einer  bnrd)  ben  anbern  ftarf.  2495 

-  £>od)  luojit  reben,  ba  ba3  23aterlanb 
(Sin  9taub  nod)  ift  ber  fremben  Xtyrannet? 
2Benn  erft  ber  23oben  rein  ift  Don  bem  geinb, 
2)ann  tootfen  nrir'S  im  grteben  frfjon  toergleic^en. 

(Hadiftcm  er  einen  2liujenblkf  tnne  gehalten.) 

3^r  fc^weicjt?    3l)r  l)abt  mtr  nic^tS  ^u  fagen?    2Bie?   2500 

SSerbien'  t^'d  noc^  nirf)t,  bap  i^r  mtr  dcrtrout? 

@o  ntup  i^  miber  euren  SSStflen  mic^ 

^n  ba^  ©eljeimni^  cured  33unbe3  brdngen. 

Qfy  ^abt  getagt,  gefcfjtooren  anf  bem  9?itt(i. 

-3d)  met§  —  luetB  al(e«,  ttmS  i^r  bort  »ed)anbe(t,         2505 

Unb,  lua^  mir  nirfjt  Don  eud)  tiertrauet  luarb, 

3d)  ^ob^  befoafyrt  g(eid)iuie  ein  I)etltg  ^fanb. 

sJHe  loar  id)  meine§  ^anbed  geinb,  gtnubt  mir, 

Unb  niematd  Ijatf  id)  gegen  end)  geljanbelt. 

£)od)  itbel  tatet  itjr,  e§  p.  t>erfd)teben  ;  .  2510 

SDtc  @tunbe  brangt,  unb  rafd)er  Xat  bebarf*. 

!Der  XeH  fdjon  tuarb  ba«  Cpfer  eure«  Saumend  — 


$)a«  (S^rtftfcft  abjniDarten  fd)muren  loir. 


nid)t  bort,  id)  f)ab'  nid)t  mitge|d)iporen. 
SfiJortet  if)r  ab,  id) 


—      2515 


35atern  ja^F  id)  mid)  je£t  bet, 
ILnb  metne  erfte  ^flidjt  ift,  end)  ju  fdjiifcen. 


Dierter  2lufsug.    ^roeite  Scene.  135 

28alter  ftiirft. 

£er  grbe  biefen  teuren  Staub  ju  geben, 
3ft  (Sure  nadjfte  ^flicfjt  unb  fyeiligfte. 


2$enn  ttrir  ba$  £anb  befrett,  bann  legen  n)tr  2520 

frifc^en  ^ranj  be^  2teg*  t()tn  aitf  bie  4Bat)re. 
greunbe!    (Sure  2ad)e  nidjt  aUein, 
I)abe  meine  etgne  au^jufec^ten 
bent  Xljrannen.    §ort  unb  ttn'jH!    3?erfc^it)unben 
3ft  meine  Serta,  fyeimlirf)  ineggeraubt  2525 

9Ktt  fecfer  ftreoetrat  au«  unfrer  9)titte! 

Stauffatljcr. 

Soldjer  ©ett)a(ttat  I)(itte  ber  Xljrann 
SSiber  bie  freie  Gbte  fid;  Dermogen? 


O  meine  J-reunbe!    Gud)  berfprad)  icf) 

Unb  id)  suerft  mu^  fie  oon  eudj  erfle^n.  2530 

©eraubt,  entriffen  tft  mir  bie  ©eliebte. 

Ser  roeij},  loo  fie  ber  SSUtenbe  Derbivgt, 

Setter  Gkifolt  fie  frenetnb  fid)  erfiifjnen, 

3()r  ^er^  ^u  snnngen  jum  Derfjapten  53anb! 

2?er(apt  mid)  nidjt,  o  t)e(ft  mir  fie  erretten-  2535 

Sie  (iebt  eud)!    o  fie  b,at'^  toerbient  um'3 

aUe  Slrme  fid)  fiir  fie  bemaffnen  — 
bolter  prft. 

tt)o(It  3()r  unternef)men? 


3n  biefer  3iad)t,  bie  i()r  ®efd)icf  umfyuttt, 


136  IDtlljelm  Cell. 


3rt  biefe?  ^roetfete  ungefyenrer  2lngft,>  3540 

So  id)  nidjts  ^cftc«  311  erfoffen  toeifc, 

<Jft  mir  nur  biefeS  in  ber  (2ee(e  liar: 

Unter  ben  £ritmmern  ber  £tyrannenmad)t 

Sltlein  fann  fie  IjerDorgegraben  luerben; 

£)ie  geften  atte  mtiffcn  nn'r  bejwingen,  2545 

Ob  luir  oielleidjt  in  ifjren  Verier  bringen. 


t,  ftifyrt  un6  an!    Sir  folgen  @udj.    Sarum 
ntorgen  fparen,  lua3  »tr  I)eut  oermbgen? 
roar  ber  £ett,  ot§  luir  im  9?ittli  fd^iouren, 
llnge^eure  war  nod)  ntdjt  gefd)e()en.  2550 

@8  bringt  bie  3e^  e^  anbereS  ©e[e^; 

Ser  ift  fo  feig,  ber  je^t  nod)  !b'nnte  jagen! 

9JttbC«5  (3«  Stauffacijer  un6  IDalter  ^iirft). 

^nbeg  bewaffnet  unb  jnm  Serf  bereit, 

(grniartet  i^r  ber  33erge  ^euerjetdien  ; 

T)enn  fdjneller  ate  ein  Sotenfeget  [Hegt,  2555 

(£ot(  euc^  bie  53ot[d)aft  unferS  ©iegS  erreidjen; 

Unb  fe^t  il)r  lendjten  bie  iniKfommnen  J-Iammen, 

!Dann  auf  bie  fte'mbe  ftitr^t,  tnie  Setter^  2trat)I, 

Unb  bred)t  ben  33ait  ber  3:i)rannei  jufammcn. 

((Peben  ab.) 


1)ritte   @cene. 

®ie  l)of)(e  ©affe  bet  titjinacfjt. 
fteigt  pon  t)inten  5tt)ifcf)en  gcffen  ^eritnter,  unb  bie  2Banberer  mer= 


ben,  efye  fie  auf  ber  Scene  erjdjeinen,  fd)ou  von  bev  ^)bt)e  fleleljen. 

bie  gause  Scene  ;   auf  einem  ber  uorberfteu  ift  ein  SBorfprung 
mil  ©eftrtiud)  beraactjfen. 


Die  fjotjle  (Saffe 


Dterter  Zlufug.    Dritte  Scene.  137 


£ell  (tritt  auf  mil  ber  2lrmbru(l). 

3Dwd)  btefe  l)of)(e  ©affe  nutfe  er  lommen;  2560 

(xa  fitfjrt  fein  anbrer  SBeg  nad)  ®iijjnad)t.    £ner 
3?oflenb'  id)'$.    £)ie  ®elegenl)eit  ift  gimftig. 
!£ort  ber  Dotunberftraud)  Derbirgt  mii^  t^m, 
bort  fyerab  fann  iijn  mein  ^feU  erlangen; 
SBege^  (Snge  luefyret  ben  33erfo(gern.  2565 

)'  beine  9?ed)mmg  mtt  bem  §tmmef,  23ogt, 
mu^t  bit,  beine  Utjr  ift  abgetaiifen. 
^  tebte  ftifl  unb  ^armtoS.  3>a«  ©ejc^o^ 
Qiif  be«  SBalbe^  Xiere  mtr  geric^tet, 
SOZetne  ©ebanfen  luaren  rein  t>on  SJJorb.  257a 

t)u  fyaft  au§  meinem  grieben  mic^  IjercmS 
©e[d)re(ft  ;  in  gcirenb  £rarf)engift  Ijaft  bu 
®ie  9)Zil(^  ber  frommen  !Denfart  mtr  oertoanbelt  ; 
3um  Ungefjeuren  l)aft  bu  mid)  getuofynt. 
Ser  fic^  be^  ®tnbe$  |)aupt  ^itm  3^e^e  fcfete,  2575 

£)er  fann  atti^  treffen  in  ba$  $erj  be^  ^einbs. 

armen  ftinbtein,  bie  unfdjulbigen, 
treue  SKeib  mu§  id)  t>or  beiner  Sut 

Sanboogt!  —  £)a,  al«  id)  ben  ^ogenftrang 
og,  a(^  mir  bie  ^>anb  eqttterte,  2580 

bit  mit  grattfam  teufelifi^er  ?uft 

Jangft,  mtf'3  ^attpt  be«  ^inbe«  anjutegen, 
o^nmac^tig  fteijenb  rang  Dor  bir, 
gefobf  ic^  mir  in  meinem  ^nnern 
9)?it  fitrdjtbarm  (5ib[d)mitr,  ben  nur  ®ott  gefybrt,         2585 
X)a§  metne^  n  ad)  ft  en  ®d)u[(e§  erfte^ 
1)ein  §erj  fein  fotlte.    SaS  ii^  mir  getobt 


138  Wilfylm  Cell, 


2Iugenb(icfe$  <pdt(enqualen, 
3ft  eine  fjeiFge  Sdjulb,  id)  nritt  fie  5al)(en. 
£>u  bift  mein  £)err  unb  meines  $aijef3  SBogt  ;        2590 
nidjt  ber  f  otfer  l)iitte  fid)  erfoubt, 
bit.    Sr  fonbte  bid)  in  biefe  Vanbe, 
Urn  Wedjt  ?u  fpred)en  —  ftrenge^,  benn  er  jiirnet  — 

ni^t,  itm  mit  ber  mbrbertfd^en  Suft 
)  jebe^  ®reue(^  ftraffo^  511  erfredjen;     \  2595 

lebt  ein  ©ott,  ju  ftrafen  itnb  511  rcic^en. 

bu  I^eroor,  bu  ^ringer  bittrer 
teureS  ^Jfeinob  je^t,  ntein  t)6d)fter 
@in  3^e^  w^(  id)  btr  geben,  bao  bi^  je^t 
!Der  frommen  ^itte  unburd)bringlicf)  luar  —  2600 

^od)  b  t  r  f  ot(  e^  nid)t  iniberftel)tt.    Unb  bu, 
3?ertraitte  ^Bogenfe()ne,  bie  fo  oft 
SOZir  treu  gebient  I)at  in  ber  ^reube  Spiefen, 
33er(a§  mid)  nic^t  im  fiirdjterlidjen  (srnft! 

je^t  no^  fyatte  feft,  bu  treuer  Strong,  2605 

mir  fo  oft  ben  fyerben  ^fcti;  befliigett  — 
Gmtrann'  er  je^o  frnftloS  nteinen  ^tijiben,  \ 
$tf)  ^abe  feinen  jwetten  ju  oerfenben. 

(IPanbcrcr  gchen  fiber  bie  Scene.) 

2tuf  biefer  $anf  bon  Stein  \rnii  id)  mid)  fe^en, 
A^em  sBanberer  jur  fuqen  9^ul)  bereitet;  2610 

5)enn  ^ier  ift  feine  §eimat.    ^eber  treibt 
(gid)  an  bem  anbern  rafcf)  unb  fremb  tioriiber 
Unb  fraget  nidjt  na^  feinent  Sterner  5.    £ter  ge^t 
X)er  forgenoode  ^aufmann  unb  ber  (eid^t 
©ef^urjte  ^itger,  ber  anbadjfge  D^ond),  2615 


EHerter  ^luu.    Dritte  Scene.  139 


!Der  biiftre  dauber  unb  ber  Ijettre  Sptehnann, 

£)er  @aumer  mit  bem  fd)it>er  belabnen  ?)io^ 

£)er  feme  fyerfommt  non  ber  "DZenfdjen  tfcinbern, 

£>enn  jebe  (gtrafee  fiiljrt  an*  Cmb'  ber  SBelt. 

Sie  alle  jieljen  it)reg  353e_flev?  fort  \  2620 

2(n  Ujr  65efd)(ift  —  unb  metnes  ift  ber  SDJorby 

(fetit  ft*.) 

©onft,  ioenn  ber  23ater  ou^^og,  Itebe  ttnber, 
£)a  Ivor  etn  ^reuen,  luenn  er  inieberfam  ; 

ntemal^  leljrt'  er  fyeim,  er  bradjt'  eud)  etttmS, 
eine  fdjb'ne  2Upenb(ume,  toar'3  2625 

(Sin  feftner  33oge(  ober  9ImmoM^orn, 

e§  ber  SBanbrer  ftnbet  auf  ben  Bergen. 
gef)t  er  etncm  anbern  SKetbroerf  nad), 
2Im  iDttben  2Beg  ftt^t  er  mit  SKorbgebanfen  ; 
S)e3  ^einbe^  Seben  ift'^,  luornuf  er  taitert.  2630 

Unb  bod)  an  end)  nur  benft  ev,  Heben  Sinber, 
5lnd)  je^t  —  eud)  ju  tierteib'gen,  eure  ()olbe  Unfd)u(b 
3u  fd)it^eu  »or  ber  ?Rad)e  be*  Xt)rannen, 
9Bi((  er  jum  9)?orbe  je^t  ben  ^Bogen  fpannen. 

(ftcht  auf.) 

3fd)  faure  auf  ein  eble«  2BUb.    ^a^t  fid)'§  2635 

$)er  ^a'ger  nid)t  oerbrtepen,  tagelang 
Umfyerjuftretfen  in  be*  ^Sinter*  @trenge, 
3Son  gets  ju  5^^  &en  SBagcfprung  ju  tun, 
§inan  ju  ftimmen  an  ben  gtatten  SBa'nben, 
S33o  er  fid)  anfetmt  mit  bem  eignen  33  hit,  264° 

Urn  ein  armfe(ig  ^rattier  p  erjagen. 
,f)ter  gilt  e*  einen  fbftlid)eren 


140  IPiltjcIm  Cell. 


beg  £obfeinbs,  ber  mid)  will  oerberben. 

(Ulan  tjort  pon  fernt  cine  bcitere  OTufif,  twlcbe  ft*  nabert.) 

seS  £eben  tang  f)ab;  id)  ben  33ogen 
©eljanbfyabt,  mid)  geiibt  narf)  Srfjiifcenreget  ;  2645 

-3cf)  ^abe  oft  gefd)o[(en  in  ba$  2cbyirar5e 
llnb  mandjen  [c^iJnen  ^reis  mtr  b.eimgebrac^t 
3?om  greubenfcf)tef;en.    5lber  b,eute  un((  id) 
Ten  SJO?  e  t  ft  e  r  f  cl)  u  j?  tun  unb  ba^  ^3efte  mtr 
3m  gan$en  Umfrei^  be^  (MebtrgS  geminnen.  2650 

Gine  ^ot^jcit  $iel>t  ubcr  btc  Scene  unt  fcuvd)  ben  §obltt>eg  hinauf.    IeU  belracfctet 
fie,  auf  feinen  Scgen  geletjnt  ;  Stiiffi,  ter  Jlurfdjii^,  gefellt  fid)  ju  tf)m. 

SHtfft. 

tft  ber  Sttoftermet'r  lion  2ftbrHfd)ad)en, 
^ier  ben  ^3rautlauf  fyalt  —  ein  reidjer  9D?ann, 

Gr  ^at  wo()(  ^e{)en  Lenten  auf  ben  2Upen. 

X)ie  ^Braut  tjott  er  je^t  ab  ^u  3mMee/ 

llnb  btefe  9^a^t  tt)irb  fyodj  gefdjwetgt  ju  .SitBna^t.      2655 

$ommt  mtt!  'd  tft  jeber  33iebermann  getaben. 

•  2eU. 

(Sin  ernfter  ©aft  ftintmt  nic^t  sum  §od)jeitf)au$. 

Stiifft. 

(Suc^  ein  Shimmer,  toerft  i^n  frif^  oom  ^erjen! 

mtt,  »a^  lommt;  bie  ^eiten  ftnb  je^t  fc^roer; 
£>rum  mufe  ber  5CRenfc^  bie  ftreube  (eidjt  ergreifen.     2660 
§ier  tuirb  gefreit  unb  anber^tuo  begraben. 

£c«. 

Unb  oft  fontmt  gar  ba$  eine  ju  bent  anbern. 


Dicrtcr  ^luit.    Drttte  Scene.  141 


8titfft. 

<So  gefyt  bie  2Be(t  nun.    (S3  gibt  aflenregen 
Ungliicfs  genitg.    (Sin  9?ufft  ift  gegangen 
$m  ©tamer  £anb,  unb  etne  gan$e  ©eite  2665 

33om  ©tarnifi^  etngefunfen. 


XeU. 

3Sonfen  aitd) 
ie  $3erge  [elbft?    (S«  fte^t  ntc^t^  feft  aitf  (Srben. 


Stiifft. 

anberStoo  derntntmt  man  2Bunberbinge. 
jDa  fprad)  tc^  einen,  ber  Don  ffiaben  lam.    ^^  &-< 
(Sin  fitter  luollte  p  bem  Hbnig  retten,  2670 

Unb  nntent>eg§  begegnet  ifym  ein 
33on  §orniffen;  bte  f  alien.  auf  fein 
5)a^  e$  oor  barter  tot  ju  33oben  finft, 
Unb  er  311  $u£e  anfommt  bet  bem  f  5nig. 


<Sd)ir<ad)en  ift  fein  Starfjet  audj  gegeben.  2675 

3(rmgatb  fommt  mit  mc^reren  ^inbern  unb  ftetlt  fi^»  an  ben  Stngang  be3 


©tiifft. 

Wlan  beutet'^  auf  ein  grofceS 
5lnf  fcfjniere  Jaten  tniber  bie  9?atur. 

£dl. 

X)erg(eid)en  Xaten  brtnget  jeber  £ag; 

3Snnberjeid)en  braurf)t  fie  gu  oerfitnben. 


142  IDUfyelm 

atiifft. 

3<a,  ttof)(  bem,  ber  fein  ftelb  beftettt  in  9fub/  2680 

llnb  ungefranft  baljeim  fifct  bet  ben  Semen. 

XcU. 

(£$  fcmn  ber  ^rb'mmfte  nidjt  im  ^rteben  bletben, 
SSenn  e^  bem  bofen  ^?ad)bar  nid)t  gefallt. 

(Cell  (lel)t  oft  mit  unruljiget  €rtc>artung  nad)  tier  fiofje  txs  IDeges.) 

©Hifft. 

©eijabt  (Sucf)  \noty.     3b,r  martet  b,ier  auf  jemanb? 

IcU. 
tu'  id). 

Stiifft. 

^rob,e  §eimfeb,r  ju  ben  (Suren!  2685 

feib  anS  llri?    Unfer  gncib'ger  ^>err, 
Sanboogt,  mirb  nod)  b,eut  oon  bort  ennartet. 


£)en  33ogt  erroartet  b,eut  nid)t  me^r.    ^Tie  Saffer 

2inb  au^getreten  oon  bem  gro^en  9?egen, 

Unb  atte  Sriicfen  b,at  ber  Strom  serrtffcn.  2690 

(Cell  fteljt  auf.) 
3(rmgarJ)   (fommt  ponnarts). 

fommt  nid)t? 

©tiifft. 

@ud)t  Qfy  foaS  an  i^n? 


d)  fretttdj! 

©titfft. 

Sarum  ftcllct  O^r  ($ud)  benn 
n  biefer  ^o^ten  ©off  iljm  in  ben  $ 


EHerter  2luf$ug.    Dritte  Scene.  143 


)ier  toeidjt  er  mir  nidjt  au£,  er  mufe  mid)  fyBren. 


(Fommt  etlfertig  ben  Bolitoeg  fymib  unb  ruft  in  bie  Scene). 

faljre  au§  bent  2Beg  —  sIRem  t3nab'ger  §err,       2695 
8anboogtr  fomtnt  birfjt  ^inter  mir  geritten. 

(CeU  get)t  ab.) 


Scmboogt  fommt! 

(Ste  geb,t  mit  tl)ren  Kinbern  nadj  ber  oorbern  Scene.     (Seller  unb  Kubolf  ber  ^arras 
3eigen  fidj  3U  pferb  auf  ber  f)6t;e  bes  2t)egs.) 

©tilfft   (3«  5rie§b,cirb). 

2Bte  lomt  3f)r  burc^  ba^  SOBaffcr, 
ber  @trom  bte  ^3ritden  f  ortgefitfyrt  ? 


Sir  fyaben  mit  bem  @ee  gefoc^ten, 

llnb  fiirdjten  un^  Dor  feittem  Sttpenraaffer.  2700 

©tiiffi. 

mart  ju  ©cfyiff  in  bem  getoalt'gen  Sturm? 

. 

benf  id)  bran. 

©tiifft. 


tooren  tm'r.    SJ^ein  Sebtag  benf  id)  bran. 


O  bleibt, 


dorait3, 
en  ^anbuogt  muB  id)  in  ber  33nrg  oerfiinben. 


©tufft. 

ar'n  gnte  i^eute  auf  bem  @d)iff  geniefen,  2705 


144  IDilfyelm  Cell. 


3n  ©runb  gefunfen  luar'e  mit  292ann  unb 
Tent  23olf  fann  loeber  Suffer  bet  nod)  geuer. 

(€r  ftefyt  ftctj  urn.) 

fam  ber  SBeibmann  fyin,  mit  bem  id)  fprad)? 

(<Seht  ab.) 
(»n'i;KT  lint  :KnPolf  bcr  .-onrrn?  511  *{Jferb. 

©cftlcr. 

lua^  3^r  luolft,  id)  bin  be«  Saifer^  Wiener 
Unb  muB  brauf  benfen,  nne  ic^  itjnt  gefaUe.  2710 

(Sr  ^at  mid)  nicfjt  in^  £anb  gefd)icft,  bem  3$olf 
3u  fd)tneid)e(n  unb  iljm  fanft  ^u  tnn.    ©et)orfam 
(Snuartet  er.    Ter  Streit  ift,  ob  ber  ^Bauer 
Soil  §err  fein  in  bem  £anbe  ober  bev  .ftaifer. 


ift  ber  lugenbticf!    3e^t  bring'  tdj'3  an!  2715 

(ITdhert  fid)  furcljtfam.) 

©c^ier. 

ab'  ben  .'out  nicfjt  aufgeftecft  5U  2Utorf 
raegen,  ober  urn  bie  £)eqen 
pritfen;  btefe  fenn'  ic^  la'ngft. 
tjab'  i^n  angeftecft,  bap  fie  ben  ^acfen 
(ernen  bengen,  ben  fie  aufredjt  tragen;  2720 

Unbequeme  ^ab'  id)  fyingepflan^t 
5luf  itjren  Seg,  tt>o  fie  oorbeige^n  mitffen, 
l^afe  fie  brauf  ftofsen  mit  bem  5lug'  unb  fid) 
(Srinnern  i^re^  ©errn,  ben  fie  oergeffen. 

JRubolf. 
23olf  ^at  aber  bod)  gemiffe  9?ed)te  —  2725 


Piertcr.2luf5ug.    Drittc  Scene.  145 

Okfeler. 

Die  ab^uroagen  ift  je£t  feme  $eit! 

$kitfd)id)t'ge  Dinge  finb  im  Serf  unb  SBerben; 

£a£  $aiferf)au3  nritt  tuadjfen  ;  mas  ber  3?ater 

©lorreirf)  begonnen,  mitt  ber  Sofytt  oodenben. 

Dieg  fleine  ^?olf  ift  un$  ein  Stem  im  Sec}—  2730 

So  ober  [o  —  e$  muj^  fid)  untenwerfen. 

(Sie  woflen  Doriibcr.     Die  ,frati  tfirft  fictj  nor  ^em  tan&Dogt  nicbet.) 


igfeit,  §err  ?anboogt!    ®nabe!    ®nabe! 


bringt  $f)r  (5ud)  auf  offner  ©tra^e  mir 
Seg?    ^uritcf! 


Sftein  3)?ann  liegt  im 

ie  armen  3Baifen  fcfjrein  nad)  33rot.    ,f»abt  SWitleib,  2735 
©cftrcngcr  §err,  mit  itnferm  gro^en  Gtenb. 

ftnfeoff. 

feib  3b,r?    2»er  ift  (Sucr 


(Sin  armer 
3£tlbf)euer,  gutcr  §err,  Dom  9?igiberge, 
Der  itberm  Stbgrutib  meg  ba3  freie  @ra8 
^tbma^et  oon  ben  fdjroffen  Jvetfeninanben,  2740 

2Bot)tn  ba^  33iel)  fid)  nid)t  getraut  ju  fteigen  — 


(3«m  Sanboogt). 

i  ®ott,  ein  etenb  unb  erbtirm(td)  Seben! 
bitt'  (Sud),  gebt  ifm  (o^,  ben  armen  SDJann! 


146 


er  and)  Sdjroere^  mag  derfdwlbet  fiaben. 
(gtrafe  genug  tft  fetn  entfe^tid)  ©anbraerf.  2745 


(Sudj  foil  9?ed)t  roerben  —  £rinnen  ouf  ber  33urg 
9?ennt  Chtre  Sttte:   I)ter  tft  nirf)t  ber  Crt. 


in,  neiit,  id)  weic^e  ntcf)t  non  btefem 
mtr  ber  2?ogt  ben  9)?ann  ^urucfgegeben! 
n  in  ben  fecfjften  30Jonb  Hegt  er  im  Jurnt  2750 

Unb  garret  auf  ben  9?id)ter|'prud)  dergeben«. 


SBetb,  wotlt  3l)r  mir  (^emaft  antun?    ©tnmeg! 


©ererfjtigfett,  ^anbtiogt!    £it  btft  ber  JHid)ter 

3m  £anbe  an  be«  £atfer«  (gtatt  unb  ©otteS. 

Ju'  betne  ^flicf)t!    2o  bu  (skrecf)tigfeit  2755 

3?om  §tmme(  tjoffeft,  |o  er^etg'  fie  un$! 

OJe^lcr. 
gort!    Sc^afft  ba^  freeze  33o(f  mir  au«i  ben  2(ugen! 

3lftltg(Ifb    (^rrift  in  bie  gugcl  &es  prerbes). 

,  nein,  id)  l)abe  ntrfjt^  mef)r  51:  oerlieren. 

fommft  nidjt  oon  ber  SteUe,  3?ogt,  bi^  bu 
ir  9?ed)t  gefprod)en.    galte  beine  gtirne,  2/60 

9?otle  bie  2(ugen,  roie  bu  miUft.    iSir  finb 
(go  gren$enlo£  ung(itcflid),  ba§  loir  nidjts 
9^arf)  beinem  ^orn  metjr  fragen- 

Sctb,  mad;' 
Cber  mein  9?ofc  get)t  iiber  bid)  fyinroeg. 


Pterter  2lufsug.    Drittc  Scene.  147 

^U—  / 
Slrmgorb. 

a£  e3  iiber  mid)  baljin  gefyn  —    £)a  — 

(Sie  reijjt  ibre  Xinber  311  Soften  unb  roirft  ft*  mit  ibnen  tbm  in  ben  H?eg.) 

§ier  lieg'  id)  2765 
tt  memett  .^tnbern  —  Sa^  bie  armen  SEatfen 

beine^  ^ferbe^  ^uf  ^ertreten  toerben! 
(i^  ift  baS  5trgfte  nic^t,  tt>ae  bu  getan. 

Wubolf. 
Seib,  feib  3^r  rafettb? 


(beftigtr  fortfabrenb). 

Xrateft  bu  bod)  ttingft 

Sanb  be^  £at)'er3  unter  betne  ^ii^e!  2770 

O,  ic^  bin  nur  ein  2£etb!    5Kar'  id)  ein 


taub  311  tiegen. 

(OTan  bort  bie  pottge  OTiiftf  rcieber  auf  ber  £^6bc  bes  IDegs,  aber  gebdmpft.) 

©e^lcr. 

SSo  ftnb  meine  ^nec^te? 
9J?an  reifse  fie  oott  ^innen,  ober  id) 
SBergejje  mid)  unb  tue,  tna^  mic^  reuet.  2775 


fonnen  nid)t  ftinbiird),  o 
^o^troeg  ift  gefperrt  burc^  eine 


6in  allju  milber  ^errfd)er  bin  id)  nod) 
©egen  bie§  33otf;   bie  ^ungen  ftnb  noc^  frei, 
(§3  ift  nod)  nid)t  gan^,  mie  ed  foil,  gebcinbigt.  2780 

ee  foil  anbere  roerben,  id)  gelob'  ed: 


148  IDilljclm  Cell. 

3d)  tuitt  tfyn  bredjen,  biefen  ftarren  Sinn, 
!Den  ferfen  ©eift  ber  greifyett  will  id)  beugen, 
(Sin  neu  ®efe£  null  id)  in  biefen  Vanben 
SBerfunbigen.    $d)  roiU- 

(€in  pfeil  burdibohrt  ihn  ;   er  fobrt  mit  ber   Sanb  ans   £)er3   unb  will  ftnfen.     Hlit 
matter  Srimme.) 

©ott  fei  mir  gntibtg!         2785 


Sonboogt  —  ®ott!    So«  ift  ba«?    3Bo^er  fam 

^trmflOrll   (auffabrenb). 

!    9J?orb!    @r  taitntett,  finft!    Gr  ift  getroffen! 
Smitten  in^  §erj  {)at  i^n  ber  ^feit  getroffen! 


(fprtngt  pom  pferbe). 

2Be(d)'  grdBticfjee  GrctgnU  —  ®ott  —  §crr  fitter  - 
9Juft  bie  grbarmung  ©otteg  an!    3^r  fe^ 
(Sin  3Wann  be^  £obe$! 

©c^lcr. 
ift 


(3J1  t>om  pferb  l)erab  bent  Hubolf  fjarras  in  ben  Jlrm  geglettet  unb  tt>trb  auf  ber  Sanf 
ntebergelaffen.) 

XcU 

(erfcbetnt  oben  auf  ber  l^dhe  bes  .^eljen). 

Tu  fennft  ben  Sc^it^en,  fndje  feinen  anbern! 
,"vrei  finb  bie  £utten,  fitter  ift  bie  Unfc^ulb 


£ 


^>or  Mr,  bn  roirft  bem  ganbe  nid)t  mefjr  fdjaben. 

(Derfdjnrinbet  pon  ber  ^iobe.     Volt  fturjt  herein.) 
Stiifft   (Poran). 

gibt  e£  ^ier?    2Ba^  b,at  fid)  ^ugetragen?  2795 


Pierter  2tufsug.    Dritte  Scene.  149 

"Jtrmgarb. 
$)er  £cmbt>ogt  ift  t>on  einem  ^feil  bitrcfyfdjoffett. 


(int  ficreinftiirjen). 

Ser  ift  erfcfyoffen? 

Onbem  bie  porberften  von  bem  3raut3ug  auf  bie  Scene  fommen,  fmb  t>te  tjinterjlen  nocfj 
auf  6er  Robe  un6  bie  ITtuftf  gelit  f°rt-) 


bcr 

Derbhitet  fic^. 

t,  frf)affet  ,(ptlfe!     2e£t  bem  93?orb 
S3erlortier  SCtfatm,  fo  muB  e§  mit  bir  enben; 

nteine  farming  tooflteft  bu  nic^t  ^bren!  2800 

©tiifft. 

t  ©ott,  ba  liegt  er  b(etd)  unb  ot)ne  8eben! 


Sttmmen. 

2Ber  ijat  bie  Xat  getnn? 

JHubotf  bcr  ,$»arrtt§. 

SRaft  btcfcs  3SoIf, 
<  bem  9}?orb  SWufif  mad)t?    Sa^t  fie  fdjroetgen! 

(ITIufif  bridit  ploglidi  ab,  cs  fommt  nocfi  mehr  Coif  nadr) 

t,  rebet,  tnenn  -^^r  fonnt  — 
mel)r  ^u  devtrauen? 


((Seller  gtbt   §eidicn  mit  ber  fianb,  bie  er  mit   i'teftigfeit  ttneberbolt,  ba  fie  nicfrt  gleict; 
perftanbcn  trerbcn.) 

35?o  fo((  id)  t)in?      2805 

9fcad}  tu^nadjt?    3rf)  derftel)'  (Suc^  nic^t.    C  werbet 
9^i(^t  ungebulbtg.    ?apt  bn^  ^rbifrf)er 
^enft  jet^t,  (Sucl)  mit  bem  ©immel  511  DerfBfmen. 

(Die  ganje  Codiseitgefellfcfaft  utnftebt  ben  Sterbenben  mit  einem  fiib.Uofen  (Sraufen.) 


7 


150  IDtlfyelm  Cell. 

©titfft. 

@ief),  tme  er  bleid)  rtrirb!    $efct,  jefct  tritt  ber  £ob 

on  ba$  §erj;  bie  Slugen  finb  gebrorfjen.  2810 


(bebt  ein  Ktnb  empor). 

,  ^inber,  ttrie  ein  Siitertrf)  oerf  rfjeibet  ! 


fcer  |»orro8. 
So^nfinn'ge  Seiber,  ^abt  i^r  !ein 

i^r  ben  33Itrf  an  biefem  ©i^recfni^  toeibet? 
t,  teget  ^panb  an!    ©tef)t  mir  niemanb  bet, 

U  t^m  an^  ber  ^3ruft  ju  jie^n?     2815 


(treten  juriicf). 

tr  if)n  berittjren,  njetd^en  ©ott  gefd)tagen? 

JRuboff  ber  ^>arrd§. 

treff'  eurf)  nnb  3Serbammnie! 

(gteht  bas  Sdjroert.) 
©tiifft  (faUt  tym  in  J»n  ^rm). 

SBagt  e«, 

(Sn'r  SBalten  ^at  ein  @nbe.    X)er  Xljrann 
t)e§  SanbeS  ift  gefallen.    Sir  erbittben 
f  eine  ©emalt  nte^r.    Sir  finb  freie  9ftenfd)en.  2820 

StUe  (tumultuarifd;). 

8anb  ift  frei! 


Dtuiiolf  fcer 

-3fft  e^  ba^in  gefommen? 
enbet  bie  gurc^t  fo  fcfjnell  unb  ber  ©et)orfam? 

(gu  ben  tt>affenfnecMen,  bie  hereinbringen.) 

fef)t  bie  graufenoolle  Zat 


Dierter  2lufsug.    Dritte  Scene.  ,  151 

"Die  f)ier  gefdjefyen.    £)Ufe  ift  umfonft. 

SSergeblid)  i|Y$,  bem  9)?Brber  ttocfoufetjen.  2825 

UnS  briingen  anbre  Sorgen.    3(uf,  nad)  £itBnad)t, 

£aJ5  it)ir  bem  Staifer  feme  gefte  retten! 

!Dcnn  aufgelof't  in  biefem  3litgenbttcf 

Sinb  aller  Cvbnung,  otter  s]?fltd)ten  ^Banbe, 

llnb  femee  3ftatme£  Xreu'  ift  511  oertrauen.  2830 

^rtbem  er  mit  ben  S3affentnecf)ten  abgc^t,  erfc^etnen  fa^«f  darm^er^tge  QSriiber. 


fommen  bie  borm^er^gen  53ruber. 


Cpfer  Itegt,  bie  ?Haben  fteigen  nieber. 


Sritber 

(fdjlie^en  etnen  Balbfrris  um  &en  Jotcn  unt»  ftngcn  in  tiefcm  Son). 

9fafd)  tritt  ber  Xob  ben  3ftenfd)en  an, 

(5^  ift  it)nt  feme  ^rift  gegeben  ; 
(5^  ftiiqt  ib,n  mitten  in  ber  Safyn,  2835 

S^  reifet  it)n  fort  oom  rotten  i'eben. 
^Bereitet  ober  nid^t  p  ge^en, 

(Sr  mu§  oor  feinen  9?id)ter  fte^en! 

Qntiem  bie  Ie§ten  ^etlcn  tt>ie6crbolt  merben,  fdUt  ber  Dorbang). 


(Srfte  Scene. 
Cffentlid)er  $(afe  bet  Stftorf. 


3m  £intergrnnbe  red)t8  bie  $e\te  3tt'i11fl  Un  mit  bent  nocf)  ftefyenben 

2?augerufte  nne  in  ber  britten  ©cene  bee  erjten  'XuT^uge  ;  Itnfe  eine  2lii§= 

ftdjt  in  »ie(e  SBerge  ^inein,  auf  tneldjen  alien  Signalfeiter  brennen.    S« 

tft  eben  Xagestanbrncf),  ©locten  ertonen  au«  t»erlci)iebenen  gernen. 

2)iciftcr   Stcinmcn  nnb  s?tc(c  'antcrc  1'onblcutc,  auc^ 
uit?  fiinber. 


2et)t  il)r  bie  geiierfignate  auf  ben  Bergen? 


Steitttttcfe. 


§ort  tl)r  bie  ©totfen  britben  i'tbenn  ^?alb?  2840 

JRuobt. 


ie  geinbe  finb  derjagt. 

Stctnmcft. 

X)te  ^3urgen  finb  erobert. 

IbnM. 

Unb  tt)ir  im  ?anbe  llri  bulben  noc^ 
2(uf  wtferm  ^Boben  bag  Jl)rannenfd)(oB  ? 
2tnb  mir  bie  ?e^ten,  bie  firf)  frei  erflaren? 


3s  od)  foil  ftefjen,  ba«  un^  ;anngen  woHte?         2845 
2luf,  rei^t  e$  nieber! 

3tllc. 
Nieber!  nieber!  nieber! 

152 


Cell  Stanbbtlb  in  2lltorf 


Stufsug.    (Erfte  Scene.  153 


So  ift  ber  Stier  oon  Urt? 

©tier  Bon  Uri. 

gter.    38a3  foil  id)? 

JRuobi. 

Steigt  auf  bie  £)od)ttmd)t,  blaft  in  Cmer  £>orn, 


^  toettfdjmetternb  in  bie  ^Berge  fdjatle, 
llnb,  jebe^  (Sc^o  in  ben  ^etfenftitften  2850 

Stufmecfenb,  fc^netl  bie  Scanner  be 


3ufammenrufe. 

«ticr  toon  Urt  acbt  ab.    'Walter  ^iirft  fcmmt. 

25Ba(tcr  ^iirft. 

^altct,  ^reunbe!  §a(tet! 
97o^  fe^It  un«  £unbe,  ma^  in  Untermatben 
Unb  2cf)rot)$  gefc^e^en.  Sapt  un«(  ^Boten  erft 

(Snuarten. 

JRuobt. 

So§  ermorten?    T>er  Xljrann  2855 

3ft  tot,  ber  £ag  ber  grei^eit  ift  erfdjienen. 

©teinmcl?. 

nic^t  genng  an  biefen  flammenben  ^Boten, 
rings  fyerum  auf  alien  Bergen  leudjtenV 

?Ruol»i. 

afle,  fontmt,  (egt  ,*panb  an,  banner  unb  SBeiber! 
aS  ©eriifte!    Sprengt  bie  33oa,en!    9?ei^t      2860 
Sftauern  ein!    ^ein  Stein  bleib'  auf  bent  anbern. 


154  IDtHjclm  Cell. 


©efeUen,  fotnmt!    Sir  fjaben's  cmfgebaut, 
Sir  nriffen'S  511  jerftoren. 

?uic. 

&ommt,  reifct  nieber! 

(Sit  piirjcn  ftd;  oon  alien  Sfitcn  auf  ben  Sau.) 

hotter  ^iirft. 
(5^  ift  im  Vauf.    $A)  fann  fie  nicfjt  meljr  Molten. 

^  9aumi)artcn  fcmmen. 


?    Steh,t  bie  53urg  noc^,  unb  Scfylojj  Sarnen  Itegt  2865 
^n  Stfc^e,  unb  ber  9?oBberg  ift  gebrorfjenV 

9®alter  prft. 

Seib  3t)r  e«,  SWe^tat?     ^Bringt  3b,r  un^  bie  gretyett? 
2agt,  finb  bie  Sanbe  ade  rein  oom  5eiwb? 


2JWd)tal   (umarmt  ibn). 

in  ift  ber  23oben.    greut  Gu^,  after  3?ater! 
3n  biefem  3Iugenb(icfe,  ba  ttiir  reben,  2870 

3ft  fein  Xtjrann  me^r  in  ber  Sdjweijer  Sanb. 


O  fprec^t,  nrie  lourbet  il)r  ber  53urgen  mticfytig? 


9?uben',  irar  eS,  ber  ba^  Earner  2d)(oB 
9Wit  mannUd)  fit()ner  SBagetat  getoann. 

9?oBberg  tjatt'  id)  nad)t^  poor  crfttetjen.  2875 

t)dret,  wae  gefdjaf).    2tU  toir  ba^ 
geinb  ge(eert,  nun  frenbig  angepnbet, 


^iinfter  Zlufsug.    €rfte  Scene.  155 

£>ie  $(amme  praffelnb  fd)on  junt  §imme(  fdjtug, 

J)a  ftitr^t  ber  £)ietl)e(tn,  ©eper§  Sub,  fjeroor 

Unb  ruft,  bap  bie  Srunecferin  derbrenne.  2880 


©eredjter  ®ott! 

(OTan  hort  We  Salfen  bes  ©erufles  (Iur3en.) 

Wetdjhrf. 

2tc  mar  e3  fetbft,  tear 
^)ier  etngefdjfoffen  auf  be^ 

er^ob  fic^  9^iiben5,  benn  twr 
Salfen  [c^on,  bie  feften  ^foften  fttirgcn 
Unb  cms  bent  9frmcl)  Ijcroor  ben  ^atnmerruf  2885 

Ungtitcffeligen. 

hotter  prft. 
@ic  ift  gerettet? 

Wcldjtal. 

gott  ©efrf)iutnbfein  unb  (5nt[d)Ioffent)eit! 
aY  er  nnr  unfcr  Gbelmann  geroefen, 
Sir  fatten  unfer  Seben  tto^t  geliebt; 
Tod)  er  tear  unfer  Gibgenot?,  nnb  Serta  2890 

baS  SBol!.    @o  feften  mir  getroft 
8eben  bran  unb  ftiirjten  in  ba§  ^euer. 


9Boltcr 

Sie  ift  gerettet? 


(£ie  ift'S.    9?ubenj  unb  id), 
2Bir  trugen  fie  fetbanber  au§  ben  glammen, 
Unb  ^tnter  un§  fiel  fracfjenb  bag  ©eba'If.  2895 

Unb  je£t,  ats  fie  gerettet  fief)  erfannte, 


156  IWItjdm  Cell. 

3Me  Slugen  aitffdjlng  $u  bem  $immel*ltd)t, 

$et}t  ftiiqte  mir  ber  Jyreiljerr  an  ba$  .'per1,, 

Unb  fdjroeigenb  ttarb  em  $iinbni£  je£t  befd)ttoren, 

IMS  feft  gefjartet  in  be£  $euer$  ©tut,  2900 

23efteb,en  wtrb  in  alien  Sc 

Rafter  ^ 
So  i)"t  ber  ?anbenberg? 

Wcldjtal. 

liber  ben 

Oitdit  (ag'^  an  ntir,  ba§  er  ba^  ^id)t  ber  Stugen 
^aoontrug,  ber  ben  ii^ater  ntir  gebfenbet. 
^acl)  jagt'  id)  ifym,  erreidjt'  ib,n  anf  ber  gtudjt  2905 

Unb  riB  tfjn  ju  ben  gitBen  nteineg  33ater£. 
©efd)Wungen  iiber  ib,n  inar  fdjon  ba^  Sdjlnert; 
33on  ber  SBarmfyeqigfeit  be^  btinben 
(Srt)ie(t  er  flefyenb  ba^  ©ef 

Urfetjbe  fdjrour  er,  nie  suritcf  511  feljren;  2910 

(5r  ttrirb  fie  fatten  ;  nnfern  Slrm  t)at  er 

Rafter  gar*. 

,  ba§  3^b,r  ben  retnen  Sieg 
tt  ^Btute  nidjt  gefdjanbet! 

fiinbcr 

(eilen  mtt  Crummern  bcs  (Pcruftcs  iibcr  bic  Scene). 


(Das  fjorn  con  llri  tt>irt  mit  ITlacfit  geblafen.) 

9Baltcr  ^ttrft. 

t,  toe(d)  ein  fteft!    T)e§  Xage^  merben  fid) 
T)te  ^tnber  fpat  al«  ©reife  nod)  erinnern.  2915 

tcibrf-en   bringen  ben   ffut  auf  etner  Stange  getragen  ;    Me  ganje  Scene  fuflt  fid*  mit 
Volt  an.) 


^iinfter  2lufsug.    €rfte  Scene.  157 


Dier  ift  ber  §ut,  bem  nrir  un3  beugen  mitftten. 

SBaumgorten. 

®ebt  un3  33efd)eib,  tt>a3  bamtt  toerben  foil. 

2Baltcr  ftiirft. 
®ott!    llnter  biefem  §ute  ftanb  mem  (Snfel! 

SJicljrcrc  ©timmen. 

^erftort  ba$  !l}en?mat  ber  X^rannenmarf)t  ! 
3n«f  geuer  mit  i^m! 

2BaItcr  giirft. 

sJ?ein,  ta^t  i^n  aitfbeit)al)ren!    2920 
1)er  Xt)rannei  mu^t'  er  gum  2Berf$eug  btenen, 
(5r  foil  ber  ^reifyett  eiutg 


(Die   Canbleute,   ITldnner,   Ifeiber   un6  Kin&er  |M;en   un6  ftgen   auf  ben   Salfen   bes 
jerbrodienen  (Seriiftes  malerifct;  grupptert  in  einem  grogen  Balbfrets  umb,er.) 


@o  fte^en  lt)ir  mm  frofyltcl)  auf  ben  Xriintmern 
£>er  X^rannei,  unb  ^errtirf)  ift'«  erfiiUt, 

mir  im  9?iitli  fdjrouren,  (Sibgenoffen.  2925 

Bolter  prft. 

Serf  ift  angefangen,  nit^t  dollenbet. 

ift  un*  3)?ut  imb  fefte  @intracf)t  not  ; 
Denn,  feib  getDt^,  nic^t  faumen  rtnrb  ber  Hbnig, 
^)en  Xob  gu  rad^en  feine^  3Sogt^  imb  ben 
33ertriebnen  mit  ©ewalt  juritd  311  fitfyren.  2930 

(Sr  jiet)'  ^eran  mit  fetner 


158  Wilfylm  Cell. 

l^/ 
3ft  <w3  bent  3nnern  &°rf)  *>er  5einb  oerjagt; 


geinb  con  aupen  rootten  nrir  begegnen. 


inen'ge  ^Jaffc  offnen  tljm  ba^  Sanb, 
X'te  luotten  nrir  mit  unfern  ^eibern  becfen.  2935 

Saumgartcn. 

iOtr  finb  Deremigt  bitrd)  etn  emtg  ®anb, 
Unb  feme  §eere  follen  un^  ntdjt  fdjrecfen! 

:HiJffcImann  unt  «taitffad)cr  fummcn. 
Wbfidmann   dm  «tntrrtrn). 

finb  be^  §intme(«  furrf)tbore  ©eric^te. 


3n  wetc^en  ,3etten  leben  lutr! 

SBattcr  Jiirft. 

Sagt  on,  tDa«  ift  e«?—  «pa,  fetb  3^,  $)err  Werner?  2940 
brtngt 


3s?o*  gibt's? 

JRbffelmann. 

^>brt  unb  erftaunet! 
Stoujfad)cr. 


i?on  etner  gro^en  gurc^t  finb  tt)ir  befreit  — 

Oiofiedntnitt. 
^aifer  ift  ermorbet. 


©nab'ger  ®ott! 

(CanMeute  macfren  einen  ^uf)ian6  unb  um6rangen  ben  Stanffadjer.) 


^unftcr  ^lufjug.    <£rfte  Scene.  159 

«Uc. 
grmorbet!    23oc?    £er  Soifcr!    gb'rt!    £er  £aifer! 


mbg(td)!    2£ol)er  fam  Crud)  biefe  lunbe?  2945 

3tauffad)cr. 
ift  getmil    53ei  ^Brucf  fiel  ^ontg  2Ubred)t 

>?brber*  ©anb  ;  em  gfaubeneroerter  9J?atm, 
3  o  f)  a  n  n  e  3  9ft  tit  I  e  r,  bradjt'  e^  oon  2cf>aff  Ijaufen. 


inogte  fotrfje  grauendode  Jat? 

Stauffodjer. 

te  hrirb  nocf)  grouenPoUer  burcf)  ben  Xtiter.  295o 

war  fein  x??effe,  fetne^  ^Britber^  .^inb, 
3°f)ann  bon  Sc^waben,  ber'0 


trieb  tf)n  ,u  ber  Xat  be^  33atertnorbe  ? 

Stauffot^cr. 

Ter  .^atfer  ^iett  ba^  oaterlirfie  Grbe 
Xem  ungebulbig  3)?a^nenben  juriicf;  2955 

63  f)iej$,  er  benf  ifytt  gan^  barum  511  fitr^en, 
Wlit  emem  ^Bifrfjofefiut  i^n  ab^ufinben. 
ie  bem  and)  fei,  ber  3"nflfm9  bffnete 

Saffenfreunbe  bbfem  9?at  fein  C^r, 
Unb  ntit  ben  ebeln  .'oerrn  Don  (5  f  cb,  e  n  b  a  cf),  2960 

2?on  X  e  g  e  r  f  e  I  b  e  n,  Don  ber  $}  a  r  t  unb  ^  a  I  m 
er,  ba  er  ?Hecf)t  ntrf)t  fonnte  ftnben, 
mit  ber  eignen 


160  JDtlfyeim  Cell. 


SBoltcr 
O  fprerf)t,  ttrie  warb  ba$  ©rafltidje  Dottenbet? 

©tauffadjer. 

£)er  $bnig  ritt  fjerab  ttom  ©tein  311  33aben,  2965 

©en  3tt)einfetb,  wo  Me  ^offtatt  war,  gu  jiefm, 
W\t  if>m  bie  prften  .^on^  imb  ^eopotb 
Unb  em  ©efolfle  Ijodjgeborner  ^errcn. 
Unb  a(«  fie  famen  an  bie  ^eu^,  wo  man 
3luf  einer  gal)re  fid)  la'fet  itberfe^en,  2970 

T)a  brdngten  fid)  bie  Sftbrber  in  ba^  @d)iffr 

fie  ben  ,tatfer  fcom  ©efolge  trennten. 

l«^  ber  $itrft  burd)  ein  geatfert  $e(b 
^pinreitet  —  eine  alte  grofje  Stabt 
©oil  brunter  tiegen  ait^  ber  ^eiben  Qeit  —  2975 

•Die  alte  ftefte  ."pab^burg  im  ©efid)t, 
3Ko  fetne^  '©tamme^  ."po^eit  au^gegangen. 
Stbpt  .'oer^og  .^an^  ben  £)old)  it)m  in  bie  ,tel)(e, 
SKuboIf  uon  ^alm  burd)rennt  ifyn  ntit  bem  ©peer, 
Unb  (Sfdjenbad)  jerfpaltet  it)m  ba^  ^aupt,  2980 

£)a§  er  ^erunterfinft  in  feinem  Stut, 
©emorbet  tion  ben  ©einen,  auf  bem  ©einen. 
2tm  anbern  lifer  fatjen  fie  bie  Zat  ; 

),  burd)  ben  Strom  gefrf)ieben,  fonnten  fie 

ein  ofmma'djtig  iBet)gefd)rei  erl)eben;  2985 

2tm  Sege  aber  fa§  ein  arme£  Seib, 
^n  it)rem  @d)OB  oerbtutete  ber  ^aifer. 

9)leld)tal. 
©o  fjat  er  nur  fetn  fritl)e«  ©rab  gegraben, 

itnerfatt(id)  oiled  wottte  ^aben! 


^unfter  Zlufsug.    <£rfte  Scene.  161 

©touffodjcr. 

(gin  nngefyenrer  ©djrecfen  ift  im  Sanb  umfjer;  2990 

©efperrt  finb  atte  s$affe  beg  ©ebirgS, 
^ebiueber  @tanb  oerinafjret  feine  ©ren^en; 

olte  3"r^  Wb]t  f(^to^  tfyre  Xore, 

bret^ig  3al)r;  lang  off  en  ftanben,  311, 
!Die  Sftorber  fitrdjtcnb  unb  nod)  me^r  —  bie  3ftid)er      2995 
!Denn,  mit  be^  ^Banne^  gluc^  bewaffnet,  fomtnt 

Ungorn  ^bntgtn,  bie  ftrenge  2tgne«r 

nid)t  bie  SERUbe  fennet  i^rc«  Batten 
t^,  be«  33ater«  fbniglic^e^  «Iut 
^u  racfyen  an  ber  SDJbrber  ganjeni  Stamm,  3000 

2tn  ifjren  .^nedjten,  $tnbern,  ^tnbeefmbern^ 
^a,  an  ben  ©tetnen  il)rer  ©(^tb'ffer  fetbft. 
©efd)Jt)oren  fjat  fie,  gan',e  3e^gungen 
©inab^ufenben  in  be£  SSoterd  ©rab, 
3ti  331ut  fid)  raie  in  ORaientau  ju  baben.  3005 


man,  too  fid)  bie  SJJb'rber  Ijtngefludjtet? 

©tttitffad)cr. 

flotjen  alsbatb  na(^  oollbradjter  Xat 
Stuf  fitnf  t>erfd)iebnen  Stra^en  au^einanber 
Unb  trennten  fidj,  um  nie  fic^  metjr  ^n  fetjn. 

3of)ann  foil  trren  im  ©ebirge.  *  3010 


prft. 

tra'gt  bie  Untat  itjnen  feine  ^-rud)t! 
tragt  feine  ^^uc^t!     Sicf)  felbft  ift  fie 


162  JDiHjelm  Cell. 


furd)terlirf)e  9tol)rttng,  ifjr 
3ft  9)?orb,  unb  ifjre  Sattigung  ba3  ©raitfen. 

(Stauffadjer. 

£)en  9fttfrbern  brtngt  bie  Untat  nidjt  ©enrinn;  3015 

28  ir  aber  bredjen  mit  ber  reinen  §anb 
btut'gen  ^ret»e(§  fegendolle  $nicf)t  ; 

einer  gro^en  gurdjt  finb  rt)tr  entlebtgt; 
©efaKen  ift  ber  gretljeit  grower  getnb, 
llnb  lute  oerlaittet,  H)trb  ba^  Scepter  gefjn  3020 

gwuS  gu  einem  anbern  ©tamm  ; 
feine  2Bal)(fretI)eit  beb,aupten. 


993altcr  ^urft  unb 


3tauffart)cr. 

£>er  ©raf  uon  ^uremburg 
3ft  son  ben  tneljrftett  Stimmen  fd)on  bejetcfynet. 

993oltcr  ^urft. 

un^,  baft  nrir  betm  9teid^e  treu  gefyatten;  3025 

ift  311  tyoffen  auf  ©erec^tigfeit  ! 


3tauffod)cr. 

tteuen  §errn  tun  tapfre  ^reunbe  not; 
(Sr  JDtrb  un«  f^irmen  gegen  £)ftreu$6  9fad)e 

(Die  €anblcute  umarmcn  cinanber.) 

Sigrift  mit  etncm  9teid)3&oten. 

©tflrift. 

^)ter  finb  be§  SanbeS  wUrb'ge  Ober^aupter. 

JHiJffelmann  unb  SKeljrere. 
gtbt'«? 


^iinfter  2Xufsug.    (Erfte  Scene.  163 

(Siflrift. 

(Sin  9?eidj§bot'  bringt  bieS  ©djreiben.  3030 

StflC  (3"  Baiter  5urjl). 

(grbredjt  unb  (efet. 

SBoItcr  ftiirft  (Heft). 

,,£)en  befdjeibnen  2)?annern 
3Son  Uri,  @^w^3  unb  Untertoatben  bietet 
£)ie  tdnigin  e^bett)  ©nab'  unb  oUc*  ®utc«." 


©ttmmcit. 
toitt  bie  tonigin?    ^tjr  9?eid)  ift  au«. 

9®a(ter  5-iirft  (Heft). 

,,3n  tl)rem  grofeen  ©^rnerj  nnb  SBitraenteib,  3035 

SBoretn  ber  blufge  .'pinfrfjetb  tfjre^ 
®ie  ^ontgtn  oerfet^t,  gebenlt  fie  nod) 
£)er  alien  Xren'  unb  Sieb'  ber 


i^rem  ©littf  ^at  fie  ba^  nie  getan. 

SJoffelmonn. 

iU!    8affct  t)dren! 


,,llnb  fie  t>erjtel)t  fid)  jn  bem  treuen 
®a^  e^  geredjten  5Ibfd)eu  werbe  tragen 
3Sor  ben  uerfhidjten  Xatern  biefer  Xat. 
!Darunt  emartet  fie  Don  ben  brei  Sanben, 

fie  ben  9J?brbern  ntntmer  ^orfdjub  tun,  3045 

getreu(id)  bap  I)elfen  werben, 
ern  in  be 


164  UKHjelm  Cell. 

£>er  £ieb'  gebenfenb  nnb  ber  alien  @unft, 
£;ie  fie  Don  9htbolf3  giirften^aue  empfangen. 

t>es  Untfillens  unter  Ben  Cantileuten.) 


Side  Stimmen. 
£)er  £ieb'  unb  ©unft!  305° 

Stauffadjcr. 

Sir  fyaben  ©unft  empfangen  oon  bem  3?ater; 
)tie|fen  rii^men  loir  wt$  Don  bem  So^n? 
er  ben  ^Brief  ber  greifjeit  un^  beftatigt, 
oor  ifytn  olle  ^aifer  botf)  getan? 
er  gerirfjtet  nai^  gerei^tem  Sprurf)  3055 

Unb  ber  bebrangten  Unfrfjiitb  2c^u^  Der(iet)n? 
er  and)  nnr  bie  ^Boten  rooHen  fjoren, 


nitr  in  unfrer  2(ngft  ju  i^m  gefenbet? 


eine  Don  btefem  aden  tjat  ber  $6nig 
2(n  un«  geton,  unb  fatten  roir  nid)t  fetbft  306° 

9?ecf)t  Derfdjafft  mil  eigner  nmt'ger  .'panb, 
riti)rte  unfre  ^ot  nicf)t  an.    ^t)m  ^anf? 
Danf  l)at  er  geftit  in  biefen  Xcilern. 
(Sr  ftanb  auf  einem  I)ol)en  "|?(a^,  er  fonnte 
(5in  5>ater  feiner  2?b'Ifer  fein;  bod)  if)tn  3065 

©efiel  e^,  nur  gn  (orgen  fitubie  Setnen. 
er  gemert  ^at,  mogen  unt  il)n  roeinen! 


^iirft. 

2Bir  wolten  nid)t  fro^locfen  feine^ 
^id)t  be$  empfangnen  «B8fen  je^t  gebenfen, 
gern  fei'^  Don  un«!    ^od)  baj}  luir  rcid)en  fottten     3070 
Job.  ber  nie  un^  ©ute^  tat, 


^iinfter  2tufsug.    ^tocitc  Scene.  165 

Unb  bie  oerfotgen,  bie  un#  nie  betritbten, 

jtemt  un$  nidjt  unb  mill  un3  nid)t  gebitfyren. 
Siebe  milt  ein  freteS  Cpfer  [ein  ; 

£)er  £ob  entbinbet  Don  er^iuitngnen  ^flirfjten,  3075 

^aben  lutr  ntdjtvj  Better  311  entric^ten. 


Unb  meint  bte  ^onigin  in  it)rer  hammer, 
Unb  fiagt  tljr  tuitber  2d)tner^  ben  ^)tmmel  an, 
2o  fefyt  i^r  t)ter  ein  angftbefreite^  35olf 
3u  eben  biefem  ,'oimmel  banfenb  fle^en— 
3Ber  Xriinen  ernten  nn'tt,  muj?  Viebe  [aen. 

(Heidjsbote  geljt  nb.) 


)Cf  (3«  torn  Volt). 

So  ift  ber  £ei(?    3o((  er  attein  un£  fefyfen, 

L 

Xer  unfrer  ftreiljeit  Stiftcr  tft?    ®a^  ©rofjte 

$at  er  getan.  ba^  ,<nftrtefte  erbulbet. 

^ommt  a  tie,  fommt  nad)  fetnem  ,f)au^  ^u  matten,       3085 

Unb  rufet  |jeit  bem  better  non  un^  atten. 

(2JIIe  geben  ab.;  • 


@cene. 


Sin  geiter  brennt  auf  bent  £erb.    ®ie  offenfteljenbe  Xure  jeigt  iti« 

Jyreie. 

'Wnlter  unb 


©cut  fommt  ber  3?otcr.     Wmber,  (tebe  tinber! 
(5r  (ebt,  ift  fret,  unb  nnr  y.nb  fret  unb 
Unb  cucr  SSoter  iff*,  bcr'd  £anb  gerettet. 


166  tDilelm  Cell. 


Unb  id)  bin  aucf)  babei  gewefen,  Gutter!  309° 

2)?id)  mufl  man  and)  nut  nennen.    3?ater3 
®ing  mir  ant  I'eben  fyart  toorbei,  nnb  id) 
nid)t  ge3tttert. 


(umarntt  ibn). 

$a,  bu  bift  mir  ttrieber 
®egeben!    ^d™^  b,ab'  id)  bicb,  geboren! 
3roeima(  litt  id)  ben  ^utteri'c^mer',  um  bic^!  3095 

(5^  ift  oorbei  —  ic^  b,ab'  eu^  beibe,  beibe! 
Unb  b,eute  fommt  ber  liebe  3?ater  mteber! 

©in  2,'tonrfi  erft^eint  an  ber 


ief),  90?utter,  fie^  —  bort  ftefjt  ein  frommer  53ruber  ; 
©ennj?  wirb  er  um  eine  ®abe  fletjn. 


iib/r'  ifm  ^erein,  bamit  lutr  ib,n  erquicfen;  310° 

r  fub,!'^,  bafe  er  in*  ^renbenb,au^  gefommen. 

(Celit  hinein  un&  fommt  ball)  mit  einem  Bectjcr 


2SiiIl)cIm  (sum  man*). 
£ommt,  guter  9^ann.    ^ie  Gutter  mid  Qnd)  laben. 


$ommt,  ruf)t  Gucb,  au*  unb  gefyt  geftarft  Don  bannen. 


(fcijeu  umfjerblicfenb  mit  serflorten  §ngen). 

bin  id)?    Saget  an,  in  roeldjem  8anbe? 


^iinfter  2luf5ug.    ^toeite  Scene.  167 

SEBaltcr. 

eeib  3Dr  fcerirret,  ba$  $f)r  ba$  nid)t  nn'tst?  3105 

.^r  feib  511  33itrg(en,  §err,  im  Sanbe  Uri, 
So  man  I)inetnget)t  in  ba£  Sdjadjentaf. 


(3ur  £7c&t»ig,  rvelcbe  juriicffommt). 

attein?    3ft  (Suer     err  311 


erroarf  tfjn  eben  —  bod)  lua^  ift  (Sud^r  3)?ann? 
fel)t  nic^t  au^,  a(3  ob  Qfy  ®ute^  bra^tet. 
Ser  3^r-  au(^  fe^^  3fyr  fei°  bebitrftig, 

(Heicfyt  ihm  ben  Sedjer.) 


2Bte  aurf)  metn  (erfj^enb  ^er^  nad)  ^abung  fi^mac^tet, 
rittjr'  id)  an,  bis  3^r  m^r  S^gefagt  — 


53eriif)rt  mein  Uleib  nid)t,  tretet  mir  nid)t  n 
23leibt  feme  ftefjn,  wenn  id)  (Slid)  tjbren  foil. 


i  btefem  geuer,  bad  ()ier  gaftttdj  (obert, 
i  Surer  ^inber  teurem  §aupt,  ba§  id) 
Umfaffe  - 

(Crgretft  bie  Knaben.) 


finnet 

meinen  tinbern!    3f)1'  fe 

nic^t  !     X)er  5l"ie^e  woljnt  in  biefem  ^teibe  ;          3I2° 
(Suren  3u9en  wo^nt  ber  $riebe  nid)t. 


168  IDityelm 


in  u  itdi. 

bin  ber  nnglucffeligfte  ber  9#enfd)en. 


Unglitcf  fpridjt  getoaltig  511  bem  fjerjen; 
£5od)  (Slier  JBlid  fdjniirt  mir  ba$  ^nnre  ju. 


(auffpringenD). 

Gutter,  ber  33ater! 

(€ilt  Ijinaus.) 


O  mein  ®ott! 

(IDill  nadj,  3tttert  unb  bait  fid)  an.) 


3125 

(braugen). 

®d  btft  bu  toieber! 

^Ul)Clm   (6rauBen). 

33ater,  tieber  ^ater! 

J'CU   (braufeen). 

2)0  bin  id)  mieber.    5Bo  ift  cure  sJJhttter? 

(Ireten  tjerein.) 

953oltcr. 

®a  fte^t  fie  an  ber  Jitr  imb  fann  nid)t  toeiter; 
©o  jittert  fie  oor  S^recfen  unb  Dor  greube. 

Zel. 

O  C>ei)Wi9J    §eburig!    Gutter  meiner  finber!  313° 

©ott  ^at  ge^olfen,  un^  trennt  !ein  ^Qvattn  me^r. 


(an  feincm  Balfe). 

XelU    Zttil    Seiche  5tngft  litt  id)  urn  bid) 

(OTond)  totrb  aufmerffam.) 


^iinfter  Zlufsug.    <3tr>ette  Scene.  169 

Sell. 

tB  fie  jefet  unb  (ebe  mtr  ber  ftreube! 

bin  idj  nrieber!    £a3  ift  meine  Dutte! 

ftefye  ttrieber  ouf  bent  SOMnigen!  3135 

SBttydm. 

2Bo  aber  fyaft  bu  beine  2lrmbruft,  25atcr? 
3$  feb,'  fie  nirfjt. 


^u  JtJtrft  fie  nie  metjr  fe{)n. 
2ln  tjeil'ger  ®tatte  ift  fie  aufbeJt>ab,rt  ; 
©te  ttrirb  ^infort  ju  fetner  ^t^fl^  me*)r  bienen. 


O  Xett!    £etl! 

(Critt  3uriicf,  lafet  fcinc  f)anb  los.) 


XcH. 

erfc^recft  bid),  ItebeS  Seib?     3140 


ie  —  uiie  fotnmft  bu  mtr  nrieber? 


—  T)arf  id)  fie  faffen  ?  —  SDiefe  §anb  —  o  ®ott! 

Xcll   (hcr3licf)  unb  murig). 

,f>at  end)  ttertetbigt  ttnb  ba^  Sanb  gerettet; 
3<d)  barf  fie  fret  l)inanf  jnm  ^intntel  I)eben. 

(tTlond)  macbt  eine  rafdje  Scinegung,  er  erblicft  thn.) 

Ser  ift  ber  ^Sruber  fyier? 


?(i^r  ic^  toerga^  tfjn!          3145 
ic^  bu  mit  ifjtn,  ntir  graut  in  fetner  sj?al)e. 


170  IDiHjelm  Ceil. 


(tritt  nohcr). 

<2eib  3^r  ber  £etf,  burd)  ben  ber  £anbdogt  fiel? 

Sell. 

£)er  bin  id),  id)  oerberg'  e3  feinem  2ftenfd)en. 


feib  ber  Xe(l!    2tc^,  c«  tft 

unter  (Suer  ®ai^  nttc^  ^at  gefiifyrt.  3150 


2!eU  (nii§t  thn  mit  ben  JIugcn). 

feib  fein  3)?bnrf)!    Ser  feib 


^t)r  erfrfjlngt 
!Den  ^anbdogt,  ber  (Suc^  ^Bbfe^  tat  —  2Iuc^  id) 
£>ab'  etnen  ^einb  erfcf)(agen,  ber  mir  9?ed)t 
33erfagte  —  er  toar  Suer  geinb,  tt)te  meiner  — 
3d)  fyab'  ba^  Sanb  oon  ifym  befrett. 

Xcll   Qurucffahrenb). 

3f)r  feib—        3155 

(Sntfe^en!  —  liinber!    tinber,  ge()t  tjinein! 
,  (iebe«  SBeib!    ®e^,  get)!  —  Unglucf  ticker.' 
maret  — 


©ott,  toer  tft  e§? 

XcU. 

^rage  ntd)t! 

t,  fort!    !X)te  tinber  biirfen  eg  nicfjt  ijbren. 

s  bem  §aufe  —  rteit  f)intt)eg  —  bn  barf  ft  3160 

9?irf)t  unter  einem  3Dad)  mit  biefem  ttofynen. 


^iinfter  21  uf  3119.    <5tr>eite  Scene.  171 


mir,  »a«  ift  ba$?    totrnnt! 

(Setjt  mit  ben  Ktnbern.) 
$CU   Qu  bem  IHond?). 

$l)r  feib  ber 

33on  Ofterretcf)  —  ^>f)r  fctb's!    ^t)r  ^abt  ben  $atfer 
,  (Suern  Ctjm  imb  §errn. 


'4-MU-riritin. 

(5r  hmr 
dauber  meme^ 


Sell. 

Suern  O^m  3165 

@rfrf)(Qgen,  Cruent  ^atfer!    tlnb  (Sui^  trcigt 
£)te  ^rbe  no^!    (5ud)  teuc^tet  nod)  bie  Sonne! 

^Sarrtcibo. 

,  fjort  mic^,  e()'  ^r- 

XcU. 

33on  bem  53tnte  trtefenb 
23atermorbe$  nnb  be^  ^atfermorb^, 
SBagft  bn^n  treten  in  metn  reined  §au§?  317° 

^Du  tt>agff«,  bein  Slntti^  etnem  guten  9J?en[(i)en 
3u  jetgen  unb  ba^  ®aftrerf)t  511  begefyren? 

^orrictba. 

53et  (Sud)  t)offt'  id)  ^Barm^er^igfeit  ju  finben  ; 
2lttd)  ^^  tia()mt  9?ad)'  an  Suretn 


Unglitcf  ti^er  ! 
T>arfft  bit  ber  (5^rfnd)t  btut'ge  @d)ulb  bermengen        3175 


172  IDilbdm  Cell. 

Wlit  ber  geredjten  x?iotwef)r  ernes  2?ater$? 
$aft  bu  ber  ftinber  liebeS  §aupt  tierteibigt? 

)ei(igtum  befd)ii£t?   ba£  Sd)recf(id)fte, 
t»on  ben  Teinen  abgemel^rt? 

3um  £nmmet  ^eb'  id)  meine  reinen  £wnbe,  3180 

5>erf(ud)e  bid)  unb  beine  lat.    ©erad)t 
.'nab'  id)  bte  fjeilige  x^atur,  bte  bu 
(^ei"d)(inbet  —  ^id)t<5  teif  id)  mit  bir  —  ©emorbet 
bu,  id)  f)ab'  mein  Xeuerfte^  derteibigt. 

^orricibo. 
ftof,t  mid)  »on  (iud),  troftto^,  in  $er$roeif(ung?  3185 

XcU. 

fa^t  etn  ©raufen,  ba  id)  mit  bir  rebe. 
!     Sanbfe  beine  furd)ter(id)e  Strafe! 
rein  bie  ^)iitte,  too  bie  Un[d)ulb  l 


(wenftct  fid>  ju  geben). 

So  fann  id)  unb  fo  nnlf  id)  nid)t  meb,r  teben! 

Sell. 

llnb  bod)  erbarmt  mid)  beiner  — ©ott  beS  §immel«!  3190 
So  jung,  t>on  fotdjem  abeligen  Stamm, 

Gnfef  9?ubo(f^,  meine^  ^errn  unb  SaiferS, 

9)?brber  fludjtig,  fyier  an  meiner 

armen  3Kanne«  — flef)enb  unb  D 

(Perhullt  ftclj  bas  ©eftcijt.) 

^arricibo. 

C\  ttienn  3^r  rteinen  fount,  la^t  mein  (Mefd)tcf  3195 

(5ud)  jammern;  e6  ift  fiirdjtertid).    3d)  bin 


Scene.  173 

(gin  T$iiv)t  —  id)  roar'  3  —  id)  fonnte  gliicftid)  tterben, 

Senn  id)  ber  2Biinfd)e  Ungebulb  bqniam}.          ^-~*-^^  <^J&<_^ 

£er  Dfeib  jernogte  mir  bad  §er$.    3d)  fa^ 

£)te  ^wgenb  meined  2?etter^  ^eopolb  3200 

©efrbnt  mit  (S^re  unb  mit  ^anb  be(o()nt, 

Unb  mic^,  ber  gleidje^  2l(ter^  mit  it)m  war, 

$n  fflaoif^er  Unmlinbigfeit  ge^atten  — 

Sell. 

Ungfttcfltdjer,  mo^f  fannte  bt^  bein  Cfym, 

!j)a  er  bir  £anb  unb  ^eitte  lueigerte  !  3205 

£u  felbft  mit  rafdjer,  ttrifber  SBa^nfinn^tat 

9?ed)tferttgft  furd)tbar  feinen  toeifen 

So  (inb  bie  bhifgen  ^petfer  beined 


SBofjin  bie  9?ad)egeifter  fie  gefitljrt  ; 

$d)  faf)  fie  feit  ber  UngUtctetat  nid)t  tuieber.  321° 


bu,  ba§  bic^  bie  2(d)t  oerfolgt,  ba§  bit 
£)em  greunb  Derboten  unb  bent  ftdnb  ertaubt? 


!Darum  Dermeib'  id)  atte  offne  Stra§en, 

2(n  feine  ^iitte  mag'  ic^  anjupoc^en; 

$)er  SSitfte  fet)r'  id)  meine  Sdjritte  ^u  ;  3215 

9J?ein  eigneS  Sc^recfni*  irr'  id)  burd)  bie  33erge 

Unb  fat)re  fc^aubernb  Dor  mir  felbft  guritcf, 

3eigt  mir  ein  33adj  mein  ungtiicffetig  33Ub. 

O,  wenn  3^r  SWitfeib  fiifjft  unb  9J?enfd)(id)feit- 

t>or  iljm  ntcber.) 


174  XDilfyelm  Cell. 


©tefjt  ouf!    Stefjt  ouf!  3220 


id)t,  bis  $l)r  mir  bie  £mnb  gereirfjt  pr  §Ufe. 


Sell. 

®cmn  id)  Crud)  fyelfen?    fann'3  ein  DJJenfc^  ber  cgiinbe? 
£ocf)  fte^et  auf.    So^  3^r  cmd)  ®raBttc^e§ 
35eritbt  —  ^^r  fetb  ein  2ttenfd:)  —  i^  bin  e^  aucf)  ; 

eI{  foH  feiner  itngetrdftet  fdjeiben;  3225 

ic^  oermag,  ba3  luitl  i<^  tun. 

^orriciba 

(auffpringenb  unb  fcinc  Banb  mit  Bcftigfett  ergreifenb). 

O  XcU! 
rettet  meine  Seefe  bon  33er3tt)eiflung. 

Sell. 

meine  ^anb  Io«.    ^fjr  mii^t  fort.    5oier  fonnt 
unentbecft  nicf)t  bfeiben,  fbnnt  entbecft 

Stuf  2c^u^  nic^t  rerf)nen.    2Bo  gebenft  3^r  ^in?        3230 

So  Ijofft  ^^r  ^u^'  jit  finben? 


a-?  mir  ©ott  in3  §eq  gibt.    ^{)r  mii^t  fort 
Sanb  3ta^en/  ^a^  Sanct  ^Beter^  Stabt  ; 
2J-ort  toerft  ^^r  guc^  bem  ^apft  311  pfcen,  beic^tet 
3^m  (Sure  (gdmlb  unb  Ib'fet  (Sure  Seek.  3235 

^amctba. 
SBirb  er  mic^  nicf)t  bem  9?arf)er  iiberliefern  ? 


^iinfter  Hufsug.    ^tsette  Scene.  175 

Sell. 

er  Chid)  tut,  ba3  nefyntet  an  con  ©ott. 

^arriciba. 

ie  fontnt'  id)  in  ba3  unbefannte  8anb? 

bin  be3  2Beg3  nidjt  funbig,  mage  nidjt 
u  SBanberern  bie  Sc^ritte  ju  gefetlen.  324° 


SSeg  rail!  icf)  (Suc^  nennen,  nterfet 
ftetgt  I)inauf,  bent  Strom  ber  9?euB  entgegen, 
;XMe  roifbe^  ^aiife^  don  bent  33erge  ftiirjt  — 


(cri*ntft). 
bie  9?eiiB:'    2ic  f(of,  bet  nteiner  Xat. 

XcU. 

2Int  5Ibgrnnb  get)t  ber  SSeg,  unb  tiiele  .^reuje  3245 

^e^etcfjnen  t()n,  erricfjtet  junt  ®ebdrf)tnii5 
Sanberer,  bie  bie  famine  begraben. 


^arriciba. 

3d)  fiird)te  nic^t  bie  Scfjrecfen  ber 

23enn  ic^  be3  ^per^en^  wilbe  Cualen  jdtjnte. 

Sell. 

9?or  jebent  .Qreuje  fallet  I)in  unb  bitBet  325° 

931it  fjeiBen  $Keuetrcinen  (Sure  2d)u(b- 
Unb  feib  3b/r  Qtncftid)  burd)  bie  2d)reden£ftraf3e, 
Senbet  ber  ^Berg  nid)t  feine  3Sinbe^nieb,en 
2(uf  (Surf)  fjerab  don  bent  beeieten  3orf}r 
So  fontntt  3fjr  auf  bie  ^3ritcfe,  tt)e(d)e  ftaubet.     3255 
fie  nirfjt  einbrirfjt  unter  (Surer  Scfjufb, 


176  IDttyclm  Cell. 

SSenn  3<f)r  fie  g(itdlid)  I)inter  Gud)  getaffen, 
So  retfct  ein  fd)niar:;e$  ftelfentor  fid)  cmf, 

Tag  fyat'*  nod)  erfyettt  —  ba  geb,t  $b,r  burd), 
fitfyrt  (Sud)  in  ein  fyeitretf  Xal  ber  ^reu^e-  3260 

fd)nel(en  ©d)ritt«  mii^t  $ljr  ooritber  etten  ; 
bitrft  nid)t  lueilen,  IDO  bie 


!    ftubolf! 
jie^t  bein  (Snfet  ein  aiif  beine^  $Reid)ed  33oben! 


XcU. 

tntmer  fteigenb  fontmt  ^^r  anf  bie  §b 
©ott!)arbij,  mo  bie  eiD'gen  Seen  finb, 
don  be#  vf>imme(^  Strb'men  felbft  fid)  fit  Hen. 
£iort  netjmt  ^l)r  3lbfd)ieb  Don  ber  be'utfdjen  Grbe, 
Unb  ntuntern  ?auf<<  fiit)rt  Cud)  ein  anbrer  Strom 

anb  3tatien  l)inab,  Guri)  ba^  getobte-  327° 

(ITtan  bort  ben  Kutjrctbrn  uon  tndcn  Jtlpliorncrn  geblafen.) 

Stimmen.    g-ort! 


filt  bcrcin). 

SSo  bift  bu, 

9?ater  fommt!    e«  nab,n  in  frofyem 
!Dte  gtbgenoffen  alle  — 

ut  ft*). 
mir! 


barf  nid)t  meiten  bei  ben 

XcH. 

),  tiebe^  Seib.    Grfrifdje  btefen  9J?ann,  3275 

33efab'  ib,n  reid)  mit  @aben,  benn  fein 


^iinfter  2luf3ug.     Cetste  Scene.  177 

3ft  meit,  unb  feine  ©erberg'  finbet  er. 
Site!    eie  naljn. 


Ser  ift 

XcU. 

$orfd)e  nid)t! 

Unb  lt>enn  er  gef)t,  fo  tt>enbe  beine  S2lugen, 

fie  nidjt  fetjen,  roetcfyen  $}eg  er  raanbett!  3280 


gefyt  auf  ben  Jell  ju  mtt  einer   rafd)en   Setcegun^  ;    btefer  aber 
bebeutet  i^n  mtt  ber  £anb  unb  gef)t.    33enn  fcetbe  ju  oerfc^iebenen  Setten 
abgegangen,  oeriinbert  fic^  ber  2c6aup(a^,  unb  man  fiefyt  in  ber 


e^ten       cene 

ben  ganjen  Jvitgrunb  t>cr  XclIS  iScljnung,  ncbft  ben  Slnbo^en,  tt»e((fie  ifen  etn= 
fc^Uepen,  mtt  iianbleuten  bcfc^t,  roeld^e  fid)  ju  eincm  malerif(ften  ©iinjcn  gruvs 
^teren.  Slnbere  fontmen  iiber  einen  b,ot>cn  Steg,  ber  tiber  ben  Sd)ad)cn  fiifyri, 
gejogen.  SSalter  ftmit  mit  ben  beiben  .ftnaben,  sjj;dd>tal  unb  2tauffad)er  fcm= 
men  »orwart^,  anbere  brangcn  nad)  ;  tote  XeU  t)eraugfritt,  empfangen  if>n  alle 
mit  lautem  Jrob,locfen. 


Q3>  (ebe  Xetf,  ber  2cf)it^  unb  ber  (Srretter! 

3nbem  fid)  bie  t>orberften  um  ben  XeU  brangen  unb  t()n  umannen,  erfd>cinen 

nod)  :Hit6cn^  unc  QJerto,  jener  bie  2anbleute,  bjeje  bie  Sebnjtg  untannenr.     Xio 

SKitfif  »om  JBerge  bcglettet  btefe  ftuntino  Scene.    iBenn  fie  geenbigt,  tritt  sBerta 

in  bie  SPJitte  beS  SBc(f«. 

Scrto. 

?anbleute!    Q  tbgenoffen  !    s^e^mt  mtc^  auf 
$n  euern  ®unb,  bie  erftc  (MUtcfUdje, 
Tie  2rf)U^  gefunben  in  ber  ?yreif)ett  Vanb. 
3n  eure  tapfre  ©anb  leg'  tc^  metn  9?ecf)t  ;  328$ 

tfjr  al'3  eure  ^itrgerin  mid)  frfjitfeen? 


178  IDityelm  Cell. 


Saitb'eute. 
tooflen  ttrir  mit  ®ut  unb  33htt. 


(^o  reirf)'  id)  biefem  3"^9^n9  wteine  9?ecf)te, 
£)ie  frete  (S^tDcijcrin  betn  freien  2ftcmn! 

JRubcnj. 

llnb  frei  erltar'  id)  afte  meine  Unedjte.  3290 

Qn&em  Me  tTIufif  oon  neucm  rafclj  einfdUt,  fatlt  6er  t>orljang.) 


HISTORICAL  NOTE. 

(A  full  historical  account  will  be  found  on  page  260.) 

THE  political  situation,  as  it  is  supposed  to  exist  at  the 
beginning  of  the  action  in  the  three  cantons  with  which 
the  play  concerns  itself,  should  be  thoroughly  understood. 

The  Germany  of  the  Middle  Ages,  more  commonly  called 
the  Holy  Roman  Empire,  differed  very  materially  in  its  or- 
ganization from  that  of  any  modern  state.  It  was  composed 
of  a  large  number  of  political  units  of  many  kinds :  civil 
states,  such  as  principalities,  dukedoms,  counties,  and  smaller 
divisions  under  feudal  lords  ;  ecclesiastic  states,  such  as  bish- 
oprics, and  ecclesiastic  associations,  such  as  convents  and 
cloisters;  free  cities,  individual  freeholders  —  all  in  feudal 
dependence  on  the  emperor  alone.  Such  political  divisions; 
whether  under  an  absolute  ruler  or  more  or  less  democratic, 
were  practically  independent  of  each  other  except  as  they 
owed  a  common  allegiance  to  the  emperor  in  military  affairs 
and  as  supreme  judge  in  matters  at  issue  between  two  or 
more  of  them.  In  some  of  these  divisions  the  ruler  was 
hereditary ;  in  others,  appointive ;  in  others,  elective ;  in 
some  cases,  the  tenure  of  the  land  was  held  on  certain  pass- 
ing and  temporary  conditions.  Such  dependence  upon  the 
empire  was  called  immediate.  This  must  be  sharply  dis- 
tinguished from  mediate  dependence,  by  which  is  meant 
that  the  direct  dependence  was  first  to  some  feudal  lord, 
and  only  through  him  to  the  empire.  Thus  a  state  in 
immediate  dependence  upon  the  empire  might  enjoy  a 
measure  of  home  rule,  especially  in  states  where  the  gov- 
ernment was  more  or  less  democratic ;  whereas  mediate 

179 


180  WILHELM   TELL. 

dependence  meant  generally  to  be  subject  to  some  absolute 
ruler. 

The  imperial  office  was,  moreover,  not  an  hereditary  office, 
but  elective;  certain  princes,  lay  and  ecclesiastical,  first 
seven  and  later  nine  in  number,  acting  as  electors.  From 
this  it  followed  that  on  the  death  of  an  emperor  he  was  not 
necessarily  succeeded  by  his  son  or  heir  as  emperor,  though 
his  son  or  heir  did  succeed  him  as  ruler  of  his  hereditary 
possessions.  Thus  the  son  of  Albrecht,  the  emperor  in  the 
play,  was  not  elected  emperor  to  succeed  his  father,  though 
he  did  succeed  his  father  as  duke  of  Austria. 

Now,  the  three  cantons  were  in  immediate  dependence 
upon  the  empire  over  which  Albrecht  ruled  as  emperor; 
but  they  were  independent  of  Austria,  of  which  Albrecht 
was  hereditary  duke.  But  Albrecht's  Austrian  possessions 
completely  surrounded  the  three  cantons,  and  he  held  also 
many  possessions  within  their  very  borders.  It  was  his 
desire,  and  the  object  of  his  policy  towards  the  three  can- 
tons, to  persuade  or  to  force  them  to  become  a  part  of  his 
hereditary  possessions.  In  other  words,  he  desired  them 
to  give  up  their  immediate  dependence  on  the  empire, 
which  meant  their  individual  existence  as  states  within  the 
empire  and  their  right  to  rule  themselves,  and  to  accept 
him  and  his  sons  and  successors  as  their  absolute  rulers. 
To  accomplish  his  purpose  he  did  not  hesitate  to  use  his 
imperial  authority.  Thus  the  emperor,  who  should  have 
protected  them  against  the  aggressions  of  any  other  state, 
was  the  very  ruler  who  was  attacking  them.  In  their  efforts 
to  resist  Duke  Albrecht  it  was  very  difficult  not  to  be  made 
to  appear  as  resisting  Emperor  Albrecht. 

It  is  interesting  to  read  the  account  of  this  resistance  in 
the  chronicle  of  yEgidius  Tschudi  (1505-1572),  an  early  his- 
torian and  theologian,  who  resided  at  Glarus,  and  who  has 
been  called  the  Father  of  Swiss  History. 


HISTORICAL  NOTE.  181 

FROM  TSCHUDI'S  CHRONICLES. 
From  the  year  1304. 

I.  When  the  Forest  Cantons,  Uri,  Schwyz,  and  Unterwalden, 
felt  the  harshness  of  the  penal  authority  which  the  Duke  of 
Austria,  through  his  governors,  exercised  cruelly  over  them,  and 
since  they  feared  that  he  aimed  thereby  to  subject  them  to  him  as 
Austrian  subjects  (because  the  governors  had  several  times  said 
that  they  were  governing  in  the  name  of  the  Austrian  princes), 
they,  therefore,  were  moved  repeatedly  to  send  representatives  to 
King  Albrecht  to  ask  him  graciously  to  grant  them  an  imperial 
governor  who  should  rule  in  the  name  of  the  king  and  of  the 
empire,  as  had  been  the  practice  from  ancient  times ;  furthermore, 
these  (representatives)  were  humbly  to  beseech  his  majesty  to 
protect  them  (the  three  cantons)  in  their  imperial  rights  and  in 
their  ancient  privileges,  for  the  confirmation  of  which  they  were 
unwilling  to  cease  urging,  though  all  their  pleas  had  so  far  been 
in  vain  (cf.  lines  1324  ff.). 

The  king  became  very  angry  on  account  of  this  message,  for  he 
saw  that  he  had  not  succeeded,  either  by  prayers  or  kindness,  nor 
by  threats  and  cunning,  in  making  the  Forest  Cantons  submit  to 
his  sons,  the  princes  of  Austria,  nor  been  able  to  separate  them 
from  each  other.  "  Go  home,"  he  said  to  the  ambassadors. 
"  Since  it  must  be  so,  and  you  will  have  it  so,  I  will  give  you 
imperial  governors  to  rule  your  lands,  to  whom,  instead  of  to  me, 
you  shall  be  obedient  in  all  things ;  and  if  you  do  not  do  this,  I 
shall  punish  you  in  your  bodies  and  your  possessions,  and  you 
shall  have  forfeited  your  liberties." 

Soon  after  the  king  sent  them  two  imperial  governors  to  whom 
he  gave  commands  to  establish  their  residence  in  their  respective 
cantons,  which  had  before  this  time  not  been  the  custom ;  for  the 
three  cantons  had  had  before  this  time  one  governor  over  them 
all,  who  did  not  live  in  the  country  and  scarcely  visited  them  once 
a  year,  and  then  only  if  one  or  more  of  the  cantons  desired  him  to 
come  in  matters  of  law  (cf.  lines  1235  ff.).  This  governor  had,  in 
turn,  appointed  in  each  one  of  the  cantons  some  noble  or  freeman 
as  vice-governor,  through  whom  he  exercised  his  penal  jurisdiction. 


182  WILHELM    TELL. 

King  Albrecht,  therefore,  had  introduced  a  change  when  he 
gave  them  two  governors  who  were  to  reside  in  the  cantons.  The 
one  was  the  knight  Gessler  (cf.  line  281),  who  was  to  rule  Uri  and 
Schwyz;  he  dwelt  in  the  castle  at  Kussnacht  on  Lake  Lucerne. 
This  governor,  Gessler,  established  himself  in  the  castle  (Xurm,  cf. 
Act  I,  Sc.  Ill)  at  Altorf,  which  belonged  to  the  tax  collectors  in 
Altorf.  To  Unterwalden  he  sent  as  governor  Beringer  von  Lan- 
denberg  (cf.  line  282),  a  noble  of  the  Thurgau,  and  this  one 
established  his  residence  in  Sarnen  in  Ob  dem  Wald.  The  king 
commanded  Landenberg  to  take  possession  of  the  fortified  castle 
of  Rossberg  in  Nid  dem  Wald  and  to  put  into  it  a  bailiff.  This 
castle,  after  the  death  of  the  last  noble  of  Rossberg,  had  fallen  to 
the  latter's  uncle,  the  noble  von  Waltersberg,  who  also  lived  in 
Nid  dem  Wald.  King  Albrecht  forced  him  to  sell  the  castle. 
The  governor,  Landenberg,  appointed  to  the  castle  Rossberg  the 
noble  von  Wolfenschiessen  (cf.  lines  77-78),  who  also  lived  in 
Nid  dem  Wald,  a  young,  bold,  wanton  man,  who  joined  himself 
to  the  Austrians  against  the  will  of  his  brothers  and  his  friends. 
The  castles  Sarnen  and  Rossberg  were  well  garrisoned,  and  the 
king  gave  both  governors  many  armed  soldiers,  the  care  and  pay 
for  which  fell  upon  the  cantons. 

The  king  commanded  his  governors  to  punish  offenders  with 
severity  for  even  the  slightest  offense,  to  exercise  no  clemency, 
and  to  spare  no  one.  Now  these  governors  were  hard,  fierce,  and 
cruel  men ;  this  the  king  knew,  and  for  this  reason  had  sent  them 
thither.  They  soon  began  to  rule  with  harshness  and  severity 
towards  this  kindly  people,  and  to  practice  oppression  and  cruelty 
to  which  the  people  had  never  been  accustomed.  Also,  for  the 
very  slightest  cause,  they  carried  off  very  excellent  citizens  as 
prisoners,  out  of  the  country  to  Kussnacht  or  to  Lucerne  or  to 
Zug,  which  was  in  the  possession  of  the  duke  (of  Austria),  and 
held  them  captive  there  for  a  long  time,  a  practice  which  had 
been  unheard  of  under  any  king  (cf.  lines  2072-2077). 

The  people  were  also  heavily  taxed  with  many  new  kinds  of 
customs  duties,  imposts,  and  other  demands,  at  the  weekly  mar- 
kets in  Lucerne  and  Zug,  which  were  in  the  possessions  of  the 
duke,  and  to  which  they  were  compelled  to  go  for  their  necessities 
(cf.  lines  874,  898  ff.).  This  the  good  people  had  to  endure  and  to 


HISTORICAL   NOTE.  183 

allow  for  a  long  time;  for  the  king  was  so  powerful  that  they  did 
not  dare  to  resist  him,  and  his  sons'  possessions  so  completely  sur- 
rounded them  that  they  had  to  submit  and  to  endure  until  a  more 
favorable  time.  Their  hope  was  that  God  would  not  permit  the 
tyranny  of  this  king  to  last,  and  would  soon  take  him  out  of  the 
world,  and  that  his  successor  would  then  protect  them,  and  that 
the  Austrian  power  would  not  be  so  strong  any  longer  when  the 
empire  was  not  in  its  hands  (cf.  line  193). 


In  1305  the  cantons  renewed  their  protests  to  the  king 
against  the  tyranny  and  injustice  of  the  governors.  Con- 
cerning this,  Tschudi  writes  thus  : 

IT.  He  (the  king)  referred  them  to  his  counselors,  who  replied 
to  them  that  they  had  incurred  the  displeasure  of  the  king  by 
their  attitude,  inasmuch  as  they  were  unwilling  to  do  as  the  can- 
tons of  Lucerne,  Glarus,  and  others  had  done ;  if  later  they  would 
do  this  they  would  doubtless  receive  every  favor  from  the  king 
and  his  sons;  for  the  present  they  had  better  go  home,  since  the 
king  was  overwhelmed  with  business,  and  they  themselves  would 
present  the  matter  at  a  more  convenient  time.  After  the  return 
of  the  embassy  the  governors  ruled  with  greater  ruthlessness  than 
before  (cf.  line  1335). 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


abs.,  absolute. 

ace.,  accusative. 

adj.,  adjective. 

adv.,  adverb. 

art.,  article. 

cf.,  compare. 

cond.,  condition,  conditional. 

cond.  cont.,  condition  contrary. 

conj.,  conjunction. 

dat.,  dative. 

decl.,  declension. 

demon.,  demonstrative. 

dim.,  diminutive. 

fern. ,  feminine. 

ff.,  and  following. 

f  ut. ,  future. 

gen.,  genitive. 

i.e.,  Mtt£  is. 

impers.,  impersonal. 

indie.,  indicative. 

ind.  disc.,  indirect  discourse. 

inf.,  infinitive. 


interrog.,  interrogative. 
lit.,  literally. 
mas.,  masculine. 
neut.,  neuter. 
obs.,  obsolete. 
part.,  participle. 
perf.,  perfect. 
pers.,  person,  personal. 
plii. ,  plural. 
pred.,  predicate. 
pref.,  prefix. 
pres.,  present. 
pret.,  preterite. 
pron.,  pronoun. 
reflex.,  reflexive. 
sc.,  supply. 
S.D.,  staj/e  direction. 
sep.,  separable. 
sing.,  singular. 
subj.,  subjunctive. 
tr.,  translate. 


184 


Nid       dem    Wald 


UNT'E.RWALDEN 


Sarnen!* 


ft» 


# 

A        Alzelten 


V 


dem          Wald 


Melckfal! 


:«>  Einsiedelll,tJS 


I  Riitli.    j     \\  °Morschach 
Api.lI,Sc.2    ! 

Seelisbcrger\Sce       ^     ;     I 

<5  = 
Teufelsfaiinster  *  /Sisikon 

«    fej   |Act.lV,se.l 
I  f 

Oberbau^n  % 


Ur  '- 


U 


oFl  Helen 
^       Bafl>lbera 

\t     Altdorf 

&Ct  I,Sc.  3,4 
AcHII,Sc.3£un 


AftIV,Sc.2 
R 


. 


NOTES. 

[Numerals  refer  to  page  and  line  of  the  text.] 

ACT  I.     SCEXE  I. 

The  time  of  the  action  is  the  late  forenoon  or  early  afternoon  of 
October  28th  (1307).  Cf.  line  146  and  note. 

The  place  of  the  action  is  near  Treib  on  the  western  shore  of 
that  part  of  Lake  Lucerne  which  is  called  Urner  @ee,  in  the  canton 
of  Uri.  Almost  directly  opposite  is  Brunnen  in  the  canton  of 
Schwyz. 

The  stage  presents  a  wonderfully  beautiful  view.  In  front  is  a 
rocky  shore,  with  the  lake  just  beyond.  Oft'  across  the  water  are 
green  fields  and  the  roofs  of  villages  and  farmhouses  glistening  in 
the  bright  sunlight.  In  the  far  distance,  on  one  side,  are  the 
snowy  peaks  of  lofty  mountains ;  on  the  other  side  we  see  the 
strange  fantastic  peaks  of  the  Sftqtljen  capped  by  clouds.  In 
the  foreground  a  hut  with  a  bench  before  it,  a  path  leading  to 
the  water  and  another  leading  upward  and  off  the  scene  to  the 
side,  complete  the  stage  setting.  The  ear  is  greeted  by  sweet 
melodies  of  distant  singers,  with  which  the  herd  bells  harmonize. 

PAGE  1,  S.D.  SSterttwtoftfitterfce :  lit.  lake-of-the-four-forest-can- 
tons  (-ftatte,  cf.  English  -stead  in  homestead),  the  lake  of  the  four 
cantons,  Uri,  Schwyz,  Unterwalden,  and  Lucerne,  which  lie  on  its 
shores ;  in  English,  Lake  Lucerne..  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
lakes  in  the  world ;  the  peaceful,  pastoral  landscape  along  its  shores, 
contrasting  with  the  wild,  lofty,  snow-covered  mountains  beyond, 
makes  a  picture  which,  once  seen,  is  never  forgotten.  Its  length  from 
Lucerne  to  Fliielen  is  about  25  miles  ;  its  width  differs  from  half  a 
mile  to  two  miles ;  its  greatest  depth  is  about  700  feet. 

3ct)tt)t)3  :  pronounce  (Sc()iwe$.  There  is  a  canton  of  this  name  and 
also  a  town,  the  capital  of  the  canton.  The  canton  must  not  be  con- 
fused with  Xie  ©d)tt>d$,  the  modern  name  for  the  whole  country. 

185 


186  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  i. 

fieljt  man  :  are  seen.  The  translation  of  man  by  one  should  be  dis- 
couraged. 

.ftuf  en :  lit.  Hook.  Schiller,  who  was  never  in  Switzerland,  and 
had  therefore  to  depend  on  his  books  and  friends  for  his  descriptions 
of  the  country,  wrongly  gives  this  name  to  the  whole  mountain  ridge 
northeast  of  the  town  of  Schwyz.  The  §afen  is  a  single  peak,  4900  ft. 
high.  The  Spt^en  makes  it  probable  that  Schiller  had  here  in  mind 
the  two  remarkable  peaks  known  as  Xer  groRe  iDhjthen,  6460  ft.  high, 
and  2>er  fletne  2Rt)t!)en,  5800  ft.  high. 

CH^gebtrge :  this  must  mean  those  of  the  canton  Glarus  directly 
east.  Here  Schiller  is  again  either  misinformed  or  uses  poetic 
license,  for  the  ©tarntl'd)  (cf .  line  2665  and  note)  is  not  visible  from 
Treib. 

fiuljretljen  (also  .ftiihretfyen  or  £uf)reigen)  :  lit.  cow-song ;  there  is 
no  English  equivalent.  It  is  a  simple,  plaintive  melody  without 
words,  a  kind  of  yodel  with  long-drawn-out  notes,  and  sung  slowly. 
The  Swiss  herdsman  uses  it  to  call  his  cows  at  milking  time  or  when 
they  are  widely  scattered  over  the  mountain  slopes.  Sometimes,  in- 
stead of  being  sung,  the  Kuhreihen  is  played  on  the  long  Alphorn  (cf. 
S.  D.  after  line  3270),  which  intensifies  the  effect.  There  is  no  one 
melody  common  to  all  the  cantons.  At  the  French  court  it  was  for- 
bidden to  play  these  airs,  because  this  caused  the  Swiss  in  the  king's 
bodyguard  to  desert ;  so  homesick  does  it  make  the  Swiss  to  hear 
these  melodies  in  a  foreign  land  (cf.  lines  844-847).  This  is  the  theme 
of  the  well-known  song,  $11  -Straftburg  auf  ber  Scfyanj,  and  of  Mosen- 
tal's  3Merteur.  Schiller  employs  the  Kuhreihen  here  in  order  to  give 
local  color,  so  that  even  before  a  word  is  spoken  the  audience  may  feel 
itself  in  Switzerland. 

Ijarmonifdjc  ©effiute  :  notice  the  poetic  and  dramatic  effect  of  these 
harmonious  chimes.  Pitched  in  the  same  key  with  the  songs,  they 
make  a  beautiful  and  striking  accompaniment. 

bet  eriiffneter  Scene  :  i.e.  after  the  curtain  is  up. 

nod)  cine  $t\t  long  :  what  is  gained  by  leaving  the  scene  for  a  time 
without  action  and  actors  ?  Such  stage  directions  always  have  a 
reason  ;  it  will  add  much  to  the  enjoyment  and  interest  of  the  stu- 
dent, and  will  stimulate  his  imagination  as  well,  to  find  explana- 
tions for  them.  Notice  here  the  poetic  effect  ;  also  the  dramatic 
effect,  especially  in  contrast  with  the  haste  and  go  of  the  rest  of  the 
scene. 


PAGES  1-2.]  NOTES.     ACT  /,    SCENE  I.  187 

Line  1.  @§  liirtidt  ber  See,  i.e.  ber  ©ee  I3ti)ett.  (§§  is  expletive ; 
cf.  Appendix  C,  3,  b.  What  poetic  figure  is  this  ?  Cf.  Appendix  B,  4. 
labet :  for  labet  ein  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  5. 

4.  2®ie  $lbtett  f°  fuf? :  poetic  order  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  8.  What  is 
the  prose  order  ?  The  student  will  develop  a  sense  for  the  beauty  of 
the  lines  if  he  will  contrast  and  compare,  both  in  the  German  and  in 
the  English  translation,  the  prose  order  with  the  poetic  order ;  he  will 
learn  also  to  discover  the  increased  dramatic  intensity  and  the  em- 
phasis of  the  idea  to  be  conveyed  by  the  line. 

8.  trie  SSaffcr  :  poetic  plural ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  6.       ttyttt :  dat.  of  the 
personal  pronoun  in  place  of  a  possessive  adjective  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  5,  a. 

9.  e$  ntft :    there   comes  a  voice.     e§   is  indefinite  subject  ;    cf. 
Appendix  C,  3,  a. 

10.  fiicb  :  undeclined  ;   cf .  Appendix  C,  6,  a.        btft :  sc.  bit ;  cf. 
Appendix  C,  2,  b.     Notice  the  effect  of  the  omission  of  the  subject. 
me  tit :  the  spacing  indicates  emphasis. 

12.  The  power  of  the  water  to  draw  men  into  it,  often  to  their 
death,  is  a  part  of  the  superstitions  of  every  people.  The  Swiss  lake 
@cf)tt>eUiiee,  or  Lake  CalandaH,  was  believed  to  have  the  fatal  power 
of  drawing  into  it  any  one  who  fell  asleep  on  its  banks.  Cf.  Goethe's 
®er  Stfrf)er'  Heine's  Sorefet ;  also  the  stories  of  Hylas,  the  Sirens,  etc. 
Notice  the  division  of  this  song  into  two  verses :  The  Dream  ;  The 
Awakening. 

14.    fonittgen :  the  strong  adj.  decl.  is  more  usual. 

PAGE  2,  line  15.  ©Cltlte  :  not  a  proper  name,  but  the  common  name 
given  to  herdsmen.  Cf.  English  sonny.  Where  there  are  many  help- 
ers the  @enn  is  the  boss,  the  §irt  takes  care  of  the  cows,  and  the 
§anbbub  acts  as  common  helper. 

17.  2Bir  ffltyrcn  JU  SJerg  :  Senn  is  just  now  leaving  the  mountain 
pastures  for  the  winter,  and  here  promises  to  return  in  the  spring 
driving  (his  cattle)  up  the  mountain.  The  cattle  are  started  from  the 
winter  stables  in  the  valleys  late  in  May  or  early  in  June  ;  but  the  high- 
est mountain  pastures  are  not  reached  until  late  June  or  early  July. 
The  return  to  the  winter  quarters  in  the  valleys  begins  in  early  Sep- 
tember, and  not,  as  here  indicated,  as  late  as  November.  Cf.  lines  62, 
205-206.  fnljrett,  fotnmctt :  present  tense  for  the  future ;  what  is 
the  effect  ?  Cf.  Appendix  C,  11. 

19.  tteu :  South  Germans  and  the  Swiss  pronounce  ell  like  ei  ; 
here  it  must  be  so  pronounced  in  order  to  rhyme  with  2)ldi. 


188  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  2. 

17-20.  Notice  the  unusual  and  highly  poetic  word  order ;  cf.  Ap- 
pendix B,  8.  What  is  the  prose  order  ? 

20.  SBrumtlein :  the  so-called  SUaibritnnen,  because  they  are  active 
only  from  May  to  September,  when  the  snow  melts.  Note  in  this 
song,  also,  the  division  into  two  parts  :  The  Farewell ;  The  Promise  to 
Return. 

25.  @3  is  expletive  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  3,  6,  and  line  1.     The  noise 
of  falling  avalanches  and  the  bursting  ice  of  the  glaciers  makes  a  con- 
tinuous rumbling  not  unlike  thunder.     Cf.  lines  38  and  note,  1780- 
1781  and  note. 

26.  9Ztd)t  fltttttet  bent  Sdjiitjen  :  the  hunter  is  unafraid;  e§  as  logical 
subject  is  understood;  cf.  Appendix  C,  2,  b.     granen  is  used  as  an 
impersonal  intransitive  with  its  real  subject  in  the  dative  as  a  kind  of 
dative  of  interest. 

25-30.  Notice  the  extended  forms  grauet,  pranget,  griinet ;  cf. 
Appendix  B,  2. 

31.  etn  ncb(id)te§  9Kccr:  a  sea  of  clouds  (or  mists)  ;  an  ace.  abs. 
From  the  tops  of  high  mountains  the  clouds,  seen  from  above,  look 
like  an  ocean.  When  the  clouds  break*  or  open  up,  the  green  fields 
can  be  seen  below. 

35.  ben  28af)ertt :  i.e.  the  clouds,  not  the  waters  of  the  land  below. 

36.  3fdb :   i.e.   bie  2Bdt   of  line  34.     This  last  song  foreshadows 
Tell,  the  hunter,  and  shows  some  excellent  reasons  why  a  hunter  is 
made  the  hero  of  the  play.     Here  again  there  is  a  division  into  two 
parts :  The  Mountaintop  ;  The  World  Below. 

S.D.  cin  bumpfe3  .Urarfirn  :  the  awe-inspiring  and  ominous  crash- 
ing and  rumbling  of  the  glaciers  and  avalanches  as  they  break  and 
slide  down  the  mountain  sides.  Cf.  lines  25,  38,  and  notes. 

©djflttCtt  DOU  SBoIfctt :  not  the  clouds  themselves,  but  the  shadows 
cast  by  them  upon  the  sunlighted  landscape.  This  is  more  effective 
than  to  show  the  clouds  themselves,  and  is  better  adapted  to  the 
symbolic  significance  of  the  scenery  to  the  action  that  follows. 

In  a  very  real  sense  the  three  singers  are  parts  of  the  scenery  just 
as  the  mountains  and  the  lake  before  us,  and  so  do  not  need  to  be 
named  until  the  action  begins.  The  whole  scene,  so  far,  is  symbolic 
of  the  state  of  the  country  before  the  oppression  of  the  tyrants 
began.  Just  as  this  beautiful  scene  is  symbolic  of  the  peace  and  hap- 
piness of  the  people,  so  the  storm  that  now  approaches,  and  which 
reaches  its  height  during  the  scene  that  follows,  is  symbolic  of  the 
threatening  tyranny  of  the  governors.  The  parallel  is  carried  so  far 


PAGES  2-5.]  NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE   I.  189 

that  Ruodi  is  made  to  speak  of  the  storm  as  the  Xalnogt  (line  38), 
thus  directly  likening  it  to  the  ?anbt>ogt.  Thus,  even  before  the 
action  has  begun,  Schiller  strikes  the  note  of  conflict. 

PAGE  3.  SRuobt  :  pronounce  9t(u)o'bi  in  two  syllables,  running  uo 
together;  familiar  for  9hiobo(f,  modern  Shtbolf.  SBertti:  familiar 
for  SBerner.  £uoni  :  pronounce  ^(u)o'ni  ;  cf  .  9tuobi  above,  familiar 
for  £uonrab,  modern  £onrab.  Seppt  :  familiar  for  Sofepb,. 

37.  ^ieniti  :    pronounce  s))en'ni  :  familiar  for  3ob,ann  ;    cf.  English 
Johnny.     These   characters   are   all   inventions  of   Schiller.     Ruodi, 
coming  out  of  the  hut,  looks  at  the  sky  ;  having  finally  made  up  his 
mind  that  a  storm  is  coming,  he  proceeds  to  fasten  the  shutters  of  the 
hut.     While  thus  engaged  he  sees  Jenni  in  the  boat  and  calls  sharply 
to  him.     As  Jenni  lands,  he  and  Ruodi  carry  the  nets  and  fish  baskets 
from  the  boat  to  the  hut.     The  boat  is  then  drawn  upon  the  shore 
under  the  projecting  roof  of  the  hut. 

38.  Juluogt:   the  dreaded  lord  of  the  valley.     The  personification 
in   lines  38-39  is  especially  effective.        ^tftt  :  there   is   no   English 
equivalent.     It  is  really  the  snow  of  the  preceding  year,  or  perhaps  of 
several  years,  that  has  become  solid  and  formed  glaciers,  and  so  the 
word  is  often  applied  to  the  glaciers  themselves.     When   the  warm 
winds  cause  it  to  melt  suddenly  it  cracks  with  a  loud  roar. 

39.  9)lt)tl)cnfteiu  :  Schiller  is  mistaken  or  confused.     He  must  mean 
here  the  2)hitb,enftocf,  the  larger  one  of  the  two  peaks  mentioned  in  the 
opening  stage  directions.     Cf.  note  on  §afen.    In  line  725  the  real 
2ftt)ti)enftein  is  meant.     Cf.  note,  line  725.        £wube  :  hood  or  cap. 
In  the  case  of  certain  mountains  it  is  considered  a  sure  sign  of  rain 
when  a  cloud   settles  around   the  top.     Compare  the  saying  about 
Mt.  Pilatus  near  Lucerne  : 


einen  §ut,  bann  nnrb  bag  Setter  gut; 
§at  er  einen  Sragen,  bann  fannft  bu'8  roagen  ; 
§at  er  aber  einen  £egen,  to  gtbt's  9iegen. 

40.  bfaft  c§  :  there  is  a  cold  blast  ;  e§,  indefinite  impersonal,  cf.  Ap- 
pendix C,  3,  a.  SSJettcrlorf)  (or  -SMnbloch):  a  name  sometimes  given  to 
a  deep  narrogf  crevice  or  cave  (foci))  in  the  rocky  cliffs,  from  which  in 
summer  a  cold  wind  comes,  because  the  air  within  is  cooler  than 
that  without.  A  steady  cold  wind  from  one  of  these  weather-holes 
means  fair  and  settled  weather,  but  a  sudden  warm  blast  is  a  sign  of 
storm. 


190  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  3. 

While  Ruodi  and  Jenni  are  still  busy  about  the  boat,  and  as  Ruodi 
speaks  his  last  line,  Kuoni  enters.  The  student  should  try  to  picture 
the  action  to  himself  as  it  progresses.  The  actors  do  not  necessarily 
all  come  in  in  one  group,  even  though  the  stage  directions  might  lead 
one  to  think  so.  Nor  do  they  always  enter  at  just  the  line  indicated 
in  the  text.  Furthermore,  they  do  not  just  stand  around  saying  their 
lines,  and  doing  nothing  except  what  is  indicated  in  the  text.  The 
stage  copy  of  a  play  is  filled  with  directions  that  do  not  appear  at  all 
in  the  printed  play  for  the  general  public.  Let  the  student  put  him- 
self into  the  various  parts,  and  plan  out  what  would  be  the  natural 
and  rational  thing  to  do  while  a  line  is  being  spoken.  The  notes  will 
supply  additional  stage  directions,  explanations,  hints,  and  suggestions 
to  assist  the  reader  in  visualizing  the  play. 

42.  r§  fotntltt:  cf.  Appendix,  B,  1.  Kuoni  thinks  that  his  sheep 
are  eating  grass  with  such  eagerness  because  they  know  that  a  rain  is 
coming  which  will  prevent  them  from  grazing.  Compare  with  the 
notion  that  chickens  will  run  to  shelter  if  they  think  that  a  rain  is 
only  momentary,  but  will  continue  to  eat  if  they  think  the  rain  will 
last  some  time.  We  must  suppose  that  the  sheep  and  cows  are  on  the 
mountain  slopes  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  scene. 

44,  45.  It  will  be  noticed  that  each  of  the  three  men  predicts  the 
storm  by  signs  best  known  to  him  on  account  of  his  occupation.  Such 
signs  are  mere  superstitions,  and  not  based  on  actual  facts. 

46.  Kuoni,  after  looking  at  the  threatening  sky,  is  just  about  to  go 
to  see  about  his  cows  when  Seppi  enters  with  the  milk  pail.        fid) 
Dertaufcn :  sc.  fyat ;  cf .  Appendix  C,  10. 

47.  Seppi  is  not  worried  over  his  cattle.     The  cow  that  leads  the 
herd  wears  a  bell,  and  as  she  is  generally  the  farthest  away  Seppi 
knows  that  his  herd  is  not  far  off.     His  remark  reassures  Kuoni,  who 
turns  back  and  talks  with  Ruodi  and  Werni.        fiifel :   diminutive 
and  familiar  form  for  G(iiabetl).     Cf.  English  Lizzie.     Swiss  herdsmen 
often  give  their  cows  the  names  of  women.    '     am  ©clout:  by  the 
tinkling  of  the  bell :  i.e.  such  bells  as  make  the  f)armoniicf)e  ©elcint 
mentioned  in  the  opening  stage  direction.     Every  @enn  has  a  set  of 
bells  for  his  herd,  never  less  than  two,  frequently  three,  and  often 
representing  a  value  of  S100.     These  bells  are  tuned  to  chord. 

48.  i»ie  gefyt:  she  goes;  lit.  that  one  goes.     The  demonstrative  is 
used  in  place  of  a  personal  pronoun.     Cf.  Appendix  C,  2,  a. 

49.  frf)0tt:  undeclined,  why?     Cf.  Appendix  C,  6,  a.          SKeifter 
Kuoni  may  really  be  the  head  herdsman  ;  but  it  is  a  very  com- 


PAGES  3-4.]  NOTES.     ACT  I,   SCENE  I.  191 

mon  custom  to  address  one  of  subordinate  station  by  a  higher  title, 
either  for  politeness  or  to  please  him. 

50.  Such  frank  questions  are  characteristic  of  simple  folk  every- 
where.    Cf.  Act  IV,  Sc.  I.        £an&§ntann :  fellow-countryman;  both 
are  from  Uri.     This  is  a  very  common  mode  of  address  among  Ger- 
mans.    Do  not  confuse  with  Janbntann  (line  1056),  farmer  or  peasant. 

51.  SBin  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  2,  b.         r§  tft:  cf.  Appendix  B,  1. 

52.  s,Mttittiil)iiu|~crc< :   the  Baron  Werner  von  Attinghausen,  a  rich 
noble  who  appears  in  Act  II,  Sc.  I.         juge^afyft :  intrusted.     It  was 
a  common  practice  for  the  owners  to  rent,. or  let  on  shares,  different 
herds  to  different  herdsmen. 

PAGE  4,  line  53.  SEBic  fdjon  .  .  .  ftetyt:  how  becoming  the  ribbon  is 
to  the  neck  of  the  cow.  This  is  the  ribbon  by  which  the  bell  was  hung 
about  the  neck  of  the  cow. 

54.  QaS  :  to  make  ba§  refer  to  the  preceding  line  is  awkward.     It 
is  easier  to  make  it  refer  to  the  clause  bafe  fie  ben  9teiben  fiihrt. 

55.  ttoljiu*  id) :  inversion  because  ftettn  is  omitted ;  cf .  Appendix 
C,  9.          itii  Ijm ' :  subjunctive  of  condition  contrary  to  fact ;  cf.  Appen- 
dix C,  7,  a  :  or  a  potential  subjunctive;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  d.        ityr  : 
dative  of  separation  or  of  disadvantage  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  5,  b.       Ijfirte 
ttltf :  the  imperfect  subjunctive  in  place  of  the  conditional ;  cf.  Appen- 
dix C,  7,  a. 

That  cows  have  any  such  ideas  is  hardly  conceivable ;  yet  it  is  a 
common  thing  to  see  such  intelligence  ascribed  to  domestic  animals 
by  their  fond  owners. 

56.  $l)r  fcto  Hid)*  ffafl !  lit.  you  are  not  intelligent ;  but  it  is  not 
meant  to  be  taken  so  seriously  but  rather  in  the  sense,  you  don't  know 
what  you  are  talking  about. 

57.  $ft  baft  flcfagt :  is  easily  (or  soon)  said.     Werni  as  a  hunts- 
man is  conscious  of  his  superior  knowledge  about  animals,  for  Ruodi 
is  only  a  fisherman.     The  subject  of  ift  is  e§  or  ba§  understood ;  cf. 
Appendix  C,  2,  b.        QaS  Xict :  generic  article  and  not  the  demon- 
strative. 

58.  btc  ttJtr :  cf.  Appendix  C,  2,  e,  and  line  1603. 

59.  X>ie  ftclJen:  emphatic  demonstrative  with  the  effect  of  a  per- 
sonal pronoun;  cf.  Appendix  C,  2,  a.         too  :  often  used  for  uiettn, 
but  can  here  be  translated  literally. 

60.  fnc  :  for  eitte ;  cf.  lines  375,  403,  1876.    The  elision  of  ei  is  very 
colloquial.        nmrnct :  for  umrnt ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  2. 


192  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  4-5. 

61 .  9Rit  Ijeller  ^Jf Ctf c  :  a  hoarse,  piercing,  long-drawn-out,  whistling 
sound  which  serves  to  warn  the  others  of  danger.    Compare  the  habits 
of  other  animals  and  of  birds  under  similar  conditions. 

62.  9Up :  not  the  whole  mountain  but  the  high  pastures  where  the 
grass  is  never  mowed. 

63.  £te  ttritnfd)T  id)  Gut!) :  I  wish  you  the  same. 

64.  fcljrt  fid)'*  nidjt  immer  nrieber:  one  does  not  always  return. 
The  danger  of  hunting  in  the  Alps  is  described  in  lines  1497-1508. 

65.  Ruodi  has  meantime  been  looking  up  the  road  and  now  points 
to  the  left.     He  speaks  in  great  excitement.         gdewfeit:  a-runniny ; 
the  participle  to  indicate  manner  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  12. 

66.  NVerni  looks  intently  and  then  speaks  with  surprise  and  excited 
interest.         tier  ^nuntgnrt :  the  familiar  article  with  proper  names  ; 
cf.  Appendix  C,  1.        ^U.^cUcn:    a  small  village  not  far  from   the 
river  Aa  and  near  the  village  "Wolfenschiessen  in  the  canton  of  Unter- 
walden.     It  is  about  nine  miles  from  the  lake.     Baumgarten  rushes 
directly  to  the  shore  and,  seeing  the  boat,  tries  to  unfasten  it.     In  his 
haste  and  terror  he  fails.     Looking  around  for  some  other  means  of 
escape,  he  sees  the  others  and  starts  toward  Ruodi. 

PAGE  5,  line  68.    ttwS  gtbtf§  fo  cilig :  why  this  haste  ?    Throughout 
the  play  Ruodi  is  represented  as  a  talkative  man. 

69.  rettet:  present  for  future  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  11. 

70.  bcnn :    an  intensive  particle,   often  difficult  to  translate.     Its 
force  may  often  be  best  given  by  accenting  the  word  in  the  sentence 
with  which  it  is  used ;   often  its  effect   can  be  given  by  some  such 
phrase  as,  I  should  like  to  know. 

71.  tiidjt  fdjon :  for  icfjon   bicftt.     Emphasis  is  secured  by  placing 
words  out  of  the  usual  order.     The  emphasis  is  sought  here  for  dra- 
matic and  not  for  poetic  reasons. 

72.  2ant>t)0f}t0:  governor  •  the  imperial  governor  of  a  whole  canton. 
The  word  SSogt  in  the  sense  of  governor  is  found  in  a  number  of  com- 
pounds ;  cf.  3-alDogt  (line  38)  ;  33urgt>ogt  (line  77),  the  governor  of  a 
castle  and  subordinate  to  the   £cmbDogt ;  9teid)§Dogt  (list  of  charac- 
ters), imperial  governor,  a  title  used  interchangeably  with  SanbDogt. 
Beringer  von  Landenberg  (cf.  line  282  and  note)  is  here  meant. 

73.  ".Uinitit  be§  £ube3 :  /  am  a  dead  man.    2Jtann  is  here  used  in  the 
old  sense  of  vassal  or  subject ;  cf.  the  English  (hired}  man,  and  men. 
The  phrase  means,  therefore,  a  subject  of  death,  death  being  thus  per- 
sonified as  a  master  or  overlord.     Frequently  the  2)tann  is  omitted 


PAGES  5-e.]  NOTES.     ACT  /,    SCENE  I.  193 

and  the  phrase  reads,  tcf)  bin  beS  £obe§.  beg  £obe§  is  a  predicate 
genitive  of  possession  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  4,  b.  As  Bauingarten  men- 
tions the  governor,  the  others  approach  him  with  gestures  expressing 
both  curiosity  and  apprehension.  Kuodi  has  a  perfect  right  to  know 
why  Baumgarten  is  being  pursued  before  he  agrees  to  help  him  from 
arrest. 

77.  Otofjberg  :  a  fortified  castle  on  the  Alpnach  Lake  in  Unter- 
walden,  three  miles  from  Stanz.     Its  ruins  are  still  to  be  seen  there. 
fflfj :  lived  •  lit.  had  his  seat,  i.e.  as  judge  or  magistrate.    Archaic  and 
poetic  ;   cf.   Appendix  B,  3,  a.     Though  Baumgarten  uses  the  past 
tense,  the  others  do  not  appear  to  notice  it. 

78.  2B0lfenfd)te$ett  :  the  name  of  a  noble  Swiss  family  which  took 
its  name  from  the  village  of  that  name  in  Unterwalden.     The  whole 
family,  with  the  exception  of  this  one  man,  is  described  by  Miiller  as 
very  patriotic.     He  was  one  of  the  younger  Swiss  nobles  who  took 
sides  with   Austria  against  their  own   country,  because   they  were 
attracted  by  the  splendor  of  the  court  and  believed  that  they  could 
gain  honor  and  a  great  career  only  through  the  Austrian  rulers  ;  cf. 
lines  869  ff. 

PAGE  6,  line  80.  The  case  against  Baumgarten  is  complete.  Up  to 
this  point  he  is  to  the  others  more  than  a  murderer,  for  his  victim  was 
the  governor  whom,  as  the  legal  representative  of  the  emperor,  they 
were  bound  to  respect  and  obey.  Baumgarten  is  (line  79)  himself 
affected  by  the  awfulness  of  his  deed,  and  speaks  of  it  in  a  manner 
far  different  from  that  which  he  uses  in  lines  96-97,  where  his  words 
ring  out  with  a  note  of  defiance  and  of  conscious  rectitude. 

81.  2Bo3  jcbcr  freie  sJ!)Jaitn  :  sc.  getan  fyatte ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  10,  7,  a. 

82.  ^)(iH0rerf)t :  according  to  Roman  and   old  German  law  a  man 
had  a  right  to  defend  the  sanctity  of  his  home,  even  to  killing  the 
violator  thereof.     Compare  the  English  saying,  my  house,  my  castle. 
Ruodi  hesitates  no  longer,  but  goes  at  once  to  the  boat  to  make  it  ready 
while  the  others  are  talking.     The  storm  meantime  is  drawing  nearer. 
Ruodi  watches  the  sky  anxiously,  but  the  others  are  too  much  inter- 
ested in  Baumgarten's  story  to  observe  the  weather.     Lines  84,  87, 
88-89  serve  both  to  show  the  interest  of  the  speakers  and  to  break  up 
what  would  otherwise  be  too  long  a  speech. 

85.    bb§  :  lacks  ending  ;  why  ?    Cf.  Appendix  C,  6,  a. 

87.    U)ltt  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  5,  a. 

89.   er  :  but  Ruodi  is  really  doing  nothing  of  the  kind  ;  he  looks  in 


194  WILHEL1I  TELL.  [PAGES  e--. 

turn  at  the  blackening  sky,  the  rising  waves,  and  to  the  right  whence 
the  pursuers  are  expected.  It  is  plain  that  he  is  hesitating  about  ven- 
turing the  trip  across  the  dangerous  lake.  This  side-play  is  most 
effective  in  bringing  to  the  audience  a  realization  of  the  danger  that 
threatens  Baumgarten,  who  has  won  our  sympathy  by  his  story.  We 
become  more  and  more  impatient  at  the  delay,  and  our  fears  of  the 
storm  become  greater ;  so  that,  when  Tell  finally  comes  in,  our  emo- 
tions have  been  sufficiently  aroused  to  make  us  feel  the  real  heroism 
of  Tell's  deed.  losgebuitben :  sc.  fyat ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  10. 

91.  gefaufcn :  a-ru nning ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  12.        in  tier  2lttgft  t»e3 
Jobes :  poetic  for  Xobeeangft ;  in  mortal  fear. 

92-95.  The  excitement  of  the  speaker  is  emphasized  and  the  effect 
upon  the  audience  intensified  by  the  omission  of  all  introductory 
words  of  saying  or  exclaiming.  In  such  cases  the  German  often  uses 
quotation  marks,  even  though  the  statement  is  in  indirect  discourse. 
The  verbs  are  in  the  subjunctive  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  b. 

92.  Hcgr  :  was  stopping  at.     A  nobleman  had  a  legal  right  to  stop 
at  the  home  of  one  of  his  dependents  for  food  and  shelter. 

93.  itym :  dat.  of  interest,  not  dat.  of  possession ;  cf .  Appendix  C,  5,  6. 

94.  £rouf  .  .  .  Don  iljr :  thereupon  he  had  made  improper  propo- 
sals to  her. 

96.  frifd) :  quickly.     This  is  a  favorite  word  with  Schiller.      IjinjU  : 
i.e.  to  the  house  where  the  governor  was. 

97.  tljm'g  :   dat.,  why  ?    Cf.  Appendix  C,  5,  a.        Sob  flcfegnct : 
when  a  servant  had  prepared  a  bath  for  his  master  he  made  over  it 
the  sign  of  the  cross  as  a  kind  of  blessing  upon  the  water.     Baum- 
garten here  uses  the  expression  ironically  in  the  sense  of,  I  made  him 
suffer  for  it. 

PAGE  7,  line  101.   tntr  ttiirb  itorf)0,efeljt :  lam  being  pursued. 

102.  ucrrinnt :  flies,  runs  •  a  metaphor  derived  from  the  running 
sand  in  the  hour  glass,  and  here  applied  to  time  itself. 

104.  (Bel)t  tttdjt :  impossible.  The  storm  has  come  up  very  quickly, 
not  an  uncommon  thing  in  mountain  regions.  Compare  the  situation 
at  line  66. 

107.  $>em  92od)ften :  lit.  the  nearest  one,  hence,  neighbor,  fellow- 
man  ;  a  Biblical  word,  used  only  in  poetry  or  elevated  language. 

108.  ®3  fann :  expletive  e«  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  3,  b.       jo :  intensive, 
you  knoio  ;  cf.  note  to  line  187. 

109.  $er  ftiiljn  ift  lo§ :  the  Fohn  is  raging.     The  Fohn  is  a  warm 


PAGES  7-8.]  NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  I.  195 

wind  from  the  south  or  southwest.  It  blows  most  frequently  in  the 
spring  and  fall,  sometimes  for  only  a  few  hours,  but  often  for  a  week 
or  more.  When  it  comes  suddenly  and  hard  it  makes  navigation  on 
the  lake  dangerous.  It  benefits  the  country,  however,  by  melting  the 
snow,  thus  hastening  the  spring  ;  and  in  the. autumn  it  dries  the  hay 
and  ripens  the  grapes. 

111.  metn:  poetic  for  the  longer  form  meiner  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  7  : 
genitive  after  erbarmet ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  4,  a.    This  line  must  not  be 
taken  as  calling  down  a  curse  upon  Ruodi,  nor  as  a  threat.     It  is 
a  cry  of  despair. 

112.  Q$  gefyt  um3  Sebett :  a  life  is  at  stake.     The  repeated  thunder 
and  the  growing  intensity  of  the  storm  bring  fear  and  despair  to  the 
audience  as  well  as  to  Baurngarten.     It  is,  altogether,  an  admirable 
preparation  for  the  scene  of  the  rescue. 

PAGE  8.  line  114.  Ruodi  speaks  with  mingled  feelings  of  fear  and 
defiance.  He  is  not  a  coward  ;  the  audience  must  be  made  to  see  the 
risk  he  would  run  in  attempting  the  passage  over.  To  picture  him  as 
a  coward  would  not  enhance  the  bravery  of  Tell;  it  is  rather  the  con- 
trast between  one  brave  man  and  another  superlatively  brave  that 
will  bring  out  the  merit  of  Tell's  deed. 

115.  $ittb  :  here  the  old  plural  form  ;  cf.  English  wife  and  child. 

116.  28teT3  bronbct,  wie  .  .  .  jicljt :  how  the  waters  seethe  and  roll 
and  eddy.     Notice  the  alliteration ;  2Bte'8,  rote,  roogt,  SBirbel,  SBafjer ; 
cf.  Appendix  B,  4. 

121.  JRettiingSufer :  ace.  absolute  ;  cf.  Dfteer,  line  31.  The  lake 
here  is  from  one  half  to  two  thirds  of  a  mile  wide.  Ferryboats  used 
to  ply  between  the  two  shores  at  a  very  early  period  in  history. 

124.  tjtmibertriiflc :  subjunctive,  why  ?  Cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  a. 
Why,  when  the  danger  is  so  great,  does  Baumgarten  not  try  to  con- 
ceal himself  somewhere,  or  go  around  the  lake  by  land  ?  Why  does 
he  not  try  the  boat  himself  ? 

126.  Werni,  the  hunter,  is  the  first  one  to  recognize  his  fellow- 
hunter,  Tell.  bcr  XcU :  familiar  article ;  cf .  Appendix  C,  1. 
83iirglen :  a  village  at  the  foot  of  that  part  of  the  lake  called  Urner  ©ee, 
not  directly  on  the  lake  but  a  mile  inland  from  Altorf.  It  is  the  tra- 
ditional birthplace  of  Tell,  and  his  home.  The  supposed  site  of  the 
house  is  marked  by  a  chapel  adorned  with  pictures  of  his  exploits. 
At  Kuoni's  exclamation  Baumgarten,  thinking  his  pursuers  are  at 
hand,  gives  expression  to  his  despair.  Werni's  announcement  does 


196  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGE  8. 

not  reassure  him,  and  he  views  the  newcomer  with  suspicion.  The 
actors  must  be  in  such  a  position  that  Tell  can  take  in  the  situation  at 
a  glance.  Xcll:  citizen  of  Uri,  son-in-law  of  Walter  Fiirst.  That 
the  story  of  Tell  and  his  famous  shot  is  without  historical  basis,  but 
rather  a  legend,  borrowed,  with  embellishments  to  suit  the  time  and 
the  place,  from  some  ancient  myth,  is  now  generally  believed  by  his- 
torians. The  facts  are  as  follows  : 

(a)  Historians  who  wrote  at  or  about  this  time  (1307)  knew  noth- 
ing of  Tell  or  his  deed. 

(6)  In  the  parish  and  other  records  of  the  cantons,  written  within 
more  than  a  hundred  years  of  1307,  the  name  of  Tell  does  not  appear, 
although  many  forgeries  have  been  attempted. 

(c)  The  story  of  Tell  is  not  found  recorded  until  the  end  of  the 
fifteenth  century,  in  the  Tellenlied  and  the  White  Book  of  Sarnen. 

(eZ)  The  Chronicon  Helveticurn  of  ^Egidius  Tschudi,  which  is  the 
real  authority  that  fixed  the  belief  of  the  Swiss  people  in  the  truth  of 
the  Tell  story,  is  unreliable  and  fanciful.  By  Tschudi's  own  admis- 
sion we  know  that  he  accepted  without  question  and  verification 
popular  reports  and  traditions  which  the  people  brought  to  him,  "  to 
enhance  the  honor  of  the  Confederation  and  of  every  canton  in  par- 
ticular," on  the  ground  that  this  "will  cause  them  no  harm  what- 
ever." 

(c)  There  is  no  mention  in  the  records  of  Austria  of  any  rising  of 
the  cantons  in  1307 ;  not  until  250  years  afterward  was  such  a  revolt 
ascribed  to  this  date.  There  is  no  record  of  a  governor  named  Gess- 
ler,  nor  of  the  assassination  of  any  Austrian  bailiff ;  nor  were  foreign 
governors  at  this  time  appointed  to  rule  over  the  cantons  ;  on  the  con- 
trary, they  were  ruled  by  men  chosen  from  among  the  citizens  of  the 
cantons. 

(/)  The  fact  that' there  are  many  ancient  versions  of  the  story  of 
a  famous  archer  to  be  found  among  widely  separated  peoples  makes  it 
probable  that  the  story  of  Tell  was  borrowed  from  the  legends  of  some 
neighboring  people,  and  gradually  incorporated  into  the  historical  tra- 
ditions of  the  Swiss  people  and  finally  accepted  as  true. 

A  story  of  a  famous  archer,  almost  identical  with  that  of  Tell,  is 
found  among  the  Turks  and  Mongolians,  and  among  eastern  nations 
that  can  by  no  stretch  of  the  imagination  be  supposed  to  have  either 
heard  or  read  the  story  of  Tell. 

Such  a  story  is  found  also  in  the  Scandinavian  Wilkina  Saga  of  the 
third  century,  in  which  King  Xidung  requires  a  similar  shot  from  Eigil. 


PAGES  8-9.]  NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  I.  197 

Another  version  is  that  of  Punker  in  the  Hexenkammer  of  Otto  an 
Rhyn.  Punker  was  so  famous  an  archer  that  at  the  siege  of  a  castle 
he  killed  everybody  at  whom  he  aimed.  To  test  his  skill  a  small  coin 
was  placed  in  the  hat  of  his  son,  which  the  father  hit  without  injuring 
the  boy.  At  the  end  Punker  angrily  declared  that,  had  he  hit  his 
child,  he  would  have  shot  with  a  second  arrow  the  noble  who  had 
commanded  him  to  make  the  shot. 

Most  like  the  Tell  story  is  the  one  related  by  Saxo  Grammaticus. 
Toko,  a  soldier  in  the  army  of  King  Harold  Bluetooth  (in  the  tenth 
century) ,  has  gained  the  envy  and  hatred  of  his  comrades  on  account 
of  his  great  skill  as  an  archer.  Once  at  a  banquet  he  foolishly  boasted 
that  he  could  hit  with  his  very  first  arrow  a  very  small  apple  placed  at 
a  distance  on  a  stick.  This  speech  was  reported  to  the  king,  who, 
thereupon,  with  envious  malice,  ordered  Toko  to  shoot  an  apple  off 
the  head  of  Toko's  own  son.  If  he  failed  he  was  to  die.  Toko  placed 
his  son  with  his  face  away  from  him  and  bade  him  not  to  move  when 
he  heard  the  whizz  of  the  arrow.  He  took  from  his  quiver  three 
arrows.  Then  he  shot  the  apple  with  his  first  arrow.  When  the  king 
asked  him  why  he  had  taken  two  other  arrows  from  his  quiver,  Toko 
answered  that  he  would  have  killed  the  king,  had  his  first  arrow  missed. 
Upon  this  the  archer  was  compelled  to  undergo  another  test  in  order 
to  show  his  skill  as  a  skater.  He  slid  down  a  steep  mountain  on  snow- 
shoes  into  the  sea.  It  was  believed  that  he  had  perished  there,  but  he 
escaped,  and  later  killed  the  king  from  ambush. 

A  similar  story  is  told  in  the  English  song  on  William  of  Cloudesly. 

It  is  not  unreasonable  to  believe  that  all  these  stories  are  based  on 
some  common  myth  in  Germanic  mythology,  such  a  one  as  relates 
how  Wotan  draws  his  bow  (the  rainbow)  and  shoots  his  arrow  (the 
lightning)  into  the  heart  of  the  Winter  giant. 

127.  Tell's  first  words  are  an  admirable  introduction,  showing  us  at 
once  what  kind  of  man  he  is.     He  speaks  abruptly,  quickly,  and  au- 
thoritatively ;  he  says  only  what  is  necessary,  never  entering  upon 
long  speeches  of  questioning,  explanation,  or  argument.     Yet  each 
sentence  is  full  of  meaning.     We  see  in  him  a  born  leader,  quick  and 
ready  to  act  where  and  when  action  is  needed. 

128.  Steelier :  notice  the  formation  of  the  adjective  with  er ;   cf. 
Sitting  fjcmferS,  line  52  ;  and  the  English  New  Yorker. 

PAGE  9,  line  133.  fiirdjft :  dialectic  and  colloquial  for  fiircfjtet ;  cf. 
lines  175,  1389. 


198  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  »-io. 

135.  ju  nmgctt  :  sc.  ift  ;  the  infinitive  as  predicate  ;  cf.  Appendix  C, 
13. 

136.  Ififjt  .  .  .  ttWflCtt  :  ererything  may  be  ventured. 

S.D.  The  violence  of  the  storm  makes  Tell's  statement  appear 
doubtful. 

137.  ^olienrudjen:  poetic  compound  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  3,  a. 

138.  tfitc  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  7.  a. 

139.  brave  :   this  word  should  rarely  be  translated,  brave  ;  it  is 
nearly  always  used  in  the  larger  sense  of  worthy,  excellent,  good. 

141.    (ii£t  .  .  .  rotcn:  it  is  easy  to  gire  «<7no. 

141,  142.  How  does  Ruodi  say  these  lines  ?  Notice  that  the  situa- 
tion is  one  that  calls  for  almost  superhuman  bravery,  and  that  the 
others,  all  landsmen,  cannot  appreciate  this  as  well  as  the  ferryman. 
The  way  to  show,  both  to  the  characters  on  the  stage  and  to  the  audi- 
ence, how  desperate  the  situation  really  is,  is  to  make  Ruodi  say  just 
what  he  does  say. 

143.  Read  :  3)er  See  fann  fid)  (erbarmen),  (aber)  ber  I'anbttogt  (fann 
ftrf))  nirfjt  erbarmen.  The  fann  denotes  possibility  in  both  clauses  and 
yet  must  be  differently  translated  ;  may  perhaps,  —  can. 

145.  n)firT£:  inversion,  why?      Cf.  Appendix  C,  9.     Subjunctive, 
why  ?    Cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  a.         Iciblict)  :  a  poetic  word  for  the  prose 
eigneS  ;  lit.  (child)  of  my  body. 

146.  fann  :  we  expect  fbnnte.    The  change  to  the  indicative  is  very 
emphatic  ;  notice  how  strong  it  draws  the  dramatic  situation.    Cf. 
Appendix  C,  8.         Simon*  unt»  3U&<*  •  tne  saint  day  of  Simon,  the 
Canaanite  (not  Simon  Peter),  and  of  Judas,  the  son  of  James  (not 
Judas  Iscariot),  is  October  28,  so  that  this  line  gives  us  the  day  of  the 
year  ;  the  season  has  already  been  indicated  in  lines  Hi,  62. 

147.  There  is  a  widely  known  superstition  that  lakes  and  rivers  de- 
mand victims  on  certain  days.     Compare  the  English  superstition  as 
to   Midsummerday.      Of  a  similar  nature  are  the  numerous  stories 
about  dragons  and  other  monsters  that  demand  human  sacrifices. 

Was  Ruodi  a  coward  because  he  shields  himself  behind  a  supersti- 
tion ?  It  must  be  remembered  that  a  superstition,  firmly  believed  in, 
is  a  powerful  argument.  A  man  is  not  a  coward  just  because  he  re- 
fuses to  do  the  impossible  or  what  seems  so  to  him. 


PAGE  10,  line  148.   9)iit  citlcr  JHcbC  :  with  vain 
149.   bent  Wonn  mu$  ,<pUfc  roerbcn  :    the  man  must   be  helped. 
roerben  for  511  Xetl  tuerben. 


PAGES  io-i2.]  NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  1.  199 

153.  Werni  takes  some  credit  to  himself  since  a  hunter  is  about  to 
attempt  the  crossing. 

154.  Baumgarten  grasps  Tell's  hand  in  gratitude.    Ruodi  and  Seppi 
hastily  untie  the  boat. 

156.    9li)tcn  :  a  rare  and  poetic  plural  of  Jfot ;  dangers. 

159.  tuettn  mir  .  .  .  begeguet:  if  anything  (lit.  something  human) 
should  happen  to  me,  i.e.  if  I  should  perish.    Tell  himself  realizes  the 
great  danger  of  his  undertaking.    Is  this  characteristic  of  a  brave  man  ? 

160.  nw§  id)  ...  fonttte  :  laffen  for  itnterlaffen  :  what  I  could  not 
help  doing. 

161.  9)Zetfter :  in  bitter  irony  and  reproach.    The  word  should  be 
accented  sharply. 

PAGE  11,  lines  163,  164.  Ruodi  speaks  defiantly.  At  the  same 
time  the  lines  give  the  common  reputation  in  which  Tell  was  held  by 
his  countrymen.  All  wave  their  hands  in  farewell. 

165.  3d)tmmmer  :  a  more  vivid  word  than  the  commonplace  i$a\)ic= 
tnann. 

167.  2)tc  ftffllt  •  •  •  tt)cg:  the  waves  roll  over  it.  Schiller  here 
makes  the  characters  on  the  stage  tell  the  audience  what  he  does  not 
permit  it  to  see ;  cf.  Act  IV,  Sc.  I. 

170.  angefprettgt :  cf.  Appendix  C,  12. 

171,  S.D.    San&ettbergtfdjer  :  cf.  note  to  line  282.    The  First  Trooper 
goes  to  the  shore,   the  Second   Trooper  waits  for  an  answer.     It  is 
impossible  for  horses  to  approach  this  shore,  but  the  audience,  of 
course,  does  not  think  of  that  nor  care.     It  is  more  picturesque  to  use 
the  mounted  men. 

173.    Tie^  2SegS :  this  way  ;  adv.  gen. 

175.  SRett't  511 :  dialetic  and  colloquial  for  reitet  $u  :  ride  ahead'. 

176.  bcilcgt :  if  you  hurry;  lit.  to  lay  to;  ironically  suggesting  to 
the  pursuers  that  they  follow  up  the  boat  on  their  horses. 

PAGE  12,  lines  181,  182.  A  confused  tinkling  of  herd-bells  and  the 
cries  of  Kuoni  and  Seppi  are  heard  from  behind  the  scenes  ;  within 
the  hut  fire  and  smoke.  In  a  sense,  the  destruction  of  herds  and  hut 
is  a  punishment  because  they  did  not  help  Baumgarten.  This  act  of 
wanton  violence  serves  to  draw  the  sympathy  of  the  audience  entirely 
to  the  side  of  the  people.  In  Tell  we  see  already  the  coming  savior. 
In  the  chronicles  Tell  has  nothing  to  do  with  Baumgarten's  rescue. 
Why  Schiller  connected  the  hero  of  the  play  with  this  episode  is  evi- 


200  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  12. 

dent.     Note  the  effective  contrast  between  the  opening  and  the  closing 
of  the  scene. 

Note  the  vigorous  movement  of  the  dialogue  throughout  this 
scene,  especially  in  contrast  with  the  dialogue  of  the  next  scene. 
Note  the  easy  division  of  the  scene  into  parts ;  the  beautiful  intro- 
duction, the  moving  story  of  Baumgarten,  his  rescue  by  Tell,  and 
the  dramatic  conclusion.  Schiller  has  followed  in  each  scene  a 
logical  and  effective  scheme  which  it  will  pay  the  student  to 
study  as  models  of  composition. 

Note  the  contrast  between  Tell  and  Ruodi.  Such  contrasts  are 
not  accidental.  Schiller  intended  thereby  to  paint  more  clearly 
Tell's  character.  The  student  should  notice  the  dramatist's  skill 
in  the  use  of  contrast,  not  only  for  the  purpose  of  developing  char- 
acter, but  dramatic  situation  also.  Tell  is  admirably  drawn ;  a 
man  devoid  of  fear,  who  does  not  first  ask  why  a  thing  should  be 
done  or  how,  but  who  acts  promptly  and  confidently  where  his 
eyes  show  him  there  is  need.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that 
Tell  is  not  concerned  about  the  political  situation  as  a  whole. 
This  fact  must  be  kept  in  mind  if  we  are  to  understand  the  sub- 
sequent action. 

This  opening  scene,  with  its  romantic  scenery,  its  admirable 
and  masterly  presentation  of  the  character  and  the  cause  of  the 
people,  its  striking  introduction  of  the  hero,  its  dramatic  power, 
and  its  direct  appeal  to  the  audience,  is  one  of  the  greatest  scenes 
in  exposition  in  dramatic  literature.  Goethe  praised  it  as  really 
an  entire  play  in  itself. 


ACT  I.     SCEN^:  II. 

There  is  a  general  resemblance  between  this  scene  and  that  of 
Shakespeare's  Julius  C  <esar,  Act  II,  Sc.  II.  Elsewhere  in  the 
play  the  influence  of  the  great  English  dramatist  is  felt  also. 
While  Schiller  was  writing  Tell  he  witnessed  a  performance  of 
Julius  Ccesar  in  the  Weimar  Theater,  October  1,  1803.  Macbeth, 
which  Schiller  translated,  seems  also  to  have  been  in  his  mind  at 
this  time.  It  is  true  that  Shakespeare  did  profoundly  influence 
Schiller  both  as  to  dramatic  form  and,  in  a  lesser  degree,  as  to 


PAGE  12.]  NOTES.     ACT  /,    SCENE  II.  201 

language ;  but  this  must  not  be  understood  to  mean  that  Schiller, 
either  consciously  or  unconsciously,  was  a  mere  imitator;  for  what- 
ever Schiller  wrote  was  his  own. 

Homer's  influence  upon  Schiller  is  noticeable  in  the  language, 
especially  in  the  formation  of  compounded  pictorial  adjectives. 

The  Bible,  with  which  Schiller  was  thoroughly  familiar,  has 
also  left  its  impress  upon  Schiller's  diction  and  thought. 

But  Tschudi's  epic,  almost  Homeric  style,  seems  in  Tell  to  have 
most  influenced  the  language,  words  and  phrases  being  taken 
directly  from  Tschudi's  narrative.  This  is  a  decided  help  in  pro- 
ducing local  coloring.  Here,  again,  Schiller  must  not  be  accused 
of  plagiarism  or  of  imitation.  While  he  borrows,  sometimes 
bodily,  he  transmutes  what  he  borrows  and  makes  it  his  own. 

The  time  of  the  action  is  the  afternoon  of  October  28,  about  as 
long  after  Sc.  I  as  it  will  take  Tell  and  Baumgarten  to  reach 
Stein  en. 

The  place  of  the  action  is  Stauffacher's  farm  near  the  village  of 
Steinen  in  the  canton  of  Schwyz.  on  Lake  Lower/,  and  about 
three  miles  west  of  the  village  Schwyz.  It  is  the  traditional  birth- 
place of  Stauffacher.  See  map,  and  note  the  journey  that  Tell 
must  take  from  Treib. 

On  the  stage  we  see,  to  the  rear,  high  mountains;  nearer,  the 
houses  of  Steinen.  At  one  side  of  the  stage  is  a  pretentious  house 
with  many  glass  windows,  and  adorned  above  the  gable  with  the 
coat-of-arms  of  Stauffacher;  above  the  windows  and  on  the  walls 
are  many-colored  mottoes  (cf.  lines  211-213).  Immediately  before 
the  house  is  a  linden  tree  with  a  bench  beneath  it.  On  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  stage  and  to  the  rear  is  a  bridge  over  which  the 
highway  runs  that  passes  the  house  in  front. 

S.D.  Stauffadjcr :  there  was  an  old  and  influential  family  of  this 
name.  One  Stauffacher  was  chief  magistrate  (£anbammann)  of 
Schwyz,  1313-1314,  and  still  alive  in  1341.  The  spot  where  the 
house  is  supposed  to  have  stood  is  still  shown.  The  character  in  the 
play  is,  however,  Schiller's  invention.  ^fctfcr  :  a  well-known  fam- 
ily of  this  name  once  lived  in  Lucerne.  The  character  in  the  play  is 
an  invention,  and  is  of  no  consequence  in  the  action.  Sucerit :  the 
name  of  a  canton  ;  also  of  its  chief  city  which  lies  at  the  western  end 
of  the  lake.  The  canton  is  only  indirectly  involved  in  the  action,  its 


202  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  12-13. 

relations  to  Austria  differing  from  those  of  the  other  cantons.  In  1291 
its  ruler,  the  Abbot  of  Murbach,  had  sold  it  outright  to  the  Habsburgs, 
so  that  it  was  directly  subject  to  Austria.  From  Pfeifer's  account  we 
may  judge  that  there  was  dissatisfaction  in  Lucerne  also,  and  that 
there  the  longing  for  freedom  was  as  strong  as  in  the  Forest  Cantons  ; 
cf.  lines  896  ff.  For  the  relations  of  the  three  other  cantons  to  the 
Habsburgs,  see  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  p.  260.  fommcit :  it  is  evi- 
dent that  this  is  the  conclusion  of  a  longer  talk,  the  tenor  of  which  is 
plain  from  lines  190-194. 

184.  Cftretd)  for  Cfterreid),  used  interchangeably  as  the  meter 
requires  ;  cf.  line  194.  Pfeifer  means  here  not  the  duchy  of  Austria, 
but  the  Duke  of  Austria.  It  is  common  also  in  English  to  identify 
the  country  and  the  ruler  in  this  way. 

S.D.  186.  will  getyen :  is  about  to  go.  This  idiomatic  meaning  of 
TOolIen  should  be  carefully  noted. 

PAGE  13,  line  187.  Sletbt  bod) :  do  stay.  The  particles  bod),  ja, 
frfjon,  and  roofyl  are  used  as  intensives.  It  is  often  impossible  to  trans- 
late them,  and  so  their  effect  on  the  thought  must  be  shown  in  other 
ways.  See  the  vocabulary. 

187,  188.    Homeric  :  cf.  Iliad  6 :  224-225  : 

Henceforward  I  will  be  thy  host  and  friend 
In  Argos  :  thou  shall  be  the  same  to  me 
In  Lycia  when  I  visit  Lycia's  towns. 

189.  Sid  £dltf :  a  common  expression  that  declines  an  invitation 
while  at  the  same  time  giving  thanks  for  the  proffer  of  it.         S?icl : 
ending  omitted  ;  cf .  Appendix  C,  6,  b.       ©Cff OU :  a  village  in  Schwyz, 
on  the  north  shore  of  the  lake,  west  of  Brunnen. 

190.  2®n§  outf)  2d)tticrc§ :  whatever  hardships ;  aud)  here  has  in- 
tensive, and  not  concessive  force. 

193.  As  the   emperor  was  elected,  it  was  possible,  on  Albrecht's 
death,  that  some  family  other  than  the  Habsburgs  might  enjoy  the 
imperial  dignity.     In  that  case  the  canton  could  continue  to  govern 
itself  within  the  empire,  provided  it  had  not  in  the  meantime  yielded 
to  Austria. 

194.  Scib  tl)r  erft :  inversion,  why  ?    Cf.  Appendix  C,  9.    Note  the 
balance  of  the  two  clauses.     Pfeifer's  advice  is  excellent ;  it  becomes 
the  fixed  policy  of  the  Swiss  people  ;  cf .  lines  492,  1437,  1458-1461. 


PAGES  w-u.]  NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  II.  203 

S.D.  194.  cute  $eit  Jottfj:  what  effect  will  this  pause  have  on  the 
audience  ?  Notice  how  it  centers  the  interest  upon  Gertrude  and  upon 
what  she  will  say. 

195.  (SJertrub  :  Schiller,  for  some  reason,  possibly  for  the  sake  of 
the    meter,   changed  her  name  from   that    preserved   by  tradition, 
Margareta  Herlobig.    The  character  in  the  play  is  Schiller's  invention. 
Gertrude    speaks    urgently  and  passionately,  yet  with  self-control. 
There  is  danger  of  reading  her  lines  with  too  much  sentimentality  or 
false  pathos.     There  is  fire,  determination,  and  lofty  idealism  in  what 
she  says,  but  she  is  neither  a  sentimentalist  nor  a  masterful  man- 
woman.        $rcunb  :  why  not  3)iann? 

195  ff.    Cf.  Shakespeare's  Julius  Ccesar,  Act  II,  Sc.  I : 

Portia.    It  will  not  let  you  eat,  nor  talk,  nor  sleep, 

And  could  it  work  so  much  upon  your  shape 
As  it  hath  much  prevailed  on  your  condition, 
I  should  not  know  you,  Brutus.     Dear,  my  lord, 
Make  me  acquainted  with  your  cause  of  grief. 

You  have  some  sick  offense  within  your  mind, 
Which,  by  the  right  and  virtue  of  my  place, 
I  ought  to  know  of  ;  and  upon  my  knees, 
I  charm  you,  by  my  once-commended  beauty, 
By  all  your  vows  of  love  and  that  great  vow 
Which  did  incorporate  and  make  us  one, 
That  you  unfold  to  me,  yourself,  your  half, 
'   Why  you  are  heavy.  .  .  . 

196.  Emphatic  order ;  cf .  the  effect  of  the  same  statement  in  the 
normal  order. 

200.    mciitc  £o(fte  :  cf.  the  effect  if  stated  in  the  normal  order. 

203.  (Bdjeuiten  were  only  for  grain  and  hay.     @d)aren  is  in  the 
same  construction  as  3ucf)t  ;  the  singular  tft  is  used  because  the  last- 
named  subject  is  singular. 

204.  £cr  fllnttctt  .  .  .  3U(tyi  *  Me  herd  of  sleek  and  well-fed  horses. 
208.    3tniltiul)ol*, :  massive  timbers;  really  the  wood  from  the  trunk 

of  the  trees.         ncu  flC^immcrt :  just  built.     The  house  was  new. 

PAGE  14,  line  209.  ttfld)  bent  SHdjtmoff  .  .  .  flcfiiflt :  accurately 
measured  with  the  square  and  joined.  Cf.  Homer's  Odyssey  5  :  245  : 


204  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  «. 

Trees  then  he  felled,  and  soon  the  task  was  done. 
Twenty  in  all  he  brought  to  earth  and  squared 
Their  trunks  with  the  sharp  steel  ;  and  carefully 
He  smoothed  their  sides,  and  wrought  them  by  the  line. 


210.  Jlffiitftt  e3  :  its  many  windows  reflect  the  brightness  and  comfort 
within. 

211.  buntcn    393o^enfd)i(i»crn  :    many-colored  coats-of-arms  ;    not 
only  the  nobles,  but  free-born   families   also,  had  a  right   to   them. 
Usually  only  the  escutcheon  of  the  man  of  the  house  was  painted  upon 
the   dwelling,   but  sometimes   there   was  added   that   of  the   wife's 
family  ;  sometimes  that  of  the  canton  also. 

212.  uinfcii  ©pritdjeit  :  wise  sayings  or  mottoes.     To  paint  such 
sayings  high  up  on  the  gables  and  above  the  doors  and  windows  was 
once  a  widespread  practice,  and  is  done  even  to-day  in  South  Ger- 
many, Switzerland,  and  Austria.     These  ©pritcfye   are  proverbs,  or 
pious  and,  sometimes,  humorous  verses  of  from  two  to  six  lines.     The 
number  on  any  one  house  varied  with  the    taste    of    the    owner. 
Gertrude  is  in  no  sense  boastful.     The  point  of  her  argument  is  that 
it  can  be  no  small  thing  that  can  bring  unhappiness  to  Stauffacher 
who  has  so  much  to  be  happy  over. 

214.    2$ol)(  :  it  is  true  that  ;  conceding  the  truth  of  what  Gertrude 
has  said. 

216.  tote  tterftetyft  bit  ba3  :  what  do  you  mean  by  that.    But  Gertrude 
knows  already  ;  cf.  line  251.     It  is  just  her  way  of  urging  Stauffacher 
on  to  act. 

217.  In  reading  Stauffacher's  lines  care  should  be  taken  to  read 
them  with  proper  feeling.     Stauffacher  is  not  discouraged  nor  afraid. 
He   has  been   thinking  the  situation  over,   and   with  his  customary 
caution  has  not  yet  come  to  a  decision.     When  once  he  makes  up  his 
mind  on  how  to  act  he  is  ready  enough  to  do  all  that  he  thinks  neces- 
sary.     He  is  here  frankly  stating  the  case  for  and  against  action, 
and  awaits  advice  from  Gertrude,  who  is  vitally  concerned  in  anything 
he  may  do. 

218.  QaS  fdjiin  $oUbrad)te  .  .  .  uberbcitfcub  :  passing  over  in  my 
mind  all  that  has   been  so  well  accomplished.     He  is  thinking  not 
merely  of  the  house,  but  of  all  their  material  progress. 

219.  Muf?ltnrt|t  :   a  village  in  Schwyz  on  the  northernmost  arm  of 
the  lake.     Near  the  village  are  still  to  be  seen  the  ruin?  of  a  castle, 
said  to  have  been  Gessler's. 


PAGES  14-16.]          NOTES.     ACT  /,    SCENE  II.  205 

220.    1)er  $ogt:  Gessler;  cf.  note  to  line  1854,  S.D. 

223.  ^>mtt :  note  the  various  translations  the  English  requires  for 
this  word  :  gentleman,  Mr.,  liege-lord,  master,  sir,  God,  Lord. 

226.  bo^metneitb :  with  evil  purpose  or  intent.  Gessler's  question 
sounds  civil  and  innocent  enough,  but  he  hoped  to  catch  Stauffacher 
with  it. 

228.  ift  meilte3  ^jerrn  :  pred.  gen. ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  4,  6.    Stauffacher 
held  his  property  as  a  fief  (?el)en,  229)  from  the  emperor.     Under 
the  feudal  system  the  overlord  was  supposed  to  own  everything  and 
to  grant  lands  or  other  property,  or  rights  and  privileges,  to  a  vassal 
in  return  for  allegiance  and  service.     On  the  death  of  an  overlord  the 
fiefs  had  to  be  renewed.     If  the  holder  of  a  fief  died,  or  if  for  some 
act  he  forfeited  his  right  to  his  possessions,  the  overlord  could  grant 
them  in  fief  to  some  one  else. 

229.  Itttb  @ure3,  uttb  metn  fiefyen  :   the  SitreS  is  here  ambiguous. 
Schiller  took  the  whole  speech  directly  from  Tschudi.    Construe  @ure§ 
as  parallel  to  meines,  i.e.  as  SitreS  §errn,  so  that  Stauffacher  is  made 
to  say  :  this  house  belongs  to  the  Emperor,  who  is  your  overlord  as 
well  as  mine,  and  I  hold  it  in  fief  from  him;  in  other  words,  Stauf- 
facher admits  the  overlordship  of  the  Emperor,  but  denies  to  Gessler 
any  authority  over  this  fief.     This  is  the  strictly  legal  aspect  of  the 
case,     mein  should  be  slightly  accented.     Gessler  understood  Stauf- 
facher in  this  sense,  since  his  angry  answer  is  a  denial  of  such  a  claim. 

232.  5luf  fetne  eigtte  £mttb :  on  his  own  initiative.  alfo  frci : 
thus  independently  ;  a(jo  should  never  be  translated  also. 

PAGE  15,  line  237.  Stauffacher  seems  to  think  he  has  as  yet  no 
reason  for  setting  himself  openly  against  the  governor.  Gertrude 
shows  him  how  serious  the  situation  really  is,  and  that  he  must  act  if 
he  is  to  save  himself. 

238.    9Kuflft  bit :  do  you  care  to. 

240.  3 bergs  Xodjter :  there  was  a  Konrad  ab  Iberg  who  was 
Landammann  of  Schwyz  in  1311.  Iberg  is  a  small  town  some  six 
miles  east  of  the  village  of  Schwyz.  By  making  Gertrude  the  daughter 
of  a  chief  magistrate,  Schiller  prepares  us  for  her  good,  sound  political 
judgment.  riil)mT  id)  mid):  /  am  proud  to  say;  an  expression  of 
pride  and  not  of  conceit.  Cf.  Shakespeare's  Julius  Caesar.  Act  II, 
Sc.  I: 

Portia.   I  grant  I  am  a  woman,  but  withal  , 

A  woman  that  Lord  Brutus  took  to  wife  : 


206  WILHELU   TELL.  [PAGES  is-ie. 

I  grant  I  am  a  woman,  but  withal 
A  woman  well-reputed,  Cato's  daughter. 
Think  you  I  am  no  stronger  than  my  sex, 
Being  so  father'd  and  so  husbanded  ? 

241.  melcrfaljf nen :  Homeric;  a  man  of  wide  or  much  experience. 
Notice  the  simplicity  and  poetic  beauty  of  this  description.  The  pas- 
sage shows  also  how  keen  was  the  interest  of  the  people  in  political 
questions.  They  knew  their  rights  and  did  not  intend  to  have  them 
trampled  upon. 

244.  ^crgamcntc :  lit.  parchments,  but  here  is  meant  the  writing 
upon  them,  i.e.  the  charters  of  rights  and  liberties  granted  to  the  Swiss 
by  the  emperors. 

Iberg  had  these  valuable  papers  in  his  possession  not  only  because 
he  held  high  office  but  also  because  of  his  high  personal  standing 
among  his  countrymen.  The  order  is  changed  for  metrical  reasons. 

247.  The  line  casts  an  illuminating  light  upon  Gertrude's  character, 
tumid) :  cf.  Appendix  C,  6,  b. 

253.  /ctubcrittC'  .  .  .  nidjt :  a  peculiar  construction  from  older  Ger- 
man where  the  use  of  a  second  negative  after  a  negative,  or  after  a 
noun  or  a  verb  with  the  idea  of  negation  or  prevention,  was  a  common 
construction  ;  lit.  an  obstacle  resulting  in  the  not  doing  of  something. 
Translate  bag  by  so  that,  and  so  preserve  the  negative. 

254.  Schroder  :  primarily  the  inhabitants  of  the  canton  of  Schwyz, 
but  now  applied  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  whole  country.     Schiller 
here  uses  the  singular  as   a   collective  ;    this   is  more  forceful  than 
the  plural.        bcm  ncucn   g-urftenljauS :   i.e.  to  Austria  and  not  to 
the  Empire.         ncueit :    because  the  Habsburgs  had  become  dukes 
of  Austria  only  about  thirty  years  before  the  time  of  the  action  of  the 
play. 

257.  geljoltcn  unb  getun :  have  always  done. 

258.  liige  :  if  I  am  wrong.     The  lit.  lie  is  too  strong  here. 

PAGE  16,  line  260.  gtiirf  (id)  mo t)itft :  dwell  prosperously.  In  a  cer- 
tain sense  Gessler  and  Landenberg  were  not  as  fortunate  as  Stauf- 
facher.  As  younger  sons  (jiingrer  <2ohn,  267)  they  had  inherited 
neither  castle  nor  estates  from  their  fathers ;  such  property  descended 
only  to  the  eldest  son  ;  the  younger  sons  received  only  the  title  of 
knighthood  (JRittermarttef,  268),  and  possibly  a  sword. 

263.    -JU  £chn :  in  this  respect,  also,  Stauffacher  was  better  off  than 


PAGE  w.]  NOTES.     ACT  /,    SCENE  II.  207 

the  governor.  Stauffacher  was  subject  to  the  Emperor,  but  nqt  to  the 
Duke  of  Austria,  whereas  Gessler  was  directly  subject  to  the  Duke. 

264.  3o  gilt :  as  well  a.s  :  the  second  as  of  the  English  is  often  not 
expressed  in  German.  JRetdjgfurft :  Gertrude  means  that  Stauffacher 
is  like  the  highest  nobles  of  the  Empire  because  he  is  the  immediate 
vassal  of  the  Emperor.  This  Gessler  was  not.  This  does  not  mean, 
of  course,  that  Stauffacher  was  the  equal  of  a  prince  in  every  way, 
since  fiefs  were  of  different  kinds  and  value,  but  that  he  stood  in  the 
same  relation  to  the  Emperor  as  did  any  prince,  in  that  he  owed  alle- 
giance to  no  one  else.  If  then  the  Emperor  were  from  any  other 
family  than  the  Habsburgs,  Stauffacher  would  bear  to  him  the  same 
relation  as  the  Duke  of  Austria,  whereas  Gessler  would  still  be  depen- 
dent upon  the  Austrian  rulers. 

266.  ben  £>dd|ftcn  in  bcr  Gljriftcnl)cit :  when  the  Roman  Empire 
was  divided,  in  the  year  395,  there  was  created  an  emperor  of  the  East 
(Constantinople)  and  one  of  the  West  (Rome).  After  800,  when 
Charlemagne  was  crowned  by  the  pope  as  Emperor  of  Rome,  the  Ger- 
man kings  took  the  title  and  enjoyed  the  titular  rank  and  rights  of 
Roman  Emperor.  The  popes  did  not  recognize  the  East  as  truly 
Christian,  and  thus  the  Waiter  be«*  heUgen  rbmHcften  9teid)eS  beutfcher 
Nation,  as  the  emperors  styled  themselves,  were  regarded  by  the  west- 
ern countries  and  the  Latin  Church  as  the  heads  of  the  whole  Chris- 
tian world.  Cf.  lines  305,  870. 

270.  sl)itt  fdjceleu  \Hitiini  .  .  .  an  :  with  the  jealous  eyes  of  venomous 
envy.  Why  Gessler  should  envy  a  farmer  like  Stauffacher,  Gertrude 
has  already  made  clear. 

273.  8?i^  cr  .  .   .  ftcirii  jit :   until  he  has  satisfied  his  evil  purpose 
against  you. 

274.  bunt  ttor :  takes  precautions ;   a  very  poetic  word,  giving  the 
idea  of  building  a  defensive  fortification.        ift  ju  tun:  is  to  (or  can) 
be  done ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  13. 

275.  Note  the  skill  with  which  Gertrude  conducts  her  argument. 
First,  she  pleads  for  a  wife's  right  to  share  her  husband's  cares  ;  then, 
she  shows  that  she  can  understand  the  troubles  that  worry  him.    Here 
the  main  argument  begins.     She  points  out  to  Stauffacher  that  the 
disaffection  of  the  Swiss  toward  the  government  is  to  be  the  excuse 
by  which  Gessler  will  seek  to  justify  his  personal  envy  against  Stauf- 
facher ;  so  that  Stauffacher  is  bound  to  suffer  no  matter  whether  he 
acts  openly  against  the  governor,  or  passively  and  patiently  endures  all 
the  governor  does  to  him.     Stauffacher's  personal  safety  is  bound  up 


208  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  16-n. 

with  his  country's  cause  ;  only  by  freeing  his  country  of  its  oppressors 
will  Stauffacher  be  able  to  save  himself.  Gertrude's  appeal  is,  there- 
fore, doubly  strong;  for  she  calls  upon  his  patriotism  as  well  as  his 
self-interest. 

277.  £)b  '•  on  account  of;  here  the  archaic  and  poetic  preposition. 
Do  not  confuse  it  with  the  conjunction  ob,  whether. 

279.  tm  UrttCf  Sflttb :  in  the  land  of  the  Urners,  i.e.  the  people  of 
the  canton  Uri.  Cf.  the  English  proper  adjective  in  -er,  New  Yorker. 

281.  fo  jdjflfft  e3  frerf) :  acts  with  a  high  hand;  cf.    Appendix  C, 
3,  ft. 

282.  Cattbenbcrger :    Beringer  von   Landenberg,    the   governor   of 
Unterwalden,  was  a  man  of  noble  lineage,  who  fell  in  the  battle  of 
Morgarten  in   1315.     Landenberg,   the   £attbDogt,   is   mentioned  here 
rather  than  Wolfenschiesseu,  who  was  only  SurgDogt.         briibett : 
Unterwalden. 

PAGE  17,  line  284.  ©ettJalt=23egtmtett:  act  of  violence  or  tyranny. 
The  division  of  a  compound  over  two  lines  is  very  unusual.  It  is 
poetic  license,  but  it  is  not  poetic. 

286.  tot'  e3  gut :  dialectic  for  Ware  e§  gut ;  it  would  be  well.  Cf. 
Appendix  C,  7,  a ;  7,  d. 

288.  mijrfjt'  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  d. 

289.  <Bo  ttd)tr  id)  ttiob,! :  then  I  really  believe:  archaic  and  Biblical. 
291.    ©flftfmtttb  :   a  friend  with  whom  one  exchanges  visits ;   cf. 

lines  187-188.     Homeric. 

294.  dltgefcb,cn :  respected.    Schiller  likes  to  leave  the  first  of  two 
adjectives   undeclined  ;   cf.  Appendix  C,   6,  a.      This  is  not  always 
for  metrical  reasons,  for  here  the  contracted  form  angejefyne  would 
have  satisfied  the  meter.        4?errettlcitte  •  not  tne  T^c^  nobles  only, 
but  also  rich  peasants  like  Stauffacher,  who  held  farms  of  their  own. 

295.  'JHe  mir  gefyetm  .  .  .  wcrtrnut :  who  are  intimate  and  trusted 
friends. 

S.U.  Staaffacher  stands  up  and  walks  thoughtfully  to  and  fro  ; 
then  he  stops  before  Gertrude  and  speaks  in  a  voice  vibrant  with  emo- 
tion. She  has  made  him  see  that  something  must  be  done  ;  in  fact, 
he  had  already  thought  of  doing  the  thing  she  suggests  (290).  But  he 
is  not  yet  ready  to  act,  partly  because  he  is  naturally  conservative, 
and  more  particularly  because  he  fears  what  an  unsuccessful  resistance 
against  the  government  may  cost.  It  is  to  this  point  that  Gertrude 
must  now  address  herself. 


PAGES  17-19.]          NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  II.  209 

297-298.  2Jtcht  .^nnerfted  .  .  .  cntgegen  :  my  inmost  thoughts  you 
show  me  clearly. 

299.  311  benfen  (till  ticrbot  :  read  ftiE  with  benfen,  and  not  with  &er= 
bot  ;  what  I  dared  not  even  to  think  of  in  secret.  Cf.  ftillen  in  line 
297  ;  not  in  his  '  quiet  '  heart,  for  his  heart  was  not  that,  but  '  in  the 
secret  recesses  of  his  heart.'1 

303.  fricbgeroohttte  :    peaceful,   peace-wonted;   poetic   compound, 
reminiscent  of  Homer. 

304.  rooflten  :    how  can  we  dare;   the  subjunctive  expresses  the 
doubt  in  Stauffacher's  mind  :  you  cannot  really  mean  that  we  should 
dare. 

306.  'Ser  gutc  SdjCttt  .  .  .  marten  :  they  are  waiting  merely  for  some 
plausible  pretext.  The  Austrians  could  not  arbitrarily  annex  the  Swiss 
cantons  because  this  would  offend  the  other  states  of  the  Empire  ;  but 
they  seek  some  excuse  that  will  make  it  seem  right  and  lawful  to 
enter  the  country  with  an  army  and  then  to  annex  it  as  a  conquered 
state.  Stauffacher  suggests  here  that  the  governors  are  deliberately 
trying  to  drive  the  people  into  open  rebellion,  with  that  very  object  in 
view.  His  argument  is  not  that  of  a  coward,  but  rather  that  of  a  man 
who  weighs  the  cost.  He  does  not  attempt  to  deny  the  truth  and  force 
of  Gertrude's  argument  ;  he  shows  her  the  difficulty  of  acting  accord- 
ing to  it. 

PAGE  18,  line  312.  Notice  the  animated  movement  given  to  the 
dialogue  by  the  alternate  two-line  speeches  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  10. 

313.    bent  9)Zutigen  :   cf.  English  God  helps  him  who  helps  himself. 

315.  Cf.  Matt,  xxvi,  31  :  "For  it  is  written  :  I  will  smite  the  Shep- 
herd, and  the  sheep  of  the  flock  shall  be  scattered  abroad." 

319.  £cr  Srteg,   ber  ungeljeure  :  more  poetic  than  ber  ungeheure 
$rieg;  war,  the  monster.     What  figure  of  speech? 

320.  2$itfetf  id)  :  inversion,  why  ? 


PAGE  19,  line  328.    $)te  (efete  2BdI)f  :  the  final  choice  ;  i.e.  death. 

331.  4?erb  Ultb  $>0f  '  hearth  and  home;  alliterative  couplet;  cf. 
Appendix  B,  3,  b.  ntit  ^fmtben  :  the  old  fern.  sing,  declen.  ;  cf. 
aitf  Gvben,  line  1084,  and  note  ;  ®onnen,  line  1107. 

333.  ftehnben  $ufje)§  :  i.e.  he  will  go  as  he  stands  without  further 
preparations,  hence,  immediately,  at  once. 

334.  mtr  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  5,  a.        SSalter  $iirft  :  Tell's  father-in- 
law  ;  cf.  note,  Act  I,  Sc.  IV,  S.D. 


210  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  19-20. 

336.  ^niiHcrticrrn  :  banneret,  standard  bearer  of  the  soldiers  of  his 
canton  in  time  of  war.  It  was  an  office  of  honor,  and  only  men  of 
position,  though  not  necessarily  nobles,  were  chosen.  5ttttng= 
tyau£  :  already  mentioned  in  line  52  ;  cf.  note  S.D.,  Act  II,  Sc.  I. 

341.   weil :  here  in  its  old  sense,  ichile. 

343.  Wuttcstjaufc  :  probably  the  monastery  St.  Meinrads  Zell  at 
Einsiedeln,  where  pilgrims  were  wont  to  stop  on  their  way  to  Italy  ; 
it  is  nine  miles  from  Steinen  ;  cf.  note  to  line  519. 

348.  Such  hospitality  and  piety  are  characteristic  of  the  Swiss  ;  cf. 
Act  V,  Sc.  II. 

S.D.  tritt  SBiltyehn  ~cU  •  this  assures  us  of  the  successful  escape  of 
Baumgarten.  Thus  this  scene  is  connected  with  the  preceding  one. 
Since  no  mention  is  made  of  the  storm,  we  must  suppose  that  it  has 
spent  itself,  or  that  it  was  local  to  Treib. 

PAGE  20,  line  351.  cttt  2?tttcr  ber  SBebrottfltCIt :  shows  the  repute 
Stauffacher  enjoyed  among  his  countrymen  ;  it  explains  also  the  bond 
of  friendship  between  him  and  Tell. 

352.  fifty  :  not  a  command,  but  an  interjection. 

It  is  not  necessary  that  we  have  here  a  scene  between  Tell  and 
Stauffacher.  We  know  why  Tell  has  come,  and  the  future  action 
will  explain  all  that  took  place  between  the  men  at  this  time. 

Note  the  ease  with  which  the  scene  falls  into  parts. 

From  Sc.  I  we  know  something  of  the  conditions  in  Unter- 
walden ;  in  Sc.  II  we  are  made  acquainted  with  conditions  in 
Schwyz.  In  Sc.  I  it  is  the  fisherman,  the  hunter,  and  the  herds- 
man who  are  the  sufferers ;  in  Sc.  II  we  see  the  threatening  atti- 
tude of  the  governors  towards  the  rich,  substantial  and  influential 
freemen  who  own  and  cultivate  the  farms.  Sc.  I,  with  its  short 
speeches,  rapid  action,  and  elemental  passions,  appeals  to  the  eye ; 
Sc.  II,  with  its  long  speeches,  its  tone  of  deliberation,  and  its  lofty 
ideals  of  patriotism,  appeals  to  the  intellect  and  the  reason.  In 
both  the  feelings  are  profoundly  stirred,  but  by  very  different 
means.  Sc.  I  is  the  picture  of  the  fight  of  the  individual  against 
his  personal  oppressor ;  in  Sc.  II  the  danger  to  the  individual  is 
merged  with  the  danger  to  the  whole  country.  Sc.  I  leads  to  no 
betterment  in  the  affairs  of  the  oppressed ;  Sc.  II  sets  in  motion 
that  train  of  events  that  is  to  end  in  peace,  safety,  and  liberty. 


PAGE  ao.]  NOTES.     ACT  7,    SCEXE  III.  211 

It  is  true  that  Gertrude's  immediate  concern  is  purely  individual 
—  her  husband's  danger;  yet  it  is  she  herself  who  shows  what 
alone  can  save,  not  only  the  individual,  but  the  country  with  him. 
If  resistance  against  Austria  is  to  be  successful,  it  must  be  through 
the  united  action  of  the  whole  people ;  it  is  Gertrude  who  first 
sees  this  clearly. 

This  scene  introduces  Stauffacher,  an  important  character  in  the 
play.  As  in  the  case  of  Tell  in  Sc.  I,  so  here  in  Sc.  II,  Schiller 
has  been  most  successful  in  drawing  character.  We  recognize  in 
Stauffacher  a  man  with  a  lively  sense  of  justice  and  high  moral 
ideals,  deliberate  in  judgment  arid  in  action,  but  resolute  and 
determined  when  he  has  once  decided  upon  a  course  of  action. 

It  is  not  chance  that  Schiller  introduces  Stauffacher,  rather  than 
Fiirst  or  Melchtal,  immediately  after  Tell.  The  contrast  in  the 
characters  of  the  two  men  is  at  once  apparent.  They  supplement 
each  other  admirably,  Tell,  the  man  of  action,  Stauffacher,  the 
man  of  thought,  and  Gertrude,  with  her  noble  intuitions.  Safety 
and  deliverance  from  tyranny  rests  with  heroic,  determined,  un- 
selfish souls  like  these,  and  success  was  sure  to  come. 

ACT  I.     SCENE  III. 

The  time  of  the  action  is  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day  as  that 
in  Sc.  I  and  Sc.  II,  or,  considering  the  time  it  takes  for  Stauffacher 
and  Tell  to  come  the  distance  from  Steinen,  it  may  be  the  day 
following.  The  place  of  the  action  is  Altorf,  the  chief  village  in 
canton  Uri.  It  is  about  two  miles  south  of  Fliielen,  the  landing 
place  at  the  southern  end  of  the  Urner  Lake,  and  lies  in  the  valley 
traversed  by  the  rivers  Reuss  and  Schachen. 

On  the  stage,  to  the  side  and  rear  is  a  large  building  of  massive 
masonry,  seemingly  built  on  a  hill.  The  back  wall  is  already  fin- 
ished, and  gives  an  idea  of  the  size  and  strength  of  the  w  hole.  Work- 
men are  busy  on  the  front  wall,  some  laying  stone,  others  bringing 
materials.  On  the  roof  a  slater  is  at  work,  at  times  visible  to  the 
audience,  at  times  working  on  the  side  of  the  building  away  from 
the  audience.  In  the  background,  at  the  foot  of  the  hill,  are  the 
houses  of  Altorf  with  the  mountains  beyond. 


212  W1LHELM    TELL.  [PAGES  -20-21. 

S.D.  Imitcn  :  being  built;  but  cf.  English  inf.  in  -ing,  building. 
Wtrfo  ebett  gcbout:  work  is  noio  going  on.  ^runuuiif :  the  overseer 
of  work  that  had  to  be  done  for  a  feudal  lord  by  his  vassals  in  lieu  of 
taxes  (gvcmbienft,  367).  Compare  the  working  out  of  taxes  on  public 
highways  still  practiced  in  parts  of  the  United  States.  ©teinmel? : 
the  master  stone  mason  ;  but  it  may  also  be  his  name. 

353.  jjefctcrt,  SUjjefatyren  (354)  :  commands  given  in  the  participle 
are  more  peremptory  than  an  imperative.        9Jid)t  long  .  .  .  frifd) : 
no  shirking,  get  to  loork, 

354.  ^perbei  .  .  .  jjefatyrett :  this  way  with  the  stones,  etc.     Com- 
pounds of  hin  and  fyer  are  often  used  as  complete  commands  without  a 
verb.     Cf .  herein,  come  in  ;  fymcmS,  out  with  you. 

355.  ba$  :  for  fo  baft  or  bamtt. 

356.  @e«JOrf)fen :  well  along.        ftetyt:  ind.  for  subj.        QaS  fd)Iett= 
foert:  those  fellows  crawl  along  ;  the  demonstrative  baS,  as  a  collective, 
or  applied  to  a  single  person,  is  used  to  express  contempt. 

357.  4?eifjt  ba3  iidflfoCH :  an  exclamation  and  not  a  question ;  do  you 
call  that  a  load  I 

359.  felbft :  read  with  ttnr  and  not  with  @teine.         The  action  of 
the  Fronvogt  causes  angry  but  subdued  conversation  among  the  work- 
men, the  nature  of  which  is  suggested  by  the  Erster  Gesell.     That  all 
of  them  are  working  unwillingly,  and  therefore  not  fast  and  well,  is 
evident  from  what  follows ;  cf .  lines  359-360,  377-378. 

360.  Xtutttg:  archaic  for  3rcing  (370),  for  3tt>inger  or  3tt>tnghof ; 
a  fortress  built  to  overawe  a  people,  and  used  as  a  prison  ;  keep. 

361.  26a3 :    he  wants  to  know  what  they  are  saying ;  but  iua8  is 
sometimes  used  for  to  a  runt,  why. 

362.  al§  bo§  2$teb,  .  .  .  SBergcn :  i.e.  the  lazy  life  of  a  herdsman  in 
caring  for  his  cattle. 

PAGE  21,  line  365.  GingcttJCtb1 :  heart;  lit.  entrails;  cf.  English, 
bowels  of  compassion. 

368.  Sorgt  iljr  .  .  .  2lmt3 :  you  mind  your  own  business,  Fll  attend 
to  mine.     Cf.  Appendix  C,  4,  b. 

369.  The  question  is  intended  to  irritate  the  Fronvogt  and  causes 
his  angry  and  contemptuous  answer. 

370.  o'wnfl  :  lit.  authority,  jurisdiction  ;  the  owner  of  such  a  castle 
(23urgDogt,  or  iBitrggraf)  had  jurisdiction  over  the  people  living  near 
it.     Schiller  here  applies  the  word  to  the  castle  itself  from  which  the 
jurisdiction  is  exercised.     Gessler  named  this  castle  thus  because  he 


PAGES  21-22.]         NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  III.  213 

intended  through  it  to  keep  (cf.  note  to  line  373)  Uri  in  subjection. 
According  to  the  older  chroniclers,  Keep  Uri  was  not  at  Altorf  but 
at  Amsteg,  about  ten  miles  farther  south,  where  the  ruins  of  an  old 
castle  are  still  to  be  seen.  Schiller  follows  Tschudi  in  placing  it  at 
Altorf. 

372.  The  Gesellen  repeat  3tt)ing  llri  with  an  ironical  accent  on 
3ttnng,  and  laugh  derisively.     The  Fronvogt  apparently  hears  only 
the  laugh,  as  that  is  all  he  mentions,  and  after  line  376  goes  out  without 
paying   any  attention   to   what  is  being  said.     His  silence  may,  of 
course,  be  only  to  show  his  contempt.     The  i&r  in  line  373  applies  to 
the  Austrians  and  is  not  the  pronoun  of  direct  address  to  the  Fronvogt. 

373.  ^ttrittflCit:   a  play  on  words,  3tt'in8/  jttnngen.    To  imitate  it, 
translate  3tt)ing,  keep,  and  jnnngett,  to  keep  down. 

374.  titd :  why  left  undeclined  ?         man :  the  order  is  due  to  the 
meter  and  is  riot  poetic. 

375.  bi§  eitt  S3crg  .  .  .  ttrirb :  until  they  make  a  mountain. 

PAGE  22,  line  378,  S.D.  Stauffacher  had  intended,  as  we  know 
from  line  334,  to  visit  Walter  Fiirst  at  Altorf,  and  since  Tell  must  pass 
through  Altorf  to  get  to  his  home  in  Biirglen,  the  two  make  the  jour- 
ney from  Steinen  together.  Baumgarten  is  safe  for  the  time  being  in 
Stauffacher' s  house.  Thus  this  scene  is  connected  with  the  preceding 
one. 

379.  I)attr :  optative  subjunctive,  expressing  a  wish  that  cannot  be 
fulfilled;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  c. 

Tell  and  Stauffacher,  we  may  suppose,  have  overheard  what  has 
been  said,  from  line  370,  and  so  are  informed  as  to  the  purpose  of  the 
building  they  see  before  them. 

381.  Uri  .  .  .  tier  $retl)cit  fiflltb:  Uri  was  the  first  of  the  cantons  to 
obtain  home-rule  charters,  in  1231,  nearly  seventy-five  years  before 
the  action  of  the  play.     Cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  III,  p.  261. 

382.  flcfcljlt :    the  inf.  also  is  often  thus  contracted ;  cf.  Appendix 
B,  1. 

383.  tocr:  here  the  relative,  whoever. 

385.  Stauffacher's  exclamation  is  spoken  at  the  same  time  with 
Steinmetz's  lines  following.  Matters  have  gone  further  than  he  had 
expected  ;  the  danger  from  the  Austrian  governors  is  greater  than  he 
had  supposed.  ^(nufcit  t  bastions  or  walls.  It  is  not  quite  clear 
what  Schiller  means  here  ;  probably  the  retreating  walls  of  a  bastion, 
or  perhaps,  by  a  figure  of  speech,  the  bastions  themselves. 


214  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  aa-as. 

387-388.  TelPs  answer  becomes  very  significant  in  the  light  of  lines 
2859-2864,  where  these  lines  seem  like  a  prophecy.  To  feel  the  full 
effect  of  Tell's  words  we  must  put  before  our  imagination  the  same 
contrast  that  he  sees  between  the  puny  little  fortress  and  the  great 
mountains  round  about.  The  Alps  have  served  Switzerland  many 
times  as  a  defense  against  enemies  from  without ;  at  the  same  time 
they  have  helped  to  foster  that  spirit  of  independence  and  love  of  free- 
dom that  has  characterized  the  Swiss  for  ages. 

388.  'Jitt^  4i>au3:  that  house  ;  the  art.  with  force  of  a  demonstrative. 
S.D.   As  Tell  speaks  the  sound  of  a  drum  is  heard  in  the  distance. 

There  is  a  growing  excitement,  and  at  last  all  stop  work  to  see  what 
is  up.  Grfter  (Sejell  speaks  at  the  first  sound  of  the  drum,  ©tehtmefc, 
as  the  procession  enters.  The  drummer  is  accompanied  by  a  crowd, 
some  entering  before  him,  some  with  him,  and  some  after  him.  The 
crowd  is  a  noisy  one  and  engages  in  all  kinds  of  actions  to  show  deri- 
sion and  contempt  for  the  hat.  The  scene  is  capable  of  good  comedy 
effects.  2hl§rufct:  public  proclamations  were  made  by  criers  who, 
passing  from  place  to  place,  gathered  the  people  together  by  means  of 
a  drum  or  horn,  and  then  read  their  announcements.  We  must  sup- 
pose that  this  drummer  has  already  read  his  proclamation  elsewhere 
and  has  gathered  the  crowd  along  his  route. 

389.  Will:  means. 

PAGE  23,  line  390.  A-nftitachtsnufoufl :  carnival  procession.  Stein- 
metz  thinks  the  procession  is  some  merry-making.  This  anticipation 
of  pleasure  is  soon  rudely  shattered  by  the  grim  reality  of  impending 
tyranny ;  an  effective  contrast  that  heightens  the  effect  of  the  crier's 
proclamation,  gaftnadjt  is  the  evening  before  Ash  Wednesday.  It 
used  to  be  a  common  custom  to  celebrate  with  masquerading,  buffoon- 
ery, and  all  kinds  of  merry-making,  the  evening  that  ushered  in  the 
long  season  of  fasting,  repression,  and  prayer.  roa3  foil  bcr  &nt : 
what  is  the  hat  for. 

391.  The  crowd  pays  no  attention  to  the  command  of  the  drummer, 
hence  the  request  of  the  Gesell.  The  crier  drones  his  proclamation  in 
a  sing-song,  without  pauses. 

393.  Sfiitlc :  the  hat  was  not  put  on  a  column,  but  on  a  pole  ;  cf. 
S.  D.  388,  and  line  1815.  Perhaps  the  crier  wants  to  make  his  proc- 
lamation more  pretentious. 

396.    flejdictjn:  be  shov-n. 

400.    i*crf  alien  ift  .  .  .  @ut:  will  have  forfeited  life  and  property. 


PAGES  2*-24.]         NOTES.     ACT  7,    SCENE  III.  215 

401.  S.  D.  fftd)t:  with  derision  and  jeers.  There  is  great  excite- 
ment among  the  workmen. 

403.  2Btr  .  .  .  tocretymt :  we  bow  before  a  hat !  The  omission  of 
the  finite  verb,  as  in  English,  expresses  extreme  agitation.  The  sig- 
nificance of  the  hat  is  at  first  riot  understood.  The  people  think  it  is 
merely  Gessler's  hat,  and  are  consequently  indignant  at  his  insulting 
demand,  which  is  so  unheard  of  that  it  seems  a  joke.  Most  signifi- 
cant is  the  fact  that  neither  here  nor  later,  until  it  is  too  late,  do  they 
make  note  of  the  clearly  stated  and  definite  punishment  provided  for 
those  who  disobey. 

407.  2Btirr3  nod):  now,  if  it  were;  why  subjunctive?  Cf.  Appen- 
dix C,  7,  a ;  7,  c.  <5o  iftr§ :  as  things  are;  i.e.  because  the  hat 
has  not  the  imperial  insignia  it  must  be  the  ducal  hat  of  Austria. 
The  Gesell  is  the  first  to  understand  the  purpose  of  the  hat ;  by  bow- 
ing to  it,  the  people  will  thereby  show  their  allegiance  to  Austria. 
And  so  the  dispute  between  the  Swiss  and  Albrecht  is  to  be  brought 
to  an  issue.  Not  to  bow  to  the  hat  will  be  dangerous,  and  will  fur- 
nish the  king  with  that  gute  ©cfjein  (line  306)  for  which  the  Austrians 
are  waiting  in  order  to  subdue  the  Swiss  by  force.  The  hat  on  the 
pole  is  trimmed  in  ermine  and  adorned  with  a  peacock  feather,  which 
are  insignia  of  the  Austrian  ducal  family.  Cf.  line  780. 

It  was  customary  for  apprentices  to  travel  from  place  to  place  in 
order  to  learn  a  trade  or  profession,  and  it  was  on  such  a  journey  that 
Gesell  had  come  to  Stein  zu  Baden  (cf.  notes  to  lines  2669,  2965), 
where  Albrecht  resided  whenever  he  visited  his  Swiss  possessions. 

PAGE  24,  lines  410,  411.  Steinmetz  here  is  saying  only  what  is  in 
the  minds  of  all. 

412.  413.    bequemen  .  .  .  ttetyitten:  rhyme  to  heighten  the  effect  of 
the  closing  lines  of  a  dialogue.     Cf.  Appendix  B,  9. 

413.  9lbreb'  ncljmen :  talk  things  over  as  to  what  is  best  to  do,  in 
order  to  avoid  bowing  to  the  hat.    What  they  decide  upon  is  clear 
from  line  1740. 

414.  $b/r  fiffct  Uttlt  9?efd)Ctb  :  now  you  know  what  I  think  of  it  (i.e. 
the  situation).     We  must  suppose  that  Tell  is  referring  either  to  the 
conversation  with  Stauffacher  before  the  two  men  enter  the  scene, 
or  to  what  they  say  to  each  other  during  the  scene.     In  either  case 
they  could  not  have  paid  much  attention  to  the  crier's  proclamation. 
This  may  help  to  explain  Tell's  action  in  Act  III ;  cf .  note  to  line  1816. 

So  far  we  have  seen  Tell  as  a  man  of  deeds  and  not  of  words.     Yet 


216  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  -24-25. 

he  expresses  himself  here  vigorously  and  with  fluency.  This  is  not, 
however,  inconsistent ;  for  whatever  he  says  is  terse  and  to  the  point, 
almost  proverb-like  in  telling  force.  This  is  true  also  of  his  figures  of 
speech.  The  difference  in  policy  between  Tell  and  Stauffacher  should 
be  clearly  understood.  Stauffacher  is  in  favor  of  collective  action,  but 
only  after  previous  deliberation  with  others ;  this  is  the  viewpoint  of 
the  people  generally.  Tell,  while  not  actually  opposed  to  this  policy, 
believes  in  passive  resistance  and  in  individual  action  whenever  neces- 
sary. This  difference  of  opinion  explains  Tell's  absence  in  Act  II, 
Sc.  II,  and  explains  his  individual  act  in  killing  Gessler  in  Act  IV.  In 
a  certain  way  it  explains  also  why  he  prefers  to  shoot  the  apple  from 
his  boy's  head  rather  than  to  aim  at  the  tyrant.  He  seems  to  think 
that  if  each  person  acts  for  himself,  the  tyrants  must  act  against  indi- 
viduals ;  in  which  case  they  will  succeed  only  in  tiring  themselves  out 
and  make  no  progress.  If,  however,  the  people  act  together,  it  will 
give  the  king  the  chance  he  is  looking  for,  to  crush  the  nation  by  force 
of  arms.  Tell  was  partly  right  and  partly  wrong ;  he  was  wrong  in 
not  taking  into  account  how  far  tyranny  will  go  to  effect  its  purpose. 
Note  the  stichomythia;  cf.  Appendix  B,  10.  Cf.  lines  432-437. 

416.  To  rescue  Baumgarten  has  taken  Tell  out  of  bis  way,  so  that 
he  has  been  longer  from  home  than  he  had  intended. 

418.  friiuicr,  leidjt:  poetic  antithesis. 

419.  fonntcn  :  might,  i.e.  if  we  only  would  ;  a  suggestive  subj.  akin 
to  a  contrary  to  fact  condition  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  d. 

420.  1>te  tillage  Xot  .  .  .  Sdjroctflcn :  the  only  possible  thing  to 
do  is  to  have  patience  and  (to  endure)  in  silence. 

421.  This  sounds  like  Gertrude  ;  cf.  line  317. 

PAGE  25,  line  422.  f  chit  elicit :  violent  or  rash.  Cf.  the  proverb, 
Oeftrenge  §erren  regieren  nicht  lang. 

423.  jptytt :  cf.  note  to  line  109.  The  wind  coming  suddenly  from 
the  high  mountains  to  the  valleys  may  scatter  the  fires  on  the  hearth 
or  suck  the  flames  up  the  chimney,  thereby  causing  conflagrations. 
In  Uri  there  is  still  a  law  that  requires  that  all  fires  must  be  put  out 
when  the  Fohn  blows. 

429.  SUicint  3l)r  ?  Do  you  really  think  so  ?  Stauffacher  is  not 
persuaded. 

431.  ildltbc  :  Schiller  does  not  discriminate  between  i'anbe,  prov- 
inces or  parts  of  the  same  country  forming  together  a  whole,  and 
i'cinber,  different  and  distinct  countries  ;  cf.  lines  655,  742. 


PAGES  as-*.]         NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  III.  217 

432.  -ftiiuben :  archaic  for  -ftcinben  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  3,  a.  Why 
subjunctive  ? 

434.  Stauffacher  speaks  reproachfully  ;  he  cannot  understand  how 
Tell  can  talk  as  he  does. 

436.  i'ertmttbcn,  ollcin  :  strong  contrast.    Note  the  emphatic  order. 

437.  odciit:  by  himself  alone. 

PAGE  26,  line  438.  Stauffacher  speaks  with  discouragement  and 
reproach. 

441.  follte  :  can  you  think  he  icill ;  subj.  implying  emphatic  denial ; 
cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  bb. 

445.  e3  foil  .  .  .  feljfett :  I  shall  not  fail  you.  Note  the  rhyme  : 
9tat  —  Xat,  loal)(en  —  fefylen.  What  is  the  purpose  of  it  here?  Cf. 
Appendix  B,  9. 

445.  S.D.   t»erfd)tcl)cnctt  Sciten  :    in  order  to  show  that  they  are 
going  in  different  directions.     Tell  is   going  home  ;   Stauffacher,  to 
Fiirst's  house.    Work  continues  for  a  moment  when,  suddenly,  a  cry  is 
heard  from  behind  the  scenes.    Everybody  follows  Steinrnetz  and  runs 
to  the  rear.    The  audience  does  not  see  the  slater  fall.    Such  accidents 
are  seldom  shown  on  the  stage  for  very  evident  reasons.     The  slater's 
body  is  brought  in.     Some  busy  themselves  about  him  ;  others  go  to 
a  spot   where  they  can  point  out  the  place  from   which  he  fell. 
There  is  much  confused  talking  and  great  excitement.     This  episode 
furnishes  the  scene  with  a  dramatic  ending,  and  serves  to  introduce 
Berta,   who   is   to  be  one  of  the   important  characters   in  the  play. 
Schiller  has  taken  Tell  off  the  scene  before   the  accident ;   it  would 
serve  no  purpose  to  have  him  present,  and  furthermore  the  dramatist 
wants  to  center  the  interest  of  the  audience  upon  Berta. 

446.  SSJasi   gibt'S :   this  is  counted  as  a  full  line,  because  a  long 
interval  ensues  before  the  next  speech.     What  action  takes  place  on 
the  stage  during  the  interval  ? 

447.  S.D.    SBerta  :  is  an  invented  character.     Schiller  makes  her  a 
relative  of  Gessler's  and  his  ward.     By  birth  she  is  Swiss  and  lives  in 
Altorf  ;  but  cf.  note  to  line  1659  and  line  936. 

449.  S.D.    Is  it  more  effective  to  have  her  throw  her  jewels  than 
money?     Why? 

450.  The  Meister  is  ironical  and  bitter  ;  he  shows  in  this  speech 
how  deep  the  hate  of  the   people  is  for  Gessler  and  the   Austrians 
at  his  court,   whose  sentiments  towards  the  Swiss,  so   the  Meister 
thinks,  Berta  shares.     The  speech  is  addressed  directly  to  Berta,  as 


218  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  -2-. 

all  the  others  are  in  the  background.          cur  cm  :    i.  e.  the  Austrian 
party. 

PAGE  27,  line  457.  The  Fronvogt,  we  must  suppose,  has  been  busy 
behind  the  rear  wall  since  he  left  at  line  37(3. 

There  is  a  rapid  change  to  the  next  scene.  Note  the  easy  divi- 
sion of  the  scene  into  parts ;  these  are  connected  by  occurring  all 
in  one  place,  and  by  being  one  in  feeling.  The  evil  omen  of  the 
slater's  death  and  Berta's  prophecy  of  its  future  are  to  foreshadow 
the  ultimate  fate  of  Zwing  Uri ;  cf.  Act  V,  Sc.  I.  This  scene 
shows  us  the  spirit  of  the  Swiss  artisans  and  townspeople.  We 
have  now  visited  each  of  the  three  cantons,  and  have  been 
informed  regarding  the  situation  in  each. 

In  the  previous  scenes  only  individuals  have  been  wronged  or 
been  threatened ;  in  Sc.  Ill  we  behold  a  danger  that  threatens  a 
whole  people. 

ACT  I.     SCENE  IV. 

The  place  of  the  action  is  in  or  near  Altorf.  The  time  of  the 
action  is  the  same  or  nearly  the  same  as  in  Sc.  III.  Stauffacher 
comes  directly  from  the  scene  of  the  action  in  Sc.  Ill  to  Fiirst's 
house.  The  stage  presents  a  large  room  with  modest  but  sub- 
stantial furnishings.  To  the  rear  is  a  door  leading  out-of-doors  ; 
at  the  left  is  another  door,  opening  into  another  room.  To  the 
left  rear  wall,  is  a  window  through  which  the  mountains  are  visi- 
ble in  the  distance.  Sideboard  with  glasses,  decanter,  wine 
bottles,  and  dishes ;  also  a  table  in  center,  chairs,  ete. 

PAGE  27,  S.D.  Scatter  Jurft :  Tell's  father-in-law  is  mentioned  in 
Tschudi's  chronicle  as  a  citizen  of  Attinghausen.  But  in  lines  1538-1539 
Schiller  gives  his  residence  as  Altorf.  3trnolb  Don  "DZdrfital :  an  his- 
torical character,  though  the  character  in  the  play  is  Schiller's  inven- 
tion. Arnold  is  known  throughout  the  play  as  Melchtal,  from  the 
locality  in  which  he  lived.  The  Melchtal  is  in  southwestern  Unter- 
walden,  between  the  Sarner  Lake  and  Kerns.  Furst  enters  through 
the  rear  door  and  carefully  closes  it  after  him.  It  is  possible  that  he  is 
just  returning  from  Unterwalden  on  business  connected  with  Melchtal 
(cf.  line  461).  Melchtal,  entering  from  the  door  at  left,  rushes  towards 


PAGES  27-28.]         NOTES.     ACT  /,    SCENE  IV.         •  219 

Fiirst  who,  however,  makes  signs  for  silence  and  motions  Melchtal  to 
go  back.  Fiirst  speaks  only  after  he  has  satisfied  himself  that  no  one 
else  is  about.  Melchtal,  refusing  to  go,  remains  standing  in  an  atti- 
tude of  pleading.  This  makes  an  admirable  introduction  to  the  scene 
that  follows.  The  actions  of  Fiirst  cause  the  interest  of  the  audience 
to  center  at  once  on  Melchtal,  the  dominant  figure  of  the  whole  scene. 
We  are  also  given  a  clue  as  to  the  characteristics  of  the  two  men  : 
Fiirst,  cautious  and  prudent,  taking  no  chances  ;  Melchtal,  fiery  and 
impulsive,  ruled  by  feeling. 

459.  SBeittt  man  un3  itfierrnfdjtc:  What  if  some  one  surprised  us  ! 
Potential  subj.  ;  cf  .  Appendix  C,  7,  d.  Fiirst  leads  Melchtal  gently 
to  the  side  door,  but  Melchtal,  not  without  a  struggle,  frees  himself 
from  Furst's  hold,  and  goes  over  to  the  extreme  right.  He  is  deter- 
mined to  be  heard  ;  he  speaks  impulsively,  half  in  pleading,  half  in 
defiance,  though  in  an  undertone,  in  response  to  Furst's  repeated  signs 
for  caution. 

462.  9?td)t  ertrog*  :  emphatic  order,  but  not  to  be  read  in  a  tone 
of  defiance  as  towards  Fiirst. 

465.  Itm  :  with  inf.  usually  expresses  purpose,  but  here  the  effect  is 
result,  which  makes  the  line  very  emphatic. 

468.  28e<J  tWOUte  tretben  :  poetic  and  unusual  order.  What  is  the 
effect  ?  $ogt£  :  Landenberg  ;  cf.  line  282,  and  note. 

470.   bc§  SogtS  :  why  gen.  ?    Cf.  Appendix  C,  4,  b. 


PAGE  28,  line  472.  mu^tct  :  you  ought  at  once  ;  not  some  form  of 
fallen,  because  Fiirst  means  here  to  emphasize  the  immediate  necessity 
of  the  action  rather  than  merely  the  obligation. 

473.  28te  fd)tt)cr  fie  war  :  sc.  aud)  :  however  severe  it  was.  Con- 
cessive clauses  with  dependent  order  ;  cf  .  Appendix  C,  14. 

476.    mogf  :   let.     Subj.  of  indirect  discourse  ;  cf  .  Appendix  C,  7,  6. 

479.  tt!3  tjottett  :  as  if  the  animals  themselves  had  the  same  feelings 
as  he  about  the  matter  ;  a  highly  poetic  fancy. 

483.  ttrir  :  old  and  cautious  men  like  him,  in  contrast  to  bie  raidje 
3ugenb,  i.e.  impetuous  young  men  like  Melchtal.  Accent  sharply  in 
order  to  mark  the  contrast.  Fiirst  speaks  these  lines  to  himself. 
That  such  a  statement  is  forced  from  so  cautious  and  cool-headed  a 
man  as  Fiirst  shows  how  desperate  the  situation  really  is. 

485.  Melchtal  wrings  his  hands  and  walks  rapidly  up  and  down. 
The  purpose  of  this  speech  is  to  prepare  the  audience  for  the  news 
that  is  soon  to  reach  us  about  his  father.  2)ttrfj  jammert  nur  ber 


220  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  28-29. 

2$ttter :  the  expletive  e8  is  omitted  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  3,  6 ;  /  grieve 
for  my  father  only. 

490.  frtiihic  :  a  potential  subj.,  for  jd)ii(3en  fonnte. 

491.  SBerbe  wit  tnir,  was*  will :  let  what  will  befall  me.        fytttitber : 
to  Unterwalden  ;  over  the  mountains,  however,  and  not  over  the  lake. 

492.  Here  is  again  the  characteristic  policy  of  the  Swiss  ;  cf.  lines 
190-193,  430-431,  1437,  1458-1461. 

493.  Bom  sl\>oli>c  :  the  Kernwald,  near  Melchtal's  home  ;  cf.  note  to 
line  645. 

494.  A  sudden,  sharp  knock  on  the  door  startles  them  both.     Ftirst 
speaks  in  a  whisper.     Melchtal  makes  no  motion  to  leave  the  room. 
Fiirst,  pleading,  leads  him  to  the  side  door,  not  without  resistance  by 
Melchtal. 

PAGE  29,  line  497.    reidjCtt  fid)  fctc  ^Ottbe  :  help  each  other. 

498.  Melchtal  is  still  determined  and  protests.  Another  knock  at 
the  rear  door.  Fiirst  hurries  Melchtal  out  of  the  room. 

501.  ttw3  .  .  .  fdjWdltt :  what  evil  news  my  heart  forebodes. 
jdnocmt :  poetic  for  afjnt.  The  swan  was  believed  to  have  premonitions 
of  coming  events,  and  to  be  able  to  prophesy.  Compare  the  legend  of 
the  dying  song  of  the  swan.  28er  ffopft  ?  Ftirst  asks  in  a  loud 
voice.  Then  he  continues  to  himself  in  an  undertone.  Fiirst's  pre- 
monition, following  upon  Melchtal's  words,  485-491,  not  only  in- 
creases the  interest  in  what  is  to  happen,  but  it  prepares  us  at  the 
same  time  for  bad  and  not  for  good  news. 

503.  lnufrt)t :  the  sing,  with  two  subjects  is  common  in  German 
whenever  the  two  subjects  form  one  general  notion  ;  cf.  note  on  mitfe, 
line  1385. 

505.  tfitre39Jot:   it  may  soon  be  necessary.        tat1,  Ijfittcn:  subj. 
of  softened  assertion  ;  really  a  contrary  to  fact  condition  with  the  '  if  ' 
clause  (if  things  keep  up  this  way)  omitted  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  d. 
To  leave  the  doors  and  windows  unbolted  and  unlocked  is  character- 
istic of  the  primitive   simplicity  of  life  in  mountain  and  rural  com- 
munities everywhere. 

506.  S.D.   crftauut :  why  ?     He  had  been  expecting  bad  news,  and 
here  he  sees  one  of  the  dearest  of  his  friends. 

507.  The  use  of  the  first  name  with  $err  denotes  both  intimacy 
and  respect.         bet  @5ott :  the  Germans  use  the  titles  of  divinity  fre- 
quently as  mere  exclamations,  and  without   any  idea  of  an  oath. 
Literal  translations  should  be  avoided. 


PAGES  29-80.]       NOTES.     ACT  7,    SCENE  IV.  221 

510.  Fiirst  takes  Stauffacher's  hat  and  staff  and  puts  them  on  a 
bench  ;  then  he  grasps  both  hands  in  welcome.  His  questions  contain 
no  hidden  meaning.  Visits  from  friends  living  so  far  from  each  other 
were  rare  in  those  days,  and  this  is,  therefore,  only  a  friendly  greet- 
ing. Stauffacher's  answer,  however,  suggests  the  contrast  between  the 
happy  days  they  once  knew  and  the  situation  of  the  present,  and  is 
suggestive  of  his  reason  for  coming. 

513.  mir  ttrirb  fo  tuot)l :  how  happy  you  make  me  feel. 

514.  SBurm  getyt  bad  .  .  .  ouf :  how  my  heart  grows  warm  at  sight 
of  'you  ! 

PAGE  30,  line  519.  itbcr  9Jicinrflb§  3eH :  cf.  notes  to  lines  343, 
1247  ;  i.e.  via  the  St.  Gotthard  route  which  passes  through  Einsiedeln, 
where  is  the  famous  monastery  founded  by  Meinrad,  Count  of  Hohen- 
zollern.  This  man  was  a  monk  in  the  monastery  at  Keichenau,  but  in 
the  year  832  he  left  it,  and  built  himself  a  hermit's  cell  (3^11)  near 
Mt.  Esel.  Here  he  was  murdered  in  861,  and  his  cell  destroyed.  In 
946  Otto  the  Great  founded  the  present  monastery  "  to  our  Lady 
Maria  of  Einsiedeln."  It  is  visited  yearly  by  over  100,000  pilgrims. 
2Be(f(t)(anb :  Italy,  roell'cf)  is  a  German  term  for  anything  that  is 
not -German.  Compare  the  Greek  habit  of  calling  everything  not 
Greek  "barbarian." 

520.  !)Jitl)mt :   why  this  was   is  clear  from  lines  341-348.      Ftirst 
takes  from  the  sideboard  a  decanter  of  wine  and  two  glasses,  and  puts 
them  on  a  table  to  the  left  center.     Both  sit  down  and  sip  their  wine 
from  time  to  time  as  they  talk. 

521.  Jylitdcn  :  cf.  note,  Introduction,  Act  I,  Sc.  Ill ;  i.e.  directly 
from  the  boat  to  Fiirst's  house.    Fiirst  speaks  meaningly ;  he  is  hinting 
at  Keep  Uri. 

522.  ntroenbS  fonft  nod)  :  nowhere  else  besides.    This  emphatic  way 
of  putting  the  question  invites  Stauffacher  to  tell  what  struck  him 
most  on  his  way  hither. 

524.  2801)1 :  cf.  note  to  line  214. 

525.  SBeretreit  feJjen  :  seen  in  progress. 

526.  bo  tyabt  $tyrrS :  there  you  have  it,-  i.e.  the  whole  situation  in 
Uri. 

527.  Stauffacher's  voice  vibrates  with  indignation  ;  but  he  speaks 
in  an  undertone  upon  warning  motions  from  Fiirst,  who  fears  spies. 

529.  llttb  fcft  .  .  .  ®rab :  a  forceful  description,  i.e.  only  the 
grave  held  captives  ;  all  living  men  were  free. 


222  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  30-32. 

530.    mit  9?amen  :  by  its  right  name. 

533.  Triuuifiil  Ijab'  id) :  note  the  emphatic  order,  and  the  fine 
balance  of  the  clauses. 

537.  Won  itroltcrg  Ijer :  lit.  from  the  beginning  of  time,  cf.  English 
from  of  old.  The  prefix  =ur  denotes  original  source  or  beginning  ;  this 
phrase  is  therefore  stronger  than  the  more  usual  Don  alters  her,  from 
early  times. 

PAGE  31,  line  540.  tricb  is  in  the  original  sense  of  drive  cattle,  cf. 
line  62  ;  but  trcibctt  (541)  is  in  the  figurative  sense  of  drive  matters, 
i.e.  to  carry  on;  tr.,  how  far  they  carry  their  tyranny. 

542.  3lud) :  even  ;  the  nobles  had  not  as  yet  been  made  to  suffer  as 
had  the  common  people  ;  cf .  lines  696-700.        Mttiitflhaufcn  :  already 
referred  to  in  lines  52,  337  ;  cf.  S.D.,  Act  II,  Sc.  I,  and  note. 

543.  nod) :  also ;  even  in  the  space  of  one  human  life  things  have 
changed  so  much. 

544.  fci :  subj.,  why  ? 

545.  untcrnt   &?alb :   i.e.  Nid  dem   Wald.     The  Kernwald  divided 
Unterwalden  into  two  parts,  Ob  bem  SBalb,  i.e.  above  or  higher  than 
the  forest,  and  9?ib  bent  SBalb,  i^.  below  or  lower  than  the  forest. 

546.  Cf.  lines  90-97. 

550.  SBollt'  cr  .  .  .  ntifUirnurijcit :  he  tried  to  wrong  her,  demanding 
of  her  a  shameful  impropriety. 

555.  It  seems  a  little  strange  that  Fiirst  makes  no  comment  on 
TelPs  act  in  saving  Baumgarten.  But  he  did  not  know,  of  course, 
the  danger  involved  in  the  act ;  and,  furthermore,  it  was  so  like  Tell 
that  it  did  not  seem  remarkable  to  Fiirst. 

557.  fcerfelbe  lUnmt :  probably  Baumgarten  ;  for  Stauffacher  must 
have  had  some  conversation  with  him  while  they  were  together  in 
Stauffacher's  house. 

558.  ©nrncn  :  the  chief  town  in  Ob  dem  Wald,  on  the  Sarner  Lake. 
Here  Landenberg's  castle  is  said  to  have  stood.    As  Sarnen  is  near 
Kerns,  Melchtal's  home,  Fiirst's  attention  is  at  once  keyed  higher.     It 
must  be  remembered,  also,  that  Melchtal  from  his  concealment  in  the 
next  room  can  hear  everything  that  is  being  said.     But  Fiirst  seems, 
for  the  moment,  to  have  forgotten  that. 

PAGE  32,  line  561.     Gtntritt :  i.e.  into  the  valley  of  the  Melch. 
563.   gilt  tt)d3 :  is  of  weight,  is  influential.     This  praise  of  Melch- 
tal's father  helps  us  to  understand  the  readiness  with  which  later  in 


PAGES  32-34.]         NOTES.     ACT  I,    8CEXE  IV.  223 

the  scene  the  two  older  and  vastly  more  influential  men  accept 
Melchtal  as  an  equal. 

564.  23>o3  ifi'S  ntit  ttym  :  what  has  befallen  him. 

569.  S.D.  in  Jjbdjfter  Spaumtng.  Think,  however,  what  Melchtal's 
feelings  must  be  ! 

570  ff.  Note  how  vivid  the  order  and  the  use  of  the  present  tense 
makes  the  narrative. 

572.  fco  :  is  here  the  conj.  since  or  because.  Cf.  the  ba  in  line  574, 
where  it  is  an  adv. :  then. 

575,  S.D.  will :  tries  to.  A  noise,  which  Melchtal  makes  behind  the 
door,  recalls  his  presence  there  to  Fiirst,  who  thereupon  wants  to  take 
Stauffacher  away  from  that  side  of  the  room,  so  that  Melchtal  shall  not 
hear  him.  But  in  his  excitement  and  his  indignation  Stauffacher  mis- 
takes Furst's  exclamation  as  a  cry  of  horror,  and  so  raises  his  voice. 

577  ff.  This  was  not  an  uncommon  form  of  punishment  in  those 
days.  Cf.  Shakespeare's  King  John,  Act  IV,  Sc.  I,  and  King  Lear, 
Act  III,  Sc.  VIL 

PAGE  33,  line  578.  Furst's  cry  is  not  merely  a  cry  of  horror  ;  it  is 
much  more  a  cry  of  pity  for  the  young  Melchtal.  Melchtal  rushes 
in  with  a  terrible  cry,  seizes  Stauffacher  violently  by  the  arm,  then 
totters  away  and  half  fainting  falls  on  his  knees.  Fiirst  raises  his 
hands  to  heaven  in  supplication.  There  is  a  distinct  gain  in  the 
dramatic  power  of  the  scene  by  thus  postponing  the  announcement  of 
Melchtal's  relationship  to  the  unhappy  man. 

584.  What  seemed  a  trivial  thing  a  little  while  ago  (line  464  ff.) 
seems  now,  in  the  light  of  its  consequences,  guilt  and  crime. 

585.  bltttb,  flcblcitbet:  purposed  tautology. 

586.  3d)  faSt'S  :  it  is  as  I  said.       $er  Quell  .  .  .  ou^gefloffen  :  a 
very  poetic  figure  ;  as  if  sight  were  a  spring  of  water  that  had  gone  dry. 

PAGE  34,  line  588.  SdjmersettS  :  archaic  and  poetic  for  ScfjmerjeS  ; 
cf.  Appendix  B,  6. 

589  ff.  A  well-known  and  oft-quoted  passage.  It  is  charged  with 
high  and  noble  feeling,  but  it  can  easily  be  read  with  too  much  pathos. 
Notice  particularly  the  poetic  order  and  the  telling  emphasis;  cf. 
Milton's  Paradise  Lost,  Book  III,  lines  22-24,  37-60  : 

But  thou 

Revisit'st  not  these  eyes,  that  roll  in  vain 
To  find  thy  piercing  ray,  and  find  no  dawn  ; 


224  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  34-35. 

****** 
Then  feed  on  thoughts,  that  voluntary  move 
Harmonious  numbers ;  as  the  wakeful  bird 
Sings  darkling,  and  in  shadiest  covert  hid 
Tunes  her  nocturnal  note  :  thus  with  the  year 
Seasons  return,  but  not  to  me  returns 
Day,  or  the  sweet  approach  of  even  or  morn, 
Or  sight  of  vernal  bloom,  or  summer's  rose, 
Or  flocks,  or  herds,  or  human  face  divine  ; 
But  cloud  instead,  and  ever-during  dark 
Surrounds  me,  from  the  cheerful  ways  of  men 
Cut  off,  and  for  the  book  of  knowledge  fair 
Presented  with  a  universal  blank 
Of  nature's  works  to  me  expunged  and  rased, 
And  wisdom  at  one  entrance  quite  shut  out. 

593.  fitljlenb :  feeling  his  affliction  in  the  darkness,  because  he  is 
thinking  of  the  joyous  life  of  animals  and  plants  in  the  light. 

594.  erqmtft,    fttltn   (596)  :  pres.  for  future  ;  what  is  the  effect  ? 
Cf.  Appendix  C,  11. 

595.  3tf)meI-$ :  luster  or  enamel ;  a  soft  and  glossy,  glasslike  luster, 
which  is  a  peculiar  characteristic  of  the  brilliantly  and  variegated 
colored  flowers  of  the  Alps. 

596.  £te  rotett  ^firneit :  red  snow  peaks.    Whole  peaks,  when  cov- 
ered with  the  Firneis  (cf.  note  to  line  38),  are  called  ^irnen.     When 
the  reflected  rays  of  the  sun  from  below  the  horizon,  either  at  setting 
or  rising,  strike  these  peaks,  they  take  on  a  deep  rich  color,  called 
SKpetiflliifyen,  Alpenglow,  which  is  very  beautiful  in  contrast  with  the 
dark  shadowy  valleys  below. 

600.  fetneS  :  neither  one. 

603.  Ftirst,  going  up  to  Melchtal,  tries  to  comfort  him. 

604.  @r  beborf  nod)  mcljr  :  he  lacks  even  more  than  his  sight. 

PAGE  35,  line  610.  Cf.  Ovid's  Metamorphoses,  lines  349  ff.  "The 
use  of  water  belongs  to  all  the  people  in  common.  Nature  did  not 
intend  the  sunlight  or  the  air  or  the  murmuring  waves  to  belong  to 
one  person  only.  I  demand  my  share  of  what  belongs  to  all." 
Melchtal  rises  abruptly,  goes  to  the  rear  of  the  room  and  throws  open 
the  door,  thus  showing  the  landscape  in  the  light  of  the  setting  sun. 
He  looks  intently,  then  closes  his  eyes,  as  if  he  meant  to  realize  what 
it  is  to  be  blind.  After  a  time  he  comes  forward  again. 


PAGES  «&-«.]          NOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  IV.  225 

618.   Dumber  :  Unterwalden  ;  cf.  note  to  line  491. 

624.  Fiirst  struggles  with  Melchtal  to  prevent  his  going,  and  finally 
succeeds  in  forcing  him  back  into  the  room.  Then  Fiirst  closes  the 
door  and  remains  standing  by  it. 

626.  CtjumadjfjieH  3ont£  ;  mocks  at  our  anger  and  helplessness. 

627.  tt)0l)HtT  cr :  not  a  concessive,  but  a  conditional  clause  ;  though 
he  dicelt. 

628.  3d)rctft)orn3,  3»witflfri>u  :  two  of  the  highest  peaks  in  the  Ber- 
nese Alps,  southwest    from   Lucerne,   and  about    equidistant    from 
Lucerne  and  Bern.     In  Schiller's  time  they  were  both  considered  in- 
accessible.    The  Schreckhorn   (13,386  ft.  high)  was  first  climbed  in 
1861  ;  the  Jungfrau  (13,671  ft.  high),  in  1811.     Melchtal  is  still  stand- 
ing a  few  feet  from  the  door,  his  face  turned  from  the  audience,  as  if 
he  were  still  determined  to  go. 

629.  nerfdjleiert:  maybe  by  the  clouds,  but  more  likely  by  the  snow 
that  covers  its  head  like  a  veil.     The  mountain  may  owe  its  name, 
Virgin,  to  this  veil  of  pure  snow.         nmrfic  :  pres.  indie,  for  the  subj. 
or  cond.     What  is  the  effect  ?     Cf .  Appendix  C,  8. 

630.  Foreshadows  the  subsequent  action  ;  cf.  lines  1060,  2875  ff. 

PAGE  36,  line  636.  'Sort :  Melchtal  has  meantime  approached  the 
window,  and  points  to  the  mountains  which  are  seen  through  it. 

639.  60  ift  ouf  f cittern  (Bipfcl:  it  (i.e.  tyranny)  is  at  its  apex  or 
height,  or  at  its  worst.  28oUen  .  .  .  &u(;erfte  ;  Shall  we  wait  until 
the  extremist  act  of  tyranny  .... 

645.   mart) :  cf.  note  to  line  149. 

649.  It  may  well  be  that  a  chamois,  in  seeking  to  escape  when 
cornered,  has  turned  on  the  hunter;  or  that  in  trying  to  force  a  way 
between  him  and  the  rocks,  it  has  pushed  a  hunter  over  a  narrow 
ledge.     There  are  instances  of  this  on  record.     But  that  the  act  is  one 
of  deliberate  planning  is  not  now  admitted  by  naturalists. 

650.  £>ait!?geno^  :  helpmate.    In  those  days  the  ox  was  literally  the 
house  companion  of  his  owner ;  for  master  and  ox  dwelt  under  the 
same  roof. 

653.   gcrctjt :  irhen  irritated. 

655.  £te  fcret  iJanbC  .  .  .  ttrir  bret:  each  man  represents  a  differ- 
ent canton  :  Fiirst,  Uri  ;  Stauffacher,  Schwyz  ;  Melchtal,  Unter- 
walden. 

658.  bic  alten  Siutbe  :  the  ancient  treaties  of  alliance  between  the 
cantons  ;  cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  V  and  VII,  p.  262. 


226  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  37-88. 

PAGE  37,  line  660.  2eib  unb  SMut:  poetic  couplet:  life  and  limb; 
cf.  Appendix  B,  3,  b. 

661.  am  anbern  .  .  .  Sdjirm  :  if  he  has  the  other  ones  to  back  him 
and  to  defend  him. 

665.  fianb^gemcinbe  :  or  frmbeSDerfammdmg  :  the  assembly  or  can- 
tonal council ;  cf.  note  to  line  1109. 

666.  9Zid)t:  read  with  Deracfytet  (667).     The  order  is  strained. 

668.  9fidjt  liiftern  jugenblidjeS  Slut  (treibt  mid),  jonbern)  mid) 
treibt,  etc. 

670.  233o§   and) :  that  which  even.        Stein  be§  ^etfen :   hardest 
stone;  poetic. 

671.  ^>aufe§,  Soljn  (672)  :  the  English  prefers  the  plural. 

673.  tjetl'ge  Sorfen  :  the  inviolability  of  the  father's  head  is  a  very 
ancient  idea.  etyre,  bcnmdjc  (674):  subj.  of  purpose  or  wish;  cf. 
Appendix  C,  7  cc. 

678.    ©o  fei  .  .  .  fremb  :  therefore  be  not  unmindful  of  our  distress. 

682.  in  gleidjer  UKitfdjulb  unb  2?erbammni3 :  in  equal  joint  guilt 
and  condemnation;  cf.  Luke  xxiii,  40:  "  But  the  other  answering  re- 
buked him,  saying :  Dost  not  thou  fear  God,  seeing  thou  art  in  the 
same  condemnation."  Melchtal's  father  had  stood  firmly  for  the 
cause  of  his  country  against  the  unlawful  encroachments  of  the  Aus- 
trians,  and  this  was  the  real  reason  why  he  had  been  punished  so 
severely.  Fiirst  and  Stauffacher  hold  these  same  political  views  (cf. 
lines  252-257),  and  are  therefore  liable  to  the  same  treatment  by  the 
governor  (cf.  line  271).  Stauffacher  sits  down.  Furst  walks  thought- 
fully up  and  down,  then  sits  down  on  the  other  side  of  the  table. 
Melchtal  stands  behind  the  table. 

684.  $errn  for  £erren. 

PAGE  38,  line  685.  Silltnett :  now  ©Uenen,  a  village  south  of 
Altorf,  on  the  St.  Gotthard  road.  A  family  of  the  name  once  lived 
near  by  on  the  river  Reuss  in  a  castle,  one  tower  of  which  is  still 
standing. 

688.  (Surer :   Furst.        ber  (Sure  :  Stauffacher.    Melchtal  looks  at 
each  in  turn. 

689.  edjte  il'ttliruitfl:    sterling  value,   lawful  value    (of   money). 
filang  (690):    ring  (of  money),  good  repute.     A  striking  figure;   for 
prose  SSert  and  9htf. 

691.  3tyr  J)°bt  .  .  .  Derntefyrt :  from  your  ancestors  you  have  inher- 
ited many  great  virtues,  and  you  have  yourself  greatly  increased  them. 


PAGES  38-39.]         1TOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  IV.  227 


692.  23?aei  braucfjt^  $e3  Gbefntanng:  Why  do  we  need  the  noble 
class  to  help  us  ?  It  is  Melchtal's  argument  that  turns  Stauffacher 
from  his  intended  visit  to  Attinghausen  ;  cf.  lines  336-337.  Melchtal 
distrusts  the  nobles,  some  of  whom  have  openly  sided  with  Austria  ; 
cf.  Wolfenschiessen,  line  78  ;  Rudenz,  Act  II,  Sc.  I.  His  impetuous 
and  bold  spirit  demands  immediate  action,  such  as  can  come  only 
from  the  common  people. 

694.  2®orCtt  ttlir  :  a  strong  and  unattainable  wish,  really  a  cond. 
cont.  to  fact  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  c.  ^tf)  ttteitte,  2Bir  ttJOlUeit:  I  tell 
you,  we  icould  know  how  .... 

697.  9tieberungcn  :  lowlands,  i.e.  the  common  people.  &iil)u  : 
heights,  i.e.  the  nobles.  Highly  figurative  and  poetic. 

701.  Obmonn:  arbitrator,  judge.  Fiirst  gives  the  concluding  and 
final  argument  for  action.  The  Emperor  should  be  the  one  natu- 
rally and  legally  to  become  the  arbitrator  between  the  Swiss  and 
Austria,  but  since  the  present  Emperor  is  also  the  Duke  of  Austria, 
and  thus  one  of  the  interested  parties,  and  since  he  is,  furthermore, 
using  his  very  authority  as  Emperor  to  decide  the  case  in  his  favor 
as  Duke  of  Austria,  there  is  nothing  left  for  the  Swiss  to  do  but  to 
resist. 

703.  bcr  mt3  itnterbriirft,  (ber)  tft  uttfcr  fioifcr:  it  is  common  to 
omit  one  member  of  a  correlative. 

707.  He  does  not  wish  to  send  Melchtal  for  the  reasons  he  gives  in 
lines  709-710;  he  does  not  doubt  Melchtal's  ability  to  perform  the 
mission. 

708.  SBent  tcigr  e3  notyer  on  :  whom  could  it  concern  more;  subj.  of 
polite  suggestion  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  d. 

PAGE  39,  line  717.   Steelier  :  Baumgarten. 

721.  It  must  seem  strange  that  the  otherwise  intelligent  and  sane- 
minded  Stauffacher  should  suggest  these  places,  where  any  unusual 
meetings  would  at  once  be  detected  by  the  authorities.  He  was  per- 
haps too  honest  to  be  a  good  and  successful  plotter.  The  lines  serve 
to  remind  Fiirst  of  an  ideal  place  for  meeting. 

725.  SJZtjttyenftein  :  this  time  the  real  one  is  meant;  cf.  note  to 
line  39.  This  is  a  natural  obelisk,  about  80  feet  high,  rising  directly 
from  the  water,  just  around  a  point  south  of  Treib.  At  the  time 
of  the  centennial  anniversary  of  Schiller's  birth  the  three  original 
cantons  (llrfantone)  caused  to  be  cut  into  it  this  inscription:  £)em 
danger  £ell«,  g.  @d)iUer,  bie  Urfantone,  1859.  grafcr  iibcr:  oppo- 


228  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  39-w. 

site ;  but  this  is  not  exactly  true.  The  Mythenstein  is  on  the  same 
shore  of  the  lake  as  the  Kiitli,  but  a  little  to  the  northward  and 
below  it. 

727.  SRittH:  also  (SrutU :  a  little  (4i  for  lein)  clearing  (3tut=  from 
reuten;  cf.  au«gereutet,  line  728).  It  is  the  name  given  to  a  steep 
mountain  meadow  in  Uri,  on  the  west  shore  .of  the  lake,  about  ten 
minutes  walk  south  of  and  below  Selisberg  (cf.  note  to  line  965).  It 
was  an  ideal  place  for  a  secret  meeting,  for  it  is  surrounded  by  rocky 
walls  and  screened  by  trees  and  bushes,  and  is  easily  reached  from 
Unterwalden  and  Schwyz.  It  is  now  the  property  of  the  nation, 
having  been  bought  by  subscriptions  of  the  school  children.  On  Sun- 
days and  national  holidays  it  is  visited  by  throngs  of  visitors,  espe- 
cially by  schools  and  patriotic  societies. 

PAGE  40,  line  734.   mag  :  let. 

736.  gemeinfam  bac*  Gkmeine :  in  common,  the  common  good.  The 
alliteration  is  very  telling.  Details,  such  as  the  time  of  the  meeting, 
password,  etc.,  are  not  mentioned.  We  must  assume  that  these  mat- 
ters were  arranged  later  by  messages  and  correspondence.  Schiller 
was  right  in  purposely  omitting  such  matters,  since  their  inclusion 
would  have  drawn  out  the  scene  needlessly  and  retarded  the  rise  to 
the  climax  in  line  744. 

738.  Fiirst  and  Stauffacher  rise  and  stand  beside  Melchtal.  To 
enhance  the  dramatic  effect  to  the  eye,  the  men  must  never  before  in 
the  scene  have  formed  a  similar  group.  The  three  right  hands  are 
thus  joined,  and  raised  on  high  as  the  men  take  the  oath. 

740.  tiret  9Ranncr,  fcret  Sfinbcr :  cf.  note  to  line  655. 

742.  flit  3d)ufe  Uttb  Xruty :  for  defence  and  defiance;  cf.  Appen- 
dix B,  3,  6. 

744,  S.D.  The  pause  must  be  well  timed,  not  too  long  nor  yet  too 
short,  if  the  effect  is  to  be  good. 

747.  ^feuerjeidjen :  an  ancient  and  universal  method  of  signaling, 
not  only  victories,  but  messages  of  all  kinds. 

748.  fallen:  sc.  nmm. 

751.  ttnb  fyell  .  .  .  tagen :  bright,  day  shall  dawn  in  your  darkness, 
i.e.  the  sun  of  liberty  shall  brighten  his  sightless  days.  Melchtal's 
prophetic  picture  foreshadows  the  ending  of  the  play.  fallen  — 
ttmUett,  tragen  —  tagen:  rhyme  in  closing  the  scene,  marking  the 
climax  of  Melchtal's  determination  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  9. 

751,  S.D.   @ie  getyen  on0ieinant»er :  separate.    They  do  not  leave  the 


PAGE  40.]  XOTES.     ACT  I,    SCENE  III.  229 

stage.     They  let  their  hands  fall,  then  grasp  them  again  in  firm  hand- 
clasp as  the  curtain  falls. 

Schiller  very  skillfully  selected  just  three  men,  each  of  whom 
had,  directly  or  indirectly,  personally  felt  the  tyranny  of  the  gov- 
ernors, to  form  this  personal  league  out  of  which  is  to  grow  the 
greater  covenant  of  the  three  cantons.  The  three  men  are  in 
every  way  the  proper  representatives  of  their  respective  cantons. 
Fiirst,  the  oldest,  cautious,  wise,  slow  to  advocate  change,  unwill- 
ing to  act  without  the  nobility,  ready  to  endure  tyranny  as  long 
as  it  can  be  borne,  preferring  diplomacy  and  peaceful  measures  to 
war  and  bloodshed,  is  the  last  to  be  won  over  to  a  policy  of  action. 
This  is  the  sort  of  man  that  would  best  represent  the  sentiment  of 
the  people  of  Uri,  who  had  been  the  first  to  possess  and  had 
longest  enjoyed  the  privileges  of  home  rule,  and  had  therefore 
developed  a  higher  state  of  political  life,  and  were  extremely  sen- 
sitive to  change  and  disturbance  in  existing  conditions.  Stauf- 
facher,  middle-aged,  sturdy,  cool  and  deliberate,  tenacious  and 
sanely  aggressive,  voices  the  character  and  sentiment  of  the  people 
of  Schwyz,  a  canton  less  advanced  politically  than  Uri,  but  already 
fully  conscious  of  the  value  of  its  privileges  and  the  necessity  of 
securing  them  permanently.  To  Stauffacher  the  assistance  of  the 
nobles,  of  whom  Schwyz  had  only  a  few,  is  desirable  but  not 
necessary.  He  is  ready  to  act  whenever  the  time  for  action 
arrives.  Melchtal,  the  youngest,  hot-headed, -impetuous,  a  demo- 
crat to  whom  the  nobility  count  as  nothing,  is  the  fitting  represen- 
tative of  Unterwalden,  the  newest  and  least  developed  politically 
of  the  three  cantons.  There  the  individual  was  still  compelled  to 
make  his  own  way  in  life  with  little  assistance  and  less  inter- 
ference from  his  neighbors;  there  passions  were  elemental,  less 
patient  under  restraint. 

While  these  men  are  thus  set  off  in  effective  contrast,  they  are 
also  shown  as  supplementing  each  other  most  admirably.  It  is 
the  passionate  Melchtal  who  by  his  eloquence  wins  the  others  to 
action.  Fiirst,  by  his  conservative  and  prudent  council,  his  wise 
statesmanship,  prevents  rash  and  ill-considered  action.  Stauf- 
facher is  the  '  golden  mean  '  between  the  other  two,  and  it  is  due  to 
this  perhaps  that  he  later  becomes  the  actual  leader,  organizer, 


230  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  «-»i. 

and  head  of  the  whole  movement  of  which  this  league  of  the  three 
is  the  beginning.  The  three  men  are  alike  in  their  patriotism, 
their  willingness  to  serve  and  to  sacrifice,  and  in  high  intelligence, 
resolution,  and  strong  purpose. 

It  must  cause  some  surprise  that  Tell,  the  hero,  is  not  a  member 
of  this  league.  Schiller  left  him  out  of  this  scene,  and  out  of 
Sc.  II,  Act  II,  with  deliberate  purpose,  the  reasons  for  which  will 
appear  later.  But  it  may  be  noted  here  that  Tell  as  a  man  of 
action  and  not  of  words  would  be  out  of  place  in  this  scene. 
Furthermore,  Tell  has  so  far  shown  no  interest  in  the  political 
situation ;  he  has  in  fact  refused  to  discuss  it  at  all. 

The  scene  falls  into  three  divisions.  The  "  Introduction  "  (lines 
459-607),  charged  with  deep  feeling ;  the  "  Determination  to  Act  " 
(lines  608-707),  dominated  by  the  will;  the  "Making  of  the 
Compact"  (lines  708-751),  illuminated  by  hope  and  faith. 

The  exposition  is  nearly  complete.     We  have  learned : 

a.  That  tyranny  is  equally  oppressive  in  all  of  the  cantons. 

b.  That  the  cause  for  this  tyranny  is  the  same  in  each  and  all 
cantons. 

c.  That  all  classes  and  kinds  of  men  are  equally  concerned. 

d.  That  there  is  a  strong  love  for  liberty  among  the  people,  and 
that  the  spirit  of  resistance  is  growing. 

e.  That  the   attitude   of  the  noble  classes  alone   is  doubtful, 
though    a   hint  is  given  (Attinghausen,  line  544)  that  they  will 
eventually  side  with  the  people. 

f.  Three  men  have  bound  themselves  by  oath  to  arouse  the  peo- 
ple to  concerted  action. 

g.  In  Tell  we  already  see  the  promised  deliverer. 

ACT  II.     SCENE  I. 

The  place  is  the  baronial  estate  (Sbdfjof)  of  Attinghausen  in  the 
village  of  the  same  name,  a  half  mile  south  of  Altorf,  where  are 
still  to  be  seen  the  ruins  of  his  castle. 

The  time  is  early  morning.  No  particular  day  is  indicated, 
though  we  must  place  it  somewhere  between  October  28th  and 
November  8th.  Tschudi  places  the  time  as  the  morning  of 
November  8th,  1307. 


PAGE  «.]  NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  I.  231 

The  stage  shows  us  the  Great  Hall  in  Attinghausen's  castle.  It 
is  richly  finished,  with  high  and  sharply  pointed  arches,  beamed 
ceiling,  arched  windows  and  doorways.  The  walls  are  covered 
with  arms  and  armor,  and  with  trophies  of  the  hunt,  with  coats- 
of-arms,  etc.  Large  heavy  chairs,  a  table,  and  a  sideboard  com- 
plete the  furnishings.  The  whole  is  a  picture  of  simple  splendor. 
Attinghausen  is  engaged  in  pouring  the  wine  into  a  goblet  as  the 
curtain  rises.  His  retainers  surround  him  in  a  semicircle. 

PAGE  41,  S.D.  $ml)err  Don  9ltttttgljaufett :  Banneret  (cf.  note  to 
line  336)  of  Uri,  and  Laudammann  from  1294  to  1317,  was  a  Swiss 
noble  of  ancient  family.  Schiller,  for  dramatic  reasons,  makes  him 
older  than  he  really  was  (cf .  note  to  line  91 1 )  ;  makes  him  the  last  of 
his  family  (cf.  line  861),  which  he  was  not ;  and  places  his  death  long 
before  it  occurred  (cf.  line  2451).  .Uitunt:  what  is  he  doing  here  ? 
Cf .  lines  51-52.  9Jcd)cn  unb  ©ettfett :  November  8th  is  pretty  late 
for  making  hay  in  the  Alps.  Schiller  uses  poetic  license  here,  as, 
also,  in  line  1913,  where  Gessler  picks  the  apple  from  a  tree.  It  is  to 
be  remembered,  however,  that  the  audience  will  be  indifferent  to  the 
exact  date,  and  will  be  interested  far  more  in  the  stage  picture. 
lUrtri)  tjfltt  9Jltbcns :  in  the  play  the  accent  falls  most  often  on  the  first 
syllable  of  9tuben^,  though  it  sometimes  comes  on  the  last  syllable, 
where  it  would  come  naturally.  The  name  Rudenz  is  mentioned  by 
Tschudi  as  that  of  a  nephew  of  Stauffacher.  There  was  also  a  castle 
of  the  name  near  Giswel,  south  of  the  Sarner  Lake,  on  an  estate  that 
belonged  to  the  Attinghausen  family.  The  name  is  given  also  in  the 
chronicles  as  that  of  one  of  the  patriots  of  the  Riitli  meeting.  The 
contrast  between  Attinghausen  and  Rudenz  is  striking  and  instructive. 
The  patriarchal  appearance  of  the  old  nobleman  is  enhanced  by  his 
^eljtt)am§  and  the  stick  with  the  ©emfenfyorn,  which  give  a  distinctive 
Swiss  coloring.  Compare  him  with  Rudenz  in  his  splendid  court 
dress,  red  mantle,  and  hat  —  a  dandy  of  the  Austrian  court.  This 
difference  in  dress  prepares  us  for  the  difference  of  opinion  they  hold 
respecting  the  cause  of  the  Swiss  people,  and  shows  us  at  once  on 
which  side  each  one  stands.  trirt  eitt :  as  Rudenz  enters  the  men  bow 
respectfully.  Does  Rudenz  return  their  salutation  ?  Cf .  lines  782-783. 

752.   Rudenz  speaks  with  impatience,  why?    Cf.  lines  771,  931. 

753-764.  Attinghausen's  deliberate  actions  are  in  strong  contrast 
with  Rudenz's  impatience. 


232  W1LHELM   TELL.  [PAGKS  «-«. 

754,  S.D.  Jvrittjfrunf  •  morning  cup,  an  unusual  word,  formed  pos- 
sibly by  analogy  with  ^riifyftM,  breakfast.  It  consisted  of  wine,  or 
perhaps  cider,  and  may  have  been  a  part  of  the  breakfast.  The  cus- 
tom of  '  drinking  round  '  was  very  common  formerly  ;  cf  .  the  drink- 
ing of  the  loving  cup,  and  also  the  old  practice  of  drinking  from  one 
cup  during  the  communion  service.  The  scene  illustrates  the  patri- 
archal relations  existing  between  master  and  servants. 

756.  9JZit  mctncm  5t»tflC  ...  in  ber  8d)(od)t  :  personally  supervis- 
ing their  labor,  just  as  I  personally  led  them  into  battle,  carrying  the 
banner.  A  rather  awkward  comparison. 

761.  in  ettfler  ftct3  unb  enjjerm  $rei3:  within  an  ever  narrow  and 
ever  narrowing  circle  of  existence.  He  means  that  the  wide  and  varied 
occupations  of  his  youth,  which  led  him  into  the  fields  and  forests  as 
well  as  into  battle,  have  gradually  had  to  be  given  upas  he  grew  older, 
until  now  he  is  confined  to  the  castle  walls  ;  and  that  soon  he  will 
come  to  the  grave  (bem  engften  unb  le^ten).  It  is  rather  unusual  to 
leave  the  comparative  adjective  undeclined,  and  this  has  led  some 
editors  to  '  correct  '  Schiller  and  to  write  both  forms  encjerm. 

764.  TOeitt  Srfjottc  (for  ©chatten)  bin  id)  ...  9?omc:  lam  only  a 
shadow  of  what  I  was,  and  soon  only  my  name  will  be  left  of  me. 

765.  The  cup,  having  gone  around  the  circle,  comes  to  Kuoni,  who 
stands  at  one  end  of  the  semicircle.     He  drinks  from  it  and  hands  it 
to  Rudenz.       $d)  brim]'*  @ud):  I  drink  to  your  health.    Cf.  English 
here's  to  you. 


PAGE  42,  line  765,  S.D.  $>a  JRuben^  SflUbert:  why?  Cf.  lines  784, 
785.  Rudenz  may  have  felt,  however,  that  the  servants  bore  him  no 
good  will  ;  cf  .  line  2888.  Does  Rudenz  take  the  cup  and  drink  ?  (£3 
getyt  .  .  .  cinem  ^crjett  :  as  we  drink  from  one  cup,  so  our  hearts 
are  one  in  good  will.  The  e§  is  indefinite  and  has  reference  to  the 
feeling  of  good  fellowship  symbolized  by  the  act  of  drinking  from  the 
same  cup.  Kuoni's  invitation  is  to  be  taken  purely  as  an  offer  of 
kindly  feelings  and  in  no  way  as  a  test  or  challenge  to  Rudenz  to  de- 
clare his  sentiments  toward  the  cause  of  the  people.  To  eat  and  drink 
together  has,  among  all  peoples,  constituted  a  sign  of  friendship. 
Among  the  desert  people,  so  it  is  said,  a  stranger's  life  is  safe  if  he 
has  once  eaten  salt  or  broken  bread  with  them.  Compare,  also,  the 
symbolic  significance  of  breaking  bread  and  drinking  wine  in  the  com- 
munion service.  The  episode  is  dramatically  very  effective,  especially 
in  the  contrast  it  makes  between  the  patriarch  Attinghausen  aud  the 


PAGES  42-w.]          XOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE   I.  233 

prig  Rudenz.  Attinghausen  notices  the  manner  of  Rudenz  toward 
the  men,  and  from  this  time  on  keeps  his  eyes  fixed  on  Rudenz  with  a 
look  of  questioning  and  of  reproach. 

767.  ^itlfcer:  cf.  English  boys. 

768.  &e3  2tmb3  $efd)often:  political  affairs.    The  remark  shows 
how  close  to  the  people  Attinghausen  stands.     Cf.  lines  338,  542  ff. 

770.  ^jerrettblirg :  Gessler's  residence  was  near  Kiissnacht  (cf.  line 
219),  but  Schiller  makes  it  appear  here  that  he  had  in  Altorf  a  castle 
other  than  the  Twing  that  he  is  building  (Act  I,  Sc.  III).     How  does 
Attinghausen  say  these  lines  ?     He  knows  the  answer  to  his  question, 
because  this  was  not  the  first  time  that  Rudenz  had  gone  to  see  Berta  ; 
also,  Rudenz  is  dressed  for  the  court  and  not  for  the  fields. 

771.  Rudenz,  still  impatient  to  be  off,  does  not  catch  the  significance 
of  Attinghausen's  question,  and  so  eagerly  grasps  at  the  opening  his 
uncle  gives  him  to  say  "  yes,"  and  to  be  off. 

772.  When  people  sit  down,  as  Attinghausen  does,  it  means  that 
the   conversation  has  only  begun.     His  act  is  in  strong  contrast  to 
Rudenz'  impatience.     How  will  Attinghauseu  say  these  lines  ?     Is  he 
angry  or  hurt  in  feelings  ? 

775.  Rudenz,  who  has  grown  uneasy  under  Attinghausen's  search- 
ing glance,  finally  sits  down.  also.  He  turns  half  away  from  his  uncle, 
without  looking  at  him.  Rudenz'  excuse  is  not  sincere ;  he  blames 
his  uncle  merely  to  excuse  himself. 

777.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  read  these  lines  plaintively,  or 
with  bitterness.     Attinghausen,  throughout,  speaks  with  loving  long- 
ing, and,  though  he  preaches  at  times,  he  is  actuated  on  the  whole  by 
the  one  hope  that  he  may  save  Rudenz  to  his  country's  cause.     There 
is  neither  bitterness  nor  sarcasm  in  what  he  says. 

778.  3ur  f^rembc  geroorben:  has  become  an  alien  (strange  or  for- 
eign) place.    After  tterben  the  dative  with  ju  is  the  common  construc- 
tion instead  of  a  nominative.        ItH :  diminutive  for  tllrid). 

779.  Sctbc :  the  everyday  dress  was  of  leather ;  silk  was  worn  only 
at  court. 

780.  ^fauettfeber :    the   peacock  feather  was  worn  by  Austrian 
knights. 

781.  ^urpurnumtd  :  red  was  the  Austrian  color. 

PAGE  43,  line  782.  2?ercid)tunjJ :  refers  to  the  manner  in  which 
Rudenz  answered  the  greeting  of  the  men  as  he  entered  ;  f(t)fimft :  re- 
fers to  the  manner  in  which  Rudenz  accepted  the  cup  from  Kuoni. 


234  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  43-44. 

784.  Rudenz  speaks  with  sullen  passion.    Stress  g? biifyrt  and  nitnmt, 
in  order  to  show  the  contrast. 

2>tC  @ljrr :  i.e.  the  consideration  and  treatment  that  is  proper  from 
a  noble  to  a  vassal. 

785.  $)o3  9ted)t :  i.e.  the  familiarity  of  a  vassal  toward  his  overlord, 
as  exemplified  in  the  griifjtrunf.     Rudenz  is,  however,  really  ashamed, 
though  he  will  not  show  it.     He  is  on  the  defensive,  not  only  as 
against  Attinghausen  but  also  as  against  his  own  true  convictions. 

786.  How  does  Attinghausen  say  his  lines  ?     How  does  Rudenz  act 
while   Attinghausen   is  speaking  ?     Notice   how   completely   Atting- 
hausen here  identifies  himself  with  the  people;   cf.  ttnr  (789),  and 
unfrer  (792). 

796.  Rudenz  does  not  say  what  he  really  himself  believes  (cf.  Act 
III,  Sc.  II),  but  what  he  would  like  to  make  himself  believe.  This 
must  be  apparent  from  his  manner.  He  is  simply  repeating  the  argu- 
ments he  has  heard  from  the  Austrians  at  Gessler's  court. 

798.  leirfjtc*  933ort :  little  word;  i.e.  yes;  thereby  acknowledging 
the  Austrian  pretensions. 

801.  iljncn  :  anybody,  but  more  particularly  the  free  peasants  men- 
tioned in  lines  806  ff.  But  Rudenz  really  aims  the  thrust  at  Atting- 
hausen, because  of  the  latter's  sympathy  for  the  people.  foie  31  lift  en 
fyulten  (for  jut)a(ten) :  hold  the  eyes  shut,  so  that  the  true  situation  can- 
not be  seen.  Cf .  English,  pull  the  wool  over  the  eyes. 

803.  tjtnbcrn  .  .  .  nilJ)t :  for  their  own  advantage  they  prevent  the 
Forest  Cantons  from  taking  the  oath  to  Austria.  Cf.  notes  to  lines 
253,  1535. 

806.  28oljl  tut  e3  ttjnett:  it  makes  them  feel  good;  i.e.  it  flatters 
them.  ^jerrenbanf :  the  nobles1  bench.  In  the  cantons,  under  their 
own  laws,  nobles  and  peasants  had  equal  rights  in  court  and  in  legis- 
lative meetings.  This  made  it  possible  for  the  people  to  rule  themselves 
and  to  protect  themselves  against  class  legislation  and  usurpations  by 
the  nobles.  Under  Austrian  rule  all  this  would  be  changed.  Rudenz' 
argument  might  appeal  to  a  selfish  and  ambitious  noble.  He  reasons 
thus :  the  people  want  the  present  conditions  unchanged,  because  then 
they  can  have  a  share  in  the  government  with  the  nobles ;  therefore 
the  nobles  ought  to  desire  the  change  to  the  Austrian  rule,  because 
then  the  nobles  will  be  the  ruling  class. 

PAGE  44,  line  807.    ben  fiatfer  ...  urn  feincn  fiaifer  ju  Ijabcn : 

i.e.  the  peasants  are  willing  to  recognize  the  overlordship  of  an  em- 


PAGES  «-».]          NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  I.  235 

peror,  because  the  emperor  is  so  far  away  and  has  so  little  power  that 
the  peasants  will  be  able  to  continue  to  be  their  own  masters. 

809.  Attinghausen  speaks  with  passion  and  indignation,  but  with 
surprise  as  well ;  for  he  had  not  supposed  that  Rudenz  had  committed 
himself  so  far  to  the  Austrian  side. 

810.  Eudenz  rises,  goes  up  to  Attinghausen,  and  looks  him  squarely 
in  the  eyes.     He  must  speak,  however,  as  one  not  firmly  convinced  of 
his  own  words,  and  with  a  false  and  pretended  enthusiasm;  otherwise 
his  actions  later  on  will  not  seem  natural  and  spontaneous  (Act  III, 
Sc.  II). 

814.    itcbcu:  on  equal  terms  with;  cf.  note  to  line  806. 

819.  -511  @Jerid)t  %n  fUjett:    the  assembly   (PattbeSgetneinbe),  over 
which  the  Landainmann  presided,  and  of  which  all  the  citizens  were 
members,  had  judicial  as  well  as  legislative  powers.     Cf.  line  806. 

820.  Attinghausen  takes  Rudenz'  hand  and  holds  it. 

822.  $>ettt  offue3  Oljr :  i.e.  youth  lends  a  willing  ear  to  the  seduc- 
tive voice  of  ambition  and  glory. 

823  ff.  This  speech  shows  some  really  valid  psychological  reasons 
for  Rudenz'  present  point  of  view.  His  pride  is  hurt  by  the  mockery 
of  the  Austrian  courtiers ;  his  ambition  is  stimulated  by  the  glamour 
of  knightly  service.  Such  feelings  are  very  real  in  youth  and  we  can 
readily  understand  how  Rudenz  can  hold  the  opinions  he  does. 

824.  ftrcmbliugc  :  foreigners ;  i.e.  the  Austrian  knights  at  Gessler's 
court. 

825.  33aucrnnbcl :  peasant  nobles  ;  ironical. 

827.  Sid)  Gljre  fnmmeft:   win  honors  for  themselves.    Albrecht 
waged  several  successful  wars :  against  Rudolf  of  the  Palatinate  in  1301, 
and  against  Wenzel  of  Bohemia  in  1304,  and  against  Friedrich  of 
Thuringia  in  1307. 

828.  mitfttg  ftiU  311  Hcgen :  to  remain  in  peaceful  idleness. 

PAGE  45,  line  830!  Ruden?  frees  his  hand  from  Attinghausen  and 
speaks  with  increasing  eloquence  and  power. 

839.  Attinghausen  begins  slowly  and  solemnly,  continues  with  in- 
creasing vehemence  and  temper,  and  ends  with  pathetic  pleading. 

843.   .£cim  fefynen :  cf .  note  on  ^utjreifjen,  S.D.  Act  I,  Sc.  I. 

847.    fctr  unfit itflt :  strikes  your  ear. 

850.  blcilift  tut :  i.e.  you  will  remain  forever  a  stranger  to  your  real 
self  because  your  heart  will  be  loyal  to  your  country  even  though  you 
serve  the  Austrians. 


236  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  45-46. 

852.  Xltgenben:  virtues;  here  ironical.  Attinghausen,  naturally, 
knows  the  real  Kudenz.  His  words  here  are  a  hint  to  the  audience 
that  Rudenz  will  yet  be  on  the  side  of  his  country. 

854.  Rudenz  by  acknowledging  the  Austrian  overlordship  would 
give  his  lands  to  the  Austrians  and  then  receive  them  back  again  as 
a  fief.     He  would  thereby  become  a  vassal  where  now  he  is  a  free 
man. 

855.  $urftenfite(f)t :  vassal,  but  here  almost  with  the  force  of  slave. 

856.  $a:  whereas. 

PAGE  46,  line  858.  Attinghausen,  rising,  goes  to  the  center  of  the 
stage.  He  supports  himself  on  his  staff.  His  whole  attitude  must  ex- 
press the  pathetic  intensity  of  his  plea. 

863.  $te:  dem.  prom. ;  these.  in  ba3  GJrab:  helmet  and  shield 
were  buried  with  the  last  member  of  a  family. 

865.  mettt  bredjcub  2tuge :  that  you  will  wait  until  I  close  my  eyes 
in  death.    It  is  only  a  popular  fancy  that  the  eyes  '  break '  in  death. 

866.  Does  Attinghausen  answer  the  arguments  of  Rudenz  ?     How, 
and  how  not  ?    Exhausted  by  his  effort,  Attinghausen  sits  on  a  chair 
in  the  background. 

870.  $te  2Belt  geljort  tym :  cf .  note  to  line  266. 

871.  ftcifen  itnb  Dcrftorfen:  stubbornly  and  obstinately  persist. 

872.  Son&erfette :    the   possessions  of  the   Duke   of   Austria   sur- 
rounded the  Forest  Cantons,  Tschudi  says,  as  one  surrounds  a  fish 
with  the  meshes  of  a  net. 

873.  genmltig :  vast ;  read  as  an  adjective  with  Janberfette. 

874.  SDiarftc :  it  was  a  royal  right  to  levy  a  tax  upon  all  goods 
brought  to  market  for  sale ;  cf.  the  '  octroi '  in  France  and  Russia. 
Such  taxes  may  be  perfectly  legitimate ;  but  in  the  present  case,  as 
Tschudi   and   Miiller  relate,   Albrecht  had   arbitrarily   and   illegally 
forced  the  people  to  do  all  their  trading  at  the  weekly  markets  held  in 
Lucerne  and  Zug,  and  used  the  income  for  his  personal  needs  and  not 
in  the  interest  of  the  people.          (£ertcl)te :  the  courts  belonged  to  the 
emperor  because  he  appointed  the  judges. 

875.  £aufmunn>?ftra£en:  commercial  highways.    If  such  taxes  were 
devoted  to  the  maintenance  of  the  roads  no  one  would  have  a  right  to 
object ;  but  Albrecht  collected  the  tolls  of  the  Gotthard  road  for  the 
maintenance  of  his  sons.        (Sniintrofj :  a  horse  or  mule  carrying  a 
-Ecmm  or  load  of  about  three  hundred  pounds.    A  tax  was  levied  on 
each  pack-animal  and  also  on  its  load. 


PAGES  46-n.]  NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  I.  237 

876.  ®oitb,arb :  this  was  the  most  frequented  of  the  Alpine  passes 
from  Switzerland  to  Italy.     Cf.  lines  3241-3270. 

877.  Cf.  line  872  and  note. 

881.  fctn  ^otfcr:  i.e.  even  though  the  next  emperor  were  to  be  of 
another  house  than  the  Austrian,  Austria  was  so  strong  that  the  Swiss 
would  be  helpless.     An  emperor  of  the  Habsburg  line  would  be  un- 
willing, every  other  emperor  would  be  unable,  to  help  the  Swiss. 

882.  28tt3  ift  Jtt  gebett :  what  dependence  can  be  placed. 

PAGE  47,  line  885.  $erpf  unbelt,  Derailment:  rulers  often  mort- 
gaged important  rights  and  privileges,  taxes,  towns,  and  estates,  even 
whole  provinces,  as  security  for  money  with  which  to  pay  for  wars, 
and  for  their  own  personal  expenses.  Sometimes  these  pledges  were 
not  redeemed. 

889.  The  thought  is  this :  since  the  office  of  emperor  passes  from 
one  family  to  another,  no  permanent  reward  can  be  expected  from 
service  to  the  Empire  ;  but  service  for  an  hereditary  lord  will  sow 
seeds  for  future  harvests. 

892.  Cf.  Eccles.  xi,  1.     "  Cast  thy  bread  upon  the  waters;  for  thou 
shalt  find  it  after  many  days." 

893.  2§illft :  do  you  claim. 

894.  ber  ^rcityctt  .  .  .  Gbefftctlt :  poetic  compound  of  an  abstract 
and  a  concrete  ;  peculiar  to  Schiller  ;  cf.  bie  ecfjte  $erle  beine$  2Bert§, 
916  ;  ber  Siebe  @ei(e,  934  ;  ©tricfen  be«  3?errat«,  997. 

896.  SJllCCrn:  this  explains  why  Lucerne  wished  to  be  free  from 
the  despotic  rule  of  Austria;  cf.  note  on  ^feifer,  S.D.  Act  I,  Sc.  II. 

899.  ',iil)!cu,  abjltttteffeit :  in  order  to  determine  the  rate  and  amount 
of  the  taxes.     Direct  taxes  are  always  the  most  burdensome,  especially 
if  they  fall  upon  those  things  that  are  most  necessary  for  making  a 
living;    as,   in  this  case,   upon  the  cattle  and  the  cultivated  fields. 
They  are  especially  hard  to  bear  if  the  revenues  thus  secured  go  to 
the  support  of  a  foreign  lord,  and  are  not  used  for  the  benefit  of  the 
people  who  pay  the  tax,  as  was  here  the  case. 

900.  Iwuiteu  :  put  under  the  ban ;  i.e.  forbid  hunting.    Hunting  was 
the  exclusive  right  and  privilege  of  rulers  and  nobles.     Compare  the 
practice  in  England,  and  the  extreme  penalties  for  poaching. 

901.  Srijtrtflbnitm :  toll-bar,  toll-gate;  the  bar  put  across  a  road  or 
bridge  in  order  to  prevent  any  one  from  passing  until  the  toll  was  paid. 

903.  iionbcrffiufc,  firtcge  (904) :  the  Habsburgs  had  largely  in- 
creased their  possessions  by  purchase  and  by  war.  It  would  be  a  sad 


238  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  47-49. 

fate  indeed  for  a  free  people  to  become  enslaved,  and  then  compelled 
to  furnish  money  and  soldiers  in  order  to  enslave  still  other  free 
peoples. 

906.  SJBotylfeUer :  it  would  be  cheaper,  even  though  the  price  in 
money  and  in  lives  were  the  same,  to  preserve  their  liberties  ;  for 
liberty  is  an  infinitely  greater  good  than  vassalage. 

908.  How  should  Rudenz  say  these  lines  ?  sJllbrcd)t3 :  Emperor 
of  Germany,  1298-1308  ;  here  named  for  the  first  time.  Cf.  HISTOR- 
ICAL ACCOUNT,  VIII,  p.  263. 

PAGE  48,  line  909.  Attinghausen  rises  and  stands  erect.  His 
voice  vibrates  with  pride  and  passionate  indignation.  ihtflbe  :  it  is 
with  this  cutting  reproof  that  Attinghausen  answers  Rudenz's  con- 
temptuous 33off  ber  §irten. 

911.  O'dBenj  :  a  town  in  North  Italy  near  Ravenna.     In  1240-1241 
Emperor  Friedrich  II  besieged  this  town  while  at  war  with  the  Pope. 
Some  600  Swiss  assisted  him  with  such  success  that  the  Emperor 
granted   them  a  charter  of  liberty  ;   cf .   HISTORICAL   ACCOUNT,  IV, 
p.  262.     Attinghausen's  presence  at  this  siege  is  an  invention  of 
Schiller's. 

912.  Sic  follen  fomnten  :  let  them  come  ;  said  defiantly. 
922-923.   These  famous  lines  were  a  rallying  cry  of  the  Germans  in 

the  War  of  Liberation  against  Napoleon,  1813. 
924.  ftarfcn  SBitrjeln :  an  effective  contrast  with  fdjawnfc^  3}ob,r. 

926.  Cf.  Matthew  xi,  7  :  "  What  went  ye  out  into  the  wilderness  to 
see  ?    A  reed  shaken  with  the  wind  ?  " 

927.  long  nicht  meljr :  not  for  a  long  time. 

928.  niir  Ijeutc :  after  the  foregoing  conversation  with  his  uncle,  if 
Rudenz  goes,   it  will  mean  that  he  is  lost  to  the  Swiss  cause.     If 
Rudenz  will  stay  now,  it  will  be  an  assurance  to  Attinghausen  that 
Rudenz  is  free  and  still  master  of  himself. 

PAGE  49,  line  934.  ber  Stebe  Sctlc  :  cf.  Hos.  xi,  4  :  "  I  drew  them 
with  cords  of  a  man,  with  bands  of  love.  .  .  .'' 

935.  3-raitlein:  in  its  original  sense,  lady  of  rank;  cf.  9titterfrtiu= 
lein,  line  938. 

938.  That  this  is  the  real  reason  for  his  stand  Rudenz  confesses  in 
lines  1675-1678. 

939.  Berta  makes  the  same  point  in  lines  1663-1673. 


PAGE  49.]  NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  I.  239 

941.  £0d)  betner  Unfdjutb  .  .  .  befdjiebett:  she  is  not  intended  for 
so  innocent  (i.e.  simple)  a  person  as  you. 

942.  How  does  Rudenz  say  this  ?     Why  is  his  farewell  so  abrupt  ? 
Why  does  he  not  acknowledge  the  truth  of  Attinghausen's  charge  ? 

943.  Attinghausen  speaks  sorrowfully.     He  stands  as  before. 
945.    2Boffettfrf)tcfccn  :  cf.  note  to  line  78. 

948.  GJeWaltfom  ftrebcnb:  read  with  3ugenb,  with  strong  aspirations, 
i.e.  the  fatal  charm  of  the  foreign  court  with  its  promise  of  a  glorious 
career  attracts  ambitious  youths. 

949.  bd§   Jifrentbe :    strange   (foreign)   ideals  of   living;  i.e.   the 
manners,  ideals,  etc.,  that  the  Austrians  had  brought  into  the  country. 

950.  fttU  licflliirftcu  :  quiet  and  happy  ;  i.e.  blessed  in  being  quiet. 

951.  "Set  ©itten  frommc  llttfdjulb :  i.e.  our  good  and  simple  mode 
of  life. 

956.   gettwltet  wnb  getcbt :  lived  and  worked. 

Both  in  form  and  in  intent  this  scene  is  comparable  to  Sc.  II, 
Act  I,  and  Sc.  II,  Act  III. 

It  divides  into : 

Introduction,  lines  752-768. 

Main  Scene,  (a)  Attinghausen's  accusation   and  Rudenz's  de- 
fense, lines  769-892  ; 

(b)  The  defense   of   liberty  and  of  the  country's 
cause,  lines  893-930. 

Conclusion,  lines  931-958. 

The  purpose  of  the  scene  is  to  show  the  attitude  of  the  Swiss 
nobles.  It  is  purely  exposition  and  as  such  belongs,  strictly 
speaking,  to  Act  I.  Schiller  had  originally  placed  it  between 
Sc.  II  and  Sc.  Ill  in  Act  I,  but  finally  placed  it  in  Act  II, 
chiefly  to  equalize  the  length  of  the  two  acts.  But  there  is  also  a 
good  dramatic  reason  for  placing  it  in  Act  II,  for  the  contrast 
between  this  scene  and  the  one  following  brings  out  very  sharply 
the  divided  course  of  the  nobles  and  the  united  attitude  of  the 
common  people  towards  the  country's  cause. 

The  contrast  between  Attinghausen  and  Rudenz  is  sharply 
drawn.  The  old  patriarch  represents  the  old  nobility,  the  stanch 
defenders  of  their  hard-won  liberties.  Rudenz  represents  the 
young  nobles,  dazzled  by  the  splendor  of  the  Austrian  power  and 
eager  to  share  in  its  glory.  Through  Attinghausen  we  learn  in 


240  WILHEL.lf    TELL.  [PAGES  49-^50. 

greater  detail  what  Austrian  supremacy  will  really  mean :  taxa- 
tion without  representation,  absolute  dependence  upon  the  abso- 
lute will  of  the  one  as  against  the  rule  of  all  the  people  in  common, 
and  in  the  end  the  loss  of  every  liberty  that  makes  life  worth  the 
living.  Through  Rudenz  we  are  informed  as  to  the  great  power 
of  Austria ;  and  it  seems,  in  view  of  the  divided  opinions  of  the 
nobles,  as  if  the  people's  cause  is  almost  hopeless.  The  contrast 
between  Swiss  simplicity  and  Austrian  pomp  is  well  brought  out, 
and  excites  our  fears  and  our  sympathies  for  the  Swiss  people. 

ACT  II.     SCENE  II. 

The  time,  according  to  the  chronicles,  is  the  Wednesday  night 
before  St.  Martin's  Day,  November  8,  1307. 

The  place  is  the  Riitli ;  cf.  note  to  line  727. 

The  stage  shows,  on  the  left,  a  high  rocky  wall,  from  which 
paths  with  railings  and  steps  lead  down.  In  the  background, 
center  and  right,  is  the  lake,  the  water  being  visible  in  the  far 
distance.  Across  the  lake,  in  the  center,  are  seen  the  mountains 
of  Schwyz,  and  on  the  right  appear  the  snow-covered  peaks  of 
Glarus.  The  stage  floor  is  a  meadow,  with  rocks  and  bowlders  so 
arranged  as  to  make  effective  groupings  of  the  actors  possible  in 
the  scene  following.  The  lake  and  snowy  mountains,  flooded  by 
the  soft  moonlight,  in  contrast  with  the  shadowy  rocks  and  dark 
forests,  afford  a  strikingly  beautiful  picture. 

Schiller  has  chosen  his  names  for  the  actors  in  this  scene  from 
the  chronicles  and  other  Swiss  documents. 

PAGE  50,  S.D.  SBtttfcIricb  :  Struthen  von  Winkelried  is,  according 
to  Schiller,  descended  from  that  Winkelried  who  was  the  hero  of  the 
siege  before  Favenz  (cf.  note  to  line  911)  and  knighted  for  his  serv- 
ices there,  but  who  later,  for  killing  a  man,  expiated  his  crime  by 
killing  the  dragon  at  Weiler,  dying  from  the  effects  of  the  dragon's 
blood  which  bespattered  him.  This  Winkelried  must  not  be  confused 
with  that  Arnold  von  Winkelried  who  was  the  hero  of  the  battle  of 
Sempach  in  the  year  1386  (cf.  note  to  line  2443).  SDJcicr  Don  3ar= 
nett :  the  steward  of  the  monastery  at  Sarnen.  A  3JMer  is  an  over- 
seer in  charge  of  rents  and  other  business  for  some  lord  or  association. 
As  the  office  was  often  hereditary,  the  title  became  in  time  the  family 


PAGES  50-51.]          NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  II.  241 

name.  Throughout  the  play  Meier  is  an  impatient,  irritable,  and 
impulsive  man.  SSitrftjorb  am  Siiljcf :  lit.  Burkhard  on  the  Hill. 
Schiller  combined  the  names  tllrid)  am  33erg  and  23urffyarb  won  3bad) 
which  he  found  in  his  authorities  and  made  of  them  the  name  sBurf- 
fyarb  am  SSiihef,  commemorating  thereby  also  £ubit>ig  am  33iif)el,  the 
author  of  a  drama  28U()e(m  Xell,  published  in  1792.  '.Hritolt>  Bott 
2ettW  :  Sewa  is,  however,  a  town  in  Schwyz,  and  not  in  Unterwalden, 
whence  Arnold  comes.  AUrtitv  Don  bcr  Jyliie :  lit.  Klaus  from  the 
Rocky  Eminence;  cf.  note  to  line  2193.  There  was  such  a  man  in 
the  last  half  of  the  fifteenth  century,  who  was  a  famous  preacher  and 
politician. 

960.  <£ett  3feI3:  the  Selisberg  (cf.  note  to  line  965),  upon  which 
the  Riltli  is  situated.  Steujlein :  such  crosses  are  common  in  this 
mountain  country  to  mark  places,  and  to  commemorate  some  disaster 
or  other  event ;  cf.  note  to  line  3245. 

962.  All  the  men  do  not  come  on  the  stage  at  the  same  time. 
There  are  pauses  after  §ord)  and  ©on}  leer,  and  after  ©till !  §ord) ! 
(966).  These  pauses  serve  the  double  purpose  of  giving  all  the 
men  time  to  climb  down  and  to  take  their  places  on  the  stage,  and, 
what  is  more  important,  give  the  necessary  air  of  secrecy  and  con- 
spiracy to  the  scene. 

964.  £er  $euertuad)tcr :  a  little  more  pretentious  than  the  usual 
9?acf)tu>acf)ter.     The  nightwatch  not  only  called  out  the  hours  of  the 
night,  but  also  gave  the  alarm  in  case  of  fire. 

965.  SdtSberg  :  the  small  village  on  the  top  of  the  mountain  of  the 
same  name.     It  is  about  ten  minutes'  walk  from  the  Riitli. 

PAGE  51,  line  966.  9)JcttcngfiJ(t(ein :  the  matin  bell,  morning  bell. 
When  the  hermit  in  the  forest  chapel  said  his  morning  prayers  at 
three  o'clock  (not  at  two,  as  here  given), "the  bell  was  rung  as  a  signal 
to  the  devout  who  might  be  awake,  and  particularly  to  the  sick,  to 
join  in  prayer  with  him.  It  is  a  common  custom  even  to-day  to  ring 
the  church  bell  at  the  close  of  the  sermon  when  the  pastor  repeats 
the  Lord's  Prayer,  so  that  those  absent  from  church  may  join  with 
the  congregation  in  the  prayer. 

967.  3rf)tt>l)3erlonb  :  here  only  the  canton  of  Schwyz  is  meant. 
The  name  had  not  yet  been  applied  to  the  whole  country  ;  cf.  note  to 
line  1136. 

969.  (^elfn,  jitnbcn :  let  some  go  and  litjht ;  imperative  subj.  ;  cf. 
Appendix  C,  7,  e.  It  seems  a  little  strange  that  where  there  is  need 


242  WILHELX   TELL.  [PAGES  (.1-5-2. 

of  so  much  secrecy  and  silence  that  the  Unterwaldners  should  come 
with  torches,  that  a  fire  should  be  lighted  and  a  horn  should  be  blown 
(1091).  The  secluded  meeting  place  makes  it  possible  to  excuse 
Schiller  for  introducing  such  incidents  which  add  so  much  to  the 
picturesqueness  and  dramatic  feeling  of  the  scene.  No  audience  will 
stop  to  weigh  critically  the  reasons -for  and  against  such  devices  under 
the  circumstances. 

973.   Sic  :  those  from  Schwyz. 

975.  Sfegenbogen  ...  in  bcr  9Zod)t:  a  rare  (line  978)  phenome- 
non, especially  one  with  a  secondary  (boppelt,  line  979)  bow. 
Scheuchzer  claims  that  such  a  double  lunar  rainbow  was  seen  October 
31,  1705.  Historically  the  moon  was  not  full  on  November  8,  1307,  so 
that  the  thing  could  not  have  happened  then.  Though  Schiller  makes 
no  mention  of  the  symbolic  interpretation  connecting  the  rainbow 
with  the  alliance  about  to  be  formed,  the  auditor  will  remember  that 
after  the  Deluge  God  "set  his  bow  in  the  clouds  for  a  token  of  a 
covenant  between  Himself  and  the  earth."  It  is  not  always  necessary 
actually  to  explain  such  matters  ;  in  fact,  it  is  very  often  more  effective 
to  leave  that  to  the  imagination  of  the  audience. 

PAGE  52,  line  982.  ISfjt  .  .  .  marten:  does  not  keep  us  waiting 
long :  a  dependent  infinitive  after  (affen  is  translated  into  an  English 
passive  infinitive. 

984.  umgetyen :  the  meter  demands  the  accent  on  the  second  syl- 
lable, thus  making  the  verb  inseparable  and  figurative  in  meaning, 
whereas  the  sense  plainly  demands  the  separable  and  literal  um'= 
getjen. 

986.   SBort:  the  watchword;  cf.  note  to  line  736. 

S.D.  !jtel  JHcbing:  Reding  is  the  name  of  an  old  and  distinguished 
family.  An  Itel  Reding  was  Landammann  of  Schwyz  about  1428  ;  a 
Rudolf  Reding  planned  the  successful  battle  of  Morgarten  in  the  year 
1315  ;  in  Schiller's  own  time,  an  Aloys  von  Reding  was  the  leader  of 
the  Swiss  in  their  struggle  against  the  French,  1798-1802,  and  Lan- 
dammann from  1803.  &an3  ouf  bcr  9)Jouer:  lit.  Hans  on  the 
Wall.  The  name  is  still  found  in  Switzerland.  ^iirg  int  £>ofe: 
George  im  Hofe.  fionrob  £ut«t:  an  historical  character,  sometime 
Landammann  of  Schwyz.  Ufrirf)  fcer  Sttjmib :  Ulrich,  by  profes- 
sion a  smith.  3oft  Don  SBeiler:  Jobst  or  Jodocus  von  Weiler 
(line  1076).  fcret  onbcre :  this  should  read  uier  anbere;  according 
to  line  734  each  leader  was  to  bring  ten  men,  whereas  here  only  nine 


PAGES  52-53.]          NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCEXE  II.  243 

are   accounted   for  ;  and  in  S.D.  following  line  1097  it  is  expressly 
stated  that  thirty-three  men  are  present. 

PAT.E  53,  line  990.  gcfogcn:  drink  greedily;  lit.  stick,  neither  a 
good  nor  a  pleasant  figure. 

992.  W td)t  ©cfd)el)ttc3  .  .  .  licflCflitcit :  ice  icill  not  avenge  ichat  has 
been  done,  but  we  will  meet  (i.e.  thwart,  by  taking  measures  and  mak- 
ing plans)  the  dangers  that  threaten  us.  The  omission  of  fonbern  with 
the  second  clause  adds  to  the  emphasis  and  balance  of  the  antithesis. 
What  makes  Stauffacher  the  true  leader  in  the  assembly  is  this,  that 
he  insists,  once  and  for  all,  that  they  must  repress  all  personal  revenge 
and  all  personal  interest,  and  that  he  forces  the  patriots  to  consider 
the  one  real  need  and  sole  purpose  of  the  meeting,  namely  to  deliberate 
calmly  and  unitedly  upon  those  things  that  must  be  done  for  the  whole 
people.  Stauffacher  and  Melchtal  form  a  group  by  themselves  in  the 
foreground.  Stauffacher  sits  on  a  large  bowlder,  while  Melchtal  remains 
standing.  The  rest  are  engaged  in  greeting  each  other  and  in  talking. 

998.  Surcuneit :  the  meter  here  requires  Suren'nen  ;  elsewhere  and 
better  it  is  @u'=re=nen.  This  pass  (7479  ft.  high)  leads  from  Altorf  to 
Engelberg,  and  was  the  road  Melchtal  had  to  take  from  Fiirst's  house 
(Act  I,  Sc.  IV)  to  Unterwalden.  The  Surnen  Alps  have  peaks  ten 
thousand  feet  high,  and  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  pass  are  covered 
with  perpetual  snow. 

1002.  Gngclbcrg :  the  name  of  a  mountain  (3291  ft.  high)  in  Unter- 
walden, of  a  village  on  the  mountain's  sides,  and  of  a  Benedictine 
monastery  built  in  the  year  1083. 

1003.  Cf.  Homer's  Odyssey  10: 

Six  days  and  nights  we  sailed  ;  the  seventh  we  came 
To  lofty  Lrestrigoni  with  wide  gates, 
The  city  of  Lamos,  where,  on  going  forth, 
The  shepherd  calls  to  shepherd  entering  in. 

1004.  CHetfdjcr  9)Jt(d) :  the  milky  white  water  of  the  glacier  streams. 
The  color  is  caused  by  the  fine  dust  from  the  pulverized  rocks  that  the 
water  carries  with  it. 

1006.  cittftttneit  SettttljiUteit :  the  herdsmen's  huts  were  deserted  by 
this  time  because  the  herds  had  already  left  the  mountains  for  the 
winter  ;  cf.  lines  16,  62.  The  doors  of  these  huts,  if  they  were  locked 
at  all,  were  fastened  from  the  outside  by  a  wooden  bolt,  so  that  en- 
trance into  them  was  easy.  ciitf (illicit :  lonely  or  isolated. 


244  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  53-56. 

1008.   flcfcUtg  lebenber :  living  in  social  intercourse  with  each  other. 
1011.   Ungliirf :  is  the  subject  of  fdjaffte. 

1014.  Cb:  cf.  note  to  line  277.  bcm  .  .  .  })!cfltntcut:  the  new 
tyrannical  rule  (of  Landenberg). 

PAGE  54,  line  1018.  $C1t  fllctd)cu  .  .  .  bcfolflcn:  pursue  unalter- 
ably the  selfsame  course  ;  an  exaggeration,  though  in  the  long  narrow 
Alpine  valleys  this  is  naturally  very  often  the  case. 

1021.    9?id)t :  highly  dramatic  and  poetic  order ;  so  also  line  1230. 

1034.  tttcl:  many  (relatives).  Melchtal  has  been  speaking  rapidly  ; 
now  he  waits  for  a  moment,  struggling  with  his  emotions  ;  then  he 
continues  in  a  voice  quivering  with  passion. 

1036.  frembetn  Strolj :  i.e.  straw  that  belonged  to  strangers;  more 
vivid  and  poetic  than  the  prose  Strof)  Don  gremben. 

1038.  UZidjt  in  oljnmarfjt'gen  kronen :  not  in  impotent  tears  did  I 
exhaust  (lit.  pour  out")  the  power  of  my  burning  grief;  i.e.  his  passion- 
ate desire  to  avenge  his  father. 

PAGE  55,  line  1042.  ^d)  frod) :  not  only  because  of  the  difficulties 
of  the  road  but  also  through  fear  of  the  governors. 

1043.  Stein  Xal  roar  ...  id)  fpatjt'  e3  au3 :  an  unexpected  and  un- 
usual construction ;  for  either  3ebe«  £al,  nod)  fo  oerfted't,  id)  ipafjt'  e« 
au3,  or  Jtetn  £al  war  fo  Derftedft,  bafe  id)  es  ntd)t  aueipaf)te.  The  sen- 
tence as  it  stands  is,  however,  vigorous  and  in  no  way  ambiguous. 

1053.  mit  £ers  unb  9Knnt»:  with  heart  and  tongue;  i.e.  secretly 
and  openly.  Cf.  Appendix  B,  3,  b. 

1056.  9t0^berg :  Wolfenschiessen's  residence;  cf.  note  to  line  77. 
Sarucu :  Landenberger's  residence;  cf.  note  to  line  558.  Melchtal, 
later,  did  spy  out  the  Kossberg  also ;  cf.  line  2875. 

1061.  Stauffacher,  both  by  his  actions  and  the  expression  of  his 
face,  must  show  his  surprise  and  astonishment  at  this  almost  impos- 
sible deed. 

PAGE  56,  line  1065.  This  is  not  what  we  might  have  expected  of 
Melchtal  with  his  passionate  desire  for  revenge  ;  cf.  lines  621-623,  990. 
His  self-control  entitles  him  to  rank  as  a  leader  of  the  people  ;  cf.  also 
lines  2902-2911.  What  caused  this  change  in  him  ? 

1071.  fenntc :  subj.  with  exclamatory  force;  cf.  Appendix  C, 
7,  bb  ;  to/to  icouldn't  know  you  ! 

1074.  fcincn  unbcfunnten  tauten:  litotes;  more  emphatic  than 
einen  befannten  Xiamen. 


PAGES  56-57.]         NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  II.  245 


1075.  bctt  ^radjen  fd)htg  :  cf  .  note  on  Winkelried,  opening  S.D.  of 
this  scene.     There   are   several   such   ancient   traditional   legends  in 
Switzerland  ;  in  fact,  the  "  dragon  story  "  is  to  be  found  among  many 
different  nations  ;  cf.  Hercules,  St.  George,  St.  Patrick,  Siegfried,  etc. 

1076.  293ei(er  :  or  Oeblnetler  ;  lit.  deserted  village  ;  the  name  of  a 
village  near  Rossberg. 

1078.  tyinteritt  28ott>  :  since  Melchtal  lived  in  9iib  bent  SBalb,  t)interm 
means  to  him  the  country  beyond  the  Kernwald,  i.e.  £)b  bent  SBatb  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  545.         ^lofterleilte  :  means  here  not  the  monks  but 
the  dependents  of  the  monastery. 

1079.  ©ngelberg  :  cf.  note  to  line  1002. 

1080.  eigne  Scute  :    people  belonging  to  or  bound   in   service  to 
others  :  hence,  bondsmen,  serfs.     Cf.  nttt  bent  £etbe  pftichtig,  1084,  and 
ntrfjt  freien  @tanb$,  1141.    It  is  significant  of  the  oneness  in  spirit  and 
in  love  of  country  of  all  these  men  that  the  serfs  were  accepted  as 
equals  in  this  assembly. 

1081.  fret  filjen  ciuf  bent  Grbe:  live  as  freemen  upon  our  ancestral 
lands. 

PAGE  57,  line  1083.    @3  preife  fid),  Wer  .  .  .  ouf  @rbcn:  eS  is  an 

expletive,  the  real  subject  is  the  tt)er  clause.  Let  him  count  himself 
fortunate  who  is  not  bound  in  service  to  another. 

1084.  ottf  @rben  :  not  a  plural  form,  but  the  old  dative  singular  ;  cf. 
mtt  grenben,  note  to  line  331.  Cf.  Appendix  B,  6. 

1087.  This  episode  displays  a  noble  spirit.  Its  introduction  is  a 
fine  dramatic  touch.  That  two  men,  opponents  at  law,  are  friends  in 
the  assembly  is  a  significant  sign  of  the  unity  of  purpose  among  these 
men. 

1091.  bo3  ^portt  Don  ttri:  the  battle  horn  of  Uri.  The  name  Uri 
is  popularly  believed  to  be  derived  from  9luerod)3  or  Ur(e)odf)§,  the 
aurochs,  an  animal  resembling  our  buffalo,  but  now  extinct.  Uri's 
coat  of  arms  showed  the  bull's  head,  and  in  battle  the  troops  carried 
an  enormous  bull's  horn,  which  was  blown  by  one  called  the  (Stier  uon 
Uri,  the  bull  of  Uri;  cf.  line  2847. 

1095.  (Jin  treuer  ^g>irt  :  an  absolute  nominative,  in  opposition  to  er 
(line  1093). 

1097.  XeU  :  Baumgarten  naturally  looks  for  Tell.  It  is  noticeable 
that  Tell  is  mentioned  in  this  scene  only  twice,  here  and  in  line  14:>4, 
and  both  times  by  Baumgarten.  Schiller  purposely  kept  Tell  out  of 
the  original  compact  of  the  three  (Act  I,  Sc,  IV)  and  out  of  this 


246  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  57-08. 

scene,  because  he  agreed  with  Goethe  that  "Tell  must  stand  alone  in 
the  drama,  that  his  cause  is  and  must  remain  a  private  one,  entirely 
without  political  character,  till  at  the  end  it  coincides  with  that  of  the 
people."  Had  Tell  entered  into  the  deliberations,  he  would  necessa- 
rily have  had  to  be  one  of  the  leaders.  To  have  had  him  present  as  a 
passive  listener  or  as  a  minor  character  would  have  made  an  heroic 
r61e  impossible.  In  either  case  his  presence,  whether  he  had  been 
there  as  a  leader  or  merely  as  a  passive  member,  would  have  given  to 
his  deed  in  killing  Gessler  a  political  complexion,  whereas  it  is  neces- 
sary both  for  Tell's  defense  and  for  the  people's  cause  that  Gessler's 
death  must  be  an  act  of  self-defense,  and  not  a  political  murder  that 
would  stain  with  blood  the  victory  of  so  noble  a  cause.  So  Schiller, 
in  entire  conformity  with  tradition  and  the  stories  in  the  chronicles, 
makes  Tell  a  man  of  action,  little  inclined  to  deliberate  as  to  the 
ways  and  means  of  gaining  an  end.  From  a  dramatic  point  of  view 
Schiller's  course  was  correct ;  for  to  have  given  Tell  the  leading  role  in 
the  deliberations  would  have  centered  the  interest  in  him  and  not 
in  the  political  events  of  the  play,  which  after  all  is  the  more  impor- 
tant thing ;  for  the  real  life  of  the  play  is  found  in  the  struggle  of  this 
people  for  their  liberties.  Cf.  note  to  line  414. 

1097,  S.D.  92ojic(tnamt :  the  priest.  The  name  is  not  uncommon. 
^etermann :  the  sacristan  or  sexton.  As  assistant  to  the  priest,  this 
officer  was  a  man  of  considerable  dignity  and  highly  honored. 

PAGE  58,  line  1098.  Note  how  skillfully  Schiller  brings  on  the  scene 
the  three  original  confederates.  The  impetuous  Melchtal  comes  first, 
then  Stauffacher,  and  last  the  ever  cautious  Flirst.  During  the  re- 
mainder of  the  scene  the  minor  characters  must  not  be  thought  of  as 
standing  around  like  wooden  men,  at  most  raising  their  hands,  clasp- 
ing hands,  etc.,  as  the  printed  stage  directions  command.  On  the 
contrary,  they  interrupt  the  proceedings  with  cries  of  approval  or 
disapproval,  with  remarks  and  comments  more  or  less  audible,  etc., 
such  as  we  would  expect  of  any  body  of  live  men  under  the  circum- 
stances. Action  and  movement  must  liven  up  the  scene  throughout. 
To  this  end,  there  will  be  movement  and  action,  various  groups 
forming  from  time  to  time,  and  shifting  from  place  to  place  on  the 
stage. 

1105.  ©letttjtme  ber  flfatt^oll  .  .  .  £afle§  :  as  the  bright  dear  light 
of  the  midday  sun.  The  expression  Scijojj  be§  Sagee,  lap  of  day,  is 
neither  a  good  nor  a  clear  figure. 


PAGES  58-59.]         NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  II.  247 

1106.   2o^tT§  gut  fetn  :  no  matter,  never  mind.         28a§  i»ic  bunfle 
9?  adjt  .  .  .   bcr  Somten  :  cf.  the  saying  : 

S3  ift  nid)t8  fo  fetn  gefyonnen 
G«  fommt  bod)  an  trie 


1107.  Soil  frei  .  .  .  bcr  Soitucn  :  shall  freely  and  brightly  appear 
in  the  light  of  day  ;  i.e.  shall  in  the  full  light  of  day  bring  freedom 
and  joy.        ber  SottttCtt  :  cf.  note  on  aitf  Srben,  line  1084,  and  on  mit 
§reitben,  line  331. 

1108.  OH&genoffeit  :     oath-companions,   confederates.     They  have, 
however,  not  yet  taken  the  oath,  though  this  may  refer  to  some  kind 
of  oath  which  the  three  original  confederates  made  the  others  take 
before  coming  to  the  meeting.    The  word  was  not  used  by  the  Swiss 
before  the  fourteenth  century.    The  Swiss  Confederacy  is  still  called 
2>ie  Sd)tt)ei3erttd)e  Sibgertoffenidjaft. 

1109.  fiant)0gemetut>e  :  the  general  assembly  ;  cf.  line  665.     It  con- 
sisted of  all  the  voters  of  a  canton  and  not  of  representatives.     Meet- 
ings were  held  once  a  year  in  the  open  air  ;  cf.  the   English  town 
meeting.    The  present  assembly  was  illegal  because   all  the  voters 
were  not  present.     Kosselmann's  point  is  that  the  assembly  may  be 
considered  legal  because  the  men  present  are  representative  men. 

1111.  tageit  :  to  hold  a  meeting,  to  deliberate  in  assembly.  The 
root  tag=  in  this  sense  is  found  in  a  number  of  compounds  ;  cf.  3ieid)3= 
tag,  parliament;  frmbtag,  provincial  legislature. 

1113.  uugefeu(td)  :  illegal,  or  better  unconstitutional,  because  : 
(a)  they  numbered  only  33,  and  not  all  the  voters  (lines  1119-1120)  ; 
(6)  they  met  at  night  (lines  1117-1118)  ;  (c)  they  had  no  statute  books 
(lines  1121-1122). 

1117.  2Bot)(  :  for  n)of)(cm  ;  very  well,  then. 

1118.  3ft  e§:  inversion  in  concessive  clause;  cf.  lines  1119,  1121; 
cf.  Appendix  C,  14.          gfetd)  :  for  obg(eid)  :  although. 

1119.  ttte  3fll)f  nidjt  Boll  :  i.e.  no  legal  quorum. 

1120.  fcie  ^eften  :  the  leaders. 

PAGE  59,  line  1121.  bie  often  SWrfjer:  the  statute  books,  in  which 
the  laws  were  recorded  and  upon  which  the  authorities  were  sworn  ; 
and  the  £anbbild),  which  contained  a  record  of  the  proceedings. 

1123.  $Ring  :  an  old  German  custom  in  an  assembly  ;  cf.  the  prac- 
tice among  our  Indians.  Rosselrnann  takes  the  center  of  the  stage  ; 
the  others,  amid  great  comrnqtion,  form  a  half  circle  about  him.  The 


248  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  59. 

priest  is  the  proper  person  to  take  the  lead  at  this  point,  because  all 
the  rest  are  accustomed  to  look  to  him  for  guidance  and  help.  The 
organization  of  the  meeting  into  a  deliberate  assembly  is  a  decisive 
step  forward,  and  fraught  with  hope  and,  no  less,  with  danger. 

1124.  SDiott  l)fla«j5C  .  .  .  Gkttwlt:  let  the  swords  (i.e.  the  emblems 
of  authority)  be  placed  upright.  In  the  regular  assembly  the  9itng 
was  formed  before  the  Sanbammann,  who  sat  on  a  slightly  elevated 
platform  called  the  ®tul)t  (cf.  English  chair).  Then  the  two  broad- 
swords were  set  point  downward  in  the  earth  on  either  side  of  the 
@tul)f.  At  the  side  of  the  ?anbammonn  stood  the  two  bailiffs  (SBeibel), 
and  the  clerk  or  secretary,  before  whom  lay  the  great  £anbbud),  in 
which  all  the  actions  of  the  meeting  were  recorded. 

1130.  ftetjcu   fret   Jimtrf  :   withdraw  willingly  (from  the  contest). 
The  feeling  of  individual  effacement  for  the  common  cause  is  admi- 
rably shown  throughout  the  scene.     Both  Meier  and  Melchtal  speak 
for  those  from  Unterwalden. 

1131.  bic  ^Idjenbcit :    why   Melchtal  should  speak  of  the  men  of 
Unterwalden  as  suppliants  is  not  exactly  clear,  since  all  the  cantons 
were  equally  concerned.     It  may  be  that  he  was  thinking  mainly  of 
his  own  case,  or  possibly  of  that  of  Baumgarten  also  ;  for,  so  far,  these 
two  have  been  the  only  ones  to  suffer,  though  a  common  danger 
threatens  them  all. 

1132.  "Jiie :  the  relative,  and  not  the  article.     The  order  is  poetic. 
What  is  the  natural  order  ? 

1133.  bo§  <Sd)tt)crt :  i.e.  the  presidency,  because  the  sword  was  the 
emblem  of  authority. 

1134.  Wiimcr.ytfle  '  after  their  election  in  Germany  the  kings,  in 
due  state  and  pomp,  made  "journeys  to  Rome"  in  order  to  be  there 
crowned  Emperors,  successors  of  the  Caesars.    Often  the  people  on  the 
way  thither  were  hostile,  and  forced  the  prospective  Emperor  to  fight 
his  way  to  Rome.    All  the  members  of  the  Empire  were  expected 
to  be  represented  in  the   3ug,  and  so  the   Swiss  were   accustomed 
also  to  furnish  a  contingent  of  troops ;  cf.  note  to  line  266  and  line 
1230. 

1136.  feitteS  Stummed  :  according  to  tradition  the  canton  of  Schwyz 
was  the  first  of  the  cantons  to  be  settled  by  emigrants  from  Germany, 
and  from  these  all  the  Germans  in  Switzerland  believed  themselves 
descended.  Hence,  it  is  believed,  Schwyz  gave  its  name  to  the  whole 
country.  As  a  matter  of  historical  fact  Schiller  is  here  using  poetic 
license,  for  it  was  not  until  the  sixteenth  century  that  the  name  bie 


PAGES  59-61.]         NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  II.  249 


was  applied  to  the  whole  country.     See  also  the  HISTORICAL 
ACCOUNT,  p.  260. 

1137-1138.  Why  is  ROsselmann  the  proper  person  to  make  this 
motion  ? 

PAGE  60,  line  1139.  It  is  not  necessary  to  suppose  that  Walter 
Fiirst  brought  special  swords  ;  any  two  swords  selected  from  among 
those  brought  by  the  men  would  do.  The  books  were  not  brought, 
either  because  they  were  forgotten  or  because  it  was  impossible  to  get 
them,  or  perhaps  because  of  fear  of  discovery.  But  all  this  does  not 
matter,  because  the  assembly  was  illegal,  anyway.  The  point  of  the 
whole  discussion  is  to  emphasize  this  fact  that,  though  the  form  of 
the  meeting  was  illegal,  their  rights  were  incontestable.  Fiirst,  as  the 
leader  of  the  men  from  Uri,  offers  the  sword  to  Stauffacher,  the  leader 
of  the  men  from  Schwyz.  bem  Sitter  :  i.e.  to  the  oldest  man  from 
Schwyz. 

1140.  To  scan  this  line  we  must  accent  Utrici)',  which  is  unusual. 

1141.  fretCtt  @tattb3:    predicate  genitive   after  ift;  cf.  Appendix 
C,  4,  b. 

1142.  Seilt  eigiter  9Jlttnn  :  cf  .  note  to  line  1080.    Only  free  citizens 
were  allowed  to  hold  office. 

1144.  2Ba3  :  why;  cf.  note  to  line  361. 

1145.  It  is  Fiirst  who  puts  the  first  motion.    Is  this  parliamentary  ? 
1150.    2Ba3  iftf£  :  it  was  and  still  is  customary  to  call  upon  some 

one  to  state  the  object  of  a  meeting,  even  though  this  is  already 
known. 

PAGE  61,  line  1155,  S.D.  Each  successive  speaker  steps  into  the  ring 
and  faces  the  president. 

1156.  Sin  wait  SButtblttS  :  this  may  mean  the  league  of  1291,  or 
perhaps  the  older  one  of  1246,  which  are  the  only  ones  of  which  we 
have  any  historical  account.  To  call  either  one  uvalt  is  poetic  license  ; 
cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  V  and  VII,  p.  262. 

1158.  Db  :  for  obg(eid)  ;  concessive  clause,  dependent  order  ;  cf.  the 
inverted  order  in  lines  1118,  1119,  1121  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  14. 

1160.    CIHCS  <3tomme£  :  cf.  note  to  lines  1136  and  lines  1166  ff. 

1162.  Sieberit  :  popular  songs.  Schiller  had  in  mind  such  songs  as 
the  Dftfrtejenfteb  (fifteenth  century),  well  known  in  Switzerland,  and 
the  authority  for  the  purely  legendary  Swedish  and  Frisian  origin  of 
the  Swiss. 


250  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  ei-ea. 

1163.    Bon  fern  tjcr  :  from  far  off. 

1165.  am  altcn  :  the  original  league  of  1246  (possibly  the  traditional 
one  of  1145-1150),  certainly  not  the  one  of  the  year  1291. 

1167.   binten  tm  Sanbe  :  far  away  back  in  the  country. 

1170.    je  ber  ^cljutc  :  lit.  ever  the  tenth;  i.e.  every  tenth. 

1172.  sogen :  sc.  e§  as  expletive  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  3,  b.  Poetic  and 
very  unusual  order. 

1176.    eljcr  nid)t  .  .  .  bi3 :  the  marching  host  did  not  halt  until. 

1178.  9Jiuotta :   pronounce  in  two  syllables ;    the   o  in   the  110   is 
scarcely  heard  (cf.  $uoni).      This  stream  flows   through  a  secluded 
valley  of  the  same  name  in  Schwyz,  and  empties  into  the  lake  near 
Brunnen. 

1179.  9Hdjt    0>.    .Heine)    9JJenfd)cnfpuren :   but  Switzerland  was 
occupied  by  Keltic  tribes  before  the  Germans  came. 

PAGE  62,  line  1181.  $0  fafc  Ctn  SHanit :  this  contradicts  line  1179. 
The  contradiction  is  found  in  the  original  poem.  However,  the  state- 
ment in  line  1179  is  to  be  taken  only  as  an  emphatic  description,  and 
not  as  literally  true.  The  route  to  Italy  had  been  from  time  imme- 
morial by  way  of  the  lake. 

1191.  ©niigen  tat:  did  not  provide;  dialectic  for  ©eniigen  tat  or 
geniigte. 

1193.  $ttm  jcj)iuar',cn  $erg :  the  Briinig  or  Brauneck,  a  mountain 
and  a  pass  (3379  ft.  high)  between  Unterwalden  and  Bern  ;  so  called 
because  of  its  thick  and  dense  (frfjroar})  forest ;  cf.  Sdjroarjtuatb,  a 
wooded  range  of  hills  in  southwest  Germany.  2$ctf?lanb  :  the  Has- 
lital,  south  of  the  Briinig;  so  called  because  of  the  snow  and  the 
glaciers  on  the  mountains  inclosing  this  valley. 

1195.  in  onbern  ^unftcn  :  jn  the  canton  Wallis  (Valais)  French  is 
spoken,  and  in  the  canton  Tessin  (Ticino),  Italian. 

1196.  Stfltt^  :  the  chief  town  of  Nid  dem  Wald  ;  cf.  note  to  line  546. 
ftcritronlb  :  of.  note  jp  line  ">4.">. 

1197.  SUtorf  :  cf.  note,  S.D.,  Act  I,  Sc.  III.         5Rcnfe  :  cf.  notes  to 
lines  2969,  3252. 

1199.  ben  frcntbcn  3tdmmen  :  the  descendants  of  the  original  Kelts 
(Helvetians  and  Rhaetians),  and  of  the  Germanic  tribes  (Alemanni 
and  Burgundians)  ;  cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  I,  p.  260. 

1202.  63  gibt  bae  ^erj  .  .  .  jii  erfennen :  the  sympathetic  heart 
and  kinship  make  them  known  to  each  other;  i.e.  they  are  of  one 
blood,  and  therefore  they  ought  to  stand  and  fall  together  ;  cf.  English 


PAGES  62-64.]          NOTES.     ACT  IT,    SCENE  II.  251 

"Blood  is  thicker  than  water."     The  simplicity  and  directness  of  the 
story  gives  it  poetic  and  dramatic  power. 
S.D.  JRcidjt  .  .  .  bie  £onb  Ijtn :  why  ? 

PAGE  63,  line  1205.  $ic  cutbern  2?olfer  :  i.e.  the  other  tribes  who 
had  migrated  to  Switzerland  ;  cf.  note  to  line  1199. 

1208.  Sttffcn :  here,  tenants  or  colonists.  bie  frcmbe  ^flidjtcn 
trogcit :  i.e.  those  who  are  bound  to  serve  masters  not  of  their  own 
race  ;  serfs. 

1213.  J^rctnuUtg :     it   was   expressly  stated   in  the  charter   which 
Friedrich  II  granted  to  the  Swiss  at  the  siege  of  Favenz,  cf.  note  to 
line  911,  "of  your  own  accord  you  have  chosen  our  overlordship  and 
the  Empire/' 

1214.  Srt)iU?  itnb  Sttjtrm  :  shield  and  shelter ;  an  alliterative  coup- 
let ;  cf .  Appendix  B,  3,  b. 

1216.    Cf.  Homer's  Iliad,  II : 

We,  the  Greeks, 

Cannot  be  all  supreme  in  power.     The  rule 
Of  the  many  is  not  well.     One  must  be  chief 
In  war,  and  one  the  king,  to  whom  the  son 
Of  Saturn  gives  the  scepter,  making  him 
The  lawgiver,  that  he  may  rule  the  rest. 

1218.    Cries  and  other  signs  of  approval  interrupt  Stauffacher. 
1221.    £ic  Gl)rr :  i.e.  the  honor  of  being  Oberfjcmpt   and   I)6d)fter 
9?tcf)ter.         ^>errn  .  .  .  Grbe :  cf .  line  870,  and  note  to  line  266. 

1224.  fldobt :  from  gdobftt  ;  in  the  same  construction  as  gegijnnt 
(line  1221). 

1225.  £emt  biefc3  .  .  .  befdjtrmt :  for  the  sole  duty  of  a  free  man 
is  to  (support  and)  defend  the  government  that  (supports  and)  defends 
him.     Is  this  good  political  doctrine  ? 

1227.  2S3o3  briibcr  ift :  i.e.  any  demand  greater  than  expressed  in 
line  1226. 

PACE  64,  line  1229.     fctltc  :  i.e.  the  emperor's. 

1230.  Ifiklfdjtonb,  Womcrfron'  (1  :tf  1)  :  cf.  line  1222,  and  notes  on 
lines  206.  1134.  fleiuoppuct :  for  geluaffnet ;  armed. 

1234.  $Uutb(ltut :  death  penalty.  The  emperor  alone  could  inflict 
capital  punishment,  unless  he  expressly  conferred  the  power  on  some 
feudal  lord.  This  was  the  one  and  the  only  matter  in  which  the 
emperor  participated  in  the  government  of  the  cantons. 


252  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  64-65. 

1236.  fetttett  Sift  ntdjt :  the  governors  were  not  allowed  to  reside  in 
the  land,  because  it  was  believed  that  they  could  on  that  account  rule 
impartially,  influenced  neither  by  partisan  feeling  nor  by  fear.     The 
fact  that  Gessler  did  reside  in  the  canton  over  which  he  ruled  was  one 
of  the  people's  grievances. 

1237.  2®Cttlt  $Mlttfd)un>  font :  i.e.  when  a  crime  was  committed  for 
which  the  penalty  was  death. 

1241.  This  speech  explains  the  real  and  only  obligations  which  they 
had  towards  the  emperor,  namely,  military  service  and  submission  to 
the  imperial  courts  in  matters  involving  capital  punishment. 

1245.    ^Jfttffcn  :  priests  ;  but  then  not  a  term  of  contempt  as  it  is  now. 

1247.  CSHltftcbdn :  cf.  notes  on  lines  343,  519.  In  the  year  1018 
Heinrich  II,  ignorant  of  the  presence  of  any  people  upon  these  pasture 
lands  (line  1251),  gave  them  to  the  monastery  of  Einsiedeln.  In 
time,  naturally,  quarrels  arose  between  the  monks  and  the  people, 
because  the  increasing  herds  of  the  monastery  gradually  encroached 
more  and  more  upon  those  lands  which  the  people  of  Schwyz  had 
inherited  lawfully  from  their  ancestors.  Finally,  at  a  diet  in  Basel  in 
1114,  the  Abbot  Gerhart  brought  the  matter  to  an  issue  by  charging 
the  people  of  Schwyz  with  trespassing  on  lands  belonging  to  the 
monastery.  The  Emperor  Heinrich  V  decided  in  favor  of  the  monks, 
but  the  people  refused  to  accept  his  judgment,  and  kept  possession  of 
the  lands.  When,  in  1144,  Konrad  III,  in  an  attempt  to  force  them  to 
yield,  threatened  them  with  the  imperial  ban,  the  Swiss  withdrew 
from  the  Empire,  to  which  they  did  not  return  until  1152. 

1249.  Ijerfurjog  :  archaic  for  herDorjog  ;  drew  forth,  showed.  This 
is  the  separable  verb  in  dependent  order  after  at3  (line  1246),  and  in 
the  same  construction  as  nahmen. 

PAGE  65,  line  1258.  bent  frcmbcit  $tted)t :  the  slave  of  a  foreign 
overlord ;  a  contemptuous  reference  to  Gessler. 

1260.  crfdjflffett :  create  from  the  beginning;  i.e.  from  nothing;  a 
very  emphatic  word  to  express  the  effect  of  their  labor  in  thus  making 
an  inhabitable  land  of  a  wilderness. 

1264.  $>ie  S8rut  be3  £rad)CH :  i.e.  the  poisonous  vapors  that  rose 
from  the  swamp ;  cf.  lines  1075-1077  and  notes  ;  getiitet :  i.e.  by  drain- 
ing the  swamps. 

1266.   9Zebc(berfe  :  the  mists  that  cover  wild  and  uncultivated  lands. 

1270.  tnufcHiijiiljriflcn  :  a  round  number,  and  not  exactly  correct. 
The  Alemanni  and  Burgundians  came  between  400  and  450.  The 


PAGES  ca-67.]         NOTES.    ACT  //,    SCENE  II.  253 

cantons  were  not  settled  before   700 ;  cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  I, 
p.  260. 

1274,  S.D.    @inc  grofte  Sknieguttg  :  in  response  to  the  appeal,  par- 
ticularly of  line  1274. 

1275.  The  argument  that  follows  is  marked   by  a  lofty  spirit  of 
nobility.     It  shows  admirable  self-control  as  well  as    determination. 
Stauffacher's  argument  is  this  :  that  tyranny  can  be  endured  up  to  a 
certain  point,  but  when  the  limit  is  reached  the  oppressed  will  find 
justification  for  resistance  in  the  eternal  right  of  man  to  take  up  arms 
in  self-defense.     Even  the  most  pacific  man  must  at  last  resist  when 
his  right  to  existence  and  to  liberty,  happiness  and  peace,  is  at  stake. 

1277.  greift  er  .  .  .  4>tmmel  •  w^  confident  courage  he  reaches 
up  to  heaven. 

PAGE  66,  line  1282.  Urftdttb  :  original  condition :  i.e.  where  no 
organized  government  exists  to  defend  the  one  against  others,  but 
where  each  individual  must  act  for  himself  in  his  own  defense. 

1286.  T'er  GJiitcr  Jjodjftes :  highly  poetical  order.     The  greatest  of 
our  possessions  are  life,  liberty,  and  happiness. 

1287.  Dor :  for  fiir  ;  the  two  forms  were  not  strictly  distinguished 
in  the  eighteenth  century. 

1290.  Rosselmann  says  the  very  thing  which  the  confederates  must 
expect  to  hear  from  those  of  their  countrymen  who  either  desire  peace 
for  the  sake  of  peace  or  who  fear  war.  He  very  evidently  intends  to 
test  the  real  determination  of  every  man  present  and  to  force  from 
one  and  all  a  definite  declaration  that  they  are  resolved  to  be  free. 
The  suspicion  and  anger  with  which  his  proposal  is  received  and  the 
final  resolute  opposition  to  his  motion  show  how  well  he  has  succeeded 
in  his  purpose.  His  own  true  sentiments  are  evident  from  lines  1214- 
1215,  his  vote  (1310),  and  lines  1311-1313.  Cf.  also  lines  1746  ff. 

1296.  frf)U)orcit :  this  elliptical  infinitive  in  exclamation,  as  in  Eng- 
lish, is  used  to  express  extreme  agitation,  anger,  astonishment,  etc. 
Cf.  lines  1299,  1300. 

PAGE  67,  line  1300.  SKMr  Utt3  .  .  .  WCtgcrtcn !  Shall  we  alloro 
ourselves,  by  show  of  force,  to  be  buUied  into  doing  what  we  refused  to 
do  in  response  to  friendly  invitation;  i.e.  join  Austria.  ©iitc :  the 
jreinibHd)  SSerben,  line  1313. 

1303.  £er  fci  gcfto^ett :  let  him  be  expelled  from  Swiss  citizenship. 
The  use  of  fein  instead  of  tnerben  in  cases  that  seem  to  be  true  passives 
is  most  common  in  the  imperative.  The  jei  here  is  really  stronger 


254  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  67-68. 

than  loerbe  would  be,  since  it  expresses  the  action  as  already  com- 
pleted rather  than  as  going  on  or  to  go  on.  Mauer  here  makes  the 
motion  which  Melchtal  seconds  in  the  succeeding  speech.  There  are 
motions  of  assent  as  Mauer  ceases  speaking. 

1310.  Reding  declares  the  motion  carried,  although,  strictly  speak- 
ing, it  had  never  been  put.  The  whole  episode  is  unparliamentary, 
but  may  be  excused  because  of  the  unanimity  of  feeling.  The  presi- 
dent does  wait,  however  (nad)  einer  ^aiife),  for  appeal  or  for  a  nega- 
tive before  announcing  the  vote.  Why  should  they  make  this  their 
first  law  ?  Note  the  extreme  penalties. 

1314.  Why  does  Jost  interrupt  Rosselmann  ?     He  may  still  be 
angry  ;  he  may  still  distrust  him  ;  or  he  may  be  merely  impatient  be- 
cause the  matter  is  settled  and  there  is  no  use  to  say  more  about  it  ;  it 
may  be  that  he  is  afraid  that  Rosselmann  is  about  to  say  something 
that  may  call  down  upon  the  latter  the  penalties  of  the  law  just  passed. 

1315.  Reding  makes  this  plea  in  order  to  make  it  perfectly  clear 
that  the  Swiss  are  wholly  in  the  right  and  so  will  have  nothing  to 
blame  themselves  for  if  war  does  result.     If  the  emperor  is  not  in 
ignorance,  then  there  is  no  reason  why  they  should  longer  delay  action. 
Sini>  aUe  .  .  .  bcrfndjt:  have  ice  <•«'//<///«'  also  i»t<>  thefeasibiUf;/  of 
peaceful  methods  (of  defending  our  riyhts).     So  far  only  open  resist- 
ance by  force  has  been  considered. 


PAGE  68,  line  1317.    SJJoljl  flur  .  .  .  mtfjt  :  }>ml«il,ly  not  at  all. 
1318.    This  motion  made  by  Reding  is  not  seconded  and  so  does  not 
come  to  a  vote. 

1322.  ©ort  IjHft  nur  burnt  :  cf.  SBenn  bie  5Rot  am  grojHen,  tft  ©ottc$ 
.frilf  am  ncid)ften. 

1323.  9?un  iff  3  an  (?urf)  :  it  is  now  your  turn. 

1324.  Hunn's   report  is  in  the  main  founded  on  historical  facts, 
though  the  incidents  did  not  occur  at  one  and  the  same  time.     Hunn 
was  with  the  embassy  to  Rudolf  in  1275  and  not,  as  here  stated,  with 
the  embassy  to  Albrecht  in  the  year  1298.     But  the  events  related  in 
lines  1330-1348  did  occur  about  this  time.     Schiller's  reasons  for  mak- 
ing the  two  events  occur  about  the  same  time  are  dramatic.        9il)etH= 
fell)  :  a  once  strongly  fortified  city  in  the  canton  Aargau,  on  the  Rhine 
east  of  Basel,  on  the  road  from  Basle  to  Ziirich. 

1326.  £en  SBrief  :  the  old  charter  of  liberties  granted  by  Friedrich  II 
and  confirmed  by  every  emperor  up  to  Albrecht.  Cf.  note  to  line  911  > 
cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT,  IV,  p.  262. 


PAGES  68-69.]         NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCEXE  II.  255 

1329.  SPom  fdjWfib'frfjCtt  Sanfce:  Swabia  was  once  a  powerful  duchy 
in  South  Germany,  comprising  parts  of  what  is  now  Wiirtemberg  and 
Bavaria.  Dom  Souf  be3  9il)eine3:  from  the  districts  along  the 
Rhine. 

1335.    foitft  Ctntttttl  tt)Ol)I  :  some  other  time  doubtless. 

1337.  .§anfcn  :  diminutive  for  SohanneS  ;  the  Johann  Parricida  of 
Act  V,  Sc.  II.  He  was  the  son  of  Rudolf,  the  brother  of  Albrecht. 
From  his  father  he  inherited  the  Duchy  Swabia  (Srbe,  line  1343),  and 
from  his  mother  certain  estates  in  and  about  Switzerland  (2Jiiitter- 
ItciKs,  line  1344).  These  possessions  the  emperor  was  unlawfully 
withholding  from  him. 

1339.  SSort  uub  Xegerfefb  :  two  nobles,  mentioned  again  in  line 
2961. 


PAGE  69,  line  1345.  Gt  tyobe  fctnc  3at)rt  ttoll  :  he  was,  he  said,  of 
age.  He  was  seventeen  years  old,  which  in  the  Middle  Ages  was  con- 
sidered old  enough  for  a  prince  to  begin  to  rule  on  his  own  account. 
ttiare  :  an  irregular  change  in  tense  ;  we  expect  fei. 

1347.    5B3o3  .  .  .  S3cfd)Ctt>:  what  answer  did  he  receive? 

Hunn's  argument  proves,  by  analogy,  that  the  Swiss  have  nothing 
to  expect  from  Albrecht;  if  Albrecht  is  unwilling  to  do  the  right  and 
lawful  thing  for  his  own  nephew  he  will  certainly  be  unwilling  to  con- 
sider the  rights  of  the  Swiss.  The  reasons  why  Albrecht  treated  his 
nephew  in  this  way  were  dynastic.  Albrecht  was  head  of  the  Habsburg 
family  and  as  such  was  guardian  of  John.  He  wanted  to  keep  the 
power  and  the  revenues  of  the  whole  family  in  his  own  hands  rather 
than  to  divide  them  with  another  branch  of  the  family.  But  compare 
what  Tell  says  in  lines  3204-3207. 

1356.  9Jtd)t  ungcjiigeft  .  .  .  flrcifcn:  not  illegally  (lit.  unrestrained} 
attempt  to  obtain  new  rights  and  privileges. 

1357.  ttw3  fce3  toilers'   ift  :  cf.  Matt,  xx,  21  and  Mark  xii,    17  : 
"Render  therefore  unto  Caesar  the  things  which  are  Caesar's;  and 
unto  God  the  things  that  are  God's." 

1358.  s.BJcr  etitcn  .^errn  l)tlt  :  whoever  is  vassal  of  a  foreign  over- 
lord.    His  plea  is  worthy  of  all  praise.     He  desires  that  all  they  do 
shall  be  well  within  their  obligations.     By  doing  what  is  lawfully  re- 
quired of  them  they  can  feel  all  the  more  justified  in  not  obeying  the 
unlawful  demands  of  the  governors. 

1359.  Note  the  stichomythia  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  10.    Under  the  feudal 
system  these  men  could  hold  property  in  fief  from  others  than  the 


256  WILHELM    TELL.  [PAGES  69-71. 

emperor.  With  all  such  feudal  overlords  the  Swiss  had  no  quarrel. 
They  could  even  hold  fiefs  from  Albrecht  as  Duke  of  Austria  and  yet, 
as  free  citizens  of  free  cantons,  resist  Albrecht  in  those  matters  that 
concerned  the  Empire. 

1360.  Jljr  foljret  fort:  pres.  ind.  with  imperative  force;   cf.  lines 
1362,  1364. 

1361.  $»errn  toon  SJappersweil :  a  family  of  this  name  did  live  in 
what  is  now  9tappericf)rot)I,  a  town  in  the  canton  of  St.  Gallen,  on  the 
north  shore  of  Lake  Zurich. 

PAGE  70,  line  1363.  ;£er  (jro^ett  ^frflit  311  Surd) :  Gunnery  of  our 
Lady  in  Zurich;  founded  in  853  by  Ludwig  the  German  for  his 
daughters  and  richly  endowed  with  property  and  privileges,  and  ex- 
empted from  all  authority  except  that  of  the  emperor  himself. 

1367  ff .  This  is  really  a  motion,  accepted  without  question,  but  not 
voted  on. 

1369.   Gs*  fetye :  imper.  subj.  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  e. 

1372.  in  unfern  Sdjronfcn:  well  within  the  bounds  of  our  rights 
and  obligations;  i.e.  asking  only  what  is  lawful  while  at  the  same 
time  living  obediently  to  what  is  lawful.  In  this  highly  poetical  and 
noble  passage  Fiirst  continues  the  plea  he  made  in  lines  1353-1358. 
There  he  pleads  for  obedience  to  just  laws,  here  he  pleads  for  self- 
restraint  in  the  defense  of  their  own  rights  against  tyranny. 

PAGE  71,  line  1382.  @d)Ioffcr :  Rossberg,  cf .  note  to  line  77  ; 
Sarnen,  cf.  note  to  line  558. 

1385.  mttfj :  the  two  forts  are  here  considered  collectively,  hence 
the  singular ;  cf.  note  to  line  503.  fettt :  not  roerben,  because  the 
castles  must  have  been  already  captured  before  the  open  insurrection 
begins,  or  else  the  revolt  will  fail. 

1391.  Xnring:  cf.  line  360.  Another  fortress  will  only  increase 
their  difficulties. 

1393.  Meier  says  this  because  he  is  jn  favor  of  postponement.     His 
charge  against  Fiirst  is  perhaps  natural  for  a  man  of  his  violent  and 
willful  temper,  but  it  is,  as  Sigrist  (who  comes  from  Uri  and  naturally 
sides  with  Fiirst)  says,  unjust  and  undeserved. 

1394.  £a3  barf  .  .  .  bieten:  shall  Uri  be  allowed  to  offer  us  this 
insult  ?    Cf.  line   1259.    He  speaks  threateningly.     This  unexpected 
quarrel  is  in  sharp  contrast  with  the  unity  of  feeling  and  oneness  of 


PAGES  TI-TS.]          XOTES.     ACT  //,    SCENE  II.  257 

purpose  in  the  rest  of  the  scene.     It  takes  from  the  proceedings  the 
"  cut  and  dried  "  effect  that  might  otherwise  be  felt. 

1395.  Gibe:  the  oath  to  the  constitution  which  every  Swiss  had  to 
take  before  the  age  of  sixteen  in  order  to  have  the  right  to  vote.  Its 
terms  provided  that  the  citizen  should  do  nothing  harmful  to  the  state. 
To  be  reminded  of  this  oath  by  an  official  was  considered  a  disgrace  ; 
and  to  disobey  this  appeal  was  treason.  Meier  is  still  sullen  and 
angry.  cttrcm,  cud),  iljr  (lines  1397,  1398),  include  with  Meier 
some  others  who  take  part  with  or  against  him. 

PAGE  72,  line  1397.  finttbSgemctnbe  :  Reding  must  mean  here  the 
regular  meeting  and  not  the  present  meeting. 

1400.  gfeft  be3  £crrn  *  Christmas;  cf.  line  2513.  But  according  to 
most  authorities  the  uprising  occurred  on  New  Year's  Day.  It  was 
customary  in  parts  of  Switzerland  to  exchange  gifts  at  the  New  Year 
and  not  at  Christinas. 

1402.  (iJefdjcnfe  :  originally  they  may  have  been  goodwill  offerings, 
but  the  custom  degenerated  into  illegal  perquisites  or  personal  graft. 

1405.  ^ic  fiifyren:  a  dem.  clause.  The  effect  of  the  present  tense 
is  vivid,  since  he  really  means  to  say  "let  them  carry,"  whereas  the 
present  tense  gives  the  narrative  the  effect  of  an  action  already  taking 
place.  Cf.  holt  (1408),  mirb  gebtefen  (1410),  brerf>en  (1411). 

1408.    ber  grofte  $>aufe  :  the  main  body  of  the  ©affen. 

1413.   itbcrnc^m'  id) :  cf.  line  2875. 

PAGE  73,  line  1418.  Eeding  puts  the  motion,  though  it  has  not 
been  formally  made. 

1419.  The  situation  in  Unterwalden  with  the  two  fortress  castles  is 
very  different  from  that  in  Schwyz,  where  there  is  no  fortress  at  all ; 
and  also  from  that  in  Uri,  where  the  Twing  is  not  yet  finished.  This 
will  help  to  explain  why  there  is  a  difference  of  opinion  on  the  ques- 
tion of  postponement.  All  are  agreed  that  something  must  be  done, 
but  not  on  how  or  when  it  shall  be  done.  Note  the  points  made  for 
and  against  postponement. 

1422.  $o3  3etd)en  mit  bent  Waud) :  smoke  in  the  daytime  but  fire  at 
night ;  cf.  £tod)tt>arf)t  (1441),  and  note  to  line  747. 

1428.  The  specific  mention  of  Gessler  at  this  time  and  in  this  em- 
phatic manner  prepares  the  audience  for  future  events.  We  know  at 
once  that  Gessler  is  to  play  an  important  part  in  the  rest  of  the  action 
and  our  interest  in  him  is  awakened.  What  to  do  with  Gessler  was 


258  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  73-74. 

an  unsolvable  problem  to  these  men.  This  really  prepares  us  to  see 
how  necessary  Gessler's  death  is,  and  explains  why  the  people  can, 
at  the  end,  acclaim  Tell  as  the  savior  of  his  country ;  cf.  lines  3083, 
3281. 

1429.  $urd)tbar  .  .  .  umgclicn :  a  fear-inspiring  body  of  troopers 
serves  him. 

1433.  The  morning  begins  to  dawn  and  the  Alpine  glow  spreads 
slowly  over  the  snowy  mountain  peaks. 

1435.   (Sent  fdjtofl  .  .  .  <Srf)attse:  will  gladly  risk. 

1437.  $>ic  3c't  bringt  SRot:  cf.  the  proverb,  $ommt  geit,  fommt 
9iat.  Cf.  the  English,  "Don't  cross  the  bridge  until  you  come  to  it." 
Reding's  advice  must  not  be  regarded  as  an  invitation  to  disregard 
the  grave  problem  before  them.  The  assembly  might,  of  course,  come 
to  some  decision  as  to  what  to  do  with  Gessler,  but  so  many  factors, 
and  chances  wholly  unforeseen,  are  likely  to  arise  that  any  lengthy 
discussion  is  time  wasted.  Something  must  be  left  to  chance  and  to 
the  inspiration  of  the  moment. 

PAGE  74,  line  1441.  gtitb/ttbe  4?0d)ttwd)t :  i.e.  the  rosy  tints  of  the 
dawn  falling  on  the  highest  mountains  are  here  compared  with  the 
geueqeidjen  (cf.  lines  596,  747,  and  notes). 

1443.  <3orgt  tttd)t:  this  applies  rather  to  their  safety  on  the  way 
home  than  to  any  fear  that  they  may  be  discovered  now  on  the  Riitli. 

S.D.  What  will  be  the  effect  of  this  stage  picture  on  the  audience  ? 
The  symbolic  meaning  is  evident ;  the  rising  sun  signifies  the  dawning 
of  freedom  and  peace. 

1448.  etnjtg :  poetic  for  einig,  as  it  is  often  printed. 

1448-1449.  A  favorite  motto  of  the  Germans  during  the  Franco- 
Prussian  War,  1870-1871. 

1449.  S.D.  mit  crljobcucn  brct  JV-ingern :  i.e.  the  thumb,  index,  and 
middle  fingers,  symbolic  of  the  Trinity.     Usually  in  taking  an  oath  all 
that  is  required  is  the  raising  of  the  right  hand.     According  to  tradi- 
tion Flirst,  Stauffacher,  and  Melchtal  first  pronounced  the  oath  and 
then  it  was  repeated  by  the  others.     But  Schiller  had  already,  in  Act 
I,  Sc.  IV,  caused  the  three  men  to  take  the  oath ;  it  was,  therefore, 
better  to  arrange  the  scene  here  as  he  did.     That  Rosselmann,  the 
priest,  administers  the  oath  gives  it  a  kind  of  consecration. 

1451.  S.D.  238ie  obeit:  after  all  have  repeated  the  oath,  they  spon- 
taneously step  toward  each  other,  raise  their  swords,  and  strike  them 
together.  Three  springs  now  bubble  forth  from  the  ground  where 


PAGES  74-75.]         NOTES.     ACT  II,    SCENE  II.  259 

Furst,  Stauffacher,  and  Melchtal  are  supposed  to  have  stood  while  tak- 
ing the  oath. 

1454.  During  this  speech  the  men  form  groups  according  to  their 
cantons.  This  adds  much  to  the  beauty  and  dramatic  effect  of  the 
scene. 

1458.   bi§  Jinljtu  :  i.e.  until  the  time  of  the  general  rising. 

PAGE  75,  line  1463.  brt§  ®on,5C :  i.e.  for  the  common  cause  of  the 
whole  people. 

1464.  $ettlt  JHnub  bejjcljt:  for  he  robs  the  common  weal ;  i.e.  every 
act  of  private  vengeance  will  injure  the  chances  of  success  in  their 
common  venture.     Note  the  rhyme  at  the  close  of  the  scene.     Why  is 
it  used  ? 

1465.  S.D.    fallt  i>0§  Drdjefter  cin:  the  brilliant  flourish  with  which 
the  orchestra  closes  the  scene  is  prophetic  of  the  final  triumph  of  the 
Swiss.        nod)  Cine  ^eitlang :  cf.  the  similar  pause  at  the  opening  of 
the  play.     Why  is  it  made  ? 

This  is  one  of  the  most  carefully  made  scenes  in  the  play.  It 
falls  into  the  following  natural  divisions : 

The  Introduction :  the  arrival  of  the  men  from  the  three 
cantons,  lines  959-1107. 

The  Organization  of  the  Assembly,  and  the  establishment  of  its 
legality,  lines  1108-1146. 

The  Proceedings,  lines  1147-1443. 

(a)  The  argument  as  to  Unity  of  Action.  The  people  are  of 
common  origin  and  have  a  common  cause. 

(ft)  The  argument  as  to  the  Righteousness  of  their  Cause. 
Their  liberties  have  never  before  been  questioned.  The 
governors  have  by  their  lawless  acts  overthrown  existing 
conditions,  and  are  threatening  the  extinction  of  liberty. 
The  right  to  resist  is  plain. 

(c)  The  argument  as  to  What  to  Do.  They  must  help  them- 
selves. The  Emperor  will  not  assist  them.  Peaceful 
means  have  been  tried  in  vain.  They  must  use  violent 
measures,  because  no  other  course  is  open  to  them. 

Conclusion.     The  Oath,  lines  1445-1465. 

The  action  has  advanced  a  long  step,  for  a  plan  of  action  has 


260  WILHELM  TELL. 

been  decided  upon.  We  look  forward  hopefully,  but  with  some 
uncertainty  as  to  the  final  result;  for  we  do  not  know  what 
Rudenz  and  the  young  nobles  like  him  will  do,  nor  do  we  know 
what  part  Gessler  will  yet  play  in  the  action. 

HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT.  —  The  legendary  account  of  the  begin- 
nings of  the  Swiss  Federation  as  here  followed  by  Schiller  was 
long  sacred  history  to  the  Swiss  people  and  implicitly  believed. 
But  the  whole  account,  while  it  rests  in  part  upon  true  history,  is 
now  generally  considered  as  untrustworthy  and  mythical.  In  the 
following  account  the  true  historical  facts  are  briefly  given.  That 
these  contradict  the  story  of  the  play  in  no  wise  destroys  the 
beauty  nor  diminishes  the  interest  in  Schiller's  poetic  transcrip- 
tion from  the  accounts  he  found  in  Tschudi,  Etterlin,  and  Miiller. 

I.  The  original  inhabitants  of  Switzerland  were  a  prehistoric 
people  of  cave  and  lake  dwellers.  These  were  conquered  by  Keltic 
tribes,  the  Helvetians  and  Rhsetians.  This  mixed  population  be- 
came early  in  the  Christian  era  subject  to  the  Romans.  During 
the  period  of  the  migrations  of  the  nations,  from  the  third  to  the 
fifth  centuries,  Switzerland  was  overrun  by  the  Alemanni  and 
the  Burgundians.  About  406  the  Alemanni  occupied  northeast 
Switzerland,  enslaved  the  people  they  found  there,  and  made  that 
part  of  Switzerland  Teutonic  in  speech  and  customs,  so  that  to 
this  day  German  is  the  language  spoken  in  these  parts  of  the 
country.  The  Burgundians,  about  443^450,  occupied  southwest 
Switzerland,  but,  unlike  the  Alemanni,  adopted  the  language  and 
civilization  they  found  there,  so  that  the  Romance  languages  and 
customs  were  maintained.  This  explains  why  Italian  and  French 
are  still  the  languages  of  the  people  in  these  parts  of  Switzerland. 

The  Teutonic  settlements,  of  which  the  Forest  Cantons  are  a 
part,  are  the  ones  in  which  history  was  made.  Here  that  spirit  of 
liberty  and  that  assertion  of  the  right  of  individuals  to  self-rule 
and  of  the  community  to  home  rule  were  kept  alive  and  eventu- 
ally determined  the  spirit  and  political  ideals  of  the  whole  country. 

The  Forest  Cantons  were  settled  slowly,  and  not  until  the  num- 
ber of  the  people  in  the  more  fertile  lowlands  made  it  necessary 
for  some  of  the  people  to  settle  in  less  favored  places,  so  that  it 
was  not  until  the  ninth  century  that  a  permanent  population  of 


NOTES.     ACT  77,    SCENE  II.  261 

any  size  lived  there.  But  the  settlement  of  the  Forest  Cantons 
differs  in  no  way  from  that  of  the  countries  adjacent.  History 
knows  of  no  sudden  migration  of  some  thousands  of  people,  like 
the  one  spoken  of  in  lines  1167  ff.,  differing  in  language  and  polit- 
ical institutions  from  the  people  of  the  surrounding  country. 

II.  The  country  of  the  Alemanni  belonged  to  the  Empire  of 
Charlemagne  (768-814),  and  when  the  Empire  was  divided  at  his 
death,  became  a  part  of  the  German  Empire  under  Ludwig  the 
German  in  843.     Burgundian  Helvetia  was  joined  to  the  German 
Empire  in  1032. 

In  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  centuries  the  imperial  authority 
was  represented  by  a  few  rich  and  powerful  families.  The  most 
aggressive  and  successful  of  these  were  the  Habsburgs,  a  family 
so  greedy  and  land  hungry  that  it  is  related  of  them  that  once,  in 
the  time  of  Emperor  Rudolf  I,  a  bishop  of  Basel  prayed  :  "  Sit  still 
on  Thy  throne,  O  Lord,  or  the  Count  of  Habsburg  will  shove  Thee 
off."  Through  inheritance,  purchase,  marriages,  political  cunning, 
and  sometimes  through  force,  this  family  gained  control  of  most 
of  the  country,  holding  much  of  it  as  hereditary  possessions,  and 
holding  more  of  it  as  imperial  governors.  It  was  the  fear  that  the 
Habsburgs  would  try  to  annex  the  whole  country  to  their  personal 
possessions  that  caused  the  cantons  to  seek  charters  of  liberty  and 
privileges  from  the  emperors  in  order  to  protect  their  freedom 
and  autonomy. 

There  existed  between  the  cantons  no  kind  of  an  alliance  before 
the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century.  Quite  on  the  contrary,  each 
canton  developed  its  political  organization  independently,  and  was 
united  to  the  others  only  in  a  common  dependence  upon  the 
Empire. 

III.  Uri  is  the   first  of  the  three  to  have  a  history.     In   843 
Ludwig  the  German  gave  to  the  abbey  of  Zurich  all  the  crown 
lands  with  their  inhabitants  in  the  district  of  the  Thurgau,  which 
included  the  valley  of  Uri,  so  that  the  larger  part  of  the  people  of 
Uri  held  their  lands  as  hereditary  fiefs  of  this  convent,  paying  a 
nominal  rental   therefor,  but  politically  free  to  rule  themselves 
except  as  they  were  dependent  upon   the  Empire.     There  were 
also  in  the  country  a  number  of  nobles  and  peasants  living  on 
estates  owned  by  them  without  any  feudal  obligations  to  any  one. 


262  WILHELM  TELL. 

But  all  the  people  together  used  the  unfiefed  lands  in  common,  to 
properly  administer  which  they  had  regular  though  infrequent 
assemblies  of  all  the  people.  This  taught  them  that  they  were  an 
economic  unit,  and  soon  developed  in  them  the  consciousness  of 
political  unity  as  well. 

When,  therefore,  in  1218,  the  Emperor  Friedrich  II  (1215-1250) 
appointed  a  Habsburg  as  imperial  governor  of  Uri,  the  people 
were  very  justly  alarmed  that  they  might  be  forced  to  become 
hereditary  subjects  of  the  Austrian  house.  But  for  the  present 
their  fears  were  not  realized,  because  in  1231  Heinrich,  the  rebel- 
lious son  of  Friedrich,  granted  to  Uri  a  formal  charter,  promising 
that  Uri  should  remain  forever  in  direct  dependence  upon  the 
Empire,  and  that  it  should  not  be  granted  to  any  one  as  a  fief  nor 
sold  nor  mortgaged.  This  charter  is  the  foundation  stone  upon 
which  is  built  the  liberty  of  Switzerland,  for  this  charter  was 
never  afterwards  contested,  and  this  example  of  home  rule  was  an 
incentive  to  the  other  cantons  to  gain  like  privileges  for  themselves. 

IV.  Whereas  the  Habsburg  estates  were  few  in  Uri,  it  was  very 
different  in  Schwyz.    Here  many  large  estates  and  many  serfs  were 
owned  by  the  Habsburgs,  who,  moreover,  claimed  also  to  be  law- 
fully hereditary  rulers  and  protectors  of  this  canton.     The  larger 
number  of  the  inhabitants  were,  however,  strong  and  sturdy  free- 
men, who  feared   that   the   ill-defined   rights  of  the  Habsburgs 
might  easily  become  lawful  claims  to  overlordship.     Therefore,  in 
1240,  while  Emperor  Friedrich  II  was  besieging  Faenza  in  Xorth 
Italy,  they  sent  him  troops  on  condition  that  he  would  grant  them 
a  charter  like  that  of  Uri.     This  charter  was  never  fully  acknowl- 
edged by  the  Habsburg  princes,  and  so  the  fear  of  possible  aggres- 
sion on  the  part  of  this  family  was  ever  present  in  the  minds  of 
the  men  of  Schwyz,  especially  when  Rudolf  of  Habsburg  became 
Emperor. 

V.  Unterwalden  was  sparsely  settled,  and  many  of  its  landed 
estates  were  the  personal  possessions  of  the  Habsburgs.    Moreover, 
Unterwalden  had  never  had  a  charter  like  the  other  cantons.     But 
the  men  of  Unterwalden  were  no  less  determined  than  their  breth- 
ren in  Uri  and  Schwyz,  and  during   the   conflicts  between   the 
emperors  and  the  popes,  they  formed  a  league  for  mutual  defense 
with  Schwyz  and  Lucerne,  in  1246,  against  the  common  enemy. 


NOTES.     ACT  77,    SCENE  II.  263 

Uri  joined  the  league  soon  afterward.  This  is  doubtless  the  urolt 
sBiinbuiS  of  line  1156.  But  in  spite  of  this  league  the  Habsburgs 
succeeded  in  regaining  and  even  in  increasing  their  power  during 
the  long  Interregnum,  1234-1273,  during  which  the  Empire  was 
without  a  head. 

VI.  To  all  the  cantons  the  danger  seemed   more   real   when 
Rudolf  of  Habsburg  was  elected  emperor  in  1273 ;    for  now  the 
enemy  had  become  their  imperial  sovereign.     Yet,  Rudolf,  though 
he  was  one  of  the  most  energetic  and  greedy  of  his  family,  seems 
to  have  felt  kindly  disposed  to  the  cantons.     He  confirmed  the 
charter  of  Uri,  and,  though  he  refused  to  accept  that  of  Schwyz, 
he  did  not  interfere  in  the  internal  affairs  of  that  canton,  nor  in 
those  of  Unterwalden,  which  had  no  charter. 

VII.  Upon  Rudolf's  death  all  three  cantons  felt  the  danger  from 
a  new  emperor,  should  one  of  the  Habsburgs  be  chosen,  and  so,  on 
August  1,  only  seventeen  days  after  Rudolf's  death,  they  concluded 
the  memorable  League  of  1291.     The  document  upon  which  this 
agreement  was  written  has  been  carefully  preserved.     It  is  veiy 
conservative  and,  while  it  is  independent  in  tone,  shows  no  such 
open  rebellious  spirit  as  the  chroniclers  would  have  us  believe.     It 
declares  for  the  maintenance  of  existing  conditions,  that  is,  inde- 
pendence from  Austria  but  allegiance  to  the  Empire.     This  is  the 
real  declaration  of  independence  of  the  Swiss  people  and  is  the 
basis  for  the  later  confederacy.     For  this  treaty  adds  to  the  decla- 
rations of  the  earlier  league  of  1246  the  significant  agreement  that 
the  cantons  will  accept  as  Ammann  no  one  who  is  not  one  of  their 
own  people,  and  that  they  will  themselves  assume   jurisdiction 
in  capital  cases.     It  is  these  limitations  to  the  authority  of  the 
emperor  that  constitute  the  revolutionary  character  of  the  league. 

VIII.  The  electors  chose  as  Rudolf's  successor  not  the  latter's 
son  Albrecht,  but  Adolf  of  Nassau.     Adolf  promptly  confirmed 
the  Swiss  charters.     But  this  did  not  help  the  cantons,  for  soon 
after  Adolf  was  killed  in  battle  by  Albrecht,  who  now  became 
emperor,  in  1298. 

This  Albrecht  is  the  Emperor  of  the  play.  He  refused  to  con- 
firm the  charters  of  Uri  and  Schwyz,  yet  history  has  no  record  of 
any  rising  of  the  cantons  during  his  reign.  In  fact,  he  was  so  far 
from  interfering  with  the  liberties  of  the  Swiss  that  he  actually 


264  WILHELM   TELL. 

granted  to  Unterwalden  the  same  privileges  that  the  other  two 
cantons  had  long  enjoyed.  The  cantons  continued  to  be  ruled  by 
magistrates  from  among  their  own  citizens  and  no  tyrannical  gov- 
ernors were  sent  into  the  country.  Throughout  Albrecht's  reign, 
and  even  after  his  death,  the  relations  of  the  Swiss  to  the  Habs- 
burg  princes  were  friendly  and  cordial. 

It  is  altogether  probable  that  the  struggles  of  1246-1247,  and 
not  the  reign  of  Albrecht,  are  the  basis  for  the  traditions  of  the 
Ru'tli  oath,  the  destruction  of  the  castles,  and  the  liberation  from 
foreign  governors. 

IX.  Upon  Albrecht's  death  the  electors  chose  Heinrich  VII  of 
Luxemburg  as  emperor.     This  prince  was  a  rival  and  an  enemy  of 
the  House  of  Habsburg  and  so  naturally  confirmed  the  charters 
of  Schwyz  and  Uri,  granting  also  a  similar  one  to  Unterwalden. 

X.  When  Heinrich  died,  in  1313,  the  imperial  succession  was 
again    disputed.      The    Swiss  naturally  sided   with   Ludwig   of 
Bavaria  against   Friedrich,  Albrecht's  son.     In  the  war  between 
these  rival  claimants  Austria  sent   Leopold,  Friedrich's  brother, 
with  a  magnificent  army  into  Switzerland.     But  he  was  signally 
defeated  by  the  Swiss  in  the  famous  battle  at  Morgarten,  Novem- 
ber 15,  1315.     On  December  9,  1315,  delegates  from  the  three  can- 
tons met  at  Brunnen  and  there  renewed  the  old  league  of  1291. 
From  this  day  dates  the  beginning  of  the  Swiss  republic.     The 
federation  was  secured  and  confirmed  by  other  victories ;  Sempach, 
1386,  and  Nafels,  1388.     To  the  three  original  cantons  five  others 
joined  themselves  from  1332-1353.      From  1481-1501  five  more 
cantons  were  added.     In  1814  the  present  constitution  was  adopted 
for  a  confederation  of  twenty-two  cantons. 


ACT  III.     SCENE  I. 

The  time  of  the  action  is  November  18  (more  correctly,  Novem- 
ber 19),  the  traditional  date  of  the  famous  shot  of  Tell.  Scene  I 
passes  at  or  about  noon  of  this  day ;  for  here  Tell  is  represented 
as  starting  for  Altorf  (line  1515),  a  mile  distant,  and  his  arrival 
there  is  indicated  as  in  the  early  afternoon  (line  1743).  Ten  days 
have  passed  since  the  Riitli  meeting. 


PAGES  76-77.]         NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  I.  265 

The  place  is  Burglen ;  cf.  note  to  line  126. 

The  stage.  The  curtain  rises  on  a  beautiful  valley  amid  high 
mountains,  the  whole  scene  brightly  flooded  with  sunshine.  Here 
and  there  in  the  distance  are  cottages  on  the  mountain  sides  and 
in  the  valley.  In  the  rear  of  the  stage  is  a  garden  fence,  in  front 
of  which  there  is  a  bench  with  carpenter's  tools.  The  house  is  at 
one  side,  opposite  is  a  well  with  running  water,  and  about  it  the 
two  boys  are  playing.  By  the  open  door,  above  which  is  the  head 
of  a  chamois,  Hedwig  sits  on  a  bench,  working  at  some  house- 
hold occupation. 

PAGE  76,  S.D.  £>e&tt)tfl  :  the  daughter  of  Walter  Fiirst  (line  1515) . 
Schiller  gave  the  name  to  her,  for  in  the  chronicles  she  is  unnamed. 
In  the  Schweizerbund  of  the  historian  Am  Buhl  (cf.  note  on  am 
$Mf)eI,  S.D.  Act  II,  Sc.  II),  Tell's  wife  is  called  ©ertrub,  and  Stauf- 
facher's  wife  is  named  3Jtecf)tUbe.  SBulter,  &>tll)dm :  these  names 
are  given  in  the  chronicles.  The  boys  were  named,  as  was  the  cus- 
tom, after  the  mother's  father  and  their  own  father. 

1466.  This  (SdjubenUeb  is  so  well  known  in  Germany  as  to  have 
become  a  real  folksong.  It  was  set  to  music,  in  1804,  by  Bernhard 
Anselm  Weber.  It  is  a  kind  of  lyrical  intermezzo  like  the  three  lyri- 
cal songs  at  the  beginning  of  the  play,  and  is  a  very  proper  introduc- 
tion to  an  act  in  which  a  hunter  is  to  play  so  important  a  part.  It 
serves,  also,  to  arouse  in  Hedwig  the  fear  she  shows  for  her  boys  and 
her  husband. 

1469.  ftritl)  am  SRorgenftraljl :  with  the  first  ray  of  the  morning  sun. 
An  unusual  and  poetic  expression. 

1474.  ba3  SBettC  :  all  outdoors.  All  within'  reach  of  his  arrow  be- 
longs to  him. 

1477.  bd  :  here  an  untranslatable  particle  that  helps  to  give  a  little 
more  general  tone  to  the  lt>a3. 

1479.    Very  characteristic  of  Tell's  thought. 

S.D.  Walter,  seeing  the  point  of  his  father's  remark,  laughs  merrily 
and  runs  back  to  the  well.  While  he  repairs  the  bow  he  hums  the 
song,  of  which  an  occasional  word  is  heard  during  the  following  dia- 
logue. While  they  talk  Tell  and  Hedwig  work  on  industriously. 

PAGE  77,  line  1481.  This  line  is  quite  as  well  known  as  the  pro- 
verbial saying:  2Bas  §anSdjen  ntcfjt  ternr,  lernt  §an3  ntmmermefjr. 


266  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  77-78. 

ttw3 :  whoever  ;  an  indefinite  collective  that  makes  the  sense  general 
and  universal ;  cf.  line  1739. 

1482.  roolltc  (#ott :  would  to  God.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to 
read  Hedwig's  lines  in  a  whining  way.  Her  fears  for  her  boys  and 
her  intuitive  forebodings  for  her  husband  are  natural,  and  sufficiently 
explain  her  words  and  manner. 

1485.  feiner :  i.e.  neither  of  the  boys  will  be  satisfied  with  a  quiet 
home  life,  such  as  that  of  a  shepherd  or  a  farmer,  but  both  want  to  be 
hunters. 

1486.  Tell's  treatment  of  his  wife  in  the  following  should  be  rightly 
understood.     Hedwig  has  spoken  with  a  sigh  ;  for  her  fears  make  her 
uneasy.     So  Tell  speaks  to  her  in  a  kind  of  half-humorous  way,  as 
much  as  to  say  that  she  must  expect  this  sort  of  thing  from  his  boys, 
since  they  take  after  their  father,  and  that  he  is  therefore  the  one  who 
is  really  to  blame.     Then  he  proceeds  to  defend  himself.     He  cannot 
enjoy  life  properly  and  fully  unless  he  has  won  in  the  contests  and 
struggles  cf  each  day ;  and  he  cannot  be  content  to  rest  upon  past 
achievements. 

1490.  ®cnn  id)  ...  crbcute :  if  each  day  I  make  it  mine  anew. 
The  idea  is  a  favorite  one  with  Schiller  and  Goethe.  Cf.  Schiller's 
Wallensteins  Lager,  "If  you  do  not  risk  your  life,  you  will  never 
win  life"  ;  i.e.  never  know  what  it  means  to  live.  Cf.  also  Goethe's 
Faust,  "  Only  he  earns  Freedom  and  Life  who  must  daily  struggle 
for  and  win  them";  Goethe's  Torquato  Tasso,  "The  struggles  of 
life  alone  teach  us  to  value  the  blessings  of  life"  ;  Goethe's  Egmont, 
"He  is  already  dead  who  lives  solely  to  make  certain  of  his  safety 
(i.e.  life)." 

1493.  ihtedjtc  :  Tell  hardly  had  need  of  helpers  if  his  sole  occupa- 
tion was  hunting.     If  he  was,  as  Tschudi  says,  a  farmer,  this  reference 
to  servants,  that  in  line  1774  to  iDMfter  §irt,  and  that  in  line  1975  to 
Saner  are  natural.    That  he  was  a  man  of  consequence,  and  probably 
of  wealth,  we  may  safely  judge  from  his  commanding  position  in  the 
community. 

1494.  SSJdflefnljrtctt :  such  daring  and  hazardous  exploits  as  are  de- 
scribed in  lines  049,  2635-2640.     She  may  be  thinking  also  of  Tell's 
rescue  of  Baumgarten. 

PAGE  78,  line  1501.  ^iuMniuiitc :  wind-avalanche.  The  dry, 
freshly  fallen  snow  on  high  altitudes  is  often  started  and  driven  along 
by  the  heavy  winds  of  autumn  and  winter  until  it  gathers  in  great 


PAGES  78-so.]         NOTES.    ACT  III,    SCENE  I.  267 

masses  and  is  driven  headlong,  straight  downward  over  some  preci- 
pice. Nothing  can  resist  the  whirlwind  which  accompanies  it ;  the 
air  pressure  is  often  so  great  that  buildings  and  whole  forests  break 
down  before  the  avalanche  itself  has  reached  them.  Cf.  @cf)laglatt>i= 
nen,  note  to  line  1781. 

1502.  triigerifrfje :  treacherous  and  deceiving  because  the  snow  looks 
solid,  whereas  it  often  merely  hides  the  cracks  and  dangerous  holes  in 
the  glacier  and  gives  way  under  the  foot. 

1513.  ouf  ^ttljr  Ultfc  Xag :  for  many  a  day  ;  cf .  English,  forever  and 
a  day  :  an  old  legal  term,  the  intention  of  which  was  to  allow  a  debtor 
an  extra  day  in  order  that  a  full  year  might  be  secured  beyond  ques- 
tion. 

1515.  2?oter:   Hedwig's  father,  Walter  Furst.     As  Tell  takes  his 
hat  Hedwig  rises  and  puts  a  restraining  hand  on  his  shoulder.     She 
speaks  pleadingly,  but  in  no  wise  reproachfully.     At  line  1517  Tell 
caresses  and  kisses  her  in  order  to  reassure  her. 

1516.  oud) :  are  you  certain  ? 

PAGE  79,  line  1517.  @3  fpittut  fid)  ett»a3 :  something  is  on  foot. 
The  ten  days  since  the  Riitli  meeting  have  given  time  for  rumors  to 
reach  her.  This  is  a  proof  of  how  impossible  it  is  to  keep  a  conspiracy 
absolutely  secret  for  any  length  of  time  if  the  number  of  those  con- 
cerned in  it  is  fairly  large  ;  cf.  line  2505. 

1520-1521.   Cf.  lines  440-445. 

1525  ff.    She  has  evidently  heard  this  from  others  and  not  from  Tell. 

1528.  He  had  thought  of  her ;  cf.  line  159.  What  he  means  to  say, 
however,  is  this :  that  the  surest  proof  that  he  had  thought  of  her  was 
the  fact  that  he  had  been  willing  to  save  another  man  for  the  latter's 
wife  and  children. 

PAGE  80,  line  1535.  tttrfjt:  cf.  line  804  and  note  to  line  253.  God 
grant  that  I  may  not  need  help,  God  forbid  that  I  should  need  help. 

1537.  This  explanation  seems  insufficient,  for  he  was  not  going  hunt- 
ing ;  but  since  Hedwig  accepts  it  without  comment,  we  must  do  so 
likewise. 

1539.  Walter  at  once  rushes  away  to  make  preparations  for  the 
journey.  Tell  sits  down  on  the  bench  by  the  door. 

1541.  ttod)  Ijeute  :  it  is  not  strange  that  Tell  should  know  of  Gessler's 
plans,  for  Biirglen  is  only  a  mile  from  Altorf.  Tell  means  that  Gess- 
ler  will  be  so  busy  with  preparations  for  leaving  Altorf  for  Kussnacht 
that  they  are  not  likely  to  meet  each  other. 


268  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  so-82. 

1542.  cr  gtollt  un§:  no  particulars  are  given.  Hedwig  did  not 
know  of  the  incident  related  in  lines  1548  ff. ;  she  must,  therefore,  be 
thinking  of  other  causes  not  given  here. 

1544.  Cf.  the  proverb  :  £ue  3ted)t  unb  fdjeue  niemanb. 

1545.  The  first  bic  is  a  rel.,  the  second  foie  a  demon. 

'  PAGE  81,  line  1547.  mctnr  id) :  why  is  he  so  certain  ?  Tell  thinks 
that  after  the  event  narrated  in  lines  1548-1570  Gessler  will  feel  that 
he  must  not  harm  him,  on  the  ground  that  the  man  who  can  spare  his 
enemy  when  he  has  him  in  his  power  is  the  more  to  be  feared  if  forced 
to  action.  But  Tell  is  not  so  certain  as  he  pretends.  For  he  takes 
his  crossbow  for  defense,  if  need  be,  and  he  evidently  intends  to  avoid 
meeting  Gessler  (line  1573).  On  the  whole,  however,  his  ignorance  of 
human  nature,  particularly  of  that  of  a  man  like  Gessler,  seems  singu- 
larly significant.  It  helps  us  to  understand  how  he  can  make  the 
excuses  he  makes  in  lines  1870-1873. 

1548  ff.  Schiller  invented  this  episode.  It  is  introduced  to  show  the 
real  reason  Gessler  had  for  his  hatred  of  Tell  (cf.  line  1572).  It  also 
serves  to  arouse  our  interest  in  what  will  happen  should  the  two  meet 
again. 

1549.  "Do :  this  is  the  conjunction  to  indicate  the  resuming  of  a  pre- 
ceding statement,  and  is  not  the  adverb  of  time  or  place,  though  it 
may  be  translated  by  there  or  then. 

1550.  3rt)iirt)Cittnlc> :  the  valley  of  the  river  Schachen,  a  small  stream 
that  flows  from  the  east  and  empties  into  the  river  Reuss  not  far  from 
Altorf.    There  is  a  story  that  Tell  was  drowned  in  the  Schachen 
in  the  attempt  to  save  a  child. 

1558.    tttein:  for  meiner;  cf.  Appendix  B,  7. 

1562.  tterbloftf :  for  erbtaffen ;  become  pale  as  death.  The  whole 
episode  shows  the  tyrant  Gessler  as  really  a  great  coward,  and  justi- 
fies Hedwig's  judgment  (1572). 

1565.   fetn  :  for  feiner  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  7. 

1567.   fetlten  ormcn  2aut :  not  one  single  feeble  sound. 

PAGE  82,  line  1573  ff.    Note  the  stichomythia  ;  cf.  Appendix  B,  10. 

1574.  Only  a  moment  before  she  was  reproving  him  for  hunting ; 
now  she  asks  him  to  go  hunting.  Why  ? 

1577.  Just  because  she  has  no  real  reason  her  intuitive  fear  of 
threatening  danger  is  all  the  greater.  Is  this  good  psychology  ?  Here 
again  she  accepts  Tell's  word  without  question. 


PAGES  82-83.]        NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  II.  269 

1578.    tterfprodjcn :  probably  to  Ftirst.     But  cf.  note  to  line  1743. 

1581.  233o(tt) :  diminutive  for  SSalter. 

PAGE  83,  line  1582.    nuci)  iuii£  &itbfd)C$ :  something  very  pretty. 

1582.  S.D.    Tell  takes  an  affectionate  farewell.     They  wave  hands 
in  parting.     Hedwig  is  still  filled  with  forebodings  (fotgt  lange  mtt  ben 
9lugen),  which  communicate  themselves  to  us. 

Compare  this  scene  for  its  premonitions  with  Shakespeare's 
Ccesar,  Macbeth,  etc. 

Contrast  Hedwig  and  Gertrude,  and  Hedwig  and  Tell. 

Note  how  many  proverb-like  lines  Tell  speaks  and  how  charac- 
teristic they  are  of  him. 

The  scene  falls  into  two  parts :  (1)  the  happy  home  life,  (2)  the 
forebodings  of  coming  evil.  The  two  parts  stand  in  effective  con- 
trast to  each  other. 

The  scene  is  an  introduction  to  Scene  III.  We  see  Tell's  love 
of  family  and  his  evident  preference  for  Walter.  The  shadow  ot 
coming  events  is  found  in  Hedwig's  reasonless  forebodings.  The 
motive  for  Gessler's  demand  in  Scene  III  is  explained  by  his  meet- 
ing with  Tell  in  the  mountains. 


ACT  III.     SCENE  II. 

The  time  is  about  the  same  as  in  Scene  I. 

The  place  is  somewhere  near  Altorf. 

The  stage  shows  a  wild  forest  region  in  the  mountains.  On  all 
sides  are  high  cliffs,  from  which  the  water  falls  in  a  fine  spray. 
Boulders  are  cpnveniently  placed  for  sitting. 

S.D.  3tnul)liiici)C :  cascades  with  a  fine,  dustlike  spray.  As  the 
water  from  the  tiny  mountain  streams  falls  over  high  cliffs  the  resist- 
ance of  the  air  converts  it  into  a  very  fine  spray  before  it  reaches 
the  ground.  The  most  famous  of  these  dustbroolcs  is  that  at  Lauter- 
brunnen  near  Interlaken,  which  inspired  Goethe  to  his  wonderful 
allegory,  ©efang  ber  ©eifter  iiber  ben  SBaffern.  23crta:  cf.  note,  S.D. 
line  447.  Berta  enters  in  hunting  costume,  carrying  a  hunter's  spear 
and  leading  hounds.  She  slowly  crosses  the  stage,  looking  back  to 
see  if  Kudenz  is  following.  As  she  speaks  she  sits  down  on  a  rock  to 


270  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  88-87. 

await  his  coming.  At  the  same  time  (also  at  1590)  hunting  horns  are 
heard  from  behind  the  scene  ;  they  gradually  recede  to  a  distance. 

1586.    ftraillcm:  my  lady  ;  cf.  note  to  line  935. 

1591.    ift  bort  I)tnau3 :  has  gone  that  way. 

1593.  Note  the  highly  emphatic  order  ;  the  two  parts  of  the  predi- 
cate are  rarely  put  first,  as  here. 

PAGE  84,  line  1596.  filtftertt  ©trcngc:  angry  sternness,  gloomy 
anger.  Her  manner  prepares  us  for  her  outburst  of  indignation  and 
her  display  of  wounded  pride  in  the  man  she  loves. 

1599.  9Hid)  in  &te  SRetl)'  .  .  .  itntwcrben :  put  myself  in  a  line  with, 
i.e.  vie  with  those  valiant  and  splendid  knights  who  gather  around  you 
and  sue  for  your  favor. 

1603.   rotrfc  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  2,  c. 

1603,  S.D.  trttt  jjtmirf :  partly  because  of  her  manner,  but  really 
because  of  his  surprise  at  hearing  such  sentiments  from  the  ward  of 
the  Austrian  governor. 

1608  ff.  Berta  sides  with  the  Swiss  people  partly  for  sentimental 
reasons  (lines  1618-1622),  partly  for  very  practical  considerations 
(lines  1659-1660,  1662-1672). 

1610.  This  line  and  line  1719  may  mean  that  Gessler  meant  to  many 
Berta  himself  ;  cf.  lines  1671,  1719,  2534. 

PAGE  85,  line  1630.  $l)m  unter:  sc.  mill  id)  from  line  1629.  Do  I 
not  desire  peace  for  it  (the  people)  under  Austria's  mighty  scepter ; 
cf.  lines  796-800,  869-892. 

1632.  3d)lof» :  to  be  taken  in  a  figurative  sense;  i.e.  the  Forest 
Cantons  are  the  last  stronghold  or  fortress  of  liberty. 

1636.    fie  :  the  Austrians. 

PAGE  86,  line  1638.  nttr  wore  beffer :  I  should  feel  better  about 
it  or  more  at  peace  with  myself.  Berta  speaks  with  eyes  modestly 
cast  down,  but  in  a  voice  vibrant  with  love. 

1639.  2krod)tet  feljett :  see  him  despised,  not  only  by  the  Swiss  be- 
cause of  his  disloyalty,  but  by  the  Austrians  also,  because  he  was  their 
dupe. 

1642.    ciitcm  :  i.e.  one  and  the  same. 

PAGE  87,  line  1657.  3krtt)Httbtcn :  especially  Gessler,  who  was  a 
Bruneck  like  herself. 


PAGES  87-89.]        NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  II.  271 

1659.  tttcinc  (fitter  :  Bruneck  was,  however,  in  Aargau  and  not  in 
the  Forest  Cantons.  Schiller  made  the  change  in  order  to  link  her 
material  interests  and  her  love  of  the  people's  cause  together.  Her 
own  liberty  is  contingent  upon  the  liberty  of  the  cantons  (cf.  lines 
1662  ff.,  1730-1731). 

1664.  bent  grofjcn  @rbr :  i.e.  with  the  vast  hereditary  estates  of  the 
Habsburgs. 

1673.    $ljr  f iimttct :  Do  you  mean  to  say  you  could. 

1675.  mcitt  ©cljnen  in  ba3  SBcit'c:  my  longing  to  do  something  in 
the  great  wide  world;  cf.  lines  825-835. 

PAGE  88,  line  1685.  ^inauSjufenben  in  be§  2cbcn§  SBeite :  to  play 
a  part  in  the  affairs  of  the  great  world. 

1687.  'JJte  .  .  .  brcitCtt :  extend  around  us  their  firm  impenetrable 
walls  ;  bte  is  an  article. 

1688-1689.  allcin  »  .  .  fldtrfjtct  fcitt :  open  unobstructed  only  towards 
the  bright  (clear)  heavens  above. 

1690.    Note  the  significant  change  to  bu. 

1694.  nnfi]Clilul)t :  poetic  ;  grew  up  in  vigorous  health  and  beauty. 

1695.  2Bo  .  .  .  ^freilbcfpnren :  where  memories  of  a  thousand  joys. 

1696.  Icbcu  :  are  alive  for  me;  i.e.  they  live  for  him  because,  as  a 
child,  he  dwelt  with  them  and  they  entered  into  his  life. 

1699.  feljltc  :  the  ind.  not  the  subj. ;   without  it  no  earthly  happi- 
ness was  complete.     Now  he  knows,  what  he  did  not  realize  before, 
that  he  was  not  happy,  and  why. 

1700.  bie  feFge  $nfel  •  the  Islands  of  the  Blessed,  to  which  numer- 
ous references  are  made  in  literature.     The  Greek  and  Latin  poets 
believed  them  to  lie  off  the  north  coast  of  Africa ;  they  are  often 
identified  with  Madeira.    Classical  allusions  are  made  in  the  play  only 
three  times  ;  lines  1700,  3116-3117,  3209. 

1702.    Iii'imifrt)  iuol)itt :   lives  and  is  at  home. 

PAGE  89,  line  1704.  trilbt :  poetic  present  for  the  future ;  cf.  Ap- 
pendix C,  11.  It  makes  the  dream  more  real  to  use  the  present. 

1709.    fficidjen  :  the  plural  for  the  sake  of  the  rhyme. 

1711.    $it  »  •  •  ^cfdjfiftigfeit :  in  woman' s  charming  activities. 

1719.  bent  ftoljcn  JRtttcr:  possibly  Gessler,  though  it  may  mean 
any  Austrian  knight ;  cf.  note  to  line  1610. 

Very  significant  is  the  use  of  rhyme  to  show  feeling  ;  cf.  Appen- 
dix B,  9. 


272  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGE  90. 

The  scene  falls  into  the  following  divisions: 

Introduction,  lines  1585-1601. 

Main  division : 

(a)  Berta  discloses  herself  to  Rudenz,  lines  1602-1672. 

(6)  Rudenz  declares  himself  for  his  country,  lines  1672-1727. 

Conclusion,  1627-1731. 

The  scene  fills  up  the  interval  of  the  journey  of  Tell  from  Biirg- 
len  to  Altorf.  It  prepares  also  for  Rudenz's  action  in  the  follow- 
ing scene.  The  people's  cause  looks  brighter  and  more  hopeful 
now  that  Rudenz  has  declared  for  his  people. 


ACT  III.     SCEXE  III. 

The  time  is  early  in  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day  as  the  pre- 
ceding scenes. 

The  place  is  a  meadow  just  outside  of  Altorf;  but  cf.  line  394. 

The  stage  shows  to  the  left  rear  and  the  center  the  Bannberg, 
and  beyond  it  a  snow-capped  mountain.  To  the  right  rear  is  a 
large  linden  ;  near  it,  on  the  same  side,  is  the  pole  with  the  hat. 
Trees  and  large  boulders  fringe  the  meadow  on  the  sides  and  in 
front. 

Friesshardt  walks  drowsily  to  and  fro  before  the  hat,  holding 
his  pike  horizontally  behind  his  back.  A  rope  dangles  from  his 
belt.  Leuthold  sits  with  outstretched  legs  on  a  boulder  beside  the 
pole,  half  asleep,  his  pike  resting  against  his  arm. 

PAGE  90,  S.I),  ^nnnbcrg  :  the  high  hill  overlooking  Altorf  on  the 
northeast.  The  name  means  the  mountain  of  the  ban,  i.e.  the  moun- 
tain protected  by  the  law.  Its  thick  woods  protect  the  town  from 
avalanches,  and  it  is  therefore  forbidden  to  cut  the  trees.  The  pen- 
alty used  to  be  death,  and  is  very  severe  even  now  ;  cf.  lines  1782-1785. 

^rte^arbt :  Hardheart,  a  coarse  trooper  with  red  hair  and  beard, 
and  ?eiltf)0lb,  Kind  to  the  People  (popular  etymology),  a  kindly  look- 
ing, white-haired  and  beardless  man,  are  both  inventions  of  Schiller. 
Their  names  and  their  personal  appearance  show  at  once  and  in  strik- 
ing contrast  the  disposition  of  each  toward  the  people's  cause. 

1732.  As  Friesshardt  speaks  he  halts  before  the  pole,  yawning; 
towards  the  end  of  his  speech,  as  his  vexation  grows,  he  slaps  the 


PAGES  90-91.]       NOTES.     ACT  ///,    SCENE  III.  273 

sleeping  Leuthold  on  the  shoulder.  Leuthold,  rising,  stands  before 
the  pole,  his  legs  wide  apart.  Good  comedy  effects  can  be  made 
throughout  this  part  of  the  scene. 

1734.  T§  Wat  .  .  .  I)ter :  why,  formerly  it  was  as  lively  here  as  at  a 
fair. 

1736.  ^opan^ :  scarecrow;  he  means  the  hat.  They  had  been 
standing  guard  from  October  28  to  November  18,  and  this  explains 
perhaps  the  reason  for  the  disrespectful  way  in  which  he  speaks  of 
the  governor's  hat. 

1739.  2Bo3  rcdjte  fieutc  ftufc  :  all  who  are  respected  or  decent  people  ; 
possibly  he  means  the  better  class  of  citizens.  The  action  of  the  peo- 
ple was  in  agreement  with  the  decision  reached  following  line  413. 
»W§  :  cf.  note  to  line  1481. 

PAGE  91,  line  1743.  2?om  9fatl)au3 :  just  what  they  were  doing  in 
the  Rathaus  is  not  clear.  It  may  be  that  there  was  there  a  meeting 
of  the  men  of  Uri  who  were  members  of  the  Ru'tli  league,  along  with 
Melchtal  and  Stauffacher  as  representing  Unterwalden  and  Schwyz. 
If  this  is  so,  then  line  1578  may  have  a  big  significance  ;  it  will  help 
also  to  explain  the  feelings  of  the  conspirators  and  their  unwillingness 
to  use  force  at  the  end  of  the  scene  ;  cf.  lines  2090-2092.  There  is  no 
other  apparent  reason  why  Melchtal  and  Stauffacher  should  be  at 
Altorf  ten  days  after  the  Riitli  meeting.  That  Friesshardt  does  not 
give  any  reason  for  such  a  meeting  is  not  strange  ;  all  he  cares  about 
is  to  guard  the  hat  and  to  arrest  whom  he  can.  um  btc  !3)Jtttag3= 
ftunbe  :  i.e.  noon  of  the  present  day,  and  this  gives  us  the  time  of  the 
action.  The  change  in  tense  in  the  meiitt'  makes  it  clear  that  the 
incident  next  related  occurred  on  some  previous  day. 

1746.  Rosselmann  was  just  returning  from  visiting  a  dying  person, 
to  whom  he  had  administered  the  last  sacrament  and  extreme  unction. 
Such  an  act  as  here  described  would  be  resented  by  Catholics  every- 
where as  unbecoming  the  dignity  of  a  priest  and  of  the  sacrament. 
Consequently  Rosselmann's  action  required  great  moral  courage,  and 
can  be  justified  only  by  the  exigencies  of  the  situation. 

1748.  .ftorfjttJurbtfleu :  the  Host  or  sacramental  wafer,  the  "bread  " 
used  in  the  communion  service. 

1749.  ©lorflein :  if  the  mass  is  said  in  church,  the  bell  is  rung  to 
call  attention  to  the  elevation  of  the  Host.     On  the  street  the  bell  is  a 
signal  that  the  priest  is  approaching  with  the  Host,  so  that  the  devout 
may  kneel  to  receive  the  blessing  of  the  priest  as  he  passes. 


274  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  91-92. 

1751.  Wonftranj  :  the  monstrance,  a  transparent  box  or  case,  usu- 
ally spire-shaped  and  richly  ornamented.  In  it  the  consecrated  wafer 
is  kept  and  shown  (hence  its  name,  from  the  Latin  monstrare,  to 
show}  to  the  congregation  in  the  church  ;  but  it  is  never  carried  to  the 
sick.  For  this  purpose  there  is  used  a  plain,  closed  box,  called  the 
ciborium.  Schiller  may  have  made  an  unconscious  slip,  or,  being 
Protestant,  have  known  no  better.  However,  the  usual  uncritical 
audience  will  not  notice  such  a  mistake. 

1753.  granger:  pillory;  i.e.  it  is  as  if  they  themselves  were  the 
criminals  watched  by  a  mocking  crowd,  instead  of  being  watchmen 
set  to  catch  the  transgressors  of  the  governor's  command. 

1760.    bod) :  don't  you  or  I  am  sure. 

1760,  S.D.  $tlbegorb,  2Kcd)tl)Ub  (for  2ftathUba),  @l3betl)  (for  eiiia= 
betl))  are  all  good  old  German  names.  The  characters  are  Schiller's 
invention.  The  women  and  children  form  a  group  in  the  foreground, 
giggling  and  making  faces  at  the  hat,  bowing  in  mockery,  etc.  Since 
Act  I,  Sc.  Ill,  we  have  had  no  mention  of  the  hat ;  now  we  are  given 
a  vivid  picture  of  the  attitude  of  the  people  towards  it.  Decent  men 
stay  away,  even  the  men  set  to  guard  it  laugh  at  it,  and  now  women 
and  children  enter  to  mock  and  make  light  of  the  governor's  com- 
mand. This  helps  us  to  understand  why  the  real  gravity  and  danger 
of  disobedience  to  Gessler's  command  is  not  appreciated  by  Tell  and 
the  others ;  cf.  lines  1818,  1821,  1827,  1834.  The  scene  here  is  capa- 
ble of  much  comedy. 

PAGE  92,  line  1763.  Wcr  ba  :  for  toer  and) ;  whoever.  Cf.  wa«  ba, 
line  1477,  and  note,  ba  is  often  used  after  a  rel.  pron.  as  a  kind  of 
indefinite  particle  that  cannot  be  literally  translated. 

1765.  £anbDOgt :  a  sneering  and  mocking  allusion  to  the  governor's 
statement  that  the  hat  was  to  represent  him. 

1767.  (P3  folltc  .  .  .  Scutfo :  the  country  would  be  none  the  worse 
off  for  that. 

1768.  28oUt  .  .  .  $to<? :  off  with  you ! 

1770.   aSenn  fie  ...  fttd)t :  if  they  have  the  courage. 

S.D.  Friesshardt  thrusts  his  pike  at  the  feet  of  the  women.  They 
scream  and  run.  Tell  and  Walter  enter  from  the  right,  behind  the 
pole,  and  start  diagonally  across  the  stage.  Walter  points  to  the 
Bannberg,  which  he  sees  in  the  rear  left.  It  is  very  boylike  of  him 
to  ask  questions  about  whatever  he  sees. 

1772.    blutcit :  it  was  a  popular  and  widely  known  superstition  that 


PAGES  92-93.]       NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  III.  275 

human  beings  were  changed  into  trees  by  evil  magicians,  and  such 
trees  would  bleed  when  cut ;  cf .  Virgil's  ^Eneid  3,  22  ff.  : 

I  pulled  a  plant  —  with  horror  I  relate 
A  prodigy  so  strange  and  full  of  fate  — 
The  rooted  fibers  rose  ;  and  from  the  wound 
Black  bloody  drops  distilled  upon  the  ground. 

Walter,  like  any  highly  imaginative  boy,  is  awestruck  and  speaks 
mysteriously. 

1774.  SUietftcr  4?trt  •  tnis  maY  refer  to  some  one  commonly  spoken 
of  in  that  way  and  may  not  mean  a  servant  of  Tell's  ;  cf.  note  to  line 
1493. 

1775.  ©ebaitttt:  cf.  with  gebannt  in  line  1777.     The  play  on  the 
words   cannot   be   made  in  the  translation.     In   line  1775  the  word 
means  enchanted,  bewitched ;  in  line  1777,  protected  by  law. 

1776.  Among  the  superstitious  beliefs  of  many  nations  this  is  a 
common  penalty  for  some  terrible  crime,  such  as  the  violation  of  an 
oath,  or  when  a  child  strikes  a  parent,  etc. 

1777.  Tell,  following  the  mood  of  the  boy,  likewise  speaks  in  a 
mysterious  manner  as  if  disclosing  a  great  secret.     He  does  not  dispel 
the  boy's  notion,  but  gives  it  a  deeper  moral  significance. 

1778.  uu'iftcu  Corner :    sharp   peaks  covered  with  snow.     Usually 
the  term  §orn  is  applied  to  the  bare  and  sharp  peaks  that  rise  above 
the  snow  and  ice.     §orn  in  this  sense  is  used  in  many  compounds ;  cf. 
©djredhorn,  line  628. 

PAGK  93,  line  1781.  3rt|lafllaniiiu'it :  stroke-avalanches,  heavy  ava- 
lanches. These  are  masses  of  frozen  snow  mixed  with  ice,  which, 
loosened  in  summer,  rush  with  terrible  force  down  old  beaten 
paths  and  strike  (®d?(ag)  with  a  loud  noise  in  the  valley.  In  their 
downward  rush  they  overwhelm  everything  they  meet,  not  so  much 
by  the  wind  they  create  (cf.  2BtnbIatt)ine,  note  to  line  1501)  as  by 
their  weight,  for  as  they  go  downward  they  envelop  also  trees,  rocks, 
stones,  and  even  the  earth  itself,  and  carry  all  with  them. 

1786.  Tell  desires  to  proceed,  but  Walter  suddenly  stops  him. 
Leuthold  has  meantime  fallen  asleep  again.  Friesshardt  walks  up 
and  down  in  the  background,  occasionally  looking  at  Tell. 

1786,  S.D.  SBejutncn:  he  is  probably  thinking  of  the  terrors  of 
avalanches.  His  next  question  is  therefore  a  perfectly  logical  one  ;  for 


276  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  98-«5. 

he  wants  to  know  whether  there  are  any  lands  where  people  do  not 
always  need  to  dread  and  fear  avalanches. 

1789.  fiunb  :  the  description  is  in  such  general  terms  that  it  may  be 
applied  to  Germany,  Italy,  or  France.  Germany  is  probably  meant. 

1797.  (Start  ba§  .  .  .  plagcn :  instead  of  passing  our  days  in  fear 
and  toil. 

PAGE  94,  line  1801.    f rei :  i.e.  as  freemen. 

1802.    SBifcfjof,  £iimg:  i.e.  church  and  state. 

1806.  ®a(j$ :  the  sale  of  salt  was  a  monoply  reserved  by  rulers,  and 
is  even  to-day  a  lucrative  source  of  revenue  in  some  countries  of 
Europe.  This  has  always  worked  great  hardship  on  the  common 
people,  and  was  one  of  the  grievances  of  the  French  at  the  time  of 
the  Great  Revolution. 

1808.  Tell's  points  are  a  complete  description  of  an  absolute  govern- 
ment. Walter's  questions  show  a  rather  remarkable  precociousness  ; 
cf.  by  way  of  contrast  his  boyishness  in  Sc.  I,  especially  in  line  1582. 

1811.  Cfii  Wtrb  mir  ettfl  :  this  broad  land  is  too  "  close"  for  me;  i.e. 
I  feel  oppressed.        nrirb:   the  pres.  for  the  fut.,  is  more  vivid,  as 
though,  in  imagination,  he  were  already  really  there. 

1812.  ittttcr:  among ;  but  it  may  be  rendered  literally,  below,  i.e. 
where  the  avalanches  may  fall  on  them. 

PAGE  95,  line  1815.  They  have  now  reached  the  front  of  the  stage, 
when  Walter  notices  the  hat. 

1816.  There  are  four  ways  of  explaining  Tell's  actions  from  this 
point  to  line  1827. 

(a)  That  he  did  not  know  anything  about  the  edict  regarding  the 
hat ;  cf.  note  to  line  414.  To  this  it  may  very  properly  be  objected 
that  the  crier's  proclamation,  judging  by  the  measures  the  people  have 
taken  (lines  1735,  1739-1741),  must  have  been  a  matter  of  common 
knowledge.  Tell  was  too  well  informed  regarding  other  matters  (cf. 
note  to  line  1541)  to  allow  us  to  suppose  that  he  was  ignorant  in  a 
matter  of  such  moment. 

(6)  That  Tell  does  know  about  the  hat  and  the  edict,  but  has  delib- 
erately come  here  in  order  to  defy  the  governor  by  refusing  to  bow  to 
the  hat.  This  view  also  seems  untenable  because  of  Tell's  uniformly 
peaceful  disposition  ;  he  never  says,  advises,  or  does  anything  in  open 
defiance  of  the  government. 

(c)  That  he  knows  about  the  hat  and  the  edict,  knows  that  the  hat 


PAGES  95-97.]       NOTES.    ACT  III,    SCENE  III.  277 

is  here,  but  that  he  is  so  absorbed  in  talk  with  Walter  that  he  does 
not  at  the  time  remember  the  edict  or  notice  the  hat  ;  in  other  words, 
that  he  is  absent-minded  and  that  in  his  answer  to  Walter's  question 
he  is  not  thinking  of  any  particular  hat,  but  of  just  any  chance  hat 
that  Walter  may  have  noticed  as  he  had  noticed  the  mountain,  and  so 
does  not  identify  the  hat  Walter  sees  with  the  governor's  hat. 

(d)  That  he,  as  well  as  the  others,  has  failed  to  understand  the 
serious  consequences  that  will  follow  an  act  of  disobedience  to  the 
mandate.  Public  opinion  must  have  had  its  effect  upon  Tell.  The  peo- 
ple, even  though  they  were  on  their  guard,  openly  laughed  at  the 
whole  scheme  and  plainly  did  not  fear  any  serious  consequences  if 
they  ignored  so  foolish  a  demand  as  the  governor  had  laid  upon  them. 
More  than  three  weeks  had  passed  since  the  crier's  proclamation. 
Hedwig  in  Sc.  I  does  not  mention  it,  and  Fiirst  in  line  1837  seems 
completely  to  have  forgotten  the  punishment  the  edict  had  indicated. 

The  true  theory  as  to  Tell's  behavior  lies  between  the  last  two  ex- 
planations. 

1816,  S.D.  At  Friesshardt's  command  to  Tell,  Leuthold  starts  up 
from  his  nap,  seizes  his  pike  and  stands  beside  Friesshardt. 

1818,  S.D.    gretft:  pushes  the  pike  aside  in  order  to  pass  on. 

1819.  Friesshardt  takes  hold  of  Tell  and  starts  to  lead  him  off  to 
prison. 

1821.    Why  does  Tell  plead  to  be  let  off  ?    Cf.  note  to  S.D.  1760. 

PAGE  96,  line  1834.  hfitt1 :  an  exclam.  interrog.  subjunctive,  ex- 
pressing surprise  and  dissent,  in  effect  a  forcible  denial ;  cf.  Appendix 
C,  7,  bb  ;  do  you  mean  to  say  that  Tell  did  that  ?  The  line  is  true  to 
Melchtal's  character  ;  how  ? 

PAGE  97,  line  1836.  He  cannot  believe  that  the  affair  can  be  so 
serious.  At  any  rate  the  arrest  was  clearly  illegal,  since  under  the 
Swiss  charters  the  governor  had  no  right  to  make  the  demand  he  had 
made  regarding  the  hat.  From  Fiirst's  point  of  view  Tell  was,  there- 
fore, not  guilty  of  a  crime. 

1840.    Again  a  characteristic  thing  for  Melchtal  to  say. 

1845.  They  do  not  first  inquire  who  is  in  the  right,  but  fall  upon 
the  guards  and  are  about  to  beat  them,  when  Tell  interferes.     But  the 
struggle  continues  until  Gessler's  hunting  horns  are  heard. 

1846.  fdjon :  an  intensive  particle  ;  never  fear,  or  readily  enough. 
Tell  thinks  that  the  governor's  mandate  was  not  legal  and  that  his 


278  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  97-99. 

arrest  therefore  was  illegal.  Resistance  under  such  circumstances 
would  justify  arrest  on  another  charge.  This  was  perhaps  the  very 
situation  that  Gessler  had  planned  when  he  issued  his  edict. 

PAGE  98,  line  1850.    Characteristic  of  Fiirst  and  Stauffacher ;  how  ? 

1852.  It  is  noteworthy  that  Stauffacher  advises  non-resistance  until 
the  horns  announce  the  coming  of  Gessler,  but  that  he  then  joins  with 
Rosselmann  and  Melchtal  in  threats  against  the  guards.     Stauffacher 
has  had  some  experience  with  Gessler  and  fears  what  may  result  when 
Gessler  enters. 

1853.  Tumult  and  consternation  among  the  people.     Some  make  a 
renewed  attack  upon  Friesshardt  in  order  to  effect  Tell's  rescue ;  others 
keep  in  the  background.     Renewed  sounding  of  the  horns  just  before 
Gessler  enters.     Throughout  the  rest  of  the  scene  the  crowd  must  not 
be  thought  of  as  quiescent  and  cowed.    They  repeatedly  make  at- 
tempts to  get  near  Tell,  sometimes  in  anger,  sometimes  out  of  curiosity 
and  sympathy,  and  after  the  shot,   with  tumultuous  joy.     But  the 
soldiers  succeed  in  keeping  them  back. 

1854.  S.D.   (ik^Icr:    the  Austrian   governor  of  Schwyz  and  Uri. 
The  Gesslers  of  Bruneck  were  a  noble  family  in  what  is  now  the  can- 
ton Aargau.    The  ruins  of  their  castle  are  still  shown  at  Brugg,  though 
it  did  not  come  into  their  possession  until  the  end  of  the  fourteenth 
century.        JRllboIf  bcr  .f»arrn0  :  the  character  is  an  invention.     The 
name  occurs  in  the  account  of  the  battle  of  Sempach  as  that  of  a 
knight  who  fell  in  that  battle.     iparraS  means,  master  of  the  horse, 
equerry,  so  that  this  name  may  indicate  merely  his  office.     The  pro- 
cession slowly  forces  its  way  to  the  foreground.     Troopers,  holding 
their  lances  horizontally,  push  the  crowd  in  a  diagonal  line  to  the  left. 
Hunters  with  javelins,  crossbow-men,  a  falconer  and  a  hunter  with 
hounds  follow.      Then  enter   Rudolf,    Gessler,  Berta,  and  Rudenz. 
This,  Gessler's  first  appearance,  is  very  impressive.    We  are  able,  in  a 
measure,  on  account  of  the  pomp  and  evident  power  of  the  governor, 
to  understand  Rudenz'  temptation  to  support  Austria.     Gessler's  first 
words  show  us  better  than  any  description  of  him,  what  manner  of 
man  he  is;  cold,  imperious,  and  to  be  feared. 

1856,   S.D.   SlUgemeinc  Stillc :   they  are  all  so  frightened  that  no 
one  ventures  to  speak. 

PAGE  99,  line  1858.    Mcfcn  2JZann :  he  knows  (line  1865)  who  it 
is,  but  that  does  not  make  it  necessary  for  him  to  call  Tell  by  name  at 


PAGE  99.]  NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  III.  279 

this  point.  His  business  now  is  to  be  the  judge  and  magistrate,  and 
to  inquire  into  the  reason  for  the  brawl. 

1859.  ©eftrcttflcr  ^>err:  gracious  sir,  your  worship.  The  term 
geftreng,  stern,  dread,  used  to  be  applied  to  a  noble  or  judge.  Now  it 
is  a  form  of  polite  address  and  has  lost  its  strictly  literal  meaning. 
betlt :  Schiller  was  not  always  particular  in  the  use  of  his  pronouns  of 
address,  so  the  mixture  here  as  between  the  different  persons  is  of  no 
particular  significance.  • 

1865.  betuett  5iotfcr:  the  hat  is  not  a  symbol  of  imperial  authority, 
so  that  Tell's  neglect  to  salute  it  cannot  be  interpreted  as  an  act  of 
disobedience  to  imperial  authority.  But  Gessler  speaks,  of  course, 
with  deliberate  intention  in  conformity  with  the  Austrian  pretensions. 

1872.  hte£T  id)  nid)t  ber  £ell :  The  meaning  of  the  word  £ett  has 
been  much  discussed.     Some  authorities  connect  it  with  telum,  arrow, 
thus  making  our  hero's  name  mean  Wilhelm  the  Archer.     Others  con- 
nect it  with  daleri  or  talen,  to  talk  foolishly,  thus  making  the  name 
mean,  Wilhelm  the  Silly  or  the  Fool.     In  the  chronicles  Tell  is  made 
to  say:   SBfir'  id)  nnfetg,  fo  hieft  id)  nit  ber  Xett:  if  I  were,  sharp  1 
would  not  be  called  the  Silly.     An  ingenious  and  interesting  theory 
has  built  itself  around  this  last  derivation ;  namely,  that  Tell  deliber- 
ately accepted  the  name  and  reputation  of  a  fool  in  order  that  under 
cover  of  it  he  might  the  more  safely  plot  against  the  government.    For 
a  fool  would  not  be  taken  as  a  serious  menace  by  the  authorities  and 
so  might  work  unhindered.     Likewise,  in   Eoman  legends,  one  L. 
Junius  allowed  himself  to  be  called  Brutus,  the  Fool,  in  order  that  he 
might  the  more  securely  plot  against  the  tyrant  Tarquinius.     The 
same    theory,   except  as  to   name,   has   been   advanced   to   explain 
(Goethe's)  Egmont's  behavior  in  resisting  the  Spanish  king.    It  seems 
strange  that  under  the  circumstances  in  which  he  now  finds  himself 
Tell  should  try  to  take  refuge  in  etymology  ;  nor  can  he  have  intended 
to  be  humorous.     A  simple  explanation  is  this  :  Tell  knows  very  well 
that  he  is  unbefotmen,  that  he  never  takes  time  to  think  out  a  thing,  so 
that  he  means  to  say  here  that  if  he  had  thought  it  all  out  or  had  been 
careful,  then  he  would  not  have  been  himself. 

1873.  e§  foil  nidjt  meljr  begegncn  :  if  he  really  means  to  say  that  be 
will  not  neglect  to  bow  to  the  hat  another  time,  this  is  inconsistent 
with  his  character  and  leaves  him  a  sorry  hero  ;  for  by  such  an  act  he 
would  be  a  traitor  to  himself  and  to  his  people's  cause.     If  he  intends 
to  deceive  Gessler  by  this,  intending  never  again  to  put  himself  in  a 
position  where  he  will  have  to  salute  the  hat,  then  the  idea  is  again  at 


280  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  99-102. 

variance  with  his  character  and  the  r61e  he  must  play  as  the  hero. 
Schiller  took  the  words  directly  from  Tschudi's  account  and  seems 
never  to  have  considered  the  bearing  of  this  promise  upon  his  own 
characterization  of  the  hero.  Either  this  promise  should  never  have 
been  put  into  Tell's  mouth,  or  Schiller  should  somewhere  have  added 
an  explanation. 

1874,  S.D.  3ttllfri)U)Ctiicu  :  Gessler  is  casting  about  for  a  way  in 
which  to  punish  Tell.  He  observes  the  bow.  It  is  not  probable, 
however,  that  the  whole  plan  of  his  demand  has  as  yet  come  to  his 
mind. 

1876-1877.  The  lines  were  suggested  by  Goethe.  Schiller  puts  this 
boast  into  the  mouth  of  the  boy,  so  that  it  may  suggest  to  Gessler's 
mind  the  cruel  idea  of  making  the  father  shoot  the  apple  from  the 
head  of  the  boy. 

1877.  ®d)ritte :  poetic  plural.  As  a  rule  mas.  and  neu.  nouns  of 
measure  are  undeclined  after  numerals  ;  cf .  line  1883. 

PAGE  100,  line  1880.  The  malicious  purpose  of  the  question  betrays 
what  is  going  on  in  Gessler's  mind. 

1892.  nein  bod) :  oA,  no!  A  very  emphatic  negative.  The  grim 
seriousness  of  what  follows  is  in  startling  contrast  with  the  humor  of 
the  opening  of  the  scene. 

PAGE  101,  line  1895.  toirft :  the  fut.  ind.,  as  in  English,  is  a  strong 
form  of  the  imperative  ;  cf.  line  1899. 

1896.   begeljr's!  itnb  Will's :  ask  and  demand. 

1898.  Gljer  fterb'  id)  :  this  explains  why  Gessler  makes  the  stipula- 
tion given  in  the  next  line.  Note  the  gradual  development  of  his 
scheme  in  Gessler's  mind. 

1903.    befonncn :  a  sarcastic  rejoinder  to  Tell's  befomien  in  line  1872. 

1904  trimmer :  we  are  not  accustomed  to  think  of  Tell  as  a 
dreamer ;  in  fact,  we  think  of  him  altogether  as  a  man  of  action. 
But  perhaps  Gessler  means  here  to  say  that  Tell  is  an  idealist,  of 
which  he  had  had  proof  (1555-1570),  for  such  forbearance  as  Tell  had 
shown  him  would  seem  to  Gessler  as  most  unpractical. 

1908  This  marks  the  climax  of  Gessler's  biting  irony.  Tell,  he  sug- 
gests, ought  not  to  hesitate ;  for  Tell  is  a  great  marksman,  and  he  is 
also  unbefonnen. 

PAGE  102,  line  1913.  Apples  are  no  longer  on  trees  in  the  middle 
of  November ;  cf .  note  on  3te<f)en  unb  Senfen,  S.D.,  Act  II,  Sc.  I. 


PAGES  102-104.]       NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCEXE  III.  281 

1915.  adjt^tg  Sdjritte :  it  will  help  the  student  to  appreciate  the 
difficulty  of  the  shot  if  he  will  measure  this  distance  for  himself. 

1916.  (Sr  riiljmte  fid) :  it  was  Walter  and  not  Tell ;  cf.  lines  1876  ff. 
This  may  be  an  oversight  on  Schiller's  part,  or  it  may  be  confusion  on 
Gessler's,  or  Gessler  may  say  this  intentionally  to  goad  Tell  on — a 
tyrant  is  not  overscrupulous. 

1920.  @§  gilt :  sc.  bag  Seben  ;  life  is  at  stake. 

1921.  £a(tet  Ott  Gltd) :  to  act  hastily  now  will  jeopardize  the  whole 
conspiracy. 

1930.  Gessler  pays  no  attention  to  Berta,  because  the  people  so 
openly  rejoice  at  her  intercession.  He  is  resolved  to  show  them  that 
he  is  the  master  of  the  situation. 

PAGE  103,  line  1937.   gilt  c§ :  is  a  chance  to.        3d)itfce  :  why  such 

stress  upon  this  word  ? 

1940.    mir  :  in  my  opinion  ;  cf.  Appendix  C,  5,  b. 

1942.  $ettt  '§  £ers  •  •  •  ^U8C  :  whose  feelings  do  not  interfere 
with  his  hand  and  eye;  i.e.  who  can  keep  his  arm  steady  and  his  eye 
clear  in  spite  of  his  emotions.  Cf.  English,  to  have  one's  heart  in  one's 
mouth. 

1950.  The  ambiguity  of  this  line  may  be  excused  because  of  the 
youth  of  the  speaker.  Literally  it  means,  he  will  not  miss  in  shooting  at 
the  heart  of  his  child;  i.e.  he  will  surely  hit  the  head.  What  Walter 
really  means  is.  he  will  not  miss  the  apple  and  hit  the  head  instead. 

1955.  In  this  speech  Walter  shows  himself  to  be  a  true  son  of  his 
father.  His  bearing  and  his  words  resemble  those  of  Prince  Arthur 
in  Shakespeare's  King  John,  Act  IV,  Sc.  I. 

PAGE  104,  line  1966.  Melchtal,  Stauffacher,  and  the  others  form  a 
group  at  the  extreme  left  wing,  front.  They  speak  in  subdued  voices, 
and  what  they  say  is  not  supposed  to  be  heard  by  the  others. 

1970.  Jjotteit  ttir:  if  only  we  had. 

1971.  But  Melchtal  had  approved  of  the  postponement  along  with 
the  others  from  Unterwalden.    Here  he  seems  either  to  have  forgotten 
it,  or  he  is  condemning  himself  with  the  others.     It  is  possible,  of 
course,  that  he  was  one  of  those  who  voted  against  the  delay  ;  cf.  line 
1419. 

1972.  t>ergcbett§ :  to  no  purpose;  i.e.  if  you  carry  arms  you  must 
expect  to  use  them  ;  or,  if  you  carry  arms,  I  shall  give  you  a  mark  to 
shoot  at. 


282  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  iw-ioe. 


1975.  ^ie§  ftolsc  9Jcrf)t  :  i.e.  of  bearing  arms.  Gessler  implies  that 
such  a  right  belonged  only  to  superiors  ;  as  a  matter  of  fact  every 
freeman  had  this  right.  SBaiier  :  was  Tell  a  farmer  ?  Cf.  note  to 
line  1493. 

PAGE  105.  line  1981.  luolttct  :  can  it  be  possible  that;  cf.  Appen- 
dix C,  7,  66. 

1988.  A  mocking  reference  to  Baumgarten's  rescue.  How  did 
Gessler  come  to  know  about  it  ?  Cf  .  line  497. 

1990.  foil  rettcft  ttllc  :  you  are  always  saving  people;  cf.  lines  1533, 
2369.     There  is  a  strong  and   remarkably  effective  contrast  between 
the  beginning  and  the  end  of  Tell's  journey,  between  the  quiet  happi- 
ness of  the  father  and  the  son  as  they  enter  the  scene  and  their  pres- 
ent suffering. 

1991.  S.D.   untcr  bcr  Sinbc.     Where  the  old  linden  is  believed  to 
have  stood  there  is  now  the  so-called  Tell  fountain,  erected  in  1570. 
Where  Tell  is  supposed  to  have  stood  there  is  now  Kissling's  famous 
statue  of  Tell,  erected  in  1895.     It  represents  Tell  as  a  sturdy  moun- 
taineer, with  his  crossbow  across  his  shoulder,  descending  the  valley 
with  his  boy.    The  inscription  is  taken  from  our  play,  lines  2040-2041. 
Walter  calls  out  in  a  loud  voice.     Rosselmann  and  Stauffacher  take 
position  near  him,  their  hands  folded  in  prayer. 

PAGE  106,  line  1991.  (£3  tttlt^  :  sc.  fein  or  geidjehen  ;  /  must  do  it. 
Tell  realizes  that  there  is  no  escape  from  the  trial  the  governor  has 
laid  upon  him,  and  that  he  must  gain  control  of  himself  if  he  is  to 
save  the  life  of  his  boy.  During  the  two  or  three  minutes'  quarrel  of 
Rudenz  with  Gessler,  Tell  takes  aim  slowly  and  deliberately. 

1992.  Rudenz  now  takes  open  stand  for  his  people.     It  is  wronging 
him  to  say  that  he  does  so  merely  for  Berta's  sake.     She  had,  to  be 
sure,  opened  his  eyes  to  the  real  situation.     But  here  the  real  Rudenz 
speaks,  the  one  his  uncle  and  Berta  knew,  in  whom  there  burned 
love  of  country  and  of  liberty.    Were  Rudenz  at  this  point  to  follow 
Berta's  appeal  of  loving  fear  (2010),  then  his  patriotism  might  be 
doubted  ;  but  he  pays  no  attention  to  her  ;  he  thinks  not  of  love,  but 
of  country.    Rudenz  speaks  haltingly  and  is  conciliatory  at  first,  striv- 
ing to  keep  his  indignation  under  control  so  as  not  to  anger  Gessler. 

1996.  Itnb  aU^uflraff  .  .  .  Soflen  :  cf  .  2Ber  ben  sBogen  iiberipaiint, 
ber  serjprengt  ihn.  Also,  Strenge  £>erren  regieren  nicht  lange.  2lU,$u 
fdjarf  madjt  jchartig. 


PAGES  loe-ios.]      NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  III.  283 

1997.  $l)r  fdjttJCtflt :  indicative  with  imperative  force. 

1998.  ^d)  fonrf  r§  :  I  have  a  right  to ;  i.e.  because  he  is  directly  sub- 
ject only  to  the  Emperor,  and  thus  the  equal  of  Gessler  and  not  his 
subject,  as  are  the  Austrians  in  Gessler' s  train. 

2005.  UJlettt  fd)Cltb  3tugc  :  i.e.  though  my  eyes  were  open  I  refused 
to  see.  In  his  attitude  towards  his  uncle  (Act  II,  Sc.  II)  Rudenz  did 
not  show  "  a  heart  filled  to  bursting  with  indignation  "  against  the 
Austrian  tyrant,  so  that  he  is  giving  himself  rather  more  credit  than 
he  deserves.  Now  that  the  surge  of  patriotic  feeling  rolls  full  through 
his  heart  he  cannot  remember  what  had  been  in  reality  a  superficial 
reasoning  by  which  he  had  vainly  sought  to  suppress  his  real  senti- 
ments and  his  genuine  devotion  to  his  country. 

PAGE  107,  line  2022.   ittdjt  $l)r :  cf.  note  to  line  1998. 

2030.  He  draws  his  sword  and  steps  threateningly  towards  Gessler. 
Berta  throws  herself  once  more  between  the  two  men.  This  skill- 
fully devised  crisis  attracts  attention  to  Rudenz  and  Gessler  and  away 
from  Tell,  so  that  the  spectator  does  not  see  Tell  do  the  actual  shoot- 
ing. This  spares  us  the  terrible  sight  of  Tell's  shot  at  his  own  son. 
At  the  same  time  it  makes  the  actor's  work  easier.  The  arrow  is  shot 
into  the  wings,  while  at  the  same  time  another  apple,  with  another 
arrow  through  it,  is  thrown  on  the  stage  from  behind  the  scenes. 

PAGE  108,  line  2031.  Stauffacher's  loud  cry  rings  out  exultantly, 
as  also  Rosselmann's.  The  people,  frantic  with  joy,  shout,  run  about, 
and  throw  their  hats  into  the  air. 

2033,  S.D.  erftttitttt :  he  shows  not  only  his  astonishment,  but  also 
his  mortification  and  anger. 

2035.  SShtfff  td)r3  ja:  the  inversion  and  the  ja  make  the  expression 
doubly  emphatic ;  /  knew  it ;  yes,  I  knew  it.  Or  the  effect  can  be 
obtained  by  strongly  emphasizing  knew. 

2037  ff.  The  characterization  in  the  scene  following  is  excellent. 
Leuthold,  Harras,  and  even  Gessler  praise  the  shot ;  they  are  soldiers 
and  hunters.  The  cold-hearted  Friesshardt  makes  no  comment. 
Fiirst  and  Berta  show  the  joy  of  their  sympathetic  hearts  ;  they  feel 
that  Tell's  trial  is  over.  Walter  is  proud  of  his  father's  skill,  and 
because  his  confidence  and  pride  in  his  father  have  been  justified. 
Stauffacher's  first  thought  is  that  Tell  is  free.  Rb'sselmann  sees  God's 
hand  upon  Tell,  and  warns  Gessler  against  his  acts.  Melclital  says 
nothing,  but  he  runs  about  among  the  people,  shouting,  throwing  hats 
into  the  air,  etc.,  thus  showing  his  great  joy. 


284  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  108-110. 

2039.  nod)  .  .  .  3ctott :  even  to  the  remotest  future.  Schiller  could 
safely  make  such  a  prophecy  so  long  after  the  event. 

PAGE  109,  line  2048,  S.D.  Tell,  taking  his  bow  and  his  son,  is 
about  to  leave.  The  people  clear  a  passage  for  him,  and  wave  their 
hats  and  hands  triumphantly,  when  Gessler's  shrill,  penetrating  voice 
is  heard.  It  is  well  to  notice  that  Gessler  had  not  promised  Tell  his 
freedom  in  case  the  shot  was  successful.  It  was  his  purpose  all  along 
to  ruin  Tell  forever.  His  first  thought  now  is  how  he  can  hold  Tell 
on  some  other  charge. 

2049.    £u  ftcrftcft :  you  hid  about  you;  cf.  line  1990,  S.D. 

2052,  S.D.    Derlcflcn :   he  is  not  inclined  to  tell  a  lie ;  to  tell  the 
truth,  he  feels,  will  only  do  harm.    It  is  very  evident  that  at  this 
moment  Tell  has  no  idea  of  killing  Gessler. 

2053.  lajj  id)  .  .  .  gdten  :  I  cannot  let  count  for  you,  i.e.  I  will  not 
accept. 

PAGE  110,  line  2054.  Wirb  .  .  .  bebcutct  tyaben :  it  must  have 
meant ;  the  fut.  perf.  of  past  probability. 

2055.  frtfd)  lint)  frb'fyHd):  frankly  and  without  fear ;  a  treacherous 
demand,  since  he  expects  thereby  to  catch  Tell  and  to  find  in  his 
answer  a  reason  for  imposing  a  punishment  from  which  Tell  cannot 
escape. 

2060.  bitrd)fd)o£  id) :  cf.  Appendix  C,  8.  This  simple  past  tense, 
instead  of  a  pluperfect  subjunctive  or  a  conditional,  lends  to  Tell's 
words  a  terrible  emphasis,  for  it  expresses  the  grim  reality  of  his 
decision  at  that  time.  But  this  can  in  no  way  be  understood  to  mean 
that  Tell  here  intends  to  show  us  his  determination  to  kill  Gessler  in 
the  future.  Otherwise  Gessler  is,  in  plain  self-defense,  justified  in 
imprisoning  Tell  for  life.  Tell  is  here,  as  are  all  the  rest,  under  the 
impression  that  he  is  a  free  man.  It  is  only  after  it  becomes  evident 
that  Gessler  is  bound  to  ruin  him  on  any  pretext  that  Tell  sees  that 
it  is  to  be  a  question  of  his  own  or  of  Gessler's  life. 

2071.  9ln  bem  .  .  .  Dcrfiinbigt :  whose  cause  is  so  evidently  guided 
by  the  hand  of  God. 

2074.  M£ttad)t :  cf .  note  to  line  219.  This  place  was  not  in  Uri, 
but  in  Schwyz.  According  to  the  charters  the  governor  had  no  right 
to  remove  Tell  there  ;  but  Gessler  shields  himself  behind  the  fact  that 
the  Emperor  had  not  confirmed  the  charters. 


PAGES  in-112.]      NOTES.     ACT  III,    SCENE  III.  285 

PAGE  111,  line  2077.    Cf.  lines  1324-1335. 

2083.   $)en :  he  recognizes  Tell's  importance  to  them. 

2088.  Stauffacher's  despairing  reproach  is,  of  coarse,  not  justified ; 
for,  as  Tell  correctly  answers  him,  a  man  tried  beyond  endurance 
needs  no  excuse  for  such  an  act. 

2090.  nun  iff  nlle3  tytn :  because  Tell  is  captive,  and  a  hostage  for 
their  good  behavior. 

PAGE  112,  line  2095,  S.D.  tyeftt  Me  9lrme :  he  was  bound  (S.D. 
20(j9),  but  evidently  not  in  such  a  way  as  to  interfere  with  his  move- 
ments here  and  later,  S.D.  2097. 

2097.  This  line  is  really  an  answer  to  Stauffacher's  question,  and  a 
message  of  comfort  to  Hedwig,  if  only  she  will  understand  it.  Tell 
sends  the  mother  the  boy  whom  he  had  saved,  and  a  message  of  faith 
in  his  God.  The  people  did  not  rise  to  save  Tell  because  they  were 
helpless.  To  kill  Gessler  would  not  free  the  country,  since  the  forti- 
fied castles  and  the  other  governors  were  left.  The  death  of  one 
tyrant  would  avail  nothing  ;  cf.  lines  2348-2349. 

The  scene  falls  into  the  following  divisions : 
Introduction. 

(a)  The  dialogue  of  the   guards  and  the  mocking  by  the 

women  and  children  serve  to  explain  the  danger  that 

threatens  the  people,  and   the  attitude  of   the  people 

towards  it. 

(6)  The  dialogue  between  Tell  and  Walter  shows  the  love 

and  comradeship  that  exists  between  them, 
(c)  The  arrest. 
Main  Part. 

(a)  The  dialogue  between  Gessler  and  Tell  leading  up  to 
Gessler's  command  to  shoot  and  Tell's  decision  to  do  so. 
(6)  Rudenz'  defiance  of  Gessler. 
(e)  Tell's  shot  is  successful,  and  he  thinks  he  is  free. 
Conclusion. 

Tell  is  rearrested  and  carried  off  to  lifelong  imprisonment. 
The  scene,  in  spite  of  its  many  incidents  and  numerous  charac- 
ters, is  a  unit.     This  unity  is  to  be  found  in   the   chronological 
course   of  events,  and  in  the  manner  in  which   each  episode  is 
made  to  lead  up  to  the  final  climax. 


286  WILHELM   TELL. 

Can  a  loving  father  ever  bring  himself  to  shoot  at  his  own 
child?  Should  he  not  rather  have  turned  his  arrow  at  Gesslev 
and  killed  him  ?  Then  the  troopers  would  kill  Tell,  Walter,  and 
all  the  Swiss  there  assembled,  wreak  vengeance  probably  also  upon 
Tell's  family  at  home,  and  at  one  blow  destroy  all  the  chances  for 
the  success  of  the  people's  cause.  The  psychological  motives  actu- 
ating Tell  in  making  his  decision  are  these : 

(a)  Of  his  own  perfect  skill  as  an  archer  Tell  has  not  the  least 
doubt.  He  cannot,  however,  be  certain  that  Walter  will  not  flinch 
on  the  approach  of  the  arrow  and  be  killed.  That  is  why  he  draws 
the  second  arrow  from  his  quiver.  The  confident  encouragement 
of  Walter  helps  him  to  feel  certain  that  his  shot  will  succeed,  and 
that  he  will  thereby  save  the  lives  of  himself  and  of  his  boy. 

(6)  The  taunts  of  the  governor  as  to  his  skill  as  an  archer  and 
to  his  lack  of  ordinary  discretion  and  sound  sense,  together  with 
his  intense  hatred  for  Gessler,  excite  Tell's  pride,  and  he  resolves 
to  get  the  best  of  the  governor,  and  that  on  the  governor's  own 
terms,  thus  proving  to  Gessler  at  once  his  skill,  his  love  for  his 
boy,  and  his  sanity. 

The  people's  cause  seems  almost  hopeless  now.  Tell  is  a  hostage 
in  the  hands  of  the  worst  and  the  most  determined  of  the  tyrant 
governors.  Rudenz'  returning  loyalty  is  the  one  bright  spot  in 
the  gloom.  The  cause  of  the  people  will  succeed  only  if  the  peo- 
ple can  capture  the  forts  and  drive  Gessler  out  of  the  country. 
The  first  condition  is  possible,  but  how  can  they  effect  the  second? 
That  Tell  will  escape  and  kill  Gessler  is  in  the  thoughts  of  none. 


ACT  IV.     SCENE  I. 

The  time  is  the  afternoon  of  November  18,  the  same  day  as  in 
the  preceding  act. 

The  place  is  a  point  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  lake  near  the 
Tell's  Platte  (cf.  note  to  line  2252),  a  little  over  a  mile  south  of 
Sisikon,  between  Fliielen  and  Brunnen. 

The  stage.  Thunder  and  rain  are  heard  before  the  curtain 
rises.  The  lake  is  in  the  background,  but  in  such  a  position  that 
a  person  on  the  stage  facing  it  is  half  turned  towards  the  audience. 


PAGES  ns-iu.]       NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCEXE  I.  287 

The  high  rocky  shore  across  the  lake  shuts  off  the  view  beyond. 
On  one  side  of  the  stage  is  the  hut  with  a  bench  before  it;  on  the 
opposite  side  is  an  elevation.  A  boulder  and  a  tree  stand  in  the 
center  of  the  stage.  At  first  there  are  occasional  bursts  of  sun- 
shine, and  cloud  shadows;  then  increasing  darkness  with  light- 
ning and  thunder. 


PAGE  113,  S.D.  ^nnj  Won  ©crftttt  :  f  un$  is  a  shortened  form  of 
$onrab.  Gersau  ;  cf.  note  to  line  189.  Schiller  invented  the  charac- 
ter after  the  play  was  nearly  finished.  Through  Kunz  this  scene  is 
connected  with  the  apple  shooting  of  the  previous  act,  for  he  has  just 
come  from  Fluelen  (line  2105)  and  relates  what  has  happened.  He 
prepares,  also,  for  the  next  scene,  for  he  brings  the  news  of  Atting- 
hausen's  illness  (line  2114).  ^tfdjer:  this  must  be  Ruodi.  Like 
Ruodi,  Fisher  is  a  man  of  words  and  not  of  deeds.  His  boy's  name  is 
Seppi.  No  other  fisherman  is  named  in  the  list  of  persons.  He  was 
present  at  the  Kiitli  meeting  (line  2288).  One  manuscript  of  the  play 
gives  the  name  9iitobt  instead  of  gijcfjer. 

2098.  They  seem  to  have  been  talking  for  some  time  before  the 
curtain  rises.  . 

2100.  Such  sentiments  from  Ruodi,  who  saw  Tell  rescue  Baum- 
garten,  are  natural. 

2102.  SSeittt^  .  .  .  $rcil)ett:  if  some  day  we  shall  take  a  stand  for 
our  liberties. 

2109-2113.    Cf.  lines  2066-2069. 

PAGE  114,  line  2113.  £e3  fretCtt  llUnmtc*  :  i.e.  if  Tell  should  ever 
happen  to  be  a  free  man  again  ;  a  very  significant  hint  for  the 
future. 

2119.  Kunz,  after  looking  at  the  sky,  shoulders  his  oars  and  de- 
parts iu  haste. 

2121.    $ft  ...  5U  fcenfen  :  no  departure  is  to  be  thought  of  anyway. 

2124.  9)tunt>  ber  228(tt)rl)eit  :  Attinghausen,  who  is  dying. 

2125.  bo3  fefynbe  9tugc  :  Rudenz,  who  on  Attinghausen  's  death  will 
succeed  to  the  influence  and  authority  of  his  uncle.     He  is  the  one 
who  ought  to  see  but  does  not,  being  blind  to  the  true  interests  of  his 
country.     Fisher  does  not  know  of  Rudenz'  stand  before  Gessler. 

2126.  $cr  3trm  :  Tell,  who  is  bound.     Without  these  three  men 
Fisher  can  see  no  hope  for  the  people. 

2127.  The  storm  increases  in  violence  until  just  after  Tell  appears. 


288  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  114-115. 

It  seems  to  be  as  sudden,  violent,  and  as  short  a  storm  as  the  one  in 
the  opening  scene  of  the  play. 
2129.  Cf.  Shakespeare's  King  Lear,  Act  III,  Sc.  II,  1-9 : 

"  Blow,  winds,  and  crack  your  cheeks  !  rage  !  blow  ! 
You  cataracts  and  hurricanes,  spout 
Till  you  have  drench'd  our  steeples,  drown'd  the  cocks, 
You  sulphurous  and  thought-executing  fires, 
Vaunt  couriers  of  oak-cleaving  thunderbolts, 
Singe  my  white  beard !    And  thou,  all-shaking  thunder, 
Strike  flat  the  thick  rotundity  o'  the  world ! " 

As  a  mere  ferryman  and  fisher,  Ruodi's  language  is  altogether  too 
unusual  and  too  highly  poetic;  it  is  not  at  all  the  kind  of  language 
one  expects  from  a  man  of  his  station.  But  if  we  will  consider  Ruodi 
as  the  representative  of  the  whole  people,  expressing  for  them  sorrow 
and  despair  over  Tell's  fate,  and  later  on,  joy  for  his  deliverance,  then 
the  intensely  lyric  fervor  of  Ruodi's  lines  is  both  fitting  and  natural. 
It  must  be  constantly  kept  in  mind  in  reading  the  play  that  we  have 
here  not  a  rgalistic  but  a  poetic  play. 

PAGE  115,  line  2134.   238mt:  cf.  line  1262. 

2135.  SBiifte :  a  gen.  depending  on  both  SBtiren  and  SBolfe.  The 
separation  is  admissible  in  poetry. 

2137.  Stbgruitb  :  the  lake  at  this  point  is  said  to  be  six  hundred  feet 
deep. 

2138.  So  IjafS  .  .  .  Sd)luitt»!? :  the  waters  have  never  raged  with 
such  fury  in  these  depths. 

2140.  gcbotcn :  from  gebietcn. 

2147.   SHifte  :  this  must  mean  the  sides  of  the  gorge. 

2149,  S.D.  The  strokes  of  a  bell  in  quick  succession  startle  them. 
They  cross  themselves. 

2152.  bafj  gebetet  HJCrbe :  that  prayers  may  be  offered  for  those  in 
distress ;  cf .  note  to  line  966. 

S.D.  Jenni  climbs  the  elevation  in  order  to  better  see  the  lake,  and 
from  this  vantage  ground  informs  the  audience  of  events  not  visible 
to  it.  For  another  example  of  describing  events  not  visible  to  the 
audience  compare  lines  165  ff. 

2154ff.  Note  the  alliteration ;  28iege —  geroiegt ;  Steuer  — Steurer ; 
SSinb  —  28elle. 


PAGES  lie-in.]       NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  I.  289 

PAGE  116,  line  2159.  £anblo§  .  .  .  Ctttgcgcn :  the  inhospitable 
rocks,  inaccessible  and  precipitous,  stare  pitilessly  at  him. 

2164.  2Bofferfluft :  gorge  filled  with  water.  The  whole  of  the  long 
and  narrow  Uri  Lake,  between  its  high  mountains  (from  800  to  1000 
feet  above  the  water),  may  properly  be  so  called;  but  the  word  is 
peculiarly  fitted  to  describe  the  very  narrow  passage  at  this  point 
between  the  Axen  and  the  Teufelsmiinster  opposite. 

2170.  ^>errettfrt)tff :  governor's  boat;  of.  line  2073;  a  coined  word 
on  the  analogy  of  £>errenbitrg  (line  770)  and  §errenbanf  (line  806). 

2171.  am  rotett  ^ad) :  this  may  mean  the  top  of  the  deck-house, 
the  deck  itself,  or  possibly  an  awning.     The  flag  was  red  also.     Red 
was  the  color  of  Austria. 

2174.    fcitt  23erbrcd)Ctt :  i.e.  the  victim  of  his  crime. 

2177.    gebett  ntd)t  ouf :  for  geben  nicfit«  auf :  do  not  heed  or  obey. 

PAGE  117,  line  2180.  (Breif  tttdjt  ...  in  ben  2trnt :  do  not  stay 
the  arm  of  the  Almighty.  Fisher  had  forgotten  that  Tell  is  on  board 
too  ;  cf.  line  2216. 

2183.  What  in  lines  2175  ff .  seemed  an  act  of  divine  vengeance,  now, 
that  he  thinks  of  Tell,  seems  to  be  the  blind  fury  of  the  unreasoning 
elements. 

2185.  StettcrmmtH :  he  must  mean  Tell,  but  how  he  knows  Tell  is 
steering  the  boat  is  not  clear.  It  may  be  that  he  is  thinking  of  Tell 
as  the  one  man  who  could  save  the  boat,  if  allowed  to. 

2186-2190.  The  Slgeitbcrg  (also  Siren,  SlrenfetS)  is  the  high  mountain 
(3353  feet  high)  on  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Uri,  a  little  north  of  Fliie- 
len.  The  SBuflfltCfflrat  and  ^jnrfmeffcr  are  two  dangerous  cliffs  or  spurs 
of  the  Axenberg.  The  XeufclSlttitufter  is  a  lofty  precipitous  peak  just 
across  the  lake.  A  hurricane  driven  against  the  Teufelsmiinster  will 
necessarily  rebound  upon  the  Axen  and  carry  any  ship  in  its  track 
across  and  wreck  it  upon  that  mountain's  spurs. 

2193.  $htl) :  a  steep  rock.  The  word  is  Swiss  and  is  found  in  many 
compounds ;  cf.  gliielen  (line  521),  SteitS  toon  ber  glue  (S.D.  Act  II, 
Sc.  II). 

2196.  ciner :  any  one. 

2197,  S.I).    Tell  enters  in  haste.     His  hair  is  dishevelled,  his  doub- 
let torn.     He  kneels  down  as  if  to  assure  himself  that  he  is  really  on 
solid  earth  again ;  then  he  spreads  out  his  arms  in  grateful  prayer  to 
heaven. 


290  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  118-121. 

PAGE  118,  line  2206.  Tell  does  not  answer  at  once  on  account  of 
his  exhaustion. 

2207.    28fl§  ?   He  cannot  believe  it. 

PAGE  119,  line  2210.  ©eib :  i.e.  one  jeib  3l)r. 
2214.  $(1$:  Tell  speaks  right  on  from  line  2213  without  heeding 
Fisher's  interruption. 

PAGE  120,  line  2228.  Setttt  f  Ictncit  3ljCtt  :  a  part  of  the  Axenberg, 
to  the  south  of  the  grofje  Siren. 

2230.  (tyottljurbtf  :  cf .  note  to  line  876.  For  a  description  see  lines 
3241-3270. 

2237.  ttiffen  fid)  ...  ttirfjt  JRdt :  know  not  counsel  for  themselves, 
know  not  tvhat  to  do  ;  cf.  English,  to  be  at  their  wits'1  ends. 

2244.    So  mi)d)tr  id)  bid) :  Iicould  consent  to. 

2252.  ftelfenrip  :  the  so-called  Tell's  Platte.  It  is  about  250  feet 
below  the  modern  Axenstrasse,  a  highway  between  Fliielen  and  Brun- 
nen.  A  chapel  was  built  here  as  early  as  1388  to  commemorate  Tell's 
escape.  It  was  restored  in  1883  and  its  walls  decorated  by  Stiickel- 
berg  with  scenes  from  "Tell." 

PAGE  121,  line  2257.  In  his  excitement  Tell  again  pays  no  heed  to 
Fisher's  interruption.  IjnitMirt)  p^itgcfyen :  to  pull  vigorously,  with 
all  his  might.  Tschudi,  whom  Schiller  follows  here,  wrote  tjanblid) 
jugtnb,  which  Schiller  transferred  to  jugefjen;  whereas  juginb  is  from 
jjietjen,  to  pull. 

2258.  Dor  bie  ftdfcnVtotte  :  in  front  of  the  flat  rock. 

2259.  fct  .  .  .  uberftmtben  :  note  the  double  significance,  though 
Tell,  of  course,  does  not  think  of  it  in  that  way.     As  the  event 
proved,  Tell  was  right  as  regarded  the  others  in  the  ship ;  for  him- 
self, also,  it  marked  the  passing  of  the  worst,  his  captivity  and  help- 
lessness. 

2262.  ongeftemmt :  bearing  on  the  tiller.  The  English  uses  the 
present  participle. 

2268.  Should  Tell  be  blamed  for  abandoning  Gessler  and  his  men 
to  the  mercy  of  the  waves  after  promising  to  save  them  ?  It  is  evi- 
dent that  Tell  did  believe  that  Gessler  would  escape  and  land  in  safety  ; 
for  he  is  in  the  greatest  haste  to  reach  Hohle  Gasse  before  Gessler  can 
arrive  there  ;  this  he  would  certainly  not  be,  if  he  had  expected  Gessler 
to  perish  on  the  lake. 


PAGES  121-123.]       XOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCEXE  II.  291 

2271.  At  a  sign  from  Ruodi,  Jenni  goes  into  the  hut  and  returns 
with  a  cup  of  wine  which  he  offers  to  Tell,  who  drinks  it. 

PA<;E  122,  line  2282.  Strtb,:  a  village  at  the  foot  of  the  9tof$berg 
(not  the  castle  so  often  mentioned  in  the  play)  at  the  southern  end  of 
Lake  Zug. 

2283.  iiber  Stetneu:  i.e.  along  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Lowerz. 
This  is  the  route  that  Gessler  takes. 

2285.  iiber  Somer^ :  a  small  place  on  the  northwestern  shore  of 
Lake  Lowerz  in  Schwyz.  This  is  a  shorter  route  and  the  one  that 
Tell  takes.  Lowerz  and  Steinen  are  on  opposite  sides  of  Lake  Lowerz, 
so  that  Tell  and  Gessler  are  not  likely  to  meet  on  the  way  to  Kliss- 
nacht. 

2288.   Tell  seems  here  to  know  all  about  the  Riitli  meeting. 

2290.  tut  Die  SMeb'  mtr  on  :  for  the  more  usual  tut  e«  mir  jit  i'tebe ; 
do  it  out  of  kindness  for  me,  do  me  the  favor. 

PAGE  123.  line  2294  ff.  Tell  is  not  boasting.  He  assures  us,  as 
well  as  his  friends,  that  he  is  about  to  do  something. 

2296.  2ie  folleu  .  .  .  9Mut3  :  let  them  be  brave  in  spirit  and  of  good 
cheer. 

2300.  tt)iri)T§  .  .  .  fommeu :  it  will  be  talked  about;  i.e.  told  or 
known. 

The  scene  is  introductory  to  Scene  III.  With  Tell's  escape  the 
desperate  situation  for  the  Swiss  qause  looks  hopeful  again.  Tell's 
determination  to  reach  Kiissnacht  before  Gessler,  and  his  an- 
nouncement that  something  is  going  to  happen,  arouses  our  expec- 
tations. 

ACT  IV.     SCENE  II. 

The  time  is  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  Sc.  I,  the  afternoon  of 
November  18.  The  place  is  the  same  as  that  in  Act  II,  Sc.  I. 

The  stage.  The  curtain  rises  slowly.  In  the  center  of  the 
stage  is  Attinghausen's  armchair  with  a  footstool  before  it.  In 
the  background  is  a  large  bed  with  Gobelin  curtains.  Near  it  is 
a  small  table,  upon  which  are  candles,  glasses,  and  a  small  crucifix. 
Attinghausen  wears  a  velvet  gown;  the  coverings  and  the  pillows 
are  white  and  of  rich  material,  his  coat-of-arms  embroidered  upon 


292  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  1-23-125. 

them.  Fiirst  and  Stauffacher  stand  near  the  chair ;  Melchtal  is 
near  the  table,  putting  some  medicine  in  a  glass  of  water.  Com- 
pare with  the  description,  Act  II,  Sc.  I. 

Just  why  the  Riitli  leaders  are  present  is  not  indicated;  nor  how 
Hedwig  knows  that  Walter  is  here.  The  men  have  evidently 
come  in  response  to  the  news  of  Attinghausen's  illness.  Fiirst 
and  Stauffacher,  as  we  know,  are  intimate  friends  of  Atting- 
hausen.  Melchtal  may  have  come  with  them  from  Altorf,  because 
he  admired  and  loved  the  old  man  for  his  patriotism.  Why 
Baumgarten  is  present  and  Rosselmann  is  absent  is  not  plain. 
The  dramatic  purpose  in  introducing  these  leaders  of  the  Swiss 
cause  (and  for  this  purpose  Hedwig  and  Walter  serve  as  represen- 
tatives for  Tell)  is  evident.  It  is  to  symbolize  by  the  presence  of 
the  leaders  of  the  cantons  the  presence  of  the  whole  Swiss  people, 
so  that  the  blessing  and  the  prophecy  of  Attinghausen  may  be 
spoken,  as  it  were,  to  all  the  people.  Melchtal's  presence  makes 
possible  the  alliance  between  Rudenz,  the  noble,  and  Melchtal,  the 
radical  democrat. 

PAGE  123,  line  2304.  btC  Defter  .  .  .  rcgt  fid) :  i.e.  he  is  still  alive. 
The  down  feather  had  been  placed  upon  his  lips  to  see  if  Ins  breathing 
had  ceased.  A  mirror  was  sometimes  used  for  the  same  purpose, 
which,  if  clouded  by  the  breath,  shows  that  life  still  exists.  Cf. 
Shakespeare's  Henry  IV,  II,  Act  IV,  Sc.  IV;  also  the  last  scene  of 
King  Lear. 

PAGE  124,  line  2307.  Baumgarten  and  Fiirst  talk  in  a  low  voice. 
Walter  overhears  them,  and  looks  expectantly  at  the  door.  Baum- 
garten goes  again  to  the  door,  from  whence  he  follows  Hedwig,  line 
2311. 

2311.  Hedwig  enters  in  the  greatest  excitement.  She  is  almost  be- 
side herself,  and  unable  to  control  her  voice.  Baumgarten  follows 
her,  remonstrating.  Walter  rushes  to  meet  his  mother  ;  she  drops  on 
a  chair,  passionately  pressing  his  head  to  her  breast. 

PAGE  125,  line  2324.    2816*3  .  .  .  fotutett  :  how  it  might  have  ended. 

2325.  nrt)t,*,til  Soljr:  in  English  we  prefer  to  say  100  years  ;  but  80 
years  is  among  mountain  people  a  high  age. 

2327.  We  are  not  told  where  Hedwig  got  her  knowledge  of  the 
events  at  Altorf.  She  seems  to  have  heard  an  exaggerated  account, 


PAGES  125-127.]      NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  II.  293 

or  else  she  herself  is  exaggerating  in  her  excitement.  As  a  matter  of 
fact  Walter  was  not  bound  ;  cf.  line  1955.  Nor  has  Hedwig  seem- 
ingly any  knowledge  of  the  very  important  fact  that  Tell  was  com- 
pelled to  shoot  in  order  to  save  his  boy's  life  as  well  as  his  own. 

2328.  tmifttct  31)1"  •  •  •  flcrctjt:  if  you  only  knew  how  the  governor 
maddened  or  crazed  him ;  i.e.  so  that  he  did  what  only  a  mad  man 
would  think  of  doing.  Melchtal  surely  cannot  mean  here  that  Tell 
shot  only  because  Gessler  had  aroused  his  pride  as  an  archer.  Hed- 
wig, to  be  sure,  seems  to  understand  it  this  way  ;  but  she  does  so 
because  in  her  ignorance  of  the  real  facts  she  has  imagined  that  Tell 
had  staked  his  child's  life  and  her  mother's  heart  upon  a  shot,  as  if  it 
were  all  a  game  of  chance.  Perhaps  this  is  what  she  had  been  told. 
She  is  unjust  to  Tell,  but  we  can  excuse  her  hot  anger  because  she 
does  not  know  the  real  conditions  that  confronted  him.  This  is  just 
what  Melchtal  means  to  tell  her  in  the  previous  speech.  Schiller  may 
have  purposely  put  these  lines  into  the  mouth  of  this  character  in 
order  to  forestall  such  an  idea  in  the  mind  of  any  one  in  the  audience. 

2333.    This  reproach  from  Baumgarten  is  to  be  expected. 

2336,  S.D.  ntit  ctnem  gro^ett  S3Hrf :  with  eyes  wide  open  with  sur- 
prise and  reproach.  From  now  on  it  is  the  wife  and  not  the  mother 
who  speaks. 

2336  ff.  The  bit  is  addressed  to  Baumgarten  ;  tljr  (lines  2337-2342), 
to  all  present ;  and  then,  lines  2342  ff. ,  she  again  addresses  Baum- 
garten. She  does  not  know  that  Baumgarten  was  not  present  at  the 
apple  shooting. 

PAGE  126,  line  2352.  Utt3  .  .  .  feljlett  ttym  !  we  all  feel  the  need  of 
him,  and  he  feels  the  need  of  us. 

2355.   2®cun  cr  erfranftc  !  what  if  he  became  ill ! 

2357.  9Upenrofe :  not  really  a  rose,  but  the  soldanella  alpina.  It 
thrives  only  on  very  high  altitudes,  near  the  snow  line,  where  the  air 
is  fresh  and  pure  (SSalfamftrome  ber  Suft).  When  brought  to  the 
valley  (®umpfe«utft)  it  quickly  withers.  The  nodding  flowers  are 
blue,  violet,  rose-colored,  and  (very  rarely)  white. 

PAGE  127,  line  2369.  rcttctc  :  the  past  subj.  for  hatte  gere  ttet,  itritrbe 
gerettet  fyaben  :  would  have  saved;  i.e.  if  he  had  an  opportunity. 

2370.  This  Hedwig  scene  serves  to  remind  us  that  Tell  is  on  his 
way  to  his  vengeance,  and  emphasizes  again  the  justice  and  rightful- 
ness  of  his  purpose.  Schiller  is  at  great  pains  to  make  clear,  both 


294  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  127-130. 

before  and  after  Gessler's  death,  that  Tell's  deed  was  not  murder,  but 
a  just  and  necessary  act. 

2371.   Gr  fct)It  ntir  :  I  feel  the  want  of  him;  cf.  note,  line  2352. 

2375.  Cf.  2  Sam.  7,  27  :  "Therefore  hath  thy  servant  found  in  his 
heart,  this  prayer  to  pray  to  thee." 

2376.  Cf.  lines  1992-2031. 

PAGE  128,  line  2382.  The  sense  of  pain  is  a  sign  that  life  is  still 
struggling  for  existence  ;  the  entire  absence  of  pain  is  a  sign  that  hope 
of  life  is  over. 

2389.  be3  SebeitS  l)iJd)ftc3  SRafc:  cf.  Ps.  90,  10:  "The  days  of  our 
years  are  threescore  and  ten,  and  if  by  reason  of  strength  they  be 
fourscore  years,  yet  is  their  strength  labor  and  sorrow  ;  for  it  is  soon 
gone,  and  we  fly  away." 

PAGE  129,  line  2397.    tw3  28ort  GJcflCben  :  have  pledged  themselves. 
2400.    63  tturb  iieliiiit&elt  Jucrfcen :  ice  shall  act.  Impersonal  passive  ; 
cf.  lines  101,  2152. 

2403.  Attinghausen  seizes  the  arms  of  Stauffacher  and  Fiirst.     He 
speaks  in  great  excitement. 

2404.  There  is  a  special  propriety  in  having  the  three  original,  real 
leaders  disclose  the  plot  to  Attinghausen. 

2406.  louljlbeuwljrt :  this  was  true  as  far  as  the  Austrians  were 
concerned;  butcf.  lines  1517-1519,  2502-2507. 

PAGE  130,  line  2414.    WCltlt  e3  gilt :  when  the  time  for  action  comes. 

2421.  63  lebt :  i.e.  ba$  £>errlid)e  ber  3)ienirf)()ett,  freedom.  Jwrd) 
entire  $rfifte :  i.e.  not  through  the  nobles,  but  through  the  power  of 
the  free  burgher  and  free  peasant  classes. 

2423.  9lu£  fctcfem  6aupte:  Fiirst  has  told  him  that  Walter  is  his 
grandson  (line  2385)  :  of  the  shooting  of  the  apple,  Attinghausen 
must  have  heard  before  falling  asleep  ;  or,  he  may  also  have  the 
power  to  see  into  the  past  as  he  has  of  seeing  into  the  future.  There 
has  been  some  dispute  as  to  what  Attinghausen  means  here.  He 
means  either  that  Walter,  as  representing  the  rising  generation,  is  the 
type  of  that  class  of  citizens  who  will  conserve  and  perpetuate  free- 
dom ;  or,  that  the  incident  of  the  apple  shooting  will  be  the  seed  from 
which  will  grow  the  liberation  of  Switzerland.  Contrast  this  opti- 
mistic speech  with  the  pessimism  of  Attinghausen 's  mood  at  lines 
952-958. 


PAGES  iso-isi.]      NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  II.  295 

2426.  bJiiljt :  figurative  ;  grows,  rises. 

2427.  Wdrfjer  GHaitj  .  .  .  crgte^t :  what  a  radiant  light  shines  forth 
from  (about)  his  eyes. 

2430.  It  is  a  widespread  superstition  that  a  dying  person  can  fore- 
tell the  future.  Such  a  prophecy  as  Attinghausen  makes  here  had  to 
be  made  somewhere  in  the  play;  for  it  was  impossible  to  actually 
present  all  this  history  on  the  stage  within  the  limits  of  a  play.  No 
person  in  the  play  can  so  fittingly  pronounce  such  a  glorious  promise 
of  final  triumph  as  this  patriarch.  These  lines  describe  the  state  of 
political  freedom  as  it  already  existed  in  Switzerland.  With  the  de- 
cline of  the  power  of  the  nobility  and  the  prestige  of  knighthood  the 
free  cities  and  the  burgher  class  became  more  and  more  powerful,  and 
many  young  nobles  were  glad  to  take  up  residence  in  the  cities  and  to 
acquire  citizen  rights.  The  death  of  Attinghausen  symbolizes,  in  a 
certain  sense,  the  passing  of  the  old  order  and  the  coming  of  the  new. 

2432.  Uci)t(nui) :   the  word  means,  the  land  of  the  morning  sun; 
probably  so  called  because  of  the  misty  light  caused  by  the  swamp 
vapors.     It  is  an  old  but  still  common  name  for  a  district  between  the 
Bernese  Alps  and  the  Jura,  comprising  what  is  now  the  Canton  Frei- 
burg and  a  part  of  Canton  Bern.         Xlnirgau :    the  district  of  the 
Thur,  then  much  larger  than  the  present  canton,  including  nearly  all 
of  northeastern  Switzerland  as  far  as  Zurich.     It  was  the  first  canton 
to  gain  liberty  and  privileges. 

2433.  Tie  cbte  Sent:  names  of  cities  are  neuter,  but  the  bie  is  used 
here  because  Stabt  is  understood.     Bern,  the  present  capital  of  Swit- 
zerland, was  then,  as  now,  the  capital  of  Canton  Bern.     It  was  forti- 
fied one  hundred  years  before  the  Riitli  league  was  formed,  and  was 
early  a  place  of  great  political  importance. 

2434.  J^rciburg :  the  capital  of  ancient  Uchtland.     It  was  founded 
in   1178  by  Berthold  of  Zahringen  as  a  stronghold  of  the  younger 
nobles. 

PAGE  131,  line  2435.  3itrtd| :  the  chief  city  of  the  Thurgau  and 
then,  as  now,  a  very  important  commercial  center.  Its  commercial 
activity  early  encouraged  the  organization  of  guilds,  though  these 
•were  not  constitutionally  recognized  until  1336. 

2436.  3um :   to  form  a. 

2437.  tljren  .  .  .  ^Solicit :  this  may  refer  to  all  the  cities,  but  espe- 
cially to  Zurich,  which  withstood  several  sieges  :   by  Charles  IV  in 
1345,  by  Albrecht  II  in  1351  and  1352. 


296  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  un-iaa. 

2438.  After  the  retrospect  comes  the  prophecy  of  the  future. 

2442.  mondjer  tya%  :    refers  to  the  battles  of  Morgarten  in  1315, 
Sempach  in  1386,  Nafel  in  1388,  against  the  Austrians  ;  and  of  Gran- 
son  and  Murten  in  1476,  against  Charles  the  Bold  of  Burgundy. 

2443.  $er  fioubmann :  this  refers  to  the  glorious  deed  of  Arnold  of 
Winkelried  at  the  battle  of  Sempach  in  1386.     The  Austrian  knights 
in  their  full  armor  dismounted  and  presented  against  the  Swiss  an 
impenetrable  barrier  with  their  long  lances.     Thereupon  Winkelried, 
a  citizen  of  Unterwalden,  hurled  himself  upon  the  opposing  ranks, 
grasped  as  many  lances  as  he  could  and  allowed  them  to  pierce  his 
body.     He  thus  made  a  break  in  the  Austrian  line  through  which  his 
countrymen  found  their  way  to  the  rear  of  the  knights  and  overcame 
them.    The  story  is  doubtless  a  legend.     This  concrete  example  of 
glory  is  more  powerful  than  a  recital  of  the  deeds  of  an  army.    This 
Winkelried  must  not  be  confused  with  the  Winkelried  in  the  play. 

2448.  Drt:  here,  canton.  The  words  ©ttitte,  and  later  Ort,  were 
older  names  for  what  we  now  call  canton.  It  is,  of  course,  not  neces- 
sary to  suppose  that  Schiller  had  this  distinction  in  mind,  and  so  the 
word  can  be  rendered  more  freely,  place,  abode. 

2450.  $ofj  fid)  ...  ucrf  itwmlc :  so  that  the  confederates  may  quickly 
assemble.    The  double  meaning  of  SBunb  cannot  be  reproduced  in  Eng- 
lish. 

2451,  S.D.   Hedwig  and  Walter  rise,  go  to  the  table  in  the  back- 
ground, light  the  candles  and  kneel  in  prayer.     Melchtal  opens  the 
window  to    the    left ;    the    mountains    appear    in    bright  sunshine. 
Surgcjlotfe :  cf .  note  to  line  966.     It  was  customary  to  make  known 
the  death  of  a  member  of  a  community  by  ringing  the  church  bell,  so 
that  all  hearing  it  might  join  in  prayer  for  the  salvation  of  the  de- 
parted one.     The  practice  is  still  observed  in  many  parts  of  the  world. 
The  bell  ceases  as  Rudenz  enters.     He  is  anxious  and  out  of  breath. 
They  all  bow  respectfully. 

2453.  iicl)nti5l)crr :  a  freeman  like  Fiirst  could  hold  some  estate  in 
fief  in  addition  to  his  own  property.     It  is  possible  that  he  is  here 
speaking  in  the  name  of  all  present. 

2454.  eitten  onbern  9?omen :    the  castle  will  now  bear  the  name 
©cfjtofi  Stitbenj  auf  Sitting Ijanf en  instead  of  @d)(oJ3  SBenter  auf  Sitting* 
fyaufen. 

PAGE  132,  line  2459.    umnftr Itc  tm  fitdjt :  poetic  ;  walked  on  earth. 
2461.    ©djltlb :  lit.  debt,  but  he  means  the  blame  that  attaches  to 


PAGES  132-135.]      NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  II.  297 

him  for  the  manner  in  which  he  treated  his  uncle  in  Act  II,  Sc.  I,  for 
which  he  cannot  now  obtain  forgiveness. 

2464.  fcgnctc  :  an  inference  from  Attinghausen's  wish  to  do  so ;  cf. 
line  2378. 

2465.  Would  it  not  be  better  to  have  had  Rudenz  tell  the  living 
Attinghausen  what  he  now  says  to  his  dead  body  ? 

2467.   $lt  •  upon  or  by. 
2477.    Stttcr:  Fiirst. 

PAGE  133,  line  2478.    btc  GimflC :  Stauffacher's. 

2479.  Melchtal  hesitates  to  accept  the  proffered  hand  and  the  offer 
it  implies.  Why  ?  Cf .  lines  692-695. 

2483.   toeffett  .  .  .  »erfel)cn:  what  can  we  expect  of  you  f 

2489.  Cf.  the  saying :  2Hg  9(bam  hacft'  unb  Sua  fpann,  tt>er  roar  ba 
ber  (Sbelmann? 

2492.  ©id)  ttltterttJtrft  .  .  .  bcfrudjtct :  makes  subject  to  himself  the, 
hard  earth  and  makes  it  fruitful. 

PAGE  134,  line  2500.   $ljr  fdjroctgt:   for  the  confederates  are  not 
certain  how  far  they  can  trust  him. 
2513.    Cf.  lines  1400-1419. 
2516.   fiant»e3  SBoter :  the  heads  of  the  nation. 

PAGE  135,  line  2518.    flebett:  consign. 

2520.  It  is  often  claimed  by  those  who  seek  to  belittle  the  character 
of  Rudenz  that  his  motive  for  arousing  the  people  to  immediate  action 
is  less  a  sign  of  patriotism  than  one  of  selfish  love  for  Berta.  He  may 
very  well  have  had  both  feelings,  lofty  patriotism  as  well  as  anguish 
over  Berta's  fate.  This  new  act  of  tyranny  on  the  part  of  Gessler, 
whereby  he  shows  that  not  even  those  nearest  to  him  are  safe  from 
his  cruelty,  is  warrant  enough  that  the  Swiss  must  act  at  once  if  they 
are  to  save  themselves  from  Gessler. 

2525.  Berta  was  hidden  away  from  Rudenz  in  order  to  punish  him 
for  his  opposition  to  Gessler  (lines  1992-2030).  It  is  possible,  of 
course,  that  Gessler  had  imprisoned  her  for  siding  with  the  Swiss. 

2527.  Ijttttc  :  cf.  Appendix  C,  7,  bb  ;  you  don't  mean  to  say. 

2528.  ucrii)0i]cit :  obs.  part,  from  t>ertt)egen,  to  venture,  dare. 

2533.  SBcIdjer  ©Cttwlt  .  .  .  erftiljtten  :  what  criminal  force  they  (the 
Austrians)  will  boldly  venture  to  use. 

2534.  sum  Berlja|tCtt  Sanb  :  cf.  note  to  line  1610  and  lines  1667  ff., 
1671. 


298  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES 

2536.   Cf.  lines  1618-1622. 

2538.   Fiirst  interrupts,  for  he  is  ready  now  to  stop  talking  and  to  act. 

PAGE  136,  line  2543.    Uttter :  from  under. 

2551.  @§  brtitflt  .  .  .  ©efe^ :  i.e.  time,  as  it  moves,  brings  with  it  a 
change  of  circumstances,  and  new  conditions  now  release  them  from 
their  agreement  to  postpone  action. 

2552.  foer  jc^t :  for  baft  er  :  that  he  could  now. 

2553.  Rudenz  addresses  himself  to  Stauffacher  and  Fiirst,  because 
he  and  Melchtal  are  going  together,  leaving  the  other  two  behind. 

2554.  Jvcucr.*,eifi|eit :  cf.  note  to  line  747  and  lines  1421-1422. 

2559,  S.D.  Fiirst  and  Stauffacher  make  no  objection  to  show  that 
they  feel  any  hesitancy  about  violating  the  Riitli  oath  as  far  as  it 
binds  them  to  postpone  action. 

The  scene  falls  into  parts  as  follows : 

Introduction  :  Hedwig  the  leading  character. 

Main  part :  Attinghausen  the  main  character. 

Conclusion  :  Rudenz  and  Melchtal  the  main  characters. 

The  scene  gives  Tell  time  to  go  from  Tellsplatte  to  the  Hohle 
Gasse.  What  his  purpose  is  we  have  already  guessed.  In  this 
scene  is  consummated  the  union  of  nobleman  and  commoner, 
without  which  the  people's  cause  cannot  succeed.  Thus  while 
Tell  is  making  ready  to  remove  Gessler,  the  people  are  making 
ready  to  capture  the  forts  and  to  drive  the  other  tyrants  out  of  the 
country. 

ACT  IV.     SCEXE  III. 

The  time  is  later  in  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day,  November  18, 
as  in  Sc.  I  and  Sc.  II,  though,  distances  considered,  it  may  have 
been  the  day  following. 

The  place  is  the  §ol)fe  ©affe,  a  deep  narrow  cut  between  high 
banks  and  overhanging  trees  and  brush,  about  a  mile  from  Kiiss- 
nacht  (cf.  note  to  line  219)  and  Immensee  (cf.  note  to  line  2654). 
The  road  is  now  entirely  changed,  having  been  filled  up  and  made 
into  a  modern  turnpike.  The  site  where  Gessler  is  supposed  to 
have  been  shot  is  marked  by  a  small  chapel,  adorned  with  pictures 
of  Tell's  exploits  and  with  fitting  inscriptions. 


PAGE  137.]  XOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  III.  299 

The  stage.  The  highest  point  of  the  road  is  in  the  background, 
right  rear,  sloping  thence  to  the  front  of  the  stage  and  run- 
ning off  the  stage  to  the  left.  The  background,  left  and^a  little 
beyond  the  center  of  the  stage,  is  filled  in  with  one  of  the  rocky 
sides  of  the  roadway.  To  the  front  right  is  a  large  bowlder,  and 
opposite,  a  stone  bench.  There  must  be  enough  open  space  in  the 
foreground  to  permit  free  action  for  the  large  number  of  charac- 
ters that  take  part  in  the  scene. 

Tell  enters,  looking  intently  along  the  road ;  then  leans  against 
a  bowlder  at  the  side.  After  line  2568  he  walks  restlessly  to  and 
fro,  but  constantly  watches  the  road  toward  the  background ; 
finally  he  notices  the  bench  and  sits  down  for  a  time. 

PAGE  137,  line  2567.  $ort  tttuftt  .  .  .  nbflcfaufctt :  you  must  die, 
your  time,  is  up  or  your  hour  has  come.  The  Ufyr  is  a  poetic  reminder 
of  the  old  hour-glass,  and  the  phrase  reads  lit.  the  sand  in  your  clock 
has  run  out. 

2571.  I)erau3=(yefd)retft :  a  compound  verb  ;  this  is  another  of  the 
three  instances  in  the  play  where  a  word  is  divided  between  lines ;  cf. 
lines  284-285,  2614-2615. 

2573.  $>ie  WlUd)  bcr  frommcn  ^enfurt :  my  kindly  way  of  thinking. 
Cf.  Shakespeare's  Macbeth,  "  milk  of  human  kindness."  Gessler 
has  changed  the  gentleness  of  Tell's  feelings  towards  his  fellow-men 
into  hatred  and  desire  for  vengeance. 

2579.    £d :  anticipates  2)ama(8,  line  2584. 

2583.  01}  it  matt)  tig  .  .  .  rang  :  writhed  before  you  in  unavailing  en- 
treaty. 

2584.  £itma(3  gefobt*  id)  mir :  this  statement  can  mean  nothing  else 
than  that  Tell  made  his  vow  to  kill  Gessler  at  the  time  he  was  forced 
to  shoot  at  the  apple.     At  that  time  he  confessed  to  Gessler  that  if  he 
had  hit  the  boy  he  would  have  shot  Gessler  with  the  second  arrow 
concealed  in  his  doublet.     Either  Tell  at  the  time  suppressed  a  part  of 
his  true  intentions,  in  which  case  Gessler's  suspicions  were  correct, 
and  his  rearrest  of  Tell  a  justifiable  act  ot  self-defense  (cf.  note  to 
line  2060),  or  else  Tell  has  forgotten  the  condition  (i.e.  if  he  should 
kill  his  son)  he  had  made  with  his  vow.     Tell  here  gives  two  reasons 
why  he  must  kill  Gessler :  («)  there  is  Tell's  family,  which  must  be 
protected  against   Gessler's  possible  vengeance  because  Tell  has  es- 
caped him  (lines  2577-2579)  ;  and  (6)  Tell  is  bound  by  his  oath  (lines 


300  WILHELM    TELL.  [PAGES  137-139. 

2586-2589)  .  It  must  be  noted  that  nowhere  does  Tell  think  of  aveng- 
ing the  personal  wrongs  he  himself  has  suffered.  Not  less  important 
is  the  fact  that  Tell  in  no  wise  connects  his  present  undertaking  with 
his  country's  cause.  *-,  ,  ;, 

PAGE  138,  line  2590.  nteitte3  £aifer§  $ogt  :  governor  for  my  em- 
peror. 

2594.  itm  mit  .  .  .  Jit  crfred)Ctt  :  with  murderous  deliijht  and  with 
bold  impunity  to  dare  to  do  every  horrible  deed. 

2597.  Tell  here  addresses  a  single  arrow,  and  in  line  2608  he  speaks 
as  if  he  had  no  other.  On  the  other  hand,  we  know  that  he  escaped 
from  the  boat  with  his  quiver,  in  which  he  must  have  had  other  arrows 
(lines  2225,  2264).  We  have  our  choice  of  thinking  (a)  that  he  really 
had  only  one  arrow,  (6)  that  he  deliberately  chooses  to  use  the  very 
arrow  he  had  concealed  in  his  doublet  at  the  time  of  the  apple  shoot- 
ing (line  1900,  S.D.),  or  (c),  which  seems  the  best  explanation,  that 
he  believes  that  he  will  have  no  second  opportunity  for  a  shot  at 
Gessler  should  this  arrow  miss. 

2603.  5rcu&c  3pielen  :  in  joyous  sports;  cf.  greubenichieBen,  line 
2648. 

2605.  9hir  jefet  nod)  :  only  this  one  time  more  . 

2607.  froft(o§  :  weakly,  i.e.  without  sufficient  strength  behind  it  to 
hit  the  object  at  which  it  is  aimed. 

2609.  9luf  Iriefer  93onf  :  the  ace.  is  expected  with  a  verb  of  motion, 
but  fid)  je^en  has  here  the  force  of  ^Jfat5  nefymen,  fief)  rufyen,  and  so  we 
have  the  dat.  with  a  verb  of  rest. 

2611.  ^eber  treibt  .  .  .  Sdjitterj:  every  one  passes  the  other 
quickly  and  indifferently  as  a  stranger,  and  does  not  concern  himself 
with  the  other's  cares.  The  scene  is  now  full  of  motion  as  people  come 
and  go. 

2614.  (etd)t*(Befd|itr$tc  :  the  third  instance  of  a  word  divided  be- 
tween lines  ;  cf.  lines  284-285,  2571-2572  ;  lightly  girt  ;  i.e.  not  loaded 
with  the  wares,  cares,  or  anxieties  of  a  merchant. 

PAGE  139,  line  2619.  $emt  jebc  Strafe  .  .  .  SBelt  :  every  road 
leads  everywhere  ;  i.e.  by  following  any  highway  one  can  arrive  any- 
where. Cf.  English,  All  roads  meet;  cf.  also  2llle  SBege  fiifyren  nod) 


2624.    cr  bradjt'  :  sc.  ofyne  baft  ;  unless  he  brought,  without  bringing 
you  something. 


PAGES  m-uo.]      XOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  III.  301 


2625.  SBar'S  :  whether  it  was. 

2626.  3(mntott3i)oru  :  ammonite  ;  a  kind  of  fossil  shell  related  to  the 
nautilus.     It  sometimes  resembles  a  ram's  horn.     The  name  is  taken 
from  the  Egyptian  god  Jupiter  Ammon,  who  was  often  represented  as 
having  the  horns  of  a  ram. 

2627.  2Bie  e£  :  such  as. 

2631.  Iteben  ®tnber  :  the  weak  adj.  decl.  is  found  here  in  all  the 
manuscripts  and  in  the  first  edition.  It  was  the  rule  once  to  use  the 
weak  ending  in  the  vocative  ;  later  usage  was  divided,  but  now 
the  strong  decl.  is  the  rule  (cf.  line  2622). 

2635.  2ofct  ftd)'3  .  .  .  Dcrfcrieften  :  why,  the  hunter  does  not  let  it 
discourage  him  ;  the  inversion  in  exclamation.  In  such  exclamations 
the  inversion  is  usually  followed  by  bod),  which  is  omitted  sometimes, 
as  here,  for  the  sake  of  the  meter. 

2640.  This  is  untrue.  Schiller  took  the  idea  from  Scheuchzer. 
The  latter  relates  that  when  hunters  are  in  a  tight  place  in  the  moun- 
tains and  can  neither  safely  advance  nor  retreat,  or  when  they  must 
make  a  jump  across  some  ravine  or  chasm,  they  cut  the  skin  off  the 
balls  of  their  feet  in  order  that  the  blood  may  serve  as  a  glue  and  so 
prevent  their  slipping  on  the  smooth  rocks. 

PAGE  140,  line  2649.  ba§  SBcftc  :  the  first  prize  ;  i.e.  his  freedom 
and  the  safety  of  his  family.  The  purpose  of  this  monologue  is  evi- 
dent. Schiller  intends  here  to  explain  Tell's  justification  for  killing 
Gessler.  Tell's  very  first  words  declare  his  purpose.  He  does  not 
argue  the  pro  and  con  for  his  deed  ;  he  pronounces  judgment  upon 
Gessler  as  if  Gessler  were  before  him.  From  the  first  appearance  of 
the  play  this  monologue  has  been  objected  to  on  the  ground  that  it  is 
not  consistent  with  Tell's  character  as  a  man  of  few  words.  It  is  cer- 
tain that  no  modern  playwright  would  think  of  using  such  a  mono- 
logue, certainly  not  one  so  long  ;  cf  .  Shakespeare's  use  of  the  mono- 
logue. 

2650,  S.D.  The  procession  passes  over  the  scene  with  singing,  shout- 
ing, and  merry  laughter.  First  come  the  musicians,  then  little  girls 
with  flowers  and  ribbons,  Klostermeier,  his  parents,  guests,  and  last, 
Stiissi.  The  highly  dramatic  contrast  of  the  wedding  procession  and 
Gessler's  death  needs  no  comment.  The  procession  also  helps  to 
explain  the  separation  of  Gessler  from  his  retainers,  and  secures  the 
presence  of  the  common  people  on  the  scene.  gc(cl)Ut  :  leaning  ;  cf. 
note  on  angeftemmt,  line  2262. 


302  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  uo-ui. 

2651.  2titffi :  Swiss  for  3uftu§.       filoftermci'r  won  9)tbrlifd)ort)cn  : 
steward  or  manager  of  the  convent  lands  near  Morlischachen.  a  vil- 
lage on  Lake  Lucerne  near  Kussnacht ;  cf.  note  on  ilJeter  Don  Sarnen, 
S.D.,  Act  II,  Sc.  II. 

2652.  S^rautlauf  halt :  who  passes  with  his  iceddiiiy  (/wxtx  t<>  get  his 
bride.     This  refers  to  an  ancient  custom  when  the  groom  raced  (Vaitf) 
with  his  bride  (S3raitt)  and  won  her  only  by  defeating  her.     Compare 
the  9?ibe(ungettlift>,  wherein  Brunhild  is  won  by  Gunther  when,  with 
Siegfried's  help,  he  defeats  her  in  throwing,  jumping,  and  racing.    The 
practice  died  out  long  before  the  time  of  the  play,  but  the  word  is  still 
used  to  describe  the  formal  trip  to  the  bride's  house  in  order  to  take 
her  to  the  scene  of  the  wedding. 

2654.  ^mifee :   Immensee,  a  village  on  Lake  Zug,  about  one  half 
mile  from  Hohle  Gasse. 

2655.  ttrirb  hod)  gefdjwelflt :  there  will  be  great  revelry  ;  cf.  English 
slang,  there  will  be  a  high  old  time. 

2657.  Note  the  significant  meanings  of  Tell's  speeches,  lines  2657, 
2662,  2675.  Contrast  Tell's  mood  with  that  of  Stiissi. 

2659.   9iel)mt  mit :  accept. 

2661.  &ter  twrl)  .  .  .  bcgrabett :  here  there's  a  marriage,  elsewhere 
a  funeral. 

PAGE  141,  line  2663.  Stiissi  does  not  understand  Tell's  real  mean- 
ing, and  so  applies  his  remark  to  life  in  general. 

2665.  (9(nnter  Sanb:  the  canton  Glarus,  east  of  Canton  Schwyz. 
It  has  suffered  several  times  from  disastrous  landslides.  The  ©(arnifd), 
a  beautiful  mountain  range,  some  of  whose  peaks  are  nearly  10,000 
feet  high,  is  southeast  of  Glarus,  the  capital  of  the  canton. 

2669.  £tt  fin-aril  id)  einctt :  /  spoke,  for  instance,  with  a  man. 
$aben :  a  small  town  in  Aargau,  on  the  Limmat  River,  northeast  of 
Zurich.  It  was  well  known  to  the  Romans  on  account  of  its  medicinal 
springs.  A'ibrecht  had  a  small  castle  there,  where  he  resided  when- 
ever he  visited  his  fiefs  in  Switzerland ;  cf.  note  to  line  407.  It  was 
destroyed  by  the  Swiss  in  1415. 

2674.  These  signs  foreshadow  the  death  of  the  emperor,  and  not 
that  of  Gessler.    Tell  sees  in  the  story  an  application  to  himself. 

2675.  S.D.   9lrmcjart>  :  the  character  and  the  whole  episode  in  which 
she  plays  a  part  are  inventions  of  Schiller.     She  and  her  children  are 
miserably  clad,  bare-footed,  haggard,  and  unkempt. 

2676.  SDJfln  bcutet^  uuf :  they  interpret  it  to  forebode. 


PAGES  142-144.]      NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  III.  303 

PAGE  142,  line  2680.  W0I)l  bem  :  blessed  is  he  ;  cf.  Horace's  Epis- 
tles II,  1,  3  : 

How  happy  in  his  low  degree, 
How  rich  in  humble  poverty  is  he 
Who  leads  a  quiet  country  life 
Discharged  of  business,  void  of  strife. 
Thus,  ere  the  seeds  of  strife  were  sown, 
Lived  men  in  better  ages  born, 
Who  plowed  with  oxen  of  their  own 
Their  small  paternal  field  of  corn. 

2682.  Compare  this  with  Tell's  mood  in  lines  429-431  and  see  how 
greatly  he  has  changed. 

2685.    'SaS  tUT  id) :  how  much  more  sinister  than  a  simple  "yes." 

2690.  Strom :   torrent ;   probably  the   Muotta,  though  it  may  be 
taken  in  a  more  general  sense.    This  storm  is  the  same  one  that  we 
saw  at  the  beginning  of  the  act. 

2691.  Why  should  Armgard  be  the  one  to  speak  rather  than  Tell  ? 
Tell's  mission  is  so  urgent  that  we  expect  some  expression  of  his  dis- 
appointment.    But  Schiller's  purpose,  for  the  present,  is  to  focus  the 
attention  of  the  audience  upon  Armgard  and  not  on  Tell.     The  neces- 
sity for  this  in  the  scene  that  follows  is  evident.         3ltrl)t  $tyr  ttJOg  flit 
iljn :   have  you  some  request  to  make  of  him ;  we  expect  i()m,  but  here 
fudjt  ...  an  is  an  analogy  with  £>abt  Sfjr  ein  2lnliegen  an  tfjn,  or 
©efurf)  an  jentanb  rirfjten,  where  the  ace.  is  correct. 

PAGE  143,  line  2695.    9JZatt  foljre  .  .  .  9BcflC  :   dear  the  way. 
2696,    S.D.    Tell  goes  to  take  his  position  for  the  shooting. 

PAGE  144,  line  2706.  tit  6frUttb  :  for  in  ben  ©runb;  cf.  in  2Beg, 
line  2734 ;  in  Sampf,  line  305.  in  @runl>  .  .  .  9)iait3 :  would  have 
gone  to  the  bottom  with  every  living  soul ;  cf.  English  with  all  hands. 

2707.  £>em  $olf  .  .  .  Belter :  that  sort  of  people  neither  water  nor 
fire  can  harm  :  said  very  contemptuously. 

2721.   2>o3  Unbeqncme  :  i.e.  the  hat. 

2723.  bruuf  ftoftcn  .  .  .  Witflc:  that  they  may  see  it  whether  they 
want  to  or  not.  Cf.  einen  mit  ber  "JJafe  anf  ettnaS  ftoften,  to  place  a 
thing  under  a  person's  very  nose. 

2725.  Rudolf  and  Gessler  are  apparently  continuing  an  argument 
begun  before  they  enter  the  scene, 


304  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  i«-i«. 

PAGE  145,  line  2726.    Tic:  dem.  pron. 

2728.  Safer :  Rudolf  of  Habsburg,  Emperor  of  Germany  from  1273- 
1291,  who  first  made  his  family  a  leading  dynasty  ;  cf.  lines  3049, 
3192,  3263.     Cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOCKT  VI,  p.  263. 

2729.  Sotyn  :  Albrecht  I,  Emperor  from  1298-1308,  the  Emperor  in 
the  play.     Cf.  HISTORICAL  ACCOUNT  VIII,  p.  263. 

2731.    So  ober  fo:  one  way  or  another. 

2734.  3n  2Beg  :  for  in  ben  2Beg  ;  cf.  line  2706. 

2735.  SBoifen :  orphans;  it  used  to  be  applied,  as  also  in  English, 
to  a  child  deprived  of  one  parent.     Here  the  father  was  in  prison, 
which,  under  the  circumstances,  was  as  good  as  a  grave. 

2738.  $&i(bt)euer:  cutter  of  wild  (i.e.  ownerless)  hay.  He  cut  the 
hay  from  the  very  edge  of  dangerous  and  steep  cliffs,  sometimes  allow- 
ing himself  to  be  let  down  from  an  overhanging  rock  to  cut  the  grass 
upon  some  narrow  and  otherwise  inaccessible  place  below.  Only 
poverty  and  want  could  tempt  any  man  to  follow  such  a  calling. 
92tgtberg :  the  large  mountain  east  of  Lucerne,  between  the  three 
lakes  Lucerne,  Zug,  and  Lowerz. 

PAGE  146,  line  2746.  Gitdj  foil  9Jed)t  tocr&cn :  justice  shall  be  done 
you. 

2750.    Srfjott  in  :  going  on. 

2762-2763.   nid)t$  .  .  .  fragen:  care  nothing  for. 

PAGE  147,  line  2769.  Jrotcft  fell :  inversion  for  emphasis  with  bod) ; 
cf.  note  to  line  2635.  Why  is  this  Armgard  scene  introduced  ?  It  is 
certainly  not  needed  to  stiffen  Tell's  backbone.  It  gives  to  the  audi- 
ence a  real  tangible  reason  why  Gessler  deserves  his  fate  ;  it  also  helps 
to  connect  Tell's  deed  with  the  people's  cause. 

2775.  ttm3  mid)  rcuct:  the  one  redeeming  line  for  Gessler's  char- 
acter. Is  there  any  reason  to  suppose  that  he  was  ever  sorry  for  what 
he  had  done  to  Tell  ? 

2780.  one  td  full :  as  it  must  be. 

2781.  e«i:  things  in  general,  the  conditions  now  existing. 

PAGE  148,  line  2785,  S.D.  The  arrow  is  already  in  Gessler's  doub- 
let, but,  up  to  this  time,  invisible  to  the  audience.  As  the  actor  puts 
his  hand  (fcihrt  mit  ber  £>anb)  over  his  heart,  he  straightens  out  the 
arrow  so  that  it  looks  as  if  he  had  been  shot. 

2787.  Armgard  leaps  up  and  disappears  through  the  Hohle  Gasse. 
Her  cries  of  "Murder  !  Murder  !  "  are  heard  behind  the  scenes.  Soon 


PAGES  ws-wi.J      NOTES.     ACT  IV,    SCENE  III.  305 

voices  are  heard,  first  low,  then  louder  and  louder,  until  the  people 
rush  in  on  the  scene  at  line  2794. 

PAGE  149,  line  2796.  Armgard  clasps  her  bands  exultingly.  The 
music  is  now  very  loud. 

2797.  S.D.  bte  9Jillftf  geljt  f ort :  the  music  continues. 

2802.  JRaft :  to  be  crazy,  and  not  in  the  usual  sense  of,  to  be  furious. 

2805,  S.D.  gibt  ^eidjett:  evidently  not  that  he  desires  them  to 
hasten  to  Kiissnacht ;  possibly  he  wants  them  to  hasten  after  Tell. 

PAGE  150,  line  2809.    tritt  ...  an:  takes  possession  of. 
2810.    flcbroctjen  :  cf .  note  to  line  866. 

2817.    3Bagt  e§  :  just  dare  it ;  implying  that  he  had  better  not. 
2821.    fcufytn :  to  this. 

PAGE  151,  line  2826.  aitbrc  3orgett:  i.e.  to  save  for  the  Emperor 
his  fortress  at  Kiissnacht. 

2830,  S.D.  bcirmljcrstge  SBriibcr:  an  anachronism.  The  Brothers 
of  Mercy  was  an  order  of  monks,  founded  in  1540  by  the  Portuguese 
Juan  Ciudad  di  Dio.  They  used  to  wear  a  black  gown  and  hood. 
Schiller  did  not  concern  himself  about  the  date  of  the  founding  of  the 
order ;  or  he  may  have  thought  the  order  older  than  it  was. 

2832.  Wubcu :  a  crude  and  humorous  hit  at  the  color  of  the  monks' 
garb,  and  their  offices,  one  of  which  was  to  bury  those  murdered  or 
executed. 

2833.  This  song  of  the  monks  suggests  the  chorus  in  the  Greek 
plays.     Schiller  had,  only  the  year  before  he  wrote  the  Tell,  imitated 
such  a  chorus  in  his  Bride  of  Messina. 

2834.  @3  :  impers.  for  the  passive  ;  no  respite,  is  granted  him. 

2835.  @3  ftiifjt  .  .  .  Sttl)tt :  he  is  thrown  down  in  the  middle  of  his 
course ;  a  striking  and  poetic  figure  of  a  runner. 

2836.  (£$  retftt  .  .  .  Sebcn:  he  is  hurried  away  in  the  prime  of  life; 
cf.  the  opening  words  of  the  medieval  chant,  Media  Vita. 

2838.  nor  feiltett  9ttd)tcr  :  we  expect  the  dat.,  but  ftehen  is  here  used 
in  the  sense  of  treten,  and  hence  the  ace.  is  used.  We  are  not  told 
how  the  monks  happened  to  be  on  the  scene  just  when  they  are  needed, 
so  we  must  accept  their  coming  as  a  coincidence. 

Did  Tell  have  a  right  to  kill  his  enemy  from  ambush  ?  Goethe 
in  his  Wahrheit  unil  Dichtung  speaks  of  it  as  "  an  assassination 
which  is  regarded  by  the  whole  world  as  commendably  heroic  and 
patriotic."  It  must  be  kept  in  mind  that  there  was  relentless 


306  WILHELM   TELL. 

war,  with  no  quarter  given,  between  Tell  and  Gessler;  that  Tell 
killed  Gessler  in  the  only  way  possible  to  him,  and  that  in  the  final 
analysis  we  must  judge  his  act  not  from  the  viewpoint  of  chivalry 
but  from  that  of  necessity. 

At  the  end  of  Act  III,  the  people's  cause  seemed  almost 
hopeless.  Tell  was  a  hostage  in  the  hands  of  the  most  dan- 
gerous and  most  powerful  of  the  governors.  Even  at  the  end  of 
Act  IV,  Sc.  II,  the  situation  is  still  desperate;  for  though  Tell 
is  free  and  Rudenz  joins  the  people,  Gessler  is  still  alive.  And 
now  it  is  Tell,  the  individual  man  who,  unaided,  clears  the  situa- 
tion. It  was  his  own  daring  that  enabled  him  to  escape ;  it  is  his 
own  unaided  arrow  that  puts  out  of  the  way  the  greatest  obstacle 
to  the  success  of  the  people's  cause.  Hence,  with  justice,  he  is 
hailed  as  their  deliverer,  the  founder  of  their  liberty ;  cf.  lines 
3083,  3086,  3281.  But  it  is  further  to  be  noted  that  fell  himself 
does  not  connect  his  act  with  his  country's  cause  before  line  2794. 
He  has  overheard  Gessler's  threats  in  the  conversation  with  Rudolf, 
has  witnessed  the  cruel  outrage  upon  Armgard,  and  now  he  per- 
ceives that  he  is  acting  not  only  on  his  own  behalf  and  in  his  own 
defense,  but  also  for  his  people  and  his  country.  This  explains 
why  he  too  can  give  himself  the  credit  for  saving  his  country ;  cf. 
lines  2792-2794,  3143. 


ACT  V.     SCEXE  I. 

The  time  is  at  least  one  day  later  than  that  of  Act  IV,  Sc.  III. 
Considering  that  we  must  allow  for  the  capture  of  Sarnen  and 
Rossberg  (cf.  lines  2873-2875),  and  for  time  for  Melchtal  and 
Rudenz  to  make  the  journey  from  Unterwalden  to  Altorf,  we 
ought  to  set  the  time  later,  let  us  say,  November  20  or  21. 

The  place  is  Altorf,  as  in  Act  I,  Sc.  III. 

The  stage  is  set  about  the  same  as  in  Act  I,  Sc.  Ill,  except 
that  Zwing  Uri  stands  further  back  so  as  to  afford  a  better  view 
of  the  mountains  with  the  signal  fires  upon  them.  The  sound  of 
distant  bells,  solemn  and  not  too  loud,  is  heard  before  the  curtain 
rises ;  they  continue  to  ring  for  some  time  after  the  scene  opens. 
The  glad  news  has  brought  also  Ruodi,  Kuoni,  and  Werner. 


PAGES  15-2-154.]        NOTES.     ACT   r,    SCENE  I.  307 

PAGE  152,  line  2839.  Jycucrftflttafe :  the  signals  agreed  upon  in 
line  2554  ;  cf.  note  to  line  747,  and  lines  1420-1422. 

2840.  ubcrtlt  !fiJ(ilb  :  over  beyond  the  forest ;  i.e.  in  Unterwalden. 

2841.  SBurflClt:  Rossberg  and  Sarnen. 

2842.  Ruodi,  the  man  of  words  and  not  of  deeds,  the  man  who  was 
afraid  to  help  Baumgarten,  is  now  the  one  who  dares  to  take  the  lead 
in  the  destruction  of  Zwing  Uri.     There  is  a  kind  of  humor  in  giving 
him  these  lines,  and  yet  it  is  good  psychology ;  for  even  a  coward  is 
brave  in  company.     There  was  a  little  danger  to  be  sure  ;  for,  as  yet, 
it  was  not  known  but  that  the  Emperor  might  come  to  avenge  his 
governors.     But  this  danger  was  not  very  real  to  Ruodi. 

2845.  3orf) :  the  yoke  upon  their  necks  that  was  to  keep  them  in 
subjection  is  Zwing  Uri ;  cf.  note  to  lines  370-371.  i>a3  .  .  .  toolUe : 
personification  ;  was  intended  to. 

PAGE  153,  line  2847.  ber  SttCf  Bon  Uri:  the  horn  blower  of  Uri; 
cf.  note  to  line  1091. 

2852.  Fiirst's  characteristic  caution  appears  throughout  this  part  of 
the  scene  to  be  a  little  strained.  He  knows  directly  only  of  Gessler's 
death  ;  the  signal  fires  are  to  him  no  certain  tidings.  It  may  be  that 
he  is  thinking  of  possible  consequences  from  measures  the  Emperor 
may  take  (cf.  lines  2028  ff.). 

2855.  28o$  critwrtctt  ?  Wait  for  what  or  IVhy  wait  ?  That  Ruodi's 
mention  of  Gessler's  death  receives  no  comment,  applause,  or  action 
of  any  kind,  is  not  strange  in  view  of  the  time  that  has  elapsed. 

2857.  3ft'3  tttdjt  .  .  .  Soten :  are  these  messengers  of  fire  not 
enough  evidence  for  you. 

PAGE  154,  line  2864.  Q$  tft  tin  gailf:  they  have  begun,  they  are 
under  full  headway.  The  eg  is  indefinite,  referring  either  to  the  mob 
or  to  the  action  of  the  mob.  Cf.  lines  387,  388,  and  note.  While  the 
mob  is  busy  tearing  down  Zwing  Uri,  Melchtal  and  Fiirst  talk  for  the 
benefit  of  the  audience.  To  have  had  the  whole  crowd  present  during 
Melchtal's  recital,  and  then,  either  before  or  after  it,  to  have  set  them 
to  destroying  the  fort  would  have  taken  too  long. 

2865.  Melchtal,  entering,  sees  Zwing  Uri  still  standing  ;  his  excla- 
mation is  addressed  to  his  companion  Baumgarten. 

2866.  gcbrodjcn:  destroyed. 

2875.  itndjtv  ftuuor :  Rossberg  was  taken  in  the  night  between  the 
19th  and  20th  ;  Sarnen,  sometime  on  the  20th. 

2876.  3d)lofe:  Sarnen. 


308  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  155-157. 

PAGE  155,  line  2878.  $te  ^lommc  .  .  .  fd)lug :  a  subordinate 
clause  depending  on  the  al$  in  line  2876. 

2880.  Srunetferilt :  a  rather  familiar  and  not  altogether  respectful 
way  of  referring  to  Berta ;  but  then  Melchtal  is  no  respecter  of  rank  ; 
?n y  lady  of  Bruneck. 

2887.  Heavy  stones  are  heard  falling.  Melchtal  does  not  quiet  the 
fears  of  the  kindly  Fiirst  by  a  simple  affirmative  ;  he  is  so  much  inter- 
ested in  the  recital  of  his  story  that  he  does  not  perhaps  even  hear 
Furst's  question.  Schiller's  object  was  to  heighten  the  suspense  of 
the  audience.  1>a  gait :  that  was  the  time  for. 

2889.  25Jir  gotten  .  .  .  geltcbt :  our  lives  would  have  been  dear  to 
us,  (rooljl)  lean  tell  yon  ;  i.e.  we  would  have  been  unwilling  to  risk 
our  lives  for  a  mere  (Sbelmann. 

2890.  ScrtO  :  subject,  but  may  be  object ;  cf.  lines  450  ff.,  1618-1622. 

PAGE  156,  line  2902.  The  scaffolding  falls.  SBriittig :  cf .  note  to 
line  1193.  Melchtal  had  sworn  to  avenge  his  father  upon  Laudeuberg 
(lines  616-623)  ;  that  he  should  be  the  leader  in  the  attack  upon 
Landenberg's  castle  is  therefore  to  be  expected. 

2903.    9Hd)t  lag'**  an  mir :  it  was  no  fault  of  mine. 

2905.  9Jad)  jagtf :  this  position  of  the  sep.  pref.  is  rare  and  poetic. 
Here  it  indicates  emphasis,  to  show  Melchtal's  haste  and  determination. 

2910.  Urfel)l>e  :  an  oath  to  keep  the  peace,  and  not  to  engage  again 
in  hostilities  with  the  enemy ;  cf.  English  parole. 

2912.  Melchtal's  magnanimity,  noble  and  somewhat  unexpected, 
and  Furst's  exclamation  of  commendation,  seem  like  pointed  reflec- 
tions on  Tell's  deed,  which  Schiller  could  not  have  intended. 

2915,  S.D.  2ttfil>d)C1t :  includes  Mechthild,  Elsbeth,  Hildegard, 
Armgard.  The  people  dance  around  the  pole,  bowing  mockingly  to 
the  hat,  whistling,  shouting,  joking,  etc. 

PAGE  157,  line  2916.  This  'speech  from  Ruodi,  who  had  not  been 
near  the  hat  before,  is  in  line  with  the  part  he  plays  in  this  scene. 

2918.  Uttter  biefcttt  ^>ute  :  but  according  to  line  1965,  S.D.,  Walter 
stood  by  the  linden.  In  two  of  the  manuscripts  we  find  in  Act  III, 
Sc.  Ill,  unter  ber  Stange.  It  may  be  then  a  little  slip  on  Schiller's 
part,  in  that  he  changed  the  reading  in  one  place  and  not  in  the  other. 
But  details  are  not  remembered  so  very  exactly  even  in  real  life  ; 
besides,  at  the  time  of  the  apple  shooting  Ftirst  was  less  interested  in 
where  the  boy  stood  than  he  was  in  what  was  going  to  happen  to  him. 


PAGES  157-159  ]        SOTE8.    ACT    F,    SCENE  I.  309 

2922.  ber  ftreiljett  ettitfl  3etrf)ett  :  it  used  to  be  a  sign  of  equality  to 
be  allowed  to  keep  on  the  hat  in  the  presence  of  another,  and  from 
this  grew,  possibly,  the  significance  of  the  so-called  Liberty  Cap. 
Compare  Mark  Twain's  Prince  and  Pauper.  Note  also  the  Liberty 
Cap  on  some  of  our  coins.  The  destruction  of  the  scaffolding  and  of 
the  building  is  as  significant  a  declaration  of  independence  and  liberty 
as  the  capture  of  the  two  other  forts.  Compare  Tell's  almost  pro- 
phetic words  in  line  387. 

2926.  The  real  antagonist  of  their  liberties  and  rights  is  the  Em- 
peror, who,  though  distant,  still  continues  to  threaten  them.  Fiirst's 
comment  is  wise  and  timely. 

2929.  $0910:  Gessler. 

2930.  JBertriebetten  :   Landenberg. 


PAGE  158,  line  2932.    3ft  •  •  •  Berjujjt:  inversion  in  exclamation. 

2934-2935.    Cf.  lines  2442-2444  and  notes. 

2943.  Rosselmann  is  so  full  of  his  news  that  he  cannot  let  Stauf- 
facher  finish.  As  a  fact  of  true  history  the  Emperor  died  May  1, 
1308,  more  than  five  months  later  than  the  time  indicated  in  the 
play.  Schiller  changed  the  date  in  order  to  give  greater  intensity  and 
swifter  action  to  the  play  ;  for  this  reason  he  lets  the  three  important 
events  —  Gessler's  death,  the  fall  of  the  two  forts,  and  the  Emperor's 
death  —  occur  at  nearly  the  same  time.  According  to  Tschudi  the  events 
of  the  drama  cover  a  period  of  twenty-one  months.  This  time  Schiller 
has  shortened  to  a  little  more  than  three  weeks. 

PAGE  159,  line  2944.  They  do  not  speak  the  line  in  unison  ;  but 
some  say  one  thing,  some  say  another. 

2946.  3?rurf  :  also  Srugg  ;  a  small  town  on  the  river  Aar,  about 
twenty  miles  north  of  Lucerne. 

2948.  ^o^annts  SJZitUer  :  the  great  Swiss  historian,  lived  1752-1809. 
To  his  letters  and  History  of  Switzerland  Schiller  is  indebted  for 
much  of  his  material  in  the  play.  This  is  Schiller's  method  of  paying 
his  great  contemporary  a  compliment  ;  cf.  note  on  31m  33iil)el,  S.  D., 
Act  II,  Sc.  II.  S(t)afff)nitfcn,  a  town  on  the  Rhine,  where  are  the 
famous  Rhine  falls,  a  short  distance  west  of  Constance  and  north  of 
Zurich.  It  is  the  capital  of  the  canton  of  the  same  name,  and  Miiller's 
birthplace.  The  contrast  between  the  horror  the  Swiss  feel  at  the 
death  of  the  Emperor  and  the  joy  they  show  over  Gessler's  death  is 
intended  to  emphasize  again  their  loyalty  to  the  empire. 


310  WILIIELM   TELL.  [PAGES  159-160. 

2952.  ^oljnnn  D0n   Sdironbcu :  the  \-vr,cui  .*>an*  of  line  1337  ;  the 
sou  of  Rudolf,  Albrecht's  brother  ;  cf.  note  to  line  1337. 

2953.  2*atcrmort>$  :  Albrecht,  as  the  guardian  of  John,  stood  in  the 
relation  of  parent  to  him.    Next  to  a  father  an  uncle  was  considered 
the  nearest  relative  ;  cf.  the  Latin  parricidium.  the  murder  of  a  near 
relative,  hence  John's  name  in  history,  and  later  in  the  play,  Parri- 
cida  (cf.  line  3164). 

2954-2963.   Cf.  lines  1336-1348. 

2957.  $ifd|of*l|Ut!? :  it  was  a  common  practice  of  the  time  to  give  to 
the  younger  sons  of  great  families  some  office  in  the  church.     This 
provided  wealth,  influence,  and  position  for  them  without  interfering 
with  the  fortunes  of  the  eldest  son. 

2958.  2Sic  ocm  Olid)  fci :  but  let  that  be  as  it  may. 

PAGE  160,  line  2965.  StCttt  Jit  SPabeit :  the  name  of  Albrecht's 
castle  overlooking  Baden  ;  cf.  notes  to  lines  407.  266H.  3toin  is  very 
common  in  compounded  names  of  castles ;  cf.  iRtyeinjtein,  a  castle  on 
the  Rhine  below  Bingen. 

2966.  JHljcinf do :  cf .  note  to  line  1324.       too  bie  4>offtatt  nmr :  the 
court  did  not  stay  permanently  in  one  place,  but  was  moved  from 
place  to  place  as  the  Emperor's  business  demanded. 

2967.  £copott> :  Albrecht's  second  sou  was  defeated  at  Morgarten 
in  1315. 

2969.  9ieil$  :  flows  not  far  from  Rheinfeld  ;  the  ferry  was  near  the 
present  village  of  Windisch  ;  cf.  note  to  line  2974. 

2973.  ijcucfcrt :  plowed.     The  Emperor  is  described  in  the  chroni- 
cles as  riding  through  young  corn. 

2974.  Stabt :  the  old  Vindonissa,  an  important  border  fortress  of 
the  Romans  against  the  Germanic  tribes.    It  was  destroyed  by  Childe- 
bert  II,  in  the  year  694.     It  lay  between  the  junction  of  the  rivers 
Aar  and   Reuss,  upon  the   present  site  of  Windisch.     Why  Schiller 
mentions  this  old  city  here  is  not  clear.     Perhaps  he  meant  to  garnish 
the  story  a  little. 

2975.  J&etben  :  heathen,  i.e.  the  Romans. 

2976.  .frabvburg  :  shortened  form  for  £abici)t*burcj,  hairk-castJe ;  the 
ancestral  castle  of  the  Habsburg  family,  from  which  they  took  their 
name.     Count  Werner  II  was  the  first  to  adopt  the  name  for  the 
family,  about  1075.     The  castle  was  built  by  Count  Radbod  of  Alten- 
burg  about  the  year  1020,  on  the  Wiilpelberg,  about  two  miles  south 
of  Brugg,  where  its  ruins  may  be  seen  to-day. 


PAGES  leo-iei.]        NOTES.     ACT   V,    SCENE  L  311 

2982.   Bon  bctt  Setncit,  ouf  bcm  Scinen :  by  his  own  kinsmen,  on 
his  own  lands. 
2987.   friiljes! :  untimely ;  Albrecht  was  then  fifty-eight  years  old. 

PAGE  161,  line  2992.  3ct»tt>ct>cr  .  .  .  (9ren$en :  everybody,  every- 
where, puts  his  possessions  in  position  for  defense.  @tanb  is  a  very 
difficult  word  to  translate.  The  Parliament  was  composed  of  repre- 
sentatives of  three  estates  (®tdnbe),  the  nobility,  the  clergy,  and 
the  free  cities ;  each  estate  (gtanb)  had  an  equal  vote.  He  means 
to  say  that  every  noble,  every  bishop,  and  every  city  took  measures 
for  protection. 

2993.    3«rid)  *  cf-  not*  to  line  2435. 

2996.  be3  Sonnet  ^hlrfl  :  the  imperial  decree  of  outlawry  or  ban- 
ishment. 

2997.  9lgne3  :  the  oldest  of  Albrecht's  five  daughters,  at  this  time 
the  widow  of  Andreas  III  of  Hungary.     She  and  the  Empress  Eliza- 
beth founded  the  convent  of  Konigsfelden  with  the  confiscated  prop- 
erty of  the  murderers.     Here  Agnes  died  in  1364.     The  tales  of  her 
cruelty  in  avenging  her  father's  death  are  unbelievable.     Bullinger 
relates  that  after  the  capture  of  Palm's  castle  she  caused  sixty-three 
of  his  men  to  be  beheaded,  and  then  said,  as  she  was  walking  about 
in  their  blood,  that  she  was  "bathing  in  May  dew.'1    Walking  in  dew 
barefoot  on  May  Day  was  believed  to  make  one  healthy  and  beautiful. 
History  has  preserved  for  her  a  better  reputation.     She  really  had 
very  little  to  do  with  the  expeditions  that  were  sent  out  to  punish  the 
murderers  and  their  families.     It  is  true  that  the  murderers  were  ex- 
iled and  punished  with  all  the  severity  of  the  times.     All  were  exe- 
cuted except  Eschenbach  and  Duke  John.     Eschenbach  escaped  into 
Wiirtemberg,  where  he  earned  a  miserable  living  for  thirty-five  years 
as  a  shepherd.     Duke  John  found  refuge  in  a  monastery  in  Pisa  ; 
later  he  made  himself  known  to  Emperor  Henry  VII,  and  was  given 
life  imprisonment.     He  died  in  1315. 

3007.  nlC'lwtb  :  the  meter  requires  the  accent  to  fall  upon  the  first 
syllable  though  it  should  rightly  fall  on  the  last. 

3008.  Why  did  each  of  the  five  murderers  take  a  separate  road  ? 
3010.    full  irrcn :  is  said  to  be  wandering.     This  line  prepares  for 

the  next  scene. 

3012.  Sid)  fclbft  .  .  .  Wafyruitfl  :  it  (revenge)  finds  in  itself  its 
most  terrible  nourishment;  cf.  Shakespeare's  Macbeth,  " doth  make 
the  meat  to  feed  upon  itself." 


312  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  wa-ie*. 

PAGE  162,  line  3022.  2Bol)lfretI)Ctt :  right  of  election.  It  was  at 
this  time  that  the  electors  for  the  first  time  insisted  upon  their  right  to 
elect  as  emperor  whomever  they  pleased,  and  maintained  this  right 
by  electing  Henry  of  Luxemburg.  But  this  change  to  another  family 
was  not  for  long. 

3023.  We  must  suppose  that  Stauffacher  got  his  information  from 
the  gtaitbensroerter  2ftann  of  line  2947. 

3024.  tneljrftett :  for  meiften  ;  this  superlative  from  the  comparative 
was  used  even  in  the  eighteenth  century,  but  not  as  much  as  metft. 

3028.  Henry   VII  did  confirm   the    old   charters   of .  Uri   and    of 
Schwyz,  and  granted  one  also  to  Unterwalden,  thus  protecting  all 
three  cantons  against  Austria. 

3029.  Sigrist  speaks  this  line  to  the  messenger  as  they  enter. 

PAGE  163,  line  3033.  (£Isbetl) :  the  Empress  Elizabeth,  now  the 
widow  of  Albrecht,  was  the  daughter  of  Meinhard,  Duke  of  Carinthia, 
Count  of  Tyrol  and  Gortz.  She  was  married  in  1282,  and  died  in 
1313.  At  the  time  of  her  husband's  murder  she  had  just  set  out  from 
Rheinfeldeu  to  meet  him.  alle£  ©llte§ :  for  the  more  usual  ailed 
@ute. 

3040.  An  incomplete  line,  as  also  line  3050.  The  missing  part  of 
the  lines  is  filled  in  by  appropriate  action.  What  will  the  crowd  do 
in  each  case  ? 

PAGE  164,  line  3049,  S.D.  UtttmUctt^ :  for  they  all  felt  about  it  as 
Stauffacher  does. 

3051.  SotCt :  Rudolf  I.     <5of)tt  (line  3052)  :  Albrecht. 

3052.  toeffen  riiljmen  .  .  .  3ol)it :  what  have  we  received  from  the 
son  to  boast  about. 

3053.  Cf.  lines  1324-1335. 

3055.  ^g»at  Ct  .  .  .  Sprud) :  did  he  judge  according  to  law  and  jus- 
tice ;  an  ancient  legal  formula. 

3057.  ^pot  er  aud)  .  .  .  fyorett:  did  he  as  much  as  deign  to  hear ; 
cf.  lines  1329-1335.  The  order  is  very  emphatic. 

3062.   riityrte  ...  an:  would  not  have  moved. 

3064.  fomtte :  it  was  possible  for  him.  The  indicative  is  much 
stronger  than  the  expected  subjunctive. 

3067.  £ie  er  gemet)rt  .  .  .  lucinen !  Those  whom  he  has  enriched, 
let  them  weep  for  him  I  The  gemefyrt  is  a  mocking  allusion  to  one  of 
the  imperial  titles,  2Ul3eit  2Jleb,rer  bed  9teicf)S. 


PAGE  165.]  NOTES.    ACT   V,    SCENE  II.  313 

PAGE  165,  line  3073.  ttill  .  .  .  gebiiljrcn :  for  barf  or  famt ;  cannot 
be  made  to  be  our  duty. 

3074.  'Jitc  fitebe  .  .  .  few :  love  must  be  a  willing  service. 

3075.  $>er  £ofc  .  .  .  $fttd)tctt :  the  death  (of  the  Emperor}  frees  us 
from  forced  duties  ;  i.e.  from  all  obligations  that  love  and  gratitude  do 
not  demand. 

3082-3086.  These  lines  prepare  for  the  final  scene.  The  people 
take  with  them  the  ruins  of  the  scaffolding  and  go  out  shouting  and 
cheering. 

From  the  very  first  performance  of  the  play  it  has  been  urged 
that  the  play  really  ends  with  Act  IV,  and  that  Act  V  is  unneces- 
sary. But  Act  V  is  necessary  if  for  no  other  reason  than  because 
the  work  of  liberation  is  not  complete  with  Gessler's  death.  Other 
governors  still  remain,  the  castles  are  not  yet  captured,  and  the 
Emperor  may  yet  take  a  hand.  Also,  we  want  to  see  Tell  again 
with  his  family.  In  other  words,  we  want  a  pleasant  ending,  one 
that  will  assure  us  that  the  liberties  of  this  sturdy,  self-contained, 
and  patriotic  people  are  secure,  and  that  Tell  will  be  happy  in  his 
home  and  honored,  as  he  deserves,  by  his  fellow  countrymen. 
The  act  is  less  dramatic  than  Act  III  or  Act  IV,  and  it  is  pictur- 
esque rather  than  powerfully  emotional,  but  these  are  not  sufficient 
reasons  for  cutting  it  out  altogether. 


ACT  V.    SCENE  II. 

The  time  is  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  scene. 

The  place  is  Burglen,  as  in  Act  III,  Sc.  I. 

The  stage.  The  interior  of  a  large  room,  furnished  with  plain, 
substantial  chairs,  table,  sideboard,  etc.  At  one  end  is  a  large 
fireplace ;  near  it  and  about  it  are  kitchen  utensils.  Through  the 
open  door  at  the  back  there  is  a  view  of  the  valley  and  of  the 
mountains  beyond. 

S.D.  ^>au§fhtr :  the  main  room  of  the  house  ;  it  serves  as  entrance 
hall,  sitting  room,  and  kitchen,  all  in  one.  jeijjt  ttt'3  ^fretC :  affords 
a  view  out  of  doors. 

3088.    oUc§ :  everything  and  everybody  ;  i.  e.  land  and  people. 


314  WILHELM   TELL.  [PAGES  IW-ITO. 

PAGE  166,  line  3092.    QJing  .  .  .  Dorbei :  passed  close  (cf.  English 
hard)  by  my  life  •  i.e.  came  near  hitting  and  killing  me. 
3101.   6r  fiil)P3:  let  him  feel. 

PAGE  167,  line  3107.    @d)iirf)Cttta(:  cf.  note  to  line  1550. 

3109.  The  line  begins  with  an  anapest  and  the  first  syllable  takes 
the  accent.  In  this  way  the  necessary  stress  falls  upon  ift.  Wa3  tft 
Gud)  ?  What  ails  you?  What  is  the  matter  with  you?  The  expres- 
sion on  his  face  and  his  manner  awaken  her  suspicions.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  ascribe  to  her  any  unusually  sensitive  intuition  such  as 
she  had  in  Act  III,  Sc.  I.  Nor  is  there  any  evidence  that  she  sus- 
pects that  this  monk  may  be  a  spy  or  an  emissary  of  the  Austrians. 

3112.   2Bie  tJttd) :  however  much. 

3114.  SBeriiljrt  .  .  .  itidjt :  not  fear,  but  moral  repulsion.  Compare 
the  physical  repulsion  felt  at  the  approach  of  a  leper. 

3116.  ^euer:  the  hearth  was  the  ancient  symbol  of  hospitality.     It 
was  about  the  fire  that  the  household  gods  were  placed,  and  under 
their  protection  any  guest  was  safe  in  the  house. 

3117.  £mitpt :    the  invocation  by  the  head  of  children  is  also  of 
ancient  origin.     Numerous  examples  are  preserved  in  Latin  and  Greek 
writers. 

PAGE  168,  line  3124.  f rtjuurt  .  .  .  511 :  chokes  the  impulses  of  my 
inmost  heart. 

3125,  S.D.  I)filt  fid)  ttn  :  takes  hold  of  something  to  support  herself; 
probably  the  door  ;  cf.  line  3128. 

PAGE  169,  line  3135.    duf  foem  SftetmgCIt:  within  my  own  home. 

3138.  This  sort  of  thing  was  still  a  common  custom  in  mediaeval 
times.  Its  origin  is  based  on  religious  custom  ;  cf.  1  Sam.  21,  8-9. 
It  does  not  mean  here  that  Tell  will  never  again  use  bow  and  arrow. 
It  means  that  he  will  never  again  use  this  particular  bow,  since  it  has 
now  become  a  sacred  thing. 

3140,  S.D.  She  suddenly  remembers  that  this  was  the  hand  that 
killed  Gessler ;  yet  the  thought  that  it  was  a  deed  of  murder  seems 
never  before  to  have  crossed  her  mind. 

3144.   fret :  free  from  guilt,  with  a  clear  conscience. 

PAGE  170,  line  3155.  According  to  Schiller's  own  directions  the 
monk  wears  under  his  cowl  the  costly  attire  of  a  knight  and  a  jeweled 
girdle.  These  become  visible  here  for  a  moment. 


PAGES  170-178.]       NOTES.     ACT   F,    SCENE  II.  315 

This  Parricida  scene  is  the  one  with  which  critics  have  found  most 
fault.  Schiller's  purpose  is  clear  and  justifiable,  but  it  ought  not  to 
be  necessary  to  go  over  the  ground  again.  It  is  particularly  the  long 
and  tedious  description  of  the  journey  to  Rome  that  is  unnecessary. 
The  scene  as  a  whole,  also,  strikes  a  disagreeable  discord  amid  the 
songs  of  joy.  This  portion  of  the  scene  is  often  omitted  when  the 
play  is  given,  only  such  portions  being  used  as  relate  to  Tell's  home- 
coming. 

The  scene  emphasizes  the  difference  between  the  crime  of  the  Em- 
peror's murder  and  Tell's  deed.  Tell  has  killed  Gessler  in  order  to 
protect  his  family  and  to  free  his  country  ;  Duke  John's  object  had 
been  to  satisfy  his  desire  for  vengeance,  his  anger,  and  his  wounded 
vanity. 

3158.  $l)t  tufirct:  the  subj.  following  the  ind.  feib,  powerfully  ex- 
presses Tell's  hesitation  ;  he  can  hardly  bring  himself  to  believe  the 
thought  in  his  mind  ;  do  you  mean  to  say  that  you  are  —  ? 

PAGE  171,  line  3165.  We  are  not  told  how  Tell  knew  of  the 
murder ;  perhaps  from  Stauffacher  on  his  way  home  from  Hohle  Gasse. 
It  may  be  that  Stauffacher  came  to  Altorf  with  Tell. 

3164.  ^orrtctbo :  now  that  we  know  who  the  monk  really  is,  his 
historical  name  is  used.  Cf.  note  on  SSatermorb,  line  2953. 

3167.   d)T  3I)r :  sc.  ricfttet. 

3170.  It  is  possible  that  Tell  here  changes  to  bu  in  order  to  express 
his  indignant  contempt.  Schiller  is,  however,  not  so  very  particular 
in  his  use  of  the  pronouns  of  address  and  too  much  importance  must 
not  be  attached  to  the  change. 

PAGE  172,  line  3182.  bic  IjCtlifle  9?tttur :  the  sacred  obligations  of 
nature,  i.e.  Gessler  had  forced  him  to  violate  the  laws  of  natural  love 
for  his  boy. 

3187.  fiirrtjtcrltrtjc  (Stffl^e:  it  is  fanciful  to  suppose  that  Tell  is 
already  thinking  of  the  SdjrecfenSftrofje  in  line  3252. 

3191.  @0  jttng  :  cf.  note  to  line  1345. 

3192.  5Kub0lf3 1  cf.  note  to  line  2728. 

3194.  $c§  armcn  9Jtannc3  :  a  peculiar  construction  ;  an  appositive 
to  the  personal  pronoun  implied  in  meiner,  my  threshold,  the  threshold 
of  a  poor  man. 

PAGE  173,  line  3197.  fomttc :  also  ln",iunitfl  (line  3198);  ind. 
for  emphasis  ;  cf .  lines  2060,  3004  and  notes. 


316  WILHELM  TELL.  [PAGES  ns-m. 

3200.    fieopolb  :  cf.  note  to  line  2967. 
3205.    Cf.  1340-1348. 

3209.  JRadjegetftcr :  the  spirits  of  vengeance;  the  furies,  who  fol- 
lowed and  punished  murderers. 

3212.  2>ettt  gfreutlb  .  .  .  Ctloubt:  i.e.  that  your  friends  are  forbidden 
to  help  you,  and  your  enemies  are  allowed  to  kill  you.     This  is  the 
usual  form  of  a  ban  of  outlawry  ;  these  are  the  words  actually  used  in 
the  ban  against  the  murderers  of  the  Emperor. 

3213.  offtte:  this  is  what  we  find  in  all  but  one  of  the  manuscripts, 
but  the  weak  decl.  is  now  usual. 

3216.   SJJeitt  eigne§  ©djrerf  Jti3 :  a  horror  to  myself. 

PAGE  174,  line  3220.  Another  incomplete  line.  What  is  the  action 
that  fills  out  the  time  ? 

3222.  eitt  sJJieitfd)  ber  Siinbe  :  a  sinful  human  being  like  any  other 
mortal.  He  is  here  not  referring  to  his  deed. 

PAGE  175,  line  3237.  tJOtt  (Uott :  because  the  pope  was  considered 
to  be  God's  representative. 

3245.  ^reujc  :  Fasi  states  that  from  Goschenen  to  the  Teufelsbriicke 
there  were  twenty-three  such  crosses. 

3252.  3d)recfen§ftrafje :  the  road  of  terror.  The  Gotthard  road 
passes  through  the  wild  gorge  of  Schollenen,  between  high  granite 
rocks,  about  four  miles  long  and  extending  from  Goschenen  (Ge- 
schenen)  to  the  Teufelsbriicke.  The  Reuss,  foaming  and  dashing 
below,  follows  the  road. 

3255.  bic  SBritrfc  Juclrijc  ftiiubet :  the  bridge  that  hangs  in  drizzling 
spray;  cf.  note  on  @taubbcicft,  S.D.,  Act  III,  Sc.  II.  This  may  refer 
to  an  ancient  hanging  bridge  of  beams  and  boards  that  swung  on 
chains  across  the  deep  gorge  of  Schollenen  above  the  modem  Teufels- 
briicke. It  was  constantly  wet  with  the  spray  of  the  Reusz,  which 
here  has  a  fall  of  nearly  one  hundred  feet.  This  bridge  was  called 
the  igtcmbeten,  and  is  said  to  have  been  built  in  569,  but  really  was 
built  in  1218.  Or,  Schiller  may  have  in  mind  the  older  Teufels- 
briicke, built  long  after  the  time  of  the  action  of  the  play,  and  now 
replaced  by  the  present  bridge,  which  was  built  in  1830. 

PAGE  176,  line  3258.  fteffetttor:  the  so-called  Urner  ?o<f),  Hole  of 
Uri.  It  was  once  so  narrow  that  it  was  impassable  for  man  or  beast, 
but  in  1707  it  was  enlarged  into  a  tunnel  about  a  hundred  and  twenty 


PAGES  ITO-ITB.]      NOTES.     ACT  F,    SCENE  III.  •        317 

feet  long.  At  the  time  of  the  action  of  the  play  the  road  did  not  pass 
through  it  but  around  it. 

3260.  ettt  IjettreS  Xdl:  llrjerental,  which  with  its  green  pastures 
is  in  marked  contrast  to  the  Schreckensstrasse. 

3264.  betlteS  9teid)e3  SBobcn:  beyond  the  Gotthard  Pass  is  the 
Canton  Ticino,  and  beyond  that,  Italy,  both  of  which  were  parts  of 
the  empire  under  Rudolf. 

3266.  fcie  ettTgen  Seen:  according  to  Baedeker  there  are  about 
thirty  lakes  on  the  Gotthard ;  seven  of  these  are  always  (ettrig)  of  the 
same  depth. 

3269.  Strom:  the  Tessin. 

3270.  flclubte  :  the  promised  land.     Cf.  ba8  getobte  £anb,  the  Holy 
Land. 

PAGE  177,  line  3280.  $afj  fie  ttidjt  fetyeit:  why  ? 


ACT  V.     SCENE  III. 

The  house  is  now  at  one  side,  and  we  have  before  us  the  mag- 
nificent view  of  the  whole  of  this  beautiful  valley  with  its  noble 
mountains.  The  drama  closes,  as  it  began,  with  a  fine  description 
of  nature.  During  the  transformation  scene  there  is  heard  the 
ringing  of  bells  and  jubilant  music.  Notice  that  in  this  final  scene 
all  the  Swiss  characters  are  present. 

PAGE  178,  line  3290.  $lted)te :  the  eigne  Seute  (cf .  note  to  line 
1080),  or  @affen  (cf.  note  to  line  1208).  This  is  an  appropriate  end- 
ing for  this  drama  of  freedom  ;  for  in  the  land  of  the  free,  all  must  be 
free.  As  the  curtain  falls  there  is  waving  of  hats  and  handkerchiefs, 
and  cries  of  "Freedom  !  Freedom  ! " 


LINE 

NUMBER 


APPENDIX  A. 

SOME   QUOTABLE  LINES. 


107.  ®retf  an  mit  (SJott!    £)em  9?ad)ften  mnfe  man  Ijelfen. 

136.  SBo'3  not  tut,  Iftjjt  fid)  atteg  ttwgen. 

139.  £)er  brafce  3Konn  bcnft  an  fief)  felbft  gutefct. 

141.  $om  fidjern  <J5ort  Iftgt  firf>'«  gemadjlid)  raten. 

274.  £)er  tinge  9Wann  baut  dor. 

313.  £)em  2Kuttgen  f)i(ft  ®ott. 

316.  (grtragen  muJ5  man,  toog  bcr  §tmmel  fenbet. 

317.  UnblfltgeS  ertragt  fetn  eb(e§  ^er§. 

387.  iBa^  §anbe  bauten,  !dnnen  §anbe  fturjen. 

418.  ®a§  fc^iuere  |)erj  toirb  nic^t  bnrc^  SBorte  letdjt. 

435.  gin  jeber  ^a^It  nur  fitter  auf  firf)  felbft. 
922-924.  2ht3  33ateiianb,  an^  teure,  fdjliefT  bic^  an, 
feft  mit  betnem  ganjen 


§ter  finb  bte  SBurjetn  beiner  traft. 


*' 

1216.   ®enn  fjerrenloS  ift  and)  ber  grciftc  ntd)t. 
1448-1449.   Sir  toolfen  fein  ein  einjtg  3So(f  Don  Sritbern, 

.$tt  fetner  3?ot  nnS  trenn'en  nnb  ©efafjr. 
1479.  gin  renter  ©cpfce  t)ilft  fic^  fetbft. 
1481.   ^riil)  itbt  fid),  n)a«  ein  907eifter  teerben  toiff. 
1489-1490.   J)ann  erft  geniefe'  ic^  meineg  Seben^  red)t, 

SBenn  id)  mir'^  feben  £ag  auf^  neu'  erbente. 
1512.   'Den  fdjredt  ber  53erg  ntd)t,  ber  barauf  geboren. 
1514.   ®ie  5(jt  im  $au§  erfpart  ben  ^hmnennann. 
1532.  2Ber  gar  ^u  Diet  bebenft,  mirb  h)enig  letften. 
2085.  $3er  flug  ift,  terne  fcfymeigen  unb  get)ord)en. 
3074.   J)te  £iebe  mid  ein  freie^  Opfer  fein. 
3081.   Ser  ^ranen  ernten  nn'tt,  mu^  8iebe  faen. 

319 


APPENDIX   B. 

NOTES   ON   POETIC   DICTION. 

1.  The  unaccented  e  in  an  ending  or  at  the  end  of  a  word, 
and  the  e  in  e$,  are  often  omitted  for  the  sake  of  the  meter. 
But  the  practice  is  colloquial  rather  than  poetic.     Such  an 
omission  causes  contracted  forms  of  adjectives,  nouns,  in- 
finitives and  other  verb  forms.     Cf.  lines  42,  50,  51,  66,  113, 
280,  396,  1094,  1224,  etc. 

2.  But  lengthened  and  uncontracted  forms  are  numerous, 
mainly  for  the  sake  of  the  meter.     Cf .  lines  25-36,  60,  790, 
etc. 

3.  (a)  Archaic  forms,  unusual   compounds,  rare  words, 
words  with  figurative  and  poetic  meanings,  are  frequent. 
Such  words  will  be  noted  in  the  vocabulary  and  the  student 
should  observe  them,  carefully  and  study  their  effect.     Cf. 
lines  137,  303,  432,  829,  834,  971,  1077,  etc. 

(6)  Here  may  be  included  numerous  poetical  compounds, 
often  alliterative.  Cf.  lines  331,  660,  743,  1053,  1214,  1924, 
etc. 

4.  Not  many  kinds  of  poetic  figures  are  employed.     But 
cf.  lines  116,  331,  etc.  (alliteration) ;  lines  1,  38,  319,  2845, 
etc.  (personification) ;  lines  102,  347,  501,  etc. 

5.  Simple  for  compound  verbs,  and  compound  for  simple 
verbs,  are  often  made  to  add  to  the  poetic  effect  and  to  help 
out  the  meter.     Cf.  lines  801,  1889,  etc. 

6.  Archaic  and  unusual  declensional  forms  are  employed. 
Cf.  lines  156,  331,  588,  1107,  etc. 

7.  Particularly  to  be  noted  are  the  poetic  genitive  forms 
of  the  possessive  pronouns ;  mem  for  metner,  fern  for  fetner, 
etc.,  cf.  lines  111,  1558,  1565,  1671,  2241,  etc. 

320 


APPENDIX  B.  321 

8.  The  order  is  frequently  changed  for  poetic  effect  or  to 
increase  the  dramatic  power  of  the  expression.     Cf.  lines  4, 
17-20,  etc. 

9.  Rhyme  is  employed  (a)  to  show  a  rise  in  emotion, 
(6)  to  add  further  emphasis  to  an  already  important  pas- 
sage, (c)  to  express  strong  lyrical  feeling,   (d)  at  the  end 
of  an  episode,  scene,  or  act.     Cf.  lines  412-413,  442-445, 
748-752,  etc. 

10.  Stichornythia  is  used  with  success.     This  is  a  dia- 
logue in  alternating  single  lines  or  pairs  of  lines,  set  off  in 
striking  contrast  to  each  other,  one  speaker  opposing  or  cor- 
recting the  other,  often  with  a  partial  repetition  or  imitation 
of  his  words.    Stichomythia  adds  to  the  force  and  to  the 
rapidity  of  the  dialogue.     Cf.  lines  312  ff.,  412  ff.,  432  ff., 
1573  ff.,  1800  ff.,  etc. 

11.  The  meter  is  iambic  blank  verse,  the  lines  having 
five  feet.     Exceptions  are  the  lyrical  lines  at  the  opening 
of  Act  I  and  of  Act  III,  and  at  the  end  of  Act  IV.     There 
are  some  lines  with  six  feet  and  a  few  with  frnir  or  with 
three  feet.     In  the  use  of  masculine  lines  (i.e.  lines  ending 
with  an  accented  syllable),  and  of  feminine  lines  (i.e.  lines 
ending  in  an  extra  unaccented  syllable),  and  in  the  use  of 
the  caesura,   etc.,   Schiller's  lines  are  like  English  blank 
verse. 


APPENDIX   C. 

GRAMMATICAL  NOTES  AND  EXERCISES. 

1.  The  article  with  proper  names  of  persons  indicates  that 
such  persons  are  well-known  characters,  neighbors,  or  in- 
timate friends.  The  idea  of  familiarity  may  easily  pass 
into  that  of  contempt.  Cf.  lines  66,  126,  134,  162,  282,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  1-43. 

1.  Schiller  wrote  a  play  about  (itber)  Tell.       2.  Kuoni, 
Ruodi,  and  Werner  are  the  three  singers.       3.  Jenni  draws 
in  the  boat.       4.  Watch  dives  into  the  water. 

2.  (a)  The   demonstrative   pronoun  ber,   Me,   bae>,  is  fre- 
quently used  in  place  of  a  personal  pronoun,  either  for  the 
sake  of  the  emphasis  or  for  clearness,  and  should  generally 
be  translated  by  an  English  personal  pronoun.     Cf.  lines 
48,  59,  60,  78,  99,  135,  175,  384,  1330,  etc. 

Translate.  Cf.  lines  217-257.  Substitute  the  demonstra- 
tive for  the  italicized  personal  pronouns. 

1.  His  knights  were  with  him;  they  knew  why  he  had 
come.  2.  Was  it  he  who  stopped  before  our  house? 
3.  He  it  was  whom  I  went  to  meet.  4.  She  knew  that  he 
asked  with  evil  intent.  5.  Let  him  answer.  (Use  impera- 
tive.) -6.  He  will  not  build  a  house  on  his  own  account. 
7.  Let  her  remember  my  words.  8.  He  told  his  wife 
everything,  for  she  could  listen  to  an  honest  word.  9.  The 
people  read  the  charters ;  they  mark  many  wise  sayings. 
10.  The  governor  will  harm  you;  he  hates  you.  11.  TJiey 
will  not  yield  to  the  new  princely  house. 

(7>)  The  personal  pronouns  id),  bit,  er,  fie,  e§,  used  either  as 
subject  or  as  object,  the  demonstrative  pronoun,  ber,  bie,  baS, 

322 


APPENDIX  C.  323 

when  used  in  place  of  a  personal  pronoun,  and  the  imper- 
sonal e$,  are  frequently  omitted.  But  the  impersonal  eS  is 
not  omitted  with  verbs  denoting  natural  phenomena,  nor 
with  verbs  that  are  not  usually  impersonal.  The  usage  is 
colloquial  and  not  poetic. 

(c)  When  a  relative  pronoun  refers  to  a  personal  pronoun 
of  the  first  or  second  person  singular  or  plural,  inetcfjer  can- 
not be  used,  but  ber  must  be  used.  Also  the  personal  pro- 
noun should  be  repeated  after  the  relative  if  the  verb  is  to 
agree  in  person  and  number  with  the  personal  pronoun. 
When  the  personal  pronoun  does  not  follow  the  relative  the 
verb  is  put  in  the  third  person  singular  to  agree  with  the 
relative.  Cf.  lines  58,  1603,  1625,  1866,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  260-301. 

1.  That  ye  knew,  ye  who  live  as  free  men  on  your  own 
inheritance.  2.  You  (bit)  cannot  show  him  the  house,  you 
who  are  only  a  younger  son?  3.  They  stand  unharmed, 
they  who  look  at  his  good  fortune  with  envious  eyes. 
4.  He  has  sworn  to  ruin  you  and  me,  (us,  we)  who  recognize 
no  master.  5.  I  say  it,  I,  who  am  weary  of  oppression. 
6.  Go  and  take  counsel  with  those  men  to  whom  you  can 
reveal  your  heart.  7.  They  are  excellent  men  whom  I  can 
trust.  8.  You  may  say  that,  you,  who  have  not  considered 
what  you  advise  me ! 

3.  (a)  G?3  is  used  in  poetry,  rarely  in  prose,  as  an  indefi- 
nite personal  subject  to  convey  the  idea  of  something  vast, 
awful,  mysterious.  Schiller  uses  this  e$  with  fine  poetic 
effect.  This  use  of  e$  must  not  be  confused  with  the  ex- 
pletive or  introductory  e§  described  in  the  following  section. 
Cf.  lines  9,  40,  210,  2835,  2836,  etc. 

(&)  S3  is  often  used  as  an  expletive  or  formal  subject  with 
all  sorts  of  verbs  to  anticipate  the  real  subject  which  comes 
after  the  verb.  It  is,  therefore,  often  used  to  justify  an 


324  WILHELM   TELL. 

inversion  for  the  sake  of  emphasis,  for  euphony,  or  for  the 
sake  of  the  meter.  Sometimes  it  is  possible  to  translate  it  by 
there,  but  most  often  it  is  best  left  untranslated.  Cf.  lines 
1,  25,  108,  281,  647,  1418,  etc.  This  expletive  e3  is  some- 
times omitted.  Cf.  lines  485,  1172,  etc. 

Translate  both  ways,  with  and  without  the  expletive.  Cf. 
1137-1165. 

1.  The  glacier  roars.  2.  The  sheep  eat.  3.  The  fish 
jump.  4.  The  storm  approaches.  5.  Lisel  is  a  fine  cow. 
6.  None  is  lacking  to  me.  7.  The  ribbon  becomes  her. 
8.  She  is  an  unreasoning  cow.  9.  The  hunter  comes  near. 
10.  A  man  comes  in  haste. 

4.  (a)  The  genitive  is  used  in  poetry,  and  to  some  extent 
in  prose,  with  certain  verbs  and  adjectives.    Such  words  will 
be  indicated  in  the  vocabulary.     Cf.  lines  416,  444,  1181, 
etc. 

Translate. 

1.  Mark  (ad)ten  cmf  or  adjtett  with  gen.)  my  words  (cf. 
line  250).  2.  If  I  have  need  of  (bebiirfen)  you,  I  shall 
come  (cf.  line  444).  3.  My  heart  lacks  (entbefyrett)  (the)  joy 
(cf.  line  416).  4.  He  spares  (fcfjonen)  him  (cf.  line  588),  in 
order  to  mock  (fpottett)  him  (cf.  line  625).  5.  We  are  ac- 
customed to  (gewofyitt)  such  deeds  (cf.  line  1912).  6.  He 
is  master  of  (mtidjttg)  the  land  (cf.  line  2297).  7.  We  are 
tired  of  (miibe)  him  (cf.  line  280). 

(6)  A  genitive  in  the  predicate  is  used  in  some  phrases,  par- 
ticularly after  fern,  to  denote  possession.  Cf.  lines  73,  225, 
368,  470,  1357,  etc. 

5.  (a)  The  dative  of  the  personal  pronoun  is  often  used  in 
place  of  a  possessive  adjective.     Cf.  lines  8,  87,  334,  466, 
567,  602,  833,  etc. 


APPENDIX  C.  325 

Translate  both  ways,  with  the  genitive,  and  with  the  dative. 
Cf.  lines  296-352. 

1.  You  turn  my  inmost  thoughts  to  the  light  of  day. 
2.  War  kills  the  shepherd's  herds.  3.  He  built  my  new 
house.  4.  He  has  burnt  down  my  house.  5.  It  does  not 
spare  our  children.  6.  He  falls  into  her  arms.  7.  She 
manages  his  household  with  wisdom.  8.  He  steps  into  my 
way.  9.  She  goes  into  the  houses  of  the  oppressed. 

(6)  The  dative  is  used  to  indicate  the  beneficiary  for 
whose  interest  or  advantage,  or  to  whose  disadvantage  or 
injury  something  is  done.  This  includes  the  so-called  dative 
of  separation  or  deprivation;  cf.  lines  55,  605.  Thus  im- 
personal verbs  denoting  mental  and  bodily  state  are  often 
accompanied  by  a  dative  of  the  person  concerned.  Closely 
allied  to  this  dative  is  the  so-called  ethical  dative,  a  pronoun 
in  the  dative  indicating  indirect  interest  or  concern  on  the 
part  of  the  speaker  or  listener.  It  is  often  untranslatable ;  cf. 
lines  1877, 1940.  Cf.  lines  26, 93,  97,  177, 224, 450, 1184,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  253-404. 

1.  You  are  loafing  too  long  to  suit  me.  2.  We  carted 
the  stones  for  him.  3.  She  milks  the  cow  for  us.  4.  He 
wanted  to  keep  down  Uri  for  the  king.  5.  I  shall  serve 
him  forever.  6.  What  is  this  hat  to  me?  7.  They  put 
up  the  hat  (to  spite  him)  in  the  middle  of  Altorf.  8.  We 
are  to  bend  our  knees  for  him  ?  9.  We  planned  out  an  un- 
heard of  thing  (for  him  to  do). 

6.  (a)  The  adjective  endings  before  a  neuter  noun,  and 
sometimes  before  a  masculine  or  feminine  noun,  are  often 
omitted  in  the  nominative  and  accusative.  This  usage  is 
common  in  colloquial  language.  Schiller  is  very  fond  of 
the  practice.  Sometimes  both  of  two  adjectives  before  the 
same  noun  lack  inflectional  endings,  but  this  is  rare  and 


326  WILHELM   TELL. 

highly  poetical ;  cf.  line  314.     Cf.  lines  10,  49,  85,  145,  198, 
239,  294,  etc. 

(6)  33iel  and  tnattd)  are  often  left  undeclined  before  a 
strong  adjective  or  before  fold) ;  also  sometimes  arbitrarily 
for  the  sake  of  the  meter.  Cf.  lines  189,  247,  1208,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  53-61. 

1.  It  is  an  unreasoning  animal.  2.  She  has  many  beauti- 
ful ribbons.  •  3.  How  many  such  chamois  has  he  hunted 
(cf.  line  374)  ?  4.  He  drives  his  cattle  a  dizzy  (cf .  line  26) 
long  road.  5.  A  good  sensible  head  he  has!  6.  She  leads 
many  such  beautiful  cows. 

7.  (a)  The  subjunctive  in  a  condition  contrary  to  fact. 
When  a  condition  supposes  what  is  not  so  or  was  not  so,  or 
where  it  states  what  would  have  been  or  would  be,  provided 
something  else  had  been  so  or  were  so,  then  the  subjunctive 
must  be  used  in  the  clause  of  condition;  the  simple  past 
tense  to  denote  present  time,  the  pluperfect  to  denote  past 
time.  But  in  the  clause  of  conclusion  there  is  a  free  choice 
between  the  subjunctive  and  the  conditional.  As  a  rule  the 
subjunctive  is  not  used  in  the  clause  of  conclusion  if  the 
verb  form  cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  indicative,  as  in 
the  case  of  weak  verbs ;  Schiller,  however,  frequently  pre- 
fers the  subjunctive  of  a  weak  verb  to  the  conditional.  Cf. 
lines  55,  124,  138,  145,  233,  320-^321,  etc. 

Translate.  Cf.  lines  461-497.  Write  clauses  of  conclusion 
both  ways,  with  the  subjunctive  and  with  the  conditional. 

1.  If  I  had  not  committed  a  crime  I  would  not  conceal 
myself.  2.  If  he  had  not  driven  away  my  oxen  I  would 
not  have  broken  his  finger.  3.  You  would  not  have  suf- 
fered punishment  if  you  had  endured  in  silence.  4.  It 
would  have  cut  me  to  the  soul  if  he  had  unhitched  my  oxen 
from  the  plow.  5.  I  would  not  have  conquered  iny  heart. 


APPENDIX  C.  327 

6.  He  would  have  protected  us  from  insult.  7.  You  would 
be  safe  from  Landeuberg  if  the  tyrants  did  not  help  each 
other  (cf.  line  497). 

(6)  In  substantive  clauses  depending  upon  verbs  of  saying, 
asking,  declaring,  and  the  like,  thus  containing  an  indirect 
statement,  the  subjunctive  must  be  used  unless  the  statement  is 
represented  as  a  fact,  admitted  and  agreed  to  by  the  speaker; 
in  the  latter  case  the  indicative  is  used.  After  verbs  of  wish- 
ing, ordering,  allowing,  deserving,  and  the  like,  the  verb  is 
by  preference  in  the  subjunctive,  but  the  indicative  may  be 
used.  Cf.  lines  92-95,  1334-1335,  1774-1776,  2115,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  407-44&- 

1.  He  said  it  was  the  hat  of  Austria.  2.  Do  you  think 
he  will  betray  us  to  Austria  ?  3.  He  asked  him  why  he 
hastened  away.  4.  He  demanded  (Der(ongen)  that  I  speak 
.  with  you.  5.  He  believed  that  a  heavy  heart  grows  light 
through  action.  6.  She  writes  that  they  put  out  the  fires 
when  the  wind  rises.  7.  He  thought  (mehtetl)  that  a  ser- 
pent did  not  strike  unless  irritated  (cf.  line  429).  8.  He 
told  me  that  each  one  could  count  safely  only  on  himself. 
9.  Tell  said  that  he  could  not  choose  nor  decide,  but  that  if 
they  needed  him  he  would  not  be  found  wanting. 

(bb)  In  exclamatory  clauses  expressing  surprise  or  dissent, 
which  are  in  effect  clauses  of  forcible  denial,  the  subjunctive 
is  frequently  used.  This  subjunctive  is  closely  allied  to  the 
subjunctive  of  indirect  statement  and  is  sometimes  really  a 
subjunctive  of  condition  contrary  to  fact  or  of  doubt.  Cf. 
lines  304,  441,  1071,  2527,  2552,  etc. 

Translate.  Cf.  lines  524-554.  Make  the  subjunctive  ex- 
press the  force  of  the  bracketed  words. 

1.  (Do  you  mean  to  say)  you  did  not  see  the  new  build- 
ing? 2.  (Do  you  think)  I  did  not  see  it  at  a  glance! 


328  WILHELM   TELL. 

3.  Who  (I  ask  you)  does  not  know  that  no  dwelling  is  safe 
now  ?  4.  (Do  you  charge  against  me  that)  an  idle  curios- 
ity led  me  thither  ?  5.  Who  (I  should  like  to  know)  could 
have  experienced  such  a  thing  in  our  mountains!  6.  (I 
cannot  believe)  he  killed  him  with  an  ax.  7.  (Do  you 
want  me  to  believe)  you  would  have  saved  him  ? 

(c)  The  subjunctive  is  used  to  express  wish,  to  request 
permission,  and  to  denote  concession ;  but  the  indicative  is 
sometimes  found  instead  of  the  expected  subjunctive.  The 
present  tense  is  used  to  express  a  wish  that  is  possible  of 
fulfillment  or  thought  to  be  possible  of  attainment.  The 
simple  past  tense  or  the  pluperfect  is  used  to  express  a 
wish  that  is,  or  was,  unattainable  or  extremely  doubtful  of 
fulfillment.  The  subjunctive  is  used  also  to  express  a  wish 
that  that  were  not  so  which  is  so,  or  that  that  were  so  which 
is  not  so ;  this  is  in  effect  a  condition  contrary  to  fact.  Cf. 
lines  379,  407,  1981,  etc. 

(cc)  Here  should  be  included  the  so-called  subjunctive  of 
purpose,  introduced  by  ba$  or  bdlttit ;  for  this  represents  a 
statement  of  something  desired  or  planned,  and  implies  a 
hope  that  the  wish  or  plan  may  be  realized ;  in  reality, 
therefore,  a  remote  wish.  Cf.  lines  673,  970,  2152,  2450,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  590-656. 

1.  May  the  warm,  green  meadows  re  fresh  you.  2.  Would 
that  he  might  never  again  see  the  snow-capped  mountains ! 
(Use  a  baj$  clause  with  the  subjunctive,  or  use  the  subjunc- 
tive in  an  inverted  clause.)  3.  I  wish  that  you  would  not 
look  at  me  so  pityingly.  4.  Would  I  could  give  my  father 
my  two  sound  eyes !  5.  He  robbed  him  of  everything  so 
that  the  poor  man  might  wander  blind  and  naked  from  door 
to  door.  6.  If  only  he  had  not  taken  the  staff  from  the 
blind  man!  7.  I  shall  find  the  governor  so  that  I  may 


APPENDIX  C.  329 

demand  from  him  my  father's  eyes.  8.  Could  I  but  (nur) 
cool  my  pain  in  his  life's  blood !  9.  With  twenty  youths 
I  shall  go  up  the  Jungfrau  that  I  may  destroy  his  fortress. 
(Translate  with  a  baft  or  banttt  clause :  use  also  utn  with  the 
infinitive.)  10.  May  his  heart  be  sound!  11.  We  shall 
go  to  the  shepherds  that  we  may  tell  them  of  this  terrible 
deed.  12.  Permit  (ertollben)  that  each  one  aim  his  cross- 
bow and  brandish  his  ax.  13.  The  ox  whets  his  horns 
that  he  may  hurl  the  hunter  to  the  clouds.  14.  Would 
that  the  three  cantons  thought  as  we  three  men  (do) ! 

(d)  The  so-called  potential  subjunctive  expresses  possibility 
or  contingency.     Under  this  head  belongs  the  so-called  sub- 
junctive of   polite  suggestion,  used  to  express  modestly  or 
tentatively  some  opinion  or  idea  which  the  speaker  hopes 
the  hearer  will  consider.     This  subjunctive  is  often  not  to 
be  distinguished  from  a  subjunctive  in    a   condition  con- 
trary to  fact.     Cf.  lines  288,  459,  505,  708,  3158,  etc. 

(e)  The  subjunctive  is  often  used  in  place  of  an  imperative 
to  express  mild  command.     Cf.  lines  969,  1380,  etc. 

Translate.     Cf.  lines  657-695. 

1.  Let  Uri  honor  the  ancient  covenant.  2.  If  your  rela- 
tives in  Uri  are  so  numerous,  we  might  risk  our  lives. 

3.  What  if  we  were  silent  in  the  assembly  (cf.  line  459)! 

4.  He  could  not  have  despised  my  advice.       5.  A  stone 
must  take  pity  on  him  (gen.)  if  he  speaks  the  truth.      6.  Do 
you  not  wish  a  son,  that  he  may  honor  your  white  hairs? 
7.  I  could  turn  the  land  from  Austria.       8.  Let  him  be 
ready  to  follow  me.       9.  Let  me  hear  what  they  advise. 
10.  We  could  protect  ourselves  if  we  desired. 

8.  The  indicative  for  the  subjunctive.  A  subjunctive  in  a 
clause  of  condition  may  be  followed  in  the  clause  of  conclu- 
sion by  an  indicative  in  place  of  the  expected  subjunctive 


330  WILHELM   TELL. 

or  conditional,  to  denote  strong  assurance,  or  for  emphasis. 
Cf.  lines  146,  2060,  3064,  3197,  etc. 

9.  The  conditional  tt)etm  is  frequently  omitted,  as  some- 
times in  English,  and  the  order  in  the  clause  of  condition 
inverted  instead  of  transposed.     If  a  clause  of  condition 
thus  inverted  precedes  the  clause  of  conclusion,  the  latter 
clause  is  regularly  inverted,  though  for  the  sake  of  emphasis 
the  normal  order  may  be  used.     Cf.  lines  55,  145-146,  194, 
320,  479,  575,  701, 1241,  etc. 

Translate.  Cf.  lines  696-751.  Write  both  ivays  with  and 
without  ftetm. 

1.  If  the  same  need  oppressed  the  nobility,  their  help 
would  not  be  lacking.  2.  God  will  help  us  if  the  emperor 
oppresses  us.  3.  If  you  were  my  guest,  I  would  answer 
for  your  safety.  4.  If  we  go  to  the  Riltli  (so),  it  will  be 
only  a  short  journey.  5.  We  might  speak  of  our  common 
affairs  if  we  were  one  in  heart.  6.  When  the  fire-signals 
rise  you  shall  see  the  day  of  liberty.  7.  If  the  castles  of 
the  tyrants  had  fallen,  we  would  have  brought  the  jo}rous 
tidings. 

10.  The  auxiliaries,  fyabett,  feitt,  toerben,  and  sometimes 
the  modals  (cf.  line  256)  are  frequently  omitted  at  the  end 
of  a  dependent  clause.     Cf .  lines  46,  81,  89,  172,  382,  797, 
etc. 

11.  The  present  tense  is  frequently  used  for  the  future  in 
order  to  make  a  statement  more  emphatic,  real,  or  vivid. 
Cf.  lines  17,  69,  75,  594,  1405,  etc. 

Translate.  Cf.  lines  840-879.  Write  both  ivays,  with  the 
future  and  with  the  present. 

1.  You  will  long  for  your  native  mountains  whenever 
you  hear  this  melody.  2.  If  your  heart  is  not  alien,  you 
will  not  remain  at  the  imperial  court.  3.  If  you  will  sell 


APPENDIX   C.  331 

your  free  soul,  you  will  be  a  slave  of  princes.  4.  They 
will  give  me  my  helmet  and  shield  when  my  eye  breaks  in 
death.  5.  You  will  receive  your  possession  as  a  fief  if 
you  go  to  court. 

12.  The   perfect   participle   after  fotnmen  and   gefyen  ex- 
presses manner,  and  is  to  be  translated  by  an  English  pres- 
ent participle.     Cf.  lines  65,  170,  220,  1468,  etc. 

13.  The  active  infinitive  with  511  is  often  used  as  a  predi- 
cate with  passive  meaning  after  feitt,  btetben,  fdjemen,  ftefjen; 
likewise  after  laffett,  but  without   p.     Cf.  lines  135,  274, 
1552 ;  78,  136,  141,  etc. 

Translate. 

1.  That  is  to  be  expected  (erftarten).  2.  The  crossing  is 
not  to  be  ventured  (Jnagen).  3.  He  seems  to  be  speaking. 
4.  Does  he  cause  you  to  be  bound  (bittbett)  ?  5.  He  caused 
the  father  to  be  summoned  (forbent). 

14.  Concessive  clauses.     The  concessive  idea  in  a  condition 
is  expressed  by  tt)enn  .  .  .  cmd),  luemt  .  .  .  g(etd),   toentt .  .  - 
fdjon,  ob  .  . .  cmcf),  nrie .  . .  cmcf),  obgfeicf),  obfcfyon,  obtoofjf,  and 
the  dependent  order ;  or  by  a'  simple  inversion  with  a  fol- 
lowing gfetcf)  or  cmcf)  or  fd)0tt.     In  a  clause  of  condition  with 
concessive  idea  the  subjunctive  is  generally  used,  but  the 
indicative  is  often  found.     Cf.  lines  1118,  1119,  1121,  1924, 
3112,  etc.     But  aiid)  is  sometimes  omitted.     Cf.  lines  473, 
1158. 

Translate.    Cf.  lines  869-913. 

1.  Even  though  we  were  stubborn  and  obstinate  we  would 
strive  in  vain  against  the  king.  2.  God  will  protect  us 
even  though  the  emperor  will  not  help  us.  3.  Even  if  the 
crown  goes  from  family  to  family,  it  is  prudent  to  join  one- 
self to  a  mighty  chieftain.  4.  Though  you  must  live  in 


332  WILHELM   TELL. 

Lucerne,  the  emperor's  power  will  be  over  you.  5.  Whether 
we  risk  our  lives  or  not,  it  will  be  cheaper  to  buy  freedom 
than  servitude  at  such  a  cost.  6.  They  will  come  though 
we  are  determined  not  to  allow  it.  7.  Let  this  be  your 
pride,  to  be  called  the  chief  of  a  free  people,  even  though 
this  people  is  a  people  of  shepherds. 


APPENDIX   D. 


§ur     ftitng  tm 

(Erfler  Slufsug,  (Erfte  Scene. 

1.  SBo  ift  ber  93ter»albftStterfee?  2.  SSarum  Ijat  er 
biefen  Stouten?  3.  SBte  long,  breit  unb  ticf  tft  er?  4.  SBo 
fpielt  btefe  Scene?  Qn  roelcfyem  tanton?  5.  JBefdjreiben 
Sie  n>a3  Sie  anf  ber  SBUfme  fefjen.  3m  33orbergrunbe  ? 
3fm§tntergrunbe?  2luf  bem  SBaffer  ?  Sluf  bent  Ufer?  Sluf 
ber  anberen  Seite  be^  Seeg  ?  6.  2Ba3  ift  ber  ^utjretljen  nnb 
mo^u  bient  er?  7.  28a«  eqafjlt  ba^  gteb  be3  gifcf)erfnaben? 
So  ift  er?  2Ba3  tut  er  ?  3Bo«  tjort  er  ?  2Sa3  rnft  au^  ben 
£tefen?  Sa6  gefrfjat)  i^m?  8.  Sa3  fingt  ber  §trte? 
2Bo  ift  er?  SBo^in  rotd  er  geljen  unb  marunt?  Sann  nrirb 
er  mieber  fommen?  Sa^  gefdn'efyt  im  grii^ing?  Sarum 
flie^en  bte  53runn(ein  tDieber  int  3)?ai?  9.  Soritber  fingt 
ber  Stlpenjager?  3Bte  ift  e^  auf  ben  Bergen?  2Ba^  fann  man 
auf  ben  ^Bergen  fe{)en?  SKa«f  fiefjt  man  Don  ben  ^Bergen  unter 
ben  $}olfeny  10.  2Barum  glaubt  9?uobt,  ba^  em  Sturm  int 
2In5ug  ift?  11.  SBarum  freffen  bie  Scfyafe  mit  ^egierbe 
©ra^?  12.  ?Bte  lueiB  luoni  ba^  baS  33iet)  fid)  nirfjt  oer* 
laufen  fjat?  ^13.  3Barum  ^at  bie  £ifel  ein  ^Banb  um  ben 
14.  SSaS  miirbe  bie  $ul)  tun,  menu  Huoni  ifyr  ba« 
ne^men  witrbe  ?  15.  Sie  roei^  3Serni  bafe  bte  (^emfen 
33ernunft  ^aben  ?  16.  Sarum  tft  3SerniS  ^Beruf  gefd()rltd)er 
al^  fuontS?  17.  SBarum  ^at  e6  ^aumgarten  fo  etttg? 
18.  2Ber  oerfolgt  it)n?  19.  9Barum  fe^t  9^uobi  ben 
garten  nicfjt  fog(etrf)  uber  ben  See?  20.  2Ba3  ^atte 

333 


334  WILHELM   TELL. 

garten  getan?  21.  Sarum  void  9hiobi  ben  33aumgarten 
nidjt  tiber  ben  See  fe^en  ?  22.  2Bie  ttieit  ift  ba£  3Mtung$* 
ufer?  23.  SSarum  ruft  SRuobi  ben  £efl  auf,  ju  $eugen  ob 
bie  gafyrt  gu  roagen  fet?  24.  Sarum  rettet  Xetl  ben  23aum= 
garten?  25.  2Bie  meint  $uoni  fein  3)?eifter  Steiiermann? 
26.  SBarum  fdjomt  fid)  9?uobi  nirfjt,  meit  er  nid)t  tun  barf, 
toa^  Xefl  jctjt  tnt?  (164.)  27.  2$a3  wolfcn  bie  jRcitcr? 
28.  2Bie  tterfpottet  SBerni  bie  9fteiter?  (175-176.)  SBamrn 
barf  er  e^  tun?  29.  SSte  biipten  bie  Sdpuei^er  bafiir,  ba§ 
^3autngarten  gerettet  ift? 

£f>emen  ^unt  2luffaljfrf)retben.     !Dte  ®efd)irf)te 
tens.    Ztti,  ein 


(£rfter  Hufsug,  ^tDeite  Scene. 

30.  $m  tt»etd)em  Canton  ift  Steinen?  31.  Qn  meldjer 
9?id)tiing  ift  Steinen  Don  Xreib?  32.  33efdjreiben  2i 
tt)ir  anf  ber  ®itt>ne  fefjen.  33.  SBo  ift  8ucern?  34. 
iiber  fpredjen  bie  jwei  Banner?  35.  2Bae  ift  ^f 
9?at?  36.  SBarunt  mill  ^feifer  nicf)t  tanger  bteiben? 
37.  3Be(d)e  §offnnng  gibt  er  ba§  eS  fid)  int  £anbe  anbern 
fann?  38.  SaS  biirfen  bie  Sdjmei^er  nid)t  tun,  menu  fie 
frei  bteiben  molten?  39.  Sarum  ift  Stauffadjer  fo  rummer- 
botf?  40.  SSarum  betradjtet  ilm  ©ertrub  fd)meigenb? 
41.  2Ba«  fyatte  fie  fd)on  tange  bemerft?  42.  2$arum  barf 
fie  bie  ^atfte  feineS  ©ramS  forbern?  43.  3£arum  fottte 
Stauffad)er  gtiicf  tid)  fein?  44.  33efrf)reiben  gie  2tauffad)erS 
§auS.  45.  SSarum  t)ie(t  ber  3?ogt  luunbernb  Dor  Stauff* 
ad)erg  §aufe  an?  46.  SBarum  ritt  er  ^,ornig  Don  bannen? 
47.  Sa«  fjatte  er  gebrofjt  ?u  tun?  48.  Sarum  burfte  ©er- 
trub  t^rem  Stftanne  ein  reblid)  SBort  fagen?  49.  3Barum 


APPENDIX  D.  335 

fjatte  ber  23ogt  einen  @ro((  ouf  2tauffad)er?  50.  $ergfeid)en 
©te  (gtauffadjer  unb  ©efeler.  SBie  reid)  nmr  jeber?  Ste  frei 
mar  jeber?  51.  SSaS  tft  ©ertrubS  ftat?  52.  Sarum 
gtaubt  fie  bafi  bie  £eute  in  Untenwlben  unb  in  Uri  ifjnen 
b,e(fen  merben?  53.  S&ie  nintmt  Stauffadjer  ifyren  9?at  an? 
54.  SBarwn  luitt  er  nidjts  tun?  55.  SBa^  fiircf)tet  Stauff- 
acijer,  ba§  gefc^e^en  roirb,  menu  bag  33olf  e§  roagen  nwrbe,  in 
ben  ^ampf  mtt  Ofterreid)  ju  getjen?  56.  2Ba6  nrirb  ber 
Haifer  tun,  roenn  bte  edjroeiser  it)m  miberfte^en  ?  57.  Sarum 
fiird)tet  Stauffadjer  ben  £rteg?  (315,  319,  322.)  58.  2Sa3 
fagt  ©ertrub  ba^u?  (316,  320,  328.)  59.  2Barum  entfd)(iet?t 
fief)  Stauffadjer,  nad)  Uri  ',u  gefyen?  60.  5gom  mem  faun  er 
£)ilfe  fjoffen?  61.  3Sa^  foil  ©ertrub  tun,  miit)renb  er  in  Uri 
ift?  62.  Sarum  fyat  Zdi  ben  53aumgarten  ^u  Stauffadjer 
gebradjt?  (351.) 

Jfjemen.    ©e^ter,  ber  £l)rann.    ©ertrub,  eine  §elbin. 

(£rftcr  2lufsug,  Drittc  Scene. 

63.  2«o  ift  5l(torf?  ^n  metier  9?td)tung  oon  @teinen? 
3:n  metdjem  tanton?  64.  ^Befdjreiben  eie  ma§  rtrir  auf  ber 
53iif)ne  fet)en.  2Ber  tft  ba  befdjaftigt?  Sa§  tun  fie?  SBie 
meit  ift  bie  gefte  gebieb,en?  65.  Sarum  treibt  ber  gronflogt 
bie  5lrbetter?  66.  2Ba£  fur  ein  9JJann  ift  er?  67.  Sarum 
arbeiten  bie  ®efetfen  nid)t  gern?  68.  Sarunt  murbe  bte 
gefte  gebaut?  69.  3Sk3  benft  ber  ^rondogt  son  bent  $olf? 
(361.)  70.  2Bo$u  gtaubt  er,  ba§  ba^  95o(f  anfteHig  ift? 
71.  2Bie  fprid)t  ber  ^ronoogt  3ei(e  370?  72.  Ste 
fpredjen  bie  ©efelfen  ,,3nnng  Uri"  (372)  unb  marum  ladjen 
fie?  73.  3Ko  t)aben  un'r  2tauffad)er  unb  Xett  ^ute^t  gefefjen? 
74.  SBarum  finb  fie  b,ter?  75.  Sarum  munfdjt  ^tauffadjer, 


336  WILHELM   TELL. 

er  fjtttte  nie  gefebt?      76.  Sarum  nennt  Stcmffadjer  Uri  bag 
8anb  ber  $reif)eit?      77.  Sie  [tar!  ift  bie   gefte  gebaut? 

78.  Sag  tft  bag    £aug  ber   greiljett   roodon  £eli  fprtdjt? 

79.  3ft  eg  raafyr,  toag  er  fagt?    Sie?      80.  Sag  derfitnbigt 
ber  Slugrufer?    So  fofl  ber  §itt  aiifgeric^tet  fterben?   Seffen 
^ut  ift  e3?    Sa^  foden  bie  Seiite  tun?    Senn  einer  ntrf)t 
tut,  n>a$  ber  9?ogt  oerfangt,  ma^  ttrirb  ber  ^bnig  tuu,  it)n  ',u 
ftrafen?      81.  Sarum  tac^t  bag  3Sot!  taut  auf?      82.  3Bie 
rouBte  (Srfter  ©efell  ba§  bte$  ber  ^ut  don  Cfterret^  ift? 

83.  2Bie  fb'nnte  ber  |)ut  ba«  ?aub  an  Ofterreic^  derraten? 

84.  2Barum  tt)ifl  Xett  fortget|en?      85.  Sarum  will  Stauff= 
adjer  i{)n  nii^t  ge^en  laffen?      86.  SBarum  gtaubt  Xetl  ba^ 
bie  ©efafyr  nic^t  fo  groB  ift?  (422.)      87.  Sarum  werben  bie 
geuer  au^ge(6f(f)t,  toenn  ber  ^b'fyn  fommt?      88.  Sa^  gtaubt 
£ett,  baB  ba«  33olf  tun  fod?      89.  Sarum  will  Xett  nidjt  mit 
Stauffarfjer  unb  anberen  jufammenfte^en?    90.  3SiII  er  ni(^t^ 
tun  fitr  fein  33ater(anb  ?  2£a3  ?    91.  SBarum  tauf  en  bie  8eute 
plb^irf)  pfantmen?     92.  2Ber  tft  «erta?     93.  Sarunt  nrirft 
fie  i^r  ®ef(^tnetbe  unter  baS  33olf?      94.  Sa^  benft  ber 
3)Mfter  don  ifjr? 

Xf)emen.    ®eB(er3  §ut  unb  bie  ScfittJei^er. 
becfer^  Job. 

€rftcr  2tufsug,  Dtcrtc  Scene. 


95.  So  tft  prfts  §au^?  96.  ^aben  ttrir  frf)on  don  giirft 
gefjbrt?  (334.)  Sag  ttmrbe  don  i^m  gefagt?  97.  Sarum 
ift  prft  erfdn-ocfen?  98.  Sag  niitl  9J?e(rf)taI  don  Hjm  er= 
fa()ren?  99.  Sarunt  luar  yftelfytal  f)ier  derborgen?  Stag 
inolite  ber  ^3ube  beg  33ogtg  tun?  Sarunt  toollte  er  eg  tun? 
Sarum  luollte  ber  33ogt  ben  SO^etc^tal  ftrafen?  Sarunt  iiber- 


APPENDIX  D.  337 


naf)tn  3ReId)taI  ber  gerecf)te  ^ora?  2Ba3  Ijat  3Mcf)taI  getan? 
100.  2Ba3  fiirdjtet  3fteld)tal  jefet?  101.  SBarunt  Ijajjt  ber 
$ogt  ben  $ater  2Md)tal$?  102.  2Ba3  toil!  3ReId)taI  jefet 
tun?  103.  2£a3  bcnft  fttirft  Don  ber  gansen  £acf)e? 
104.  Sa3  ift  fein  9tot?  SBarum  rtrilf  er  SDMdjtal  nicfjt  gef)en 
taffcn?  105.  Sorutn  loaren  bie  33ogte  (o  ftarf?  (497.) 
106.  SBarum  fiird)tet  gitrft  bie  Jiir  511  bffnen?  107.  SBte 
Diet  fatten  fief)  bie  3^tten  in  ber  Sdjluets  geanbert?  (505- 
506.)  108.  Sarum  erftannte  giirft,  aid  er  (gtauffadjer  fat)  ? 
109.  Sarnm  freute  er  fic^,  i^n  jn  fe^en?  (512.)  110.  Sor= 
itber  fprec^en  bie  jttiei  banner?  111.  Sa3  ()aben  fie  ein* 
anber  $u  er^df)Ien?  2Bie  mirb  ©cf)n)t)3  bebrcingtv  Sie,  llri? 
SGBie,  Unterioalben  ?  112.  gr^afiten  ®ie  bie  ®efd)id)te  oon 
Don  ber  ^alben.  2So^  fitr  ein  -Dhnn  mar  er?  9Bie 
tfyn  Sanbenberg  beftraft?  Sarum?  Sarum  fann  ber 
nirf)t  me^r  fefjen?  3Sa«  nrnp  er  je£t  tun?  113.  3Ba^ 
tt)itl  9}JeIc^taI  je^t  tun?  114.  2£arum  fann  er  nicf)t^  gegen 
ben  33ogt  run?  (624-626.)  115.  Sag  gebenft  SWeldjtal  ju 
tun?  So^in  toill  er  gefjen?  5Ba^  ttrifl  er  bort  tun?  Ste 
toeif?  er,  ba^  bie  ^)irten  ifynt  ^elfen  merben?  116.  Sie  oer- 
teibigt  fic^  ein  §M<^?  £ine  ©entfe?  Qin  ^Jflugfttcr? 

117.  3$arum  mu^te  SWelc^tal  in  ber  £anb3genteinbe  frfjmeigen? 

118.  SSarum  fotlten  $iirft  unb  ®tauffad)er  if)m  l)elfen?  (671- 
674,  679-682.)      119.  Sie  toaren  giirft  unb  ©tauffacfjer  in 
gleidjer  SWttfc^utb   unb   35erbamnig  mit  9Mcf)ta(3  33ater? 
120.  SSarum  roitf  gitrft  nttt  ^ifltnen  unb  2lttingf)aufen  }u 
^Rate  gefjen?      121.  Sarum  nritt  9)?elcf)taf  ba«s  nicf)t  tun? 
122.  SSa^  ift  prft«  ^orfc^fag?  (705-707.)       123.  SBarunt 
mitt  gitrft  ben   9Mrf)tat  ntc^t   nac^   Untenrafben  fenben? 
124.  2Barum  ge^t  3)?efd)taf  bennod)?       125.  2Ber  ift  ber 
Slljeller  unb  roarum  foil  er  nac^  9^ib  bent  Salb  ?    ^n  welcf)ein 


338  WILHELM   TELL. 

Canton  ift  SKgeflen?  126.  SBarunt  biirfen  bie  Scanner  nie!)t 
in  33runnen  gufammenfommen?  127.  2Bo  ift  bas  9?itt(i? 
128.  SBarum  ift  ba§  9?itt(i  ber  befte  ^(a^  too  fie  mit  etnanber 
beraten  Ib'nnen?  129.  2Barum  reidjen  fie  einanber  bie 
<panbe?  130.  2Bann  werben  bie  geueqeirfjen  oon  2l(p  ju 
2Up  flantmen? 

Xfyemen.    ^einrii^  t)on  ber  §a(ben  unb  fein  @o^n.    !Die 
£t)rcmnei  ber  ^dgte  itnb  bie 


,  (£rfte  Scene. 


1.  2Bo  ift  5lttingf)oufen§  (Sbcl^of  ?  2.  SM  ift  ein 
Ijerr?  (Sin  @bett)of?  3.  ^Befc^reiben  ©ie  lt)a§  mir  auf  ber 
33iif)ne  fe^en.  ®a§  ^mmer-  ®er  $reifyerr.  ®ie  f  nec^te. 
4.  §aben  inir  ft^on  t>on  Sltting^aufen  geprt?  3Ba§  murbe 
t>on  i^m  gefagt  ?  5.  2Bie  alt  ift  er  ?  6.  SBomit  befrfiaftigte 
cr  ftc^  in  feiner  ^ugenb  ?  7.  2Ba«  fann  er  je^t  tnn?  8.  2Ba3 
ertoartet  er  batb  ju  fein?  9.  2Bie  fte^t  er  ju  bem  Sanb  unb 
bent  $olf?  10.  SBarum  l)aben  bie  fnecfyte  9Jedjen  unb 
©enfen?  11.  2Bo§  raiffen  mir  frf)on  t)on  tuoni?  SSarum  ift 
er  f)ier?  12.  SfiBer  ift  $Rubenj?  13.  2$arum  ift  er  in  fitter* 
Hetbung?  (770.)  14.  Sa§  ift  ber  ftritytrunf  ?  15.  Sorum 
trin!t  5ltting()aufen  mit  ben  ^ne^ten?  Sarum  \o\\i  9?uben5 
e§  nicf)t  tun?  16.  2Bie  meiB  Sltting^aufen,  baft  9?ubenj  in 
bie  ^errenburg  hritt?  17.  53efurf)te  ^ubenj  fetnen  Ofjeim 
oft?  18.  SSarum  f)at  9?uben$  c«  fo  eitig?  19.  2Bie  ent* 
fc^ulbigt  fic^  ^ubenj?  Sar  e^  bie  SSatjrfjeit,  toa§  er  fagte? 
20.  9Ba$  bebeutet  e3,  ba^  9?uben5  eine  ^fauenfeber  unb  einen 
^urpurntantel  trogt?  21.  Sie  ftetjt  JKubenj  ju  Sanb  unb 
22.  SSie  !dnnte  ba§  8anb  beg  ;Drangeg  to«  tocrben? 


APPENDIX  D.  339 

23.  2Ba§  serfjinbert  bie  SBalbftftttc  an  Oftreid)  $u  fdjttrtren? 
(806-807,  897-898.)  24.  2Ba3,  meint  SKubenj,  folle  ber 
I)bl)ere  (Stolj  t»on  einem  Grbefntanne  forbern?  (816-817.) 
25.  2Ba3,  meint  JRubcnj,  folle  etn  (gbefatann  nidjt  tootten? 
(818,  819.)  26.  Sa«  f)at  9tubenj  ttergiftet?  (824-825.) 
27.  2Ba$  ttrirb  SRubenj  tun  muffen,  roenn  er  in  ber  §eimat 
bleibt?  (828,  829,  837-838.)  28.  Sag  fdnnte  er  tun  unter 
ga^nen?  29.  SSte,  fagt  Sitting fyaufen,  totrb  c« 
am  £of  be«  l!bnigg  ergefjen?  (842-843,  844-846, 
851.)  30.  2Ba3  nnrb  9^ubenj  luerben,  menn  er  bent  ®bnig 
bient?  31.  $8a«  fann  Stubenj  fein,  rtenn  er  bet  ben  ©etnen 
bleibt?  (856.)  32.  Sarum  werben  §etm  unb  edjilb  mit 
Sltttng^aufen  begraben  werben?  33.  SBarum  raerben  bie 
©rfjnieijer  bent  $bnig  Dergeben^  h)tberfte^en  ?  34.  2Bie 
mad)tig  ift  ber  Sbnig?  35.  Sarunt  fotlen  bie  (S^inei^er 
fid)  nicfyt  bent  9Jeirf),  fonbern  Dftreid)  anfd)tte§en?  SBa«  tun 
bie  f  aifer  oft  ?  (885.)  Sefdjen  ©enrinn  ^at  man  ttenn  man 
bent  mad)ttgen  (grbfjerrn  bient?  (892.)  36.  Sofur  I)aben 
bie  3Sater  geftritten?  37.  Sa«  tut  ber  tbnig  in  gucern? 
38.  SOBa^  tm'rb  ber  £bnig  in  Uri  tun,  tt>enn  bie  Urner  fid)  iljm 
unteriuerfen?  39.  2Ba^  foil  ^ubenj'  ©tolj  fein?  (917.) 

40.  2&a3  wirb  Rubens  in  ber  fremben  SBett  werben?  (926.) 

41.  2BaS  ift  ber  lt)irflid)e  ©runb,  marunt  O'Jubenj  auf  ber  ©eite 

trf)«  ftet)t?      42.  <paben  mir  fd)on  Don  ^Berta  get)brt? 
toiffen  im'r  oon  if>r?     43.  SBarum  toil!  Stttingljaufen 
nid)t  longer  teben? 

2;^emen.     T)er  atte  unb  bet  iunge  Slbel.     Rubens  unb 
Sitting  fyauf  en. 


340  WILHELM    TELL. 


<?>rr>etter  2luf$ug,  ^roeite  Scene. 

44.  So  ift  biefe  Siefe?  Sag  toiffen  tt)ir  baoon?  (sIRan 
fefye  724-731.)  45.  $efd)reiben  2ie  wag  ttrir  auf  ber  ^ufjne 
fefyen.  ^m  33orbergrunb.  $m  |)intergrunb.  liber  bem 
Saffer.  £)ag  9Konblid)t.  46.  Sarum  fommt  vJOWd)tal 
jiterft  unb  nid)t  gitrft?  47.  Sie  wetB  l^elc^tat,  ba^  er  am 
^iet  ift?  48.  2Bie  Diet  Ut)r  ift  e^?  2Bie  »tffen  lutr  ba§? 
49.  $n  melc^er  9?trf)tung  ift  bic  SSalbfapcIIc  ?  50.  SSaritm 
lautet  ba^  SJiettenglotflem?  51.  SBarum  mactjen  fie  em 
^euer?  52.  aBie  muff  en  bte  banner  aug  Sc^un)^  fommen? 
SBarum?  53.  5iBag  bebeutet  ber  Dtegenbogen?  Sag  tefen 
it)ir  in  ber  ^Bibet  bariiber?  54.  SHarum  fa'umen  bte  Urner 
ma  langften?  55.  Sen  ^atte  9)?e(rf)tat  gefefyen?  Soran 
^atte  er  gebac^t?  56.  Sag  fagt  Stauffac^er  ba5u?  57.  Ste 
fam  SDZelc^tal  nadj  Untertoalben  ?  58.  Sie  war  ber  Seg 
ba()inV  So  ift  er  ehtgefefjrtv  Sag  mu^te  er  trinfenV 
59.  Sie  ^abentljnbie  §trten  empfangen?  SarumV  60.  Sag 
tnaren  fie  bereit  ju  tun?  61.  Sie  fanb  9)?e(d)tat  fetnen 
i^ater?  62.  Sarum  lueinte  3)?e(d)ta(  nid)t,  alg  er  fetnen 
33ater  fat)V  (1041.)  63.  Sarum  fanb  3Mdjta(  iiberod  ben 
gletd)en  §a§  ber  XnranneiV  64.  So  unb  une  l)at  er  ben  £anb* 
oogt  gefetjen?  (1062,1063.)  65.  Sarum  I)at  er  ben  8onb* 
oogt  nid)t  erfd)Iagen,  une  er  gefd)tt)oren  fjatte'?  (1064.) 

66.  Sarum  Mar    ber   9?ame   Stnfelrieb  nid)t  unbefanntv 

67.  Sag  finb  etgne  8eute?      68.  Sarum  tieracfjtet  2tauff= 
ad)er  eigne  Seute  nidjt?  (1085.)    69.  Sarum  finb  9?ebing  unb 
OJieier  ^ier  g-reunbe?      70.  Sie  ttriffen  alle,  ba^  bie  Urner 
je^t  an!ommenV      71.  Sie  jeigt  ber  ^farrer,  bafe  er  ein 
treucr  §irte  ift?  (1093-1094.)      72.  Sarum  fommen  biefe 
2#anner  in  ber  9?ad)t   pfammenV       73.  Sie  finb  fie  nrie 


APPENDIX  D.  341 

Me  9D?brber?  74.  Sarum  fommett  bie  Berber  in  ber 
9tad)t  jufammen?  75-  2Ba3  fdjlagt  ^Roffelmann  oor? 
76.  2Ba3  war  ungefe^tirf)  in  ber  23erfammtung  ?  (1117, 1119, 
1121.)  77.  SSarum  tagen  fie  bennod)?  (1118,  1120, 1122.) 
78.  SSarnm  ftefyen  bte  Untewalbuer  juritcf  ?  (1131.)  79.  2Bie 
entfdjetbet  SRbffehnann  ben  Settftreit?  2Ba3  finb  feine 
©ritnbe?  (1133,1134,  1136.)  80.  Sarum  fann  Wrid)  nid)t 
^anbe^ammen  fein?  81.  SSorunt  wirb  9?ebing  gema^ltV 
(1143.)  82.  2Boburd)  »trb  ber  ^Ia^  bes  Stmmann^  be* 
geirfjnet?  83.  Sie  fte^en  bie  anberen  urn  tfjn?  84.  SBa^ 
frfjrobrt  9?ebing?  85.  SSo  niol)nten  bte  33ater  ber  ©rfjitjeijerV 
86.  SBarum  maren  fie  in  MefeS  ^anb  gefommen'?  87.  Sie 
fanben  fie  ba^  CanbV  88.  SSarum  6efd)Ioffen  fie  l)ier  ju. 
bleiben?  89.  SSarum  fatten  fie  mandjen  fauren  Xag? 
90.  2Be(d)e  brei  ©tcibte  bauten  fie'?  $n  melrfjen  ^antonen 
finb  biefe  ©tabteV  91.  SBoburd)  nnterfdjeiben  fid)  bie 
(2d)»ei$er  oon  ben  anberen  $olfern  im  ^anbv  92.  $8arnm 
marten  bie  (gc^wctjcr  be«  9?eidje3  ©d)ii^  unb  @d)irm'? 
(1216-1222.)  93.  Sarutn  gtngen  bie  (2d)n)eijer  nad)  Selfd)* 
(anb  mit  bent  ®aifer?  94.  Sie  ttnrbe  ba«  ©djtoei^ertonb 
regtert?  (1232,  1234,  1235-1239.)  95.  Sag  ift  (SinficbcInV 
3Ko  ift  e§V  96.  SBarum  tierfagten  bie  ©djnieijer  einmal 
bem  Slaifer  ©efjorfam?  3Sa^  tt)ar  ber  (£treit  jnrifdjen  ben 
unb  bem  ttofter?  2Ba«  ^atte  ber  taifer  bem 
gegeben?  Sent  wotltc  ber  $atfer  ba«  ^Redjt  geben? 
Sarum  nafjmen  bie  (Sdjwei^er  feinen  9?id)terfpmd)  nidjt  an? 
97.  Sarnm  gefjBrt  ba§  8anb  ben  edjmeijernV  (1260-1263, 
1264-1265,  1266-1269,  1270.)  98.  Sann  barf  man  ber 
©itter  f)od)fte3  ocrtcibtgcnV  (1276-1277,  1282-1285.) 
99.  SaS  ift  ber  ©liter  ^od)fte«V  100.  9#etnt  9?offetmann 
feinen  25orfd)(ag  im  graft V  101.  Sie  ne^men  bte  banner 


342  WILHELM   TELL. 


feinen  SBorfdjIag  an?  102.  3Sa3  fott  ba$  erfte  £anbe£gefe£ 
fein?  Sorum?  (1311.)  103.  Sarunt  roar  <punn  ju 
$Kf)einfetb  an  bes  £aifer3  $falj?  104.  Sen  fonb  cr  bo? 

105.  2Barum  luaren  biefe  afte  freubig,  al§  fie  fyeimgingen? 

106.  Sa3  fief;  ber  £b'nig  bem  §unn  fagen?      107.  2Ber  toor 
^er^og  §an§'?      108.  $}arum   luetnte  er?    3Ba3  ^atte  ber 
Hbntg  nicfyt  fiir  i^n  tun  motlenV      109.  Seldjen  Sc^IuB  5tef)t 
2tuf  ber  3Rauer  barau«V  (1349-1350.)     110.  2Sa«  befcf)Iie^en 
bie  @^tt)eiger  gu  tun?  (1367-1369.)      111.  2£te  tjoffen  fie, 
ba§    2anb    ofjne    «(ut    311    befreien?    (1373,    1379-1380.) 
112.  2Ba3  nwfe  guerft  getan  luerben'?  (1385.)      113. 
bitrfen  fie  nirf)t  (ange  fanmen?  (1387,  1391-1392.)     114. 
befd)(iej?en  fie  enblic^  311  tnn?     2Bie  werben    fie    @arnen 
ne{)men?    $Bie,  9?operg?      115.  SBarum  ftimmen  nti^t  alle 
fiir  biefen  33orfcf)(agV      116.  Sffiie  foil  ber  £anbfturnt  aufge- 
boten    ttjcrbcn?   (1421-1422.)       117.   Sarum   fur^ten  fie 
©efeterammeiften?    (5)ret  ©rtinbe.)     118.   SGSo«  ift  ®aum* 
garten  bereit  gn  tun?      119.  25?  ie  ttriffen  fie  bafe  ber  DJZorgen 
fomntt?       120.   Sa^    tft   ber    gib    be3   neuen    ^3unbeg? 
121.  Sarum  ertieben  fie  brei  ginger?      122.  2Ba§  fott  jeber 
tun  MS  sum  2:ag  be«  £errn?  (1454,  1457,  1458.)     123.  2£a3 
fott  feiner  tun?  (1462,  1463.)      124.  2£a3  bebeutet  bie  aitf* 
gel)enbe  eonne? 

jTtjenten.    SBie  bie  Sc^niet^er  in  ba§  Sanb  famen.    9J?eIrf)= 
tat  in  Unteriralben. 

Dritter  ^Xufjug,  (£rfte  Scene. 

1.  So  toofnat  Xe((?    3n  wetter  9?icfytung  unb  mie  roeit  Don 
SUtorf?      2.  ^Befc^reiben  Sie  wa^  ttrir  auf  ber  ^iifjne  fefjen. 
Xetl,  v^ebtDig  unb  bie  £  inber.    2Sa«  jeber  tut. 


APPENDIX  D.  343 

3.  :JSarum  fommt  Matter  pm  i*ater?  4.  SBarum  fjifft  ifjm 
£e(t  ntc^tV  5.  Soriiber  beflagt  fid)  bie  ^flutter?  '6. 
fagt  £e(i  ba^u?  7.  &?eld)e  ®efat)ren  broken  bem 
jciger?  (1497-1499,  1499-1500,  1502-1504.)  8.  Sarum 
fdjrecft  ber  33erg  ben  £efl  nirfjt?  9.  23ie  (ang  tft,  auf  ^o^r 
unb  lag?  10.  $}o  rotlt  Jell  f)tn?  SBitl  er  511  feinem  3?ater? 
11.  SSorum  fiirc^tet  £)ebtmg  bap  Xel(  aiif  etroa^  ©efiifjrlidjeS 
finnt?  (1517-1519,  1525.)  12.  SBarum  ntmmt  XeU  feine 
SIrmbruft  mit?  13.  SSarum  glaubt  Jed,  ba§  er  ©egter  ntc^t 
fetjett  nrirb?  14.  SS?orum  ^a^t  ©e§(er  ben  Xefl?  (1544.) 
15.  ^Befc^retben  fie  ba3  3ufammetttreffen 
•J^o  fie  einanber  fa^en.  2£?a3  @e§fer  mo^I  bac^te. 
Jell  tat  unb  fagte.  16.  2Ba3  wirb  ©epter  nie  oergeben'? 
17.  SBarum  nennt  §ebtmg  ben  SBilfjehn  i^r  liebe^ 
(1583.) 

-Tfjetna.    Xell  ju 


Dritter  2tuf}ug,  ^tucitc  Scene. 

18.  SSo  fpielt  btefe  Scene?  19.  ^3efcf)reiben  Sie  ma«  roir 
auf  ber  2Hif)ne  fefjen.  20.  SSaram  folgt  9?uben$  ber 
21.  Sfi?arum  fiird)tet  er  feinen  3eu9en  ^er?  22 
Waffnet  ASerta  if)re  33(icfe  mit  fitiftrer  Strenge?  23. 
O^uben^  ber  ein^ige,  ber  urn  $erta  n>arb?  24.  Sa^  fann  er 
i{)r  nicht  geben?  (1601.)  25.  SSarum  gtaiibt  ^Berta  nic^t 
an  feine  iHebe  unb  Xreue?  26.  $?a*  ftnb  feine  ncieljften 
^flirf)ten?  27.  SiHimm  mar  er  erftaunt,  ifjren  2?ormurf  -,u 
(joren?  28.  5Sarunt  mitl  fie  efjer  ifjre  ^anb  bem 
geben?  29.  2Ba3  finb  bie  fdjbneren  ^flit^ten  f«r  ein 
$er$?  (1615-1616.)  30.  igjarum  liebt  «erta 
§aben  mir  bap  fdjon  gemupt?  (448  ff.)  31.  ii'a*,  in  tfjrcr 


344  WILHELM   TELL. 

3Rehtwt8,  foil  9h:ben$  tun?  (1651,  1652,  1653,  1654,  1659- 
1660.)  '  32.  ^antm  fiirdjtet  ftuben},  bem  Satfer  git  miber* 
ftefyen?  33.  Sa$  tt>ill  ber  £b'nig  mit  33erta  unb  mtt  ilirem 
(grbe  tun?  (1664-1666,  1668.)  34.  SSarum  freut  fid)  ftuben?, 
bafe  er  fein  ©lii<f  in  ber  £eimat  finben  faun?  (1694-1697.) 
35.  SBarum  nennt  33erta  bie  Sdiroei},  ber  Unfdiulb  £anb? 
(1702,  1703,  1704.)  36.  Sarum  foil  SRubenj  fur  bae  33ater* 
(anb  fampfen?  (1729-1731.) 

33erta  getcinnt  SJuben?  fiir  fein  33aterlanb. 
Drttter  2lufsug,  Dritte  Scene. 


37.  48efcf)reiben  Sie  nia^  mir  auf  ber  SBUInte  fe^en. 
$obergrunbe.   $m  ^intergrunbe.   ^en^annberg.    Te 
auf  ber  <2tange.    grieparb  unb  £eutf)olb.      38.  3Barum  ift 
ber    5lnger    »te    Derobet?       39.  $Ba§    tut    ba«    ©cfinbct? 

40.  SSarunt    marfjen    ret^te    Ceute    ben    langen    Umtoeg? 

41.  SBarum  meinte  grieparb,  etnen  guten  gang  p  tun? 

42.  28a§  f)at  9?bffelmann  getan?  SSarunt?  (1751.)     43.  Sa« 
fiir  ein  3ftann  ift  grieBf»arb?    gcut^olb?  (1744,  1761-1762, 
1763-1764.)    44.  &arum  barf  man  bte  23aume  auf  bem  33ann* 
berg  nirfjt  fallen?     SBte  erflart  e§  Walter?   (1772,  1774- 
1775.)     SBie,  SCeC?  (1782-1785.)    45.  ^efc^reiben  Sie  ba§ 
Sanb  mo  feine  33erge  finb?      46.  SBarum  mill  SSalter  bort 
tooljnen?  (1797.)      47.  SSarum  witt  JctI  ntc^t  bort  motmen? 
(1802,  1804,  1806,  1810.)    48.  (Sr,af)Ien  2ie  meiter,  line  Xefl 
toer^aftet  mirb,  ma6  er  tut  unb  fagt,  ma^  bie  anberen  tun  unb 
fagen.  (1817-1853.)    49.  $efd)reiben  2te,  line  ©efjfer  eintrttt. 
50.  SBarum  ^at  er  einen  galfcn?      51.  $?as  muB  Xetl  tun? 
SBarum  maf)ft  ©e^Ier  bicfc.  Strafe   fiir  XctlV  (1882-1886.) 
52.  2Ba3  niirb  gefc^eljen  menu  er  e*  ntdjt  tut?  (1889,  1899.) 


APPENDIX  D.  345 

53.  Sarum  will  £ett  ben  Styfel  nidjt  fd)iefeen?  54.  Ste 
erf  (ftrt  23erta  ben  33efef)I  ©eflterg?  (1910-1911,  1922-1929.) 
55.  Soburd)  mil  gurft  ben  £ett  rcttcnV  (1945.)  56.  Sarum 
fitrdjtet  fid)  Walter  nidjt?  57.  Sag  »ia  Salter,  bafj  fein 
33ater  bem  23ogt  jeigen  foil?  (1963,  1965.)  58.  Sarum 
tjatte  ©efcler  an  biefe  Strafe  gebarfjt?  (1972-1973,  1975-1977, 
1978-1979.)  59.  Sag  tut  £efl  rtafirenb  bie  anberen  fpredjen? 
60.  SSarum  barf  ^ubenj  jefct  rebenV  (1798-1799,  2000,  2002, 
2008-2009.)  61.  Sarum  barf  $Rubenj  bem  $ogt  wiber* 
fprec^en?  (2022-2028.)  62.  SBarum  toinft  ®e^(er  ben 
SKetfigen?  63.  SSarum  ruft  ©e^ter  ben  Xelt  juritcf  ?  (2057.) 
64.  Ste  er!(art  Xeli,  luarum  er  ben  jinetten  ^Pfeil  au^  fetnem 
l^bd)er  na^m?  65.  SEBarum  mu^  £ett  ing  ©efangnt^V 
(2068.)  66.  SSarum  fjat  ©e^Ier  fein  9^ec^t,  SCcH  narf)  lit^ 
nac^t  ?u  ne^men?  (2075-2076.)  67.  SBonim  tut  er  eg 
bennodf?  (2077,  2080.) 

Xfyemen.    Jell  fd)tef5t  ben  SlpfeL    9hibenj  fprirfjt  fiir  fein 


EHerter  Hufjug,  €rfte  Scene. 

1.  So  fptelt  biefe  @cene?  2.  33efd)retben  @ie 
auf  ber  23iif)ne  fe^cn.  3.  $3o  ift  ©erfau?  4.  SSofjer  ift 
Hunj  gefomnten?  Sag  ^at  er  bort  gefe^en?  5.  Sag  er* 
$iit)  It  tunj  bent  gifdjer?  6.  Ser  ift  ber  ^ifc^erV  SBie 
nnffen  Sie  bag?  7.  Sarunt  ift  tunj  f)ier  gelanbet? 

8.  SBarum  beltagt  ber  fttffytc  ben  £ob  Don  3(ttmgf)aufenV 

9.  So  luitt  tun^  bie  i«ad)t  itber  bleiben?      10.  Sarutn  ift 
an  feme  2lbfal)rt  me^r  ju  benfen?      11.  Sie  furd)tbar  ift  ber 
(Sturm?  (2137-2138.)      12.  Sarunt  empb'rt  fid)  bie  ^atur? 
(2140.)      13.  So  tt)irb  getautet?    Sarum?      14.  Sarum 


346  WILHELX  TELL. 

tft  era  ?rab,r$ettg,  ba«  |e|t  auf  bem  SBaffer  tft,  in  groper  @e* 
fab,r?  (2165,  2156,  2157-2158,  2159-2160.)  15.  &%  tft  ber 
€tnnn  tote  era  9faubtter?  35?a$  fudjt  ba^^aubticrv  : 
eturm?  $&oran  fdjJfigt  ba$  Staubtier?  £er  5turm? 
16.  Soran  erfeirat  ber  Sitabe  bad  Sdjtff  ?  17.  :*«oruber 
freut  ftd>  ber  grtfdjer?  (2175-2179.)  18.  Soron  ertnnert 
ber  finabe  ben  %$tipc?  (2182.)  19.  ^ornm  fann  ber  Snube 
ba^  24tff  nu|t  meljr  feb^n?  20.  ^efc^reiben  etc,  n»i;  : 
erarrtrt  unb  wa^  er  rut.  21.  $3arum  wirft  er  fid)  nteber? 
22.  ^antm  f»ebt  er  bte  ^anbe  §um  ^tmmel?  23.  (grjftb,(en 
@tef  tote  £eH  fu^  rettete.  ^>te  «bfab,rt.  T  2  :  :  Dk 
gurd>t  ber  Shtberer.  SSte  %tU  feraer  ^anbe  Io«  tourbe.  v 
er  tat,  inbent  er  ftetterte.  2eM«  Sprang  auf  bte  iMane.  Tae 
e^ifftera  oaf  bem  Gaffer.  24.  £urd)  roetc^e  etabte  totrb 
@e§(er  ge^eti  auf  feraer  9Jeife  nadj  fiii|nad)t*?  ^5.  Tur^ 
toeli^e  €tfibte  toirb  ber  Snabe  ben  Xett  fub,ren?  26.  SBarum 
toerben  Xett  unb  @e$Ier  eraanber  auf  bem  $Beg  nad)  SiiBnadjt 
nii^t  begegnen?  27.  SBa^  btttet  Xeff,  bafc  ber  gtf^er  tun 
[off?  3@a$  fott  er  ^ebtotg  fagen?  3£a*,  jviirft  unb  ben 
anberen? 

Sterna.    Xett  tft  gerettet 

Pterter  2tuf$u£,  ^tr»ette  Scene. 


28.  ^ef^retben  3te  ben  gretb^rrn.      29.  3^a«  tun  bte 

f^reunbe,  bte  urn  iftn  ftnb?  30.  SSte  toetg  etauffac^er,  ball 

Ittragb/iufen  no*  ntdjt  tot  tft?      31.  ggaram  tft  £>ebnrig 

gefommen?       32.  3s?arum  faira   gurft   fte  nt^t  rrfiften? 

33.  ^arum  tabelt  ^ebtoig  tljren  Wann?       34.  $Me  ent> 
ftftulbtgt  ib^n  fturft?     35.  $>a§  faun  ^ebtotg  me  Dergeffeu? 

36.  Sa«  fteb.t  fte  ratmer*?  37.  i?omtt  tabelt  fie 


APPENDIX  D.  347 

ftrennbe ?  ftoningarten?  38.  Sarnm  fcben  Jelte  »fretmbe 
tym  nidjt  fclfen  fforaen?  39.  So  glaubt  £ebroig,  bag  Xett 
jefct  ift?  40.  Sarttm  toeif  ftc  nidjt,  bafj  er  gerettet  iff? 
4L  Sa§  furdjtet  fie?  42.  Sontit  wrgleidjt  fie  2^tt?  Sie? 
43.  Sen  wttt  ^ttingifaafeit  fe^en  nnb  loaritmV  44.  fgomtt 
trdftet  i^n  prft?  45.  f&te  roeiB  Ktting^ntfeit,  ba§  er  int 
gterben  tiegt?  46.  Sornber  ftegt  »ttin0^rafen?  (2388- 
2390.)  47.  tBomm  erjSp  i^in  gfirft  »on  bent  Stfitii  «nnb? 
(2391.)  48.  gr;ftf)(en  Sie  bie  (^ef^i^te  oon  grnotb  Don 
Srafetrieb?  49.  So§  toerforidjt  ^Jubeni?  (2467-2470.) 

50.  Santnt  uritt  3KeI(^toI   i^nt   bie   ^onb   ntdjt   rri^en? 

51.  fBanun  tnt  er  e*  bemw^?  (2485-2486.)     52.  Scrmn 
^ait  3fnben',  etnen  3tugenbltrf  ittne?  (2500.)     53.  Sa«  roei§ 
er?    Saram  ^at  er  gef^nnegen?      54.  fgarum  ttntt  0htben; 
nid^t  bid  $nm  ^riftfeft  nxtrten?     55.  SBarunt  barf  er  gfet^ 

(2514.)  56.  Sarom  ajanbt  Stnben^  ba§  bie 
^elfen  toerben?  (2536.)  57.  ^Sie  fann  $erto 
befrett  loerben?  (2543-2544.)  58.  fBantm  ift  aRet^tal 
bereit  Shtben?  jn  f olgen?  (2549.)  59.  &a«  f oflen  bie  anberen 
tnn,  toenn  fie  bie  generjei^en  fe^en?  (2558-2559.) 

EHertcr  2Iufsu§,  Dritte  Scene. 

60.  SSo  ift  ^o^e  ®offe?  61.  Sefdjreiben  Sie  ben 
f  fafe.  62.  SJarum  nm§  @e§Ier  burd^  biefe  @offe  ge^en? 
a3.  Sernm  ift  Xeff  ^ier?  64.  Saram  ift  bie 
gunftigV  (2563,  2564,  2565.)  65.  3&ad  batte  Xett  bi* 
tntmer  gejagt?  66.  So*  ^otte  feine  @ebanfen  wrroonbeft? 
•arum  nm|  Xett  ben  $ogt  nmbringenV  (2577-2579, 
2584-2587.)  68.  9Sa*  ift  bie  ^eil'ge  edntlb,  bie  er  bejaftien 
roiU?  69.  Sad  fptte  ber  Sonig  bent  3?ogt  nid)t  ertaubt  ju 


348  WILHELM   TELL. 

tun?  (2594-2595.)  70.  Scrum  nennt  Jetf  ben  $feU,  ein 
Wringer  bittrer  2rf)mer,en?  71.  3i?orum  ift  ber  ^feil  Jell* 
teureS  &Ieinob  unb  f)bcf)fter  Sd)a£?  72.  SBarum  roiinfcftt 
£efl,  bafe  bie  33ogenfel)ne  feft  f)altev  (2608.)  73.  SBer  gef)t 
ooriiber?  74.  Sa*  tft  ein  Saufmann?  3Barum  ift  er  forgen* 
oolfy  75.  S^otjin  gef)t  ber  ^Uger?  35^arum?  3J?a«  be* 
beiitet,  leic^t  gefc^ur^t?  70.  ix>a^  ift  ein  SdumerV  Holier 
fommt  unb  tt)ob,in  gel)t  erV  77.  SSoran  benft  jeberV 

78.  Sarum  freuten  fief)  Jell?  Sinber  fonft,  inenn  er  roieberfam? 

79.  i£aS  fjat  er  il)nen  gebrac^tv      80.  Sarum  leimt  fief)  ber 
-gager  mit  feinem  ^Blut  an  5ye($  ober  glatte  SanbV     81.  iJi?a? 
ift  ein  glurft^titj?      82.  2£a$  er^til)It  2titffiv      83.  $3ie  met 
ift  $ef)n  SentenV      84.  Sarum  rot II  Xell  nt^t  mit  ^unt  &odr- 
jeit^au^V      85.  (5r5af)Ien  2ie  bie  @efcf)icf)te  don  bem  fitter 
unb  ben  ^orniffen.      86.  ^a?  bebeuten  biefe  3eiAenV  (2676.) 
<S7.  ,v>at  Jefl  immer  geg,Iaubt  roaS  er  fagt,  2682-2683?  (9J?an 
fe^e,  428.)       88.  «Ba*   mill  Slrmgarb?       89.  SBoran  wirb 
Jvrtepfjarb  fetn  Sebtag  benfen?  (2699.)     90.  23oriiber  fprecfjen 
©e^Ier  unb  9?ubotfV    SSorauf  tmiB  ©eBler  benfen?      2Sa§ 
barf  er  nicf)t  tun?      Sarum  f)at  ©ejUer  ben  §ut  in  5Iltorf 
aufgeftecft?  (2719-2720.)    SSarum  muB  ftc^  bae  23olf  unter= 
roerf en?  (2728-2729.)     91.  28a*  ift  ein  SBUb^cuer?    92.  Urn 
roaS  bittet  SlrmgarbV      93.  SSie  $eigt  @eBler,  ba^  er  jornig 
ift?  (2760-2761.)      94.  3£a*  ift  etne  SBatfe?      95.  Sarum 
finb  feine  £ned)te  ba?    96.  $}ob,er  fatn  ber  yl?feil?    97.  Sarum 
rotll  niemanb  (Metier  t)e(fen?      98.  Sarunt  nennt  Stiifft  bie 
barml)er5'gen  33riibe 

Job. 


APPENDIX  D.  349 

^iinfter  2luf$ug,  (£rfte  Scene. 

1.  SSarum  brennen  bie  ©ignalfeuer?  2.  2Ber  fyatte  fie 
attgejtinbet?  Sarum?  (2556-2559.)  3.  Sie  Ijetfet  ba« 
£i)rannenfd)tof??  4.  2Barum  toW  Surf*  nod)  toarten? 

5.  SBarum    Marten    bie    Scute    nidjt?    (2855,    2857-2858.) 

6.  Sa3  tun  fie  ?    1.  2Ba3  cr  jtt^ft  9tteld)tal?  (2865-2866,  2871.) 
8.  (Sr^atjlen  @ie  lute  ^erto  gerettet  nmrbe.      9.  Sarum  tjat 
9J?eId)ta(  getjotfen,  fie  ju  retteuV  (2890-2891.)     10.  SBorum 
murben  $Rubeu.5  unb  9fte(cf)tal  fefte  greunbe?      11.  Sarum 
fjat  9J?etrf)tat  beu  Sanbenberg  nic^t  umgebrad)t?  (2912-2913.) 
12.  2Ba§  muj^te  Sanbenberg  uerfprecfjenV      13.  SBarum  be- 
luafjren  bie  ©cb/meijer  ben  §ut>;>      14-  3^ag  fwrd^tet  giirft? 
(2928-2930.)     15.  SBorum  fann  ber  f  aifer  tljnen  ntc^t*  tun? 
(2934,  2936.)      16.  &rsafytn  @ie,  toic  ber  toifer  ermorbet 
umrbe.        17.   Sie  fteljt  e»  jcfet  im  8anbe?  (2990-2995.) 

18.  Sa^  fitr  etne  ftrau  tft  Signed?     2Ba§  toitt  fie  tun? 

19.  Sa3  bebeutet,  fid)  im  2ftaitau  baben?      20.  So  finb  bie 
99?6rber?      21.  3Ba§  toiU  bie  ^bnigin  Don  ben  ©djnjetjjent? 
(3041-3047.)      22.  SSarum  nieigern  fid)  bie  ©djrtieijer  ber 
tonight  2Bunfd)  ju  crftttten?      23.  2Ba3  fd)tagt  @touffad)er 
Dor?  (3085.)    Sarum? 

Xfjema.    S)er  laifer  unb 


^iinfter  Hufsug,  ^tceite  un6  Drttte  Scenen. 

24.  ^Befdjreiben  <Sie  ba§  3immer?  25.  Sorunt  tft 
inig  fo  gtiid=Iid)?  26.  SBarunt  (abet  fie  ben  aftb'nd)  ein,  in« 
^au«  ju  lommen?  (3100.)  27.  SBarum  gtaubt  fie,  bafc  er 
fein  9}?bnd)  tft?  (3121.)  28.  SBarum  etlt  §ei>rai9  nic^t 
mit  ben  tnaben,  urn  ZtU  ju  gru^en?  29.  2Bo  ift 


350  WILHEL3T   TELL. 


2lrmbruft?  Sarunt  f)at  Xell  fie  nirfjt  mitgebracf)t? 
(3139.)  30.  Sic  rceiB  left,  roer  ber  9Bnd)  nritflid)  iff? 
•">!.  ii?arum  fjoffte  ^arriciba,  bei  £e((  (irbarmen  unb  ^pttfe  }u 
finben?  (3151-3155.)  32.  Sa*  ift  ber  Uttterfc^ieb  jmifc^en 

£at  unb  ^arrtciba«?  (3175  ff.,  3184.)  33. 
it)m  2efl  bennod^  tjetfen?  (3191-3192.)  34. 
mac^te  ^arriciba  ungtucfli^V  (3199-3202.)  35.  Saturn 
oermetbet  er  bie  offnen  StraRen?  (3211-3212.)  36.  Sie 
muB  er  (eben?  (3213,  3214,  3216-3219.)  37.  Saturn  fann 
et  tttdjt  bet  Jell  btetben?  (3229.)  38.  Sotjtn  fc^icft  it)n 
Xefl?  Saturn?  (3235.)  39.  Sie  fanu  ^arriciba  ben  Seg 
finben?  (3245-3246.)  40.  Sarum  murben  bie  ^teujc  er= 
ricf)tet?  41.  Sa^  foil  ^arriciba  bet  jebem  vQreu^e  run? 
4_.  Sann  fommt  ^arriciba  in  ein  ^eitre^  Xat  ber  greube? 
(3255,  3258.)  43.  So  nrirb  ^arriciba  3tbftf)icb  Don  ber 
beutfcfjen  Crrbe  ne^men?  44.  Sarum  muB  ^arriciba  fort? 
45.  Ser  fommt?  46.  Sie  l^irb  Xell  empfangenV  47. 
tieinen  fie  i^n?  Sarum?  48.  Sa«  tut  «erta? 
49.  Sarum  erf  (art  Rubens  atle  feine  tnecfjte  frei? 

Xell,  fein  2ftbrber. 


VOCABULARY. 

In  nouns  the  genitive  is  indicated  when  it  differs  from  the 
nominative.  A  dash  ( — )  indicates  that  the  plural  is  like  the 
singular ;  "e,  "er,  that  the  stem  has  the  umlaut  in  the  plural,  with 
these  letters  added. 

For  words  used  both  as  adjective  and  adverb  only  the  adjective 
meaning  is  given,  except  where  adverbial  meanings  seem  desirable. 

The  principal  parts  of  strong  verbs  only  are  given.  In  separable 
compounds,  the  dash  indicates  that  the  prefix  appears  as  a  separate 
word,  the  hyphen  that  it  is  joined  directly  to  the  participle.  Verbs 
not  marked  tr.  are  intransitive.  Verbs  that  use  fein  as  auxiliary 
are  marked  with  an  asterisk,  *. 

Cognates  are  indicated  by  SMALL  CAPITALS. 

Numerals  refer  to  lines.     For  list  of  abbreviations,  see  page  184. 


Ob,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  OFF,  away, 
down. 

ab'brerfjen,  brad)  -,  -gebrorfjen,  tr. 
and  intr.,  to  stop,  BREAK  OFF, 
stop  short. 

ab'briirfeit,  tr.,  to  let  fly,  dis- 
charge, shoot. 

o'ber,  conj.,  but,  however,  any- 
way. 

ab'f  atjren,  *  f  ufjr  -,  -gefafjren,  to  sail 
away,  depart,  set  sail,  set  out. 

Wfoljrt,  bte,  -en,  sailing  away, 
departure,  setting  sail. 

2lb'fdU,  ber,  -8,  "e,  desertion,  be- 
trayal, defection,  revolt. 

ob'faUen,*  ftel  -,  -gefatten,  to  FALL 


OFF,  turn  traitor,  desert  (Don) 
the  cause  of,  line  945. 

ab'ftnbcn,  faub  -,  -gefunben,  tr.,  to 
satisfy,  indemnify,  put  off, 
compensate  (for). 

ab'fiiljrcn,  tr.,  to  lead  away,  con- 
duct, convey. 

ab'flcljen,*  fling  -,  -gegangen,  to  go 
away,  withdraw,  exit  or  ex- 
eunt, leave  (the  stage)  ;  ber 
Wgefyenbe,  S.D.,  line  1584,  the 
departing  one. 

ab'flcnrimtcn,  gewann  -,  -geroom 
nt'tt,  tr.,  recover  ;  to  win  or  gain 
from  (dat.). 

Slb'flrwtb,  ber,  -eS,  "e,  abyss,  prec- 
ipice, chasm. 


351 


abfjolcn 


352 


ab'ljolett,  tr.,  to  take  away,  bring 

away,  fetch  from,  go  and  get. 
ttb'loufcn,  *  fief  -,  -getaufen,  to  run 

away,  run  down ;  beine  Ufyr  ift 

abgefanfen,  your  hour  has  come  ; 

cf.  note,  line  2567. 
ttb'moljen,  tr.,  to  MOW  OFF,  mow, 

cut  off. 
ab'nteffen,  nta§  -,  -getneffen,  tr., 

to  measure  off,  survey,  survey 

and  allot  (899}. 
ab'neljmen,  nabm  -,  -genotnmen, 

tr.,  to  take  off. 
ab'pfatteu,  tr.,  to  FLATTEN  down, 

level ;    ab'geptattet,  flat,   level, 

flat-topped  (2253). 
Stb'rebe,      bie,    -n,     agreement, 

counsel ;     Slbrebe    nefymen,    to 

take   counsel,    act    in    concert 

(413}. 
ab'retd)Cit,  tr.  (for  the  more  usual 

erreidjen),  to  REACH. 
2lb'fd)eit,  ber,  -«,  horror,  loathing, 

abhorrence,   aversion  ;    "Jlbjtfjeu 

tragen  t>or,  abhor  (3042}. 
5lb'fd)iel>,  ber,  -S,  -e,  departing, 

departure,    farewell ;     2[bjd)ieb 

neb,men,  take  leave  (3268). 
ab'fenfett,  ianf-,  -gefunfen,  reflex., 

to  descend,  slope. 
ab'ftofjen,  fttefj  -,  -geftofeen,  tr.  and 

intr.,    to    start,    push    off    (a 

boat  from  the  shore) ,  cast  off. 
9lbt,  ber,  -3,  ae,  abbot, 
ab'tretbett,  trteb  -,  -getrieben,  tr., 

to  ward  off,  throw  off,   shake 

off,  DRIVE  OFF  or  away, 
ub'trottcit,  tr..  to  extort,  bully  one 

out  of  ;  dot.  of  person  and  ace. 

of  thing. 


nb'trunntg,  faithless  (won,  to), 
apostate,  recreant. 

ab'nmgeit,  roog  -,  -geroogen,  tr.,  to 
WEIGH,  consider  (carefully). 

ob'toarten,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  wait, 
wait  for,  wait  passively  (2515). 

ab'TOetyren,  tr.,  to  avert,  ward 
off. 

ab'roctfceit,  tr.,  to  graze  on  or  over, 
graze  bare ;  abgeroeibet,  grazed 
bare. 

ab'toen&en,  ttmnbte  -,  -gercanbt  or 
-geroenbet,  tr. ,  to  avert,  estrange, 
turn  away,  alienate  (680). 

ob'roerfen,  nmrf  -,  -geroorfen,  tr., 
to  cast  aside,  to  throw  or  cast 
off. 

ad),  inter}.,  ah  !  oh  !  alas  ! 

2ld)t,  bie,  -en,  outlawry,  ban,  pro- 
scription. 

ad) 'ten,  tr.,  to  judge,  think,  es- 
teem, regard,  heed,  have  con- 
sideration for ;  intr.  (withaui), 
to  listen  to,  take  notice  of,  at- 
tend to,  heed ;  nidfyts  acfjten, 
to  scorn,  disdain,  regard  as 
nought,  despise  (2482). 

artjt'geben,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  to  give 
attention,  look  out,  give  heed, 
pay  attention  to. 

Od)t'5tg,   EIGHTY. 

orf'ern,  tr.,  to  plow,  till. 

,  Adam,  a  man's  name. 
f,  ber,  -§,  nobility,  chivalry. 
a'b(e)lig,  noble. 
3t'blcrf  ber,  -S,  — ,  eagle  ;  imperial 

eagle,  symbol  of  the  Empire. 
5lg'ite3,   bie,  Agnes ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2997. 

ber,    -en,    -en,    ancestor, 


a  1)  itcn 


353 


XHmmoit»I)ont 


grandsire,  forefather,  grand- 
father. 

ttlj'ncn,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  forebode, 
anticipate,  divine  ;  afjnenb,  pro- 
phetic (1690). 

3lf  bred)t,  bet,  -8,  Albrecht  or  Al- 
bert ;  cf.  note  to  line  908. 

all,  adj.  and  pron.,  ALL,  any, 
every,  each,  whole  ;  plu.,  all  the 
people  ;  collec.,  everybody, 
anything,  everything  (7957). 

alletn',  indec.  adj.,  ALONE;  adv., 
alone,  only,  merely  ;  conj.,  but, 
however,  only. 

aCIerroegen,  adv.,  everywhere. 

aUgetnettt',  general,  common,  uni- 
versal, public. 

allgered)t',  ALL-RIGHTCOUS,  alto- 
gether just,  most  just,  merciful. 

oll'^u,  adv.,  altogether  too,  all 
too,  too. 

aUpidjraff',  adv.,  too  tightly,  too 
tensely,  too  far. 

Slip,  2llpe,  bie,  -en,  mountain  pas- 
ture, mountain  peak  (746)  ; 
plu.,  the  Alps. 

311'penblumc,  bie,  -n,  mountain 
flower,  Alpine  flower. 

5lt'pettgliit)ett,  ba8,  -«,  Alpine 
glow ;  cf.  note  to  line  596. 

3ll'penjagcr,  ber,  -8,  — ,  mountain 
huntsman,  Alpine  hunter. 

2U'penrofe,  bie,  -n,  Alpine  ROSE  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  2357. 

2irpetttrtft,  bie,  -en,  mountain 
pasture  ;  a  Xrift  is  an  unused 
or  fallow  field  that  is  left  for 
pasture. 

Sirpcmtmffcr,  ba$,  -8,  ",  mountain 
stream,  Alpine  brook. 


2llp'I)ortt;  ba8,  -8,  ner,  Alpine  horn 
used  by  the  herdsmen  in  the 
Alps ;  cf.  note  on  $uhreil)en; 
S.D.,  Act  I,  Sc.  I. 

al3,  conj.,  AS,  than,  when  ;  after 
compar.,  than  ;  after  neg.,  but, 
except ;  with  inverted  subject, 
as  if,  as  though  ;  al§  roie,  as. 

al3ba(b',  at  once,  forthwith,  im- 
mediately. 

ttl'fo,  adv.,  as,  thus,  as  follows  ; 
conj.,  so,  then,  accordingly, 
therefore. 

ttltf  OLD,  ancient,  former ;  £)er 
2ttte,  the  old  man  ;  3>a«  3ltte 
(as  collective),  the  old,  the  es- 
tablished (952). 

$ll'ter,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  age,  OLD  age, 
generation. 

aft'gcwoljnt,  OLD-accustomed, 
long-accustomed,  traditional. 

2lltlanl»'ammann,  ber,  -e«,  aer, 
ex-landamman,  ex-chief-magis- 
trate. 

Stl'torf,  bag,  -8,  Altorf,  the  name 
of  a  town;  cf.  note  to  S.D., 
Act  I,  Sc.  IH. 

2Ut'Bort>ern,  bie  (plu.),  fore- 
fathers, ancestors ;  a  poetic 
word. 

it,  ba£,  -8,  Alzellen,  the 
name  of  a  town  ;  cf.  note  to  line 
66,  S.D. 

r,  ber,  -8,  — ,  an  inhabit- 
ant of  Alzellen  ;  adj.,  of  Al- 
zellen. 

am,  for  an  bem. 

ftm'mann,  ber,  -8,  "er,  amman, 
chief-magistrate. 

2lm'ntonSI)orn,  ba8,  -8,  "er,  am- 


354 


niilinlriMt 


monite ;  cf.  note  to  line 
2626. 

9(mt,  ba«,  -%,  Ber,  office,  business ; 
roa§  meineS  2lmt«  (ift),  what  is 
my  business,  what  my  office  re- 
quires (368,  1839). 

an,  prep,  with  dot.  or  ace.,  adv., 
sep.  prefix,  on,  at,  by,  near,  by 
the  side  of,  at  the  expense  of 
(774)i  m»  to,  of,  towards, 
against  (83,  1564),  in  respect 
to  (445)  ;  an  ...  l)in,  along ; 
an  ...  worbet,  past ;  nun  ift'3 
an  (Sud)  (1323),  now  it  is  your 
turn. 

an'befefylen,  befahl  -,  -befohten, 
tr.,  to  order,  command,  enjoin 
(dot.,  upon). 

Sln'blirf,  ber,  -«,  -e,  sight,  view. 

an  bltrfcn,  tr.,  to  look  at,  regard, 
look  on. 

on'bringen,  bradjte  -,  -gebradjt,  tr., 
to  offer,  present  (a  request), 
BRING  forward. 

an'biid)tig,  devout,  pious. 

an'ber,  OTHER,  different,  follow- 
ing, next,  second. 

fin'bcrn,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to  change, 
alter. 

an'bcr§,  adv.,  oxnERwise,  else, 
differently ;  e«  foil  anber«  roer= 
ben,  it  shall  be  remedied 
(2781). 

an'bersbenfenb,  thinking  differ- 
ently, different,  of  different 
mind  or  ideas. 

an'ber3ui0,  adv.,  elsewhere. 

an'fangcn,  fing  -,  -gefangen,  tr. 
and  intr.,  to  begin,  commence, 
do. 


adv.,  at  first,  in  the 
beginning. 

ttn'foffen,  fafite  -,  -gefaf^t,  tr.,  to 
seize,  touch,  grasp. 

fltt'flefjClt,  tr.,  to  implore. 

an'fiUjrett,  tr.,  to  lead,  command, 
lead  on. 

un'fiiUen,  reflex.,  to  be  filled. 

an'geboreit,  inuoRx,  hereditary, 
native,  natural. 

on'ge^en,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 
ascend,  go  up,  rise  (unusual 
word  in  this  sense). 

an'gencb,m,  charming,  kind,  pleas- 
ant, agreeable. 

9ltt'gcr,  ber,  -3;  — ,  field,  com- 
mon, an  untilled  piece  of  land 
covered  with  grass,  green. 

an'gefeljen,  respected,  influential, 
esteemed,  distinguished. 

an'geftammt,  native,  inherited, 
natural,  inborn,  innate  (1646). 

an'gmfeit,  griff  -,  -gegriffen,  tr., 
to  attempt,  undertake,  set 
about,  go  at,  attack,  make  an 
attempt,  take  hold. 

^Jngft,  bie,  "-,  ANXIETY,  AXGUISH, 
worry,  care  ;  Slngft  be«  XobeS, 
mortal  terror  ;  cf.  note  to  line 
91. 

angft'befrcit,  FREED  from  fear  or 
ANXIETY,  delivered  from  AN- 
GUISH. 

fing'ftigen,  tr.,to  alarm,  frighten, 
make  uneasy,  worry  ;  reflex.,  to 
be  troubled,  live  in  anxiety. 

ongft'Hd),  ANXIOUS. 

on'tjoften,  bie(t  -,  -geb,alten,  to 
halt ;  reflex.,  to  restrain  one- 
self, check,  steady  oneself. 


355 


Stnpg 


2ln'l)ol)e,    bie,    -n,    height,   hill, 

elevation. 

an'l)iJren,  tr.,  to  listen  to,  HEAR  to. 
Mjt'fer,  ber,  -§,  — ,  ANCHOR. 
nit'flnc|CH,  tr.,to  accuse,  reproach, 

indict. 
ait'fliitgen,  flang  -,  -gefhtngen,  to 

commence  to  sound,  strike  the' 

ear. 
an'fommen,*  fam  -,  -gefommen, 

to  arrive,  approach,  come  to. 
an'lcgcu,  tr.,  to  LAY  ON  ;  intr.,  to 

aim  (cmf,  at);  §anb  anlegen,  to 

take    hold,   lend    a  hand,   set 

about  doing  (2814). 
Ult'Ietmen,    reflex.,   to  glue  one- 
self to,  stick  fast. 
an'liegen,  lag  -,  -getegen,  to  con- 
cern, interest ;  cf.  note  to  line 

2691. 
an'lucfcn,   tr.,  to  allure,  entice, 

decoy. 

9ln'tnut,  bie,  grace,  charm, 
an'nefymen,  nahm  -,  -genommen, 

tr.,  to  accept,  receive, 
an'podjctt,  to  knock  (at  a  door). 
an'rufen,  rief  -,  -gerufen,  tr.,  to 

hail,  call  to,  implore,  invoke. 
an'riifjren,  tr.,  to  touch,  affect  or 

move  the  feelings  (unusual  in 

this  sense). 
on'fageit,     tr.,    to    tell,  SAY   ON, 

speak  out. 
an'fd)lie|en,  fcfjlof?  -,  -gefdjloffen, 

reflex.,  to  join  oneself  to  ;  tr., 

to  join  to. 
an'fefyen,  faf)  -,  -gejeften,  tr.,  to 

LOOK  at  or  ON  or  upon,  regard, 

see. 
an'fidjttfl,   aware;   anficl)ttg  toer= 


ben,  to  gain  sight  of,  catch 
sight  of  (gen.)  (1558). 

an'ftebetn,  reflex.,  to  settle. 

an'ftttnen,  fann  -,  -gefotinen,  tr., 
to  suggest  to,  demand  of,  ask 
of,  impute  to,  ascribe  to. 

cw'fprcngen,*  to  ride  up,  gallop 
up  or  on. 

Htt'fprudj,  ber,  -8,  "e,  claim,  de- 
mand ;  in  Slnjprud)  nehmen,  to 
lay  claim  to,  claim  (1247). 

an'ftetgett,*  [tieg  -,  -geftiegen,  to 
ascend,  rise. 

att'ftcUig  (dialectic  for  braitdjbar, 
tiic^tig,  gejc^icft),  fit,  apt,  use- 
ful, skilled  in  ;  311  nid)t«  an* 
[tellig,  good  for  nothing  (362). 

an'ftemmen,  tr.,  to  push  against, 
press  against,  brace. 

2ht'teilf  ber,  -3,  -e,  portion,  share, 
lot. 

5tnt'lhjf  ba«,  -eg,  -e,  face,  coun- 
tenance. 

on'trctcn,  trat  -,  -getreten,  tr.,  to 
approach,  take  possession  of, 
claim  (2833). 

an'tunf  tat  -,  -getan,  tr.,  to  DO  to, 
show,  commit,  inflict  (dat. 
upon)  ;  ©ettmlt  antun,  force 
(2752). 

Wttt'movt,  bie,  -en,  answer;  2tnt= 
wort  geben,  give  satisfaction 
(2028). 

tm'roadjfcn,*  «ud)«  -,  -gen?ad)fen, 
to  grow  on,  increase,  grow. 

cm'aielfen,  jog  -,  -gejogen,  tr.,  to 
draw  on,  pull  on,  stretch. 

Mn'pg,  ber,  -«,  "e,  approach  ;  im 
3lnjug,  approaching,  gather- 
ing. 


anjitnben 


356 


aufgcben 


an'sitttben,  tr.,  to  set  fire  to,  kin- 
dle, light. 

Stp'fd,  ber,  -8,  ",  apple. 

2ty'felfd)ief?ett,  ba8,  -8,  — ,  apple- 
shooting. 

Str'fcett,  bie,  -en,  work,  labor,  toil. 

Or'fcettett,  reflex.,  to  force  one's 
way,  work  one's  way  (169*). 

2tr'6etter,  ber,  -8,  — ,  laborer, 
workman. 

urg,  bad,  evil ;  ba8  Strgfte,  the 
worst  thing  (2259,  2768}. 

5lrg'tt)0I)tt,  ber,  -8,  suspicion,  mis- 
trust. 

arm,  poor,  miserable,  wretched. 

2lrm,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  ARM  ;  in  ben 
Sttrm  greifen,  to  stay  or  arrest 
the  arm  (2180) . 

Strnt'bruft,  bie,  "e,  crossbow. 

Strut' garb,  bie,  Armgard,  a 
woman's  name. 

aritt'feltg,  poor,  wretched,  paltry, 
miserable. 

Strnt'feffet,  ber,  -8,  — ,  ARiichair. 

3tr'tttttt,  bie,  poverty. 

Str'nolb,  ber,  -8,  Arnold,  a  man's 
name. 

2lrtl),  ba8,  Arth,  the  name  of  a 
village  ;  cf.  note  to  line  2282. 

9lfd)'e,  bie,  -n,  ashes. 

St'tCttt,  ber,  -8,  breath. 

a'temI0£,  out  of  breath,  breath- 
less. 

dt'ttten,  to  breathe. 

Stt'ttngljaufen,  ba8,  Attinghausen, 
the  name  of  a  village  ;  cf.  note, 
S.D.,  Act  II,  Sc.  I. 

Stt'ttugljaufeit,  the  Baron  Werner 
von  Attinghausen ;  cf.  note, 
S.D.,  Act  II,  Sc.  I. 


9tt'ttngf)(htfer,  ber,  -8,  the  Baron 

of  Attinghausen. 

aitrf),  adv.,  also,  even,  too;  in- 
deed, truly,  really,  actually, 
moreover,  besides  ;  fo  ...  and), 
however ;  ttia8  .  .  .  and),  what- 
ever; ttjenn  .  .  .  and),  even  if; 
tuer  .  .  .  and),  whosoever ;  rate 
.  .  .  and),  mo  ...  and),  wher- 
ever ;  and)  nicfyt,  not  even, 
though;  for  obgleid)  (,1121), 
although. 

3ttt'ef  bie,  -en,  meadow,  fertile 
plain. 

cntf,  prep,  with  dat.  or  ace.,  on, 
upon,  toward,  at,  to,  against 
(259)  ;  sep.  pref.  and  adv.,  UP, 
upon,  upward,  open  ;  interj., 
up  !  come  on  ! 

auf'baitcu,  tr.,  to  build  up,  erect, 
construct. 

auf'&ctt)al)rett,  tr.,  to  keep,  pre- 
serve. 

ouf  fcteten,  bot  -,  -geboten,  tr.,  to 
call  together,  summon,  call  up 
or  out,  call  to  arms. 

(Mtf'blttljett,*  to  bloom  up,  grow 
up,  begin  to  bloom,  unfold, 
blossom,  nourish. 

nuf'faljrett,*  fufyr  -,  -gefafjren,  to 
start  up,  flare  up,  fly  into  a 
passion,  grow  angry. 

nuf'ftnben,  fanb  -,  -gefunben,  tr., 
to  discover,  FIND  out. 

auf'forberit,  tr.,  to  ask,  chal- 
lenge, call  upon,  invite,  sum- 
mon. 

auf'gcfien,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  tr.,  to 
give  up,  abandon,  resign,  give 
up  as  lost ;  anfgegeben,  lost, 


nufnclicn 


357 


doomed,    despairing,    hopeless 
(Stiff). 

oufgeljett,*  gtng  -,  -gegangett,  to 
GO  UP,  rise,  open ;  toarm  auf= 
gefjen,  expand  (514). 

oufl)oltcttr  fiielt  -,  -gehalten,  tr., 
to  stop,  detain,  delay. 

aufljaugen,  htng  -,  -gefyangen,  tr., 
to  HANG  UP.  The  present  tense 
of  this  verb  is  now  rarely  used  ; 
instead  we  find  auffyangeit. 

auffje&ett,  fyob  -,  -gehoben,  tr.,  to 
raise  up,  lift,  raise. 

ouffjorett,  to  stop,  cease. 

auffatfjcn,  to  LAUGH  out,  break 
out  laughing,  laugh  out  loud. 

Slufluuf,  ber,  -3,  ae,  uproar,  tu- 
mult. 

OUflegeit,  tr.,  to  LAY  on,  place 
upon,  put  on. 

ttuf'UJfen,  tr.,  to  LOOSEN,  dissolve, 
undo,  annul. 

ttuf 'merfcit,  to  pay  attention,  give 
heed,  listen  carefully. 

auf'merffam,  attentive. 

attfttefymen,  nabm  -,  -genommen, 
tr.,  to  take  up,  receive  ;  cope 
with,  compete,  be  a  match  for 
(1875}. 

auf'jwffeu,  to  watch. 

attfpf  tauten,  tr.,  to  set  up,  hold 
up,  fix  in  place,  erect. 

auf'raufrf)Ctt,*  to  rush  up,  surge 
up.  rise  (roaring). 

flnf'recf)t,  UPRIGHT. 

(Utf'reijSten,  rig  -,  -geriffen,  tr.,  to 
tear  open  ;  reflex. ,  to  open  sud- 
denly or  abruptly. 

auf  'rirfjten,  tr.,  to  set  up,  raise  up, 
put  up  ;  reflex.,  to  get  up,  rise. 


aufntfett,  rief  -,  -gerufen,  tr.,  to 
call  upon,  ask,  summon,  ap- 
peal to. 

3htfruljrf  ber,  -8,  -e,  tumult,  re- 
bellion, sedition. 

aitfruf)rett,  tr.,  to  stir  up. 

auf3,  for  auf  ba«. 

2lttf 'fatj,  ber,  -8,  He,  essay. 

cwf'fci)te6eit,  fdjob  -,  -gefcfioben, 
tr.,  to  postpone,  delay. 

auf'frf)tagett,  fdjtug  -,  -gef^Iagen, 
tr. ,  to  lift  up,  cast  up,  raise. 

Slufftfjltti,  ber,  -«,  delay,  post- 
ponement. 

ttuf'fefeen,  tr.,  to  put  or  place 
upon,  set  up. 

cmf'fpnttgett,*  tyrang  -,  -ge= 
Iprungen,  to  SPRING  UP,  leap  up. 

Slufftottb,  ber,  -8,  "e,  uprising, 
tumult,  commotion. 

nuffterfeit,  tr.,  to  put  up,  stick, 
or  set  up. 

cwfftefiett,*  ftanb  -,  -geftanbftt,  to 
get  up,  rise,  STAND  UP. 

auf 'fatten,*  to  thaw,  melt. 

attf'tretett,*  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 
enter,  appear. 

auf 'tun,  tat  -,  -getan,  tr.,  to  open ; 
reflex.,  to  show  itself,  open, 
offer. 

aufmecfett,  tr.,  to  awake,  rouse. 

2lttf  'pg,  ber,  -«,  "e,  act,  raising  of 
curtain. 

auf',J,!sn«gett,  gniang  -,  -gej»un= 
gen,  tr.,  to  force  upon. 

Slu'ge,  ba«,  -«,  -n,  eye. 

9ht'genbftrf,  ber,  -8,  -e,  moment, 
instant. 

au'gcnbltrf3,  adv.,  instantly. 

au'gett(o§,  sightless,  eyeless. 


nitv 


358 


2ljrenbcrg 


atl§,  prep,  with  dat. ,  OUT  of,  from, 
because  of  ;  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
out,  over,  past,  at  an  end,  no 
more  (2383). 

au3'&reitett,  tr.,  to  stretch  out, 
extend,  spread  out. 

ausetnan'bcrflteljen,*  flob,  -,  -ge= 
flofyen,  to  flee  or  scatter  in  dif- 
ferent directions,  scatter  in 
flight. 

au3etnan'bergef)en,*  ging  -,  -ge= 
gangen,  to  separate,  scatter,  dis- 
perse. 

ttu§einon'bertreiben,  trteb  -,  -ge= 
trieben,  tr.,  to  DRIVE  apart, 
scatter,  disperse. 

au3'erfef)en,  erfab,,  erfe^en,  tr. 
(only  such  forms  of  this  verb 
are  in  iise  as  have  both  the  sep. 
and  the  insep.  prefixes  together 
before,  the  verb),  to  select, 
choose,  destine. 

ait^'fedjten,  fodjt  -,  -gefochten,  tr., 
to  FIGHT  OUT,  settle. 

aus'flteftett,*  ftofe  -,  -geffoffen,  to 
FLOW  OUT,  cease  to  flow,  empty  ; 
cmegefloffen  (586),  gone  dry. 

ouS'geljen,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 
GO  forth,  proceed,  start,  issue. 

auS'giefcen,  gofe  -,  -gegoffen,  tr., 
to  pour  out,  empty. 

au^'ltefern,  tr.,  to  surrender,  give 
up. 

au3'lijf(f|ett,  tr.,  to  put  out,  ex- 
tinguish. 

ou^'rcutcn,  tr.,  to  ROOT  up,  clear 
away. 

mts'roben,  tr.,  to  ROOT  up,  clear 
away. 

2lu0'rufer,  ber,  -$,  — ,  public  crier. 


ems'ritfiett,  tr.  and  intr.,  and  re- 
flex., to  rest,  take  a  rest. 

aue'fefyen,  fab,  -,  -gejefyen,  to  look, 
seem,  appear. 

(Ut'^ett,  adv.,  OUT,  without, 
abroad. 

au'^er,  prep,  with  dat.,  without, 
OUT,  except ;  auger  fief),  beside 
oneself. 

au'^erft,  utmost,  last,  extreme, 
outermost ;  bae  Slufjerfle,  ex- 
tremity, the  worst ;  511  aufeerft, 
far  out,  at  the  very  edge,  way 
out,  prominently. 

2ht0'ftrf)t,  bie,  -en,  view,  pros- 
pect. 

ou0'ftnnen,  lann  -,  -geionnen,  tr., 
to  plan,  devise,  contrive. 

UUS'fpofjett,    tr.,    to    search    out, 

SPY  OUT. 

(iiti?'fpretf)enf  fpracb,  -,  -geiprocfien, 
tr..  to  say,  utter,  SPEAK  OUT, 
express. 

dUfii'ftcflett,  tr.,  to  put  out,  station, 
post. 

nuC''futf)cnr  tr.,  to  pick  out,  select, 
choose. 

uu£'rretcn,*  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 
step  out,  overflow  (of  water). 

aus'itbctt,  tr.,  to  exercise,  do,  exe- 
cute ;  @erca(t  aueiiben,  to  do 
violence  to. 

au3'K)ei(f)en,*  tric^  -,  -geroicfien, 
to  turn  aside,  avoid,  step  aside  ; 
ee  ift  tttcf)t  au^jitttieitfjen  (1552), 
it  is  impossible  to  step  aside. 

ttii3'3te^ettf*  $og  -,  -gejogen,  to  go 
forth,  set  out,  start  out. 

31  'je,  ber,  -n,  the  Axenberg. 

2i'jcnberg,  ber,  -e,  Axenberg,  the 


359 


bcbiirfen 


name  of  a  mountain ;  cf.  note 
to  line  2186. 
2(jrt,  bie,  ae,  ax,  battle-ax  (312). 


Sod),  ber,  -e8,  Ke,  brook,  stream. 

Sob,  bag,  -e8,  cer,  BATH. 

SBa'ben,  ba3,  -8,  Baden,  a  town  in 
Aargau  ;  c/.  note  to  line  2669. 
,  reflex.,  to  BATHE. 
,  bie,  -en,  path,  way,  career, 
course.     53ahn  macften  (630), 
force  one's  way. 

Sab/re,  bie,  -n,  BIER. 

bolb,  adv.,  soon,  easily  ;  batb  .  . . 
ba(b,  now  .  .  .  now. 

Stal'ten,  ber,  -8,  — ,  beam,  timber. 

Soli,  ber,  -3,  Be,  BALL. 

Sol'fomftrom,  ber,  -8,  "e,  BALMY 
air,  healing  air. 

SBanb,  ba8,  -8,  "er,  ribbon,  BAND. 

SBanb,  ba8,  -8,  -e,  tie,  BOND,  fet- 
ter, chain. 

ban'bigen,  tr.,  to  tame,  subdue. 

bong,  bunge,  afraid,  fearful,  anx- 
ious. 

SBonf,  bie,  "e,  BENCH,  seat. 

£Bamt,  ber,  -e8,  BAN,  excommuni- 
cation ;  cf.  note  to  line  2996. 

SJonn'berg,  ber,  -8,  Bannberg,  the 
name  of  a  hill  near  Altorf  ;  cf. 
note,  S.D.,  Act  III,  Sc.  3. 

ban'nen,  tr.,  to  put  under  the 
ban,  preserve  (900,  1777)  ; 
charm,  enchant  (1775). 

SBon'tter,  ba8,  -8,  — ,  BANNER. 

SBttn'ncrljerr,  ber,  -n,  -en,  ban- 
neret, standard-bearer. 

bar,  BARE,  destitute,  deprived, 
stripped  (of,  gen.). 


Sar,  ber,  -en,  -en,  BEAR. 
barmljer'sig,  merciful  ;  iBarmfter* 

jtge  Sriiber,  Brothers  of  Mercy  ; 

cf.  note,  S.D.,  line  2830. 
Sarmljer'gigfetr,  bie,  -en,  mercy, 

charity,  pity,  compassion. 
SBou,  ber,  -8,  -e,  building,  struc- 

ture, fabric. 
btUl'en,    tr.,   to  build,  construct, 

rely  (auf,  on). 
SBau'er,  ber,  -8,  or  -n,  -n,  peasant, 

farmer,  yeoman. 
8?au'erin,     bie,      -nen,    peasant 

woman. 
SBttU'crnnbcI,  ber,  -8,  peasant  no- 

bility. 
SBun'geritft,  ba8,  -e8,  -e,  scaffold- 


, ber,  -e8,  "e,  tree. 
*oum'gortcnf  ber,  -8,  Baumgar- 

ten,  a  man's  name. 
Staitm'jtoetg,  ber,  -8,  -e,  branch, 

TWIG  (of  a  tree). 
bcbon'cn,  tr.,  to  cultivate,  till. 
bebon'crn,    tr.,  to  pity,  deplore, 

be  sorry  for. 
beben'fen,  bebacftte,  bebadjt,  tr.,  to 

think  over,    consider,    weigh, 

reflect  on  ;  reflex.,  to  hesitate, 

deliberate,  stop   to  think  ;   be» 

bad)t,  intent  (auf,  on). 
bcbcn'tcn,    tr.,  to  mean,  signify, 

beckon,    give    a   sign,    direct, 

make  a  sign  (S.D.,  3280). 
bcbrfin'gcn,   tr.,  to   oppress,   af- 

flict,  distress  ;    ber  33ebriingte; 

the  oppressed  (one)  (140,351). 
bebiir'fen,    beburftc,    bebnrft,  tr. 

and  intr.  (with  gen.),  to  be  in 

need  of,  require. 


bebiirftig 


360 


befomtt 


Bebiirfttg,  needy,  in  want. 

beeift',  ice-covered. 

S3efel)F,  ber,  -8,  -e,  order,  com- 
mand. 

befelj'Ien,  befall,  befofjlen,  tr.  (dat. 
of  per.),  to  order,  command. 

befeft'tgeit,  tr.,  to  strengthen, 
fortify  ;  reflex.,  to  gain  strength, 
establish  oneself. 

befin'ben,  befanb,  befnnben,  reflex., 
to  find  oneself,  be. 

beflecf  en,  tr.,  to  stain,  spot. 

befiii'geltt,  tr.,  to  wing,  speed. 

befol'gett,  tr.,  to  FOLLOW,  pur- 
sue. 

befiJr'berit,  tr.,  to  FURTHER,  fol- 
low, promote. 

befret'eit,  tr.,  to  FREE,  rescue, 
deliver. 

befrte'btjjen,  tr.,  to  satisfy. 

befrud)'ten,  tr.,  to  make  fertile, 
fructify. 

bege'ben,  begab,  begeben,  reflex., 
to  betake  oneself,  go,  come, 
happen  (2213},  (with  gen.)  re- 
nounce, give  up  (1425). 

begeg'ttett,*  to  meet,  befall,  hap- 
pen, come  to  pass,  use,  treat 
(538),  ward  off  (2933). 

begc'tjett,  beging,  begangen,  tr.,  to 
commit,  perpetrate. 

begclj'ren,  tr.,  to  demand,  de- 
sire, ask  for,  claim. 

23eget'ftemng,  bie,  inspiration,  ec- 
stasy, enthusiasm. 

2kgter'be,  bie,  -n,  desire,  eager- 
ness. 

begitt'iten,  begann,  begotmen,  tr., 
to  begin. 

beg(et'ten,  tr.,  to  accompany. 


bcflliirf'en,    tr.,    to    bless,    make 

happy,  gladden. 
begra'fceit,   begritb,  begraben,  tr., 

to  bury ;  ein  33egrabener,  one 

buried  (1504). 
begrett'sen,  tr.,  to  bound,  limit, 

close,  border. 
begrii'fjett,  tr.,  to  GREET;  reflex., 

to  exchange  greetings. 
SBegrii'tung,  bie,  -en,  GREETING, 

salutation,  welcome^ i^^fc^  ^-S"  w" 
Beljttr'rett,  to  continue,  stand  by, 

persist,  adher  (to,  bet). 
ficljaup'ten,  tr.,  to  assert,  main- 
tain. 
Bet,  prep,    with  dat.,   adv.,  and 

sep.    pref.,     BY,     near,     with, 

among,   at,   in,   at   the   house 

of. 

beid)'teit,  tr.,  to  confess. 
bct'be,  plu.  adj.,  BOTH,  two. 
bci'fontmen,*  fam  -,  -gefommen, 

get  at,  affect. 
bei'Iegeit,    lay  to,  hasten,   bestir 

oneself  (unusual). 
beifet'te,  adv.,  ASIDE. 
^ei'fpid,  ba§,  -§,  -e,  precedent, 

example  ;  ofjne  ^Beij^iel,  unpar- 

alled  (541). 

^Ct'ftonb,  ber,  -«,  Ee,  support,  as- 
sistance, help. 
fcet'fteljett,  ftanb  -,  -geftanben,  to 

help,  assist,  aid. 
bci'pljlen,  tr.,  to  count  among, 

number  with. 
bejam'mern§tt)iirbtg,  lamentable, 

pitiable,   wretched ;     ber     S3e= 

jammern§tt>iirbige,  the  wretched 

(one)  (58U). 

known,    familiar,    ac- 


bellajjen 


361 


befcfjreibett 


quainted  ;  befannt  mad)en,   to 

introduce. 
Beflo'gcn,   tr.,  to  pity,    lament; 

reflex.,  to  complain. 
beHetn'meit,  tr.,  to  afflict,  grieve, 

oppress. 
befrie'geit,     tr.,    to    make    war 

upon. 
bda'ben,   betitb,   betaben,  tr.,  to 

LOAD,  burden. 
be'lebeit,  tr.,   to  enliven,   cheer, 

animate. 

bdebt',  living,  animate. 
bdet'btflCtt,  tr.,  to  offend,  insult, 

affront. 

bdob/UCH,  £r.,  to  reward,  enrich. 
bema'Icn,    tr.,    to    paint,    deco- 
rate. 
bemer'fett,  tr.,  to  notice,  observe, 

REMARK,  state,  record  (1215). 
bequem',  comfortable,  convenient. 
beque'men,  reflex.,  to  submit  to. 
bcro'tcn,  bertet,  beraten,  reflex., 

to  take  counsel,  deliberate  to- 
gether. 
beratt'beit,   tr.,  to,  rob,  plunder, 

despoil. 

bereit',  ready,  prepared. 
berei'ten,     tr.,   to   prepare,    get 

ready,  make  ready,  work. 
SBerg,  ber,  -e$t  -*/  mountain. 
ber'gen,  barg,  geborgen,  tr.,  to 

save,  shelter,  conceal,  protect. 
25erg'tt)eg,  ber,  -«,  -e,  mountain 

path. 

2krtd)t',  ber,  -e«,  -e,  report,  in- 
formation. 
6crttl)'tcnf  tr.,  to  report,  inform; 

bert(J)tet,      informed,     skilled, 

posted,  versed. 


33eritf  ba«,  Bern,  the  capital  of 
the  canton  Bern ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2433. 

ber'ften,*  barjt,  geborftett  (some- 
times weak),  to  BURST. 

SBcr'to,  bie,  Bertha,  a  woman's 
name ;  cf.  note  to  S.D.,  line  44? 
and  line  1659. 

SJeruf,  ber,  -3,  -e,  calling,  trade, 
profession. 

fceru'feit,  of  good  repute,  well 
spoken  of  ;  toobt  berufen,  repu- 
table (1082). 

beru'tytgen,  reflex.,  to  cairn  one- 
self, become  quiet. 

beritfi/ren,  tr.,  to  touch. 

befdjaftiflen,  tr.,  to  busy,  employ, 
occupy. 

93cfd)cib'f  ber,  -§,  -e,  information, 
direction,  answer,  knowledge  ; 
SMcfyeib  ttnffen,  to  know  all 
about  a  thing  (414)  ;  pm  S3e= 
jdjeib  tuerben,  to  give  as  an  an- 
swer. 

befcfiet'beit,  befcfyieb,  befdjieben,  tr., 
to  destine,  assign,  inform. 

befdjei'ben,  adj.,  modest,  prudent, 
good,  honest,  obedient  (3031), 
discreet. 

befd)et'bentttfb,r  adv.  (for  usual 
bejcfjeiben)  (1566),  modestly. 

befdjet'tten,  befd)ten,  befcfjieuen, 
tr.,  to  shine  upon. 

bcfdjir'ntett,  tr.,  to  protect,  de- 
fend, shield. 

beitf)lie'fett,  befdjlojj,  befcfifoffen, 
tr.,  to  determine,  decide,  re- 
solve. 

befctyret'ben,  befd)rieb,  befd^rieben, 
tr.,  to  describe. 


befdjiificn 


362 


bcnmnbcrn 


befrfjiilj'en,  tr.,  to  protect,  defend, 

guard. 
83efd)iUj'er,  ber,  -«,  — ,  protector, 

defender,  guardian. 
&efrfj»i)'reit,  befd)«or,  befcftworen, 

tr.,  to  SWEAR  to. 
befe'ljett,    befab.,    befeben,  tr.,   to 

view,  examine,  inspect. 
befe^'ett,    tr.,    to  occupy,    fill, 

cover. 
befte'gen,  tr.,  to  conquer,  subdue, 

vanquish. 

SBcfttt'nen,  baS,  -3,  reflection. 
Sefttj',  bcr,  -e§,  possession. 
befhj'eit,    befaft,    befeffen,  tr.,  to 

possess. 
befon'ber,  individual,  particular, 

special. 

befon'nen,  cautious,  prudent,  dis- 
creet, thoughtful  (1872}  ;  fdjnell 

be[onnen,  with  quick  presence 

of  mind  (227}. 
befpredj'en,    befprad),    befprodjen, 

tr.,  to  talk  over,  discuss,  con- 
fer on. 

bef'fer,  comp.  o/gut,  BETTER. 
beft,    superl.    of   gut,   BEST  ;    bte 

23eften,    the    leaders    (1120}  ; 

ba8   93efte,   what   is   best,  the 

general  good  (802,  1629,  2014} ; 

the  highest  prize  (2649). 
beftfi'ttgcn,  tr.,  to  confirm,  ratify. 
befte'ljen,    beftanb,    beftanben,   to 

last,  endure,  urge,  insist  (cmf, 

on), 
befteb/len,  beftab,t,  beftobten,  tr.,  to 

STEAL      from,      shirk       (358) 

(poetic); 
beftcl'lcn,    tr.,   to  appoint,   tend 

to,  till  (2680). 


befteu'ernf  tr.,  to  tax,  assess. 

beftimtttt',  definite,  fixed,  set, 
appointed. 

^efucf)',  ber,  -8,  -e,  visit,  call. 

bc'ten,  to  pray. 

bcto'ren,  tr.,  to  fool,  beguile,  in- 
duce, fool  into  doing,  easily  in- 
duce one  to  do  (1415). 

betradj'ten,  tr.,  to  look  at,  con- 
template, view,  examine. 

beftra'fen,  tr.,  to  punish. 

berrii'bett,  tr.,  to  distress,  trouble, 
grieve. 

betrit'gen,  betrog,  betrogen,  tr.,  to 
deceive,  delude;  reflex.,  to  be 
deceived,  be  mistaken. 

beu'gett,  tr.,  to  bend,  bow,  hum- 
ble ;  reflex.,  to  bow,  submit. 

3ku'ter  bie,  booty,  prey. 

ben>ad)'eitf  tr.,  to  guard,  WATCH, 
shield. 

bcniad)'fett,  tr.,  to  overgrow;  be= 
tt)0(f)ft',  overgrown,  wooded. 

bcroaff 'licit,  tr.,  to  arm,  equip. 

bcttmb/rett,  tr.,  to  keep,  guard, 
preserve. 

bettwb/reit,  tr.,  to  prove,  verify, 
show  (by  trial) ,  test. 

beme'gen,  reflex.,  to  move,  stir, 
approach  (762),  agitate;  be= 
tt>egt',  stormy. 

Seroeg'ung,  bie,  -en,  movement, 
stir,  commotion. 

bcroei'&eit,  tr.,  to  graze  on,  use  as 
pasture,  graze  over. 

beroei'fen,  benne£,  beitnefen,  tr.,  to 
show,  prove,  do,  make. 

bewob/tictt,  tr.,  to  inhabit. 

bctmttt'bern,  tr.,  to  admire,  won- 
der at. 


bc^iifjmcu 


363 


bc,*)(ii)'mcn,  <r.,  to  tame,  subdue, 
restrain,  curb. 

besetdj'ttCtt,  tr.,  to  mark,  point  to, 
designate,  indicate. 

bejttJtn'gen,  bejtoang,  bquntngett, 
tr.,  to  overcome,  subdue,  mas- 
ter, to  do  violence  to,  to  com- 
pel (1628) ,  control  (1064,  48S). 

bte'ber,  honest,  true,  trusty. 

SSte'bcrmamt,  ber,  -e«,  "er,  worthy 
or  honest  man. 

bie'flen,  bog,  gebogen,  tr.,  to  bend, 
warp,  pervert  (1245),  to  be 
subject  or  obedient  to  (652). 

bie'ten,  bot,  geboten,  tr.,  to  offer ; 
but  often  in  the,  sense,  to  offer 
an  affront,  to  inflict  an  injury 
(1259,  1394). 

SBtlb,  ba§,  -e3,  -er,  image,  picture. 

bil'bett,  tr.,  to  form,  make  ;  reflex., 
be  formed. 

bit'ltg,  reasonable,  just,  right, 
proper. 

SBtn'be,  bie,  -n,  bandage. 

btn'beit,  banb,  gebunben,  tr.,  to 
BIND,  tie,  fetter. 

bi3,  prep,  with  ace.,  adv.  and 
conj.,  to,  as  far  as,  till,  until; 
bt§  an,  until. 

SBifdj'of,  ber,  -8,  "e,  BISHOP. 

SBifd)'of3ljut,  ber,  -3,  "e,  bishop's 
hat,  miter. 

bi§l)cr',  adv.,  hitherto,  hereto- 
fore. 

SBit'te,  bie,  -n,  request,  demand, 
petition,  entreaty. 

btt'teit,  bat,  gebeten,  tr.,  to  ask, 
beg,  pray;  intr.,  to  ask  (itnt, 
for). 

btt'ter,  BITTER,  sharp. 


bto'fett,  blie«,  gebtafen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  blow. 

blafj,  pale,  dim. 

blei'ben, *  blieb,  gebtieben,  to  stay, 
remain,  tarry ;  ba«  33(etben, 
staying,  remaining  (611). 

blctrl),  pale,  wan,  white. 

blci't^cn,*  to  grow  pale,  fade, 
turn  pale. 

brcn'beit,  tr.,  to  blind. 

23Urf,  ber,  -8,  -e,  look,  glance, 
view,  sight,  prospect,  vista. 

bHrf'eit,  to  look,  glance,  gaze. 

bHnb,  BLIND. 

SMi^,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  lightning,  flash. 

bltlj'cn,  to  lighten,  flash,  gleam. 

btofj,  adj.,  bare,  mere,  naked; 
adv.,  only,  just,  simply,  merely. 

lilu'l)en,  to  bloom,  flourish,  pros- 
per (202),  thrive. 

SMtt'me,  bie,  -n,  flower. 

5B(utr  ba8,  -e8,  BLOOD,  bloodshed 
(1430);  Seib  unb  Slut,  life  and 
limb ;  cf.  note  to  line  660. 

SBIut'bann,  ber,  -«,  criminal  juris- 
diction, power  of  life  and 
death. 

23fu'te,  bie,  -n,  flower,  blossom. 

bht'ten,  to  BLEED. 

blu'ttfl,  BLOODY. 

93(ut'fd)ll(b,  bie,  -en,  capital  crime, 
blood-guiltiness. 

rnwubt,  relative  by  blood, 
related ;    bie  S3Utt*oerl»anbten, 
relatives,  kinsmen  (2011). 
o'bcit,    ber,    -8,     — ,    BOTTOM, 
ground,  soil,  earth ;  $u  Soben, 
down,  to  the  ground. 
o'flcn,  ber,  -«,  — ,  or  «,   BOW, 
arch  (2860). 


23ogenfeb,ne 


364 


^riimtlein 


SBo'geitfeljne,  bic,  -n,  bowstring. 

SBo'genftrang,  ber,  -8,  "e, .  bow- 
string. 

bob/rctt,  tr.,  to  BORE,  thrust. 

Sorb',  ber,  -8,  -e,  edge,  BOARD; 
am  Sorb,  on  board  (2196). 

bo3,  bo'fe,  bad,  evil,  wicked,  ill ; 
ber  23oje,  evil  or  wicked  man  ; 
ba8  33ofe,  evil,  wickedness, 
harm,  wrong. 

boS'ltteiltettb,  meaning  evil,  with 
evil  intent. 

SBo'te,  ber,  -n,  -n,  messenger. 

SBo'tenfegel,  ba8,  -8,  —  (poetic 
metaphor,  part  for  the  whole), 
boat,  messenger  sail. 

SSot'fdjoft,  bte,  -en,  message,  re- 
port. 

SBranb,   ber,  -e8,    -e,    firebrand, 

BRAND. 

brun'ben,  to  surge,  seethe,  break 

(of  waves). 
Sran'bung,      bie,      -en,     surf, 

breakers. 

SBruudj,   ber,  -e8,  "e,  usage,  cus- 
tom, tradition,  habit, 
brou'djen,     tr.,     to    want,    need 

(gen.)  ;  impers.,  to  use,  make 

use  of  (gen.). 
broudj'ltd)   (poetic  for  gebraud)* 

lid)),  customary,  usual, 
bronn,  BROWN. 
brou'fett,     to    roar,    rush  ;    ba8 

33raufen,  roaring. 
SBraut,    bie,  "e,  betrothed,   bride 

(but  not  after  the  wedding). 
Srflut'louf,  ber,  -8,  "e,  wedding, 

wedding  procession. 
SBrout'pg,  ber,  -8,  tte,  wedding, 

wedding  procession. 


bran,  good,  worthy,  honest  (rarely 
to  be  translated  BRAVE). 

bredj'en,  bracf),  gebrodjen,  tr.,  to 
BREAK,  destroy,  wreck,  gather, 
pluck,  reap;  intr.  (fjaben  or 
fein),  to  sally  forth,  fail,  glaze, 
grow  dim  (865,  2810)  ;  gebro= 
d)en  (poetic  for  gefcfyeitert), 
wrecked. 

brcit,  broad. 

brci'ten,  tr.,  to  extend,  spread. 

brcn'ncn,  brannte,  gebrannt,  tr. 
and  intr.,  to  BURN. 

Srtcf,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  letter,  charter. 

britt'gen,  bradjte,  gebrad)t,  tr.,  to 
BRING,  take,  pledge  (in  a  toast) 
(765)  ;  bie  @ttte  bringt'8,  it  is 
customary  (1401). 

8,  -e8,  -e,  BREAD. 
o8,  -8,  Bruck,  or  Brugg, 
the  name  of  a  town ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2946. 

SBriicf  e,  bie,  -n,  bridge. 

SJru'ber,  ber,  -8,  "er,  BROTHER. 

briil'Icn,  to  roar,  bellow. 

^ru'ncrf,  ba8,  -8,  Bruneck,  a  dis- 
trict in  Canton  Aargau;  cf. 
note  to  line  1659. 

SSrunerf'eritt,  bie,  lady  of  Bru- 
neck ;  cf.  note  to  line  2880. 

Srii'nig,  ber,  -8,  Brunig,  the  name 
of  a  mountain  and  pass ;  cf. 
note  to  line  1193. 

SBrun'nett,  ba8,  -8,  Brunnen,  the 
name  of  a  town  ;  cf.  note  S.D., 
Act  I,  Sc.  1. 

Srun'nen,  ber,  -8,  — ,  spring, 
stream. 

SBriinu'icin,  ba8,  -8,  — ,  spring, 
rivulet. 


Sruft 


365 


bagcgeu 


t,  bte,  ne,  BREAST. 

isBnit,  bie,  -en,  BROOD. 

Su'be,  ber,  -n,  -n,  servant,  boy, 
fellow. 

$urfj,  ba§,  -e§,  *er,  BOOK. 

2*urf)t,  bie,  -en,  inlet,  bay. 

biitf'en,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to  bend, 
stoop,  bow  to  (1760). 

SBug'gi^grot,  ba3,  -8,  Buggisgrat, 
the  name  of  a  mountain ;  cf. 
note  to  line  2186. 

!!8ii'l)ef,  ber,  Btthel,  the  name  of  a 
man ;  cf.  note  to  S.D.,  Act  II, 
/S'c.  2. 

bub/len,  tr.,  to  woo,  strive  for 
obsequiously  (794). 

Sitb/ne,  bie,  -n,  stage. 

SBunb,  ber,  ae,  league,  alliance, 
compact,  confederacy. 

SMnb'nte,  bct8,  -ffe8,  -ffe,  alliance, 
league,  compact. 

bunt,  many-colored,  gay  with 
colors. 

SBurg,  bie,  -en,  castle,  fortress, 
ancestral  seat  (2430). 

biir'gen,  to  stand  surety  for,  be 
responsible  for,  give  bail  for. 

SBiir'ger,  ber,  -3,  — ,  citizen. 

SBuYgereib,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  oath  of 
citizenship. 

SBur'gertn,  bie,  -nen,  citizen  (fem- 
inine). 

e,  bie,  -n,  castle  bell. 
,   ba$,  -8,  Biirglen,  the 
name  of  a  town;   cf.  note  to 
line  126. 

Siirg'fdjaft,  bie,  -en,  bail,  secu- 
rity, surety. 

Surg'»erlte3,  ba8,  -e8,  -e,  dun- 
geon, keep. 


t,    ber,   -8,   H,   bailiff, 

burggrave,  governor. 
Surf'^orb,    ber,  -8,  Burkhard,  a 

man's  name. 
Sit'fen,  ber,  -%,  —  ,  breast,  heart  ; 

bay,  harbor,  port  (2158). 
93u'fje,    bie,    -n     (an    old    legal 

term),   fine,    penalty,    punish- 

ment. 
bii'jjen,  tr.  andintr.,  to  pay  for, 

atone    for,    suffer  for,   satisfy 

(273),  fine,  punish  (565,  1560). 


it,  bie,  Christendom. 
Gfyrtft'feft,  bag,  -e«,-e,  Christmas. 


ba,  adv.  of  place,  THERE,  here  ; 
adv.  of  time,  then,  thereupon  ; 
conj.,  when,  while,  since,  as; 
(in  the  sense  of  resuming  a 
previous  statement)  and,  that 
(1549),  for  example  (2669); 
sometimes  for  barum,  there- 
fore, in  that  case,  if  that  is  so, 
then  (1812)  ;  as  an  intensive, 
why,  indeed  ;  but  sometimes  not 
translatable,  giving  emphasis  to 
the  whole  statement  rather  than 
having  any  distinct  meaning 
itself. 

bnbct',  adv.,  THEREBY,  thereat, 
therein,  in  this  or  that  ;  babei 
fein,  to  be  present,  be  there. 

$actyf  ba8,  -e8,  "er,  roof,  awning, 
deck,  house  (poetic  for  §au§, 
347). 

bage'gett,  adv.,  against  (it  or 
them). 


bnlidm 


366 


bctn 


bafictttt',  adr.,  at  HOME. 

bafyer',  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
thence,  along. 

bat)iu',  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
thither,  there,  along ;  gone,  de- 
parted, dead  (2460),  deceased  ; 
so  that ;  bis  bahin,  till  then,  to 
this. 

ba'mafd,  adv.,  at  that  time,  then. 

bomit'f  adv.,  therewith,  with  it  or 
that  or  them ;  conj. ,  that,  in 
order  that, 

bam'pfen,  tr.,  to  subdue,  muffle, 
quench,  soften. 

^anf,  ber,  -e$,  gratitude,  THANKS. 

ban' fen  (tcith  dot.),  to  render 
thanks,  THANK,  return  thanks. 

bann,  adv.,  THEN,  thereupon, 
afterwards. 

ban'ncn,  in  Don  bannen,  THEXCE, 
from  thence,  away,  off. 

ba'run,  baran',  bran,  adv., 
THEREOX,  therein,  thereby,  on, 
or  in,  or  by  that,  or  it,  or  them  ; 
baran  jetn,  to  be  on  the  point 
of  (2104),  be  engaged  in,  be 
situated  (2019). 

baran'fefeen,  to  risk  (2892). 

ba'ranf,  barauf,  brauf,  adv., 
thereon,  THEREUPON,  there- 
after, upon,  or  to  it,  or  that,  or 
them  ;  afterwards,  next,  then  ; 
roie  fomntft  bit  barauf,  how  do 
you  come  to  think  such  a 
thing,  why  do  you  think  that. 

ba'raufii,  barauf',  brau-5,  adv., 
THEREof,  from  or  OUT  of  it  or 
that  or  them,  by  reason  of ; 
brau§  roerben,  come  of  it  or 
that  (376,  1726). 


barin',  adv.,  THEREIN,  in  it  or 
that  or  this  or  them. 

barob',  brob,  adv.,  thereat,  be- 
cause of  it,  on  that  account. 

bar'rctcfien,  tr.,  to  stretch  out, 
offer,  extend. 

bar'ftellcn,  reflex.,  to  be  displayed, 
be  seen,  show  or  present  itself, 
be  evident. 

ba'riiber,  barit'ber,  brii'bcr,  adv., 
across,  beyond  it,  at  that,  in 
the  mean  time;  bariiber  iein, 
to  exceed  (1227)  ;  about  or 
concerning  it  or  that. 

ba'rnnt,  barum',  adv.,  therefore, 
for  all  that,  nevertheless, 
around  it  or  that  or  them, 
of  it,  on  that  account. 

barun'tcr,  brun'tcr,  </»/>•..  under  it 
or  them,  among,  beneath,  be- 
low. 

^tt'fetn,  ba$,  -$,  existence,  pres- 
ence. 

bajf,  conj.,  THAT,  so  that,  in  order 
that. 

bo'mm,  bauon',  adv.  and  sep. 
pref.,  therefrom,  thereof,  away, 
of  it  or  that  or  them. 

buDon'tragctt,  trug-,  -getragen, 
tr.,  to  carry  away  or  off. 

ba'ju,  ba.vi',  adv..  THERETO,  to  or 
for  it  or  them  or  that,  in  addi- 
tion, for  the  purpose  (12S5). 

ba^rotfdVcn,  adv.,  between  or 
among  them,  at  times,  at  in- 
tervals. 

beef'cn,  tr.,  to  cover,  protect, 
close. 

Xc'gcn,  b?r,  -$,  — ,  sword. 

bcitt,    pass.  adj.  and  pron.,    THY 


Xenfart 


367 


boppelt 


or  THIXE,  your  or  yours ;  bie 
Xeinen  (791,  858),  your  peo- 
ple, your  own,  your  friends. 

Xenf'art,  bie,  -en,  way  of  think- 
ing, disposition,  sentiment. 

ben'fen,  bacfjte,  gebarfjt,  tr.  or 
intr.,  THINK,  think  of,  to  be 
minded  (996),  expect  (1608), 
(with  dat.)  remember;  for  ge> 
benfen  with  gen.  (1929,  2280, 
2484),  intend  (1745) ;  auf  etttm« 
benfen,  to  think  of  something 
one  desires  to  do,  to  plan ;  an 
etroa«  benfen,  to  think  of  some- 
thing in  the  present  or  past,  or 
something  that  is  or  was  (139)  ; 
gebenf  for  eingebenf  (poetic), 
mindful  (1198). 

Xenfmul,  bae,  -%,  aer,  monument. 

bcitit,  adv.  and  intensive  particle, 
THKX,  therefore,  pray,  indeed  ; 
conj.  (stands  at  beginning  of 
clause),  for,  because. 

ben'nocf),  adv.,  nevertheless,  not- 
withstanding. 

bcr,  bie,  bas,  art.,  dem.,  and  rel. 
pron.,  THE,  THAT,  this,  this 
one,  that  one  ;  when  used  for  a 
pers.  pron.,  he,  she,  it,  etc.  ; 
who,  which,  that. 

beretnft',  adv.,  at  sometime,  here- 
after, at  some  future  time. 

berglet'djen,  such  as,  the  kind, 
such,  like,  the  like. 

berfel'foe,  bteielbe,  basfelbe,  adj. 
and  pron.,  the  same. 

beuifi'ten,  archaic  impers.  with 
dat.  or  ace.,  for  biinfen,  to  seem, 
appear. 

beu'ten,  tr.,  to  explain,  interpret, 


forebode  ;  intr.,  to  point,  indi- 
cate. 

bcutfd),  German. 

btrfjt,  adj.,  close,  dense,  compact; 
adv.,  close. 

bic'nen  (with  dat.),  to  serve. 

Xte'ner,  ber,  -S,  — ,  servant. 

Xtenft,  ber,  -e$,  -e,  service. 

bienft'ferttg,  officious,  superserv- 
iceable,  fawning. 

bitS  or  bie'fer,  biefe,  btefeS,  adj. 
and  dem.  pron.,  THIS,  that, 
this  one,  that  one,  the  latter. 

bictf'mal,  adv.,  this  time. 

Xiet'ljdm,  ber,  -«,  Diethelm,  a 
man's  name. 

Xing,  ba§,  -?3,  -e,  THING,  mat- 
ter. 

Xir'ne,  bie,  -en,  girl  (but  in  the 
play  always  in  the  good  sense 
and  not  as  in  modern  German 
with  a  bad  meaning),  lass, 
maiden. 

bod),  adv.  and  intensive  particle, 
surely  (359),  really,  indeed, 
certainly  (430)  ;  I  hope  (554), 
implying  affirmative  answer ; 
only  (694),  I'm  sure  (1760), 
but  at  least,  but  surely  (1803, 
1805),  THOUGH,  after  all,  still ; 
conj.,  nevertheless,  but,  after 
all,  yet. 

Xolrfj,  bcr,  -€«,  -e,  dagger. 

bon'nern,  to  THUNDER  ;  ba«  Xon= 
tiern,  the  thunder,  clap  of 
thunder. 

X'on'ncrfrfjtafl,  ber,  -«,  *e,  clap  or 
peal  of  thunder. 

bop'pelt,  DOUBLK  ;  bas  Xoppelte 
(557),  twice  as  much. 


368 


buffer 


,  ba«,  -eg,  cer,  village,  ham- 


let. 
bort,    adv.,   there,   yonder;    bort 

ftinaug,  off  yonder. 
bort'fjttt,  adv.,  in  that  direction, 

thither,  that  way. 
$rarf)'e,  ber,  -n,  -n,  DRAGON. 
$ritd)'ettgtft,  bag,  -e«,  -e,  dragon's 

poison,  venom. 
brott,  for  baran'. 
Xrflltg,  ber,  -eg,  oppression,  dis- 

tress. 
bran'flcit,  tr.,  to  oppress,  distress, 

afflict,  urge,    claim;  reflex.,  to 

press,  crowd,  force  one's  way, 

thrust  oneself  into  (2503}  . 
$>rottg'fal,  bag,  -g,  -e,  oppression, 

tyranny,  misery. 
brauf,  for  barauf. 
brauf'ftoften,  ftieft  -,  -geftofeen,  to 

run  against. 
brents,  for  barn*'. 
bratt'ften,  adv.,  outside,  without. 
bret,  brete  (poetic),  THREE. 
brei'^tg,  THIRTY. 
bretllttbbret'fjtg,  THIRTY-THREE. 
brttt'gcn,*  brattg,    gebrungen,  to 

urge,  force   one's  way,   press, 

penetrate     (2546),    fill,    flood 

(602). 

brtn'ltett,  adv.,  within,  inside. 
britt,  THIRD. 
brobr  for  barob'. 
bro'ben,  adv.,  above,  in  heaven, 

up  there,  on  high. 
oro'ljen,  tr.  and  intr.,  dat.  of  per- 

son, to  threaten  ;  be  about  to, 

be  near  to  (S.D.,  2032). 
brii'bett,  adv.,  over  there,  across 

there,  off  yonder, 


brit'tier,  for  barii'ber. 

Drutf,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  pressure,  op- 
pression. 

brurf'ett,  tr.,  to  press,  oppress; 
intr.,  to  press  heavily,  weigh 
upon ;  ber  @ebrii(fte,  the  op- 
pressed one. 

brunt,  for  barum'. 

brun'rer,  for  barun'ter. 

bit,  per.  pron.,  thou,  you. 

bul'bett,  tr.,  to  endure,  suffer, 
tolerate,  bear. 

bltlb'fnm,  poetic  for  gebulbig, 
patient. 

btttn^f,  dull,  heavy,  muffled,  hol- 
low. 

bun'fcl,  gloomy,  dark. 

biitt'fcH  (with  dat.),  to  seem,  ap- 
pear. 

bttft^,  prep,  with  ace.,  sep.  and 
insep.  pref.,  because  of,  by 
means  of,  during,  THROUGH, 
throughout,  by,  because  of. 

burdjboJj'reit,  tr.,  to  pierce,  trans- 
fix, BORE  THROUGH. 

burdjrcit'uctt,  burdjrannte,  biird)= 
rannt,  tr.,  to  RUN  THROUGH, 
pierce. 

btirrf)3,  for  burd)  bag. 

burrf)frf)0tt'ctt,  tr.,  to  see  through, 
understand,  fathom,  pene- 
trate. 

burrf)frf|tc'^cn,  burd)fd)ofe,  burd)= 
fd)offen,  tr.,  to  SHOOT  THROUGH. 

bitr'fen,  burfte,  gebiirft,  intr.  and 
modal,  to  be  allowed  to,  have 
a  right  to,  to  be  permitted, 
may. 

$urft,  ber,  -e«,  THIRST. 

bitf  tctr,  gloomy,  sullen,  somber. 


ClH'lt 


369 


cinfollen 


e'&Ctt,  adj.,  level,  EVEN,  smooth; 

adc.,  just,  just  now,  just  then  ; 

eben  biefen,  this  very  one  (3080). 
Gdj'o,  bass,  -«,  -(&),  ECHO. 
edjt,    true,   real,   genuine,    pure, 

sterling. 
{Jrf'e,  bie,  -n,  corner,  angle,  EDGE, 

nook. 
e'bef,  noble,  worthy  (2635)  ;  bie 

(Sbeln,  nobles,  nobility  ;  ber  (bie) 

(?b(e,  nobleman  (noblewoman)  ; 

ba§    Gbfe,   nobility,    nobleness 

(1643). 

G'belfjof,  ber,  -e§,  ae,  manor,  cas- 
tle, baronial  hall. 
(J'beftnamt,  ber,  -e*,  -er  (or  6bek 

leute),     nobleman,    liege    lord 


(g'belfttj,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  manor,  cas- 
tle, nobleman's  mansion,  ba- 
ronial hall. 

G'belfteut,  ber,  -§,  -e,  jewel, 
precious  stone,  gem. 

e'lje,  elj,  conj.,  ERE,  before. 

G'fye,  bie,  -n,  marriage,  wedlock. 

e'ijer,  camp,  adj.,  sooner,  rather, 
before. 

G'Jjetmrt,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  poetic, 
husband. 

Gfy'tti,  ber,  -8,  a  Swiss  word, 
grandfather. 

(Jlj're,  bie,  -n,  honor. 

elj'ren,  tr.,  to  honor,  revere,  re- 
spect. 

Glj'rengrufc,  ber,  -e3,  "e,  salute  of 
honor,  obeisance. 

Glj'rettmamt,  -e§,  "er,  man  of 
honor,  worthy  man,  gentleman. 


Gf)r'furdjt,  bie,  reverence,  respect, 
veneration,  awe. 

©fyr'gets,  ber,  -e«,  ambition. 

Gljr'fttd)t,  bie,  ambition. 

eijr'nmrbig,  venerable,  WORTHY, 
esteemed,  sacred. 

Ct,  inter).,  why  !  oh  !  well ! 

(Sib,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  OATH. 

(Si 'bom,  ber,  -«,  -e,  /or  Me  wsuaZ 
@<f)»wegeriof)n,  son-in-law. 

Gib'genoft,  Gibgcnoffc,  ber,  -ttof= 
ien,  -noffen,  confederate. 

(Stb'f^tuur,  ber,  -«,  ae,  oath. 

(Si'fcr,  ber,  -8,  zeal. 

ei'gen,  own,  proper,  peculiar, 
unique,  strange ;  ailf  eigne 
§anb,  on  one's  own  account ; 
eigne  £eute  (1080),  owned  peo- 
ple, bondmen,  serfs. 

et'genfinntg,  stubborn,  obstinate. 

ei'lett  O'ein  or  haben),  to  hasten, 
hurry. 

Ct'(cnb§,  adv.,  hastily,  speedily. 

eU'fertig,  adv.,  hasty,  in  haste. 

ei'Hfl,  hasty  ;  e«  eilig  baben  (772), 
to  be  in  a  hurry  ;  tt)ag  gibt'g  fo 
eiftg  (68),  why  this  haste  ? 

cut,  eine,  ein,  num.  adj.,  indef. 
art.,  indef.  pron.,  one,  A,  AN, 
some  one ;  n)a§  fiir  ein,  what 
kind  of  a ;  jo  ein,  fo(ci)  ein,  ft" 
fotcfyer,  such  a  (one)  ;  ber  eine, 
the  one. 

ein,  sep.  pref.,  ix,  into,  down, 
within. 

ctnon'ber,  indecl.  recip.  pron., 
ONE  ANOTHER,  each  other. 

eilt'tircdicn,*  brad)  -,  -gebrod)en, 
BREAK,  give  way,  cave  in. 

etn'faUcn,*  fiel  -,  -gefallen,  FALL 


ctitfurntii] 


370 


efeitb 


IN,  begin,  occur  to,  enter  one's 

mind,  come  to  mind. 
ettt'fiJrmtg,  monotonous,  uniform. 
(Jin'gang,  ber,  -§,  ue,  entrance. 
etn'gef)en,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 

enter,  GO  IN. 
(Sitt'gettJeibe,  ba«,  -$,  —  ,  entrails, 

feelings,  sympathy,  bowels  ;  cf. 

note  to  line  365. 

etu'f)olen,  tr.,  to  overtake,  catch. 
eht'ig,  one,  united. 
eitt'ige,  adj.  pron.,  some,  a  few, 

several. 

eitt'fflufen,  tr.,  to  buy,  purchase. 
ein'feljren,*    to   turn   in,    stop, 

lodge,  put  up  (at  an  inn). 
etn'mal,     eimnal',     adv.,    once, 

some    day,    some     time;     auf 

ein'maf,   all   at    once,    at   the 

same    time,     suddenly  ;     fonft 

tt)of)t     eintnat,     perhaps    some 

other  time. 
etn'reifteit,  rife  -,  -geriffen,  tr.,  to 

tear  down,  break  down  or  in. 
ettt'fttttt,  lonely,  solitary,  alone. 
eitt'fcf)tffen,  reflex.,  to  embark, 

take  BHIP,  sail. 
etn'fdjtofen,*  jd)(tef  -,  -gefdjlafen, 

to  fall  ASLEEP. 


tr.,    to  shut   in,    confine,    sur- 

round, inclose  ;    eingefd)(offe  n, 

secluded. 
ein'fd)rattfett,    tr.,    to    hem   in, 

bound,  confine,  bar  in. 
etn'frfjreiben,  fijrieb  -,  -gefd)rie= 

ben,  tr.,  to  engrave,  •  write  in  or 

on,  inscribe. 
6in'fiebc(nf    bag,  -§,  Einsiedeln, 

name  of  a  town  and  monastery 


in  Canton  Schwiez  ;  cf.  note  to 

lines  343,  519. 
etn'jinfett,*  fan!  -,  -gefunfen,  SINK 

IN,  fall  in,  settle,  subside. 
etn'ftttrjen,*    fall     in    or    down, 

tumble. 
Gin'trarf)tf    bte,  harmony,  unity, 

concord,  union. 
etn'tretett,*   trat  -,  -getreten,  to 

enter,  make  one's  entrance  ;  im 

Gintreten,  on  entering. 
Ctn'jeln,  single,  individual. 
ein'jtefyen,  jog  -,  -gejogen,  tr.,  to 

draw  in,  pull  in;  intr.  (fein), 

to  enter,  come  in,  make  one's 

entrance,  march  in. 
ctn'sifl,    poetic   and   archaic  for 

eitug,     only,     single,      united 

(1448),  sole. 
Cpi3,  bo§,  -e§,  ICE. 
ci0'bcbctft,  ice-covered. 
Gt'fen,  bae,-8,  IRON,  iron  weapon. 
Gt'fenftob,  -§,  Hc,  iron  bar  or  rod. 
Gi'fenfdb,   bae,  -§,  -er,  field  of 

ICe,  ICE  FIELD. 

0£i'fe0t»irm,  ber,  -§,  ce,  poetic  for 
(Sistitrm,  tower  of  ice,  ICE 

TOWER. 

Gt'feswaC,  ber,  -8,  "e,  poetic  for 
Gietrall,  wall  of  ice,  ICE  WALL. 

(Jts'gebtrge,  ba$,-3, — ,  ice  moun- 
tain, mountains  covered  with 
ice  and  snow. 

Gis'pttloft,  ber,-e§,  ae,  ICE  PALACE. 

ei'tcl,  vain,  IDLE,  empty,  mere, 
nothing  but  (148). 

CHement',  bag,  -3,  -e,  ELEMENT. 

6'lcitb,  bae,  -9,  misery. 

e'lenb,  wretched,  miserable,  un- 
happy ;  Glenber  (612),  wretch. 


371 


entfogen 


@l3'bet,  bte,  Elizabeth,  a  woman's 
name  ;  cf.  note  to  line  3033. 

empfan'gen,  empftng,  empfangeit, 
tr.,  to  receive,  accept. 

empftn'beit,  empfanb,  empmnben, 
tr.,  to  feel,  experience. 

empor'ljebett,  fyob  -,  -gefjoben,  tr., 
to  lift  up. 

empor'rageit,  to  project,  tower. 

empo'reit,  tr.,  to  stir  up,  revolt, 
shock  (the  feelings);  reflex.,  to 
rebel,  revolt,  rise  in  rebellion. 

empiirt',  indignant. 

OpmpiJ'ntng,  bie,  -en,  revolt,  re- 
bellion, sedition. 

Ght'be,  ba§,  -S,  -n,  END,  issue, 
close,  limit,  conclusion. 

en'bett,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  END, 
come  to  an  end,  finish. 

ett'btgeit,  to  stop,  cease,  END. 

ettb'Hdj,  adj.,  final ;  adv.,  at  last, 
finally. 

eitg,  Cltge,  narrow,  hemmed  in, 
close ;  e§  roirb  mir  ettg  (1811), 
I  begin  to  feel  oppressed. 

Cptt'ge,  bte,  -n,  narrowness. 

©tt'gef,  ber,  -8,  — ,  angel. 

Stt'gdberg,  ba§,  -8,  Engelberg, 
name  of  a  valley,  of  a  village 
and  of  a  monastery  in  Unter- 
walden  ;  cf.  note  to  line  1002. 

(Sn'Mt  ber,  -8,  — ,  grandchild, 
descendant,  grandson. 

entbelj'reit,  tr.  and  intr.,  with 
gen.,  to  do  without,  be  with- 
out, be  in  want  of,  dispense 
with  (1255). 

etttbitt'bett,  etttbanb,  entbunben, 
tr.,  to  release,  free. 

n,  tr.,  to  uncover,  bare. 


enrberf'en,  tr.,  to  discover,  dis- 
close, reveal,  detect. 

Clrtfer'ltett,  reflex.,  to  withdraw, 
retire,  depart,  differ  from,  de- 
viate, swerve. 

cntfKe'ljett,*  entffof),  entflofjen,  to 
FLEE  away,  fly,  pass  (of  time). 

entge'gett,  prep,  with  dat.,  and 
sep.  pref.,  toward,  against,  to 
meet,  up  along,  to  ;  bem  @trom 
entgegen,  up  stream. 

entge'getteUen,*  to  hasten  to- 
wards, hasten  to  meet. 

entge'genfeljrett,  tr.,  to  turn 
towards  or  against. 

entge'genftnmn,  to  stare  at,  face, 
stand  motionless  before. 

cntge'gentrcten,*  trat  -,  -getreten, 
to  step  towards,  go  to  meet, 
advance  before. 

entgcg'nen,  tr.,  to  reply,  rejoin. 

entge'Jjen,*  entging,  entgangen,  to 
escape. 

enrfom'men,*  entfant,  entfommen, 
to  escape,  elude. 

enttof'fen,  entfiefe,  enttaffen,  tr., 
to  dismiss,  let  go,  send  away. 

etttfe'btgen,  tr.,  to  set  free,  re- 
lease, deliver  or  relieve  from 
(yen.). 

eittret'fjen,  entrifj,  entriffen,  tr., 
to  tear  away,  snatch  away, 
seize. 

Ctttrt(f)'tCtt,  tr.,  to  discharge,  pay. 

entrin'nen,*  entrann,  entronnen, 
to  escape,  fly  from. 

etttriift'eit,  tr.,  to  anger,  enrage, 
provoke. 

entfo'gen,  dat.,  to  renounce,  give 
up. 


cutfdjetbeu 


372 


erfoffen 


entfrfjei'ben,  entfdjieb,  entfdjieben, 
tr.  and  intr.,  to  decide,  deter- 
mine. 

©tttfdjei'buttg,  bte,  -en,  decision. 

etttfrf)lte'fieit,  entfdjloft,  entjdjloffen, 
reflex.,  to  decide,  resolve,  de- 
termine ;  entfc^Iof'jen,  deter- 
mined. 

@tttfd)fof'feitJjett,  tie,  determina- 
tion, resolution,  decision. 

@ttrfrf)lufe',  ber,  -ffe§,  "ffe,  de- 
cision, determination,  resolve. 

entfrffuCbtgett,  tr.,  to  excuse,  jus- 
tify. 

Ctttfeelt',  lifeless,  dead. 

,  bag,  -3,  horror. 
),  horrible,  terrible. 

etttftH'fen,*  entfanf,  entjunfen,  to 
drop  from,  sink  down,  fail. 

entftmn'gett,*  enttyrang,  ent* 
fprungen,  to  escape,  run  away 
from  (dat.) ;  bag  (Snttyringen 
(225 1~),  escaping,  escape. 

entfte'ljeit,*  entftanb,  entftanben, 
to  arise ;  be  wanting,  be  lack- 
ing, fail  (rare  in  this  sense, 
699). 

enttt>et'd)ett,*  entttnd),  entmidjen, 
to  withdraw,  retire  from  (dat.), 
escape. 

c«tit)ifcf)'eit,*  to  escape,  slip  away 
or  off,  get  away  from  (dat. ) . 

ctttjte'Ijeit,  ent^og,  entjogen,  re- 
flex., to  forsake  (1521~),  desert, 
avoid,  hold  back  from. 

entjWCt',  adv.,  IN  TWO,  torn, 
broken,  in  twain,  snapped  in 
two. 

er,  pers.  pron.,  he,  it. 

er&w'mett,  tr.,  to  move  to  pity ; 


reflex.,  with  gen.,  to  have  pity 

upon,    take  pity  on  ;   impers., 

with  ace.,  be  sorry  for  (2093, 

3190). 
erMrm'Hdjf    miserable,   pitiable, 

piteous. 

©rlwrnt'uttf},  bie,  mercy,  pity. 
erbatt'ett,    tr.,    to    build,    make, 

erect,  construct. 
Gr'be,  ba8,  -8,  inheritance,  heri- 

tage, patrimony. 
er&e'fien,  to  tremble,  shake. 
er'ben,  tr.,  to  inherit  ;  intr.  (jein), 

to  hand  down  to  (ailf),  to  de- 

scend to  by  inheritance  (1209). 
erfceu'teit,    tr.,  to   capture,   gain, 

get  as  booty,  conquer,  acquire. 
Grb'ljerr,  ber,  -n,  -en,  hereditary 

lord,  sovereign. 
(Sr'btit,  bie,  -nen,  heiress. 
erbtttf'  en,  tr.,  to  discover,  behold, 

catch  sight  of,  discern. 
erbrau'feit,  to  surge  up,  rise  roar- 

ing. 
erbredj'eit,  erbrad),  erbrodjen,  tr., 

to  open,  BREAK  open,  unseal. 
Srb'friirf,  ba«,  -eg,  -e,  inheritance, 

inherited  pieces  of  land,  heri- 

tage. 
@r'bcf    bie,   -n,    EARTH,   ground, 

soil  ;  cf.  note  to  line  1084. 
erbltl'beit,  tr.,  to  bear,  suffer,  en- 

dure. 


,     ag,  -eS,  -e,  occur- 

rence, event. 
erer'beit,  tr.,  to  inherit. 
erfalj'ren,  erfufyr,  erfab,ren,  tr.,  to 

learn,  find  out. 
etfttf'fcn,  tr.,  to  grasp,  seize,  lay 

hold  of. 


erfiefjett 


373 


crmor&cit 


for. 


t,  tr.,  to  beg,  implore,  beg 


erfor'fdjett,  tr.,  to  question,  sound, 

find     out     the    disposition    of 

(705),  investigate. 
erfredj'ett,  reflex.,  to  dare  to  do, 

dare  to  indulge  in,  do  insolently 

(2595}. 
erfreu'en,  tr.,  to  delight,  gladden, 

make  happy,  please. 
erfrifdj'en,  tr.,  to  REFRESH. 
erfitl'lett,  tr.,  to  FILL,  accomplish, 

fulfill. 

,  trie,  submission. 
erging,  ergangen,  to  go 

forth,  go,    be   issued,   be   pro- 

claimed ;  impers.  intr.,  to  fare, 

be. 
ergte'fcen,  ergofe,  ergoffen,  reflex., 

to  pour  forth,  be  poured   out, 

flow  forth,  suffuse,  diffuse,  be 

shed. 
ergrei'fett,  ergriff,  ergriffen,  tr.,  to 

seize,  touch,   move,   take,   ac- 

cept, embrace. 
erljal'ten,  erbiett,  erbalten,  tr.,  to 

receive,  keep,  get  ;  for  juritcf^ 

batten  (944)  ,  to  check,  restrain, 

keep  back  ;  reflex.,  to  preserve, 

save,  UPHOLD. 
erfje'ben,   erfjob,  erfjoben,  tr.,  to 

lift  up,  raise,  lift  high  ;  reflex., 

to  rise,  arise. 
erljel'Iett,  tr.,  to  brighten,  cheer, 

light  up. 
ertn'nern,  reflex.,  with  gen.,  or  an 

and  ace.,  to  remember,  recall. 
erju'gett,  tr.,  to  hunt  down,  get 

by  hunting,  gain,  capture. 
erfett'tten,   erfcutnte,  erfannt,  tr., 


to  recognize,  acknowledge,  per- 
ceive; fid)  ju  erfennen  geben 
(1202),  to  show  oneself,  make 
oneself  known. 

Gr'fer,  ber,  -3,  — ,  bay  window, 
recess. 

erfla'reit,  tr.,  to  declare,  explain, 
pronounce ;  reflex.,  to  declare 
oneself,  explain  oneself. 

erfranf'en,*  to  get  sick,  become 
ill,  fall  ill. 

erfitlj'nen,  reflex.,  to  dare,  dare  to 
attempt,  become  bold  (gen.), 
boldly  use,  dare  to  do. 

erfun'ben,  tr.,  to  explore,  spy 
out,  reconnoiter. 

erlcm'jjett,  tr.,  to  reach. 

ertof'fen,  erltej?,  erlaffen,  tr.,  to 
let  off  from,  excuse  from,  re- 
lease, exempt  from,  remit, 
spare. 

erlnu'fceit,  tr.,  to  allow,  permit; 
reflex.,  to  take  the  liberty. 

erte'bett,  tr.,  to  experience,  un- 
dergo, live  to  see,  meet  with. 

erle'btflen,  archaic  for  enttebigen, 
reflex,  with  gen.,  to  release  one- 
self from,  to  get  rid  of. 

erfei'ben,  erUtt,  erlitten,  tr.,  to 
suffer,  endure,  bear,  undergo. 

crlijft^'cn,*  er(ofd),  erlofdjen,  to  go 
out,  die  out,  be  extinguished, 
die  away  ;  ba§  Srlofcfyen,  ex- 
tinction, expiration. 

ermad)'ttgcnr  reflex,  with  gen.,  fur 
the  more  usual  ftd)  bemfidjtigen, 
to  obtain  possession  of,  to  make 
oneself  master  of  (1410} . 

ermor'ben,  tr.,  to  MURDER,  assas- 
sinate. 


ermiiben 


374 


Groartung 


ermu'ben,  to  become  tired,  grow 
weary. 

erneu'ern,  tr.,  to  RENEW. 

Cmtft,  ber,  -e£,  seriousness,  grav- 
ity, menace  (1424),  reality  ; 
im  Graft,  seriously. 

ernftf     serious,     grave,    solemn, 

EARNEST. 

ernft'fjaft,    serious,    grave,    EAR- 

NK>T. 

ern'ten,    tr.,    to    reap,    harvest, 

gather. 

ero'&ern,  tr.,  to  conquer. 
crbf'fncn,  tr.,  to  OPEN. 
erquirf'en,  tr.,  to  refresh,  cheer, 
erre'gen,  tr.,  to  arouse,  stir  up. 
erret'djen,  tr.,  to  reach,  overtake. 
erret'ten,    tr.,    to  save,    deliver, 

rescue. 
Cmet'ter,   ber,  -3,  — ,   deliverer, 

savior,  liberator 
errirfj'ien,  tr.,  to  ERECT,  set  up. 
errtn'gen,  errang,  errungen,  tr.,  to 

obtain  by  effort,  to  win,  gain 

by  exertion,  acquire. 
erffiu'fen,  tr.,  to  drown,  flood. 
erfcf)af'fenf  erfc&uf,  erichaffen,  tr., 

to  create. 
erfdjal'fen,   erfdjoU,  eridjolten,  to 

spread  abroad,  sound,  resound. 
erfdjet'nen,  cricfiien,  erfriienen,  to 

appear,    make    one's     appear- 
ance, come  in  sight. 
erfdjie'fcen,  erfdjofe,  erfdjoffen,  tr., 

to  shoot,  kill. 
crftfjla'gen,    erj^titg,     erfdjlagen, 

tr.,  to  SLAY,  kill. 
erfdjlei'djen,    erfdjttd),  erfd)Iid)en, 

tr.,  to  obtain  by  fraud  or  sur- 
reptitiously (1252} 


erftfjop'fen,  tr.,  to  exhaust,  wear 
out,  spend. 

erftfjrerf'cit,  edchracf,  erfdjrorfen, 
to  be  startled,  start  with  fear, 
to  be  frightened. 

erfpa'rett,  tr.,  to  save,  SPARE; 
eriparen  an,  to  save  at  the  ex- 
pense of,  dispense  with  (1514), 
be  chary  with  (774). 

erft,  adj..  first;  adv..  first,  only, 
but  once,  once,  not  until,  not 
before,  once  only  (382). 

crftou'nen,*  to  be  amazed,  be 
astonished. 

Grftau  nett,  ba§,  -§,  astonishment, 
amazement. 

erftuun'lid),  astonishing,  amazing, 
wonderful. 

erftet  gen,  erftteg,  erftiegen,  tr.,  to 
climb,  ascend,  scale. 

erfttrf  en,  tr.,  to  stifle,  choke,  suf- 
focate. 

Crto'nen,  to  ring,  sound,  peal 
forth. 

erto'tctt,  tr.,  to  kill,  destroy, 
crush. 

ertra'gen,  ertrng,  ertragen,  tr.,  to 
hear,  endure,  suffer,  tolerate, 
support 

ertrin'fen,  ertranf,  ertrunfen,  to  be 
drowned,  drown. 

ertrofe'en,  tr.,  to  extort,  gam  by 
defiance. 

errourfj'en,*  to  AWAKE. 

ernmr'ten,  tr..  to  await,  expect, 
expect  to  find  (1045)  ;  intr., 
to  wait;  poetic  for  abnmrten 
(272),  to  expect,  wait  for. 

Grwor'tung,  bie,  -en,  expecta- 
tion. 


crwerfen 


375 


fdngen 


erroerf'en,  tr.,  to  arouse,  excite, 

AWAKEN. 

errocb/rett,  reflex,  with  gen.,  to 
defend  oneself  against,  keep  or 
ward  off,  rid  oneself  of. 

erroer'ben,  ernmrb,  erroorben,  tr., 
to  acquire,  gain,  get. 

er^fib/len,  tr.,  to  TELL,  relate. 

er(}d'genf  tr.,  to  show,  do,  render. 

erjit'tern,*  to  tremble,  shake. 

ersrotn'gen,  eqnmng,  eqnmngen, 
tr.,  to  extort,  gain  by  force, 
force,  enforce. 

C§,  pers.  pron.,  he,  she,  IT  ;  exple- 
tive, there ;  but  it  is  often  un- 
translatable. 

Gftfj'enbdd),  ber,  -S,  Eschenbach, 
name  of  a  man. 

ef'fctt,  of?,  gegeffen,  tr.,  to  EAT. 

Ct'ltcf),  adj.  pron.  (chiefly  plu.), 
some. 

et'tt»d§,  indef.  pron.  and  adj., 
some,  something,  somewhat. 

eu'er,  Guer,  poss.  pron.,  YOUR, 
YOURS  ;  bie  guren  (2685),  your 
family,  your  friends. 

eu'rig,  Gurig,  poss.  pron.,  YOURS. 

e'lmg,  adj.,  eternal,  everlasting, 
perpetual  ;  adv.,  ever,  forever. 

G'lmgfett,  bie,  -en,  eternity. 

9 

fd'ljen,  tr.,  archaic  and  poetic  for 

fangen,  to  seize,  catch. 
fydf)'ne,    bie,    -n,     flag,    banner, 

standard. 
£ydijr,  bie,  -en,  archaic  and  poetic 

for  (Sefatjr,  danger,  peril, 
fdtjr'bar,      navigable,      passable, 

practicable. 


j$alj're,  bie,  -n,  FERRY,  ferry- 
boat. 

folj'ren,*  fubr,  gefatjren,  to  move, 
go,  ride,  drive,  row,  sail ;  re- 
flex., to  ride  (in  a  boat),  row 
about;  bag  gafjren  (2238}, 
sailing,  steering;  mit  ber  £mnb 
fasten  (S.D.,  2785),  put  one's 
hand,  clutch  convulsively. 

ftfib,r'munn,  ber,  -8,  "er,  or  gab,r= 
leute,  ferryman,  boatman. 

Jv(tb,rt,  bie,  -en,  trip,  journey, 
wandering,  passage,  course, 
way,  route. 

3'Ub,r'3eitg,  ba«,  -e«,  -e,  vessel, 
boat,  craft. 

ftal'fe,  ber,  -n,  -n,  FALCON. 

^afl,  ber,  -e^,  "e,  FALL. 

faCIen,*  fte(,  gefatlen,  to  FALL, 
tumble,  drop  ;  fall  into,  invade 
(1384);  in  (Strafe  fallen  (for 
Derfallen)  (472),  to  incur  a 
penalty  or  punishment. 

ffil'fett,  tr.,  to  cut  down,  FELL, 
cut. 

ftdlt'frrirf,  ber,  -«,  -e,  snare,  trap, 
stratagem. 

fulfil),  FALSE,  treacherous,  base, 
deceitful. 

A-ttlfrf),  ba3,-e«,  archaic  and  poetic, 
deceit,  treachery,  FALSEhood, 
guile. 

ftalfrfj'ljcit,  bie,  -en,  deceit,  treach- 
ery, guile,  FALSEHOOD. 

fdf'tcn,  tr.,  to  FOLD,  WTinkle,  knit, 
ftang,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  catch,  capture, 

haul ;  einen  gang  tnn  (1744),  to 

make  a  haul, 
fdit'gcn,    fing,    gefaugen,  tr.,    to 

catch,  capture ;  gefangen,  cap- 


forfeit 


376 


fef* 


tive,  imprisoned ;  ber  ©efangene, 
the  prisoner. 

faff  en,  fafete,  gefafjt,  tr.,  to  seize, 
grasp,  lay  hold  of,  overcome; 
reflex.,  to  compose  oneself. 

foft,  adv.,  almost,  nearly. 

^aft'narfjtaufsug,  -§,  "e,  more  cor- 
rect form  is  gafcnacf)tauf$ug, 
carnival  procession,  masquer- 
ade ;  cf.  note  to  line  390. 

foul,  lazy,  idle. 

t,  bie,  "e,  FIST,  hand. 

baS,  Fayence,  the  name 
of  an  Italian  town,  southwest 
of  Ravenna ;  cf.  note  to  line 
911. 

fedj'ten,  fodjt,  gefocfjten,  to  FIGHT. 

fjfe'ber,  bie,  -n,  FEATHER. 

fe^'len,  archaic  and  poetic  for  tter= 
fefyfen  (1889),  to  miss;  intr., 
with  dat.,  to  FAIL,  be  wanting, 
need  or  lack  (2352) ;  with  gen., 
miss,  fail  of  hitting;  er  fefjlt 
mtr  (2371),  he  is  absent,  I  miss 
him  ;  e8  jott  an  tmr  ni<i)t  fefyfen 
(445) ,  I  shall  not  be  found 
wanting ;  fefjlen  cmf,  miss,  hit 
by  mistake  (1950). 

^elj'fer,  ber,  -$,  — ,  fault,  mistake 
(566). 

^e&l'fprttng,  ber,  -§,  "e,  false  leap, 
false  step ;  einen  gefyliprung  tun, 
miss  one's  leap  (1499). 

^et'erofcenl),  ber,  -«,  -e,  evening 
rest,  evening  quiet. 

fet'em,  to  be  idle,  rest,  loiter 
(353). 

feifl,  cowardly,  base. 

fetg'ljerstg,       cowardly,       faint- 

HEARTED. 


fcit,  for  sale,  purchasable,  to  be 

bought. 

$etnb,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  enemy,  adver- 
sary. 

,  ba8,  -e«,  -er,  FIELD. 

,  ber,  -en,  or  -en§,  -en,  poetic 

for  (^elien,  rock,  cliff. 
3rC('fenf(uft,  bie,  "e,  rocky  chasm, 

gorge,  ravine. 
gfel'fenptotte,  bie,  -n,  rocky  ledge, 

flat  rock. 
^Cl'fcnriff,  ba«,  -e8,  -e,  REEF  or 

ledge  of  rock,  rocky  ledge  or 

reef. 
^el'fenfteig,    ber,   -§,  -e,   rocky 

path,  path  or  byway  or  trail 

among  the  rocks. 
Jd'fetttor,  ba«,  -«,  -e,  rocky  gate, 

gateway  through  rocks. 
g-el'fenufer,    bag,  -%,  — ,  rocky 

shore. 
^cl'fCttnjaC,  ber,  -«,  ae,  WALL  of 

rocks,  rampart. 
5el'fennwtt&r   ^elswattb,  bie,  "e, 

wall  of  rock,  precipice. 
Jen'fter,  bag,  -§,  — ,  window. 
fern,  adj.,  FAR,  distant;  adv.,  far 

away,  far  off,  afar,  at  a  dis- 
tance. 

$er'ne,  bie,  -n,  distance. 
fern'tyer,  adv.,  from  AFAR. 
$er'fef  bie,  -n,  heel, 
fcr'ttg,  prepared,  finished,  ready, 

done. 
Jyef'fct,    bie,  -n,   FETTER,   bond, 

shackle . 
fef'fefn,    tr.,    to     FETTER,    bind, 

shackle. 
feft,    FAST,    firm,    fixed,   strong, 

fortified,    impregnable    (529) ; 


377 


nicftts  gefteS  (2541},  nothing 
definite. 

$eft,  ba8,-e§,-e,  FEAST,  FESTival ; 
geft  be§  §errn,  Christmas. 

^cf'te,  bie,  -n,  stronghold,  prison, 
fortress. 

fcft'tjoftett,  f)ielt  -,  -gebalten,  tr., 
to  hold  fast  to,  cling  to ;  intr., 
to  hold  fast,  hold  firm  or  un- 
broken, cleave  to  (an). 

feft'fltiipfeit,  tr.,  to  tie  firmly, 
unite  closely,  knit  firmly,  bind. 

feft'fteljett,  ftanb  -,  -geftanben,  to 
stand  firm,  be  stable,  BE  STEAD- 
FAST. 

feildjt,  damp,  moist,  dank. 

^Clt'cr,  bag,  -8,  — ,  FIRE,  hearth 
(1309). 

^eu'erfiflltat',  bag,  -8,  -e,  SIGNAL- 
FIRE,  beacon-light. 

3-eu'erwad)ter,  ber,  -§,  — ,  night 
WATcnman ;  cf,  note  to  line 
964. 

gfeu'cr^eicfjeu,  baS,  -8,  — ,  signal- 
fire,  FiRE-sign. 

ftn'beit,  fanb,  gefunbett,  tr.,  to 
FIND  ;  reflex. ,  to  be  found,  be, 
exist. 

^fut'ger,  ber,  -8,  — ,  FINGER. 

fttt'fter,  dark,  gloomy,  sullen ;  ba8 
^inftern  (594),  gloom,  dark- 
ness. 

gftn'ftcrntS,  bie,  -ffe,  darkness, 
gloom. 

$trn,  ber,  -e«,  -€,  snow,  glacier, 
snow-covered  mountain ;  cf. 
note  to  line  38. 

$ifrf|,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  FISH. 

ftfrf)'ctt,  to  FISH. 

8?ifd)'er,  ber,  -6,  — , 


ber,  -«,   «e,   fisher- 
man's boat,  fishing-boat. 

,  ber,  -n,  -n,  fisher- 
man's boy,  fisher-boy. 

,  bie,  -n,  FLAME,  blaze. 

florn'mctt,  to  FLAME,  blaze. 

Jlfltt'fe,  bie,  -n,  side  or  wall  or 
bastion  or  side-wall  of  a  castle 
or  fort ;  cf.  note  to  line  385. 

ft'lcrf'en,  ber,  -§,  — ,  town  larger 
than  a  village  but  not  yet  a  city, 
hamlet. 

fle'ljett,  for  anftefjen  (132),  to  en- 
treat, implore,  beseech,  beg  for 
(itm). 

$(et$,  ber,  -6,  diligence,  industry. 

fiutiU,  for  ffiegt,  archaic  and 
poetic,  from  fliegen. 

fttc'jjcn,  flog,  geflogen  (^aben  or 
jetn),  to  FLY. 

fUe'fjen,  f(ol),  gefto{)en,  to  FLEE. 

fUe'ftett,  flofj,  gefloffen  (fyaben  or 
fein),  to  FLOW,  bubble  forth. 

^fttt'tevfdjetn,  ber,  -8,  tinsel,  false 
luster. 

,  bie,  -n,  FLUTE. 
),  ber,  -«,  "e,  curse. 

$lurf)'flcboube,  ba6,  -«,  — ,  poetic 
compound  for  &erftuci)te§  ©e» 
ba'ube,  accursed  building. 

^lut^t,  bie,  FLIGHT,  escape. 

flitdj'tett,  tr.,  to  save  by  flight,  es- 
cape ;  reflex.,  to  flee,  take  refuge. 

ftiicfj'Hg,  fugitive,  fleeting,  tran- 
sient;  ftitcfjtig  tuerben  (568),  to 
escape,  take  flight. 

ftltt^t'lmg,  ber,  -8,  -e,  fugitive. 

^Ht'e,  bie,  -it,  Flue,  part  of  a 
proper  name ;  cf.  note  to  line 
2193. 


ftluefen 


378 


fretltd) 


J$Hte'lett,  ba8  (pronounce  in  two 
syllables),  Fliielen,  the  name 
of  a  village ;  cf.  note  to  line 
2193. 

ber,  -e§,  *e,  FLIGHT  ;   im 
(1949},  on  the  wing. 
f),  bie,  -en,  or  -e,  wall  of  rock, 
precipice  ;  cf.  note  to  line  2193. 

^fur'fdjiitj,  ber,  -en,  -en,  field- 
guard,  game-keeper,  ranger,  a 
common  officer  to  guard  against 
pilfering  and  damage  by  stray 
animals. 

fthifj,  ber,  gfaffea,  glttffe,  river. 

gflllt,  bie,  -en,  FLOOD,  waves,  bil- 
lows. 

$b'f)ttf  ber,  -8,  -e,  Fohn,  the  name 
of  the  southwest  wind  ;  cf.  note 
to  line  109. 

fol'gett,*  to  FOLLOW;  ba«.  gol= 
genbe  (S.D.,  2437),  the  follow- 
ing. 

gfol'terlnedjt,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  tor- 
turer. 

for 'bent,  tr.,  to  demand;  forbern 
laffen,  to  summon,  send  for. 

gform,  bie,  -en,  FORM. 

for'fd)en,  to  ask,  search,  inquire. 

fort,  adv.  and  sep.  prefix,  FORTH, 
away,  gone,  on,  continue  to, 
keep  on. 

fort'etlett,*  to  hasten  away. 

fort'fofyren,  fufjr  -,  -gefaljren,  to 
keep  on,  continue,  go  on. 

fort'fiifjrett,  tr.,  to  lead  away, 
carry  off. 

fort'getjen,*  gtng  -,  -gegangen,  to 
go  away,  continue,  go  on,  pro- 
ceed. 

fort'Ijelfett,  fialf  -,  -gebolfen,  with 


dat.,  to  help  some  one  to  get 

away  or  escape. 
fort'retfeen,  riB  -,  -gmffen,  tr.,  to 

tear  away,  carry  away  or  off  or 

along, 
fort'fe^en,  reflex.,  to  continue,  be 

continued. 
fort'stc^cn,*  $og  -,  -ge^ogen,  to  go 

on,  proceed,  move   on,  march 

off. 
fro'gctt,  tr.,  to  ask,  inquire  ;  fragen 

naci),  care  for  or  about. 
$ran,  bie,  -en,  woman,  wife,  Mis- 
tress, lady  ;  of  a  convent,  Our 

Lady. 
Jrou'fcin,  ba§,-§,  — ,  nobleman's 

daughter,  noble  lady,  lady  ;  in 

address,  my  lady, 
frcrfj,    bold,   shameless,  insolent, 

highhanded       or      outrageous 

(281). 
fret,  KREE,  unowned  or  common 

(_-7JS),   unrestrained    (1473)  ; 

for  freittJtlUg  (1708),  voluntary, 

of  one's    accord   (1130)  ;    bag 

§rete,  open  air,  open  country ; 

ber  §reie,  freeman. 
gfrei'burg,  ba$,  -3,  Freiburg,  the 

name  of  a  city ;  cf.  note  to  line 

2434. 
frct'en,  tr.,  to  marry;  intr.,  with 

urn,  to  woo. 
J$rei'l)eitr  bie,  -en,  liberty,  FREE- 

dom,  privilege. 

^rci'^ettssbricf,  ber,  -«,  -e,  char- 
ter of  liberty. 
^ret'fjerr,  ber,  -n,  -en,  baron,  a 

title  of  nobility  just  below  ©raf. 
frei'Ud),  adv.,  certainly,  indeed, 

to  be  sure,  of  course. 


fmnriUig 


379 


frei'ttuHtg,  voluntary. 

fremb,  foreign,  strange,  alien  ;  bag 
$rembe,  foreign  element,  foreign 
manners  and  customs  (949). 

^frem'be,  bie,  foreign  country  ;  in 
ber  grembe,  abroad. 

^rcmb'lutg,  ber,  -g,  -e,  foreigner, 
stranger,  alien. 

fref'fen,  froft,  gefreffen,  tr.,  to  eat 
(of  animals) . 

Jyrcu'be,  bie,  -en,  pleasure,  joy, 
delight ;  ntit  grenben,  joyfully  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  331. 

ftreu'benl)au£,  bag,  -eg,  *er,  house 
of  rejoicing. 

^reu'benfunbe,  bie,  -n,  joyous 
tidings,  glad  news. 

Jreu'bettfcfyteften,  bag,  -8,  — , 
shooting  match. 

^reu'benfjwr,  bie,  -en,  glad  or 
joyous  memory. 

freu'btg,  adj.,  glad,  joyful,  merry  ; 
adv.,  joyfully,  with  alacrity 
(2877). 

freu'en,  tr..  to  give  joy,  please, 
make  happy  ;  reflex.,  to  rejoice  ; 
bag  greuen  (2623),  for  greube, 
rejoicing,  joy. 

$remtb,  ber,  -g,  -e,  FRIEXD. 

freunb'ltrfj,  FRIENDLY,  kind. 

$reunb'frf)aft,  bie,  -en,  FRIEND- 
SHIP ;  used  collectively,  kins- 
men, relatives. 

$re'»ef,  ber,  -g,  — ,  crime,  out- 
rage, offense. 

fre'Ddlt,  to  commit  crime,  sin,  do 
violence;  fretietnb,  adv.,  crimi- 
nally, outrageously. 

gfre'ttettot,  bie,  -en,  criminal  deed, 
outrage,  act  of  violence. 


ftrte'be,  ^rie'bett,  ber,  -(n)gf 
-(n),  peace. 

frteb'gen)0f)tttf  accustomed  to 
peace,  peaceful. 

frieb'Hdj,  peaceable,  peaceful ; 
ber  griebticfje,  the  peaceful  one. 

gfrie'brtdj,  ber,  -g,  Frederick,  an 
emperor's  name. 

Jyrict?'t)orbt,  ber,  -g,  Friesshardt, 
a  man's  name ;  cf.  note,  S.D., 
Act  HL  Sc.  3. 

ffifrf),  adj.,  FRESH,  brisk,  new, 
sound  or  good  (599),  lively, 
gay,  brave ;  adv.,  freely, 
keenly,  alertly,  actively  (1509), 
promptly,  quickly,  straight  or 
direct  (521),  vigorously  (1484), 
bravely,  courageously  (757)  ; 
as  exclam.  (353,  1963),  come  ! 
quick  now  !  fiber  frifcfyer  £at,  in 
the  very  act ;  ntit  frifdjer  Xat, 
with  prompt  action. 

frifcfjru'bernb,  rowing  briskly  or 
vigorously. 

J^rtft,  bie,  -en,  time,  respite, 
period,  delay. 

frof),  glad,  happy,  joyous. 

friify'ftd),  joyful,  happy,  cheer- 
fully (2055),  glad. 

frolj'fotfett,  frohlocfte,  gefrofjfodft, 
with  gen.,  to  exult ;  bag  5r°fc 
lodfen,  exultation. 

fromm,  good,  worthy,  pious,  de- 
vout, venerable  (662)  ;  ber 
gromntfte,  the  most  worthy,  the 
best  intentioned  (one),  the 
most  peaceably  disposed  („>>;*' .'). 

ftron'btenft,  ber,  -g,  -e,  servile 
labor,  forced  labor  for  a  feudal 
lord  (367). 


380 


gcirett 


ber,  -£,  ce,  overseer, 
taskmaster. 

?£ru(fjtf  bte,  "-,  FRUIT  ;ftg.,  reward. 

frill),  early. 

,  ber,  —?,  -e,  spring. 
f,  ber,  -£,  morning  cup  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  754. 

ffi'gen,  tr.,  to  put  together,  join, 
fit  together  ;  reflex.,  to  submit 
to,  acquiesce  in. 

fiifj'Iett,  tr.,  to  FEEL. 

fiifjl'foS,  unfeeling,  unsympa- 
thetic, cold. 

fiilj'rett,  tr.,  to  lead,  conduct, 
guide,  handle,  wield,  manage, 
bear;  bag  3tegiment  htfyren 
(342~),to  manage  ;  einen  Streid) 
fiifyren  (1773),  to  deal  a  blow  ; 
gum  ,3te{  fiifyren,  to  accomplish. 

^ful'Ie,  bte,  ruLLness,  abundance, 
plenty. 

ful'fett,  reflex. ,  to  be  FiLLed. 

fiinf,  FIVE. 

fitttft,   FIFTH. 

fiinfutttittrfjt^tfl,  EIGHTY-FIVE. 

fiirp  prep,  with  ace.,  for  ;  fur  ftd), 
aside,  to  oneself,  independently 
(1159*)  ;  tt>a«  fiir,  what  kind  of; 
sometimes  found  for  t>or,  an 
archaic  use. 

fur'djeit,  tr.,  to  FURROW. 

3-urd)t,  bte,  fear,  terror,  FRIGHT, 
dread. 

furdjt'Iwr,  fearful,  terrible, 
dreadful. 

fttrdf'tCtt,  tr.,  to  fear,  dread  ; 
reflex.,  to  be  afraid,  be  in  fear 
of  (tior). 

fitrtfj'terltcf),  FRIGHTM,  awful,  ter- 
rible, fearful. 


furrfjt'fattt,  timid. 

fitr'bcrf  archaic  for  ferner,  adv., 

FURTHER  ;  nidjt  fiirber,  no  more, 

never  again,  nevermore. 
Jyit  -'fcfjung,  hie,  archaic  for  $OTC= 

fefjmtg,  providence. 
Jyiirft,  ber,  -en,  -en,  prince. 
Jytirft,    ber,  -e,   Fiirst,  part  of  a 

proper  name  ;  cf.  note  to  S.  D.  , 

Act  7,  Sc.  IV. 
Jyiir'ftcngunft,  bte,  princely  favor, 

courtly  favor. 
Jyiif  'ftcnfjauS,  bas,  -e,  "er,  princely 

house  or  family,  dynasty. 
Jyitr'ftenfncrfjt,  ber,   -ee,  -e,  ser- 

vant or  slave  of  a  prince. 
furnmfjr',  adv.,  in  truth,  indeed, 

forsooth. 
£yu$r  ber,  -eS,  Ee,  FOOT  ;  ftefienben 

gupe8     (333),     instantly  ;     ju 

gufe  (2674),  on  foot. 
$u£'fto£,  ber,  -c«,  -e,  push,  kick, 

thrust  with  the  foot. 


Gta'fce,  bte,  -tt,  gift. 

gofj'lingS,  a  Swiss  word  for  jah'« 

ItngS,  suddenly,  abruptly. 
gaij'ftofttg,     a    tiiciss    word   for 

jtify'ftotng,    adv.,   precipitously, 

abruptly. 
(Sang,  ber,  -e§,  He,  course,  move- 

ment ;  im  ©ang,  under  way. 
ganj,    ad!;'.,    whole,    entire,    all  ; 

adv.,  quite,  very,  wholly,  en- 

tirely; ba8  ©an^e,  the  whole. 
gar,  adv.,  quite,  very,  even,  en- 

tirely; gar  nicfjt,  not  at  all. 
gfirctt,  gor,  gegoren,  to  ferment  ; 
.,  rankling. 


(Batten 


381 


©efofge 


©ar'tCtt,  ber,  -S,  ",  GARDEN. 

®af'fe,  bie,  -n,  narrow  street, 
path,  road,  lane,  double  line  or 
passage  (1930,  1980). 

©aft,  ber,  -e§,  *e,  GUEST. 

©oft'freuttb,  ber,  -e3,  -e,  intimate 
friend;  cf.  note  to  line  291. 

guft'Hcf),  hospitable. 

(iJdft'redjt,  ba8,  -eS,  -e,  right  of 
hospitality. 

(SJat'tut,  bie,  -nen,  wife. 

®ebalf'f  ba§,  -e«,  -e,  collective  for 
23a(fen,  beams,  timber,  wood- 
work. 

gebfi'rett,  gebar,  geboren,  tr.,  to 
give  BIRTH  to,  bear,  bring  forth; 
geboreit,  adj.,  natural  (16,.'4). 

ge'feett,  gab,  gegeben,  tr.,  to  GIVE, 
yield  or  produce  (1050),  fur- 
nish (1128);  auf  etroaS  geben, 
place  reliance  on  (882),  regard 
or  heed  (2177);  e«  gibt,  gab, 
gat  gegeben,  etc.,  there  is,  was, 
has  been,  etc.;  fief)  ju  erfemien 
geben,  to  make  oneself  known 
or  felt  (1202);  in3  £eq  geben, 
inspire  with,  put  into  the  heart  ; 
tt>a§  gibt'S?  what's  happening, 
what  is  going  on  ?  tnaS  bat'8 
gegeben?  what  has  occurred  ? 

gebte'teit,  gebot,  geboten,  <A,  to 
command,  rule,  govern,  con- 
trol. 


-(e),  chain  of  mountains, 
mountain  range,  mountains, 
often  used  for  the  Forest  Can- 
tons (164). 

,    ba«,   -e3,  -e,  command, 
order. 


flcfirau'rfjett,  <r.,  to  use. 

OJcbrcft'cn,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  defect, 
sorrow,  grief,  want;  now  obs. 
and  highly  figurative,  denoting 
lit.  a  physical  defect  or  ivant. 

gebiilj'ren,  with  dat.,  to  be  due, 
belong  to ;  reflex.,  to  be  proper, 
be  becoming,  befit,  be  the  duty 
of. 

(yeburtS'Ionb,  baS,  -3,  *er,  native 
laud. 

(ye&odjt'ttiS,  bag,  -ffe«,  -ffe,  mem- 
ory, remembrance. 

(ycbait'fc,  ber,  -ne,  -n,  thought, 
idea. 

gebet'fjctt,*  gebteb,  gebiefjen,  to 
grow,  thrive,  prosper ;  for  D0i> 
riirfen,  progress  or  advance 
(8.D.,  Act  I.,  Sc.  III). 

gcbcuf,  poetic  for  eingebenf,  mind- 
ful (1198). 

gcbcn'fen,  gebadjte,  gebacfit,  gen. 
or  an  with  ace.,  to  remember, 
intend,  purpose,  be  mindful  of. 

(yebillb',  bie,  patience. 

gcbllCbtg,  patient,  forbearing. 

(yefoljr',  bitf  -en,  danger,  peril, 
risk. 

gefof)r'(tcfjr  dangerous,  perilous; 
@efa^r(id)e«  (1516),  dangerous 
thing  or  something  dangerous. 

gefol'lcn,  geficl,  gefallen,  with  dot., 
to  please. 

®efan'g(e)tte,  ber,  participle  used 
as  noun,  captive,  prisoner. 

Wcffittg'nte,  ba*,  _ffe«j,  -ffe,  prison. 

05cfic'licr,  ba8,  -6,  game  birds  (cf. 
£>od)flug,  900),  fowls,  plumage. 

©cfot'gc,  bo«,  -8,  —  train, 
retinue,  attendants. 


(iJciiiljl 


382 


gemetn 


',  ba$,  -8,  -e,  FEELing,  in- 

SUllCt. 

ge'gen,  prep,  with  ace.,  against, 
contrary  to,  in  comparison  with, 
towards,  about. 

GJe'genb,  bie,  -en,  region,  scene, 
country. 

(Be'gentett,  baS,  -§,  -e,  contrary. 

gegenii'ber,  prep,  with  dat.  and 
adv.,  over  against,  opposite  to. 

gefja'ben,  reflex. ,  to  f are ;  ©efyabt 
gild)  luofyl  (942},  farewell. 

geljdf fig,  hostile ;  in  the  archaic 
and  active  sense  of  HATEful, 
spiteful  (487). 

gefyetm',  intimate,  friendly,  trust- 
ful ;  lit.,  private,  secret. 

®ef)Ctm'm3,  ba«,  -ffe8,  -ffe,  secret. 

(iJefjetjj',  bas,  -e*,  command,  bid- 
ding. 

ge^en,*  ging,  gegangen,  to  GO, 
succeed,  go  on  with,  do,  break 
or  get  loose  (2664)  ',  e£  9? fyt  uin, 
it  is  a  matter  of,  it  concerns ; 
gu  State  gefyen,  to  take  counsel 
together. 

GJef)i)ft',  ba§,  -e§,  -e,  farm,  estate. 

GJeijiJlj',  bac,  -es,  -e,  woods,  forest, 
thicket. 

gel)or'i^Cttf  with  dat.,  to  obey. 

gcljo'rcn,  icith  dat.,  to  belong. 

geljor'fattt,  obedient,  submissive. 

©eljor'fttm,  ber,  -3,  obedience, 
allegiance,  submission. 

Okt'ftel,  bie,  -n,  scourge,  task. 

©eiftr  ber,  -ee,  -et,  spirit,  mind, 
soul. 

©ei'fterftunbe,  bie,  -n,  GHOSTLY 
hour,  midnight  hour. 
is,  ber,  -e«,  avarice,  greed. 


©clfttt'ber,  ba«,  -g,  — ,  railing, 
rail. 

gefan'gen,*  to  get  to,  arrive  at, 
reach,  come  to. 

gcfaf'feit,  calm,  quiet,  composed. 

(ydout'f  ©elttll'te,  -(e)«,  ringing 
of  bells,  set  of  bells,  chimes, 
bells. 

05clb'notf  bie,  Mn),  want  or  need 
of  money,  distress  for  money, 
financial  distress. 

©ele'genljett,  bie,  -en,  occasion, 
chance,  opportunity. 

(deleft',  bct§,  -e§,  -e,  escort,  safe 
conduct. 

gefenf,  nimble,  agile,  pliant. 

gelit^'tct,  clear,  open. 

gcliebt',  loved,  beLOvED  ;  bie  ©e- 
(iebte,  sweetheart. 

gefo'bcn,  tr.,  to  vow,  promise, 
pledge;  reflex.,  to  pledge  one- 
self; ba§  gelobte  i'anb,  the 
Promised  Land. 

gel'ren,  ga(t,  gegolten,  to  be  worth 
or  of  value,  be  of  weight  or 
influence,  be  necessary  to  do 
something  (2102} ,  make  a  stand 
for,  count,  be  at  stake  (2319)  ; 
e§  gilt,  it  is  worth  your  while, 
it  is  a  question  of ;  ge(ten  fiir, 
pass  for. 

©cKifc'be,  bae<,  -§,  — ,  vow. 

©diift'cn,  baS,  -%,  desire,  longing  ; 
©eliiften  tragen,  to  long  for  lust- 
fully. 

gemacf)'Ud),  easy,  comfortable, 
slowly,  leisurely  (1791). 

gemafy'nen,  tr.,  to  remind  (an 
with  ace.), 

gemetn',  common,  ordinary,  gen- 


Okmeinbe 


383 


©efett 


eral,  mean  ;    bag  0>Vmeine,  the 

common     good,    the    common 

welfare. 
®emem'be,   bte,  -n,  community, 

assembly. 
geittein'frim,  common,  in  common, 

joint,  together. 
($em'fe,    bie,    -en,    wild    goat, 

chamois. 
®em'fenfnjnt,      bag,      -g,     *er, 

chamois-horn. 
®emitt',  bag,  -eg,  -er,  mind,  heart, 

soul. 

jjcn,  contraction  for  gegen. 
flcuie'ften,  genoft,  genoffen,  tr.,  to 

enjoy. 
(SJeitof!',  -ffen,  -ffen,  comrade,  as- 

sociate, companion,  friend. 
©eno^'enfttjaft,  bte,  a  political  dis- 

trict ;    community,  one?s  own 

village  and  friends. 

e,  bie,  -n,  community, 


obs.,  though  still  found  in  the 

compound. 
flcmtf}',    indcc.     adj.    and    adv., 

enough,  sufficient. 
($5(e)nit'gett,  bog,  -g,  sufficiency; 

(Seniigen    tun,    to    suffice   for 

(dot.). 


,    ber,    -ffeg,    "ffe,    enjoy- 
ment, satisfaction. 
rfl'be,    adj.,    straight,    honest, 
upright  ;    adv.,  just,    directly, 
rightly. 

a§,  -e§,  -e,  tool,  tools. 
UPRIGHT,    just,     good, 
honest,  proper. 
®ered)'ttflfett,   bte,    -en,   justice, 


fairness. 


r  -e«,  -e,  judgment, 


court  ;  jit  ©ericfyt  fi^en,  to  hold 

court. 
gerhtfl',  little,  email,  mean,  insig- 

nificant. 
flcrit,    gerncf   adv.,   gladly,  will- 

ingly ;  with  verbs,  like  to,  be 

glad  to. 
(SJcr'fttU,  ba§,  -«,  Gersau,  name  of 

a  village  in  Schwiez  ;  cf.  note  to 

line  189. 
(iJer'trufc,   bte,   Gertrude,   a    wo- 

man's name. 
®eritft',    ©eritf'tc,    bag,    -(e)«, 

-(e),  scaffolding. 
OJcft^iift',  bag,  -eg,  -e,  business. 
©cfdjof'ttgfcit,  bte,   activity,   oc- 

cupation. 
gefdje'ljett,*  gefdjaf),  gefc^e^en,  to 

happen,  occur,  be  done  (1829), 

be     shown     or    given     (396)  ; 

@efd)el)neg,  what  is  done  (992), 

past  things  or  happenings. 
$efd)ettf,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  gift,  pres- 

ent. 


trf',    bag,  -g,  -e,  fate,   lot, 

destiny. 
@efd)Ied)t'f  bag,  -eg,  -er,  genera- 

tion, sex,  race. 
®efdjmet'l>e,     bag,    -g,    jewelry, 

jewels. 

C5cfcf)opf',  bag,  -eg,  -e,  creature. 
®efrf)OJi',    bag,    -ffeg,    -ffe,  dart, 

arrow,  missile. 
gcfd)tt)Urt>',  quick,  swift,  speedy, 

prompt. 
©efrfinrinb'fetn,    bag,  -g,    swift- 

ness, quickness,  promptness. 
®cfc«',     OkfcHe,     ber,     -(e)n, 

-(e)n,  workman    who   is   still 

learning  his  trade  or  profession 


gefeflen 


384 


IICIIU' Illicit 


and  not  yet  allowed  to  work 
on  his  own  responsibility  and 
without  supervision ;  skilled 
workman,  journeyman,  com- 
rade, friend  (1752}. 

gefd'Iett,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to  join, 
associate. 

gefel'ltg,  adj..  sociable  ;  adv.,  to- 
gether, associated. 

®efe$',  ba«,  -e8,  -e,  law. 

©eftdjt',  baS,  -e$,  -er,  face,  coun- 
tenance, look.  SIGHT,  view  ;  int 
©eftrfjt  (2976),  in  sight. 

Gkfin'bel,  ba§,  -8,  rabble,  vaga- 
bonds. 

geftttttt',  minded,  disposed. 

Gfefjmnn',  ba«,  -«,  -e,  poetic, 
SPAN,  yoke. 

gefpattnt',  eager,  intense. 

(iJefprad)',  ba§,  -8,  -e,  talk,  con- 
versation. 

©efj'ler,  ber,  -8,  Gessler,  name  of 
an  Austrian  governor  ;  cf.  note 
to  line  1854. 

ge^'lerifd),  of  Gessler,  Gessler's. 

GJefta'be,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  shore, 
bank. 

Gkftolt',  bie,  -en,  form,  shape, 
figure. 

geftdl'tet,  formed,  shaped. 

gefte'fyett,  geftanb,  geftanben,  tr.,  to 
confess. 

©eftraucf)',  bae,  -e8,  -e,  bushes, 
shrubs. 

geftreitg',  strict,  stern,  severe; 
©eftrenger  §err,  gracious  sir  or 
lord,  your  worship. 

gcfunb',  SOUND,  healthy,  well, 
uninjured. 

©Ctbn',  baS,  -«,  blast,  sounding. 


getrau'cn,  reflex,  with  dat.,  to 
trust  oneself,  venture,  dare. 

fletreu'Iirf),  faithfully. 

gctroft',  confident,  courageous. 

iicuiul)'rcit,  tr.,  andintr.  with  gen., 
to  perceive. 

genwlj'ren,  tr.,  to  grant  or  allow 
(713),  furnish,  offer  (2158)  ; 
intr.,  to  answer  for,  render 
security  (710). 

65enw(t',  bie,  -en,  power,  au- 
thority, violence,  outrage.  ©e= 
ttalt  aueiiben,  to  do  violence 
to  (1645). 

(9en)a(t'&egt«iten,  ba§,  -«,  tyran- 
nical act,  deed  of  violence,  act 
of  tyranny. 

(yettwlt'^errfdjaft,  bie,  -en,  des- 
potism, rule  of  violence,  tyr- 
anny. 

gewal'ttg,  powerful,  vast,  mighty, 
great. 

gettwlt'fam,  violent,  forcible,  tyr- 
annous. 

OJenwIt'tut,  bie,  -en,  act  or  deed 
of  violence,  outrage. 

Okweljr',  ba«,  -8,  -e,  weapon. 

(Mewif)',  bae,  -s,  -e,  horns,  ant- 
lers. 

Gknier'be,  ba§,  -?,  — ,  business, 
trade,  calling,  occupation. 

©ettritttt',  ber,  -8,  -e,  gain,  ad- 
vantage, profit. 

gerotn'nen,  gercann,  geroonnen,  tr., 
to  gain,  get,  take,  earn,  cap- 
ture. 

genri^,  sure,  certain,  some. 

Wcrott'ter,  ba^,  -e,  — ,  thunder- 
storm. 

gcwofy'ucn,  tr.,  to  accustom. 


385 


gett»oljnt',  with  ace.  or  gen.,  used, 
accustomed. 

gtft'gcf  d)ttJ0Uen,  SWOLLEN  with 
poison  or  venom,  venomous. 

gift'tg,  poisonous,  venomous,  ma- 
lignant, spiteful. 

©tp'fel,  ber,  -8,  — ,  summit,  top, 
apex,  climax. 

(Sifter,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  grating,  bars, 
cage. 

GHanj,  ber,  -e8,  brightness,  splen- 
dor, glow,  glitter,  show,  glory, 
radiant  light  (2427}. 

glait'^ctt,  to  shine,  glow,  be  bright, 
glitter ;  gtanjenb,  brilliant,  ra- 
diant, glorious. 

gfattj'UoQ,  brilliant,  radiant,  FULL 
of  splendor. 

GHor'ner,  adj.,  of  Glarus  ;  cf.  note 
to  line  2665. 

GUfir'nifd),  ber,  -e8,  the  Glarnisch, 
a  mountain  range  ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2665. 

glatt,  smooth,  sleek,  slippery. 

GHau'be,  OHau'ben,  ber,  -(n)«, 
-(n),  faith,  beLiEF. 

glnu'lien,  tr.,  with  dat.  of  per s., 
to  beLiEVE,  trust,  think  (i.e. 
conjecture). 

glau'bcit^Wert,  trustworthy,  re- 
liable. 

flleirt),  adj.,  equal,  same,  uniform, 
LIKE  ;  adv.,  for  jogleid),  at 
once,  immediately  ;  conj.,  for 
obgleid),  although,  though  ;  ein 
©Ieid)e8,  the  same  tiling,  a  like 
fate  (108). 

flIei'rt)CH,  glid),  gefllidjen,  with  dat., 
to  be  LIKE,  look  LIKE. 

,  adv.,  LiKEwise. 


gtctdj'fiirmtg,  adv.,  uniformly, 
evenly. 

glctd)tuie',  strengthened  form  for 
tuie,  adv.,  just  as,  as. 

glei'ten,  glitt,  gegfittenor  geglettet 
(fein  or  ^aben),  to  slip,  GLIDE, 
fall,  slide. 

®Ict'fd)crf  ber,  -3,  — ,  GLACIER. 

(Bret' fdjerbcrg,  ber,  -§,  -e,  snow 
mountain,  ice  mountain. 

OHocfe,  bie,  -n,  bell. 

GHM'fein,  baS,  -«,  — ,  little  bell. 

g(or'rei(f)r  GLORIOUS. 

©(iirf,  ba8,  -e§,  prosperity,  hap- 
piness, fortune. 

gHtrf'ltd),  adj.,  happy,  fortunate, 
successful ;  adv. ,  successfully, 
safely. 

glitcffdig,  poetic  for  gliicfttcf), 
happy,  successful. 

@Iitcf  ftunb,  ber,  -«,  state  of  for- 
tune ;  bein  ©liicfftanb  blii^t 
(202),  your  affairs  prosper 
greatly. 

gfit'fyen,  to  GLOW. 

GJhtt,  bie,  -en,  GLOW,  flame. 

GJno'be,  bie,  -n,  mercy,  grace, 
favor  ;  (Snabe  fiir  9ted)t  ergeljen 
taffen,  temper  justice  with 
mercy. 

gna'btg,  merciful,  gracious,  fav- 
orable. 

(yuu'gen,  for  ©enii'gen,  ba«,  -8, 
satisfaction. 

OJolb,  ba8,  -e8,  GOLD. 

(yol'lcr,  ber,  -8,  — ,  doublet,  a 
close  fitting  leather  doublet  or 
jacket  without  sleeves. 

giht'iten,  tr.,  to  grant,  not  to 
grudge. 


gorifc^ 


386 


©unft 


go'tifdj,  GOTHIC. 

l,  ber,  -e«,  Ber,  GOD. 

f,  ba«,  -8,  Ber,  HOUSE 
of  Gou,  church,  monastery, 
convent. 

©ott'fjarb,  ber,  -8,  St.  Gotthard, 
a  mountain  and  a  mountain 
pass  ;  c/.  note  to  line  876. 

©rob,  ba3,  -8,  "er,  GRAVE. 

gra'bcit,  grub,  gegraben,  tr.,  to 
dig. 

grab,  for  gerabe. 

(*Jraf,  ber,  -en,  -en,  count. 

©ram,  ber,  -8,  grief,  sorrow,  care. 

©ran'fen,  ber,  -8,  — ,  either  end 
of  a  boat,  bow,  stern. 

©ra3,  ba8,  -e8,  tter,  GRASS. 

grofj'lid),  horrible,  awful,  terrible, 
dire  ;  ba*  ©rcifeltdje  (638),  mon- 
strous deed. 

©rat'tter,  ba8,  -8,  -e,  chamois. 

grnu,  GRAY. 

groil'en,  impers.  intr.  with  dat.,  to 
dread,  fear,  feel  horror ;  ba8 
©rau(e)n,  terror,  horror  (1094}. 

grait'ejujott,  awful,  terrible. 

grew 'font,  cruel,  fierce. 

©rau'famfett,  bie,  -en,  cruelty. 

©rau'fen,  ba8,  -8,  horror,  dread, 
terror. 

grau'femioB,  terrible,  awful. 

grci'fctt,  griff,  gegriffen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  grasp,  seize,  reach,  lay 
hold  of,  take  hold  of,  draw 
(1290),  check,  restrain,  arrest, 
take  up,  have  recourse  to. 

grei3,  gray,  hoary. 

Qkeifli,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  old  man. 

©ren'je,  bie,  -n,  border,  limit, 
boundary. 


v  infinite,  boundless. 
,  ber,  -8,  outrage,  atrocity. 

greu'Hd),  horrible,  monstrous, 
shocking;  ©reulidjerea,  some- 
thing more  horrible. 

GJrimm,  ber,  -8,  fury,  rage, 
wrath. 

GJrofl,  ber,  -8,  spite,  grudge,  ill- 
will,  enmity. 

grol'len,  with  dat.,  to  be  angry 
with,  bear  a  grudge  against. 

groj?,  big,  GREAT,  large,  numer- 
ous (659) ;  nut  etnem  groften 
£Htcf,  astonished,  with  eyes 
wide  open ;  @ro§ee,  a  great 
deal,  much  (1054);  ba8  @rbBte, 
the  most,  the  greatest  thing. 

Oko^'DHtcr,    ber,  -e,   uer,   grand- 

FATHER. 

©ruft,    bie,    "e,    cavern,     vault, 

grave,  crevasse,  dungeon  (1504, 

2362). 

griilt,  GREEN. 
(9riilt,    ba8,    -8,  GREEN  (color), 

verdure, 
©ruttb,  ber,  -e8,  "e,  GROUND,  base, 

foundation,  gorge,  ravine,  bot- 
tom ;  reason. 

gritn'ben,  tr.,  to  found,  establish, 
grihtb'litf),  thoroughly,  entire, 
grit'ucit,  to  become  GREEN,  grow, 

flower,   flourish,    thrive,    bud ; 

grunenb,  green,  verdant. 
gruppte'rett,    tr.,    to   GROUP;    re 

flex.,     to    be     grouped,    form 

groups. 
grii'fjett,  tr.,  to  GREET,  salute  ;  re- 

flex.,    to    exchange    greetings, 

greet  one  another. 
(vhutft,  bie,  favor. 


giinfttg 


387 


gitn'ftig,  favorable. 

Wiinft'Hng,  ber,  -8,  -e,  favorite. 

giir'teit,  tr.,  to  GIKI»,  belt. 

gut,  adj.,  GOOD,  excellent,  honest, 
right  ;  adv.,  well,  so  good,  as 
well  as  ;  ber  @nte,  the  good 
(man)  ;  bag  @ute,  the  good 
(thing)  ;  Safct'S  gut  fein,  never 
mind. 

©ut,  bas,  -e§,  Eer,  goods,  posses- 
sions, estate. 

(M'te,  bie,  kindness. 

gii'ttg,  kind,  good,  gracious. 

OJut'tat,  bie,  -en,  kind  or  charita- 
ble act,  kindness,  favor. 


1)0,  inter).,  ha!  ah  ! 

&a'be,  bie,  property,  possessions. 

Ija'ben,    fyatte,    geljabt,     tr.,     to 

HAVE,  possess;  n>a§  fyabt  3b,r? 

what  is  the  matter  with  you  ? 
£ab0'bwg,    bie,    Habsburg,    the 

name  of  a  castle  ;  cf.  note  on 

line  2976. 

fjurf  'en,  tr.,  to  hack,  chop,  cut. 
^Wtf'mejfer,  bae,  -S,  Hackmesser, 

"chopping  knife,"  the  name  of 

a  cliff;  cf.  note  to  line  2186. 
^ja'fen,  ber,  -*,  —  ,  HAVEN,  harbor, 

port. 

t)(l'ge(tt,  impers.,  to  HAIL. 
£ob,lt,  ber,  -e»?,  Ee,  cock. 
Jpo'fe,  ber,  -n,  Haken,  name  of  a 

mountain  ;  cf.  note,  S.D.,  Act  /, 

Sc.  I. 

HALF. 

'frei3,    ber,    -e8,    -e,    semi- 
circle. 
al'He,  bie,  -n,  a  steep  mountain 


slope ;    also  part  of  a  proper 
name. 

,  bie,  -n,  HALF. 
l'le,  bie,  -n,  HALL. 
,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  neck. 

b,ali?'gefob,r(icf),  dangerous,  peril- 
ous, risky  to  life. 

^ttlt,  interj.,  HALT  !  stop  !  HOLD  ! 

Ijol'tcn,  htelt,  gef)alten,  tr.,  to 
HOLD,  keep,  restrain,  keep 
closed,  hold  shut,  occupy  ;  cele- 
brate (2652)  ;  intr.,  to  hold, 
keep,  hold  fast ;  an  fief)  b,alten, 
restrain  oreself. 

^wm'tttcr,  ber,  -8,  ",  HAMMER. 

bie,  "e,  HAND;  aiif  eigne 
§anb,  on  one's  own  account, 
independently ;  jur  ^panb,  at 
hand,  present,  just  now. 

bc,  ber,  -n,  -n,  boy,  ser- 
vant, helper. 

fjan'beltt,  to  act,  do,  do  (an)  by. 

f)aitb't|abeitf  fyanbbabte,  geb,anb= 
tjabt,  to  handle,  manage, 
wield. 

nger,  ber,  -«,  — ,  laborer, 
helper,   unskilled    laborer ;   cf. 
Eng.  "  hand." 
,  vigorous. 

s,  affording  no  hold, 
smooth,  inaccessible. 

£onb'fd)(ag,  ber,  -«,  "e,  handclasp 
as  sealing  a  pledge  (2487), 
H  v  Mi-clasp. 

£aub'fcfyuf),  ber,  -8,  -e,  glove, 
gauntlet. 

^ponb'ttJcrf,  ba«,  -%,  -e,  business, 
occupation,  trade. 

tjon'gcn,  b,ing,  geb,angen,  to  HANG, 
be  suspended. 


llrimicit 


388 


$eftigfeit 


fliiit' lien,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  HANG,  to 

be  suspended,  cling. 
^»cme>  ber,  -en,  Hans,  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  3of)anneg,  John, 
tyar'mett,  reflex.,  to  grieve,  worry. 
Jjarm'tos*,  HARMLESS,  inoffensive, 

innocent. 

fjarmo'mfcfj,  HARMONIOUS. 
£ar'ntfel),  ber,  -eg,  -e,  suit-of-mail, 

coat-of-mail,  armor. 
^wr'ro3,  ber,   Harras,  part  of  a 

proper  name;  cf.  note  to  S.D. 

1854. 
Ijut'ren,  with  gen.,  or  with  auf 

and  ace.,  for  erroarten,  to  wait 

for,  await. 
Ijflrt,    adj.,    HARD,    harsh;    adv., 

close ;  fyart  tiorbet',  close  by ;  bag 

§artefte,  the  worst  or  hardest 

(thing). 

fyor'ten,  tr.,  to  HARDEN,  temper. 
f)(ifcf)'cn,  tr.,  to  catch,  seize. 
£a$,  ber,  -ffeg,  hatred,  HATE. 
Ijdf 'fen,  tr. ,  to  HATE. 
^>aft,  bie,  HASTE,  speed. 
^au'fce,  bie,  -u,  cap,  hood,  cloud, 

cap  (39). 

£mucf),  ber,  -eg,  -e,  breath,  air. 
^au'fc,    ^wu'ven,     ber,    -(n)g, 

-(n),    crowd,    body    of    men, 

HEAP. 

fyait'fett,    reflex.,   to  be    HEAped, 

massed,  piled,  accumulate. 
4>aupt,  bag,  -e$,  "er,  head,  leader, 

chief,   president   (1128,  1145), 

life  (614). 
^wupt'ort,  ber  -e8,  -e,  chief  town, 

capital. 
^pau-5,  ba«,  -e8,  -*er,  HOUSE,  home, 

family    (671);     ju    faille,    at 


home;    nac^    ^aiife,    to    one's 

home,  home. 
Jjait'fen,  for  fic^  auffjalten,  to  re- 

side, be. 
^mil^'flur,  bie,  -en,  entrance  hall, 

entrance,    main    room,    living 

room. 
£ait§'frau,   bie,  -en,  house-wife, 

wife. 
Jpausi'gcbraud),  ber,  -8,  "e,  family, 

custom. 
4?au3'genop,  £>au3geno|fe,  -(fen, 

-ffen,  household  companion. 
!)au0'l)  often,   l)ie(t-,  -gefjalten,  to 

keep  house,  live,  reside,  dwell. 
£mitv'letn,    ba«,    -e,    —  ,    small 

house. 

flimsi'ltd),  domestic. 
^touo'rc^t,    ba^,   -8,  -e,   family 

RIGHT. 


HOUSE-DOOR. 

.^»an'3'titttcr,  ber,  -§,  cer,  father  of 

a  family. 
fie'ben,  bob,  geb,oben,  tr.,  to  lift, 

raise. 
,€>cb'Wtgf  bie,  Hedwig,  a  woman's 

name. 

^peer,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  army,  host. 
^>ee're3m«cf)t,  ^>eermot^tf  bie,  tte, 

military   force,    army,   troops, 

arbitrary  or  absolute  power. 
.^teer'roeg,    ber,    -eg,   -e,  poetic, 

highwa}7,  military  road. 
^ecr'jug,  ber,  -eg,  "e,  army,  host, 

a  marching  army  (1173). 
fyef'tig,  violent,  fierce,  vehement, 

passionate. 
4»ef'ttgfcit,    bie,    violence,    vehe- 

mence, passion. 


389 


Ijerfcet 


»Ct'bcr    ber,    -n,  -n,    HEATHEN, 
pagan. 

ba§,  -8,  welfare,  HEALth ; 
inter}.,  hail! 

Ijet'lett,  tr.,  to  HEAL. 

I)et'lifl,  holy,  sacred,  HALLowed. 

£d'ligtunt,  ba«,  -«,  "er,  sanctu- 
ary. 

l|Ctntr  adv.  and  sep.  prefix,  HOME, 
homeward. 

^pet'tttot,  bie,  -en,  HOME,  native 
land  or  place. 

Ijei'matHdj,  native. 

fyetttt'6rtttgeit,  bracbte  -,  -gebrad)t, 
tr.,  to  bring  or  take  home. 

Ijet'lttifd),  at  home,  native. 

^teim'feljr,  bie,  return  home,  home- 
ward journey. 

I)etm'fel)reit,*  to  return  home. 

Jjeim'fefjjten,  reflex.,  to  long  for 
home,  feel  homeward  longing. 

Ijetm'Hdj,  secret,  hidden,  retired, 
secreted. 

Ijet'fdjeit,  tr.,  to  ASK,  demand. 

Ijet'fer,  HOARSE. 

tyetft,  HOT,  burning,  ardent,  fierce. 

Ijei'^ett,  fjieft,  gef)eifeen,to  be  called, 
be  named,  mean  (892),  be 
equivalent  to;  e§  heifjt,  it  is  said 
or  rumored. 

Ijet'ter,  merry,  bright,  cheerful, 
serene. 

4?efb,  ber,  -en,  -en,  hero. 

^cl'bcnfroft,  bie,  ue,  heroic 
strength  or  force  or  power. 

4?el'benfttl)ttljett,  bie,  heroic  bold- 
ness, heroism. 
ittt,  bie,  -nen,  heroine. 

,  half,  geholfen,  with  dat., 
to  HELP. 


|>el'fcrf  ber,  -«,  — ,  HELPER,  de- 
fender.- 

Ijett,  bright,  clear,  shrill,  piercing. 

4?elltt,  ber,  -«,  -e,  HELMET. 

Ijer,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  HERE, 
thither,  this  way  (towards  the 
speaker);  but  often  best  left  un- 
translated; tonge  her,  long  since 
or  ago. 

Jjcrub',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  down, 
down  from,  down  along. 

Ijerafc'ftetgeit,*  ft  teg  -,  -geftiegen, 
to  descend. 

fyeratt',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  hither, 
here,  this  way,  up,  up  to. 

Jjeran'&ejje&ett,  begab  -,  -begeben, 
reflex.,  to  come  near  or  hither 
(1793), 

l}eran';$tcjjeit,*  jog  -,  -gejogen,  to 
approach,  draw  near,  march  on. 

Ijcraitf,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  up, 
upwards,  UP  HERE,  up  along. 

Ijeroit^',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  OUT 
HERE,  out  from,  out  of,  from, 
forth. 

JjerauS'fmbett,  fanb  -,  -gefunben, 
reflex,  and  reciprocal,  to  recog- 
nize one  another. 

IjerauS'flebett,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  tr., 
to  give  up,  deliver  up. 

ljerimfl!'ne!)men,  nahm  -,  -genom* 
men,  tr.,  to  take  out  or  away, 
draw  forth. 

Ijerau^'tretett,*  trat  -,  -getreten, 
to  step  out  or  forth,  appear. 

fyennuf'iuadjfen,*  itmdjs  -,  -ge* 
Jwacfjfen,  to  grow  up  or  forth, 
grow  out. 

fjcrb,  bitter,  cruel,  harsh. 

i',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  hither, 


licrbcteilci 


390 


up,  this  way,  near  by;  elliptical, 

bring  here  !  here  with  it !  (354). 
fjerbet'etlen,*   to   hasten   up    or 

hither. 
Jjerbei'fommen,*  fam  -,  -gefom= 

men,  to  come  up  or  hither  or 

along,  advance. 
$>er'berg,   J&erberge,   bie,  -(e)n, 

shelter,  inn,  quarters. 
4perb,  ber,  -e3,  -e,  HEARTH  ;  £erb 

iinb    £of    (331),    hearth    and 

home. 

^>er'be,  bie,  -en,  HERD,  flock. 
4>er'bengforfe,   bie,   -n,   herdbell, 

bell  of  a  herd,  cow-bell. 
^er'benmfjen,  ber,  -«,  the  Kuh- 

reihen ;  cf.  note  on  £ub,reib,en, 

S.D.,  Act  I,  Sc.  I. 
Ijemtt',    adv.   and  sep.  pref.,  in 

here,  hither,  in. 
Jjeretn'brtngen,*    brang    -,    -ge= 

brungen,  to  press  in,  crowd  in, 

force  one's  way,  penetrate. 
Ijeretn'etleit,*  to  hurry  in,  appear 

hastily. 
b,erettt'fttb,rett,  tr.,  to  lead  or  bring 

in. 
b,erein'mfen,  rtef  -,  -gerufen,  tr., 

to  call  in,  summon, 
fyereut'ftursen,*  to  rush  in  ;  im 

£eretni~tiir.5en,  as  (they)  rush  in. 
fyeretn'tretett,*  trat-,  -getreten,  to 

step  in,  enter. 
Ijerettt'jteljcn,  $og  -,  -ge$ogen,  tr., 

to  draw  in. 
h,er'fiib,ren,  tr.,  to  lead  or  bring 

here  or  hither, 
tjerfiir',     adv.     and    sep.   pref., 

archaic  for  fyeroor,  forth,  out, 

forward. 


Ijerfiir'bredjen,*  brad)  -,  -ge= 
brod)en,  fur  beroorbvecljen,  to 
break  out  (2230) . 

b,erfiir'i5tetyett,  5°9  -/  -0f  509^  for 
f)eruor5teb,en,  tr.,  to  draw  out, 
display,  produce. 

f)er'b,ttngen,*  tjing  -,  -gefjangen,  to 
hang  towards,  hang  down. 

,€)c'ribonn,  ber,  -s,  archaic  for 
§eerbann,  call  to  arms,  army- 
summons,  the  public  summons 
(33ann)  calling  the  army  (§eer) 
together. 

Jjer'fommen,*  fam  -.  -gefommen, 
to  come  here  or  hither. 

£>er'mann,  ber,  -o,  Herman,  a 
man's  name. 

^>c'r0lb$mf,  ber,  -*,  -e,  HERALD'S 
call  or  summons. 

$>crrf  ber,  -n,  -en,  lord,  feudal 
lord  ;  Lord,  God,  ruler,  gentle- 
man, master,  Mister,  sir,  hus- 
band. 

ftcr're,  archaic  for  £>err. 

fjer'rcirfjen,  tr.,  to  REACH,  extend. 

5>er'rcHbanf,  bie,  ce,  noble's 
bench. 

.$>er'reitburg,  bie,  -en,  lordly  castle, 
nobleman's  castle. 

$>er'renfned)t,  ber,  -e,  -e,  servant 
to  a  lord,  vassal,  slave. 

6er'renleitte,  bie,  phi.  only,  men 
of  standing  or  of  influence,  rich 
people  or  those  that  have  others 
in  their  employ. 

fjer'rcnlo^,  without  a  lord  or 
master  or  owner,  unclaimed, 
ownerless. 

$er'renfrf)iff,  bae,  -8,  -e,  gov- 
ernor's boat. 


licrrlirtj 


391 


Jin 


Jjerr'Iidj,  magnificent,  excellent, 
glorious,  splendid ;  ba8  §err= 
Iid)e,  glory  (242^. 

^err'fdjaft,  bif,  -en,  lordship,  rule, 
dominion. 

l)err'fd)en,  to  rule,  govern,  reign  ; 
Ijerrfcfienb,  of  commanding  im- 
portance (2433),  lordly,  dom- 
ineering. 

£err'fcl)er,  ber,  -8,  — ,  ruler,  sov- 
ereign, governor. 

fyer'fdjtrfeit,  tr.,  to  send  here  or 
hither. 

tyerii'ber,  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
hither,  across,  to  this  side,  over 
here. 

fyeritnt',  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
around,  about,  round,  about. 

tyernm'geljett,*  ging  -,  -gegaugen, 
to  go  around,  be  passed  around. 

Ijerun'tcr,  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
down,  downwards. 

Ijcrun'tergtefiett,*  gofe  -,  -gegoffen, 
to  pour  down,  rush  down. 

Ijerutt'terfjolcn,  tr.,  to  bring  down. 

fyenut'terfinfcn,*  fanf-,  -gejunfen, 
to  sink  down,  fall  down. 

Jjernn'terftcijjen,*  ftieg  -,  -ge= 
fttegen,  to  descend. 

Jjeruor',  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
FORTH,  out,  forward. 

fjcruor'gradcit,  grub  -,  -gegraben, 
tr.,  to  dig  forth  or  from  under, 
rescue  from  under. 

fyer&or'fommcn,*  fam  -,  -gefom 
men,  to  come  forth. 

IjerDor'ftiirsen,*  to  rush  forth  or 
out. 

Ijeruor'treten,*  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 
step  forward. 


ba8,  -en«,  -en,  heart ; 

unb  2Jfnnbf  heart  and  tongue, 
fjcr^ct'nig,  ONE  at  HEART. 
^crj'^aft,  courageous,  brave,  bold. 
fyer-s'Itd),    adj.,  HEARTY,   cordial, 

warm;  adv.,  very. 
£er'50g,  ber,  -8,  -e  or  ae,  duke. 
Ijeit'lcn,  to  HOWL,  roar,  scream, 
ijen'te,  adv.,  to-day, 
lltctnut'itcit,  adv.,  archaic  for  »on 

bannen,    out   of    this,    away, 

from  here,  hence. 
Ijte'Ijer,  adv.,  hither,  HERE. 
l)ier,  adv.,  HERE. 
^il'begarb,     bie,    Hildegard,     a 

woman's  name. 
4>tl'fe,  bie,  HELP. 

IjHf  (0§,   HELPLESS. 

^tlf'rct^,  helpful. 

^>im'mclf    ber,  -8,    — ,    heaven, 

sky,  climate  (1798}  ;  £immel8 

Strome  (3267),  snow  and  rain. 
l)im'mcll)ori),  HIGH  as  heaven,  to 

the  sky. 
l)tm'mdfd)retenbf        crying     to 

heaven,  outrageous  ;  e8  ift  bim= 

melfc^reienb,  it  cries  to  heaven. 
Jpim'melsbad),  ba«, -«,  «er,  canopy 

of  heaven. 
^(im'metejjalie,   bie,  -en,  gift  of 

heaven  or  of  God. 
^>tm'mel$0(iicf,  bag,  -8,  heavenly 

bliss. 
.{Hitr'ntcldltdjt,  ba8,  -8,  -er,  LIQHT 

of  heaven. 
^>tm'mc(s*raum,  ber,  -e8,  "e,  space 

or    quarter     of    the    heavens, 

direction. 
ijitt,  adv.   and  .sep.  pref.,  HENCE, 

thither,  that  way,  there,  along, 


t)tunb 


392 


l)iitfclieu 


away,   gone,  away    (from  the 

speaker)  ;    often  best  left    un- 
translated ;       luo    .    .    .    hin, 

whither. 
fjinab',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  down, 

downwards, 
fjitta&'brurfen,  tr.,  to  press  down, 

repress. 
Jjitta&'fenbeit,   ianbte  -,  -gefanbt, 

tr.,  to  SEND  down. 
Ijinab'fiitfen,*  janf  -,  -gefunfen,  to 

SINK  down. 
Ijinab'ftetgen,*  ftteg  -,  -geftiegen, 

to  descend, 
fjtnan',   adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  up, 

upwards,  up  along,  thither. 
fyinan'fltmmcu,*  flomm  -,  -gef(om= 

men,  to  climb  up. 
Ijinanf,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  CP, 

upwards. 
Ijimmfgretfen,  griff  -,  -gegrtffen, 

to  reach  up,  appeal. 
Ijtnauffteigen,*  ftieg  -,  -geftiegen, 

to  ascend. 
Ijinausf',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  OUT, 

away,  forth  from. 
Ijtnaus'eUen,*  to  hasten  out. 
jjtnaus'fenbett,*  ianbte  -,  -gefanbt, 

tr.,  to  send  out  or  forth. 
fyttt'bent,    tr.,    to    HINDER,    pre- 
vent. 
£in'&ernt3,  ba«,  -ffe«,  -ffe,  HIXD- 

rance,  obstacle. 

Jjttt'&eutett,  tr.,  to  point  towards. 
Jjtn'briirfeit,  tr.,  to  press  towards 

or  against. 
fjtnburd)',    adv.    and  sep.   pref., 

through. 
Ijtn'eMen,*  to  hasten  towards,  run 

up,  hasten  thither  or  away. 


lliitctit,  adv.    and  sep.  pref.,  IN, 

into. 
f|metn'gel)cit,*  ging  -,  -gegangen, 

to  GO  IN,  enter,  go  indoors  or 

into  another  room. 
Ijttt'faljren,*  fitfjr  -,  -gefahren,  to 

go  away,  sail  away,  sail  along  ; 

fatjre  bin!  be  gone!  farewell! 

go  hence  ! 
fyin'faUen,*  fiel  -,    -gefatten,    to 

FALL  down. 

^in'ftnbcu,  fanb-,  -gefunben  ;  re- 
flex., to  FIND  one's  way  to. 
l)in'flud)tett,  reflex.,  to  flee,  seek 

refuge. 

Ijinfort',  adv.,  HENCEFORTH. 
^in'ge^cn,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 

go  thither  or  there,  go  on,  go 

hence. 
Ijitt'fommett,*  fam  -,  -gefommen, 

to  come  there,  arrive  at,  get  to, 

disappear,  vanish  (2708). 
Ijin'lebeit,    LIVE    on,   pass    one's 

life  ;  fret  hinfeben  (233),  live  on 

independently. 
Jjttt'nen,  adv.,  in  here ;  toon  hinnen, 

hence,  away. 
Ijttt'pflanseit,  tr.,  to  PLANT  there, 

set  up  or  put  up  there. 
Ijin'retrfjCtt,    tr.,    to   REACH   out, 

hold  out,  extend. 
fytn'reiten,*  ritt  -,  -geritten,   to 

ride  along. 

^pitt'frf)ett),  ber,  -8,  decease,   de- 
mise, death,  departure, 
^in'f^tffcn,*    to    sail    along   or 

hence. 
Ijitt'fetyeti,  faf)  -,  -gefeben,  to  look 

there,  look  thither  or  that  way, 

notice. 


fytnfenben 


393 


^tn'fcnbcn,  fanbte  -,  -gefanbt,  tr., 
to  send  there  or  thither. 

ljttt'ftel)ett,  ftanb  -,  -geftanben,  dia- 
lectic for  fid)  hmftelten,  to  stand, 
take  a  stand,  take  one's  place. 

Ijin'ftettctt,  tr.,  to  put,  place,  sta- 
tion, erect;  reflex.,  to  take 
one's  stand,  station  oneself. 

fjtn'tett,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  be- 
HIND,  back,  far  away,  remote. 

fyiit'ter,  adj.,  HINDER,  rear,  back. 

f)in'ter,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  and 
prep,  with  dat.  or  ace.,  beniND, 
back,  down,  after,  beyond. 

Ijiitterge'ljen,  ftinterging,  fyinter* 
gangen,  tr.,  to  deceive,  delude, 
elude,  escape  from. 

4?tn'tergnittb,  bee,  -«,  "e,  back- 
GROUND,  rear. 

4?itt'terljalt,  ber,  -«,  ambush. 

IjtitterljaCten,  hinterhietr,  hinter= 
Ijalten,  tr.,  to  withhold,  keep 
back  ;  /or^uriirffyalten,  with  dat. 
of  per.  and  ace.  of  thing. 

Ijttt'terft,  superl.,  HiNomost,  last. 

fyttttt'fier,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  OVER, 
across,  beyond,  passed  over, 
dead. 

jjitttt'&erbrittgen,*  brang  -,  -ge= 
brungen,  to  reach  across. 

^htu'iierf^offctt,  tr.,  to  take 
across,  get  over. 

Ijtmi'&erfeut,*  aiar  -,  -gewejen, 
to  be  across,  be  beyond,  be 
dead. 

tjtttit'fceriragen,  trug  -,  -getragen, 
tr. ,  to  carry  across,  bear  across. 

Ijittun'ter,  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
down,  downwards. 

Ijiniitt'terfdjtffeit,*  to  sail  down. 


^inun'tcrftctflcn,*    fticg    -,    -ge= 

ftiegen,  to  descend. 
Ijtmucg',    adv.    and     sep.    pref., 

awAY,  off,  forth,  aside. 
Jjtnweg'legett,  tr.,  to  lay  away. 
IjtHWeg'treteit,  *  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 

step  aside  or  away. 
fytmoeg'ttJerfett,  warf-,  -geworfen, 

tr.,  to  throw  away,  cast  aside, 

reject. 
f)ut'tt»erfettr  ttmrf  -,  -getnorfen,  tr., 

to  throw  away  or  down,  cast 

aside. 
l)ttt'sie^cit,    jog  -,  -gejogen,   tr., 

to  attract,  draw  towards. 
tyinju',     adv.     and     sep.     pref., 

towards,  up,  up  to,  thither. 
^jtrfd),  ber,  -e§,  -e,  stag,  hart. 
|>trtf  £trte,  ber,  -(e)n,  -(e)n, 

HERosman,  shepherd. 
^tr'tcnfnabc,  ber,  -n,  -n,  herds- 
man's boy  or  assistant. 
Ijodj,  adj.,  HIGH,  lofty,  great ;  adv., 

very,  highly. 
£od)'flUf},    ber,    -8,    large    game 

birds. 
Iiortl'iiciuireii,  HIGHBORN,  of  noble 

birth. 
^>od)'fleimfbe,  ba«,  -«,  large  game 

animals. 
,s>orf)'Iaui),  bag,  -§,  "er,  HIGHLAND, 

upland. 
tjorfj'fprittflen,      fprang     -,    -ge= 

fprungen,  to  leap  high. 
I)oci)'t)erftanbtg,  highly  intelligent, 

very  learned,  sage,  wise. 
,f>od)'ttiacf|tf    bie,  -en,   signal-fire, 

beacon-fire ;     watch-tower     or 

signal  height  (2848). 
ig,  venerable. 


394 


3mifce 


&ocf)'nMrbtge,  bag,  -n,  conse- 
crated wafer,  host,  eucharist. 

£>0dj'3ett,  bie,  -en,  wedding,  wed- 
ding procession  or  party. 

£»od)'3ettgefeUf(i)aftf  bie,  -en,  wed- 
ding party. 

^>od)'3eitl)au$,  ba§,  -e«,  tter,  house 
of  marriage. 

£»of,  ber,  -(*,  -(,  yard,  court,  farm  ; 
vvrb  unb  §of,  hearth  and  home. 

J)of'fett,  tr.,  to  HOPE. 

$0ff'nuitfl,  bie,  -en,  HOPE. 

.frof'fttttt,  bie,  court,  temporary 
residence  of  a  ruler  (2966). 

£of'tor,  ba$,  -e«,  -e,  yard  gate, 
gate  of  a  yard,  courtyard  gate. 

60'lje,  bie,  -en,  HEIGHT,  top, 
eminence  ;  in  bie  £>bl)e,  up,  up- 
wards. 

^>0'l)eU,  bie,  -en,  HIGHUCSS,  great- 
ness, sovereign  power,  author- 
ity. 

l)0'l)cr,  compar.  of  f)od),  higher, 
greater. 

1)01)1,  HOLLOW,  empty,  deep,  un- 
dermined (2408). 

foolj'le,  bie,  -n,  HOLLOW,  cavity, 
den,  socket  (of  the  eye). 

£»ol)rtt»e8,  ber,  -«,  -e,  HOLLOW 
WAT,  narrow  pass,  defile, 
sunken  road. 

fj0t)n'fprerf)en,  fprad)  -,  -ge= 
fprodjen,  with  dot.,  to  deride, 
mock,  make  light  of. 

tjolb,  favorable,  kind,  gentle, 
sweet,  lovely  ;  fyolb  iein  (1414), 
to  be  in  love  with,  to  favor 
with  love. 

tyo'fcit,  tr..  to  fetch,  get,  bring, 
obtain  (2963). 


$i!'lOM|Ml,  bie,  -en,  infernal 
torment,  fearful  or  unspeak- 
able agony. 

$>oHenra(f)enf  ber,  -§,  — ,  jaws  of 
HELL,  death. 

$>0hut'i>crftrnu(f),  ber,  -^,  a  or  Eer, 
elderbush. 

f    bae,  -ee,  "er,   wood,   tim- 
ber. 

to  listen,  HEARKEN. 
,  bie,  -n,  HORDE. 

Ijo'ren,  ?r.,to  HEAR,  listen,  hark. 

$>ornr  ba«,  -«,  "er,  HORN,  battle- 
horn  ;  point,  peak  (of  moun- 
tains). 

$»or'mffc,  bie,  -n,  HORNET. 

In'ibfd),  pretty,  nice  ;  inae  viibfdie?, 
something  nice  (1582). 

$»uf,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  HOOF. 

1)1(1' t> t gen,  with  dat.,  to  render 
homage  or  allegiance. 

^ul'bigung,  bie,  -en,  homage. 

l)l(l('bert,  HUNDRED. 

.^nnn,  ber,  -£,  Hunn,  part  of  a 
proper  name  ;  cf.  note  to  line 
986,  S.D. 

tjur'tig,     quick;     mad)' 
hurry. 

&\\i,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  H AT. 

,  bie,  -n,  HUT,  cottage. 


3'berjj,  ber,  -§,  Iberg,  a  man's 
name  ;  cf.  note  to  line  240. 

id),  I'f-r.  pron.,  I. 

il)r,  ^l)r,  per.  pron.,  ye,  you. 

iljr,  /'u.NS.  pron.  and  adj.,  her,  its, 
their  :  .Jfyr,  your. 

^m'ifcc,  ^m'mcnfcc,  bas,  -i\ 
Imisee  or  Immensee,  the  name 


tmmcr 


395 


jenfeits 


of  a  village ;  cf.  note  to  line 
2654. 

im'mer,  adv.,  always,  ever,  still, 
forever  ;  auf  immer,  forever. 

tm'merbar,  adv.,  always,  ever, 
still. 

in,  prep,  with  dat.  or  ace.,  IN, 
into,  within,  at ;  occasionally 
for  in  ben  ;  cf.  note  to  line  2706, 
and  lines  305,  2734. 

3>n'brunft,  bie,  ardor,  fervor. 

tnbem',  adv.,  meanwhile  ;  conj., 
while,  as,  when. 

tubes',  tnbef'fett,  adv.,  mean- 
while ;  conj.  (for  tnbem), 
while. 

^n'tjult,  ber,  -9,  contents,  tenor, 
purport,  substance. 

in'ne,  adv.,  within;  innebalten,  to 
pause,  stop. 

in'ncr,  interior,  INNER  ;  ba8  3n'= 
nere,  heart  or  soul  (2584,  %1%4), 
the  interior  (of  a  land)  (2932). 

in'nerft,  innermost,  inmost ;  ntein 
,snnerfte8,  my  inmost  self,  in- 
most thought ;  ba8  3nnerfte, 
innermost  part  of  the  house 

(604). 

ins,  for  in  ba8. 

^n'fel,  bie,  -n,  island. 

ir'btfd),  earthly,   temporal ;    3r= 

bifdjeS  (2807),  earthly  things. 
irr,  tr'rc,  astray. 
ir'rcn,  to  wander,  stray ;  reflex., 

to  be  mistaken,  err. 
^rr'tunt,    ber,  -8,  «er,  mistake, 

fault,  error. 
3ta'Hen,  bag,  -9,  Italy. 
3'tcl,  ber,  -8,  Itel,  a  man's  name  ; 

cf.  note  to  line  9SG,  S.D. 


JO,  adv.,  YES,  surely,  indeed,  cer- 
tainly, you  know,  of  course, 
even,  why. 

3agb,  bie,  -en,  hunt,  chase. 

3ftflb'()orn,  bo«,  -8,  ''er,  hunting- 
horn. 

3flflb'fleib,  ba8,  -8,  -er,  hunting- 
dress,  hunting-costume. 

ja'flcn,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  hunt,  pur- 
sue, chase. 

^S'gcr,  ber,  -8, — ,  hunter,  hunts- 
man. 

3<if)r,  baS,  -e«,  -e,  YEAR;  3afar 
unb  Xag,  a  long  time  ;  cf.  note 
to  line  1513. 

3al)r'marft,  ber,  -«,  "e,  annual 
fair,  country  fair. 

3am'mer,  ber,  -8,  misery,  grief, 
calamity,  affliction. 

jom'mern,  tr.,  intr.,  and  impers. 
with  gen. ,  to  pity,  grieve,  cause 
grief,  move  to  pity. 

3<im'ntemtf,  ber,  -8,  -e,  wail, 
lamentation,  cry  of  suffering. 

je,  adv.,  always,  ever,  each  time  ; 
used  as  distributive  before  car- 
dinals, every,  by. 

jc'bcr,  jebe,  jcbes,  each,  every, 
every  one,  each  one,  any. 

jcbwe'bcr,  archaic  for  jeber,  each, 
every. 

jc'manb,  pron.,  some  one,  some- 
body. 

jc'ncr,  jenc,  jcneS,  adj.  and  de- 
mon, pron.,  that  one,  the 
former,  he. 

3en'ni,  ber,  -8,  Jenni,  a  boy's 
name. 

jcn'fcit0,    adv.,    and    prep,    vith 


jeijo 


396 


fierfer 


gen.,   on    the   other   side,    be- 

yond. 

^'o,  archaic  for  je^t. 

^t,  adv.,  now. 
),  ber,  -e$,  -e,  ridge,  saddle, 

YOKE,     mountain  ;    fig.,    fort, 

prison,  keep  ;  tyranny. 
3o'l)cnttf  ^oljan'tteS,  ber,  John,  a 

man's  name. 
3><Jr8,  ber,  a  corruption  of  ©eorg, 

George,  a  man's  name. 

ber,    -e8,    Jost,    a    man's 

name. 


,    ber    (gen.    3iiba),   St. 

Jude  ;  cf.  note  to  line  146. 
Su'genb,  bie,  YOUTH. 
jtt'gettbHdj,  rouTHful. 
jung,  YOUNG. 
3ung'frau,    bie,    Jungfrau     (vir- 

gin), the  name  of  a  mountain  ; 

cf.  note  to  line  62$. 
Siinfl'Ung,    ber,   -8,    -e,    young 

man,  youth. 
,  jitttflft,  adv.,  recently. 
Sittt'f  er,  ber,  -8,  name  given  to  a 

young  nobleman,  squire. 
jttft,  adv.,  at  that  moment,  JUST. 


$dl)tt,  ber,  -eg,  "e,  rowboat,  boat. 

$tti'ferf  ber,  -8,  — ,  emperor  (in 
the  play  used  interchangeably 
with  Sonig,  king). 

®at'ferl)au3,  ba8,  -eg,  aer,  impe- 
rial house  or  family,  dynasty. 

$ai'ferl)0f,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  imperial 
court. 

^oi'ferfrone,    bie,    -n,    imperial 

CROWN. 

ii^,  imperial. 


,  ber,  -8,  -e,  murder 
of  an  emperor,  regicide. 
f,  ber,  -8,  -e,  lime. 

fait,  cold. 

&am'mer,  bie,  -n,  CHAMBER, 
room. 

&ant))f,  ber,  -e8,  "e,  conflict,  con- 
test, struggle ;  in  (for  in  ben) 
$ampf  ge()en,  to  take  the  fleld, 
to  fight  against. 

fom'Vfcu,  to  struggle,  battle, 
fight. 

Ponton',  ber,  -8,  -e,  CANTON. 

farfl,  sparing,  stingy,  niggardly. 

Soufmonn,  ber,  -8,  *er,  or  f anf= 
teute,  merchant. 

fiauf'mamtSftfjtff,  ba8,  -8,  -e,  mer- 
chant vessel,  trading  ship. 

®auf'maim3ftrafje,  bie,  -n,  com- 
mercial highway. 

fnum,  adv.,  scarcely,  barely, 
hardly. 

ferf,  bold,  audacious. 

feff'ltt^,  poetic  for  feet,  adv., 
boldly. 

®el)'le,  bie,  -n,  throat. 

fety'rett,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to  turn. 

ftetm,  ber,  -8,  -e,  germ,  embryo. 

fettt,  fciltc,  fein,  no,  not  a  one, 
not  any  one,  none,  not  a. 

fei'ner,  feitte,  fdn3,  no  one,  none, 
not  any. 

®d'ler,  ber,  -8,  — ,  cellar,  dun- 
geon. 

fen'nett,  lannte,  gefannt,  tr.,  to 
KNOW,  be  acquainted  with ; 
fennen  fernen,  to  become  ac- 
quainted with. 

Ser'fer,  ber,  -8,  — ,  prison,  dun- 
geon. 


tcrl 


397 


fiiitnen 


l,  ber,  -g,  -e,  fellow. 

ag,  — ,  Kerns,  the  name 
of  a  village  in  Unterwalden. 

^ertt'ttwlb,  ber,  -g,  Kernwald,  a 
forest  in  Unterwalden  ;  cf.  note 
to  line  545. 

£et'te,  bie,  -n,  chain. 

Sittb,  bag,  -eg,  -er,  child,  boy. 

$ilt'be§fittb,  bag,  -eg,  -er,  grand- 
child ;  plu.,  children's  children. 

^inb'Iein,  bag,  -g,  — ,  little  child, 
infant,  babe. 

$tf fen,  bag,  -g,  — ,  CUSHION,  pil- 
low. 

ftto'ge,  bie,  -n,  complaint,  griev- 
ance. 

fla'flCtt,  to  complain  of  (iiber). 

ftlaitg,  ber,  -g,  "e,  sound,  ring  (of 
money)  ;  fig.,  repute. 

liar,  CLEAR,  bright,  plain. 

£Iau§,  ber,  -eg,  for  9Mcofou8, 
Klaus,  a  man's  name. 

8 left,  bag,  -e8,  -er,  dress,  garb, 
garment,  habit. 

flet'bett,  tr.,  to  dress,  CLOTHE, 
attire. 

flettt,  little,  small,  petty,  slight, 
trifling. 

Slet'ttob,  bag,  -g,  -ten  or  -e, 
jewel,  treasure,  ornament. 

IKm'tncn,*  ftomm,  geflommen, 
also  weak,  to  CLIMB. 

flin'flen,  Hang,  geftungen,  to 
sound;  bag  Stingen,  tune, 
melody. 

&Hp'per  bie,  -n,  CLIFF,  rock,  crag. 

5lto)J'fCttr  to  knock,  beat,  rap. 

STo'fter,  bag,  -g,  *,  monastery, 
convent,  nunnery. 

iilo'ftcrteute,  bie,  plu.,  servants  or 


dependents  of  a  monastery  or 
convent. 

£Io'ftermei(e)r,  ber,  -g,  — ,  stew- 
ard of  a  monastery  or  convent ; 
cf.  note  to  line  2651. 

fifaft,  bie,  ",  chasm,  gorge,  CLEFT. 

fhtg,  prudent,  shrewd,  sensible, 
wise;  3fyr  feib  nidjt  futg,  you 
are  jesting. 

£na'Iie,  ber,  -n,  -n,  boy,  lad, 
youth. 

&nedjt,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  servant,  farm 
servant,  man,  vassal,  serf, 
slave,  bondsman. 

JJiterf|t'fd)aft,  bie,  bondage,  servi- 
tude, slavery. 

Sltie,  bag,  -g,  -(e),  KNEE. 

fltt(e)'ett,  to  KNEEL. 

Sttii^'fcit,  tr.,  to  knit  together, 
tie. 

®od)'er,  ber,  -g,  — ,  quiver. 

fom'men,*  fam,  gefommen,  to 
COME,  arrive,  occur  (1237)  ; 
fommen  ...  an  (1546),  to  get 
at ;  fommen  . .  .  barauf ,  come  to 
think  of,  hit  upon  ;  ju  ftci)  fom= 
men,  come  to  oneself,  com- 
pose oneself. 

fomnt'ltd),  a  Swiss  word  for  be= 
quern  or  angenefym,  comely, 
pleasant,  comfortable. 

ftii'lttg,  ber,  -g,  -e,  KING  ;  used  in 
the  play  interchangeably  with 
$aifei,  emperor. 

ftii'mgttt,  bie,  -nen,  queen. 

fo'uigltd),  KINGLY,  royal. 

ftii'mg^burfl,  bie, -en,  royal  castle. 

fiitt'itett,  fonntc,  gefonnt,  tr.,  and 
mod.  aux.,  CAN,  be  able,  may, 
be  possible. 


398 


funftgeitbt 


Olt'rab,  ber,  -§,  Konrad,  a  man's 
name. 

f,  ber,  -e8,  Ee,  head. 
,  ba«,  -3,  "er,  CORN,  wheat, 
grain. 

foft'bor,  cosTly,  precious. 

foft'en,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  COST  ;  re- 
quire. 

fdft'Hd),  COSTLY,  precious. 

fra'rf)en,  roar,  CRASH  ;  ba§  ftradjen, 
roar,  crashing. 

frozen,  to  CROAK. 

ftroft,  bie,  "e,  force,  strength, 
power,  vigor. 

frafttfllidj,  archaic  and  poetic  for 
frafttg,  adv..  strongly,  vigor- 
ously, powerfully. 

f raft' (03,  adj.,  weak,  powerless, 
exhausted;  adv.,  in  vain. 

Sra'gen,  ber,  -«s,  — ,  collar. 

fra'ljett,  to  CROW. 

frampffjoft,  convulsive. 

front,  sick,  ill ;  ein  $rcmfer,  sick 
man. 

frfin'fen,  tr.,  to  hurt  one's  feel- 
ings, grieve,  wound,  censure 


j,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  wreath,  gar- 
land. 

Sranj'leitt,    ba«,    -«,    — ,    little 
wreath  or  garland. 

t,  bacs,  -§,  tter,  herb,  plant. 
t^,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  circle,  sphere, 
orbit,  socket ;  round  or  revolu- 
tion (2401}. 
freudjt,    dialectic,    present    form 

from  fried)en. 
Sreiift,  ba8,  -e§,  -e,  CROSS. 
fireu^'lctn,    ba«,     -«,   — ,    little 

CROSS. 


fric'djett,  frocf),  gefrodjen  (jein  or 
fyaben),  to  CREEP,  crawl. 

ftricg,  ber,  -e§,  -€,  war. 

frie'gcrifd),  warlike,  martial, 
spirited. 

£rte'ge3marf)t,  bie,  "e,  military 
power,  army. 

&rte'o,esMot,  bie,  "e,  distress  of 
war. 

£rteg0'tiromiTteie,  bie,  -n,  for 
^riegetrompete,  war-TRUMPET. 

ftro'nc,  bie,  -n,  CROWX,  pearl  or 
flower  (1710). 

trii'nen,  tr.,  to  CROWN. 

itriim'mc,  bie,  -n,  poetic  for 
.Hriimmung,  winding,  turning. 

fiurf'urf,  ber,  -8,  -e,  CUCKOO. 

filtl),  bie,  "e,  cow. 

fiil)'Iettr  tr.,  to  COOL,  satisfy. 

fiifjtt,  bold,  daring. 

iiii^it'Ijcit,  bie,  -en,  boldness,  dar- 
ing. 

filtlj'reil)(e)tt,  ber,  -«,  — ,  Kuh- 
reihen,  cow  tune  or  song;  cf. 
note,  S.D.,  Act  I,  Sc.  I. 

Jiulm,  ber,  -8,  -e,  summit,  peak, 
crest,  mountain  top. 

fium'lttcr,  ber,  -8,  grief,  anxiety, 
sorrow. 

fiun'mern,  tr.,  to  regard,  concern. 

funt'mcrDoll,  sorrowful,  anxious, 
dejected. 

£uu'be,  bie,  -it,  information, 
KNowledge,  news,  intelligence. 

tun  bill,  having  KNowledge,  ac- 
quainted, familiar. 

Suub'fdiaft,  bie,  collective,  spies. 

fiiutft,  bie,  "e,  art,  skill. 

fuuft'gcitbt,  trained,  skillful,  prac- 
ticed. 


ihtont 


399 


i.'iuibftruf;e 


lio'lti,  her,  -g,  Kuoni,  an  abbre- 
viation for  $onrab,  a  man's 
name. 

5,  ber,  -eg,  Kunz,  a  corruption 
of  .Sottrab,  a  man's  name. 

furj,  short,  brief. 

fitr'^en,  tr.,  to  shorten,  cut  off, 
deprive  of,  curtail. 

£ur$'tt>eU,  bie  (also  ber  or  bag), 
jest,  joke,  pastime,  amuse- 
ment. 

Stitfj'ltadjt,  bag,  -g,  Kussnacht, 
the  name  of  a  village  ;  cf.  note 
to  line  219. 


ta'beit,  tr.,  to  refresh. 

Va'lmitf),  bie,  -en,  refreshment. 

(acf)'eln,  to  smile. 

lacf)'ett,  to  LAUGH. 

la'ben,  lub,  gefaben,  tr.,  to  LOAD  ; 

for  einlaben,  to  invite,  summon 

(835,  2656). 
Sa'flCr,    bag,   -g,  — ,   camp  ;  for 

£>of(ager,    court     of    a    prince 

(817). 

Sttittm,  bag,  -eg,  "er,  LAMB. 
JJom'mergeter,  ber,  -g,  — ,  vulture, 

lamb- vulture. 
Saitb,  bag,  -eg,  -e  or  aer,  LAND, 

country,    canton  ;    cf.   note    to 

line  431;   311  Sanbe,  by  land; 

ing    ?anb   fallen,   to  invade   a 

country. 
Sttttb'ttntmnnn,  ber,  -g,  "er,  land- 

ammann,  chief  magistrate  of  a 

canton. 

Sttttb'bebritrfer,   ber,  -g,  — ,  op- 
pressor of  a  country,  tyrant. 

Ifttt'beit*  tO  LAND. 


Sait'benberflCer),  ber, -g,  Landen- 

berg,  name  of  a  governor ;  cf. 

note  to  line  282. 
latt'beitfcerflifd),    of  Landenberg, 

Landenberg's. 
Satt'berflter,  bie,  greed  for  land  or 

territory. 
£ttit'berfaHfr  ber,  -g,  "e,  purchase 

of  land  or  territory. 
Sott'bcrlcttc,    bie,    -n,    chain  of 

lands. 
2au'be§ammomt,   bev,  for  ?anb= 

ammann,  chief  magistrate  of  a 

canton. 
2att'be3fehtb,   ber,  -g,  -e,  enemy 

of  the  country  or  state. 
2an'be3marf,  bie,  -en,  boundary, 

border  of  a  country. 
Satt'be^wtgliirf,  bag,  -g,  -e,  pub- 
lic  or  national   misfortune   or 

calamity. 
Sanb'lcute,   bie,  plu.  for   ?anb= 

mann,  country  people,  peasants. 
Sattb'mattn,    ber,    -g,   frmblente, 

countryman,  peasant ;   is  used 

sometimes  interchangeably  with 

Sanbgmann,  fellow-countryman. 
Sanb'marf,   bie,  -en,  boundary, 

border  of  a  country. 
Saitb'fdjdft,  bie,  -en,  LANDSCAPE, 

scenery. 
fiattb3'flcmetitber  bie,  -n,  general 

assembly  ;  assembly  of  a  land, 

canton,  or  state. 
fianb^'gefe^,  bag,  -e§,  -e,  law  of 

the  land. 
£anb$'mann,  ber,  -g,  Panbgfeute, 

fellow-countryman,  compatriot, 

friend. 

'ftroftc,  bie,  -n,  highway. 


fionbftnmt 


400 


fietfc 


fionb'fturnt,  ber,  -«,  no  equivalent 
in  English  ;  general  levy  of  the 
people,  reserves,  general  call  to 
arms  ;  it  is  more  than  the 
2anbtt)el)r,  for  it  includes  every 
man  able  to  bear  arms. 

Sonb'Bogt,  ber,  -8,  *e,  governor, 
bailiff. 

2onb'tt»cb,r,  bie,  -en,  bulwark,  de- 
fense, rampart  of  the  land, 
militia,  army. 

long,  adj.,  long  ;  adv.,  preceded 
by  an  ace.,  during,  for  ;  long, 
for  a  long  time  ;  langft,  adv., 
very  long,  long  ago,  for  a  long 
time. 

lon'gen,  tr.,  to  reach,  take  down 


long'fom,  slow. 

fion'je,  bie,  -n,  LANCE. 

loffen,     lief?,    gelaffen,    tr.,    to 

leave,  let  alone,  give  up,  cease 

from,  forsake,  LET,  permit,  al- 

low, cause,  help,  enable  ;  makes 

a  dependent  injin.  passive  in 

meaning;    reflex.,   with  injin. 

following,  may  be,  can  be. 
Soft,    bie,    -en,     LOAD,     burden, 

weight. 
laft'en,  to  weigh  upon  (aiif),  press 

heavily  upon. 
lew'  era,    to   lurk,    lie    in    wait, 

watch  for  (cmf). 
Souf,  ber,  -8,  ae,  course,  current  ; 

im  ?auf,  underway. 
lon'fen,   Hef,  gefoufen,  haben  or 

fein,  to  run,  move,  pass  quickly 

or  swiftly. 
(ou'fdjen,  to  lurk,  lie  in  wait  for 

(auf). 


(Ollt,    LOUD,  ALOUD. 

Sout,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  sound. 

lau'tcn,  to  sound,  run,  say,  pur- 
port, be  written. 

(tin 'ten,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  ring, 
peal. 

(on'ter,  clear,  pure,  plain,  evi- 
dent. 

Sonri'ne,  bie,  -n,  avalanche. 

le'ben,  to  LIVE  ;  £ebe  tt>of)( !  9ebt 
uiob,l !  Seben  ©ie  roof)! !  farewell ! 

iJe'beit,  ba§,  -8,  — ,  LIFE  ;  Seib 
itnb  £eben,  life  and  limb  ;  e§  ge^t 
um8  ?eben,  life  is  at  stake. 

(eben'btg,  ALIVE,  Living;  bie  ?e= 
ben'btgen  (2149},  the  living. 

2e'f»en0b(ut,  ba§,  -8,  LIFE-BLOOD. 

fie'benSglttrf,  bag,  -«,  happiness 
of  life. 

leb'fjoft,  eager,  lively,  animated. 

Seb'tog,  ber,  -8,  -e,  all  the  days 
of  one's  life. 

ledj'jen,  to  languish,  pant,  long 
for,  yearn ;  led)$enb,  longing, 
pining  (3112). 

le'btg,  free,  empty,  vacant. 

(ecr,  empty,  void,  vain,  vacant. 

lee'ren,  tr.,  to  empty,  clear,  free 
from. 

Ic'gen,  tr.,  to  LAY,  put,  place. 

2e'l)(e)n,  ba3,  -«,  — ,  fief;  511 
2ef)en,  in  fief. 

fie'f)enl)0f,  ber,  -8,  "e,  feudal 
court,  court  of  fiefs. 

2e'h,ett3h,err,  ber,  -n,  -en,  liege- 
lord,  feudal  master. 

lelj'nen,  to  LEAN. 

lefi/ren,  tr.,  to  teach. 

2eib,  ber,  -e$,  -er,  body,  person  ; 
poetic,  life  ;  2eib  unb  £eben,  life 


fieibesfroft 


401 


lobern 


and  limb  ;  ?eib  unb   33(ut,  life 

and  limb. 
2ei'be3fraft,      bie,     "e,      bodily 

strength,    might   and   main. 
leib'Htf),    for    eigen,    bodily,    of 

one's  own  body,  own. 
fieidj'itam,    ber,  -3,   -e,    corpse, 

dead  body, 
leidjt,      LIGHT,      easy,      nimble, 

quickly,      ready ;     with    light 

wind  (2660). 

Ietd)t'ferttg,  LIGHT,  wanton,  flip- 
pant, impudent,  loose. 
lei'ben,  Utt,  geHtten,  tr.  andintr., 

to  suffer,  endure. 
Sei'ben,   bae,    -§,  — ,   suffering, 

sorrow,  grief. 
lei'ber,  inter}.,  alas! 
lei'fjen,  lief),  geliefyen,  tr.,  to  lend, 
fct'ften,  tr.,  to   render,   perform, 

do,  accomplish,  furnish  (1830), 

fulfill. 

lei'tett,  tr.,  to  LEAD,  guide,  con- 
duct,  direct,    build,    construct 

(1269). 

fiei'ter,  bie,  -n,  LADDER. 
len'fcn,  tr.,  to  turn,  rule,  govern, 

order,  direct. 
2ett5,  ber,  -e8,-e,  poetic  for  gritty 

ling,  spring ;  prime  (829). 
fie'opolb,    ber,  -S,  Leopold ;    cf. 

note  to  line  2967. 
ler'tten,  tr.,  to   LEARN  ;    feitnen 

lernen,   to  become   acquainted 

with. 

le'fen,  Ia£,  gelefen,  tr.,  to  read, 
ieljt,  LAST,   final ;  ber  2e£te,  the 

last  one;    ba§    2e£te,  the  last 

thing,  the  worst,  death. 
leuch'ten,   to  give   LIGHT,   shine, 


gleam  ;      ba«     Seui^ten,     light 


Scu'tC,    bie,   plu.,   people,   men, 

persons. 
Seut'tiolb,   ber,  -«,  Leuthold,    a 

man's  name;  cf.  note  to  S.D., 

Act  HI,  Sc.  3. 
£irf)t,  ba$,  -e8,  -er,  LIGHT. 
lid)'tcnf  tr.,  to  LIGHT,  to  cut  away 

undergrowth  or  thick  brush  in 

order  to  let  the  light  through, 

to  clear  up  ;    gelid)tet,    clear, 

open. 
Ke&,     dear,    beLOved,     gracious 

(1878,  1892). 

Sie'be,  bie,  LOVE,  kindness,  favor. 
lie'fcen,  tr.,  to  LOVE. 
Ke'ber,    comp.    of   gern,    adv., 

rather. 

ttefc'Kd),    LOVELY. 

fiteb,  ba§,  -e«,  -er,  song,  poem, 
lay,  ballad. 

He'geit,  lag,  gelegen  (f)aben  or 
fein),  to  LIE,  be  situated,  re- 
main (828)  ;  nid)t«  tiegt  mir  am 
?eben,  life  is  of  no  importance 
to  me  ;  nicfyt  lag's  an  mir,  it 
was  no  fault  of  mine;  nab,e 
liegen,  concern  closely  or  much. 

fitn'be,  bie,  -n,  lime  tree,  LINDEN. 

Unf,  left  ;  bie  ?in'fe,  the  left  hand  ; 
gur  ?in!en,  at  the  left;  Unf«, 
adv.,  on  the  left. 

fitp'pe,  bie,  -n,  LIP. 

St'feJ,  bie,  Lisel  or  Lizzie,  dimin- 
utive of  GUjabetb. 

lo'ben,  tr.,  to  praise. 

Sotf'c,  bie,  -n,  LOCK  of  hair. 

lorf  'en,  tr.,  to  entice,  allure,  tempt. 

lo'bern,  to  blaze,  nicker. 


In* 


402 


Sorter 


l),  bright,  blazing,  with  a  blaze 
(970). 
t,  ber,  -«,  "e,  pay,  reward. 

loll'itcit,  tr.,  to  reward,  recom- 
pense, requite. 

loSt  adj.,  adv.,  and  sep.  pref., 
LOOSE,  free,  rid  of,  off, 
away. 

203,  ba§,  -e8,  -e,  LOT,  chance, 
fate,  destiny. 

100'binben,  banb  -,  -gebunben,  tr., 
to  unfasten,  untie. 

15 'fen,  tr.,  to  LOOSEN,  free,  ran- 
som, redeem  (3235)  ;  reflex.,  to 
free  oneself. 

log'geben,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  tr.,  to 
release,  set  free. 

loS'loffen,   lief?  -,  -gelaffen,    tr., 

tO       LET       LOOSE,       let      gO,       S6t 

free. 

loef'rei^en,  rifc  -,  -geriffen,  reflex., 
to  tear  oneself  away,  break 
away. 

20'roer$,  ba§,  ~e8,  Lowerz,  the 
name  of  a  village  and  of  a  lake  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  2285. 

Sltft,  bte,  He,  air,  breeze. 

hi' gctt,  a  South  German  word,  to 
LOOK. 

lit'gcu,  log,  gelogen,  to  LIE,  speak 
falsely,  be  wrong  (2 58} . 

£uft,  bie,  ae,  desire,  delight,  joy, 
pleasure,  LUST. 

luft'Cftt,  wanton. 

Suj'emburg,  bag,  -§,  Luxemburg, 
the  name  of  a  German  prin- 
cipality. 

Client',  baS,  -«,  Lucerne,  the 
name  of  a  city  and  of  a  can- 
ton. 


tttadj'ett,  tr.,  to  MAKE,  fix,  mend, 
form,  act  the  part  of  ;  intr.,  to 
do,  act. 

s.l'cnrt)tf  bte,  "e,  MIGHT,  power,  au- 
thority. 

mddj'ttg,  MIGHTY,  powerful,  mas- 
ter of  (with  gen.). 

ISRa'bdjett,     ba«,    -«,    — ,    girl, 

MAIDEN. 

mali'iicu,  tr.,  to  remind,  demand, 
admonish,  warn,  dun ;  bte 
SKahnenben  (2955),  claimants. 

9)ioi,  ber,  -8,  -e  or -en,  MAY. 

3)?ai'entau,  ber,  -§,  MAY-DEW  ;  cf. 
note  to  line  2997. 

nta'lertfd),  picturesque. 

tnon,  indef.  pron.,  one,  some  one, 
they,  people,  you,  we ;  often 
best  rendered  by  the  English 
passive. 

mnu'riier,  ninnrfic,  ntaiirtie^,  adj. 
and  pron.,  MANY,  many  a  one, 
many  a. 

IDiunbut',  ba§,  -e,  -e,  edict,  order, 

MANDATE. 

9JZann,  ber,  -8,  "er,  MAN,  husband. 
SDtfin'iternJcrt,     ber,   -«,    MANLY 

WORTH  or  dignity. 
*}Jian'ite5tt»ortf  ba§,  -«,  -e,  MAX'S 

WORD,  an   honest  man's  word 

(2488"). 

manu'Hd),  also  archaic  mann'Iict), 
MANLY,  valiant,  brave. 

SDlntt'tef,  ber,  -»,  ",  MANTLE, 
cloak. 

3)iarftf  ber,  -e§,  "e,  MARKET,  mar- 
ket place. 

9)Zor'ter,  bie,  -n,  torture,  tor- 
ment, pain. 


403 


£,     ba8,    -e8,    -e,    measure, 

limit. 

ma'f?ifleit,  reflex.,  to  control  one- 
self, be  moderate. 
matt,  faint,  weak,  feeble. 
9)iot'tc,  bie,  -n,  poetic,  MEADOW. 
ajiou'er,  bie,  -n,  wall ;  also  part 

of  a  proper  name. 
aWnu'erjtein,  ber,  -8,  -e,  building 

stone,  stone. 
gRauCnmrfdtyaufe,   ber,   -n8,  -n, 

molehill,  dirt  that  is  thrown  up 

by  a  mole. 
2Kau3,  bie,  "e,  MOOSE  ;  mit  2ftann 

unb  2Jtau8,  with  all  on  board. 
9Herf)'tl)Ub,     bie,    Mechthild,     a 

woman's   name. 
SDZecr,  ba8.  -e8,  -e,  sea,  ocean, 
metyr,  compar.  adj.,  MORE,  longer 

(364) ;  nicfjt  mehr,  no  longer, 

not  again  ;  nid)t8  mefyr,  nothing 

else,  nothing  more. 
SDteljr,    ba8,   -eS,  for   2tteljrheit, 

majority. 

me  I) 'r  en,  tr.,  to  increase,  aggran- 
dize, favor,  grant  wealth  and 

power. 

metj'rere,  plu.  adj.,  several. 
SDieljr'ljett,  bie,  -en,  majority, 
meljrft,  archaic  for  meift,  most. 
mei'ben,  mieb,  gemieben,  tr.,  to 

avoid,  shun. 
SJtei'er,    ber,    -8,    — ,    steward, 

manager  ;  also  part  of  a  proper 

name ;  cf.  note,  S.D.,  Act  II, 

Sc.  2. 
mein,  metner,    adj.   and  pron., 

MY,  3iixE  ;  also  gen.  of  id). 
met'nen,    tr.  and  intr.,  to  think 

(in  the  sense   of   to   have   an 


opinion,  to  judge),  MEAK,  in- 
tend, feel  (1186). 

mei'tttg,  poss.  adj.  and  pron., 
MIXE,  my  own ;  bo«  SWeinige, 
my  own  land  or  property,  my 
duty. 

3Kein'rob,  ber,  -«,  Meinrad,  a 
man's  name ;  cf.  note  to  line 
519. 

Sftci'nung,  bie,  -en,  opinion,  wish, 
intention,  meaning,  resolve 
(395). 

meift,  super,  of  Diet,  adj.,  MOST. 

UKei'fter,  ber,  -8,  — ,  MASTER. 

3Ket'fterfrf)u^,  ber,  -ffeg,  ttffe,  MAS- 
TER SHOT. 

99leld)'taf,  ba«,  -8,  Melchtal,  name 
of  a  valley;  cf.  note  to  S.D., 
Act  I,  Sc.  4. 

Wlclfytal,  ber,  -8,  Melchtal,  a 
man's  name  ;  cf.  note  to  S.D., 
Act  I,  Sc.  4. 

mel'fen,  melfte,  gemelft  or  ge= 
molten,  tr.,  to  MILK. 

9)ielf'nopf,  ber,  -8,  2e,  milk-pail. 

9)ZcIobie'f  bie,  -n,  MELODY,  tune. 

SWen'gc,  bie,  -n,  multitude, 
crowd. 

2)Zenfd),  ber,  -en,  -en,  MAN,  human 
being,  person. 

2Wen'fd)Cttbenfctt,  ba8,  -8,  for 
2ftenjd)engebenfen,  within  the 
memory  of  man,  since  time 
immemorial. 

men'fdjcnleer,  unpeopled,  unfre- 
quented, deserted,  lonely. 

9Ken'f(^cttfi>ur,  bie,  -en,  human 
trace,  trace  of  man. 

2tten|"(f)'ljcit,  bie,  mankind,  hu- 
manity. 


jtuMifrtjUrt) 


404 


menfdj'fid),  human ; 

Iid)e8,  something  human  (like 

an  accident  or  death). 
2Jlett'frf)ltrf)feit,  bie,  humaneness, 

humanity,  feeling  of  kindness. 
ttter'feit,  tr.,  to  notice,  MARK,  ob- 
serve. 
9fterf'mal,  ba8,  -8,  -e,  mark,  sign, 

characteristic. 
mef'fett,    maft,    gemefjen,  tr.,  to 

measure,  look  at  closely,  scan, 

scrutinize;   reflex.,  to  compete 

with,  vie  with. 
SJtet'tenflliirfleitt,     ba8,    -8,   — , 

MATIN    bell ;   c/.    note    to  Ziwe 

966. 

SDteu'te,  bie,  -n,  pack  of  hounds. 
9Kcutcrci'f  bie,  -en,  mutiny,  riot, 

rebellion. 
SOtUd),  bie,  MILK. 
tntti),    MILD,    gentle,    indulgent, 

generous. 

SWU'be,  bie,  MiLDness,  gentleness. 
imlb'tfittg,  charitable. 
ntiftbrau'cijett,  tr.,  to  abuse,  mis- 
use (550). 
•JJtifj'flitttft,    bie,    envy,    ill  will, 

jealousy. 
mitf  prep,   with  dot.,   adv.,  and 

sep.  pref.,  with,  together  with, 

along  with,  along;  tnit  babei, 

there  with  the  others. 
mtt'brittjjen,   brad)te  -,  -gebradjt, 

tr.,  to  BRING  or  take  along  with, 

require  (1582}. 
tnit'fityrett,  tr.,  to  bring  or  carry 

along  with. 
nut'gefcen,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  tr.,  to 

GIVE   or  take  along  with,  put 

with  the  rest. 


intt'Iommen,*  fam  -,  -gefomnten, 

to  COME  along  with. 
2JlU'letb,  ba«,  -8,  sympathy,  com- 
passion, pity. 
mtt'nc^men,  ttah,m  -,  -genommen, 

tr.,  to  take  along,  enjoy,  accept, 

take  in. 
mitf  ami',  prep,  with  dat.,  for  311= 

fammen  tnit,  pleonastic  and  em- 
phatic, together  with. 
9Ktt'fd)utof  bie,  -en,  joint  guilt, 

complicity. 
nttt'fd)ttjorett,     jcfjwor     -,     -ge- 

fd)tt)oren,  to  swear  with  others, 

join  in  an  oath,  conspire. 
9)Zit'tagfoitite,    bie,   -n,    MIDDAY 

SUN,  southern  sun,  south. 
SHtt'tagftunbc,     bie,    -n,     noon, 

noon  time. 
SJttt'te,    bie,  -n,   MIDDLE,  MIDSI, 

center;  in  Sftitte  (1200) ,  poetic 

for  inmitten,  in  the  midst. 
tmt'teUen,  tr.,  to  communicate, 

tell,  impart. 
9Jlit'tct,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  way,  means, 

measure,  resource,  expedient. 
tmt'tett,  adv.,  in  the  middle  of, 

MiDway,  midst. 
SJlit'terttttdjt,    bie,  "e,  MIDNIGHT, 

north. 
mtt'5tet)Ctt,*   jog  -,  -ge^ogen,   to 

march  along  with,  accompany. 
nti)'genr  ntocfyte,  gemoc^t,  tr.  and 

modal  aux.,  MAY,  can,  be  able, 

like,  let  (1763). 
miig'ltd),  possible. 
9Koment',  ba8,  -8,  -e,  MOMENT. 
9Jiimdj,  ber,  -8,  -e,  MONK. 
2Jloni»,      ber,     -e8,     -e,     MOON, 

MONTH. 


SJtonbettitadjt 


405 


nadjeilcn 


9Kon'bemtad)t,  bie,  "e,  poetic  for 

2ftonbe8nacht,  MooNlit  NIGHT. 
9Jhmb'Iid)t,  ba8,  -8,  MOONLIGHT. 
SJJottb'regenbogen,  ber, -«,",  lunar 

RAINBOW. 

2K0ttftriltt§',  bie,  -en,  MON- 
STRANCE, pyx;  cf.  note  to  line 
1751. 

SDtorb,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  MURDER. 

tttor'bett,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  MUR- 
DER. 

SJlor'ber,  ber,  -8,  — ,  MURDERER. 

tnor'berifd),  MURDEROUS. 

ajforb'gebanfe,     ber,     -n8,    -n, 

THOUGHT    Of    MURDER. 

UKorb'gewetjr,  bas,  -«,  -e,  mur- 
derous or  deadly  weapon. 

SJlor'gen,  ber,  -8,  — ,  MORNing. 

mor'geit,  adv.,  IO-MORROW. 

SJior'genrijte,  bte,  -n,  morning- 
red,  dawn,  daybreak. 

9Kor'genftrab,l,  ber,  -8,  -en,  morn- 
ing ray  or  light. 

2Jlor'Uf(f|ad)ettf  ba«,  -8,  Morli- 
schachen,  name  of  a  village ; 
cf.  note  to  line  2651. 

SJiiJt'tel,  ber,  -8,  — ,  MORTAR. 

mii'be,  wn«/t  </en.,  tired,  weary. 

SJtii'lje,  bie,  -n,  trouble,  toil, 
pains. 

SDiiil'Ier,  ber,  -€,  Miiller,  name  of 
a  Swiss  historian ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2948. 

9Jlunbf  ber,  -e«,  -e,  MOUTH, 
tongue,  lips,  voice. 

mun'tct,  lively,  cheerful,  gay. 

s.l)tuut'tit,  bie,  Muotta,  name  of  a 
river ;  cf.  note  to  line  1178. 

mw'reit,  to  MURMUR,  grumble, 
mutter. 


SJhtfif,  bie,  MUSIC. 

mitf  fen,  mufjte,  gemitjjt,  intr.  and 

mod.  aux.,  MUST,  have  to,  be 

obliged  to,  be  forced  to,  be  com- 

pelled. 
mii'^tg,  idle. 
ntltf  tern,  tr.,  to  examine,  gaze  at 

intently,  inspect,  survey. 
9Wut,  ber,  -e8,  MOOD,  disposition, 

desire,  longing,  courage,  spirit. 
mu'tig,  courageous,  bold  ;  ber  2J?u- 

tige,  the  courageous  or  brave 

one. 

9JJut'ter,  bie,  ",  MOTHER. 
9Kiit'tcrrijenf   ba«,  -«,  —  ,  little 

mother,  dear  mother. 
miit'tcrlidj,  maternal  ;   ba«  3Jiiit= 

tertictje,  mother's  estate,  mater- 

nal inheritance. 
Wut'terfdjmers,    ber,    -e«,    -en, 

mother's  pangs,  birth-pains. 
9Hiiij'e,  bie,  -n,  cap. 
9Jty'tl)enftetit,   ber,  -8,    Mythen- 

stein  ;  cf.  note  to  line  725. 


nodj,  prep,  with  dat.,  adv.,  and 

sep.   pref.,   after,   behind,    to- 

wards, to,  according  to,  along, 

by,  at,  for,  about. 
9Zod)'bor,  ber,  -8,  or-n,  -n,  NEIGH- 

bor. 

nnd)bent',  cowj.,  after. 
nortj'brdugen,  to  crowd  or  press 

after. 
nad)'bringett,*  brang  -,  -gebrun= 

gen,  to  follow  after,  press  or 

crowd  after. 
narfj'eilen,*  to  hurry  or  hasten 

after,  follow  in  haste. 


'Jiortjcu 


406 


11C11 


•Kttdj 'en,  ber,  -«,  — ,  small  boat, 
skiff. 

nodj'folgen,*  to  FOLLOW  after 
(with  dat.). 

nnd)'gel)en,*  gtng  -,  -gegangen,  to 
follow  after,  pursue. 

nod)fjcr',  adv.,  afterwards. 

itadj'jngcn  (fetn  or  fjaben),  to 
chase  after,  pursue,  hunt. 

nad)'f0mmen,*  font  -,  -gefomtnen, 
to  come  after,  follow,  come  up 
with. 

9fod)'rtdjt,  bte,  -en,  news,  report, 
information. 

ttadj'fe^ett,  to  SET  after,  pursue, 
follow. 

ttfldj'fpredjen,  fyrad)  -,  -gefprocfjen, 
tr.,  to  repeat,  speak,  or  say  after 
one. 

nod)ft,  super,  adj.,  NEXT,  nearest ; 
prep,  with  dot.,  near  to,  close 
to;  ber  9?ad)fte,  neighbor,  fel- 
low-man. 

nadj'ftiirsen,*  to  rush  after. 

•Kad)t,  bie,  *e,  NIGHT  ;  be§  9Jad)t8, 
at  night,  in  the  night. 

nftd)t'lid),  adj.,  NIGHTLY,  noctur- 
nal ;  adv.,  by  night. 

nud)t*3f  adv.,  at  NIGHT. 

nadj'tun,  tat  -,  -getan,  tr.,  to  imi- 
tate, DO  after  one. 

9fad)t'3Ctt,  bte,  -en,  NIGHT  time. 

norf| 'siefyen,  $og  -,  -ge^ogen,  tr.,  to 
draw  or  pull  after. 

9Zo'rfen,  ber,  -8,  — ,  NECK,  back  of 
the  neck. 

ttdrft,  NAKED,  stripped  of  all 
(607). 

lull),  natye,  adv.,  NEAR  by,  close  ; 
naf)  liegen,  to  concern. 


9?a'lje,  bie,  NEARness,  NEiGHbor- 
hood,  presence. 

no'l)cnf*  to  approach,  draw  near. 

nfi'Ijertt,  reflex.,  to  draw  NEAR, 
approach. 

ttfilj'rett,  tr.,  to  nourish,  feed, 
foster,  support,  produce. 

SRdlj'ning,  bie,  -en,  food,  nourish- 
ment. 

9Ja'me,    9iamen,    -(n)«,    -(n), 

NAME. 

'nanber,  colloquial  for  einan'ber. 
nar'rift^,  foolish,  absurd,  queer. 
92otlir'f  bte,  -en,  NATURE. 
notur'Bcrgcffen,    unnatural,    de- 
generate, recreant. 
9Zou'e,  bie,  -n,  boat,  skiff. 
'lie,  colloquial  for  etne. 
UZc'belberfc,  bie,  -n,  cover  of  mist, 

veil  of  fog. 
ne'ben,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace., 

beside,  by  the  side  of,  by. 
neb'Udjt,  ne'feeltdjt,   for  nebltd), 

foggy,  misty,  cloudy. 
ttebft,  prep,   with   dat.,   together 

with. 

9tcf 'fc,  ber,  -n,  -n,  NEPHEW. 
ncfy'men,  naljm,  genontmen,  tr.,  to 

take,  accept,  receive ;    assume 

or  take  to  oneself  (ftd))  (785). 
9Mb,  ber,  -e«,  envy. 
nei'bifrf),   with  dat.  or  with  aitf 

and  ace.,  envious. 
nein,  adv.,  NO. 
Tncnr  colloquial  for  etnen. 
nen'nen,  nannte,  genannt,  tr.,  to 

NAME,  call ;  reflex.,  to  be  called. 
9Zctj,  ba?,  -e8,  -e,  NET. 
neu,  NEW,  fresh,  recent,  modern ; 

ba ?  sJJeue,  the  new  ;  oon  neuem 


407 


or    auf§    neite,    anew,    again, 

afresh. 

9?eu'entng,  bte,  -en,  innovation. 
Weu'flter,  bte,  curiosity. 
itidjt,  adv.,  NOT  ;  gar  nicfjt,  not  at 

all ;  nod)  ntd)t,  not  yet. 
lttdjt£,     indef.    pron.,    nothing, 

NAUGHT,  not  anything;   nid)t§ 

al«,  nothing  but;   ntchtS  ntefjr, 

nothing  else  or  more,  nothing 

but. 
tub,  a  Swiss  word,  prep,  with  dat., 

below. 
ttte,  adv.,  never;  nod)  nie,  never 

before,  never  yet. 
nte'ber,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  down, 

downwards. 
nte'berbrcnncu,    brannte   -,   -ge= 

brannt,  tr.,  to  burn  down. 
ttte'berf  alien,*  fiet-,  -gef  alien,  to 

FALL  down,  prostrate  oneself. 
ntc'bcrftti(c)cn,  to  KNEEL  down, 

fall  on  one's  knees. 
ttie'berlaffen,  Heft  -,  -getaffen,  tr., 

to  LET  down,  lower. 
nie'berqucllen  (fein  or  baben),  to 

flow  down. 
nie'bcrret^en,  rift  -,  -geriffen,  tr., 

to  tear  or  pull  down. 
ttie'berfd)lagett,  jdjlug  -,  -gefcbla= 

gen,  tr.,  to  strike  down,  beat 

down,  fell. 
ttte'berfdjtttel^en,*  fdjmolg  -,  -ge= 

fdjntoljen,  to  MELT  down. 
nie'berfenben,  fanbte,  — gejanbt, 

tr.,  to  SEND  down. 
nic'bcrftnfen,*  fanf  -;  -gefunfen, 

to  SINK  down. 
nic'berftctgcn,*  ftieg  -,  -geftiegen, 

to  descend. 


me'berftofjen,  ftieft  -,  -geftoften, 
tr. ,  to  strike  or  thrust  down. 

•Wte'berung,  bte,  -en,  lowland ; 
poetic  and  Jig.,  the  common 
people  ;  c/.  note  to  line  697. 

ttte'berttierfen,  roarf  -,  -geroorfen, 
reflex.,  to  prostrate  oneself, 
cast  oneself  down. 

ttie'malS,  adv.,  never. 

me'manb,  pron.,  no  one,  nobody, 
none. 

tttm'mer,  adv.,  never,  not  again, 
in  no  wise,  in  no  way  (3045). 

ttim'tncrmcljr,  adv.,  never,  never 
at  all,  by  no  means. 

nir'genb(§)r  adv.,  nowhere ;  nir* 
genb  jonft,  nowhere  else. 

nitf  dialectic  for  ntc()t. 

noc^f  adv.,  yet,  as  yet,  still,  even, 
at  least,  only,  besides,  more- 
over, in  addition,  mere  ;  conj., 
nor. 

Wot,  bie,  "e,  NEED,  distress,  neces- 
sity ;  not  tun  or  not  fein,  to  be 
necessary  ;  »on  noten  fyaben,  to 
be  in  need  of,  have  need  of. 

not'gebrungen,  compelled  by  ne- 
cessity, driven  by  need. 

9Jot'gc»tJC^r,  ba«,  -8,  -e,  means  or 
weapons  of  self-defense. 

9Z0t'toel)r,  bie,  self-defense. 

ttltn,  adv.,  NOW;  inter}.,  well! 
why ! 

iwr,  adv.,  only,  merely,  even, 
just,  nothing  but  (2336). 


D,  inter}. ,  oh  !  ah !  0  ! 
06,    prep,   with    gen.    and  dat., 
archaic  and   poetic   for  liber 


Cbfcnd) 


408 


(and ace.)  orroegen  (and  gen.), 
on  account  of;  adv.,  over, 
above  ;  conj.,  if,  whether,  to  see 
whether,  though ;  ob  .  .  .  jd)on 
or  gfeicf)  or  toohf,  although. 

Dfc'bod),  bct8,  -8,  shelter. 

o'fcen,  adv.,  above,  on  high,  high 
up,  before,  in  a  former  place. 

D'berljaupt,  ba8,  -e8,  "er,  head, 
chief. 

O'fcerfjerrltdj,  sovereign,  supreme. 

o&gleid)',  conj.,  although. 

D&'matttt,  ber,  -8,  *er,  arbitrator, 
umpire,  judge. 

O'&rigfeit,  bte,  -en,  authority, 
one  in  authority,  superiors, 
authorities. 

DdjS,  ber,  -en,  -en,  ox. 

S'be,  waste,  desert,  solitary, 
lonely,  secret. 

o'ber,  conj.,  or. 

flf'fen,  OPEN. 

offenba'rett,  tr.,  to  disclose,  re- 
veal. 

offetttltd),  public. 

off'ltett,  tr.,  to  OPEN  ;  reflex.,  to 
open  up,  disclose,  widen,  ap- 
pear. 

oft,  adv.,  OFT,  often. 

D'ljeim,  ber,  -8,  -e,  uncle. 

Dfjttt,  ber,  8,  -e,  contraction  from 
Ofjeim,  uncle. 

oh'ne,  ^>rep.  tci(/i  ace.,  without. 

O^tt'mot^ttfl,  weak,  vain,  una- 
vailing, futile,  impotent. 

Dt)r,  ba«,  -S,  -en,  EAR. 

Dp'fer,  bo8,  -«,  — ,  sacrifice,  vic- 
tim, offering. 

Drdjeft'er,  bo«,  -§,  — ,  ORCHES- 
TRA. 


fic^,   regular,   proper,  OR- 
,  symmetrical.     - 
Crb'nung,  bte,  -en,  ORDER. 
Dvtt   ber,  -e«,  -e   or  "er,  place, 

canton. 

{Dft'(er)retrf),  l>a«/  -*/  Austria, 
b'ft'lid),  EASxern. 


,  bo«,  -e8,  -e,  PAIR. 

Otr,    ber,   -8,   -e,  or  -8,    PEER, 

equal. 

alm,  ber,  -8,  Palm,  name  of  an 

Austrian  nobleman. 
ft,  ber,  -e8,  "e,  POPE. 

les',  ba8,  -e8,  -e,  PARADISE. 
^?orrict'ba,  ber,  -8,  Parricida  ;  cf. 

note  to  2>atermorb,  line  2953. 
^artei'ung,    bte,    -en,     faction, 

schism,  party. 

^ofc,  ber,  -ffe«,  cffe,  PASS,  defile. 
^m'fc,  bte,  -n,  PAUSE,  stop,  rest, 

moment. 
^cls'wamS,  ba8,  -e8,  "er,  fur  coat 

or  doublet. 
^ergament',  ba8,  -8,  -e,  PARCH- 

MENT, document,    charter;   cf. 

note  to  line  244- 
^Ser'le,  bte,  -n,  PEARL,  jewel. 
^crfon',  bie,  -en,  PERSON,  charac- 

ter, r61e,  part;  plu.,  dramatis 

persons. 

^Jc'terf  ber,  -8  (Sonft),  St.  Peter. 
^c'termonn,  ber,  -8,  Petermann, 

the  name  of  a  man. 
,  ber,  -e?,  -e,  PATH. 


priest. 

^f  0(5,  bte,  -en,  residence  or  court, 
but  not  necessarily  a  PALACE. 


409 


Wttrfiegctft 


9?fanb,  ba«,  -e«,  Eer,  pledge,  trust. 
^Jfar'rer,  ber,  -g,  — ,  priest. 
^fau'enfebcr,   bie,    -n,   pKAcock 

FEATHER. 

^fei'fe,  bie, -n,  whistle,  whistling, 

PIPE. 

$(?fet'fer,  ber,  -«,  Pfeifer,  name  of 

a  man. 
^f etf,  ber,  -8,  -e,  bolt,  shaft,  dart, 

arrow. 
^Bferb,    ba«,  -e«,  -e,  horse ;    gu 

$ferb,  on  horseback. 
'je,  bie,  -en,  PLANT. 

,  tr.,  to  PLANT. 
^Jfle'gc,  bie,  care,  attendance. 
pjle'geu,  tr.,  to  foster  ;  intr.,  to  be 

accustomed,  use  ;  9lat§  pflegen, 

to  take  council,  consult  with. 
^?fltdjt,  bie,  -en,  duty,  obligation, 

allegiance. 
pflirflt'gemafj,  dutiful,  as  in  duty 

bound,  faithful  to  duty, 
pfltrfl'tig,   subject  to,  bound  to, 

under  obligations  to. 
^Sfhtg,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  PLOW. 
$j?flug'ftier,  ber,  -«,  -e,  PLOW-OX. 
^j?for'te,  bie,  -n,  gate,  door. 
SJJfoft'ett,  ber,  -«,  — ,  POST,  pillar. 
^Si'fe,  bie,  -n,  PIKE,  lance. 
$j$U'gerr  ber,  -«,  — ,  PILGRIM. 
^U'gerStruc^t,  bie,  -en,  PILGRIM'S 

garb  or  dress. 
plu'gett,  reflex.,  to  be  troubled,  be 

harassed,  drudge,  toil. 

e,  bie,  -n,  ledge,  shelf. 
j,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  PLACE,  room, 

ground. 

sudden. 
s,   ber,  -e«,  -e,  bugbear, 

scarecrow  ;  c/.  note  to  line  1736. 


t,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  PORT,  harbor  ; 

fig.,  place  of  refuge. 
pradjt'Doll,   magnificent,  stately, 

splendid,  grand. 
pratt'gen,  to  shine,   be  splendid, 

parade,  flaunt. 
^run'ger,  ber,  -«,  —  ,  pillory. 
praf'feht,  to  crackle. 
^rci^f  ber,  -e«,  -e,  PRIZE,  reward. 
prei'fett,   prte«,  geprieien,  tr.,  to 

PRAISE  ;  reflex.,  to  be  glad,  call 

or  count  oneself  fortunate. 
preffett,  tr.,  to  OPPRESS,  weigh  or 

press  down. 
^rofpect,  ber,  -8,  -e,  view,  PROS- 

PECT, background. 
Jjrii'fettf    tr.,    to    try,    examine, 

PROTE,  test. 

^rii'fung,  bie,  -en,  trial,  test. 
,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  PULSE,  heart- 

beat;^., moment  (2436). 

ttr'purmantet,  ber,  -«,  *,  PORPLE 

cloak  or  MANTLE. 

D 

l,  bie,  -en,  pain,  agony,  tor- 

ment. 
ento'lett,   reflex.,  to  distress  one- 

self, worry. 
CUtalm,  ber,  -«,  poetic  for  2)ampf, 

vapor,  smoke,  fumes,  foul  air. 
Quell,    ber,   -e8,    -e,    fountain, 

spring,  source. 
duel'le,  bie,  -n,  spring,  fountain, 

source. 


JRa'fee,  ber,  -n,  -n,  RAVEN. 
JRattj'C,  bie,  revenge,  vengeance. 
5Rod)'cgcift,  ber,  -e«,  -er,  spirit  of 


rfitfjen 


410 


vengeance,      avenging     spirit, 

Fury. 

rod)  'en,  tr.,  to  avenge,  revenge. 
9?ad)'er,  ber,  -8,  —  ,  avenger. 
9lad)'gefuljl,  ba8,  -8,  -e,  revenge- 

fulness,  feeling  of  revenge. 
ra'gen,  to  project,  tower  up,  stand 

out,    be    prominent,    threaten 

(1382}. 
JRttttb,  ber,  -eg,  tter,  edge,  verge, 

brink,  border. 
9Juuf,  ber,  -8,  "e,  woto  used  only 

in  the  plu.,   tricks,   intrigues, 

plots. 
Step'perSttieU,  ba8,  -8,  Rappers- 

weil,  name  of  a  town  ;  cf.  note 

to  line  1361. 
rafrf),    quick,    RASH,    impetuous 


ra'fen,  to  rave,  rage,  to  be  in  a 
fury,  be  crazy  (2802)  ;  ber  9fa* 
fenbe,  2033,  the  madman. 

raft'108,  RESTLESS,  unceasing,  un- 
wearied. 

JRot,  ber,  -8,  "e,  advice,  counsel, 
councilor,  council  ;  5Jat8  pffe= 
gen,  to  take  counsel  ;  9fat  roif* 
fen,  to  know  what  to  do  ;  gu 
9?at  gefjen,  to  consult  with,  take 
counsel  with. 

ra'tett,  riet,  geraten,  tr.,  with  dat. 
ofpers.,  to  advise,  counsel. 

9?ttt'f)fluS,  ba8,  -e8,  "er,  town-hall, 
council-house. 

5Rcw6,  ber,  -8,  ROBeery,  prey, 
spoil. 

rau'fien,  tr.,  with  ace.  of  thing  and 
dat.  of  pers.  ,  to  ROB,  plunder, 
extort  (1050),  take  by  force. 
r,  ber,  -8,  —  ,  ROBBER. 


9iaub'tter,  ba3,  -8,  -e,  beast  of 
prey. 

Wand),  ber,  -8,  smoke. 

JHnuiu,  ber,  -8,  ae,  ROOM,  space. 

rfiu'nteit,  tr.,  to  make  ROOM,  quit, 
clear,  vacate,  leave. 

rou'fdjett,  to  RUSH,  roar,  rustle, 
creak ;  ba8  9taufd)en,  roaring 
(of  water),  rustle,  sound,  creak 
(502). 

3JebeH',  ber,  -en,  -en,  REBEL. 

SZedj'en,  ber,  -8,  — ,  RAKE. 

red)'ltCttf  to  count,  RECKON  upon, 
depend  on. 

,   bie,  -en,  RECKOKING, 
account. 

t^t,  adj;,  RIGHT,  straight,  true, 
real,  genuine,  decent,  respect- 
able, honorable ;  adv.,  well, 
thoroughly,  aright ;  bie  9ieci)te, 
the  right  hand  (738,  3288);  $ur 
3tedt)ten,  on  the  right. 

t,  ba8,  -e8,  -e,  RIGHT,  justice ; 
fprecfjen,  to  pronounce  or 
render  or  do  justice. 

retty'ten,  to  be  at  law. 

redjtfer'tigen,  tr.,  to  justify,  vin- 
dicate. 

redjt'103,  outlawed. 

rerf)t3,  adv.,  on  or  to  or  from  the 

RIGHT. 

JRc'bc,  bie,  -en,  talk,  speech, 
words ;  9tebe  ftetyen,  to  render 
or  give  account  or  answer ;  gur 
9ftebe  fommen,  to  be  mentioned 
or  talked  about. 

re'ben,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  talk, 
speak. 

Stc'bing,  ber,  -8,  Reding,  a  man's 
name ;  cf.  note  to  line  986  S.D. 


rebliri) 


411 


reb'Hrf),  adj.,  honest,  just,  candid, 
straight-forward  (239) ,  stout ; 
adv.,  frankly,  steadily  (2248); 
bte  9tebHci)en,  276,  honest  men  ; 
rebltd)  meinen,  to  be  honest  of 
purpose. 

SReb'ltdjfeit,  bie,  integrity,  hon- 
esty. 

re'gc,  active,  busy,  lively,  alert, 
stirring. 

re'gett,  reflex.,  to  stir,  move. 

JRe'gen,  ber,  -g,  — ,  KAIN. 

JRe'genbogett,  ber,  -g, — ,  RAINBOW 

JHegeut',  ber,  -en,  -en,  REGENT, 
ruler. 

rejjte'rett,  tr.,  to  rule,  reign,  gov- 
ern, guide,  direct. 

Regiment',  bag,  -8,  -e,  rule,  gov- 
ernment, power,  management ; 
bag  Regiment  fiihren,  to  manage 
or  direct. 

retd),  RICH. 

9fetdj,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  realm,  empire, 
kingdom,  reign. 

rct'^cn,  tr.,  to  REACH,  give,  ex- 
tend. 

reid)'(id),  abundant,  plentiful. 

5Rettty3'bote,  ber,  -n,  -n,  imperial 
messenger. 

JRetcp'fiirft,  ber,  -en,  -en,  prince 
of  the  empire. 

9Jdcf)§'lWttier,  bag,  -g,  -e,  BANNER 
of  the  empire,  imperial  stand- 
ard. 

<Ret(^'t>ogt,  ber,  -g,  "e,  imperial 
governor. 

JRet'tje,  bie,  -n,  ROW,  line,  rank, 
order,  turn. 

JRei'fjett,  ber,  -«,  — ,  ROW,  proces- 
sion, line, 


reitt,  adj.,  clean,  pure,  clear,  in- 
nocent, free ;  adv.,  completely, 
entirely,  absolutely. 

9?et§,  bag,  -e«,  -er,  twig. 

JRete'ljolj,  ba«,  -e«,  brushwood. 

Dtei'ftgc,  ber,  -n,  -n,  poetic,  horse- 
man, trooper. 

ret'^cn,  rift,  geriffen,  tr.,  to  tear, 
pull,  snatch,  wrest,  dash,  hurry 
away  (2774). 

ret'tett,  ritt,  geritten  (fein  or 
fyaben), to  RIDE. 

SJci'ter,  ber,  -g,  — ,  horseman, 
trooper. 

9?ei'ter3mannf  ber,  -g,  aer  or 
9teitergteute,  horseman,  trooper. 

rei'-jett,  tr.,  to  irritate,  provoke  ; 
gereijt,  irritated. 

m'seitb,  charming. 

rctt'nen,  rannte,  gerannt  (fein  or 
fjaben),  to  RUN. 

JRefpeft',  ber,  -g,  RESPECT. 

9icft,  ber,  -g,  -e,  remains,  REST. 

ret'ten,  tr.,  to  save,  deliver,  rescue. 

fRet'ter,  ber,  -g,  — ,  savior,  res- 
cuer, deliverer. 

JRct'tung,  bie,  -en,  rescue,  deliv- 
erance. 

ret'hutg3lo3,  beyond  help  or  re- 
covery, irretrievable. 

9tet'tung3ufer,  bag,  -g,  — ,  shore 
of  safety. 

9leu'e,  bie,  repentance. 

rcu'Ctt,  impers.  with  ace.,  to  re- 
pent, regret. 

JReu'etrane,  bie,  -n,  tear  of  re- 
pentance. 

JHeitfj,  bie,  Reuss,  the  name  of  a 
river;  cf.  note  to  lines  2969, 


412 


rittfjpringen 


',    bte,    -en,    obeisance, 

bow,     REVERENCE. 

SHfjetn,  ber,  -g,  Rhine,  name  of  a 
river. 

JRljeitt'fefb,  bag,  -9,  Rheinfeld  or 
Rheinfelden,  name  of  a  town  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  1324. 

rttf)'ten,  tr.,  to  direct,  turn,  judge  ; 
reflex.,  to  raise  oneself  up,  to 
straighten  oneself,  judge ;  cf. 
note  to  line  3055. 

JRtdj'ter,  ber,  -g,  — ,  judge. 

ridj'terltd),  judicial. 

Otidj'terfprudj,  ber,  -8,  Ee,  sen- 
tence, judgment,  verdict. 

JRtd)t'ma£,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  rule, 
measure,  carpenter's  square. 

9itdj'titng,  bie,  -en,  direction. 

JRte'gel,  ber,  -g,  — ,  bolt. 

9Ri'gtl»erg,  ber,  -g,  Rigi,  the  name 
of  a  mountain  ;  cf.  note  to  line 


JRtnb,  bag,  -eg,  -er,  ox,  cow ;  plu., 

cattle. 

JRtng,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  RING,  circle, 
rtn'jjen,  rang,  gerungen,  to  strug- 
gle, writhe,  WRING  ;  reflex.,  to 

fight  one's  way. 
ring$,  adv.,  around,  about,  in  a 

circle ;    ringg     herum,    round 

about, 
ringeiuitt ',  adv. ,  all  around,  round 

about. 
ring§umljer'f    adv.,  all     around, 

round  about, 
ritt'nen,*  rann,  geronnen,  to  run, 

flow. 
Wk   ber,   -ffeg,  -ffe,  rent,   gap, 

cleft,  rift. 
9Jit'tcr,  ber,  -«,  — ,  knight. 


9?it'terfroufein,  bag,  -§,  — ,  noble 

maid  or  lady. 
SRU'terfletbuttg,  bie,  -en,  knight's 

attire  or  dress. 
rit'terltdj,  knightly. 
JRit'termontel,  ber,  -«,  "-,  knight's 

cloak  or  MANTLE. 
3Jtt'tcrpflid)t,   bte,   -en,  knightly 

duty. 
9?tt'tertt)ort,  bag,  -e«,  -e,  knightly 

WORD. 

rol),  rude,  cruel,  ROUGH. 
SRoljr,  bag,  -eg,  -e  or  "e,  reed. 
rol'Iett,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  ROLL. 
JRiJ'merfrone,    bie,   -en,   ROMAN 

CROWN,  crown  of  Rome. 
Sto'merjiifl,   ber,  -g,  "e,  journey 

to    Rome ;     cf.    note    to    line 

1134- 

bag,     -ffeg,    -ffe,    HORSE, 

steed. 

rg,  ber,  -8,  Rossberg,  name 

of  a  mountain ;  bag  9tojj'berg,  -g, 

name  of  a  fortified  castle  ;  cf. 

note  to  line  77. 
JRiif' felmonn,  ber,  -§,  Rosselmann, 

name  of  a  priest, 
roft'cn  (haben  or  fein),  to  BUST. 
roft'tg,  RUSTY. 
rot,  RED. 
ntrfjt'bar,    archaic   for   rudjbar, 

notorious,     rumored,     known, 

noised  about  (101). 
JRitef'en,   ber,  -g,  — ,  back,  rear, 

backing,  support. 
riitf'fpringen,*      fprang,       -ge* 

fprungen,  occurs  only  in  such 

forms  as  are  written  as   one 

word,  for  juriirfipringen,  to  leap 

backwards, 


413 


Scene 


IRtt'beitS,  ber,  — ,  Rudenz,  name 
of  a  man. 

9tu'ber,  bag,  -8,  — ,  oar. 

JRu'berer,  ber,  -«,  — ,  rower. 

SJu'bolf,  ber,  -8,  Rudolf,  name  of 
a  German  emperor  ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2728. 

9iuf,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  call,  cry,  re- 
port. 

ru'fen,  rief,  gerufen,  tr.  and  intr., 
to  call,  hail,  summon,  cry. 

9?ttf'ft,  or  SRuft,  a  Swiss  word, 
landslide. 

JRu'lje,  bie,  rest,  quiet,  peace, 
repose. 

ru'Ijeit,  to  rest. 

ru'fyig,  quiet,  peaceful,  at  rest. 

SHllhm,  ber,  -§,  renown,  glory, 
fame. 

tiilj'mett,  tr.,  to  praise  ;  reflex.,  to 
be  proud  of,  glory  in  (gen.), 
boast  of. 

riUjttt'fuf),  laudable,  glorious, 
praiseworthy. 

ritlj'rett,  tr.,  to  stir,  move,  beat 
(of  drum),  touch. 

JRui'ite,  bte,  -n,  RUIN. 

JHun'fe,  bte,  -n,  or  ber  Shin?,  for 
9tinfa[,  gully  or  small  channel 
made  by  the  rushing  water  of 
little  glacier  streams,  channel, 
runlet. 

SfJuo'bt,  ber,  -g,  Ruodi,  name  of  a 
fisherman. 

riift'ett,  tr.  and  reflex.,  archaic 
and  poetic  for  bereiten,  to  pre- 
pare, arm,  equip  (1380). 

9titt'K,  bag,  -8,  Riitli,  name  of  a 
mountain  meadow  ;  cf.  note  to 
line  727. 


r§,  for  eg. 

<Sonf,  ber,  -eg,  @ate,  hall,  large 
room. 

Saat,  bte,  -en,  SEED. 

©a^'e,  bte,  -n,  thing,  affair,  mat- 
ter, business,  cause. 

fa'en,  tr.,  to  sow. 

fa'geit,  tr.,  to  SAY,  tell. 

@atj$,  bag,  -e8,  -e,  SALT. 

fam'meln,  tr.,  to  collect,  gather. 

©tttttm'lung,  bte,  -en,  composure, 
meditation,  devotion. 

fdttft,  SOFT,  gentle,  kind,  mild ; 
fanft  tun,  to  be  agreeable,  treat 
gently. 

©dttft,  indecl.  adj.,  saint,  St. 

©or'nen,  bag,  -8,  Sarnen,  name 
of  a  town  ;  cf.  note  to  line  558. 

©ov'ner,  adj.,  of  Sarnen. 

©uf'fe,  ber,  -n,  -n,  freeholder, 
tenant,  one  bound  to  the  serv- 
ice of  another,  serf,  bonds- 
man, colonist  (1208). 

SSt'tiflnitfl,  bie,  satisfaction,  satia- 
tion, satiety. 

fau'er,  SOUR,  bitter,  hard,  toil- 
some, laborious. 

fon'gen,  fog,  gefogen,  tr.,  to  SUCK, 
drink  in,  drink  greedily  (990). 

@(itt'Ie,  bie,  -n,  pillar,  post,  col- 
umn. 

fou'men,  to  delay,  linger,  hesi- 
tate, tarry ;  bag  ©a'umen  (2280), 
delay. 

Son'mer,  ber,  -«,  — ,  driver,  car- 
rier, freighter. 
(Saum'rofe,   bag,  -ffeg,  -ffe,  pack 

horse. 
Sce'ne,  bie,  -n,  SCENE,  stage  ;  in 


Scepter 


414 


fdjeUen 


bte  @cene  rufenb,  calling  behind 
the  scenes,  calling  into  the 
wings. 

<3cep'ter,  bag,  -8,  — ,  SCEPTER. 

©djfidj'en,  ber,  -8,  Schachen,  the 
name  of  a  river ;  cf.  note  to 
line  1550. 

©ifyodj'entat,  bag,  -8,  the  valley 
of  the  river  Schachen. 

@rf|o'bel,  ber,  -8,  — ,  skull. 

©d)a'be(n),  ber,  -8,  ",  damage, 
harm,  injury ;  ohne  @d)aben 
(426),  leaving  no  trace. 

fdjtt'bett,  to  do  harm,  do  injury, 
hurt  (withdat.). 

fdjfi'btBCtt,  tr.,  to  harm,  damage, 
injure,  hurt. 

©rfjaf,  bag,  -8,  -e,  SHEEP. 

fdjaf'fett,  tr.,  to  do,  accomplish, 
make,  bring,  get,  procure,  se- 
cure, create  (1011),  act,  rule, 
manage  ;  aug  bent  SBege  fd)affen 
(2757),  to  get  out  of  the  way  ; 
gur  @telle  fdjaffen  (571),  pro- 
duce (on  the  spot  or  at  once). 

<5cfafff)au'fenf  bag,  -8,  Schaff- 
hausen,  the  name  of  a  town; 
cf.  note  to  line  2948. 

©rfjoff' ner,  ber,  -g,  — ,  steward. 

SrfjflU,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  sound. 

fdjal'feit,  fd)oll,  gefthollen,  also 
weak  (haben  or  fein),  to  sound, 
resound,  ring,  echo. 

fdjat'tCtt,  poetic,  to  rule,  hold 
sway. 

Srfjnm,  bte,  modesty,  SHAME. 

frtlii'mcit,  reflex.,  to  be  ASHAMED. 

fdjittt'bett,  tr.,  to  disgrace,  dis- 
honor, defile. 

(SdjOlt'ber,  ber,  -g,  — ,  despoiler, 


violator,  one  who  causes  shame 

or  disgrace. 
Sdjanb'ltdjfeit,  bie,  -en,  disgrace, 

infamy. 
Sdjdtt'je,  bie,-n,  CHANCE,  hazard, 

stake;  in  bte  @tf)an$e  fcf)tageit, 

to  stake,  hazard,  risk. 
©rfjor,    bie,   -en,   crowd,  troop, 

herd,  multitude,  flock. 
fdjarf,  SHARP,  keen, 
fdjor'ren,  tr.,  to  scrape,  paw. 
frfjar'tig,  jagged. 
Sd)ot'te(n),     ber,   -(n)8,  -(n), 

SHADOW. 

3ti)al5,     ber,    -eg,    "e,     treasure, 

jewel. 
3ri)au,  bte,  -en,  SHOW  ;  jur  @(i)au 

tragen,   make  proud  show  of, 

display. 
ftfjou'bern,    to   SHUDDER  ;     fcf)au= 

bernb,  horror  struck. 
fdjau'en,  tr.,  to  see,  behold,  look 

at,  gaze. 
fdjou'erltd),      horrible,     terrible, 

awful. 

frfjfiu'meit,  to  foam, 
©djau'pfoft,  ber,  -eg,  tte,  scene. 
Stfjau'fpieJ,  ba^,  -g,  -e,  spectacle, 

sight,  drama. 

fdjcel,  askance,  envious,  jealous. 
©t^ei'fie,  bie,  -n,  target. 
fd)et'ben,  fd)ieb,  gejcfjieben,  tr.,  to 

separate,    divide,    part ;    intr. 

(jetn),  to  depart,  leave  ;  bal)tn'= 

fd)etben,  to  die. 

©djetn,  ber,  -eg,  SHINE,  light,  ex- 
cuse, pretext,  appearance. 
fdjet'nen,     fdjien,    gefd)tenen,    to 

seem,  appear. 
fdjel'len,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  ring. 


fdjeltett 


415 


fdjel'ten,  fdjatt,  gefdjotten,  tr., 
takes  two  ace.,  to  blame,  SCOLD, 
censure,  taunt,  call  in  ridicule 
or  nickname  (825). 

fdjcu'feit,  tr.,  to  grant,  present, 
give,  bestow. 

@d)ers,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  jest,  joke. 

fdjer'jett,  to  jest. 

fttjCU,  SHY,  timid,  fearful. 

fdjeu'en,  tr.,  to  shun,  shrink  from, 
fear. 

©djeu'lte,  bie,  -n,  barn,  shed  for 
hay  and  grain. 

fdjtrf'en,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  send. 

Sd)irf'fal,  bag,  -g,  -e,  fate,  des- 
tiny, lot. 

©djtrf'foISprobe,  tie,  -it,  trial  of 
fate  or  destiny. 

Sdjirf' Hltg,  bie,  -en,  dispensation, 
providence. 

©djte'ferberfer,  ber,  -g,  — ,  roofer, 
slater. 

fdjte'Ictt,  glance  furtively,  squint. 

fdjie'^ett,  jdjoft,  gefdjoffen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  SHOOT. 

Sdjiefc'seug,  bag,  -g,  shooting  im- 
plements, bow  and  arrows. 

Sdjtff,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  SHIP,  boat. 

©djiff'&rud),  ber,  -g,  "e,  ship- 
wreck. 

fc^tf'fcnf  to  sail,  embark,  to  put 
to  sea. 

@djtf 'fer,  ber,  -g,  — ,  boatman. 

©djiff'fetn,  bag,  -g,  — ,  small 
boat. 

<Sd)Ub,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  SHIELD. 

@d)Ub'ttJad)ef  bie,  -n,  guard,  sen- 
tinel. 

@rf)im'tlter,  ber,  -g,  — ,  SHIMMER, 
glimmer,  gleam. 


Sdjtmpf,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  insult,  dis- 
grace. 

(Sdjtrm,  ber,  -g,  -e,  shelter,  pro- 
tection; ©cijufc  uitb  @cf)irm, 
shield  and  shelter. 

ftfytr'men,  tr.,  to  shelter,  protect, 
defend. 

@cf)ir'mer,  ber,  -g,  — ,  protector. 

@d)toct)t,  bie,  -en,  battle. 

©rf|larf|t'frf)tt)ert,  bag,  -g,  -er,  bat- 
tle sword. 

<Sdj|lafr  ber,  -eg,  SLEEP. 

@d)lfi'fer,  ber,  -g,  — ,  SLEEPER. 

©rfirag'lirtum,  ber,  -g,  "e,  toll  gate, 
toll  bar. 

frfjfa'actt,  fcfjtitg,  gef^tagen,  tr.,  to 
beat,  strike,  smite,  cast,  throw, 
rise  (2878),  strike  down  ;  intr., 
strike,  beat,  to  make  one's 
way,  force  one's  way ;  ge^ 
fi^fagen,  stricken  (2816). 

(Sdjlag'tawi'ite,  bie,  -n,  ava- 
lanche ;  c/.  note  to  line  1781. 

3(l)lnit'nc,  bie,  -n,  snake,  serpent. 

fd)ledjt,  bad,  low,  vile,  base, 
worthless. 

fcfjlei'djen,*  fcfitid),  gefdjlirfjen,  to 
sneak,  steal,  slink;  reflex.,  to 
steal  one's  way. 

fdjfen'bern,  to  lounge,  loiter,  be 
slow. 

tt,  reflex.,  to  drag  oneself 
along. 

itt,    tr.,   to    sling,    hurl, 
dash. 

fdjleu'ltig,  quick,  swift,  rapid. 

©djlidi,  ber,  -g,  -e,  secret  path, 
by-path. 

fd)ftd)t,  plain,  simple,  straight- 
forward, modest. 


416 


fdjreten 


ftfjHrfj'rett,  tr.,  to  settle,  adjust. 

frf|(ie'f;ett,  fchtofc,  gefcf)[offen,  tr.,  to 
close,  conclude,  end,  make, 
form,  inclose,  bound. 

frfjHmm,  bad,  evil. 

Scfjlin'ge,  bie,  -en,  noose,  snare. 

3rf)(iJft,  ba§,  -ffe§,  "ffer,  lock,  cas- 
tle, stronghold,  fortress. 

fdjhtttt'ment,  to  SLU.MBEK. 

Sdjhtnb,  ber,  -e§,  "e,  gorge,  abyss, 
chasm. 

3cf|(u$,  ber,  -ffe«,  "ffe,  conclusion, 
determination,  resolve. 

Sdjmarf),  bie,  disgrace,  dishonor. 

fd)mud)'teit,  to  languish,  pine. 

fdjmet'djeln,  with  dat.,  to  flatter, 
coax,  caress. 

Sdimelj,  ber,  -e§,  enamel,  luster. 

Sdjmerj,  ber,  -e«  (poetic,  -en«), 
-n,  pain,  grief,  sorrow. 

fdjmer'§en,  «r.,  to  pain,  grieve. 

Srfjmer'jen^pfeU,  ber,  -«,  -e,  pain- 
ful or  wounding  or  fatal  arrow. 

<2d)mer'sen3fel)n'fud)t,  bie,  pain- 
ful longing. 

j,  painful. 

n,  rent  or  torn 
with  pain  or  grief,  distracted, 
grief  stricken. 

2d)mieb,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  SMITH  ;  also 
part  of  a  proper  name. 

fd)tme'ben,  tr.,  to  forge. 

fdjmte'gen,  reflex.,  to  cling. 

fdjmurf,  trim,  nice,  pretty,  sleek, 
handsome. 

f^miitf'en,  tr.,  to  adorn,  decorate, 
beautify. 

Srfjttetf'e,  bie,  -n,  snail. 

3d)nee'ge&irgef  ba«,  -e«,  — ,  snow- 
capped mountain  or  mountains. 


frfinet'ben,  ftfjnitt,  gefd)nitten,  <r. 

and  intr.,  to  cut. 
fdjnefl,      quick,     swift,     violent, 

rash. 
fdjon,  adv.  and  emphatic  particle, 

already,  even,  surely,    indeed, 

never  fear,  all  right,  no  doubt, 

truly. 
frfjfllt,  beautiful,  handsome,  fair, 

noble, 
frfjo'ttett,  tr.  and  intr.,  with  gen., 

to  spare,  save,  regard. 
fdjiip'fen,    tr.,   to    draw,   obtain, 

procure,  secure. 
3d)op'fungf  bie,  -en,  creation. 
3d)op'func;5iag,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  day 

of  creation. 
Srfiov,    ber,  -e§,  *e,  lap,  bosom, 

womb. 
Sdjran'fe,  bie,  -n,  bounds,  limit, 

bar. 
fd)rerf'ettr  tr.,  to  frighten,  alarm, 

rouse  (2572). 

Sdjrerf'en,  ber,  -8,  — ,  fright,  ter- 
ror, horror. 
Sdjrerf'ensifrra^e,  bie,  -n,  way  or 

road  of  horror. 
Srfjrecfljortt,    ba«,    -%,   Schreck- 

horn,  name  of  a  mountain  ;  cf. 

note  to  line  628. 
fcfjrcrf 'Hrf),  frightful,  terrible  ;  bag 

2cf)recfttcf)fte,  the  most  horrible 

or  dreadful  thing. 
3d)tC(f'ni§,  ba«,  -ffeS,  -f[e,  horror, 

horrible  thing. 
Srfjrei'&en,  bas,  -8,  — ,  writing, 

letter. 
fdjrei'ett,  fcf)rie,  gefd)rieen,  to  cry, 

scream,   shout;    jdjreienb,  out- 
rageous, flagrant. 


fd)rcitcn 


417 


fdjiuimmen 


frfirei'tctt,*  fdjritt,  gefdjritten,  to 
step,  stride. 

©djritt,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  step,  pace. 

fdjroff,  steep,  precipitous,  sheer. 

@d)ulb,  bie,  -en,  debt,  fault,  guilt. 

fdjul'btfj,  indebted,  guilty;  fd)lll= 
big  bfetben  (2476)  ,  to  leave  un- 
done or  unpaid  ;  ehien  @d)itl= 
bigen  (2184),  guilty  one. 

©djul'ter,  bie,  -n,  SHOULDER. 

Srf)ttr'fc,  ber,  -n,  -n,  wretch, 
knave. 

fd)iir'§ettf  tr.,  to  gird,  dress. 

©djufj,  ber,  -ffe«,  *|fe,  SHOT. 

fdjitt'teht,  tr.,  to  shake. 

Sdjutj,  ber,  -e§,  protection,  de- 
fense, shelter;  @d)u£  unb 
@d)trm,  shield  and  shelter  ;  ju 
@cftut3  unb  5£rut3,  for  defense 
and  offense. 


archer. 
fdjii^'en,  tr.,  to  protect,  defend, 

shield,  shelter. 
<2d)it^'en(tebf  ba$,-«,  -er,hunter's 

song. 
S^ii^'curegcl,   bie,  -n,  archer's 

RULE  or  custom. 
©djnw'beit,  ba«,-«,  SWABIA,  name 

of  a  German  duchy  ;  cf.  note 

to  line  1329. 
fdjnw'bifd),  SWABIAN. 
friiumrt),       weak,      feeble  ;      ber 

®cf)iuacf)fte,  the  weakest  ;    ber 

@d)tt)acf)e,  the  weak  or  help- 

less. 
©d)tt»ii'f)crf      ber,    -8,    —  ,     for 

@d)tt>ager,  brother-in-law,   but 

in  Tell  in  the  sense  of  father- 

in-law. 


frf)ttm'nen,  intr.  imprs.,  with  dat., 
to  forebode ;  cf.  note  to  line 
501. 

fdjuwnf,  flexible,  swaying,  slen- 
der. 

fdjnwn'fcu,  to  stagger,  sway,  reel, 
toss,  rock,  roll. 

©djttwrm,  ber,  -e8,  "e,  SWARM. 

fdjttwrs,  black;  ba«  @d)tt>ar3e 
treffen,  to  hit  the  bull's  eye 
(1939) ;  ber  @d)iuarje  S3erg, 
the  Brunig;  cf.  note  to  line 
1193. 

frfjtDe'fcen,  to  hover,  hang. 

frfituei'flcn,    jdjiuteg,    gejdjroiegen, 
to    be     or   keep    silent ;     ba8 
©tfjroeigen  (420},  silence. 
is,  bie,  Swixzerland. 
,  ber,  -«,  — ,  Swiss. 

bie,   -nen,    Swiss 
woman. 

tt,  to  feast,  revel,  carouse. 
,  bie,  -n,  threshold. 

fd)tt»er,  heavy,  hard,  difficult, 
grievous,  grave,  terrible,  great, 
serious,  stubborn  (1428)  ; 
@d)luere«,  grave  offense  (2744), 
deed  of  violence,  terrible  deeds 
(545)  ;  fcljnjer'at'menb  (1446), 
breathing  with  difficulty. 

fdjmer'bela'bett,  heavy-laden. 

@d)tt)ert,  ba«,  -e8,  -er,  SWORD, 
presidency. 

£d)tt»eft'erf  bie,  -n,  SISTER. 

©etjtueft'erfoljtt,  ber,  -8,  "e,  SIS- 
TER'S SON,  nephew. 

frfjwim'men,  fdjhiamm,  gei'd)wom= 
men  (fein  or  fyaben),  to  SWIM; 
mtr  fd)«immt  (198S),  my  head 


Sdjttnmmer 


418 


SennJjutte 


@ef)tt»tttt'mer,  ber, -g, — ,  SWIMMER. 

frf)imnb'(e)lid|t,  for  jchnnnbtig, 
dizzy. 

fd)tt)tn'gen,  jcfiroang,  gefctynmngen, 
tr.j  to  SWING,  wield,  brandish, 
wave  ;  reflex.,  to  leap  up,  swing 
oneself. 

frf)»o'ren,  fcfyiuor  or  fchnmr,  ge= 
fdjiuoren,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  SWEAR, 
vow,  pledge  by  an  oath  (2504}. 

<Srf)ttMttfl,  ber,  -eg,  "e,  SWING, 
movement,  strain,  flight,  flour- 
ish (of  musical  instruments). 

©djttwr,  ber,  -eg,  "e,  oath. 

©djttJljJ,  bag,  Schwyz,  name  of  a 
canton  and  of  a  city  ;  cf.  note 
to  S.D.,  Act  I,  Sc.  I. 

<Sd)tt)t)'§er,  of  Schwyz,  Swiss,  be- 
longing to  the  canton  Schwyz. 

@d)tt)t)'§erlajtb,  bag,  -eg,  -e,  can- 
ton of  Schwyz  ;  the  plu.  is  often 
used  for  the  three  Forest  Can- 
tons. 

fed)£,  six. 

fedjft,  SIXTH. 

<5ee,  ber,  -g,  -it,  lake. 

@ee'(e,  bie,  -n,  SOUL. 

Se'gen,  ber,  -8,  — ,  blessing. 

fe'gentiott,  blessed,  full  of  or  rich 
with  blessing,  beneficent. 

feg'nett,  tr.,  to  bless;  cf.  note  to 
line  97. 

fe'ljeit,  fab,  gefefyen,  tr.  and  intr., 
to  SEE,  perceive,  look ;  ba§ 
©efyeit,  sight. 

©e'ljer,  ber,  -8,  prophet,  SEER. 

fefy'lten,  reflex.,  to  long,  yearn  ; 
bag  (geljnen  (1675),  longing, 
yearning. 

feljr,  adv.,  very,  much,  greatly. 


©ei'fce,  bie,  -n,  silk. 

<5>et(,  bag,  -g,  -e,  rope,  cord,  tie. 

fein,*  war,  geraefen,  be,  exist;  nne 
bem  aitd)  fei,  however  that  may 
be;  3Bag  ift  (guct)?  What  ails 
you  ? 

fein,  poss.  pron.  and  adj.,  his,  its  ; 
bie  ©einen,  kindred,  friends ; 
bag  @eine,  his  territory  or 
lands  or  property. 

feit,  prep,  with  dat.,  SINCE,  for, 
within;  conj.,  since. 

fettbettt',  adv.,  SINCE,  since  then  ; 
conj.,  since. 

©et'te,  bie,  -n,  SIDE,  slope  (2665). 

feit'»)0rt§,  adv.,  SIDE  ways. 

felbott'ber,  pron.,  one's  SELF  and 
one  OTHER,  with  one  other,  to- 
gether. 

f el' ber,  indecl.  adj.,  SELF. 

felbft,  indecl.  adj.,  SELF  ;  fott 
fetbft,  of  one's  own  accord  ;  fitr 
fid)  felbft,  by  itself;  adv.,  even 
(1017,  1048). 

Setbft'ljerr,  ber,  -n,  -en,  one's 
own  master. 

fe'lifl,  blessed,  happy,  blissful. 

<3e'(t3berg,  ber,  -g,  Selisberg, 
name  of  a  mountain ;  cf.  note 
to  line  965. 

fel'tCtt,  adj.,  rare,  curious  ;  adv., 
SELDOM,  rarely. 

felt'faitt,  strange,  peculiar,  singu- 
lar, odd. 

f  ett'bett,  fanbte,  gefanbt,  also  weak, 
tr.,  to  SEND. 

Seuit,  Scnne,  -(e)n,  -(e)n,  herds- 
man. 

Senit'ljutte,  bie,  -n,  herdsman's 
hut. 


Scnfe 


419 


foUen 


<3en'fe,  bie,  -n,  scythe. 

Sen'te,  bie,  -n,  herd  of  some  20 
cows  which  a  herdsman  pas- 
tures in  the  mountains,  herd. 

Sep'pi,  ber,  -8,  Seppi,  a  boy's 
name. 

fe^'en,  tr.,  to  SET,  put,  place, 
stake,  risk ;  reflex.,  to  sit  down. 

<2e'tt»o,  ba§,  -8,  Sewa,  the  name 
of  a  town. 

ftrfj,  reflex,  pron.,  himself,  herself, 
itself,  themselves ;  reciprocal 
for  einanber  (2397),  one 
another,  each  other ;  with  @ie, 
yourself,  yourselves. 

fid)'er,  safe,  SECURE,  certain, 
SURE. 

©idj'erljeit,  bie,  -en,  safety,  SE- 
CURITY. 

fidj'erit,  tr.,  to  SECURE,  assure; 
usually  takes  the  dat.,  but  the 
ace.  is  used  in  lines  2058,  2063. 

ftd)t'tmr,  visible,  evident. 

^ie,  per.  pron.,  SHE,  it,  they  ;  @ie, 
with  plu.  verb,  you. 

<£teg,  ber,  -e$,  -e,  victory. 

fteg'beriiljmt,  famous  as  victor, 
victorious. 

fie'gett,  to  conquer,  triumph. 

©ie'ger,  ber,  -s,  — ,  victor,  con- 
queror. 

ftel),  interj.,  oh!  (513). 

Stgnul'feuer,  ba§,  -«,  — ,  SIGNAL 

FIRE. 

©i'grift,  ber,  -en,  -en,  SACRISTAN, 

sexton. 
©U'ltnen,  ba«,  -«,  Sillinen,  name 

of  a  village ;  cf.  note  to  line  685. 
Si'tnon,  ber,  -ss,  Simon,  name  of 

a  saint ;  cf.  note  to  line  146. 


fttt'jjett,  fang,  gefungen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  SING,  chant. 

fut'feit,*  font,  gefunfen,  to  SINK, 
fall. 

Sinn,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  sense,  mean- 
ing, temper  (1398),  mind;  bei 
-iinnen,  in  one's  right  mind. 

ftn'nett,  fann,  gefonnen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  think,  meditate,  plan, 
intend. 

Stt'tc,  bie,  -n,  custom ;  plu., 
manners,  habits,  morals ; 
bringt'S  bie  @itte  mit,  custom 
requires  (1401). 

Stfe,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  SEAT,  residence, 
habitation. 

ftfe'en,  fag,  gefeffen,  to  SIT  ;  in  ar- 
chaic and  poetic  sense,  to  live, 
reside,  dwell. 

(Sfftt'De,  ber,  -n,  -n,  SLAVE. 

ffto'Dtfd),    SLAVISH. 

fo,  adv.  and  conj.,  so,  thus,  then, 

therefore,  as  if  (2755) ;  fo  ober 

fo,  this  way  or  that,  whether 

one  will  or  not. 
foe'ben,  adv.,  just,  just  now. 
fogfetdj',    adv.,   immediately,    at 

once,  forthwith. 
8ol)tt,  ber,  -«,  "e,  SON. 
fofung'(e),  conj.,  as  long  as,   so 

LONG  as. 
fol'djer,   foldje,    folcfteS,  adj.  and 

pron.,  SUCH. 
Solfc'ner,  ber,  -8,  — ,  mercenary 

soldier. 
fol'len,  intr.  and  mod.  aux.,  be 

tO,  SHALL,  SHOULD,  HlUSt,  OUght, 

be  obliged,  be  intended  to,  be 
destined  to,  be  said  to,  stand  for, 
mean,  let  (912). 


:ommcr 


420 


Stobt 


Som'mer,  ber,  -S,  — ,  SUMMER. 
fon'bern,  conj.,  but. 
Son'ne,  bte, -en,  srx. 
Son'nenfdjein,     ber,     -«,     -   •>- 

SHINE. 

fon'nenfcfjett,  shunning  or  dread- 
ing the  sunlight,  light-fearing. 

fon'ntg,  SUXST,  sunlit. 

fottft,  adv.,  otherwise,  else,  for- 
merly, once,  in  other  respects  ; 
nirgenb  ionft,  nowhere  else; 
fonffc  einmal,  perhaps  some 
other  time. 

(Sor'ge,  bie,  -n,  care,  anxiety. 

for'gen,  to  care,  look  out  for, 
provide  for ;  forgt  fiir  eud), 
mind  your  own  business. 

for'geupoll,  troubled,  anxious. 

Sorg'folt,  bte,  care,  solicitude. 

Spacer,  ber,  -8,  — ,  SPY. 

fpon'nen,  tr.,  to  draw,  bend, 
stretch,  fasten,  harness  ;  with 
Don  and  cm*,  to  unyoke. 

Spon'nung,  bie,  excitement,  ten- 
sion, suspense,  attention. 

fpo'ren,  tr.,  to  SPAKE,  save,  put 
off,  reserve,  postpone. 

fpfit,  late,  remote,  distant,  years 
hence  (2915"). 

Speer,  ber,  -«,  -e,  SPEAK. 

fper'ren,  tr.,  to  block  up,  shut, 
close,  bar,  obstruct. 

Spte'gel,  ber,  -%,  — ,  mirror. 

Spiel,  ba«,  -«,  -*,  play,  sport, 
game,  gambling  ;  Spiel  tretben, 
make  sport  of. 

fpte'tcn,  tr..  to  play,  trifle  with. 

Soicl'mann,  ber,  -«,  *er,  or  2ptet= 
leilte,  wandering  minstrel, 
player,  musician. 


Sptcp,  ber,  -e$,  -e,  spear,  lance, 
pike. 

fpin'nett,  iponn,  geiponnen,  tr..  to 
spin,  plan,  plot,  scheme  ;  reflex., 
to  be  plotted,  be  going  on. 

Spife'c,  bie,  -n,  point,  peak,  top. 

fptft'cn,  tr..  to  point,  prick  up. 

fptfi'tg,  pointed,  sharp. 

3pott,  ber,  -ee,  ridicule,  mockery, 
scorn. 

f  pot 'ten,  to  mock,  laugh  at,  de- 
ride, scorn  ;  takes  the  gun.  in 
poetry. 

3pra'tf|e,  bie,  -it,  language. 

fpretfj'en,  iprarf),  geiprodien,  tr. 
and  intr.,  to  SPEAK,  say.  talk; 
with  ace.  of  person,  to  speak 
with  ;  9ted)t  jprechen,  administer 
justice. 

fpren'gen,  tr.,  to  burst,  break, 
shatter. 

fprin'gen,  iprang,  gefprungen  (fein 
or  haben),  to  SPRING,  leap,  run, 
jump. 

3prurf),  ber,  -e^,  =«,  saying,  sen- 
tence, judgment,  maxim,  saw, 
proverb. 

Sprung,  ber,  -««,  "e,  leap,  jump, 

SPRING. 

fpii'Ien,  to  wash,  play  about  or 
dash  gently  or  playfully. 

Spur,  bte,  -en,  trace,  track,  ves- 
tige, sign,  evidence. 

fpur'Io^,  leaving  no  trace. 

float* 'f lug,  diplomatic,  politic, 
prudent. 

Stab,  ber,  -ee,  *e,  STAFF,  stick, 
rod. 

3tad)'el,  ber,  -3,  — ,  sting,  goad. 

Stobt,  bte,  "e,  town,  city. 


3tub,l 


421 


3tclle 


Staljl,  ber,  -S,  ae, 

Stall,  ber,  -S,  "e,  stable. 

Stall'tneifter,  ber,  -8,  — ,  equerry, 
master  of  the  horse. 

Stamm,  ber,  -e«,  *e,  STEM,  trunk, 
race,  lineage,  family,  tribe. 

Sramm'ljof,},  Dae,  -e*,  cer,  trunk- 
wood,  solid  timber,  massive 
beams. 

Stanl),  ber,  -e$,  *t,  rank,  class, 
state,  condition,  resistance 
(1428),  STAND,  estate,  canton, 
district,  community. 

Stan'ge,  bie,  -n,  pole. 

Stan},  ba»,  -e$,  Stanz,  the  name 
of  a  village  ;  cf.  note  to  tine 
1196. 

ftarf,  strong,  powerful ;  ber 
2tarfe,  the  strong  man  (437) ; 
ber  Stdrfere,  the  more  power- 
ful or  stronger  one  (1842)- 

ftfir'fen,  tr.,  to  strengthen  ;reflex., 
to  be  strengthened. 

ftorr,  stiff,  stubborn,  obstinate, 
frozen,  rigid. 

ftor'rett,  to  be  stiff  or  rigid  as  if 
with  cold. 

Statt,  bio,  stead,  place. 

ftort,  prep,  icith  gen.,  instead 
of. 

Stiit'te,  bie,  -n,  place. 

ftatt  lid),  ?TATELY.  splendid. 

3tatur',  bie,  -en,  STATURE. 

Staub,  ber,  -e-j,  dust. 

Staub 'barf),  ber,  -«,  *t,  brook  fall- 
ing in  spray,  cascade  ;  cf.  note, 
S.D.,  Act  III,  Sc.  II. 

ftdu'bcn,  to  scatter  spray,  be  cov- 
ered with  spray. 

3t(wff(icf)er,   -g,   Stauffacher,    a 


man's  name;    cf.   note,   S.D., 
Act  /,  Sc.  II. 

ftec^'en,  ftad),  geftodjen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  sting,  bite  (429),  prick, 
urge,  prompt,  impel,  spur. 

fterf'en,  tr.,  to  STICK,  pat,  set, 
fix. 

Stcg,  ber,  -«,  -t,  footbridge,  path. 

fte'^eu,  ftanb,  geftanben  (^abett  or 
fein),  STAND,  be,  suit  or  be- 
come (with  dot.);  9tebe  ftefjen, 
to  render  an  account,  reply ; 
ftefjenben  §upe?,  adv.,  quickly, 
at  once  ;-nrie  fte^r'*  urn  (569), 
how  about ;  git  einem  jlefjen, 
stand  with  or  by  one,  adhere 
to  ;  fHinben  for  ftanben  (432)  ; 
fiiinbe  for  flanbe  (1718). 

ftet'fea,  reflex.,  to  be  STIFF,  be 
stubborn,  persist  in. 

3teig,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  path. 

fiei'gen,*  ftieg,  geftiegen,  to  climb, 
rise,  ascend,  go,  descend,  go 
down  ;  fteigenb,  increasing,  ris- 
ing. 

ftctl,  steep. 

Stein,  ber,  -3,  -e,  STOSE,  rock, 
cliff,  stumbling  block  (2730). 

3tctn  \u  $aben,  ber,  -8,  Stem  in 
Baden,  the  name  of  a  castle  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  £965. 

Stci'ncn,  ba«,  -«,  Steinen.  the 
name  of  a  village ;  cf.  note  to 
S.D.,  Aft  I.  >V.  //. 

ftct'itcnt,  STONY,  of  stone,  rocky. 

Stcin'incfi,  ber,  -e«,  -en,  stone 
mason. 

Stcl'lc,  bie,  -n,  place,  spot  :  uir 
Stelle  idiaffen,   to  produce  on  ' 
the  spot. 


fteUcn 


422 


©trett 


ftel'Ictt,  tr.,  to  place,  put,  station  ; 

reflex.,   to    take    one's  stand, 

stand  at  bay  (647). 
©tel'lung,  bie,  -en,  position. 
fter'fien,*  ftarb,  geftorben,  to  die. 
©tern,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  STAR,  pupil  of 

the  eye  (641,  674). 
©ter'nettlitmmel,    ber,     -s,    — , 

STARRY  heavens  or  sky  or  fir- 
mament, starlit  sky. 
ftetg,    adv.,   constantly,    always, 

steadily. 

©tett'er,  ba«,  -«,  — ,  helm. 
©teu'erleitte,  bie,  plu.  of  @teuer= 

mann,  helmsmen. 
©teu'ermnim,    ber,    -«,    "er    or 

©teuerleute,  helmsman,    pilot, 

STEERSMAN. 

ftett'erit,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  STEER, 

sail,  make  headway. 
fteu'erit,  to  pay  taxes  or  tribute. 
©teu'emtber,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  helm, 

rudder. 
©teu'(e)m,  ber,  -8,  — ,  STEERER, 

pilot,  helmsman. 
©tier,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  ox,  bull ;  ©tier 

toon  Uri,  hornblower  of  Uri ;  cf. 

note  to  line  1091. 
fttf'teit,  tr.,  to  found,  establish, 

institute. 

©ttftet,  ber,  -8,  — ,  founder. 
ftitt,  quiet,   silent,   secret,  unex- 
pressed;   int    @HUen    (1457}, 

quietly,  secretly. 
©ttJ'lc,  bie,  silence. 
ftil'Ieit,  tr.,  to  STILL,  quench, 

sooth. 

©ttfl'fdjttjeigeit,  ba«,  -8,  silence. 
ftifl'fteljett,  ftanb  -,  -geftanben  (fein 

or  Ijaben),  to  stand  still,  stop. 


©ttnt'me,  bie,  -n,  voice,  vote. 

ftim'tttett,  to  vote,  agree,  be  suited, 
harmonize  (2657). 

@tint'(e),  bie,  -(e)n,  brow,  fore- 
head, front. 

ftolj,  proud,  haughty. 

©tolj,  ber,  -e§,  pride,  arrogance. 

ftii'ren,  tr.,  to  disturb,  destroy. 

fto^'cn,  ftteft,  geftogen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  hit,  strike,  thrust,  push, 
exclude. 

©tra'fc,  bie,  -n,  punishment, 
penalty;  in  ©trafe  fallen,  re- 
ceive a  penalty  (472). 

ffra'feit,  tr.,  to  punish,  fine. 

ftrofltd),  culpable,  criminal,  pun- 
ishable. 

ftraf'loS,  with  impunity,  unpun- 
ished. 

©trul)I,  ber,  -e§,  -en,  ray,  beam, 
gleam,  flash ;  2BetterS  ©trahl, 
for  2Setter«ftrahl,  thunderbolt, 
lightning. 

©traitfl,  ber,  -e§,  "e,  STRING,  cord. 

©tra'^C,  bie,  -n,  way,  road,  high- 
way. 

©trtntfj,  ber,  -e§,  "e,  combat,  strug- 
gle, conflict ;  poetic  for  $atnpf. 

ftrc'&Ctt,  to  STRIVE,  aspire ;  bd8 
©treben,  aspiration,  striving. 

©tre'fic^feifer,  ber,  -«,  — ,  prop  or 
buttress  to  support  side  walls, 
flying  buttress. 

ftrcrf'en,  tr.,  to  STRETCH. 

©treid),  ber,  -e§,  -e,  strike, 
STROKE,  blow ;  einen  ©treic^ 
fiiljren,  to  deal  a  blow. 

©trett,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  fight,  conflict, 
struggle,  contention,  dispute  or 
question  (2713). 


Strettajt 


423 


XSter 


©treit'agt,  bie,  "e,  battle  ax. 

ftrei'teu,  ftritt,  gepritten,  to  fight, 
straggle,  dispute,  contend. 

ftreug,  strict,  stern,  austere,  se- 
vere, hard. 

©treu'ge,  bie,  strictness,  severity, 
rigor. 

ftrett'eu,  tr.,  to  STREW,  scatter, 
sow. 

@trtrfj,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  track,  passage, 
direction,  line. 

©trtrf,  ber,  -eg,  -e,  rope,  cord, 
snare,  net. 

©troty,  bag,  -e8,  STRAW. 

(Strom,  ber,  -eg,  ae,  STREAM,  cur- 
rent, river,  flood  or  torrent 
{2690) ;  bent  @trom  entgegen, 
upstream ;  bent  @tronte  nad), 
downstream ;  £>imntetg  @trome 
(3267},  snow  and  rain. 

Strut!},  ber,  -g,  Struth,  a  man's 
name. 

ftuittttt,  dumb,  silent,  mute. 

@tun'ber  bie,  -en,  hour,  time. 

Sturm,  ber,  -eg,  "•(.,  STORM,  tem- 
pest. 

ftiir'jCtt,  tr.,  to  hurl  down,  cast, 
plunge,  overthrow;  intr.  (fein), 
to  fall  or  rush  or  tumble  ;  reflex., 
to  cast  oneself,  plunge,  rush, 
dash. 

(Stilf'ft,  ber,  -g,  Stiissi,  a  man's 
name. 

ftiitt'ett,  tr.,  to  support. 

fu'rfjctt,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  seek,  look 
for,  want,  try. 

©umjjf,  ber,  -e8,  He,  SWAMP. 

@um'pfe§htft,  bie,  "e,  air  of  the 
swamp,  poisonous  air. 

©ittt'be,  bie,  -n,  SIN. 


(Sihtb'fKut,  bie,  deluge. 

©uren'neu,  bie,  Surennen  or  Sur- 
nen,  the  name  of  a  mountain 
range  ;  cf.  note  to  line  998. 

fiiff,  sweet. 

t 

£a't>el,  ber,  -«,  — ,  blame,  re- 
proach, censure. 

ttt'beltt,  tr.,  to  blame. 

Xa'fef,  bie,  -n,  TABLE. 

£ag,  ber,  -e§,  -e,  DAY,  assembly. 

Xog'btcb,  ber,  -8,  -e,  poetic  com- 
pound, time-THiEF,  idler,  lag- 
gard. 

ta'gdnng,  adv.,  for  days. 

to'gen,  to  dawn,  be  DAY. 

td'gen,  to  assemble,  meet,  delib- 
erate, sit  in  session. 

£a'ge§attt)rurf),  ber, -8,^,  BREAK 
of  DAY,  dawn. 

$a'ge§0rimuug,  bie,  -en,  ORDER 
of  the  DAY. 

£a'gett)erf,  bag,  -8,  -e,  DAY'S 
WORK,  daily  labor  or  occupa- 
tion. 

Xat,  bag,  -eg,  "er,  valley. 

Xal'grmtb,  ber,  -eg,  "e,  valley, 
bottom  of  a  valley. 

XaVtiOQt,  ber,  -eg,  "e,  governor  or 
lord  of  the  valley ;  fig.  for 
storm  clouds ;  cf.  note  to  line 
38. 

tap'fer,  brave,  valiant. 

Xat,  bie,  -en,  DEED,  action,  act, 
fact;  mit  frifcfjer  Xat,  with 
quick  action  ;  iiber  frifdjer  Xat, 
in  the  very  act. 

Z'd'ttr,  ber,  -g,  — ,  perpetrator, 
doer,  author. 


424 


Xrixmr 


to  dire. 

to  stagger,  reel. 
tin'f4e«,  tr,  to  delude,  deceive, 


THOCSASD. 
tg,    of    a 


TEAKS. 


adr.,   a    THOCRAXD 


Se'gerfeft  («0,  ber,  -*,  Tegerfeld, 

the  name  of  an  Austrian  noble. 
£«!,  ber  or  ba*,  -e*,  -e,  part,  lot, 

share;  p  Idl  tverben,  to  fall 

to  the  lot  of  (do*.),  be  given  to, 

to  share  in. 
tti'ltK,  <r.,  to  divide,  part,  have 

in  common,  share. 
ttii'Mft,  «»  ?««.,  sharing  in, 

partaking  of,  implicated  in. 

/or  tetifwrt,  wit*  0m., 

implicated  in. 
brr,  -*,  TeUT  a  man's  name  ; 

e/.  note  to  K  n«  126. 
ie*(e)r,  DEAR,  beloved,  preooos; 

mew   Jmernr*.  what  is  most 

precious  to  me  (3184). 
2e»'fef,  ber,  -8,  —  ,  »Ent. 
teaf  (e)fif4  DEVILISH,  fiendish. 
,  bad,  -#,  Tenfels- 

manstar,  "devil's  cathedral/' 

name  of  a  cliff  ;  <•/.  note  to  W*« 


Sc*'(e)nng,  bie,  -rn,  famine. 
X^e'ou,  bae,  -«,  -«  or  -ta,  theme, 
subject. 

ber,  -rt,  -t,  THKOXE. 
'f  n,  bnr,  -e,  Thnrgaa,  name 
of  a  canton  ;   rf.  Mole  to  Iln« 


bie,    -v,    DEPTH,    DEEP, 

background    of    stage 

41S). 
Xitt,  ba«,  -e^,  -e,  animal,  beaut, 

brute. 

ti'jtr,  ber,  -8,  — ,  TIGCK. 
ttttm,  to  rage,  straggle  violently  ; 

bo6  Xoben,  raging. 
X»d|'ter,  bie,  *,  DACGHTER. 
Xrt,   ber,  -es,  -e  or  Xobe«faae, 

death ;  am  lobe  (Silo),  at  the 

point  of  death. 
Xrt'fetKt,   ber,    -*,   -e,    mortal 

enemy. 

ber,  -e*,  *e,  sound,  TOXB, 

strain. 

r,  bo*.  -e»,  -e,  gate,  gateway, 
rfri^t,  foolish. 
t»  fern,  to  rage,  roar;  bad  loifn, 

roaring; 
ttt,   DEAD;    ber   Xote,  the  dead 


titf,  DEEP,  low,  far. 


to'tem,  fr..  to  kill,  put  to  DEATH. 

Xo'te*|CHb,  bie,  *e,  DEAD  HASD, 
hand  cold  in  death  (2467). 

Xnul'rem,  ba«,  -«,  endeavor,  de- 
sire,effort,  purpose,  disposition. 

rrc'ftm,  trng,  getrogen,  tr~  to 
bear,  carry,  endure  (for  er* 
rrogen,  1021),  hold,  have,  tol- 
erate, cherish,  entertain ;  $nr 
2  Ac ii  trogen,  display. 

Xri'«e,  We,  -en,  tear. 

tra'rx,  tritk  dot.,  or  aui  andare^ 
to  trust  in,  rely  on. 

traa'erm,  to  mourn,  sorrow. 

trarlufc,  familiar,  cordial, 
fr.,  to  DREAM. 
,  ber,  -4,  — ,  DRBAJIKR, 
visionary. 


troun 


426 


Xnrnttnenjod) 


rraun,  inter}.,  in  truth  !  forsooth  ! 
indeed ! 

trait 'rig,  sad,  sorrowful. 

tref 'feB,  traf,  getroffen,  fr.,  to  hit, 
meet,  strike. 

treff'ltd),  excellent,  fine,  choice, 
noble  ;  ber  Xrefftidje,  the  excel- 
lent or  noble  man. 

Xretb,  ba«,  -3,  Treib,  name  of  a 
village ;  cf.  note  SJ).,  Act  I, 
Sc.  I. 

tret  ben,  trieb,  getrieben,  tr.,  to 
DRIVE,  urge  on,  compel,  hurry 
(2611),  go  about  something 
(723),  carry  on,  do ;  intr.  (ba= 
ben  or  fein),  to  drive  about, 
drift. 

rren'nen,  tr.  and  reflex,.,  to  sepa- 
rate, part,  divide. 

tre'ten,  trat,  getreten,  tr.,  to 
TREAD,  trample ;  intr.  (baben 
or  fetn),  to  step,  go,  walk,  en- 
ter upon. 

treu,  TRCE.  faithful. 

Xreit'e,  bte,  faithfulness,  fidelity, 
faith. 

trcu  lid},  true,  faithful,  loyaL 

rrea'los,  dat.  or  prep.,  faithless. 

Xricb,  &er,  -e?,  -e,  impulse,  love, 
instinct;  Xrteb  be$  ^atfrlanbd 
(848),  instinctive  love  of  coun- 
try. 

trie  fco,  troff,  gttroffen,  to  DRIP. 

triit  fen,  tranf,  gftrunfen,  tr.  and 
intr.,  to  DRINK. 

Xrom  mcl,  bte,  -n,  DRUM. 

Xroft,  ber,  -f«,  consolation,  com- 
fort. 

triJ'fren,  tr..  to  console,  comfort; 
reflex.,  to  be  consoled. 


rroft'Iw,  disconsolate,  desperate, 

comfortless. 

tT96,  prep,  with  dot.,  in  spite  of. 
true  'en,  in/A  dot.,  to  defy,  spite. 
trii  ben,  tr.,  to  disturb,  trouble. 
Xritb  ftHM,    ber,  -*,  melancholy, 


rrit'gcrifc^,  treacherous,  deceptive. 
Xritm  'mer,  bit,  plu.,  ruins,  frag- 

ments. 

Xrttpp,  ber,  -«,  -t,  TROOP. 
XniB,  bet,  -t$,  defiance  ;  2<^u6 

ttnb  Xru6,  defense  and  offense. 
rrufc'iglidj,  poetic  for  tiofeig,  adv., 

defiantly. 
Xn'genb,  bte,  -en,  virtue,  manli- 

ness (1646). 
rn  genblnift,  virtuous. 
tumulma'rifcfj,  TCXCLTCOUS,  rio- 

tous. 
tan,  tat,  getan,  tr.  and  intr.,  to 

do,  make,  act;  $oridjub  tun, 

to  render  assistance. 
Xir(e),  bte,  -(e)n,  DOOB. 
Xurnt,  ber,  -e«,  *e,  IOWB«,  dun- 

geon, prison. 
Xnmier',   ba«,  -*,  -e,    rorRNA- 

MKXT. 

Xwtng,  ber,  -«,  -t,  archaic  for 
3roing,  3wingb,of, 
strong  tower,  dungeon, 
prison,  a  fortress  built  for  the 
subjugation  of  a  people. 

Xwing'lfpf,  ber,  -8,  «e,  strong 
tower,  dungeon,  fort,  keep, 
prison. 

Xurunit',  ber,  -en,  -en,  TTKAST. 

Xnrannei',  &ie,  -en,  TTRASVV. 

Xnran  ncnjodj,     ba«,     -e«,     -t, 

TYRANT1*    TOKB. 


426 


urn 


Sijran'nenmarfjt,  bte,  "e,  tyrant's 

power,  tyranny. 
£»)ran'neitfrf)lo$,  ba§,  -fj'ee,  "ffer, 

tyrant's  castle. 
2t)ran'nenfrf)tt>ert,   ba§,  -e?,  -er, 

TYRANT'S     SWORD,     sword     of 

tyranny. 

TYRANNICAL. 


It 

it'bel,  EVIL,  wrong,  wicked,  amiss. 
U'&el,  ba«,  -8,  —  ,  EVIL,  wrong, 

misfortune. 
ii'ben,  reflex.,  to  exercise,   prac- 

tice, train. 
it'ber,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace., 

adv.  and  sep.  and  insep.  pref., 

OVER,    above,    beyond,     more 

than,  across,  about,  on  account 

of,  by  way  of  ;  after  an  ace.  of 

time,  through,  during. 
it  tier  oil',  adv.,  everywhere. 
uberben'fen,  iiberbadjte,  iiberbadjt, 

tr.,  to  THINK  over,  reflect  on, 

consider. 
ii'berbrttft,    ber,    -ffe«,    disgust, 

vexation,  weariness,  satiety. 
U'berfafyrt,     bie,    -en,    passage, 

crossing. 
fiberfjcmb'neljtnen,  nabtn  -,   -ge= 

nommen,  to  get  worse,  increase, 

become  frequent,  get  the  upper 

hand  (of). 
itberlof'fett,    iiberlteft,  iiberfaffen, 

tr.,  to  leave,  abandon,  give  up 

or  over. 
iibcr  lie  'fern,   tr.,  to  give  or  de- 

liver up.  hand  over,  surrender. 
ii'berm,  for  iiber  bem. 


It'bermttt,  ber,  -$,  impertinence, 
insolence,  arrogance. 

it'bern,  for  iiber  ben. 

iibernan'bcr,  adv.,  for  iiber  etn= 
anber,  on  top  of  each  other. 

iiberneb/men,  iibernah,m,  iiber= 
nommen,  tr.,  to  undertake,  as- 
sume, to  overcome,  take  pos- 
session of. 

itberrafcfj'en,  tr.,  to  surprise. 

ii'beridjroellen,  fcfjrooll  -,  -ge* 
fcfjroollen,  to  overflow ;  iiber= 
fc^rcellenb,  ovei-flowing. 

it'berfeften,  tr.,  to  carry  across, 
ferry  over,  SET  OVER. 

iiberfte'ljctt,  iiberftanb,  iiber= 
ftanben,  tr.,  to  endure,  STAND, 
overcome. 

ii'bertretgn,  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 
step  over,  go  over. 

ub'rtg,  over,  left,  remaining;  phi., 
others;  iibrig  bleiben,  to  be  left. 

ft 'bung,  bie,  -en,  practice. 

itrf)t'Ian&,  ba^,  -e,  Uchtland,  name 
of  a  county  ;  c/.  note  to  line 
2432. 

It'fer,    ba§,  -§,  — ,  bank,  shore. 

llf)r,  bie,  -en,  clock,  watch ;  fig., 
time. 

U'lir  ber,  -8,  diminutive  of  Ulrich. 

Ul'rid),  ber,  -«,  Ulrich,  a  man's 
name. 

lint,  prep,  with  ace.,  adv.,  sep.  and 
insep.  pref.,  around,  about, 
near,  concerning,  from,  at 
(time),  for,  with  regard  to,  at 
the  hands  of  (100)  ;  ntn  .  .  . 
nnllen,  prep,  with  gen.,  for  the 
sake  of ;  um  and  inf.  with  ]U, 
in  order  to. 


umarmen 


427 


iiugcfjcitcr 


timar'nten,  tr.,  to  embrace. 

mn'bringen,  bratfcte  -,  -gebracl)t, 
tr.,  to  kill. 

umbran'gett,  tr.,  to  crowd  around, 
press. 

utttfuffett,  umfafete,  umfafjt,  tr., 
to  clasp,  embrace. 

umgar'ncn,  tr.,  to  ensnare,  in- 
volve, surround. 

umge'bcn,  itmgab,  umgeben,  tr., 
to  surround,  inclose,  compass. 

wm'geljen,*  gtng  -,  -gegangen,  to 
GO  around,  make  a  detour. 

limljer',  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 
around,  about,  round  about. 

utttljer'bltifen,  to  look  around. 

nmfyer'merfett,  to  look  around, 
notice  round  about. 

umljer'fpaljett,  to  search  around, 
spy,  watch  around. 

umljer'frretfett,*  to  roam  about, 
wander. 

umljiil'Icn,  tr.,  to  envelop,  veil, 
wrap  about. 

itm'fetyrett,*  intr.  and  reflex.,  to 
turn  around  or  back,  return. 

Um'fretS,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  circuit, 
extent. 

umrin'gen,  tr.,  to  surround,  en- 
circle, beset,  crowd  around. 

um§,  for  utn  ba§. 

itmfd)ttc'fjcn,  umicfclofe,  um= 
fcf)(offen,  tr.,  to  inclose,  sur- 
round. 

itm'fefiett,  jab,  -,  -gefetjen,  reflex., 
to  look  about  or  around. 

nmfonft',  adv.,  in  vain,  to  no  pur- 
pose, for  nothing,  fruitless. 

nmftc't)cnf  umftanb,  umftanben,  to 
STAND  around,  surround. 


itm'ttmnbcftt,  tr.,  to  change,  trans- 
form. 

Urn'roeg,  ber,  -8,  -e,  detour,  cir- 
cuit, roundabout  way. 

umrocr'ben,  tr.,  to  woo,  pay  court 
to,  court,  sue,  surround  and 
woo  (1600). 

tttt'bebudjt,  ber,  -«,  thoughtless- 
ness, inadvertence. 

un'befanttt,  UNKNOWN,  unfamiliar. 

un'bequcm,  inconvenient,  dis- 
agreeable ;  bag  Unbequeme,  in- 
convenient thing  (2721). 

ttn'bcnjaffltet,  unarmed. 

uit'bc^atjlt,  unpaid,  unrequited. 

un'bitttg,  unjust,  unreasonable ; 
UitbtUige§,  injustice  (317). 

llttb,  conj.,  and. 

uitburdjbrtng'Hd),  impenetrable, 
inaccessible. 

UttCtttbetft',  undiscovered. 

ltncrljiJrt'f  UNHEARD  of ;  Uner- 
hortfS,  unheard-of  thing,  mon- 
strous thing  (£02). 

itncrffitt'Hd},  insatiable. 

un'crtrfig'(td),  unbearable,  intol- 
erable, insufferable. 

ttn'gar,  ber,  -n,  -n,  Hungarian. 

lltt'gebo'rcn,  UNBORN,  future. 

lln'gelmljr,  bie,  wrong,  impropri- 
ety, what  is  unbecoming. 

Ult'gebiiljr'ttd),  improper,  inde- 
cent ;  Ungebubdi(i)e«,  impro- 
priety. 

Itn'gebufb,  bie,  impatience. 

itn'gebu(btgf  impatient. 

un'gc^eucr,  terrible  (2540),  mon- 
strous  (319),  atrocious,  im- 
mense, huge;  ba«  HitflolKiien1, 
monstrous  thing ;  jum  Uitge> 


itngcfrfinft 


428 


Itnterttmlbctt 


fyeuren,  to  monstrous  things,  i.e. 
to  the  thought  of  murder  (2574). 

tttt'gefranft,  unhurt,  unharmed, 
undisturbed,  unvexed,  in  peace. 

un'gered)t,  unjust. 

utt'gereist,  unprovoked. 

un'gefeljKd),  illegal,  irregular,  un- 
constitutional. 

itn'getriJftet,  uncomforted. 

Un'genrittcr,  ba$,  -§,  — ,  tempest, 
thunderstorm. 

Utt'gesitgelt,  unbridled,  unre- 
strained. 

Un'glimpf,  ber,  -8,  harshness,  in- 
justice, outrage,  injury. 

Un'gHirf,  ba§,  -3,  misfortune,  dis- 
aster, misery,  adversity,  calam- 
ity. 

un'g(u(fttrf|,  wretched,  unhappy  ; 
ber  UngliicfUdie,  wretched  man. 

Ult'gliirffelig,  unhappy,  unfortu- 
nate, ill-starred,  wretched  ; 
ber  Ungtticffettge,  the  unhappy 
one,  the  hapless  one. 

Uit'gttirf^tftt,  bie,  -en,  unhappy  or 
direful  deed. 

Ult'ljeil,  baS,  -§,  mischief,  evil, 
hurt. 

ttlt'Ietblttf),  unbearable,  insuffer- 
able, intolerable. 

UU'dtenfdjltd),  inhuman,  cruel, 
barbarous. 

un'mbg'Hd),  impossible. 

llu'mitnlugfctt,  bie,  minority,  de- 
pendence. 

Ult'mitt,  ber,  -9,  anger,  indigna- 
tion, ill-humor,  displeasure. 

un'niift,  useless. 

ttn'redjt,  ba«,  -§,  wrong,  injus- 
tice, guilt,  crime,  fault. 


itn'ntljtg,  restless,  disturbed, 
troubled,  impatient. 

lllt'frfjulb,  bie,  innocence,  guilt- 
lessness. 

un'fd)utt>tg,  innocent. 

un'fcr,  poss.  adj.  andpron.,  OUR, 
OURS. 

Utt'tett,  bie,  -en,  crime,  monstrous 
DEED. 

itn'ten,  adv.,  down,  below,  be- 
neath. 

un'tcr,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace., 
adv.,  sep.  and  insep.  pref., 
UNDER,  beneath,  below,  among, 
between,  during,  in. 

uttterfcredj'en,  unterbrad),  unter= 
broken,  tr.,  to  interrupt,  dis- 
continue, break. 

Httterbcffctt,  adv.,  meanwhile,  in 
the  meantime. 

ttttterbriirf'cn,  tr.,  to  oppress,  sup- 
press ;  ber  Unterbriidte  (1617), 
the  oppressed. 

llntcrbriirf'er,  ber,  -3,  — ,  op- 
pressor. 

Un'tcrgang,  ber,  -8,  Ee,  ruin,  de- 
struction, fall. 

untcrnef)'tnen,  unternahm,  intter* 
nommen,  tr.,  to  undertake. 

luttcrfdjet'&ett,  itnterfcf)ieb,  unter^ 
fcf)teben,  refler.,  to  differ  from, 
be  distinguished  from. 

Un'tcrfd)teb,  ber,-§,  -e,  difference. 

untcrftc'ljcit,  unterftanb,  unter= 
ftanben,  reflex.,  to  dare,  en- 
deavor, undertake  (234),  take 
upon  oneself. 

un'tertoui^cn,  to  dive  under. 

Itn'temmtocn,  ba^,  -«,  Unter- 
walden,  name  of  a  canton. 


Unterumfbitcr 


429 


ncrberflcn 


Un'tcrnwlbner,  ber,  -«,  — ,  an  in- 
habitant of  Unterwalden  ;  as 
adj.,  from  Unterwalden. 

uttteroegS',  adv.,  on  the  way. 

unterroer'fett,  unterroarf,  unter* 
roorfen,  tr.,  to  subdue  ;  reflex., 
to  submit,  yield. 

wt'tertmir'ftg,  submissive,  re- 
spectful. 

uit'tJeran'bert,  unchanged. 

unDcrau'ftcrltrf),  inalienable. 

un'Derbodj'tig,  unsuspected,  with- 
out arousing  suspicion. 

un'DCrlc^t',  uninjured,  safe,  un- 
hurt. 

Utt'Dcrttunft,  bie,  lack  of  sense,  un- 
reasonableness, folly,  absurdity. 

un'Bernitnfttg,  irrational,  unrea- 
sonable, senseless. 

tttt'»erfd)Smt'r  impertinent,  inso- 
lent, impudent ;  ber  Unoer^ 
fd)cimte  (4~5),  the  insolent 
fellow. 

tttt'Derfchrt',  unharmed,  unin- 
jured, unhurt,  safe. 

uitttwn'bdbur,  adv.,  invariable, 
constant,  unalterable,  change- 
less. 

un'nJCtt,  prep,  with  gen.  and  dat., 
not  far  from. 

tttt'nriUe(tt),  ber,  -(n)§,  indigna- 
tion, anger,  displeasure. 

un'tmKfitr'lid),  involuntary. 

un'tmrtlid),  inhospitable. 

Uit'^crbrcdj'Hd),  UNBREAKABLE, 
inviolable. 

ur'oft,  very  old,  ancient. 

ur'ttftcr^,  adv.,  from  or  in  ancient 
times ;  uon  uraltcr*  fyer,  from 
time  immemorial. 


Ur'fc^'bc,    bie,  -n,  sacred  oath, 

parole  ;  cf.  note  to  line  2910. 
tt'rt,  ba«,  -8,  Uri,  name  of  a  can- 

ton. 
Itr'ner,  ber,  -$,  —  ,  an  inhabitant 

of  Uri. 

Itr'iadje,  bie,  -n,  cause,  reason. 
Ur'fprung,  ber,  -«,  "e,  origin. 
llr'ftanb,  ber,  -eS,  "e,  original  con- 

dition or  state. 
Ur'teil,    ba^,    -«,  -«,  judgment, 

opinion. 
ur'tcttcn,  tr.  (but  usually 

to  judge. 


',  bie,  -en,  VARIATION. 
Stt'tcr,  ber,  -§,  a,  FATHER,  sire, 

ancestor. 
^tt'tcrlanb,     ba«,    -e8,    FATHER- 

LAND, native  country. 
Dii'tcrHri),    FATHERLY,     paternal, 

native,   ancestral. 
t»a'terlo§,  FATHERLESS. 
$a'tcrmorb,  ber,   -8,   parricide  ; 

cf.  note  to  line  2953. 
^o'teriugcttb,  bie,  -en,  ancestral 

virtue. 
Bcrab'idjeucn,     tr.,    to    despise, 

scorn,  abhor. 
Dcradi'ten,    tr.,  to  despise,  con- 

temn, disdain,  scorn. 
^crndj'riutfl,  bie,  contempt,  scorn, 

disdain. 
»crod)'tHJtfli<Wicrtr     contemptible, 

despicable. 
Dcrftn'bern,  refli>.r..,  to  be  changed, 

change  appearance. 
Dcriiu'^crn,  tr.,  to  alienate,  sell. 
ucrbcr'geit,  oerbarg,  Berborgeit,  tr., 


toerbteten 


430 


ttergroftern 


to  hide,  conceal ;  reflex.,  to  be 
hidden ;  ba§  Serbergen,  con- 
cealment. 

uerbte'tett,  toerbor,  toerboten,  tr.,  to 
forbid,  prohibit. 

uerbttt'ben,  toerbanb,  toerbunben, 
tr.,  to  bind,  unite,  bandage, 
blindfold. 

uerblaf'fen,  to  turn  pale,  grow 
pale  as  death. 

nerblen'bcn,  tr.,  to  BLIXD,  delude, 
dazzle  ;  23erbfenbeter  (839),  one 
blinded  or  deluded. 

Derbfu'ten,  intr.  and  reflex.,  to 
BLEED  to  death. 

Serbredj'eit,  ba§,  -g,  — ,  crime. 

Derbrci'tCtt,  tr.,  to  spread,  dis- 
seminate. 

toerbren'neit,  berbrannte,  toer* 
brannt,  to  BURN  up,  burn  to 
death. 

Serbnmm'tuS,  bie,  -ffe,  conDEMxa- 
tion,  DAMxation. 

Dcrbtw'fen,  tr.,  to  owe,  have  to 
THANK  one  for,  be  indebted 
for. 

Derber'bett,  tierbarb,  berborben, 
tr.,  to  ruin,  destroy,  undo. 

ttcrbtc'ttcn,  tr.,  to  deserve,  merit. 
',  ber,  -*3,  archaic  for 
]',  vexation,  annoyance, 
spite;  jum  3>erbriege  ($er= 
britffe)  (1738,  1965),  preceded 
by  the  dative,  to  annoy, 
crbrie'fcen,  t>erbro§,  berbroffen, 
tr.,  to  vex ;  ftd^  Derbriefeen  Iaf= 
fen,  to  hesitate  to,  shrink  from, 
be  discouraged. 

crbru^',  ber,  -e8,  vexation,  an- 
noyance, spite. 


t»erel)'reit,  tr.,  to  honor,  respect, 
revere. 

Bcret'bctt,  tr.,  to  bind  by  OATH, 
swear  homage. 

Deret'nen,  tr.,  to  unite,  join,  com- 
bine. 

Deret'mgen,  tr.,  to  unite,  join, 
combine. 

BcrfaPIen,*  tter.ftet,  toerfatten, 
poetic  and  fig.,  to  FALL  to,  be 
forfeited  to  or  liable  for. 

Bcrfon'gctt,  Derfing,  oerfangen,  to 
avail;  reflex.,  to  be  caught,  be 
entangled. 

tterfelj'Iett,  with  gen.,  to  FAIL  or 
miss. 

Derfht'djen,  tr.,  to  curse. 

Derfol'gett,  tr.,  to  FOLLOW,  pursue, 
hunt  down. 

SBerfol'ger,  ber,  -S,  — ,  pursuer. 

Derfiil)  rcn,  tr.,  to  mislead,  de- 
ceive, corrupt,  seduce. 

Serfiilj'ntttg,  bie,  -en,  temptation, 
seduction,  corruption. 

tierge'beit,  Bergab,  tjergeben,  tr., 
to  FORGIVE,  pardon. 

tJerge'benS,  adv.,  in  vain. 

Dergcb'Iid),  useless,  vain. 

5BcrBCl'tUttflf  bie,  retribution,  re- 
quital, recompense. 

Dergef'fett,  »erga§,  ttergeffen,  tr., 

tO  FORGET. 

toergif'ten,  tr.,  to  poison. 

tterglei'djen,  tr.,  to  settle,  adjust 
differences  (2499)  ;  also  strong, 
Derglid),  »ergttcf)en,  to  compare. 

tjergro'ben,  toergrub,  tiergraben, 
tr. ,  to  bury. 

ttergro'lew,  tr.,  to  enlarge,  in- 
crease, aggravate,  magnify. 


tiergitten 


431 


Bcriibcn 


Uergii'ten,  tr.,  to  make  GOOD, 
compensate. 

ticrljttf'tcn,  tr.,  to  arrest. 

tocrfiaf'tett,  tjerhieft,  tierhalten,  tr., 
to  conceal,  keep  from  ;  reflex., 
to  be  in  a  certain  state,  be,  be 
related ;  jo  uerfytift  ftrf)  aUe«,  so 
it  all  is. 

tterfian'bdn,  tr.,  to  transact ;  intr., 
to  discuss. 

Uerljait'geil,  tr.,  to  ordain,  decree. 

tiertyfl^t',  odious,  HATED,  detest- 
able. 

t>erl)et)'lett,  tr.,  to  hide,  conceal. 

Derljtlt'bertt,  tr.,  to  HINDER,  pre- 
vent. 

JjertjiU'Ieit,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to 
cover  or  wrap  oneself  up,  hide 
one's  face. 

ttcrljtt'tett,  tr.,  to  avert,  prevent; 
&evf)iite  @ott !  God  forbid  ! 

tJerir'reit,  intr.  and  reflex.,  to 
wander,  lose  one's  way,  get 
lost,  go  astray  ;  toerirrt,  lost. 

oerjo'gen,  tr.,  to  drive  out,  ex- 
pel. 

tjerfou'fcn,  tr.,  to  sell. 

tierftet'foeit,  tr.,  to  disguise. 

Dcrfiun'ment,*  to  pine  away,  lan- 
guish, wither. 

berfitit'bett,  tr.,  for  melbett,  to  an- 
nounce, make  known. 

Derfutt'btgen,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to 
announce,  proclaim,  show,  re- 
port, manifest. 

Derltnt'geit,  tr.,  to  demand,  re- 
quire, desire,  crave. 

Skrlan'gcn,  bag,  -s,  — ,  longing, 
desire,  wish,  demand. 

ttcrlof'fen,   werUefe,  oerlaffen,  tr., 


to  leave,  forsake,  abandon, 
desert ;  rely  upon  (auf  and 
ace.). 

tierlau'fett,  Derltef,  terlaufen,  re- 
flex., to  lose  one's  way,  go 
astray ;  intr.,  run  away,  sub- 
side. 

fcerluu'teit,  intr.  impers.,  to  be 
reported,  be  rumored,  be  heard, 
transpire. 

tterle'gen,  embarrassed,  confused, 
at  a  loss. 

tterlet'I)cnf  werlieb,  toerlteben,  tr., 
to  give,  grant,  LEND. 

tterJc^'cn,  tr.,  to  hurt,  wound,  in- 
jure, violate,  disobey  (1819). 

tterltc'ren,  oerlor,  tjerloren,  tr.,  to 
lose ;  reflex.,  to  be  lost,  disap- 
pear, lose  one's  way. 

ticrmou'ertt,  tr.,  to  surround  with 
a  wall,  wall  up,  inclose. 

Bermelj'rcn,  tr.,  to  increase,  aug- 
ment, multiply,  favor. 

tjcrmet'fcett,  tjermieb,  »ermieben, 
tr.,  to  avoid,  shun. 

Bermen'gen,  tr. ,  to  mix  up,  con- 
fuse, confound,  mingle. 

toermo'geit,  oermocfyte,  Bermocfjt, 
tr.,  to  be  able,  accomplish,  have 
the  power  (to  do  something). 

Sermo'gen,  ba«,  -S,  — ,  ability, 
means,  power. 

wernclj'mcn,  oernabm,  »ernom= 
men,  tr.,  to  hear,  learn,  per- 
ceive. 

$ernunft',  bie,  reason,  under- 
standing. 

DcrHiiltftig,  sensible,  wise,  ra- 
tional. 

ucrii'fccu,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  lay  or 


ucrpfiiit&eu 


432 


ucrfturfcu 


become  waste,  be  deserted  or 

desolate. 
BcrpfOtt'ben,     tr.,    to    mortgage, 

pawn. 

$mat',  ber,  -8,  treason,  treach- 
ery, perfidy. 
Dcrra'ten,  Berriet,  Berraten,  tr.,  to 

betray. 

Serro'ter,  ber,  -«,  — ,  traitor. 
nerrtn'ttCM,*  Berramt,  Berronnen, 

to  pass  or  RUN  away,  elapse  or 

fly  (of  time). 
Derfd'geit,    tr.,  to   deny,    refuse; 

intr.,    to   fail,    refuse    service 

(1563). 
uerfam'mefn,  reflex.,  to  assemble, 

meet,  gather. 
$erfamm'(uug,  Me, -en,  assembly, 

meeting. 
Uerfdjdf'fett,  tr.,  to  secure,  obtain, 

get ;  ftcl)  'jftedjt  oerfchaffen,  to  ob- 
tain justice,  take  the  law  into 

one's  own  hands. 
Derfdjei'ben,*  ueridjteb,  Berfdjieben, 

to  expire,  pass  away,  die. 
tterfdjen'fcn,   tr.,  to  give  away, 

bestow. 
Derfdjeu'rfjen,  tr.,  to  drive  away, 

frighten  or  chase  away. 
Derfdfte'ben,  Berfdjob,    Berfdjoben, 

tr.,    to    defer,    postpone,    put 

off. 
ucrfdjie'ben,     different,    various ; 

plu.,  several. 
Dcrfd)(ei'ertt,  tr.,  to  veil. 
nerfdjHe'fjen,  uerfdjlof?,  Berfdjloffen, 

tr.,  to  lock  up,  shut  up,  hide, 

conceal,  close. 
Derfdjlin'gen,     Berfdjtang,      »er= 

fdjtungen,  tr.,   to  swallow  up, 


devour ;  Berfcfjhmgen,  far-reach- 
ing, intertwined  (1190). 

tterfdjitto'ljett,  tr.,  to  despise, 
scorn,  disdain. 

tterfd)ttl'ben,  tr.,  to  do  wrong, 
commit,  be  guilty  of. 

ttcrfd)Ut'ten,  tr.,  to  engulf,  over- 
whelm, bury,  cover. 

Berjdjttrin'ben,*  Beddjroanb,  t>er^ 
fdjtmtnben,  to  disappear,  vanish. 

Serf djroii 'rung,  bie,  -en,  con- 
spiracy. 

Derfe'ljett,  Berfab,  Berfefjen,  with 
]ii  and  dat.  of  per.  and  gen.  of 
thing,  or  icith  a  baft  clause, 
reflex.,  to  expect  of,  look  out 
for,  look  confidently  for  (,.^,s'.j, 
3041). 

Dcrfcn'&ett,  Bedanbte,  uerfanbt,  or 
weak,  tr.,  to  SEND,  dispatch, 
discharge. 

Herfe^'en,  tr.,  to  put,  remove, 
displace,  reply,  answer,  rejoin. 

WerfiJty'lteit,  reflex.,  to  become 
reconciled,  make  one's  peace. 

Derfpredj'en,  Berfurad),  Ber^ 
iprodjcn,  tr.,  to  promise. 

tterftait'bifl,  sensible,  intelligent, 
prudent ;  ber  SSerftiinbige  (248), 
the  sensible  man. 

tocrfterft',  remote,  hidden. 

Berfte'ljen,  uerftanb,  Berftanben,  tr., 
to  undersTAND,  mean,  know ; 
reflex,  icithmit  and  dat.  of  per. , 
to  come  to  an  agreement  or  un- 
derstanding with  ;  with  aitf  and 
ace.  of  thing,  to  be  skilled  in, 
understand,  be  judge  of. 

Dcrftorf'en,  reflex.,  to  be  stubborn, 
hard,  obstinate,  unyielding. 


ticrftoljlen 


433 


uoUbrtugen 


toerftolj'lett,  adv.,  secretly, 
STEALthily,  furtively. 

toerftt'd)en,  tr.,  to  try,  attempt, 
endeavor,  tempt. 

toertei'btgett,  tr.,  to  defend. 

SBertet'biflcr,  ber,  -8,  — ,  defender. 

WerrU'jjett,  tr.,  to  destroy,  annul. 

tiertrait'ett,  tr.,  to  confide,  in- 
trust ;  intr.  with  dat.,  or  with 
anf  and  ace.,  to  trust  in,  rely 
on. 

$ertrau'(e)tt,  ba8,  -8,  trust,  con- 
fideiice,  faith. 

Uertraitt',  trusted,  intimate, 
trusty,  reliable,  familiar. 

Dertret'bett,  uertrieb,  wertrieben, 
tr.,  to  drive  out,  expel,  exile. 

Derit'&en,  tr.,  to  do,  commit,  per- 
petrate. 

ttewalj'rett,  tr.,  to  guard,  secure, 
keep,  confine. 

DCMtwl'teit,  tr.,  to  administer, 
manage,  execute. 

DerttJan'bdlt,  tr.,  to  change,  trans- 
form ;  reflex.,  to  be  changed. 

t)crtt)aitbt',  related,  akin ;  ber 
^erwanbte,  relative. 

tjertuc'gen,  Dertuog,  uerniogen,  re- 
flex, with  gen.,  to  dare,  venture, 
presume  (to  do). 

Wcnuc'flCU,  bold,  daring,  rash. 

UcrttJCt'gcrn,  tr.,  to  refuse,  deny. 

ttcrnict'leit,  to  remain,  stop,  tarry, 
linger. 

toerttrir'fcn,  tr.,  to  forfeit,  lose. 

tternwtt'frfjeit,  tr.,  to  curse  ;  Uer= 
luiinfcht'!  perf.  part,  as  excl., 
confound  it !  curse  it ! 

Derttriinfrfjt',  perf.  part,  as  adj., 
cursed,  confounded. 


to  despair,  lose  cour- 


tt, oeqief),  tter^ietjen,  tr., 

with  dat.  of  per.,  to  pardon, 

excuse,  forgive. 

tJCrjie'rcit,  tr.,  to  decorate,  adorn. 
DersWct'fdtt,  intr.,  to  despair. 
2$er3tt)eif'lHltjJ,  bie,  despair,  des- 

peration. 
Skrsiweif'hutgSattgft,  bie,  *e,  des- 

perate fear,  despairing  anguish. 
UcrsttJCif'luitg^BoU,  full  of  despair, 

desperate. 
defter,  ber,  -«,  -n,  cousin,  rela- 

tive, kinsman. 

Siel),  bag,  -8,  cattle,  brute,  beast. 
Did,    adj.,  much,   a  great  deal; 

plu.,  many;  adv.,  very. 
ttiel'erfnlj'ren,  very  experienced, 

'of  wide  experience,  wise. 
DtcHctdjt',    adv.,     perhaps,    per- 

chance, maybe. 
melmetyr',     adv.    and    cow;.,   far 

more,  rather,  on  the  contrary. 
ttier,  FOUR. 

Inert,  FOURTH. 
SSicrWJotb'ftattcrfce,  ber,  -«,  Lake 

Lucerne  ;  cf.  note,  S.  D.,  Act  /, 

Sc.  L 

So'flcf,  ber,  -8,  «,  bird. 
Sflflt,  ber,  -8,  "e,  governor,  bailiff. 
s£oltf  ba8,  -e8,  "er,  people,  nation  ; 

SSotf  ber  SSeiber,  pack  or  rabble 

of  women. 
Doll,  full,  complete,  whole,  great  ; 

feine  3ahre  Doll  babeu,  to  be  of 

age. 
BoU&rin'flcn,      Dollbrarfjte,     »oll 

bracl)t,  tr.,  to  accomplish,  carry 

out,   execute;   bo8  3>ollbra(i)te 


tjoflenbett 


434 


Dortrctctt 


(218),  accomplishment,  what 
has  been  accomplished. 

BoUen'beit,  tr.,  to  finish,  EXD, 
carry  out,  accomplish,  achieve. 

tui('(ig,  adj.,  FULL,  complete ; 
adv.,  entirely,  wholly. 

3$0tt'marf)t,  bie,  -en,  full  power, 
authority. 

ttom,  for  »on  bem. 

&on,  prep,  with  dot.,  of,  from,  by, 
because  of,  about,  with,  con- 
cerning, by  means  of,  on  the 
part  of  ;  with  family  names  as 
a  sign  of  nobility. 

Dor,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace., 
adv.,  sep.  pref.,  before,  in  the 
presence  of,  because  of,  in  front 
of,  with,  of  ;  ago. 

»orott'r  adv.  and  sep. pref.,  before, 
in  advance,  in  front,  foremost. 

Doran'jieljeit,*  jog-,  -gejogen,  to 
precede,  go  in  advance,  march 
before. 

0orait§',  adv.,  before,  in  advance, 
on  ahead. 

Dor'buueit,  to  take  precautions, 
anticipate,  prevent. 

Uorjjet',  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  by, 
past,  over ;  an  ...  tiorbet,  past. 

ttorfcei'gelfen,*  ging  -,  -gegangen, 
to  go  or  pass  by. 

Dorbei'fetn,*  war  -,  -gewefen,  to 
be  over  or  past. 

toor'biegett,  bog  -,  -gebogen,  tr.,  to 
bend  forward. 

tior'ber,  forward,  fore,  front ;  bie 
ttorbere  @cene,  front  part  of  the 
stage. 

Sor'bergruitb,  bet,  -8,  FORE- 
GROUND, front. 


tior'berft,  superl.,  FOREmost,  most 
advanced,  first. 

toor'gefjen,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 
go,  pass,  happen,  take  place. 

tior'ljalten,  hie(t  -,  -gehatten,  to 
hold  up  before. 

2$or'l)attg,  ber,  -§,  "e,  curtain. 

S^or'ljut,  bie,  sentinel,  guard, 
picket. 

t»o'rigr  preceding,  former,  previ- 
ous, last ;  bie  SBorigen,  the  same 
as  before,  those  mentioned 
above. 

Dor'fommett,*  fam  -,  -gefommen, 
to  COME  FORward. 

VOtn,  adv.,  beroRE,  in  front,  in 
the  foreground. 

SBor'fdjlaj},  ber,  -«,  Be,  motion, 
proposal. 

&or'fcf)lagett,  fd)(ug  -,  -gefd)Iagen, 
tr.,  to  make  a  motion,  to  pro- 
pose. 

SBor'fdjltb,  ber,  -«,  ae,  aid,  assist- 
ance, help ;  SSorfdjub  tun,  for 
8>orfcf)ub  tetften,  to  render  as- 
sistance. 

,  bie,  providence. 
tf     bie,    FORESIGHT,    pru- 
dence,   caution. 

Dor'fprtngeit,*  fyrang  -,  -ge= 
fprnngen,  to  jut  out,  pro- 
ject. 

SSor'ftmtng,  ber,  -8,  "e,  projection, 
ledge. 

toor'ftellett,  tr.,  to  stand  for,  rep- 
resent. 

SBor'teil,  ber,  -8,  -e,  advantage, 
opportunity. 

uor'tretcn,*  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 
stand  forth,  step  forward. 


Boriiber 


435 


toorii'ber,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  by, 

past. 
tumi'bergeljen,  *  ging  -,  -gegongen, 

to  go  past  or  by. 
tjorii'berfenfeit,  tr.,  to  steer  past, 
norii'bertretben,  trieb -,  -getrieben, 

reflex.,  to  hurry  past,  hasten. 
Dor'luarts,   adv.  and  sep.  pref., 

forward. 
SBor'ttwrf,  ber,  -«,  «e,  reproach. 

28 

SBo'rfje,  bie,  -n,  WATCH,  guard, 
sentry  ;  SBache  halten,  to  stand 
guard. 

waffj'fen,*  ttmcfis,  geroacfjien,  to 
grow,  increase,  advance. 

28Scf)'terr  ber,  -«,  — ,  wATcmnan, 
guard  ;  Watch,  name  of  a  dog. 

UJOtt'cr,  brave,  valiant,  courage- 
ous, good,  excellent,  worthy  ; 
ber  28arfere,  the  excellent  or 
brave  man. 

SBof'fe,  bie,  -n,  WEAPON;  phi., 
arms. 

SBoffenbienft,  ber,  -e3,  -e,  mili- 
tary service. 

SBaffenfreuub,  ber,  -«,  -e,  FRIEND 
or  comrade  in  arms. 

2Bttf'fcnfncd)t,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  mer- 
cenary soldier,  man  at  arms, 
soldier. 

ttmff'nen,  tr.,  to  arm. 

SBJa'flefaljrt,  bie,  -en,  poetic  and 
rained  word,  daring  trip  or 
deed  or  enterprise. 

njo'gen,  tr.,  to  dare,  risk,  ven- 
ture. 

aBo'gcfprunfl,  ber,  -§,  "e,  bold  or 
daring  or  hazardous  leap. 


to'gctttt,  bie,  -en,  daring  deed, 

daring. 

tf,    bag,    -«,    -e,    daring 

deed,  hazard,  risk. 

bie,  -en,  election,  choice, 

preference. 

Wfi^'lcn,  tr.,  to  choose,  elect. 
SBaJjl'freiijeU,  bie,   -en,   freedom 

of  election. 
&?ai)it,  ber,  -«,  illusion,  delusion, 

dream. 

nJttfjn'ftitntg,  insane,  mad,  crazy. 
25*aJ)n'fimt*tat,  bie,  -en,    insane 

deed  or  act,  deed  of  frenzy  or 

of  madness. 

WJttljr,  true,  real,  genuine. 
nwJi'rcnb,  prep,  with  gen.,  during  ; 

conj.,  while. 

SSa^r'ljctt,  bie,  -en,  truth, 
ttmfyr'firf),  adv.,  truly,  indeed,  for- 
sooth, really,  surely. 
2Bfif)'rung,  bie,  -en,  standard  of 

value      (of     money),      value, 

worth  ;  cf.  note  to  line  689. 
SBut'fe,  bie,  -n,  orphan. 
23?al&,  ber,  -<$,  "er,  wood,  forest. 
2Ba(l»'fletiir8(c),  ba*,  -(e)«,  -CO, 

forest  mountains  ;     the  Forest 

Cantons  (687) . 

flenb,  bie,  -en,  forest  re- 
gion, part  of  a  forest. 

ellc,     bie,    -n,     forest 

chapel. 

ttc.  bie,  plu.,  the  Forest 

Cantons. 

28a('buufl,  bie,  -en,  woods,  forest. 
Stalb'wafier,  bo*.  -«,  —    forest 

stream,  torrent. 
J,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  WALL,  rampart, 

bulwark. 


lunUcit 


436 


roegroenben 


ttwFIett,*  to  wander,  walk,  make 
a  pilgrimage. 

ttmCtett,  poetic,  to  govern,  con- 
trol, dispose,  manage  ;  ba§  2BaI= 
ten,  government  (2818},  rule. 

SBal'ter,  ber,  -3,  Walter,  a  man's 
name. 

S&fil'tt,  ber,  -8,  a  diminutive  of 
SSatter. 

waCjen,  tr.,  to  roll,  throw  off. 

28cmt>,  bie,  "e,  wall. 

ttwn'beht  (fein  or  fjaben),  to  go, 
move,  walk,  wander. 

ttwn'bern,*to  WANDER,  go,  travel. 

28attber0'mamt,  ber,  -*8,  2San= 
berSleute,  traveler. 

28attb'(e)rer,  ber,  -«,  — ,  traveler. 

juaii'fcu  (fein  or  fyaben),  to  shake, 
totter,  stagger,  waver,  reel, 
•tremble,  rock,  fail,  give  way. 

ttwnn,  interrog.  adv.,  WHEN. 

28up'penfrf)ilb,  bag,  -e8,  -er,  coat 
of  arms,  escutcheon. 

ttupp'nen,    tr.,  to  arm,   put    on  | 
armor. 

Warm,  WARM,  sunny,  rich. 
,  tr.,  to  WARN. 
,  bie,  -en,  WARNING. 

28art,  ber,  -«,  Wart,  name  of  an 
Austrian  nobleman. 

Wor'tcn,  with  gen.,  or  usually 
with  cmf  and  ace.,  to  wait,  wait 
for ;  poetic  tend,  take  care  of, 
attend  to. 

ttmrum',  interrog.  adv.,  why. 

mats,  interrog.  pron.,  WHAT  ;  rel. 
pron.,  what,  that,  which,  what- 
ever, all  who,  whoever ;  often 
used  for  etltmg,  something, 
somewhat,  some ;  sometimes 


used  for    roarum,   why,   what 

for ;  wa«  fitr  etn,  what  kind  of  ; 

ttja§  .  .  .  and),  whatever ;  roa8 

ba  (1477),  whatever. 
SBof'fcr,    ba«,    -S,    — ,     WATER, 

stream,  river. 
SBaf'ferljutyn,  bag,  -«,  Eer,  WATER 

fowl  or  HEN. 
9Saf'ferfluftr    bie,    "e,    gorge    of 

water,  water-filled  gorge,  abyss 

Of  WATER. 

353  of ' fernwfte,  bie,  -n,  watery  des- 
ert, WASTE  Of  WATER. 

WCC^'feln,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  change, 
alter,  vary. 

metf'en,  tr.,  to  WAKEN,  WAKE, 
arouse. 

ttie'ber,  conj.,  neither  ;  roeber  . .  . 
nod),  neither  .  .  .  nor. 

9Scg,  ber,  -e3,  -e,  WAT,  path, 
road. 

tteg,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  awAY, 
off,  gone,  forth. 

weg'bleiben,*  blieb  -,  -geblieben, 
to  stay  or  remain  away. 

ttie'gcti,  prep,  with  gen.,  on  ac- 
count of,  for  the  sake  of  ;  may 
precede  or  follow  its  noun. 

weg'fatjren,*  fubr  -,  -gefab,ren,  to 
sail  or  ride  away  or  along,  pass 
along. 

tteg'fiiljren,  tr.,  to  lead  or  take 
away. 

tt)Cg'gel)Ctt,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 
GO  AWAY,  go  or  pass  over. 

tteg'rcwben,  tr.,  to  carry  off,  ab- 
duct, kidnap. 

tteg'roenbcn,  roonbte  -,  -geroanbt, 
also  weak,  tr.  and  reflex.,  to 
turn  away,  avert. 


we^(e) 


437 


wenbett 


Wel)(e),  interj.,  WOE  !  alas  ! 

2Bel)'gefd)m,  bag,  -g,  cry  of  dis- 
tress or  of  lamentation. 

Wefy'flagen,  to  moan,  wail,  la- 
ment. 

wety'ren,  with  dat.  of  per.,  tr.,  to 
stop,  prevent,  hinder,  impede, 
check,  keep  back  (2565). 

Weljr'fog,  unarmed,  weaponless, 
defenseless. 

SBetfo,  bag,  -g,  -er,  woman,  WIFE. 

28ei'6d,  ber,  -g,  — ,  beadle,  bailiff, 
summoner. 

Jucili'ltri),  womanly,  feminine. 

ttJei'djett,*  tuid),  gettndjen,  to  yield, 
give  way,  retire,  recede. 

SBei'be,  bie,  -n,  pasture,  grazing 
land. 

Wet'ben,  tr.,  to  graze  over,  pas- 
ture on,  tend  or  feed  a  flock  or 
herd ;  feast  one's  eyes  on  or 
gloat  over  (2813). 

SBeib'gcfell,  ber,  -en,  -en,  hunts- 
man. 

SBeib'mann,  ber  -g,  "er  or  2Beib= 
teute,  hunter,  huntsman. 

SSeib'njerf,  bag,  -3,  game,  quarry. 

toet'gern,  tr.,  to  refuse,  deny. 

2Beil)(e),  ber,  -(e)n,  -(e)n,  any 
large  bird  of  prey,  falcon ,  eagle. 

wei'tyen,  reflex.,  to  devote  or  con- 
secrate oneself,  be  devoted. 

Wet  I,  conj.,  because,  since  ;  some- 
times poetic  and  archaic  for 
tt>al)renb,  WHILE. 

WCi'Ieit,  to  stay,  linger,  tarry. 

S&ei'ler,  ber,  -g,  hamlet;  also 
part  of  a  proper  name. 

Wet'tteit,  to  weep,  cry. 

Wei'fe,  WISE,  sage,  prudent. 


SBei'fe,  bie,  -n,  manner,  custom, 
way,  habit. 

wet'fen,  nne«,  gemiefen,  tr.,  to 
show,  point  out,  direct,  refer ; 
reprove,  remind,  admonish. 

IDCte'Hd),  adv.,  WISELY,  pru- 
dently, skillfully  (2192), 

wei|r  WHITE. 

2Bei^'tonb,  bag,  -e«,  "WHITE- 
LAND,"  the  Haslital;  cf.  note 
to  line  1193. 

Wett,  WIDE,  broad,  long,  far,  dis- 
tant ;  etn  SSeitereg,  something 
further ;  rote  Weit,  how  far  ;  bag 
SBette,  all  outdoors,  the  free 
and  open  space  (1474),  the 
great  world  (1685). 

2Bei'te,  bie,  -n,  distance,  distant 
scene ;  width. 

Wet'tet,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  fur- 
ther, on,  onward;  elliptical  for 
the  imperative,  go  on  (1314)  • 

Weit'frf)td)ttg,  far-reaching,  vast, 
large,  most  important. 

Wett'ftfjmettern,  to  resound  or 
peal  afar  or  far  and  wide. 

Wctt'tJerfdjlun'gen,  tangled,  closely 
intertwined. 

toel'djer,  roetdje,  ftetcheS,  rel  and 
interrog.  pron.,  WHICH,  who, 
what,  what  a,  that. 

2Bef'Ie,  bie,  -n,  wave,  billow, 
surge. 

Wdfrt),  foreign,  Italian  or  French  ; 
cf.  note  to  line  519. 

SBelftytottb,  bag,  -eg,  Italy ;  cf. 
note  to  line  519. 

233elt,  bie,  -en,  WORLD,  earth. 

wen'ben,  roanbte,  geroanbt,  also 
weak,  reflex.,  to  turn. 


ttiemg 


438 


Wc'lttfl,  little,  few,  a  few. 

ttienn,  COM;'.,  if,  WHEN,  whenever, 
though ;  ftettn  aud),  even 
though. 

Wer,  interrog.  pron.,  WHO  ;  indef. 
rel.  pron.,  whoever,  he  who  ; 
fter  ba,  he  who,  whoever. 

toer'ben,  »arb,  gettorben,  tr.,  to 
gain,  secure,  achieve  or  do 
(995),  enlist,  obtain,  request ; 
intr.,  sue,  woo ;  ba8  SBerben, 
suit,  request. 

toefbett,  ttwrbe  or  toarb,gert)orben, 
to  become,  get,  grow,  come  into 
existence,  happen,  be,  be  given 
(645,  149)  ;  aux.  with  fut., 
shall,  will ;  aux.  passive,  be  ; 
gu  Set!  roerben,  fall  to  the  lot 
of,  be  given  to;  mir  ttrirb,  I 
feel;  in  28er!  unb  SBerben,  on 
foot  and  maturing  or  in  prog- 
ress. 

toer'fen,  roarf,  geiuorfett,  tr.,  to 
throw,  cast,  fling. 

28erf,  ba8,  -8,  -e,  WORK,  deed ; 
in  SBerf  unb  2Berben  (S787),  on 
foot  and  in  progress. 

2Berf'leute,  bie,  plu.,  WORK- 
men. 

9Bcrf 'SCllfl,  ba«,  -8,  -t,  tool,  instru- 
ment, "cat's  paw." 

SBer'lter,  ber,  -8,  Werner,  a  man's 
name. 

SBer'nt,  ber,  -8,  Werni,  diminu- 
tive for  SSerner. 

Wcrtf  WORTHY,  dear,  valued,  es- 
teemed. 

SBert,  ber,  -e8,  -e,  WORTH,  value. 

SBe'fett,  ba«,  -«,  — ,  being,  exist- 
ence, creature. 


S&eft'ett,  ber,  -g,  WEST. 

SBct'tcr,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  WEATHER, 
storm. 

SBet'terlod),  ba§,  -8,  *er,  WEATH- 
ERhole,  weather  quarter ;  c/. 
note  to  line  40. 

SBett'ftrett,  ber,  -8,  contest,  dis- 
pute, emulation. 

ttJClj'ett,  tr.,  to  WHET,  sharpen. 

ttri'foer,  prep,  with  ace.,  adv.,  and 
insep.  pref.,  against,  contrary 
to,  back,  against. 

SSM'berpart,  ber,  -8,  -e,  adversary, 
antagonist ;  unusual  and  ar- 
chaic for  ©egner. 

ttiiberpraHettf*  to  rebound. 

twberfe^'en,  reflex.,  to  resist,  op- 
pose. 

ttuberfprecf)'eit,  wiberfprac^,  «iber= 
tyrodjen,  intr.  (tjaben),  to  speak 
in  opposition  to,  oppose. 

ttuberfte'Jjen,  ttnberftanb,  tt)iber= 
ftanben,  with  dat.,  to  resist, 

WITHSTAND. 

ttriberftre'bett,  with  dat.,  to  strug- 
gle against,  resist,  oppose. 

ttriberftrei'ten,  tuiberftritt,  n)iber= 
ftritten,  with  dat.,  to  be  con- 
trary to,  be  in  conflict  with. 

tote,  adv.,  how,  in  what  way  ; 
Wie  melt ;  how  far;  conj.,  as, 
as  if,  when,  like. 

tote'ber,  adv.,  sep.  and  insep. 
pref.,  again,  anew,  once  more, 
back. 

ttueberljo'lett,  tr.,  to  repeat. 

iwe'berfefjren,*  to  return;  n>ie'= 
berfefyrenb  (2481),  repenting, 
repentant;  impers.  reflex.,  one 
returns,  there  is  a  return. 


nrieberfommen 


439 


tt)of)lbcftcUt 


ttjie'berfommen,*  fam  -,  -gefom= 
men,  to  come  back,  return. 

Wie'berfetyen,  fat)  -,  -gefetjen,  tr., 
to  see  again,  see  in  turn  (988). 

SBie'ge,  bte,  -n,  cradle. 

tme'gett,  tr.,  to  rock. 

SBie'fe,  bie,  -n,  meadow,  pasture. 

ttulb,  savage,  WILD. 

2BUb,  ba$,  -«8,  WILD  animals, 
game,  beast  (1804). 

ttrilb'beroegt,  an  alliterative  poetic 
word,  stormy,  wiLoly  agitated, 
tempestuous,  turbulent. 

SBilb'ljeuer,  ber,  -S,  — ,  gatherer 
of  WILD  HAT  ;  cf.  note  to  line 
2738. 

2&ilb'ttt3,  bie,  -ffe,  WILDERNESS. 

28H'l)eIm,  ber,  -8,  WiUiam,  a 
man's  name. 

2B«'le(n),  ber,-(n)«,-(n),  WILL, 
purpose,  intention,  wish ;  um 
.  .  .  ttrillen ;  prep,  with  gen., 
for  the  sake  of,  on  account  of. 

Wtttfom'nten,  WELCOME. 

28im'per,  bie,  -n,  eyelash. 

28tnb,  ber,  -eS,  -e,  WIND. 

SStn'bcSWCljC,  bie,  -n,  snowdrift, 
avalanche  of  light  snow. 

SSinb'lottii'ne,  bie,  -n,  wind  ava- 
lanche ;  cf.  note  to  line  1501. 

28inb'Iid)t,  bo«,  -8,  -er,  more 
usual  fadei,  torch. 

SBttt'felrieb,  ber,  -«,  Winkelried, 
a  man's  name. 

Win' fen,  to  nod,  beckon,  make  a 
sign. 

2Bttt'ter,  ber,  -8,  — ,  WINTER. 

tmn'tern,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  keep 
through  the  winter. 

SBitt'teruttfl,  bie,  WINTERING. 


Wtr,  pers.  pron. ,  WE. 

SBtr'bd,  ber,  -3,  — ,  whirlpool, 
eddy. 

Wir'fen,  to  WORK,  act,  effect, 
have  influence,  rule  (1709). 

ttJtrf'ltd),  real,  true,  actual. 

2Birt,  ber,  -«,  -e,  host. 

2Bir'titt,  bie,  -nen,  archaic  and  po- 
etic for  £>aii§frau,  wife,  hostess. 

nrirt'lid),  hospitable. 

wiffen,  ftufite,  gewugt,  tr.,  to 
know  ;  with  inf.,  know  how. 

&Mt'UiCttlctb,  ba«,  -8,  WIDOW'S 
sorrow  or  grief  or  affliction. 

WO,  adv.  and  conj.,  WHERE,  wher- 
ever, when,  if,  whence  ;  for  bet 
bent  (1218),  with  or  from  whom. 

ttJOburd)',  adv.,  by  or  through 
which  or  what. 

n)ofern'f  conj.,  if,  provided  that, 
in  case  that. 

ttiofuY,  adv.,  wherefore,  for  which 
or  what. 

Wo'gen,  to  surge,  wave,  roll. 

tooljer',  adv.,  whence,  WHERE, 
wherefore. 

ttJoJjin',  adv.,  whither,  WHERE, 
where  to,  wherever  (3209) . 

ttJoljl,  adv.  and  intensive  particle, 
WELL,  indeed,  perhaps,  proba- 
ble, no  doubt,  I  suppose,  to  be 
sure  ;  lebe  (bu),  (ebt  (tt)r),  leben 
@et  tt>oh,l,  farewell ;  tt)ob,l  tun, 
do  good  to,  make  feel  good, 
gratify. 

2Bol)l,  ba8,  -8,  welfare,  WKLL- 
being. 

nioljlnit',  inter}.,  come  on!  very 
WELL  !  well  then  ! 

woljl'beftellt,  duly  appointed. 


440 


»J01)l'bettial)rt,  WELL  kept  or  pre- 
served. 

ttofyl'fetl,  cheap. 

t,  WELL  fed. 

WELL  cared    for, 
well  taken  care  of. 

28ol)l'tat,  bie,  -en,  good  deed, 
kindness,  benefit. 

W)ol)'ncn,  to  dwell,  stay,  abide, 
reside,  live. 

tt)oi)it'(td),  habitable,  comfortable. 

280I)tt'ftatte,  bie,  -n,  dwelling, 
habitation,  home,  abode. 

2930I)'mtttg,  bte,  -ett,  habitation, 
abode,  home,  residence,  dwell- 
ing. 

SBoIf,  ber,  -e8,  *e,  WOLF. 

2Bol'fenf(i)tefc(en),  ber,  -«,  Wolf- 
enschiessen,  name  of  a  gov- 
ernor ;  cf.  note  to  line  78. 

SBol'fe,  bie,  -en,  cloud. 

2Bol'le,  bie,  WOOL. 

nuil'lcu,  tr.  and  modal  aux.,  WILL, 
be  willing,  wish,  mean  or  pur- 
pose, intend  to  do  (575),  pre- 
tend to,  claim  (893),  to  be  about 
to,  to  be  on  the  point  of  ;  lDOttt'3 
®ott !  would  to  God  ! 

Uiomtt',  adv.,  wherewith,  on  ac- 
count of  which  or  what,  why. 

ttotan'f  adv.,  about  or  concern- 
ing or  against  which  or  what. 

toorauf,  adv.,  WHEREUPOH,  upon 
which,  on  or  at  or  for  which  or 
what;  of  or  concerning  which 
or  what. 

toorein',  for  wobinetn,  in  toefdje, 
adv.,  into  which. 

SBort,  bag,  -e«,  -e  or  "er,  WORD, 
watchword  (986). 


Vf  adv.,  about  or  concern- 
ing or  over  which  or  what. 

ID o^lt',  adv.,  for  which  or  what, 
for  what  purpose,  wherefore, 
why,  WHERETO. 

2Suci)t,  bie,  WEIGHT. 

SButt'ber,  ba«,  -8,  — ,  WONDER, 
miracle. 

iwttt'berbdr,  WONDERM. 

SBun'ber&tng,  ba§,  -§,  -e,  WON- 
DERful  or  strange  THING,  mar- 
vel, prodigy. 

untit 'iient,  intr.  and impers.  reflex., 
to  WONDER,  marvel ;  nmnbernb, 
admiring,  marveling. 

SBittt'bersetcfien,  ba«,  -«,  — ,  prod- 
igy, portent,  miraculous  sign. 

SBunfd),  ber,  -e«,  He,  WISH,  desire. 

ttJiin'fdjeit,  tr.,  to  WISH,  desire. 

ttmr'&tjj,  WORTHY  ;  ba«  SBiirbige 
(953),  venerable;  ber  2Biirbt= 
gere  (1144),  one  more  worthy. 

9®ur'3clf  bie,  -n,  root. 

233it'fte,  bie,  -n,  desert,  wilderness. 

2But,  bte,  rage,  fury. 

ttw'teit,  to  rage,  rave,  be  furious ; 
ber  SBiitenbe,  enraged  or  mad 
one. 

SBiiteret',  bie,  for  Xtjrannei',  rage, 
fury,  tyranny,  cruelty. 

2Bitt'(e)rtcf),  ber,  -8,  -e,  madman, 
tyrant,  monster. 

ttm'ttg,  raging,  mad,  furious. 


,  bie,  -n,  prong,  peak,  tooth, 

crag, 
jtt'gcn,   to  be  afraid,  be  timid, 

tremble,  waver. 
Safyl,  bte,  -en,  number. 


joljlen 


441 


5«tlj'Ien,  for  bejablen,  tr.,  to  pay, 
pay  for. 

ftah/Ieit,  «r.,  to  count,  reckon, 
number;  with  aitf,  to  count 
upon,  rely  on;  gejatjlt  (2409), 
numbered. 

Solj'men,  tr.,  to  tame,  subdue,  re- 
strain, check. 

jdft,  tender,  delicate,  gentle. 

3<«t'&er,  ber,  -8,  — ,  spell,  charm, 
magic. 

jou'bertt,  to  hesitate,  delay. 

Sel)(e)tt,  TEN. 

jeljtt'fad),  TExfold. 

,',Cl|Ht,    TENTH. 

gei'djett,  ba8,  -8,  — ,  sign,  TOKEN, 
mark,  evidence,  symbol. 

jei'geit,  tr.,  to  show,  point  out; 
intr.,  to  point  at,  open  towards, 
show  a  view;  reflex.,  to  ap- 
pear. 

Bet'le,  bic,  -n,  line. 

3eit,  bie,  -en,  time,  age ;  cine  &ii'- 
lang,  for  some  time. 

•jei'ttg,  early,  betimes. 

jeit'Itd),  temporal,  earthly, 
worldly. 

3efl(e),  bie,  -(e)n,  CELL,  hermi- 
tage. 

•$erbrerf|'enf  gerbrarf),  gerbrocfyen, 
tr.,  to  BREAK  to  pieces,  raze. 

j$erfntef'eit,  tr.,  to  break  off,  snap 
across. 

jerfampt',  ragged,  tattered. 

jjertta'gen,  tr.,  to  gnaw. 

Semi'feen,  jerrife,  gerriffen,  tr.,  to 
tear,  rend,  break  (to  pieces), 
break  down. 

^erfrfjmet'tern,  tr.,  to  dash  to 
pieces,  shatter. 


Serfpal'tett,  tr.,  to  split,  cleave. 
Serfpren'gett,  «r.,  to  burst,  break. 


fprungen,  to  fly  to  pieces,  break, 

snap. 

ett,  tr.,  to  destroy,  ruin. 
5Crftiirt'f  for    uerftbrt,  wild  and 

troubled,  distorted,  haggard. 
Sertre'tett,   gertrat,  gertreten,  tr., 

to   TREAD    or    trample     under 

foot,  crush. 

3eu'flC,  ber,  -n,  -n,  witness. 
jeu'gen,  testify,  witness. 
3eu'flUttfl,  bie,  -en,  generation. 
Sicken,  jog,  ge^ogen,  tr.,  to  pull, 

draw  ;  intr.  with  an,  to  TUG  or 

pull  at;    intr.   (jetn),  to   go, 

move,  pass,  march  (1468). 
$iti,  ba«,  -«,  -e,  end,  limit,  goal, 

mark,  aim  ;  gum  £iel  fiib,ren,  to 

accomplish. 
ijie'Ien,  to  aim. 
jie'mett,   to    behoove,  befit,    be- 

8EKM. 

3tcrf  bie,  -en,  ornament,  decora- 

tion. 
3tnt'merar.t,    bie,  ae,  carpenter's 

AX. 
gint'mermamt,    ber,    -8,   "er  or 

3immerleute,  carpenter. 
Stm'mern,  tr.,  to  build. 
jin'fen,  to  pay  tribute  or  taxes  or 

rent. 

^it'tew,  to  tremble. 
,;ol'lcu,  to  pay  TOLL  or  taxes. 
3orn,  ber,  -e«,  anger,  wrath,  rage, 

indignation. 
jor'nifl,  angry. 
511,  prep,  with  dat.,  adv.  and  sep. 

pref.,    TO,     unto,   at,    in,    by, 


442 


priirftretcn 


towards,  in  addition  to,  for  the 
purpose  of,  besides,  with,  too, 
as;  }um  (2436),  to  form  a; 
ju  Sanbe,  by  land;  jdjiej?'  ju, 
shoot  on  or  away ;  after  Us 
noun,  towards. 

p'brtttgen,  brachte  -,  -gebracht, 
tr.,  to  BRING  TO,  report. 

3nd)t,  bte,  -en,  breed,  race,  herd. 

rfiid)' tilling,  bte, -en,  punishment, 
chastisement. 

Sttrf'en,  I'ein  or  haben,  to  quiver, 
tremble,  twitch,  shrink,  move 
convulsively  (S.D.,  1990). 

SU'&riirfen,  tr.,  to  shut  tight,  close. 

ijuerft',  adv.,  first  of  all,  at  first, 
for  the  first  time. 

ju'faljren,  fitfjr  -,  -gefahren,  tr., 
to  bring  or  cany  to  or  up, 
wheel ;  intr.  (fein),  to  approach. 

^u'fnCcn,*  net  -,  -gefallen,  to  FALL 
TO  (one's  share),  2473. 

3ttfl,  ber,  -e«,  "e,  march,  proces- 
sion, train,  host,  expedition  ; 
plu.,  features. 

ju'geben,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  tr.,  to 
grant,  concede,  admit,  allow, 
permit. 

pge'gen,  adv.,  present. 

ju'fl,e!)en,*  ging  -,  -gegangen,  to 
go  to  or  towards,  go  at,  lay  on, 
bend  (to  the  oars)  ;  cf.  note  to 
line  2257. 

Sw'fldf  ber,  -«,  — ,  rein,  bridle, 
t,  intrusted,  counted  to. 
,  adv. ,  at  the  same  time, 
at  once,  likewise. 

i$u'fel)ren,  tr.,  to  turn  towards. 

^u'funft,  bte,  future. 

t',  adv.,  at  LAST,  lastly,  last. 


jum,  for  511  bent. 

',uit(iri)ft',  adv.  ,  NEXT,  in  the  next 

place,   first  of  all,  at  first,  to 

begin  with,  near  by. 
3uttft,  bte,  ae,  guild. 
3«n'flC,    bie,  -en,    TONGUE,    lan- 

guage. 

5Ur,  for  511  ber. 
Su'retteit,*  rttt  -,    -gerttten,    to 

RIDE  on. 
3«r(t)d),    ba*,   -§,    Zurich,    the 

name  of  a  city  and  of  a  ca 

,  adv.  and  sep.  pref.,  back, 

backwards,  behind,  in  the  rear  ; 

inter).,  back  ! 
5uriicf'blctbcnr*  blteb  -,  -gebtieben, 

to  remain  behind. 
5ururf'fol)rctt,*  fubr  -,  -gefabren, 

to  shrink  or  start  back,  recoil. 
juriitf  fallen,*  fiel  -,  -gefallen,  to 

FALL  back. 
priicf'fiiljren,  tr.,  to  lead  or  bring 

back,  reinstate,  reconduct. 
juriirf'geben,  gab  -,  -gegeben,  tr., 

to  GIVE  back,  restore,  return. 
iSuriirf'tjalien,  biett  -,  -geh,alten,  tr., 

to  HOLD  back,  withhold. 
^uriitf'fchrcn,*    to    return,    turn 

back. 
^uritrf'fommen,*  font  -,   -gefom- 

men,  to  COME  back,  return. 
Suriitf  laffen,  (tefj  -,  -gelaffen,  tr., 

to  leave  behind. 
juriiif'fprtttgett,*  fprang    -,   -g,e? 

fprungen,   to  leap  or  fly  back, 

recoil,  rebound. 
juriirf'ftefiett,*  ftanb  -,  -geftanben, 

to  STAND  back,  withdraw. 
Suriirf'trctcn,*  trat  -,  -getreten,  to 

step  or  draw  back. 


Suriitfroerfen 


443 


Suriirf'roerfett,  tuarf  -,  -geroorfen, 

tr.,  to  throw  or  cast  or  hurt  back. 
SU'fogcn,  tr.,  to  promise. 
Siifatn'men,  adv.  and  sep.  pref., 

together,  along  with,  jointly. 
5ufam'menbred)ettf   bract)  -,   -ge= 

brochen,  to  BREAK  down. 
Sufam'menfledjtett,    ftocht  -,  -ge= 

f(otf)ten,  tr.,  to  clasp  closely,  in- 
tertwine. 
3iifam'mcnfiil)rcn,  tr.,  to  bring  or 

lead  together,  convene. 
Sufam'mcngrcttsctt,   to  meet   to- 
gether, border,  join,  meet. 
Sitfam'menljaiten,     hielt  -,    -ge= 

hatten,  tr.  and  intr.,  to  HOLD  or 

keep  together,  remain  united. 
Sufum'mcnlaufctt,*    lief    -,    -ge* 

laufen,  to  gather  together  in  a 

crowd,  congregate. 
jufam'mcnraffcn,  reflex.,  to  collect 

oneself,  compose  oneself. 
jufam'menrufen,  rief  -,  -gerufen, 

tr..  to  call  together,  summon, 
pfom'mcnftttlcn,*    ianf   -,    -ge= 

funfen,  to  SINK    down    to  the 

ground,   collapse. 
jufarn'mcnftcljcn,    ftanb   -,    -ge- 

ftanben,  to  STAND  together  or 

united,  be  united. 
3ufam'mentreffcnf    ba«,   -«,  — , 

meeting. 

r,  ber,  -«,  — ,  spectator. 
t,  \6)o%  -,  -gefcfioffen,  to 

shoot  away,  fire. 


p'frf|Icubcm,  tr.,  to  hurl  towards. 


tr.,  to  shut,  close,  lock. 
5u'ftf)nitren,  tr.,  to  lace  up,  stifle, 

choke,  strangle,  compress. 
ju'feljcn,  faf)  -,  -gejefyen,  to  look 

on  or  at. 
Sit'rragen,    trug  -,  -getragen,  re- 

flex., to  happen,  occur. 
iju'truultd),  trusting,  confiding. 
',  adv.,  beFORE,  previously. 
tr.,  to  count  out  to, 

TELL    off    to;    $ugqal)lt,     in- 

trusted. 

roang,    ber,    -e«,      oppression, 

force,   constraint,    compulsion, 

servitude. 

TWENTY. 

,  ber,  -8,  -e,  purpose,  aim, 
object,  design. 

TWO. 

3roei'fel,  ber,  -*,  —  ,  doubt. 
ln,  to  doubt. 
al,  adv.,  twice. 
,yucit,  second. 
$mie'trad)t,  bie,  discord. 
3«JtHfl,  ber,  -e«,  -e,  prison,  dun- 
geon,    keep,     strong     tower  ; 
3nnng  Urt,  Uri  Prison. 

,  gwang,  ge'jtumtgen,  «r., 
to  force,  compel,  subdue,  keep 
down  or  in  check. 

,  prep,  with  dat.  and  ace.  , 
between,  among. 

TWELVE. 


GERMAN 

A  German  Grammar  for  Beginners 

By  PAUL  V.  BACON.     Revised  Edition.     i2mo,  cloth,  448  pages. 
Price,  #1.25. 

THIS  is  a  beginning  book  which  introduces  easy  reading  from 
the  first,  along  with  the  usual  drill  in  grammar.    The  object 
is  to  stimulate  interest,  to  economize  vocabulary,  and  to  give 
unity  to  the  first  year  work. 

Distinguishing  features  of  the  Grammar  are :  — 

I.  Complete  stories,  full  of  interest,  connected  with  tne  gram- 
matical exercises  and  using  the  same  words.    The  first  is  about 
the  school,  the  second  about  the  home,  and  so  many  cognates 
are  used  that  reading  may  be  begun  as  soon  as  the  alphabet  is 
learned.     There  are  105  pages  of  this  reading  matter,  including 
poems  from  Goethe,  Heine,  and  Uhland.     The  stories  are  sim- 
ple and  delightful  and  make  use  of  every-day  words.    They  will 
attract  the  young  pupil  and  enliven  the  grammar  drill.     The  cor- 
relation of  stories  and  grammar  makes  possible  a  small  working 
vocabulary. 

II.  Systematic  drill  on  grammar,  each  topic  being  treated  in 
a  group  of  five  lessons.     The  language  of  the  rules  is  especially 
simple. 

III.  Every  fifth  lesson  is  a  review,  and  in  addition  three  com- 
plete lessons  are  devoted  to  a  review  of  the  first  half  of  the  book 
and  seven  to  th«:  whole  book.     These  reviews  are  twenty-three 
in  number. 

IV.  Attractive  material  for  memorizing.     Each  lesson  begins 
with  a  proverb,  idiom,  or  short  poem,  to  be  committed  to  mem- 
ory.    These   include   selections  from   Goethe,  Schiller,  Heine, 
RUckert,  Scheffel,  Muller,  and  many  others. 

The  New  Edition  contains  at  the  back  of  the  book  a  complete 
Summary  of  Inflections  arranged  for  ready  reference.  This,  with 
the  Index  to  Syntax,  makes  the  book  suitable  for  a  reference 
grammar  as  well  as  for  a  beginning  book. 


55 


GEK? 

Im  Vaterland;  A  Reader  for  Pupils  in  their  First  or 
Second  Year  of  German 

By  PAUL  V.  BACON*,    izmo,  cloth,  430  pages.    Price  $1.25. 
u  ^TO  give  the  American  student  a  better  understanding  and 

I  appreciation  of  Germany  and  the  Germans ;  to  furnish  him 
with  an  adequate  vocabulary  of  colloquial  idioms ;  to  point  out 
and  explain  differences  between  German  and  American  customs ; 
»n  short,  to  broaden  and  deepen  the  American's  knowledge  and 

ove  of  the  German  language,  music,  poetry,  and  people ;  these 
are  the  aims  of  Im  Vaterland? 

Distinctive  features  of  this  remarkable  book  are : 
I.  Dialogues  on  thirty-six  different  subjects  (such  as  the  Ger- 
man Empire,  The  Imperial  Family,  In  School,  At  a  Store,  Berlin 
University,  The  Army,  The  Hotel,  In  a  Theatre,  At  a  Station,  In 
a  Train,  etc-)-  These  give  the  pupil  a  knowledge  of  German 
customs  and  prepare  him  for  appreciative  and  intelligent  travel  in 
Germany. 

II  Illustrations  from  photographs  of  German  scenes,  build- 
•ngs,   paintings,  churches,  and  castles.     Besides  forty-nine  of 
these  illustrations   there  are  six   maps,  including  a  two-page 
colored  map  of  the  German  Empire. 

III.  Songs,  with  music  arranged  for  high  school  pupils. 
There  are  twenty-seven  characteristic  German  songs  from  sixteen 
different  composers. 

IV  Poems  —  thirty-six  of  them  —  ranging  from  the  thirteenth 
to  the  twentieth  century,  especially  adapted  for  memorizing. 

V.  Notes  on  all  idioms  and  grammatical  difficulties.    They 
*erve  also  to  supplement  the  text.     For  example,  they  contain  a 
complete  list  ot  the  German  States,  an  outline  of  a  gymnasial 

ourse  ot  study,   biographies  of  the  authors  mentioned  in  the 
•uok,  and  kindred  matters. 

VI.  Composition  exercises  on  each  chapter  of  the  dialogues. 
VII     A  vocabulary  made  with  unusual  care,  and  including  aB 

•iie  idioms  used  in  the  book. 

VIII.    A  full,  practical  index  of  persons  and  of  topics. 
56 


GERMAN 

German  Composition 

By  PAUL  V.  BACON.    i2mo,  cloth,  ooo  pages.    Price,  £0.00. 

THIS  book  has  a  much  wider  scope  than  the  ordinary  German 
Composition.     Its  broad  purpose  can  perhaps  be  best  in- 
ferred from  a  resume"  of  its  contents.     It  is  in  two  Parts. 

Part  I  contains  thirty-six  chapters,  on  the  chief  difficulties  which 
confront  the  pupil  learning  German.  Each  chapter  contains  (i) 
an  interesting  anecdote  in  German,  (2)  syntax,  (3)  notes,  and 
(4)  exercises. 

The  anecdotes  average  half  a  page  in  length  and  treat  phases 
of  German  history,  art,  literature,  and  culture  in  general,  from  the 
time  of  Tacitus  to  the  present  time. 

The  discussion  of  syntax  is  3  simple,  clear,  and  often  detailed 
statement  of  some  important  principle  with  which  pupils  ordina- 
rily have  trouble.  It  is  illustrated  by  lively,  conversational  exer- 
cises, and  by  sentences  taken  from  German  classics.  There  are 
over  four  hundred  of  these  sentences,  from  the  whole  range  of 
modern  German  literature  and  especially  from  books  likely  to  be 
read  by  high-school  pupils. 

The  notes  begin  with  an  historical  explanation,  followed  by 
one  of  the  most  distinctive  features  of  the  book  —  notes  on  specific 
•words.  The  average  pupil  has  more  trouble  with  choice  of  words 
than  with  syntax,  yet  it  is  more  important  that  he  use  the  right 
word  than  the  correct  form  of  a  word.  These  notes  on  specific 
words  are  unique,  as  even  in  the  Dictionaries  no  statement  is 
given  to  guide  the  pupil  in  his  choice  of  which  word  to  use. 

The  exercises  are  made  up  of  questions,  idioms,  conversational 
expressions,  and  English-into-German  exercises  including  con- 
nected discourse. 

Part  II  contains  five  chapters:  (i)  Letter-Writing,  (2)  Deriva- 
tion of  Words,  (3)  Pronunciation  and  Phonetics,  (4)  History  of 
the  German  Language,  and  (5)  German  Slang  and  Everyday 
Expressions. 

The  book  is  generously  illustrated  with  appropriate  pictures, 
including  fifty-four  half-tones  and  a  map. 

57 


GERMAN 

Allyn  and  Bacon's  Series  of  German  Texts 

THIS  is  the  most  attractive  and  convenient  series  of  German 
texts  on  the  market.  Each  book  contains  complete  notes  and 
vocabulary,  together  with  exercises  for  retranslation  into  Ger- 
man. These  exercises  are  based  on  the  text  and  afford  excellent 
material  for  review  as  well  as  practice  in  composition.  The  prices 
will  seem  reasonable  when  the  general  excellence  is  considered. 
The  following  volumes  are  now  ready :  — 

GRIECHISCHE  HEROENGESCHICHTEN. 

By  BARTHOLD  GEORG  NIEBUHR.    Edited  by  GEORGE  E.  MERKLEY. 
i6mo,  cloth,  128  pages.     Price,  50  cents. 

MARCHEN. 

By  JAKOB  and  WILHELM  GRIMM.    Edited  by  GEORGE  E.  MERKLEY. 
i6mo,  cloth,  140  pages.    Price,  50  cents. 

L'ARRABBIATA. 

By  PAUL  HEYSE.    Edited  by  PAUL  V.  BACON.    i6mo,  cloth,  126  pages. 
Price,  50  cents. 

HOHER  ALS  DIE  KIRCHE. 

By  WILHELMINE  VON  HILLERN.    Edited  by  J.  B.  E.  JONAS,  of  Brown 
University,  Providence,  R.I.     i6mo,  cloth,  150  pages.    Price,  50  cents. 

IMMENSEE. 

By  THEODORE  STORM.    Edited  by  E.  A.  WHITENACK,  of  the  State 
Normal  School,  Peru,  Neb.     i6ino,  cloth,  116  pages.    Price,  50  cents. 

GERMELSHAUSEN. 

By  FRIEDRICH  GERSTACKER.     Edited  by  R.  A.  VON  MINCKWITZ. 
i6mo,  cloth,  122  pages.     Price,  50  cents. 

DER  NEFFE  ALS  ONKEL. 

By  FRIEDRICH  VON  SCHILLER.    Edited  by  Professor  C.  F.  RADDATZ, 
of  the  Baltimore  City  College.     i6mo,  cloth,  147  pages.     Price,  50  cents. 

68 


GERMAN 

Allyn  and  Bacon's  German  Texts  —  Continued 

DIE  JOURNALISTEN. 

By  GUSTAV  FREYTAG.  Edited  by  EDWARD  MANLEY,  of  the  Engle- 
wood  High  School,  Chicago.  i6mo,  cloth,  272  pages.  Price,  60  cents. 

DER  ZERBROCHENE  KRUG  and  DAS  WIRTSHAUS  ZU  CRANSAC. 

By  JOHANN  HEINRICH  DANIEL  ZSCHOKKE.  Edited  by  EDWARD 
MANLEY,  of  the  Englewood  High  School,  Chicago.  i6mo,  cloth,  169 
pages.  Price,  50  cents. 

DER  SCHWIEGERSOHN. 

By  RUDOLF  BAUMBACH.  Edited  by  W.  W.  FLORER  and  E.  H. 
LAUER,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  i6mo,  cloth,  262  pages.  Price,  60  cents. 

DAS  EDLE  BLUT  and  DER  LETZTE. 

By  ERNST  VON  WILDENBRUCH.  Edited  by  W.  W.  FLORER,  of  Ann 
Arbor,  Mich.,  and  M.  R.  SHELLY.  i6mo,  cloth,  238  pages.  Price,  60 
cents. 

WILHELM  TELL 

By  FRIEDRICH  VON  SCHILLER.  Edited  by  Professor  CARL 
SCHLENKER,  of  the  University  of  Minnesota.  i6mo,  cloth, 'owpages. 
Price,  do  cents. 

NO  pains  have  been  spared  to  make  this  the  most  useful  and 
attractive  edition  of  Wilhelm  Tell  now  on  the  market.  The 
illustrations  are  numerous  enough  to  give  an  excellent  idea  of  the 
picturesque  Tell  country.  The  book  has  a  life  of  Schiller,  full 
notes,  and  an  historical  commentary.  There  are  citations  from 
parallel  passages  in  other  famous  literary  works.  An  appendix  is 
devoted  to  notes  on  poetic  diction ;  another  gives  the  lines  of 
the  play  most  often  quoted.  Exercises  based  on  the  text  furnish 
a  systematic  study  of  German  grammar.  Questions  in  German 
are  given  as  a  basis  for  conversation. 

69 


FRENCH 
ChardenaPs  Complete  French  Course 

New  Edition,  revised  and  rewritten  by  MARO  S.  BROOKS,  of  the  Brook* 
line  High  School.    i6mo,  cloth,  437  pages.    Price,  $1.20. 

FOR  many  years  Chardenal's  Course  has  been  the  most  popu- 
lar book  for  beginners  in  French.  Its  success  Is  ..argely 
due  to  its  simplicity,  thoroughness,  and  the  care  with  which  the 
lessons  are  graded.  In  revising  the  book  for  a  new  edition  the 
editor  has  retained  these  excellent  qualities  and  has  endeavored 
to  give  the  book  even  wider  vogue  by  the  following  changes  and 
additions : 

I.  The  order  of  presentation  has  been  so  altered  as  to  secure 
greater  variety  in  the  exercises  from  the  outset.    To  this  end 
pronouns  have  been  introduced  earlier,  and  the  most  common 
tenses  of  the  verb  in  all  conjugations. 

II.  The  practical  value  of  the  vocabulary  has  been  increased 
by  the  insertion  of  many  words  and  phrases  of  frequent  occur- 
rence in  ordinary  conversation. 

III.  The  sentences  for  translation  have  been  made  lively 
and  colloquial.     In  most  of  the  English  exercises  of  the  first 
twenty-four  lessons  there  are  series  of  questions  which  cannot  be 
answered  by  yes  or  no,  and  in  many  lessons  after  that  point 
whole  exercises  consisting  of  such  questions  only  have  been 
added.     These  questions  are  intended  as  a  basis  for  conversa- 
tional work  in  the  classroom  and  may  all  be  answered  frorr 
material  already  provided.     To  stimulate  conversation  still  fur- 
ther a  list  of  expressions  for  classroom  use  has  been  prepared. 

While  most  of  the  subjects  have  been  presented  one  topic  at  a 
time  as  in  the  former  edition,  every  subject  will  be  found  sum- 
marized in  a  single  lesson. 

A  feature  of  the  book  is  the  appendix,  which  contains  the  inc~': 
necessary  rules  of  grammar,  notably  those  for  the  formation  01 
ihe  plural  and  feminine  of  nouns  and  adjectives.  There  are 
complete  tables  of  the  conjugations  of  regular  and  irregular 
/erbs,  and  other  useful  lists. 

The  book  has  also  several  pages  of  reading  exercises. 

m 


University  of  California 


1V1S 


^< 


• 


